Ne ee eee
Peres Y EE TES

Ce

a
" nel

=

—~ °
hI em wp Se SO rt

THE

a f

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

EDITED BY

THE ASSISTANT-SECRETARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Quod si cui mortalium cordi et curz sit non tantum inventis herere, atque iis uti, sed ad ulteriora
penetrare ; atque non disputando adversarium, sed opere naturam yincere ; denique non belle et probabiliter
opinari, sed certo et ostensive scire; tales, tanquam veri scientiarum filii, nobis (si videbitur) se adjungant,
—Novum Organum, Prefatio.

VOLUME THE SIXTEENTH.
1860.

PART THE FIRST. TUES
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGIGRE SOCIETY. .

_y 4 | | a }
/ ®t ~ betes 2 |
c= ae 4 7 “ea
g WF
LONDON: Sf narigny, Ww3e7
LONGMAN, GREEN, LONGMANS, AND ROBERTS.

PARIS :—FRIED. KLINCKSIECK, 11 RUE DE LILLE; BAUDRY, 9 RUE DU COQ,
PRES LE LOUVRE; LEIPZIG, T. 0. WEIGEL.

SOLD ALSO AT THE APARTMENTS OF THE SOCIETY,

MDCCCLX,

List

OFFICERS
OF THE

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

“APRARRARAARDL ALAA

Elected February 17th, 1860.

WPrestVent.
Leonard Horner, Esq., F.R.S. L. & EB.

Wice-Bresiwdents.

Sir Charles Lyell, F.R.S. & L.S Major-General Portlock, LL.D., F.R.S.
Sir R. I. Murchison, G.C.St.S., ERS. & L.S. G. P. Scrope, Esq., M.P., F.R.S.

Secretaries.

Prof. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S. & L.S.
Warington W. Smyth, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.

Foreign Secretary.
William John Hamilton, Esq., F.R.S.

Treasurer.
Joseph Prestwich, Esq., F.R.S.

COUNGIL.,
John J. Bigsby, M.D. Sir R. 1. Murchison, G.C.St.S., F.R.S. & L.S,
Sir P. G. Egerton, Bart., M.P., F.R.S. Robert W. Mylne, Esq., F.R.S.
R. A. Godwin-Austen, Esq., B. ie F.R.S. Prof. John Phillips, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.
William John Hamilton, Esq., ERS. Major-General Portlock, LL.D., F.R.S.
Joseph D. Hooker, M.D., F.R.S. & L.S. Joseph Prestwich, Esq., F.R.S.
William Hopkins, M.A., bi D., F.R.S. G. P. Scrope, Esq., M.P., F.R.S.
Leonard Horner, Esq., E.R.S.L. & E. Warington W. Sniyth, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S. & L.S. Thomas Sopwith, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.
Sir Charles Lyell, F.R.S. & L.S. Alfred Tylor, Esq., F.L.S.
Prof. W. H. Miller, M M.A., F.R.S. Searles V. Wood, Esq.
John C. Moore, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. S. P. Woodward, Esq.

Prof. John Morris.

Assistant-Secvetarp, Librarian, anv Curator.
T. Rupert Jones, Esq.

Clerk.

Mr. George E. Roberts.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART L—ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS.

Aiport, 8., Esq. On the Discovery of some Fossil Remains near
Bahia in South America: with Notes on the Fossils by Sir P. G.
Earrron, Bart., F.G.S., Professor J. Morris, F.G.S., and T. R.
JonsES, Esq., F.G.S. (With 4 Plates.) ......cccesseesevecees

Anca, Baron de Mangalaviti, F. Notice of the Discovery of Two
Bone-caves im, Nortneri Sicily. sni/s «i ad thins bole eine nd vcs nip wes =

ANDERSON, the Rey. J. On the Yellow Sandstone of Dura Den
and its Fossil Fishes, [Abstract.] .......ceccecceesceesscece

Arxison, T. W., Esq. On some Bronze Relics found in an Auri-
FOPQUs SAN DORR so. 2 gale weet avin d Vaisisae ne se be ee ne ate wae

Barrett, L., Esq. On some Cretaceous Rocks in the South-eastern
HOLE OL SAIBRICE 4 5 vis aS capi beets eeu des cneen hays

BavERMAN, HL, Esq. On the Geology of the South-eastern part of
Waneptiver Island) i ida deny <s00 odine spe doles Kae gave we wejnlos

Bernat, F., Esq. On the so-called Mud-volcanos of Turbaco near
ts

Rear CRC [COM EXC Et | tals Sesnsivehig, ae AS ainls Wow geek Nae wnae Roane
Broprr, the Rev. P. B. On the Occurrence of Footsteps of
Cheirotherium in the Upper Keuper in Warwickshire ..........

Buckman, Prof. J. On some Reptilian Eggs from the Great Oolite
MOAN CAPCNCEBLEN iis ta ida ne up oiiemieinwy oes cvuceniginy el saiele Rees Fs

Burr, T., Esq. On the Geology of a part of South Australia between
Adelaide and the River Murray. [Abstract.}....... 0.0000 eeues

Coprinaton, T., Esq. On the Probably Glacial Origin of some Nor-
VOID MORES ovals SikieWhSiala's 0s «0.9.0 adgibech oA GS pnqd able mks Wnlelo s

Dawson, Dr. J. W. On a Terrestrial Mollusk, a Chilognathous
aga and some new Species of Reptiles from the Coal-forma-
OD. of NOVA Scot sas yi isis domes cas dass ret tie R lly Tale se bes

Eeerron, Sir P. G. Palichthyologic Notes. No. 12, Remarks on
the Nomenclature of the Devonian Fishes ............0000000

Fatconer, Dr. H. On the Ossiferous Grotta di Maccagnone, near
Perrin a LAR Att: |.» GREEN Ak Dele GMCS Nidladde ae neess

On the Ossiferous Caves of the Peninsula of Gower, in Gla-
morganshire, South Wales. With an Appendix, on a Raised
Beach in Mewslade Bay, and the Occurrence of the Boulder-clay
on Cefn-y-bryn, by J. Prestwicn, Esq., Treas.G.8. [ Abstract.) ..

Page

263

136

324

198

487

lV TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page
Fiower, J. W., Esq. On a Flint Implement recently discovered at

the base of some beds of Drift-gravel and Brick-earth at St. Acheul,
Nea J untieosk | (\Na Ey IOERe)o poke ogooodoodogooce Gono OD eS C 190

Gerxre, A., Esq. On the Old Red Sandstone of the South of Scot-
lama @VWiitvadblates) a cs cunts uve) sce sc slotelosdopers: der ueuerannene 312

Gopwin-AvsTEn, R., Esq. On some Fossils from the Grey Chalk
neu CaNGlorel | PlesinwOn | a. boosckeoe so suboneboooUe adcudc5 324

——. On the Occurrence of a Mass of Coal in the Chalk of Kent.. 326

GorPpPERT, Prof. H. R. On the Flora of the Silurian, Devonian, and
Lower Carboniferous Formations ..............ccecececrev eee 279

Harkness, Prof. R. On the Association of the Lower Members of
the Old Red Sandstone andthe Metamorphic Rocks on the Southern
Marzinton thei Grampians.» [PAlostract: |i)... 45 o4e neo see ears 312

Heapuy, ©., Esq. On the Volcanic Country of Auckland, New
Zealand. With Notes on the Fossils by the Epiror. (With 2
IAS Dict ees cacutsy alicia: aegie 4) sutslacs oo) atele useane oetee RO One ee 242

Histor, the Rev. 8. On the Tertiary Deposits, associated with Trap-
rock, in the East Indies. With Descriptions of the Fossil Shells by
the Rev. S. Histor; and of the Fossil Insects by ANDREW Mur-
RAY, Esq.; and a Note on the Fossil Cypride by T. Ruprrt
JonEs; Esq. 4.G-S: > (With:6 Plates))a7; 3:55 doe ree eee 154

Hout, E., Esq. On the South-easterly Attenuation of the Lower
Secondary Formations of England ; and the probable Depth of the
Coal-measures under Oxfordshire and Northamptonshire. (With
pb TAO: ) aie are rats sterenaisttetes ets at cdeote de itp Fat iensroulhe le omenhome heme es ee 63

Hunt, T. S., Esq. On the Formation of Gypsums and Dolomites.. 152
Jamieson, T. F., Esq. On the Drift and Rolled Gravel of the North

of Scotland ....... omUoicnie Has +o DO Mtionon Uones oo SUG 6 S656 347
——. On the Occurrence of Crag Strata beneath the Boulder-clay in
Alper dens hire ca csvays ds sc skeledeek mans waster ataee) or oaeeas Sa na ate eetMe cape 371, 492

Jervis, W. P., Esq. On certain Rocks of Miocene Age in Tuscany,
including Serpentine, Copper-ores, Lignite, and pure Alabaster

RISediin SCUlPtUTE «1.77 om opp cele sect ole yo seni in ee ete 480
Jones, T. R., Esq., and W. K. Parker, Esq. On some Fossil Fora-
minifera from Chellaston near Derby. (With 2 Plates.) ........ 452

On the Rhizopodal Fauna of the Mediterranean, compared
with the Italian and some other Tertiary Deposits.............. 292

Kirxsy, J. W., Esq. On the Occurrence of Lingula Credneri, Gei-
nitz, in the Coal-measures of Durham; and on the Claim of the
Permian Rocks to be entitled a System ..........:....00.00., 412

Lamont, J., Esq. Notes about Spitzbergen in 1859. With Appendix
by 8. P. Woopwarp, Esq., F.G.S., J. Prestwicu, Esq., Treas.
G.8., J. W. Satter, Esq., F.G.S., L. Horner, Esq., Pres.G.S.,
PHOCOL slo Keve We DIU NOUS Tuana brn nu RU NN iRan nae AMAL IN MOn CRA 10 pea p reat ciy Ayia bon ee

TABLE OF CONTENTS. v

Lamont, J., Esq. Remarks on the Geology of Spitzbergen........ 150

Lancaster, J., Esq., and C. C. Wricut, Esq. On the Sinking at
papas Colliery, Worksop, to the “ Top Hard Coal” or “ Barnsley
OBL ahon te ceed & oie wraiat fa haere Sie wR Ak ode steele ond sings 137

Larret, Mons. E. On some Arrow-heads and other Instruments
found with Horns of Cervus megaceros in a Cavern in Languedoc.
(Dele ns Fern ee eda elie) Arc BAIUCe IERIE ae ens RL Cetin, get ee .. 491

On the Coexistence of Man with certain Extinct Quadrupeds,
roved by Fossil Bones, from various Pleistocene Deposits, bearing
neisions made by sharp Instruments. With additional Notes by

L. Horner, Esq., Pres. G. S8., and Mons. A. Devessr, For.M.G.S. 471

Moors, C., Esq. On the so-called Wealden Beds at Linksfield, and
the Reptiliferous Sandstones of Elgin. [Abstract.|............ 445

Murcuison, Sir R. I. Supplemental Observations on the Order of
the Ancient Stratified Rocks of the North of Scotland, and their
associated Eruptive Rocks .......c.ccsscnesccssececccesnnees 215

OweEN, Prof. R. Note on some Remains of Polyptychodon from
EIEN Sion cn ofa as a erie a inate sic gine so acer a et a Ae i 262

On some Reptilian Fossils from South Africa. (With 3
IME octane se ast CRM ETAL MRO eal on SOS TO h > ob aint Sup tabdegts

——. Onsome small Fossil Vertebrae from near Frome, Somerset-

GUPINET oie el cla. Erie re enate ere an era VON ELM ath as 9°) MRE 0 a te aS 492
Puitures, Prof. J. On some Sections of the Strata near Oxford.

No. I. The Great Oolite in the Valley of the Cherwell ........ 115
——. On some Sections of the Strata near Oxford. No. I. See-

ANIL SADIE COCR STOLE oe enya Se digs aiclais\e sladis we m.0dd aie siya sunials se 307
Pirprow, J., Esq. On a Well-section near Gosport............+5 447

Prestwicu, J., Esq. On the Bone-cave at Brixham in Devonshire. 180

——. On the Presence of the London Clay in Norfolk, as proved by

a Well-boring at Yarmouth .........ccceccue ren eeeereweeees 44
Sretwyn, A. R. C., Esq. Notes on the Geology of Victoria........ 145

Spratt, Capt. T. On the Freshwater Depostie of Bessarabia, Mol-
davia, Wallachia, and Bulgaria. With Lists of the Shells, recent
and fossil, by S. P. Woopwarp, Esq., F.G.8........6.-6 60 eee 28]

Symonps, the Rev. W. 8. On the Passage-beds from the Upper
Silurian Rocks into the Lower Old Red Sandstone at Ledbury,

WEGPOTOTUCUIIG. cra sa sds ate aes toe Ca OE Chu eu RB WE Ge bee daeche 193
On the Physical Relations of the Reptiliferous Sandstone
mene Poin. | [Apetrach, | eon crease ye ter naee ete evesesnunsues 458

Tuost, C. H. G., Esq. On the Rocks, Ores, and other Minerals on
the Property of the Marquess of Breadalbane in the Highlands
eG ee eo: rrr ert Cer. eet AT ee 421

vi TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page
Watt, G. P., Esq. On the Geology of a Part of Venezuela and of
Mini dads (QW ithe el ates) hire eciascitosuserclactcveltene sxe ois sameness 460
Weerxes, H., Esq. On the Coal-formation at Auckland, New
Hellnogl, ANOGECE | cong néhowedo60eCagsdoGodanusooccusosos 197

Woops, the Rev. J. E. On some Tertiary Rocks in the Colony of
South Australia. With Notes on the Fossil Polyzoa by G. Busx,
Esq., F.G.S., and on the Foraminifera by W. K. Parker, Esq.,

engl sig] Ronee diOnanisy IM b IN Eash os seonnangonndoceabo08b doo 263
Woon, 8. V., Esq., Jun. On the Probable Events which succeeded
the Close of the Cretaceous Period. [Abstract.] .............. 328

Wrieut, Dr. T. On the Subdivisions of the Inferior Oolite in the
South of England, compared with the equivalent Beds of that

Formation on the Yorkshire Coast ........sscccceeeusee cues ir
—. On the Zone of Avicula contorta, and the Lower Lias of the

SOU. Ob JOE eR ais dRGS DebiA politi cil O'oo.0010'0 00 01 016-0 1c 374
ZiGNo, Baron Achille de. Some Observations on the Flora of the

Oolite. With a Note by C. F. Bunpury, Esq., F.G.S. ........ 110
Amini al! HOWORE ai. siti s ctahe creke its sf anwnrs olan, alee eee aie seeenere eee i
ATI OMSATY, AO ESS) je) it oer Gearon SMe CAT Shit o bip tos XXVll
istvor HoreronyMiembersie (3) se cucianis aici. siden a an ements xVill
istottherWollaston~Medalistsiva. ssc csc nde eee xix

LIST OF THE FOSSILS FIGURED AND DESCRIBED
IN THIS VOLUME.

[In this list, those fossils the names of which are printed in Roman type have
been previously described. ]

Name of Species. Formation. Locality. Page.

PLANTA.
Equisetites Keenigii, Zigno ......+0+... | Jurassic ......... | Brora & Yorkshire] 113

ForAMINIFERA. (33.)

Bulimina Pyrula. Pl. xx. f. 45 ...... Upper Trias ?...] Chellaston ......... 454
Calearina excentricd ....00.ceceeeeseecees TEYtIANY, cassnvass| SLUNIN canes. caccaness 306
Cristellaria Cassis. Pl. xx. f. 41 ... ) 453
rotulata. Pl. xx. f. 42, 43 ... 453
Dentalina brevis. PI. xix, f. 23, 24 453
communis. Pl. xix. f. 25, 26 453
pauperata. PI. xix. f. 22 ...... 453
Flabellina rugosa. PI. xix. f. 20, 21 Upper Trias ? ...} Chellaston, near 453
Frondicularia complanata, PI. xix. Derby 453
f. 19. | 453
—— striatula. Pl. xix. f. 16-18 ... | 453
Lingulina carinata. PI. xix. f. 13-15 | | 453
Lituola agglutinans. PI. xx. f. 47...) 455
SAIAGRES Ucn wdeveeeshncataccuvsaeges Recent and Ter-| Abrolhos Bank, 307
tiary Tuscany, Malaga,
and San Domingo.

Marginulina Falv .......ssesecsevesennees Recent ......00 Mediterranean ...| 302
Sublituus, Pl. xx.f.37 ...... (454
Nodosaria Badenensis. Pl. xix. f.8,9. | 453
humilis. Plex. £.6°°7 2 f| Upper Trias? | Chellaston, near | {33
— Radicula. PI. xix.f.1-5 ...... met 453
Raphanus. PI. xix. f. 11,12... \ 453
Nonionina ? sphaeroides ...se+e.sseeseevee Recent and Ter-| Mediterranean,&c.,) 306

tiary Tuscany & Malaga.

Name of Species.

vil

| Formation. Locality.

|Page.

FoRAMINIFERA (continued).

Nubecularia lucifuga. P\.xx.f.52-56 \
Tibia.
Planularia Bronni.
pauperata.

Pl.xx.f.40 ...
BlSxaxcitsro 9
reticulata. Pl.xx.f.38 ......
Polymorphina lactea. PI. xx. f. 44
Rotalia elegans. Pl. xx. f. 46

cecoee

Trochammina irregularis, et varr.......
SQUAMATA, Ct VAIT. .ccreeceeeeeeeanee
Vaginulina Dunkeri. PI. xx. f. se |

Pl. xx. f. 48-51......... | |

}
| |

| Upper Trias?.... Chellaston, near

Derby

Mediterranean ...
Mediterranean

Recent ......---|
Recent

peecsccos

Legumen. PI. xix. f. 27,28... : |
— strigillata, Plexaxt f 29 me Upper Trias?... oa We
Pl. xx. f.30-35. | | ore:
Motuusca. (76.)
(Lamellibranchiata.)
Anomia Katertensis .....ccesceseceeee | |
Var. suborbicularis. Pl.ix.f.43a@ +| Eocene ......... Rajamandri ......
Var. Modiola. Pl.ix.f.430... J
Arca striatula. Pl.ix.f.45 ......... \
Cardita? pusilla. Pl.ix.f.52 ......
variabilis. Pl.ix.f.51.........
Corbicula ingens. Pl. ix.f.50 ......
Corbis elliptica. PI. ix. f.49.........
Corbula Oldhami. P\.x. f. 62 ......
- sulcifera. P1.x.f.63 .........
4 UN ie sige ACG ee . Eocene ......... Rajamandri ......
Jerdoni. Pl. x. f.57....0...000-
orbicularis. Pl. x.f.53 ......
Rawesi. PJ. x. £.56 ....00......
— Wapsharei. P\.x.f.55 ......
Wilsont. Pl. x. f.54.........00.
Lucina (Kellia?) nana. P}. ix. f. 48
parva. Pl.ix.f.47 ............
Nucula pusilla. Pl. ix. £46 .........20. Eocene ......... Rajamandri ......
Ostrea Pangadiensis. PI. ix. f. 42...... Eocene ......... Rajamandri_......
Perna meleagrinoides. Pl. ix. f.44 ...| Eocene ......... Rajamandri ......
Pisidium Medlicottianum. P1.x.f. 65) Eocene?........- NarbaddaTerritory
Psammobia Jonesi. Pl.x.f.61 ...... Eocene ......... Rajamandri......
Tellina Woodwardi. Pl.x.f.60 ...... IB@EBNS og000005: Rajamandri......
Trigonia COMpoOSIEA .....00+..,e00000... ---| “‘ Dogger,” Inf. | Yorkshire ........-
Oolite
OPUS: coonooeasecdonccn00Des08660808 Inferior Oolite..| Somersetshire,
Dorset, Calvados
JUROLRIGUES nco00cdqe000000000000000000 Inferior Oolite..| Rodborough Hill,
Gloucestershire
Unio Carteri. Pl. vii. f.28 ......... 7
Deceanensis. Pl. vi.f.24 ... |
—— Hunteri. Pl.vief-25 se. ce :
imbricatus. PI. viii. f. 27...... i icles eins PE NEISIDEE onceceoconen
Malcolmsoni .........2+.ceceeeee }
mamillatus. PI. vil. f. 26...... Jj

455
453
454
454
454
454

| 455,
452
304
304

453

Name of Species. Formation. Locality. Page.
( Gasteropoda.)

Bulimus Oldhamianus. P1. x. f. 64 ...| Eocene?......... NarbaddaTerritory| 181
Cerithium Leithi. P\. viii. f.34 ... \ 177
Stoddardi. PI. viii. f. 35 ...... 177
multiforme. PI. viii. f.32 ... 176
subcylindraceum. PI. viii. f. 33 177
Fusus pygmeus. Pi. viii. f.29...... }| Eocene ........., Rajamandri ...... 176
Hemitoma? multiradiata. P\.viii.f.41 178
Hydrobia Bradleyi. PA. viii, f. 40... 178
Carteri. PA. viii. f. 39 ........ 178
Elliott. Pl. vii. £.38 .....000 {178

Limnea attenuata. Pl. vy. f. 20......

oviformis. Pl.v.f.18 ........

sping. Ploy. i 22....... eenon
—— subulata. Pl.v.f.19_......... +] Eocene ........., Nagpur ........ Zocel| Aye

Telankhediensis ........ss0008 +++

Var. peracuminata. Pl. v. f. 2la

Var. Radiolus. Pl.v.f.21b.
Melania Hunteri. Pl. v.f.1........000 GCENE venemaess =|) NASPUL i entesdess | 166
—— quadrilineata ...............sceeeeee MOCENG creas <n NAgpOr .,e.snsseses 166
terebriformis. Pl.xiv.f.3 ...... Subcretaceous?| Bahia ............... 266
Natica Stoddardi. P\. viii. f.31 ...... Eovene .........| Rajamandri ...... 176
Warteany (Ole X1VeitoUli” cent ysccesccusccee Subcretaceous ?| Bahia ............++ 266
PAID te S1Vale'2) sdeaeance=seesreee Subcretaceous? Bahia ......... Pe 266
Qcweularig: CEL VideAs concer co tes HOrene ss <s2i.5 NGS pun \.sscatavases 167
conoidea. Pl.v.f.10 ... ese| HOCENE ........- | Nagpur ...... see 169
—— Deccanemsis .......cseseeeessnens 167
MOVING T, mo lei Va del eun eemaeles sae | 166
—— Pyramis. Pl. v. £.5 ..ceesseees 167
Sankeyt sac blo Wa tus seuessncncce 168
goluta. PI.V.£.9 se..ccsness my? | 169
— subcylindracea. Pl.v.f.6 ... | 168
Rawest (Plvots VU scsscsamcaws , 169
Wikies: PES EB. f Eocene ......... INSP pur, ececvcews sss 4 169
Varapats) Plrviits leisccnveceee Af 170
Wapsharei. Pl. v.f.3......... 167
Physa Prinsepii (normalis), Pl. v | 173
f. 23a.
Var. elongata. Pl. v.f.23b, 23c 174
Var. inflata. Pl.v.f.23d...... 174
Pseudoliva elegans. PI. viii. f. 30...... Eocene ......00. Réjamandri ......) 176
Pupa vetusta. Woodcuts .........2+4... Coal-measures..| Nova Scotia ...... 271
Suceinea Nagpurensis. P|. v. f. 17 Eocene ...s0<00.| MARDTIUME cvearekeadsi = Lae
Turrilella prelonga. VP). viii. f.37 ...) Eocene ......... Rajamandri ...... 177
Valvata decollata. Pl.v.f.16 ......... ISOCENE sscecsess Nagpur «eee, 171
MNO: Ll. Vili lS avascenwenes Eocene ...... wes] INADUP ccacecceress | 170
multicarinala. Pl.v.f.15 ...... Eocene ....0.... IN EISDUR ley aiesannene 170
unicarinifera. Pl v. f. 14......... EOcene ......000 PAINDRUUE vcscessissecel 170
Vicarya fusiformis. PA. viii. f. 36 ...... EOCENE .ssssceae Rajamandri...... ee
( Cephalopodon.)

Ammonites oxynotus. Woodcut ...... | Lias .«»| Dorsetshire ...... | 407

x

Name of Species. | Formation. | Locality. Page.
Entomostraca. (10.)

Candona candida(?). Pl. xvi.f.14.. 267
Cyprisi(©) ae De xwiteteelidimecessenee ees 5 < 266
Aliportiana. Pl. xvi. £. 16 Subcretaceous ?| Bahia ......... 267
——(?) conculcata. PI). xvi.f. 13.. 266
—— CYIINdrICA ........00.ceesescen sees 186
—— Hlislopi. Pl.x.f.71a,0,c...... Hocene ......+6. Nagpur ........0.6. 187
— Hunteri. Pl.x.f.72a,6,c ... 187

—(?) Montserratensis. P1. xvi. f. 15) Subcretaceous ?| Bahia ...........-++. 267
strangulata. Pl.x.f.73.a,b,c,d | Eocene ......... Nagpur ............| 187
—— subglobosa ............ssecccseeceoees Hoceney seen: Nagpur ............| 186
Insecta. (5.)
Curculio? Pl. x. f.68 .... sesonaecee | 184
JAG 35116 (08) soocoaoodocgod Usieeries 184
IE 285315 70) Gaooesaganoanc000d0 : Hocene ...cccce.| NAPUL ....00.00e0-|4 185
Lomatus Hislopi. Pl.x.f.66 ...... 182
Meristos Hunteri. PJ. x. f.67 ..... 184
MyYRIAPODON.
Xylobius Sigillarie. Woodcuts......... | Coal-measures..| Nova Scotia ......| 272
Pisces. (4.)
132
Coccosteus Millerit. Woodcut ...... Oiiied Sand: Scotland.........00. 133
stone 134
e Old Red Sand- | Orkney and Caith-| { 128
pusillus. Woodcuts............ { Sone ae 131
Fish, jaw of. Pl. xiv. f. 4 .......06 sees.| Subcretaceous ?| Bahia....... garioaoac oe
eee On Ne Me Deh UT } Subcretaceous ?} Bahia ...... Bee
Reprinia. (17.)
Batrachian (?) Tooth. Woodcuts_ ...| Coal-measures...| Nova Scotia ...... 277
Cheirotheriumy secre seseccessccccscosces' Upper Keuper...| Warwickshire...... 278
Crocodile, sculptured bone ofl P]. xvi.| Subcretaceous? | Bahia .o......seese 268
Crocodilian eo HPs iis Hs Subcretaceous?| Bahia............... { an
Cynochampsa laniarius. P\. iii. f. 1-4) Trias ?............ South Africa ...... 61
Dendrerpeton Acadianum. Woodcuts| Coal-measures...| Nova Scotia ......| 273
Dicynodon (Ptychognathus) declivis.| Trias ?............ South Africa ......) 49
PLi.f. 3, 4,5
—— (——) latirostris ........0...00000 Mriasiiccccdumeies South Africa ...... 51
— ( ) verticalis. Pli.f.2...... NBENS Baapscoooace South Africa ......| 54

Name of Species. Formation. Locality.
Reprirta (continued).
Dinosaurian Vertebra. Pl. xvii. f. 1...... Subcretaceous ?| Bahia ........+.0++!
Galesaurus planiceps. Pl. iis ...s0000- Trias ?....,.00ee2| South Africa ......
Hylonomus aciedentatus. Woodcuts | Coal-measures...| Nova Scotia ......
—— Lyellit. Woodcuts ........+060... Coal-measures...| Nova Scotia ......
—— Wymani. Woodcuts ............ Coal-measures...| Nova Scotia ......
Oolithes Bathonice. Woodcuts ...... Great Oolite ...| Cirencester.........
Oudenodon Bainii. Pl.i.f.1 ......... PRUIAS His cama codes South Africa ......
RU Ree wena ocean eteoe anacorae a oes |pAXUAS oc cgcaccig ...| south Africa ......
Polyptychodon interruptus ............ Lower Chalk my Dorking, Surrey...
MAMMALE.
Vertebra. Woodcuts .....:.....000 co-| TYIASSIC ?.0....-2- | Frome, Somerset. |
MISCELLANEOUS,

A ze : St. Acheul _ near
Flint Implement. PI. xi. .........-..465 Gravel......... {| Aaieana france

xi

493

‘}190

ERRATA AND CORRIGENDA.
Vou. XVI. Part I.

Page i, line 5, for two others vead four others.

xxxiv, ,, 16, insert comma between Orthis and Spirifer,
xl, » 1, for Turbellaria read Terebellaria.

3 » 4, for Balanus tubidanis read Belemnites tubularis.

xlvili, ,, 32, for luce read lucem.
li, line wanted between ‘‘ Czenozoic”’ and ‘“‘ Mesozoic”’ in Table.
lv » 8, for “tantum” &e. read “ Tantum evi” &e,

67, line 13, for Clewyd read Clwyd.
78, ,, 44, & p.79, line 7, for Yordale read Yoredale.
110, ,, 41, for those read that.
118, ,, 25, dele Ordnance.
158, ,, 3, for position ead portion.
170, last line, for ke vead like.
186, line 7, 8, & line 19, for Nutnoor read Hatnur.
» 95. 7,f0r Munoor read Manir.
188, ,, 20, ersert Succinea before Nagpurensis.
» 9, 43, for Leithii read Leithi.
191, ,, 7, for Amiens read Abbeville.
» 9) 48, dele resulting from mechanical forces.
262, ,, 7, dele Abstract.
289, ,, 27, dele comma after Latanof.
290, ,, 1 %n note, for on read in.
» 9) 2 %n note, for lake read lakes.
292, ,, 32, after Moll insert (1803).
302, ,, 33, for trihedral (or Cristellaria, &c. read trihedral Cristellaria
(Saracenaria of Defrance), and.
321, ,, 1, énsert Red after Old.
424, ,, 9 & line 11, for Correbuichill read Correbuiehill.
436, ,, 40, for Aviculopecten? read Ammonite ?
438, ,, 31, after Whale, insert Bell Sound, imbedded in moss, about
30 feet above the sea-level.
» 9 930, after sea-level. insert From an entire skeleton.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pate Pace
I.) Fossm Sxvuiis or Ovupenopon, Prycnocnaruus, GALESAURUS,
ie AnD CynocuAmpsa, to illustrate Professor Owen’s paper on some
{II..) Reptilian Fossils from South Africa .................. to face page 62

TV. Comparative Sections oF THE OoxitE, LiAs, AND Tras, to illus-
trate Mr. E. Hull’s paper on the South-easterly Attenuation of

the Lower Secondary Formations of England ....................- 80
V.
VI. | Fosst Snes, Iysecrs, AnD Enromostrica rrom Nagpur, Rasa-
VEL: MANDRI, AND Narpappa, to illustrate the Rey. 8. Hislop’s paper
VIil. on the Tertiary Deposits associated with Trap-rock in the East
IX. | hate (Tete Caner eR Rmem Epa Si Ao Ih Bee ec Lt AY Mee een 154
X. }

XI. A Frit Ivetement rrom Amtens, to illustrate Mr. J. W. Flower’s
paper on a Flint Implement discovered at the’ base of some beds
of Drift-gravel and Brick-earth at St. Acheul, near Amiens...... 190

“Map or tue Voucantc Purnomena or THE AUCKLAND District

ae AND Panoramic View or tar NorrHern SHORE oF AUCKLAND,
XIII. | to illustrate Mr. C. Heaphy’s paper on the Volcanic Country of
Aricliand=) New. remand) ii 5. o Nay cat. cee ents Viedew svgieenacnatd « 2423

Ly
KV. | Fossins rrom Banta, to illustrate Mr. 8. Allport’s paper on the
XVI. | Discovery of some Fossil Remains near Bahia in South America 263
XVII.

XVIII. Geronocican Map or tux Parisn or Lesmanaco anp SECTIONS
or LesMAHAGO AND THE PENTLAND Hunxs, to illustrate Mr. A.
Geikie’s paper on the Old Red Sandstone of the South of
POCO NAAN ne tn ee EME Nas eae eeu ssc atop Uarrgunen vewenateantec sca asaen 312

XIX Fosst, Foramryirera, to illustrate the paper of Messrs. T. Rupert

“XxX. Jones and W. K. Parker on some Fossil Foraminifera from
a Chellaston: riser Der By ss ceccacecatencs vavercuadeestnce= cexelaaltsssssoe2 452

XXII. Maps anp Sections or tre Nortnern Part or Sourm America,

to illustrate Mr. G. P. Wall’s paper on the Geology of Venezuela

AVG EM byt G2 | Ce ee Rae. ce 2a ae EL CR ee ae 460

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, FEB. 17, 1860.

REPORT OF THE COUNCIL.

In presenting their Annual Report to the Geological Society, the
_ Council have to congratulate the Fellows on the flourishing state of
the lists and finances. Although they must record with regret the
loss by death during the past year of twenty-two Fellows,—making,
with the resignation of two others and the removal of two defaulters,
a total diminution of twenty-eight,—the addition of fifty-four
Fellows newly elected, with twelve who were previously elected and
who paid their fees in 1859, gives a total increase of no less than
thirty-eight ordinary Fellows.

Two Foreign Members have been elected in lieu of two deceased,
besides whom the Society has lost by death one personage of
royal blood and two Honorary Members.

The total number of the Society at the close of 1858 was 872;
at the close of 1859, 907.

The Income during 1859 has exceeded the Expenditure by
£234 13s. 5d. In the disbursements is included the sum of
£123 14s. 8d., expended on the revision of the Greenough Map,
on Books, and on the Museum, in accordance with the bequest of the
late Mr. Greenough.

The amount of funded property remains the same as last re-
ported, viz. £4578 19s. 2d., including Mr. Greenough’s legacy of
£500. Of this latter sum,the total amount of £185 18s. 8d. has
been disbursed as follows :-—

2 Oe eT
On the Greenough bequest of books .. ih er Ohi hin S
On the revision of the rn pa Map... 68 11 0
One Museum ::..... 6). 22a eee ves ees 60 0 0

VOL, XVJ. a

ii ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

and has been temporarily liquidated out of the ordinary expenditure
of the last four years.

The Council have to announce the completion of vol. xv. of the
Quarterly Journal, and the publication of the first part of vol. xvi.
They moreover recently resolved that the Abstracts should no longer
be published for distribution,—and that, taking into consideration
the desirableness of bringing up the arrears of publication, a full
Number of the Journal be published as a Supplement to the volume
for 1859.

In pursuance of the announcement made in the Report of the
Council of last year, a Special General Meeting of the Society was
held on the 15th of June last, at which it was resolved that new
Bye-Laws (Section VI. A., p. 9,) should be enacted, to the effect
that Non-resident Fellows proposed and elected on and after the
2nd of Nov., 1859, should pay an Admission Fee of Six Guineas,
and an Annual Contribution of £1 11s. 6d.

The Council have to report that two sheets of the new edition of
the Greenough Map are now ready for publication, and that the re-
mainder are in an advanced state.

A resolution has been passed, in order to increase the facilities for
receiving the Journal, that the Non-resident Fellows who were
elected before the 30th of Nov., 1859, be allowed to compound for
future annual payments on account of that publication by a compo;
sition of £6.

In order to enable the Special Committee to carry out the re-
arrangement of the Museum, the sum of £50 from the Greenough
bequest has been placed to the credit of that Committee. The Council
have also voted a sum of £50 for the purchase of books reported on
by a Committee as greatly required in the Library.

The Council have to announce the handsome bequest to the
Society of £300 by the late Mr. John Brown, of Stanway, and the
donation of £20 by Sir Thomas Phillipps, Bart., of Middle Hill.

Lastly, the Council have to state that they have awarded the
Wollaston Medal to Mr. Searles V. Wood for his contributions to our
knowledge of the Testacean Fauna of the later geological periods,
and especially for his valuable work on the Crag Mollusca. The
balance of the proceeds of the Wollaston Donation Fund are awarded
to Messrs. T. Rupert Jones and W. K. Parker, to aid in their further
researches on Recent and Fossil Foraminifera.

Report of the Lnbrary and Museum Committee.

Museum.

The Committee will first give an account of the Museum, as it
cannot be doubted that the efficiency of the Geological Society as an
instrument for promoting and extending sound geological knowledge
must materially depend on the manner in which its Museum is
arranged and rendered available to the student and inquirer, both of
our own and of foreign countries. During the past year many
valuable suites of specimens, both British and foreign, have been

ANNUAL REPORT. lil

presented to the Society by Sir R. I. Murchison, M. Boucher de
Perthes, Mr. Horner, Mr. Heaphy, Dr. Atherstone, and others; but
your Committee are obliged to state that, though some of these have
been placed in drawers, the majority are not yet definitely arranged, for
want of room,—thereby adding to the difficulty and confusion pre-
viously existing from the same cause, rather than tending to promote
the interests of geological science.

Some little additional space for cabinets might be found in the Upper
Museum ; but your Special Committee, reappointed immediately after
the last Anniversary Meeting, appear wisely to have considered that any
remedy short of a careful re-examination of the entire Museum, and
a re-arrangement of its contents, on some fixed principles, would only
be a palliation, not a cure, of the evil so long complained of. It is,
then, to this work of revision that your Special Committee appear to
have given their uninterrupted attention during the past year; and
it is evident that the same attention will be required to be given to
it for a long time to come.

Some very important steps have been already successfully made
towards the attainment of the preceding object,—namely, 1st. The
collection of Recent Shells has been arranged and catalogued by
Mr. Woodward, and, being placed in the Library, is most convenient
for study or reference. 2nd. A ‘Typical Collection of Rocks has been
completed. The formation of this collection has been materially
assisted by the discovery in the Museum of a systematic collection of
271 specimens of rocks, formed at Freyberg, fifty years ago, illus-
trating the nomenclature of the school of Werner. A catalogue of
the whole with illustrative notes has also been prepared; and your
Committee cannot but hope that this collection will materially tend
to promote a greater amount of precision in the description of rock-
masses, and thus bring into correlation, not merely the paleeontolo-
gical, but also the physical and lithological condition of different
portions of the Earth. 3rd. The Collection of simple Minerals is
now in order; and, the place of each mineral in the cabinet being
noted in the Library-copy of Phillips’ ‘ Mineralogy’ (the collection
having been arranged according to that system), reference is no
longer attended with any difficulty, and the collection has become
practically useful.

The result of the laborious examination of the Rock-specimens,
effected by one of the members of the Special Committee, has de-
monstrated the obvious advantage of a similar revision of the fossil
specimens. It is manifest that a satisfactory arrangement of these
specimens cannot be accomplished so long as there is any uncertainty
as to the amount of space disposable for their accommodation ; and,
therefore, it is recommended that an additional cabinet should be
placed at the disposition of the Committee.

It appears that much voluntary aid has already been afforded
towards the re-arrangement of the collections of fossils; the Rev.
T. Wiltshire having undertaken, and made considerable progress
in, the examination of the Chalk Fossils; Mr. Salter in that of the
Paleozoic Fossils, up to the Devonian (of which the Upper Silurian

az

1V ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

Series has been completed); and Mr. Etheridge has promised to
undertake that of the Oolitic Series, which occupies 154 drawers.
Without doubt, this and other voluntary aid which may be expected
from many of our Members will do much towards the renovation of
our Museum,—or rather, the establishment of a Museum such as it
ought to be; but a perusal of a primary Catalogue of the Foreign
Collection, drawn up by Mr. Horner, and the observation of the
numerous undescribed specimens from all quarters of the world
which it records, impress on your Committee the conviction that
something more is required—nay, is absolutely indispensable.

The attention of Mr. Jones is every day more and more absorbed
by the preparation for publication of the Journal,—a work on the
character of which the reputation of the Society so much depends ;
and, although he has doubtless received much assistance from Mr.
H. M. Jenkins, engaged in March 1859, and of whose assiduity and
useful exertions he reports most favourably, it is evident that it was
more in his character of Librarian than in that of Curator that he has
principally benefited by Mr. Jenkins’ assistance. Your Committee
therefore fully concur with the Special Committee in recommending
that a second temporary assistant should be appointed at a salary of
15s. per week. Such assistance, by relieving Mr. Jones and those
Members who have so kindly assisted in the work of re-arranging
the Museum from much manual or mere mechanical labour, will, it
is hoped, accelerate the time when, the collection being weeded of all
superfluous specimens, it will be possible to adopt and carry through
a sound philosophical principle of arrangement. It is for your Special
Committee to devise and mature the system of arrangement which to
them appears the best fitted for securing this great object; and it is
only for your present Committee to state that they fully concur in
what that Committee has hitherto proposed; namely, that, at least
in the first instance, the stratigraphical shall be subordinate to the
geographical arrangement, as by this means the true succession of life
in various regions will be more faithfully exhibited, and the correlation
of one with another be facilitated.

Your Committee also consider that the Special Committee has acted
most wisely in concentrating their attention principally on the Foreign
Collection, as it is known to us all that for British geology the Museum
in Jermyn Street affords every facility for reference; whereas the
Museum of the Geological Society, when once placed in proper order,
will be invaluable to those who desire to become acquainted with the
details of foreign geology.

Your Committee trust that they have said enough to prove that
active exertions are now being made, and in the right direction,
to render the treasures in the Museum really available for the ad-
vancement of geological knowledge.

Labrary.

The necessary re-distribution of books on the shelves referred to in
the last Report has been duly attended to, and completed ; the new

ANNUAL REPORT, Vv

press-marks and the entries in the Catalogue having been perfected.
The condition of the Catalogue of Reference has been greatly im-
proved.

The Alphabetical Catalogue of Books acquired since the year 1854,
including those bequeathed by the late George Bellas Greenough, Esq.,
is in course of being printed.

The shelves last added in the Meeting-room are fully occupied,
and chiefly by periodicals. There is a wall-space in the Library
which may be made serviceable for additional book-shelves at the
expense of £8. Your Committee recommend that this space be thus
employed ; it can be made available by the removal of some old maps
into another position.

The usual binding of books and mounting of maps have been care-
fully attended to, and the arrangement of the map-cases is being
improved.

The general state of the Library is satisfactory.

Among the numerous donations, we may point out that Sir Charles
Lyell has liberally contributed to our library many books and
pamphlets, among which are some rare and useful works. Through
the kindness of Sir Roderick Murchison, Director-General of the
Geological Survey, the Society has been favoured by Government
with the newly coloured edition of the Maps of the Geological Survey
of Great Britain. Prof. Agassiz has presented his unpublished draw-
ing of Fossil Fishes.

The Council have had the satisfaction of being able to devote the
sum of £50 to the purchase of British and foreign books on Geology
and the associated sciences.

The acquisitions from Foreign Societies during the past year, in
exchange for our publications, have been larger than previously.

Your Committee beg to repeat the suggestion that the List of
British and Foreign Institutions receiving the Quarterly Journal
gratis be revised.

One of the Fellows has been repeatedly and ineffectually applied
to for three valuable books, which have been in his possession since
April 1857. One volume each, of the ‘ Journal des Mines,’ and of
our ‘ Transactions,’ are still absent since Oct. 1, 1850, although
much exertion has been made towards their recovery. All trace of
the Member offending is for the present lost. Some books long
missing have lately been restored to the Library after considerable
efforts.

Your Committee will conclude their Report on this especial head
of the inquiry, by recommending that, in applying a certain portion
of the funds of the Society to the augmentation of the Library, care
should be taken first to supply any deficiencies which may exist in
works of positive Geological and Palseontological interest.

LEONARD HORNER.
J. J. BIGSBY.
J. E. PORTLOCK,

al ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

Comparative Statement of the Number of the Society at the close of
the years 1858 and 1859.

Dec. 31, 1858. . Dee. 31, 1859.

Compounders) ey. ae eis Teepe ca ce aie 120
HResidemts (cc Gare susie Os a geee ter arse: 200
Non-residents) 73). 22). 214). LAE BAO Nemeth 524

806 844
Honorary Members ........ ED ioe eae te 10
Foreign Members .......... Or raha scene ae 50
Personages of Royal Blood .. 4—66_........ 3—63

872 907

General Statement explanatory of the Alteration in the Number of
Fellows, Honorary Members, &c. at the close of the years 1858
and 1859.

Number of Compounders, Residents, and Non-residents,

December SistyMSos s/s CONS at nan eueanaeaa 806
Add Fellows elected during former | Residents .... 5
years, and paid in 1859 . } Non-residents . 7—12
Fellows elected and paid during | Residents ....21
LS DO tire RG ae } Non-residents . 83-—54
66
872
Deduci Compounders deceased. 9-4. 405242 44----- 65: 5)
Residents 1661) ME ARS OND SAS er a 5
Non-residents 00 (geet Gani le ances init 12
Resta eddie aki Chen eR US Seca ra i 4
Removed yi otd oi Share ey RAN ae Mee 2
— 28
Total number of Fellows, Dec. 31st, 1859, as above . 844
Number of Honorary Members, Foreign Members, sea ac
Personages of Royal Blood, Dee. 31st, 1858
Add Foreign Members elected during 1859 .......... 2
68
Deduct Foreign Members deceased .................. 2
iFfonorarye Members apei, Wi) cn ante aon sele rarer: 2
Personage of Royal Blood deceased............ 1
—— 5

As above...... 63

ANNUAL REPORT. vil

Number of Fellows liable to Annual Contribution, as Residents, at the
close of 1859, with the alterations during the year.

Mumperdat CHOCIOSA OR LODO sce ee ais = Oho unsth eect 192
Add Elected in former years, and paid in 1859........ 5
AMectedvand pare ime Leool se es Saf ee ey ese clit 21
Non-residents who became Resident ............ 2
220
TEIZA NEES MIC COARO(L i it ia rata a. 2 so Costa vee a ete 5
ERG fe ait esis sesh Oe ely eyed Oe een 2 4
OTTO VEG i yess cee ay hd OR RT ee tet 2
MOTMPORNCed it ecru teas in ene wed LS 4
Becante' Non-resident’. 237... 2S) ees a
= 20

As above...... 200

DecEAseD FELLOws.

Compounders (5).
Thomas Brandram, Esq. N. Malcolm, Esq.
I. K. Brunel, Esq. Sir G. T. Staunton.

R. Stephenson, Esq.

Residents (5).
Baron de Goldsmid.
Henry Hallam, Esq.
Dr. Horsfield.

Dr. R. Bright.
W. J. Broderip, Esq.

Non-residents (12).

William Anstice, Esq. Dr. J. G. Croker. .
John Brown, Esq. W. N. Forbes, Esq.

Dr. John Booth. Rey. Dr. W. Jenkyn.
Joseph Carne, Esq. W. K. Loftus, Esq.
Lieut.-Gen. Earl Cathcart. Sir James Ramsay.

W. P. Craufurd, Esq. Samuel Stutchbury, Esq.

Foreign Members (2).
Prof. Cleaveland. | Baron von Humboldt.
Honorary Members (2).
Dayid Mushet, Esq. | Rev. William Turner.
Personage of Royal Blood.
Archduke John of Austria.

vill ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

The following Persons were elected Fellows during the year 1859.

January 5th.—John Ford, Esq., Market Rasin, Lincolnshire; J. F.
Josephson, Esq., Sydney ; and C. F. Humbert, Esq., Watford.
19th.—John Cavafy, Esq., Westbourne Terrace; Wilham
Whitaker, B.A. (Lond.), Geological Survey of Great Britain ; and

T. W. Atkinson, Esq., Old Brompton.

February 2nd.—Gennaro Placci, Esq., Florence; J. H. Sylvester,
Esq., Malcoa, India; and J. F. Whiteaves, Esq., St. John Street,
Oxford.

23rd.—John Bainbridge, jun., Esq., Fishergate Villa, York ;
Richard Trench, Esq., Geological Survey of Great Britain ; Dr.
William Francis, Richmond; John Johnes, Esq., Dolau-Cothy,
near Llandeilo; and Rev. T. W. Norwood, Cheltenham.

March 9th.—Thomas Codrington, Esq., Alresford, Hants; Walter
Freeman, Esq., Brighton College; R. F. L. Jenner, Esq., Cardiff ;
Professor George Busk, Harley Strect ; John Hedley, Esq., Derby ;
Lonsdale Bradley, Esq., Richmond, Yorkshire; and John Miller,
Esq., Thurso, N.B.

23rd.—Capt. James H. Reid, Weymouth Street ; Robert Mallet,
Esq., Dublin; John McLandsborough, Esq., Bradford, Yorkshire ;
Charles Ratcliff, Esq., Downing College, Cambridge ; Archibald
Geikie, Esq., Geological Survey of Great Britain, Edinburgh; and
John Hamilton Clement, Esq., Kensington.

April 6th. 1 Esq., Brixton Road; John Leckenby,
Esq., Scarborough ; John HE. Lee, Esq., Caerleon, Monmouthshire ;
and Charles Gould, Esq., Geological Survey of Great Britain.

—— 20th.—Robert F. Williams, Esq., Coleshill Street, Haton
Square; and P. D. Tuckett, Esq., Holford Square.

May 4th.—Matthew Mogeridge, Esq., Swansea; FE. J. Mitchell, Esq.,
Newport, Monmouthshire ; and Dr. Thomas Wright, Cheltenham.

—— 18th.—Richard Meeson, Esq., Grays, Essex; Graham Stuart,
Esq., Sheffield; and Colonel 8. C. Stepney, Llanelly, South Wales.

June Ist.—James Lamont, Esq., Knockdow, Argyllshire; and
William ‘Longman, Esq., Hyde Park Square.

15th.—Major William E. Warrand, Southwell, Notts.

November 2nd.—William Fryer, Esq., St. John’s Wood; Henry C.
Salmon, Esq., Plymouth; and Rev. Samuel G. Phear, M.A., Em-
manuel College, Cambridge.

—— 16th.—J. H. Tolmé, Esq., Queen Square, Bloomsbury; Thomas
Harlin, Esq., M.A., Duke Street, Westminster; John Lancaster,
Esq., Stoke-upon-Trent ; Arnold Rogers, Esq., Hanover Square ;
and the Hon. Robert Marsham, Maidstone.

-—_— 30th.—ir Walter C. James, Bart., Charles Street, Berkeley
Square; George Dawes, Esq., Barnsley ; Rev. J. E. Woods, Pe-
nola, South Australia; Bassett Smith, Esq., Elm Court, Temple ;
Capt. William Hichens, Bengal Engineers; Lionel Brough, Esq.,
Clifton ; J. Studdy Leigh, Esq., St. Stephen’s Terrace, Bayswater ;
and J. P. Hennessy, Hsq., M.P.

December 14th.—J. H. Bass, Esq., Camden Road, Holloway.

ANNUAL REPORT. ix

The following Persons were elected Foreign Members.

March 9th.—Professor Achille Delesse, Rue de Madame, 35, a Paris.
November 2nd.—Professor Ferdinand Roemer, Breslau.

The following Donations to the Museum have been received since
the last Anniversary.

‘

British Specimens.

Two Specimens of Hyboclypus from the Cornbrash ; presented by
C. Hill, Esq.

Specimens of Echinide from the Upper Oolite of Gloucestershire ;
presented by J. Brayender, Esq., F.G.S.

Fossil Fish from the London Clay, and a Suite of Recent Shells ;
presented by W. J. Hamilton, Esq., For. Sec. G.S.

Suite of Devonian Fossils from Somerset ; presented by J. D. Pring,
Esq.

Specimens of Fossil Ferns from Burwash and Brightling ; presented
by the Rey. Joseph Gould.

Ammonites from near Ventnor; presented by Capt. Harvey, R.E.

Deposit in Boiler-pipes at Merthyr ; presented by M. Moggridge, Esq.,
F.G.S.

Specimens from the Speeton Clay; presented by General Emmett,
F.G.8.

Lepidotus teeth, &c. from the Wealden at Brook Point ; presented
by R. White, Esq., F.G.S.

Fossils from Brora, &c.; presented by Sir R. I. Murchison, F.G.S.

Tertiary Fossils from Peckham; presented by C. Rickham, Esq.

Foreign Specimens.

Specimen of Lithodomus in rock from Malta; presented by W. 8.
Clark, Esq., F.G.S.

Two Fossils from Hautville ; presented by A. Majendie, Esq., F.G.S.

A suite of specimens of Fossil Shells and Bones from the Mayence
Basin ; presented by W. J. Hamilton, Esq., For. Sec. G.S.

Carboniferous and Devonian Fossils from Port Stephens, New South
Wales; presented by the Australian Agricultural Society.

Specimens of Bryozoa and other Tertiary Fossils from South Austra-
lia; presented by the Rev. J. E. Woods.

Phosphorite from Spain ; presented by Henry Thomas, Esq., F.G.S.

A Series of Celtic and Fossil Flint-tools from Abbeville; presented
by M. Boucher de Perthes.

Series of Specimens from Egypt; eal by L. Horner, Esq.,
F.G.8.

Copper-ore from Licos, Philippine stands ; ; presented by Sir J.
Bowring.

Specimens of Dendritic Granitello from Lima ; presented by W. Na-
tion, Esq.

Specimens of Coal, &c. from Auckland, New Zealand; presented by
H. Weekes, Esq.

x ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

Specimens of Rocks and Fossils from New Zealand; presented by
C. Heaphy, Esq.

ee of Fossil Plants, &c. from South Africa; presented by

. G. Atherstone.

cee of Apatite and Rutile from Snarum ; presented by J. Jal,
Clement, Esq., F.G.S.

Specimen of Red Lava from Madeira ; presented by W. Phelps, Ben,

Fossils from Italy, India, &c. ; presented by Sir R. I. Murchison,
F.G.S.

Cuarts, Maps, &e.

54 Charts published by the Dépot de la Marine; presented by the
Director-General of the Dépot de la Marine.

Geological Map of England and Wales; by Prof. A. C. Ramsay.
Mounted in Case ; presented by the Author.

Sheets, Nos. 10-16, 34, 42 N.W.S.W.58.E., 43 N.W. S.W. S.E.,
45 §.W., 53 N.W.S.W. 54, 62 N.K, 628.E., 63 N.W. N.E.S.W.,
71, 72 N.W., 73, 80 S.W. S.E. 82, 86, of the Geological Survey
Map of Great Britain ; Horizontal Sections, Nos. 22, 38-57 ; and
Vertical Sections, Nos. 9, 19-25. Presented by the Director-
General of the Geological Survey of Great Britain.

Map of Chicago Harbour and Bar, Illinois, by Lieut.-Col. J. D. Gra-
ham ; presented by the Author.

Karte von dem Grossherzogthume Hessen—Section Schotten; pre-
sented by the Darmstadt Geographical Society.

Map of the First and Second Anthracite Coal-fields in Pennsylvania,
by 8. B. Fisher and P. W, Sheafer, 1849; presented by Sir C.
Lyell, V.P.G.S.

Geologische Kaart van Nederland. Sheet No. 14 (Rijnland), by
W. C. H. Staring ; presented by the Author.

Overzigt der Geologie van Nederland, by W. C. H. Staring; pre-
sented by the Author.

United States Coast-Survey. Map of Point Reyes and Vicinity,
California, 1855 (with Geological Indications).

————. Map of the Vicinity of the Golden Gate, San Francisco
Bay, California, 1855 (with Geological Indications).

Map of the Vicinity of Monterey Bay, California, 1855
(with Geological Indications).

a Map of the Country between San Diego and the Colorado
River, California, 1855 (with Geological Indications).

Cartes Hydrographiques, Routiéres et Administratives des Provinces
de Namur, Luxembourg, Brabant, Hainaut, et Liége, and Carte
Topographique et Hygrométrique de Bruxelles; presented by
M. Ph. Van der Maelen, F.G.S.

Coupe de Ste. Ménehouldt a l’Ardenne par Montmedy et Izel (Ja-
moigne), by M. Hébert; presented by the Author.

Section of the Coal-seams in the North Trough, neighbourhood of
Neath, by D. Rees; presented by the Author.

ANNUAL REPORT. Xi

Section of Strata in the Hampshire Basin, observed in making the
Well for the Gosport Water-works, near Bury Cross, by James
Pilbrow, Esq.; presented by the Author.

Section of a Boring at Purmerende, North Holland, December 1852 ;
presented by G. R. Burnell, Esq.

Chart Illustrative of the Census of Victoria: Census-districts, and
Distribution of the Population, March 29, 1859, by A. Robertson,
W. Collis, and R. B. Smyth; presented by R. B. Smyth, Esq.,
F.G.S.

Diluvian Connemara Antiquities, by J. K. Boswell; presented by
the Author.

Views of parts of the Seacoast.of Tierra del Fuego. Taken on board
H.M. Surveying Sloop ‘ Beagle,’ 1829-39, 1831; presented by
Sir C. Lyell, V.P.G.S.

Six Lithographic Portraits—Prof. Faraday, Prof. Owen, Dr. Hooker,
Dr. Darwin, Prof. E. Forbes, and Prof. J. Phillips; presented by
Prof. Tennant, F.G.S.

Lithographic Portrait of M. d’Orbigny; presented by M. Albert
Gaudry.

4 Impressions of a Wood-cut of a small portion of Mr, Babbage’s
Difference-engine, No. 1; presented by C. Babbage, Esq.

8 Sheets of Lithographic Diagrams of Ventriculite-flints, Shells, and
Foraminifera; presented by 8. J. Mackie, Esq., F.G.S.

The following List contains the Names of the Persons and Public
Bodies from whom Donations to the Library and Museum have been
received since the last Anniversary.

Admiralty, Lords Commissioners | Basel Natural History Society.

of the. Belgique, Société Paléontologique
Agassiz, Prof. L., For.M.G.8. de la.
American Academy. Berlin, German Geological So-
American Geological and Statis- | ciety at.

tical Society. Berlin Royal Academy of Sciences.
American Philosophical Society. | Billings, E., Esq., F.G.S.
Anderson, Rev. Dr. J., F.G.S. Binkhorst, Herr J. van den.

Art-Union, London. Blake, W. P., Esq.
Asiatic Society of Bengal. Boston Society of Natural His-
Atheneum Journal, Editor of | tory.

the. Boucher de Perthes, M.
Atherstone, Dr. W. G. Bowditch, H. J., Esq.
Atkinson, T. W., Esq., F.G.S. Bowring, Sir J.
Atlantis, Editor of the. | Bravard, M. A.
Australian Agricultural Society. | Bravender, J., Esq., F.G.S.
Breslan Academy of Sciences.
Babbage, C., Esq. British Association for the Ad-
Bache, Prof. A. _ -vancement of Science.
Barkway, E., Esq. | Burnell, G. R., Esq., F.G.S.
Barrande, M. J., For.M.G.S. - Buteux, M. C.J.

xii ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

Campani, Prof. G.
Canadian Journal, Editor of the.
Chambers, R., Esq., F.G.S.
Chemical Society of London.
Cherbourg, Société Impeériale des
Sciences Naturelles de.
Clarke, W. L., Esq., F.G.S.
Clement, J. H., Esq., F.G.S.
Colonial Office.
Critic, Editor of the.
Cunnington, W. Esq., F.G.S.

Dana, Prof. J. D., For.M.G.S.

D’Archiac, M. le Vicomte, For.
M.G:S.

Darmstadt Geographical Society.

Darwin, Dr. Chas., F.G.S.

Daubeny, Prof., M.D., F.G.S.

Daubrée, M.

Davidson, Thos., Esq., F.G.S.

Dawson, Dr. J. W., F.G.S.

Delesse, M. A.

Deslongchamps, Dr. J. A., For.
M.G.S.

Dijon Academy.

Dobson, T., Esq.

Dublin Geological Society.

Dulau & Co., Messrs.

Edmonston & Co., Messrs.

Egerton, Sir P. G., Bart., M.P.,
E.G.8.

Eisenlohr, Dr.

Emmett, Gen., F.G.S.

Kspy, J. P., Esq.

Fantuzzi, Sig. M. G.

Favre, Prof. A.

Forchammer, Dr. G., For.M.G.S.
France, Geological Society of.
Francis, Dr., F.G.S.

Gastaldi, Sig. B.

Gaudin, M. C. T.

Gaudry, M. Albert.

Geneva Natural History Society.

Geological Survey of the United
Kingdom.

Geologists’ Association.

Gibb, Dr. G. D., F.G.S.

Gilliss, Lieut. J. M.
Godwin-Austen, R., Esq., F.G.S.
Gould, Dr. A.

Gould, Rev. Joseph.

Graham, Col. J. D.

Halle, Society of Natural Sciences
of

Hamilton, W. J., Esq., For. Sec.
G.S.

Harvey, Capt., R.E.

Haughton, Rev. Prof. 8., F.G.S.

Hayden, Dr.

Heaphy, C. Esq.

Hebert, M. E.

Heidelberg, Natural History So-
ciety of.

Hennessy, Prof. H.

Harvey, Prof. J.

Hill, C., Esq.

Hoge, J.

Holmes, Prof. F. 8.

Horner, i) sq?) E.Gis.

Horticultural Society.

Hunt, T. 8., Esq.

India, Secretary of State for.
, Geological Survey of
Institute of Actuaries.
Institute of Civil Engineers.

Jones, T. Rupert, Esq., F.G.S.
Jukes, J. B., Esq., F.G.8.

King, Prof.
Koninck, Prof. L. de, M.D., For.
M.G.S.

Lachlan, Major R.

Laming, R., Esq.

Lartét, M. E., For.M.G.S.

Lea, Dr. J.

Leeds Philosophical Society.

Liége, Société Royale des Sci-
ences de.

Linnean Society.

Literary Gazette, Editor of the.

Liverpool Literary and Philoso-
phical Society.

Low & Co., Messrs.

ANNUAL REPORT.

Lombardy Institute.
Lubbock, J., Esq., F.G.S.
Lyell, Sir Charles, V.P.G.S.

Mackie, 8. J., Esq., F.G.S.

Martius, Dr.

Majendie, A., Esq., F.G.S.

Marcou, M. Jules.

Marmora, Gen.

Massalongo, Prof.

M°Clelland, J., Esq.

Mechanics’ Magazine, Editor of
the.

Meek, F. B., Esq.

Mendicity Society.

Meteorological Society.

Meyer, Herr Herman von, For.
M.G.S.

Michelin, M. H. G.

Microscopical Society.

Moggridge, M., Esq., F.G.S.

Montreal Natural History Society.

Morton, G. H., Esq., F.G.S.

Moscow Imperial Society of Na-
turalists.

Mouat, Dr.

Munich, Royal Academy of.

Nation, W., Esq.

Neuchatel Société des Sciences
Naturelles.

Newbury, Dr. J.

Normandy, Linnean Society of.

Ohio, Board of Agriculture of.
Oldham, T., Esq., F.G.S.
Oppel, Dr. A.

O’Riley, E., Esq., F.G.S.
Ormerod, Dr., F.G.S.

Page, D., Esq., F.G.S.

Paleontographical Society.

Paris, Academy of Sciences of.

Paris, Ecole des Mines de.

Paris, M. le Directeur-Général
du Dépét de la Marine de.

Parish, Sir W., F.G.S.

Parker, W., Esq.

Perrey, A., Esq.

Phelps, W., Esq.

Philadelphia Academy of Natu-
ral Sciences.

xiil

Phillips, J. A., Esq.
Photographie Society.
Pictét; Prof. Fo J.
Pilbrow, J., Esq.
Ponzi, Prof. G.
Pring, J. D., Esq.

Ramsay, Prof., F.G.S.

Ray Society.

Rees, D., Esq.

Reeve, L., Esq., F.G.S.

Roberton, J., Esq.

Roemer, Prof. F., For.M.G.S.

Rose, G., Esq.

Royal Academy of Belgium.

Royal Asiatic Society.

Royal Astronomical Society.

Royal College of Physicians.

Royal Cornwall Polytechnic So-
ciety.

Royal Dublin Society.

Royal Geographical Society.

Royal Institution of Great Britain.

Royal Irish Academy.

Royal Society of London.

Sandberger, Dr. Fridolin.

Scharff, Dr.

Schlagintweit, MM.

Shumard, Dr. F.

Silliman, Prof. M.D., For.M.G.S.

Smithsonian Institute.

Society of Arts.

South Yorkshire Viewers’ Asso-
ciation.

Statistical Society.

St. Louis Academy.

Steindachner, Herr F.

Stockholm Royal Academy of
Sciences.

Studer, Prof. B., For.M.G.S,

Suess, Prof. E.

Swallow, G. C., Esq.

Tasmania, Royal Society of.
Tennant, Prof. J., F.G.S.
Thomas, Henry, Esq., F.G.S.
Tyndall, Prof.

Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club.

XiV

United States Patent Office.

United States War Department.

Upper Hesse, Natural History
Society of.

Van der Maelen, M. Ph., F.G.S.

Vaudoise Society of Natural Sci-
ences.

Victoria, Philosophical Institute

of.

Vienna SBerg-und-Hiittenman
Association.

Vienna Geological Institute.

Villa, Sig. G. B.

ANNIVERSARY MEETING,

Warren, Lieut.

Weekes, H., Esq.

White, R., Esq., F.G.S.

Williamson, J., Esq.

Wiltshire, Rev. T., F.G.S.

Wood, Ed., Ksq., F.G.S.

Woods, Rev. J. E.

Wurtemburg Natural History
Society.

Yates, Jas., Esq., F.G.S.

Zepharovich, Herr V. Ritter, von.
Zoological Society.

- Tast of Parurs read since the last Anniversary Meeting,
February 18th, 1859.

1859.

Feb. 23rd.—On some Lias Deposits at Quarry Gill and other places
near Carlisle, by E. W. Binney, Esq., F.G.S.

On the Fossus of the Lingula Flags, or Zone Pri-

mordiale ; I. Paradoxides from Newfoundland, by J. W. Salter,

Ksq., F.G.8.

On the Dicynodon Murrayi, by Prof. Huxley, Sec.G.S.

—________ On the Coal found by Dr. Livingstone at Tété, South
Africa, by R. Thornton, Esq. (from the Foreign Office).

March 9th.—On the Veins of Tin-ore at HKvigtok, Greenland, by J.

W. Tayler, Esq., F.G.S.

On some Minerals from near Tabriz, Persia, by the
Hon. C. A. Murray (from the Foreign Office).
—_ — On the Permian Chitonidee of Durham, by J; W:
Kirkby, Esq.; communicated by Thos. Davidson, Esq., F.G.S.

Dawson, F.G.S.

On Vegetable Structures in Coal, by Dr. J. W.

March 23rd.—On some Reptilian Remains from South Africa and

Australia, by Prof. Huxley, Sec.G.S.
—________— On the Ramphorhynchus Bucklandi, by Prof. Huxley,

Sec.G.S.

Prof. Huxley, Sec.G.8.

On the Dermal Armour of Crocodilus Hastingsiz, by

On a Fossil Cetacean and a Fossil Bird from New

Zealand, by Prof. Huxley, Sec.G.S.

April 6th,—On the Inferior Oolite of Gloucestershire, compared with
that of Yorkshire, by Dr. Thomas Wright; communicated by the Pre-
sident. With a Note on Dundry Hill, by R. Etheridge, Esq., F.G.S.

April 20th.—On some Reptilian Remains from South Africa, by

Prof. Owen, F.G.S8.

On the South-easterly Thinning-out of the Lower
Secondary Rocks of England, by E. Hull, Esq., F.G.S.

ANNUAL REPORT. XV

May 4th.—On the Ossiferous Grotto di Maccagnone near Palermo, by
Dr. H. Falconer, F.G.S.

——_—_—_—_ On some Fossil Reptilian Eggs, from the great Oolite
of the neighbourhood of Cirencester, by Prof. Jas. Buckman, F.G.S.

—_——___——— On the Jurassic Flora, by Baron A. de Zigno; com-
municated by C. Bunbury, Esq., F.G.S.

—————— On some Sections near Oxford, by Prof. Phillips,
Pres.G.S.

May 18th.—On the Nomenclature of the Old Red Fishes, by Sir P.
G. Egerton, Bart., M.P., F.G.S.

—__—_—_—_—— On the Yellow Sandstone of Dura Den and some of
the Old Red Fishes, by the Rey. J. Anderson, F.G.S.

June 1st.—On the sinking for Coal on the Shireoaks Colliery, by J.
Lancaster, Esq., and C. C. Wright, Esq., F.G.S.

——__—— Notes of the Geology of Southern Australia, by A.
Selwyn, Esq., in a Letter to Sir R. Murchison, F.G.S.

June 15th.—Notes on Spitzbergen, by James Lamont, Esq. ; com-
municated by Sir C. Lyell, F.G.S.

——_—_—_—_—— On the Origin of Dolomites and Gypsums, by Sterry
Hunt, Esq. ; communicated by Prof. Ramsay, F.G.S.

——_—_——_—— On Tertiary Shells from Central India, by the Rev.
S. Hislop ; communicated by the President.

June 22nd.—Further observations on the occurrence of Objects of
Human Art in the Bone-Breccia of the Caves near Palermo, by
Dr. Falconer, V.P.G.S. ,

Report on the Progress of the Exploration of the
Brixham Cave, by J. Prestwich, Esq., Treas.G.S.

On a Flint Implement recently obtained from the
Gravel near Amiens, by J. W. Flower, Esq.; communicated by
J. Prestwich, Esq., Treas.G.S.

Noy. 2nd.—On the Passage-beds between the Upper Silurian Rocks

and the Old Red Sandstone at Ledbury, by the Rev. W. 8. Symonds,
- F.GS.

———————— On some Mud-Volcanos near Carthagena, by F.
Bernal, Esq. ; communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, F.G.S,
On the Coal found at Auckland, near New Zealand,
by Henry Weekes, Esq.; communicated by the President.
On the Geology of Vancouver's Island, by H. Bauer-
man, Esq. ; communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, F.G.S.
Noy. 16th.—Supplemental Remarks on the Geology of the North-
west Highlands of Scotland, by Sir R. I. Murchison, F.G.S.
Noy. 30th.—On some Bronze Relics found in a Gold-bearing Sand in
Siberia, by T. W. Atkinson, Esq., F.G.S.
—_—_—___——— On the extinct Volcanos of Auckland, New Zealand,
by C. Heaphy, Esq. ; communicated by the President.
On some Tertiary Beds in South Australia, by the
Rey. J. E. Woods; communicated by the President.
Dec. 14th.—On some Bones of Polyptychodon, from the Chalk of
Dorking, by Prof. Owen, F.G.S.
On some new Reptilian Remains, with Shells of Pupa,

XVvl ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

and an Iulus, from the Coal-Measures of Nova Scotia, by Dr.
Dawson, F.G.S.

Dec. 14th.—On some Fossils from Bahia, by 8. Allport, Esq. ;
communicated by Prof. Morris, F.G.S.

—____—— On some Cheirotherian Tracks in the Upper Keuper
of Warwickshire, by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

1860.

January 4th.—On the Lower Paleozoic Fauna, by Prof. Goeppert,
For.M.G.8.

On the Freshwater Tertiaries of Southern Bessarabia

and the Dobrutcha, by Capt. T. Spratt, F.G.S.

On the Recent and Fossil Foraminifera of the Medi-
terranean Area, by T. R. Jones, Esq., F.G.S., and W. K. Parker,
Esq.

J Pee 18th.—On some Sections South of Oxford, by Prof. J.
Phillips, Pres.G.S.

——_—_—_—— On the Old Red Sandstone of the Grampians by Prof.

Harkness, F.G.S.
—_—— On the Old Red Sandstone of the South of Scotland,
by A. Geikie, Esq., F.G.S.

February 1st.—On some Cretaceous Rocks in Jamaica, by L. Barrett,
Esq., F.G.8.

——___—— On some Fossils from the Grey Chalk near Guildford,
by R. Godwin-Austen, Esq., F.G.S.

——_—_——— On the Coal in the Chalk of Kent, by R. Godwin-
Austen, Esq., F.G.S.

—_—_—_—_—_—_— On the probable Extent of Land during and after the
Secondary Period, by 8. V. Wood, Jun., Esq.; communicated by
S. V. Wood, Esq., F.G.S.

February 15th.—On the probable Glacial Origin of some Norwegian
Lakes, by T. Codrington, Esq., F.G.S.

——_—_——— On the Drift and Gravels of the North of Scotland,
by T. F. Jamieson, Esq.: communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, ~
F.G.S.

After the Reports had been read it was resolved,—

That they be received and entered on the minutes of the Meeting ;
and that such parts of them as the Council shall think fit be printed
and distributed among the Fellows.

It was afterwards resolved,—

1. That the thanks of the Society be given to Dr. J. Bigsby and
Dr. Falconer, retiring from the office of Vice-President.

2. That the thanks of the Society be given to Thos. Davidson,
Esq., Dr. Falconer, Prof. Ramsay, and the Rev. Dr. Whewell, re-
tiring from the Council.

3. That the thanks of the Society be given to Prof. Phillips,
retiring from the office of President.

After the Balloting-glasses had been duly closed, and the lists

y
i
{

ANNUAL REPORT.

XVli

examined by the Scrutineers, the following gentlemen were declared
to have been duly elected the Officers and Council for the ensuing

year :—

OFFICERS.

i

PRESIDENT.
Leonard Horner, Esq., F.R.S. L. & E.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Sir Charles Lyell, F.R.S. & LS.

Sur R. I. Murchison, G.C.St.S., F.R.S. & LS.
Major-General Portlock, LL.D., F.R.S.

G. P. Scrope, Esq., M.P., F.R.S.

SECRETARIES.

Prof. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S.
Warington W. Smyth, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.

FOREIGN SECRETARY.
William John Hamilton, Esq., F.R.S.

TREASURER.
Joseph Prestwich, Esq., F.R.S.

COUNCIL.

John J. Bigsby, M.D.

Sir P. G. Egerton, Bart., M.P.,
F.R.S.

R. A. Godwin-Austen, Esq..B.A., |
F.RS.

William John Hamilton, Esq.,
F.RB.S.

Joseph D. Hooker, M.D., F.R.S.
& LS. |

William Hopkins, M.A., LE.D., |
F.B.S.

Leonard
L. & E.

Prof. T. H. Huxley, F.R.S.

Sir Charles Lyell, F.R.S. & L.S.

Prof. W. H. Miller, M.A., F.R.S.

John C. Moore, Esq.,M.A.,F. RAS.

VOL. XVI.

Horner, Esq., F.R.S.

Prof. John Morris.

Sir R. I. Murchison, G.C.St.S.,
F.R.S. & LS.

Robert W. Mylne, Esq.

Prof. John Phillips, M.A., F.R.S.

Major-General Portlock, LL.D.,
F.R.S.

Joseph Prestwich, Esq., F.R.S.

| G. P. Scrope, Esq., M.P., F.R.S.

Warington W. Smyth, Esq.,M.A.,
F.R.S.

Thomas Sopwith, Esq.,
F.R.S.

Alfred Tylor, Esq., F.L.8.

Searles V. Wood, Esq.

S. P. Woodward, Esq.

M.A.,

4

OF

Date of
Election.

1808.
1817.
1817.
1818.
1819.
1819.
1819.
1821.
1822.
1825.
1825.
1827.
1827.
1828.
1828.

1828.
1829.
1829.
1829.
1832.
1839.
1840.
1840.
1841.
1841.
1844.
1844.
1847.
1847.
1848.
1850.
1850.
1851.
1851.
1851.
1851.
1861.

XVill

LIST OF
THE FIFTY FOREIGN MEMBERS

tHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, in 1860.

Professor L. A. Necker, Geneva.

Professor K. C. von Leonhard, Heidelberg.
Professor Karl von Raumer, Munich.

Professor G. Ch. Gmelin, Tiibingen.

Count A. Breuner, Vienna.

M. Charles Lardi, Lausanne.

Sign. Alberto Parolini, Bassano.

M. Louis Cordier, Paris.

Count Vitiano Borromeo, Milan.

Professor Nils de Nordenskiold, Ado.

Dr. G. Forchhammer, Copenhagen.

Dr. H. von Dechen, Oberberghauptmann, Bonn.
Herr Karl von Oeynhausen, Oberberghauptmann, Breslau.
M. J. M. Bertrand de Doue, Puy-en-Velay.

M. Léonce Elie de Beaumont, Sec. Perpétuel de l’Instit. France,
For. Mem. R.S., Paris.

Dr. B. Silliman, New Haven, Connecticut.

Dr. Ami Boué, Vienna.

Professor J. F. L. Hausmann, Gottingen.

J.J. @Omalius d’Halloy, Namur.

Professor Hilert Mitscherlich, For. Mem. R.S., Berhn.
Dr. Ch. G. Ehrenberg, For. Mem. R.8., Berlin.
Professor Adolphe T. Brongniart, For. Mem. R.8., Paris.
Professor Gustav Rose, Berlin.

Dr. Louis Agassiz, For. Mem. R.S., Cambridge, Massachusetts.
M. G. P. Deshayes, Paris.

Professor William Burton Rogers, Boston, U.S.

M. Edouard de Verneuil, Paris.

Dr. M. C. H. Pander, Riga.

M. le Vicomte A. d’Archiac, Paris.

James Hall, Esq., New York.

Professor Bernard Studer, Berne.

Herr Hermann von Meyer, Frankfort on Maine.
Professor James D. Dana, New Haven, Connecticut.
Professor H. G. Bronn, Heidelberg.

Colonel G. von Helmersen, St. Petersburg.

Dr. W. K. Haidinger, For. Mem. R.8., Vienna.
Professor Angelo Sismonda, Trin.

Election.

Date of

1853.
1853.
1854,
1854.
1856.
1857.
1857.
1857.
1857.
1858.
1858.
1859.
1859,

“To promote researches concerning the mineral structure of the earth,

Xix

Count Alexander von Keyserling, St. Petersburg.
Professor Dr. L. G. de Koninck, Liége.

M. Joachim Barrande, Prague.

Professor Dr. Karl Friedrich Naumann, Leipsve.
Professor Dr. Robert Bunsen, Heidelberg.
Professor Dr. H. R. Goeppert, Breslau.

M. Bh. Lartét, Paris.

Professor Dr. H. B. Geinitz, Dresden.

Dr. Hermann Abich, S¢. Petersburg.

Dr. J. A. E. Deslongchamps, Caen.

Herr Arn. Escher yon der Linth, Zurich.

M. A. Delesse, Paris.

Professor Dr. Ferdinand Roemer, Breslau.

AWARDS OF THE WOLLASTON-MEDAL

UNDER THE CONDITIONS OF THE “ DONATION-FUND

ESTABLISHED BY

3

WILLIAM HYDE WOLLASTON, M.D., F.RS., F.G.S., &e.,

and to enable the Council of the Geological Society to reward those
individuals of any country by whom such researches may hereafter be
made,”— such individual not being a Member of the Council.”

1838. Professor R. Owen. 1852. Dr. W. H. Fitton.

1839, Professor C. G. Ehrenberg. 1853. eae Vicomte A. d’Archiac.
1840. Professor A. H. Dumont. M. E. de Verneuil.

1841. M. Adolphe T. Brongniart. 1854. Dr. Richard Griffith.

1842

ame re
1843 a
1844

Since the year 1846, the Medal has been struck in Palladium,

. Mr. William Smith.
. Dr. G. A. Mantell.
. M. L. Agassiz.
fae P. F. Cautley.
Dr. H. Falconer.

2. Baron L. von Buch.

. The Rey. W. D. Conybeare.
. Professor John Phillips.
. Mr. William Lonsdale.

in commemoration of the Discoverer.

1847. Dr. Ami Boué.
1848.
1849.
1850.
1851.

1855.
1856.
1857.

1858.

ie ) Mr. James Hall.
1859. Mr. Charles Darwin,
Wood,

E. de Beaumont. Sir W. E. Logan.

P. A. Dufrénoy.

1860. My. Searles V.
52

The Rey. Dr. W. Buckland.
Mr. Joseph Prestwich, jun.
Mr. William Hopkins.
The Rey. Prof. A. Sedgwick.

Sir H. T. De la Beche.

M. Joachim Barrande.
\ Herr Hermann von Meyer.

Income and Expenditure during the

INCOME.
CRE aGe mips aoe. Oh ha Oh
Balance at Banker’s, January 1, 1859.... 298 7 8
Balance in Clerk’s hands .............- WOE Wes 83
——_——— olf P11
Compositionsyreceived anne eee een Me: Se aee oom mae
Arrears of Admission Fees ............ 105 O O
Arrears of Annual Contributions ........ 69 6 O
Se ye |
Admission Fees of 1859 ............ ih auereceente tes 466 4 0
Panntal Contributions ofS) Wisse ers sete fe hse 608 9 6
Dividends on 3 per cent: Consols .... 2525.22... 45-5) LotOmes
Publications :
Longman and Co., for Sale of Quarterly Journal
ANT SSB iis lacie evens enshetennretanewenscveveraturslsvelnio ters 54-9 0
Salevoiwbransactionsiem ee cieciceieccicieicerk 32 8 6
Salevohroceedingsmeaermreetcrrectihe elect: i B®
Sale of Journal, Vol. 1-6............-00-0% 10 17 6
. Vol 7S ae cite ene mictoieials 29 10 6
i Vol Tie tere ae eee 18 13 8
a AY/Cod ya WA ee a a eg eRe 74 0 6
a TG) a US PA Ve 127 12 11
», Geol. Map of England .......... 3.15 0
», Library Catalogues ..........-- 215 6
», Ormerod’s Index .............- 12 4 0
a 36/7 9 1
va
Ve
Wi
VA
va
We

We have compared the Books and £2188 0 8

Vouchers presented to us with these
Statements, and find them correct.

ALFRED TYLOR, | j,qitors
Jan. 27,1860. JAMES TENNANT, { * ;

* Due from Messrs. Longman and Co., in
addition to the above, on Journal, Vol. XV. £59 1
Due from Fellows for Subscriptions toJourn. 57 7
Due from Authors for Corrections ........ 25 11

So oO

25a 1

Year ending December 31st, 1859.

EXPENDITURE.
General Expenditure : Samay Shaan
TOG A cri nenddbo ud oceuncntiooddauODes 29 8 4
HIreyiNsian Cemwe sts ale cyarsvsistsielete/sitotal=velstsyal= ar (Dw
Gun A opancodesbcoccadocaapcec 8 18 11
Ori hare eesereat valeisreteteist arate Teccialtevatatatevayars ats, (i) "Y/
lah Bisadaobodacon coboeoemoaacceriec 34 2 0
Manatees «tal atele | afateieta winrar oie cee sips in oak 2914 2
Miscel. House expenses, including Postages. 54 2 O
SEU Oa Qeonbegnoddanoge cbanedsaeduor 24,144 3
Miscellaneous Printing................-. 34 5 0
Weaior MEChI Ea icletelaret> «(1 -1-1selelelateielein = PAN 7/
—_———._ 283 19 10
Salaries and Wages:
JASSISEANG= SECTCLATYA vale) ajs\alslcrs a/eveiatetelers)=/sie 200 0 0
(Hc hon anicia db cou HO aOn aC Ord SAONIOn Ae 120° 00
Assistant in Library and Museum ........ 47, 40580
BOUteny ast stele aicteval<hel=taleleielels folie) oteteter siete oticle 90 0 0
LEGURGMMENG! one on Go oGndcobanodeus sAoe 33 4 0
Occasional Attendants ....... asl otetoisiatcyatets 1215 0
@Wollectors gismteiye sieiie Aavecrers ate clovaijere Seles 20 2 0
——— 528 1 0
PRL IS EEE Vea s os ay ots) 2 ig aa ee ce os Spore cae omarye OF mc te
MERTEN roselare ete) o'Sitem dates wm Ss eae pts wedeve age 6s ob
Diagrams at Meetings ........ Siete ae eters Ae erie ries Wig
Miscellaneous Scientific Expenses ................ 12 10 8
Publications :
Geological Map of England .............. 55 0 0
SPY ANBACHIONS! a sye!sielereierelerarels stele letaisicysic/ataye 1215 7
Proceedings (Abstracts, &¢c.) ............ 48 9 8
a OUM Al VOUS; Ue V Metie s\c nelle -ataabere alereioters 112 2
a Voller Via etaavteetnse aeceewn fa Ok MO
SF AN OL LN Saves tn aicits sia rae lc atete 2 5.8 8
Ae PSR SMM OE cao tak NT 524 6 11
650 14 5
Balance at Banker’s, Dec. 31, 1859.. 531 7 9
Balance in Clerk’s hands .......... 915 2

— 541 211

£2188 0 8

The above Expenditure includes £123 14s. 8d. disbursed on
account of the Greenough Fund, and which has to be returned.

“rvak sty} Ajxea poatooar aq Alqeqo.d TIM QOEF Jo ysonbag
sumoig uyor ‘ay ‘Ayitetoduia, ~papuny sem yom
‘oocR Jo ysonbeg s.ysnouse1y “AJ SAPNOUL WUNS SIGT, x

— ‘spatt, “HOIMISHUd Hddsor “OO8T “OE “uns

O Il 9VISF O Il 9F1SF

0

ps F
G6 O €9F
0) 1s
9 I G

8 GI 6%
p's F

Il RUG ee asses esesioneseseeeiicc.e Aya100S aud jo INOA®J ul aoueleg

a [‘papnjaur auay JOU sz sworg
-vaygnd pjosun fo yoojs pun ‘aunjuusng ‘hinsg
“UT ‘8u02720910) Joraunpy a7 £0 anjva ay, “AN }
Oo 8 E&IT

5 9 69 ea) ee ae (poos
peispIsuod) sUOIINGIUO0D [enUuUY jo sively
0 @& FPF °° (p0Os pajapIsuod) saaq UOIssIuUIPy JO Sivat1y
(De EP
0 0 OGEP' 466 38 ‘S[OSUOD "pz ‘S61 SLorF ‘Aytodoig pepung
G CI 6 Peo oL cose oeceveeosoooseFFOFF OHS OGR%°? spueyq p> FC)I@) ul aouv[eg
6 i 1gS DOBODIOOGH9GGOIOOIISOII9G0GO002000Q000FF HY AAU $,Joyueq Ul sourleg
O [1 GS ccs TeUINOLF UI SUOIZIIIOD ,S1OJNY OJ ong
8 2 LS ecorcvvcesceveveseseaseoseolle jeuinor 0} suordiiosqng IOj ang
G I 6G ‘AX ‘IOA ‘eusnor uo “oD pue UBUISUOT *SISso|A] WOT ang
"SLOaqd |p ee *ALUAAOUG

"6ST Slaquiavag ISTE ‘fiquadoug sfiqav0g ayy fo NOILVAIVA

"OO8T “LG “Moye

MOTAL GAUA1V

6 O € *"SLozUpN { :
Go HP'V\ cONWNNGL SUNVE
-*499L100 Way} PUY pue ‘s}UOUIEILAG Bsoy} YILM sn 0}
paquasard siayOnoa pue syooq a4} poreduioo oavy op,

Kiciuteisleiale wleinvenulewusee Poe ceo sec ceeseocesoae FD GggesrooseesreseeHe0LR08 *sjUay) jad ¢
uN, WOySeT[O s Jayueg ye sourye
(rene ean SUM ae S ice EO e) Ue ee “DL ‘ST F8O1F JO puny uorjeuog ey} Uo spusplalg
[Tepe wWwipeyed ‘og “Sulaeisuq “upg Jo s0D oe ee puny woreuocy u04se|
sensaceesseecccssessessseseesecrerovoveses UQBAT *C) ‘ITAL 0} PILMY Bee “[O\\ 94} Uo “GGST AuenuEs Jo 7ST ‘S,loyUNG ye souLleg
*SLNANAVG *SLd1GOaY

‘LNQOOOW LSAAL,

€ 6 esOly

“GaLVNILSA AWALIGNAdXa

c reaveccvesecsoecceensess AIQIIOG JY} JO INOABJ UI BoURTeG |
St6lsF
Lo ee

(Ont OO Te dey ]eo1Z0oar “

(0) (0) OL SCOPE e eee eeeee suoroesueiy, ‘e

0 0 OOL """' «© TeUMor ApazeNy +: suoyvoyqng

0 0 ZI “Tt sasuadxi oyyUaIDg snoauR[asITy

0) 0) 1 Fete t eee e newer eeeeeeoes sBuljao] ye smeiseiq

OOL#*** 42InyIpuadxy yeroadg xe

OO 08 og #¥ ainyipuadxy Areurpig ‘unasnyy

ON) (0) (0 (97) FERRO SO OGGO ICE "29 ‘syoog MIN ‘Arviquy
6e¢

0 0 GZ cite tt ttt tts eset esse ees roqa9T}09

00 Zl titi ttrttt tts spuepuagyzy peuorse999

0 0 OF ctictttttttteteeeese = prepy asnoyy

00 OG citttttttttttttettsssesesss* raqzog

0 0 za CCEA OOS ys: ‘Arerqry ul queysISSY

O 0 OCT reteset eet BBID

0 0 00¢ crt ttt ttt tt savqosoog-queisissy

:SaBVAQ pure soleyes |

GLE

00 Fo cities tttsttssss sSunsayy Log vay,

CS. co eee Suyuiig SNOVULT[IOST IY

0 0 82 ee ewer rece ee etre ee seeses AraUONeS

0 0 OS °**** dangIpuadxT ssnoz] snosuLT[aostpy

0 0 Zl cirri se ee eesseses guaiT

i CEES

0.0 Gg cert t tities rere gangmung

0 0 OL Swear esteeetesneiavecn sueday asnoyzy

0 0 € Ue @ & O 040 a6 CO's 610 6.4 Se ae QOUBINSUT ILL

0 0 OR Tritt tt ete e te eet te ee ee ee SOXBT

: aInpIpuaedxy [e1suary |

Seay Ae ES 3

is 6 ec6IF ‘svauy, “HOIMLSAYd HdaASsor

90 O°

coon oO

co

‘O9ST ax any Of SILV WILLS

O9SL “OF “unr

‘PLL "8% 1FCF 8! GST Mos yy Fnosq aouvjeq
ayy ‘sjoalqo eroads 103 Jlounog ayy Jo yesodsip ayy aw Yo
‘oocy# Josonbog s,yFnousary ‘py JOJUNOIR UO SQOUBAPE sv ING
‘ganjipuadxg Areutpag Jo pray ot} Lapun pasapisuod ay 07 ,0UaIe
dey [eoGo[oay oy 10; OOLF puv urnasnyy 943 10J OOLF PUL «

teeeeererees QaqVIUIMIOD Wnasny |eIoadg jo yunod0R UO ang
treeeesereee(USnouaaie)) dey [eosojoay jo JUNI" uO and
ysanbag s,ysnouvary ‘Ay JO JUNOION UO “92g ‘ArBIQV'T OF ANG

¢ 1 6¢ ee ages ul jeuinor jo ayes 10J

‘aune Ul ‘OD pue ueUIZUOT ‘sissapy Aq ang

0 O OSZ OUP eee ESECCOSOOSSE SEES jeuimor AA} UN jo ayes
{ tteeeseseeeeeeeeexQnUT S, POlIULIC) ‘sanSojyeyep Areiqrvy

‘dey eoidojoax) ‘sfuipaa.01g ‘suoijoesuesy, Jo ajeg

Suekscessenvaes ves ner estore oa SU0Ks ‘quay aod ¢ uo spueplaiq
SOCEM CRI IE LINEN Gy pasoddns) suontsodmog
eee ee ee eee ee eee eee es (cg pasoddns) saaq uoIssIupy
steeeeeeeseeeeeeeseecrsaeeeeenees*eeeectOnNGLUOD [UNUUY

: payeuysa OOST toy amoouy AreuIpsg

oUR PURER ESOT I OOCe EC ESO SOE ere (jaays-uonRnye A aag) sivairy
(0) Il 92% suseveevessessessse** STIOMOOIION sioyyny 10J ang

Booth oa! tab taht lchabandbled (0.85 1) parapisuod)
0:0 yeummor Ay1aqren%> uo suoydiosqng oj ang
y ree Fa 5

‘GaLIAdXA ANOONI

PROCEEDINGS

AT THE

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING,

17TH FEBRUARY, 1860,

AWARD OF THE WoLtAston Mepar anp Donation Fonp,

Arter the Report of the Council had been read, the President,
Professor Joun Purttiirs, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., placed in the hands
of Szartes VY. Woop, Esq., the Wollaston Medal, saying :—

Mr. Seartes Woop,—Attached to the study of Natural History
in many of its branches, you have judged wisely in devoting your
earnest attention to one special field of research and one definite ob-
ject of publication. By the Monograph of the Crag Mollusca, you
have accomplished this object in regard to one of the most remark-
able of British Strata, and completed a research for which no one
had equal opportunities. Seldom indeed concur, as in this instance,
superior knowledge of the data, special powers of illustration, and a
peculiar feeling of patriotic gratification in making known the fossils
with which you had been familiar from childhood. While placing
in your hands this well-earned tribute of respect, let me congratulate
through you the Palsontographical Society, with whom your Crag
Mollusca find an honourable place, in that they have been enabled
to enrich their volumes with contributions of so finished a character
by Naturalists so patient, persevering, and successful.

Mr. Srartes Woop said in reply :—

Sir,—I beg to return my grateful acknowledgements for the
honour the Council of the Geological Society have conferred upon
me, and I feel proud to find my labours have been so highly esti-
mated by those who have worked in a similar field. My investi-
gations in the Crag have been purely a labour of love. Residing
for many years in the Crag country, I possessed great facilities for
collecting its fossils, This Formation appeared to me to possess
peculiar charms, uniting as it does the past with the present more
perhaps than any other; and fate seems almost to have identified

VOL, XVI, c

XXv1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

me with it,—I was born in sight of one Crag pit, and shall probably
be buried in sight of another.

The honour you have conferred upon me ought to be an incite-
ment to further exertions ; but the age at which I have arrived will
not, I fear, permit me to promise much : the spirit is willing, but
the flesh is weak.

I beg also to thank you, Sir, for the favourable opinion, as I was
informed, you publiely expressed of. my labours when you were in
my native country about eight or nine years ago.

The President then addressing Mr. Jonns and Mr. Parknr, said :-—

Zoologists and Paleeontologists are equally indebted to your
assiduous labours among the minute creatures which you have
taught us to recognize through a large part of the Strata of the
British Isles, and to compare with analogues now living, or repre-
sentatives in distant regions. The long duration in time, the great
variation of form, and the wide diffusion i in space of these remark-
able Microzoa render them objects of special interest to all who
speculate on the succession of life and the mutability of species.
Your researches, rich in definite facts, reduce the catalogues of species,
but extend their recorded duation in time, and thus lnk several
past geological periods with the life of the present ocean. To prove
our sympathy in this your extremely intricate labour, the Geological
Society has instructed me to place in your hands the ‘proceeds of tho
Wollaston Donation Fund.

_ Mr. Rupzrr Jonus thus replied :-—

Sir,—Your kind and flattering observations on the Rhizopodal
studies of my friend Mr. Parker and myself indicate rather the value
of the subject of our researches than the results as yet attained by.
us. We hope that, favoured by time and circumstances, we may
fulfil some at least of the anticipations which geologists and physio-
logists may expect from a patient, conscientious, and wide-extended
examination of the recent and fossil Foraminifera.

We have come to the study by different paths,—-my friend through
physiological researches, while my motives have been chiefly pales
ontological. We believe that. a painstaking criticism and comparison
of the works of earlier naturalists, and a philosophical treatment of
the mass of new materials now in our possession will tend to the
best results.

If we have-in our hand a clue to the elucidation of the history of
these Microzoa, and of the part—the important part—that they
have played in building up the stratified crust of the earth, we trust
that careful perseverance will enable us to follow it up to some
useful end, and to the working out of some good physical truths ;
and we feel especially gratified by the notice, Sir, you have taken of
our researches, and by the kind encouragement which the Society
has been pleased to bestow upon us.

. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. “ XXVii

THE ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT.

GuntLtemEn,—Perhaps no single year since the origin of the
Society has been so marked by the deaths of eminent members as
‘that which is now terminated. To names conspicuous in literature,
such as Hallam and Staunton, we must add the authors of our
‘greatest engineering triumphs, Stephenson and Brunel,—naturalists
of the highest rank, as Broderip and Horsfield,—geologists, mine-

ralogists, | and paleontologists, as Anstice, Brown, Carne, Cathcart,
“Loftus, and Stutchbury. These and others have passed from our
list of Ordinary Members. From our Honorary list we lose the
Rey. W. Turner and Mr. David Mushet, and from our Foreign list
‘Professor Cleveland, Baron Humboldt, and the Archduke John of
Austria. To several of these Members of our Society the Transac-
tions and Proceedings are indebted for useful contributions ;—to
‘others we, in common with the whole literary world, are under
lasting obligation.

_ Mr. Writram Ansrice, resident in Shropshire, made good use of
the facilities which he possessed of exploring the coal-fields of that
country, and was rewarded by the discovery of fossil insects of the
natural family of Curculionide, one of which worthily bears his
name; and of Limulidx*.

Ricuard Brient, M.D., found time, in the early part of that
medical career which afterwards became famous, to notice the geo-
logical phenomena in the district with which his family has long
been connected, and has communicated to our Society a paper on
the strata in the vicinity of Bristol, embracing the series from the
Lias to the Old Red Sandstone on the banks of the Avonf. Died
December 16, 1858.

Mr. Wrirtam Joun Sacranen slightly the senior of Dr. Buckland
in Oxford, had the merit of assisting that eminent geologist in his
earliest researches, Though Zoology, and especially the Molluscous
animals, absorbed his attention in later years, in connexion with
the Zoological Society, and the ‘Penny Cyclopedia,’ which was
largely enriched by contributions from his ready and accurate pen,
he found time to notice some fossil Crustaceans and Radiata dis-
covered at Lyme Regist, and to assist theoretical geology by a
valuable Table of the situation and depths at which recent genera
of marine and estuary shells have been observed§. Died aresuers
27, 1859.

Mr. Jonny Brown paid close attention to the Pleistocene deposits
in the vicinity of his residence at Stanway, and collected a remark-

* Prestwich in Geol. Trans. y.413. Buckland, Bridgewater Treatise, i. p. 396,
and ii. pl. 46, figs. 1, 2, 3.
t Geol. Trans. iv. p. 193. t Trans. Geol. Soc, ser. 2. v. p. 171.
*-§ De la Beche’s Theoretical Researches.
”)

Cw

XXVlil PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

able series of specimens of extinct Mammalia from that locality and
other parts of Essex, especially from Clacton. He liberally supplied
the Oxford and other Museums with Crag fossils, drawn from his
own collections, and maintained to the last a strong and intelligent
interest in our pursuits. As a final proof of his good will, he has
left us a legacy of £300, to be employed without restraint in the
advancement of his favourite science. Died 28th of November, 1859,
in his eightieth year.

Mr. JosrpH Carne was a much-honoured member of the Geolo-
gical Society of Cornwall, to whose Transactions he communicated
several memoirs on the tin- and silver-veins, granite rocks, and
elvan-courses of the rich mineral district adjoining Penzance, the
place of his residence. Died October 11, 1858, aged 77.

Fart Catacart, better known to English and Scottish geologists
under his earlier title of Lorp Greenock, was remarkably well
acquainted with the geology of several parts of Scotland, especially
the Coal and Trap districts in the valley of the Clyde and Forth.
He communicated memoirs on these subjects to the Royal Society of
Edinburgh and the British Association. I was personally indebted
to him and Mr. Milne, in 1834, for a valuable contribution to the
first edition of my Map of the Geology of the British Isles. In after
years Earl Cathcart collected largely from the Wealden deposits,
and amassed a valuable collection of chalk-sponges from the shingle
of Hastings. Died 1858, aged 76.

J.G. Croxer, M.D.,&c. Dr. Croker communicated a notice of the
geology of the vicinity of Bovey Tracey, the place of his residence
(Geol. Soc. 1856).

Sir I. L. Gotpsmm, Bart., F.R.S., claims the grateful recollection
of the Society on account of his liberal endowment of the Chair of
Geology in University College, and other acts worthy of a generous
mind. Died April 27, 1859, aged 81.

Troms Horsrretp, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. This eminent naturalist
held for some years the office of Keeper of the Museum of the East
India Company. His contributions to Entomology and other branches
of Zoology are well known. He has left on record one proof of the
interest he felt in studies familiar to us, in a mineralogical descrip-
tion of the Island of Banka (Sill. Am. J. ser. 2. vii. 86). Died July
24, 1859, aged 86.

Mr. Witu1am Kennerr Lorrvs imbibed under Professor Sedewick a
sound knowledge of geology, and always manifested a strong attach-
ment to it, even when placed in circumstances which enabled him -
to render the most conspicuous services to geographical and historical
researches. It was indeed this proved devotion to geology which led
to his appointment on the Turco-Persian Commission; and his re-

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XxXix

searches in Mesopotamia produced also a series of brilliant antiquarian
discoveries among the ruined cities of Assyria and Babylonia. On
his return from the East, he was appointed to the Geological Survey
of India; but his health, injured among the swamps of Assyria,
failed entirely in India, and he died on his passage homewards, at
the early age of 37. We are indebted to him for a notice of his
geological observations on the structure of the plains of the Tigris
and the mountain-ranges of Western Persia*,

Mr. Davim Musuet, besides communicating to the Society a sec-
tion of the strata in the Forest of Dean, has claims on the respectful
recollection of metallurgists on account of the attention he paid to
the processes of the Iron-manufacture, first in the vicinity of Glasgow,
and in later life in the Forest of Dean. In the latter district he was
long resident, and no one was better acquainted with the peculiar
oxides of iron there abundant, or more fertile of ingenious inventions
in the process for smelting these or the very different ores in
Lanarkshire,

Sir G. T. Staunton, F.R.S, While accompanying the celebrated
embassy to China conducted by Lord Macartney, Sir G. Staunton
found leisure to attend to a subject which has grown much in im-
portance since the date of his yolume (1797). He ascertained the
quantity of sediment in the water of the Yellow River (,},>th), the
quantity of water transported daily by this great stream, and the pro-
bable time in which, at the ratio assumed, the Yellow Sea (125,000
square-miles) would be filled up (24,000 years). Died August 10,
1859, aged 79.

Mr. Samvet Srvurcnsury, for some time Curator of the Bristol
Institution, and remarkably skilled in the various branches of natural
history, passed a portion of the later years of his life in the Geological
Survey directed by the Government in Australia. We are indebted
to him for a valuable account of the Low Coralline islands of the
Pacifict, for notices of Pachyodon, Avicula, and Plesiosaurus, and,
in conjunction with the late Dr. Riley, for a memoir on the Thecodont
Saurians of the Magnesian Conglomerate near Bristol. Died February
12, 1859, aged 61.

The name of Professor Cievetann of New England, familiar to
us by the application of it to a frequent kind of felspar, which he
carefully studied, will also be gratefully remembered by geologists
who are acquainted with his useful treatise on Mineralogy.

ALEXANDER von Humnotpr was born in 1769, the annus magnus
of births, which also gave to Geology W illiam Smith and George
Cuvier. How different their destiny !—alike only in the eminent
services each rendered to science. Smith, thoroughly English, never
quitted for a day the island whose stratification was the study of his

* Geol, Journ, vii. 263, 1857. ¢ Journal of the West of England.

XXX. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

life; Cuvier, contemplating in his rich museum the modern and
ancient forms of life, established the science of Paleontology ; ; while
Humboldt, universal in genius and cosmopolitan in feeling, made it
his chief delight
spaviAe “ire per omnes
Terrasque tractusque maris coelumque pr ofundum. u

The great Prussian was not specially nor even, principally a geolo-
gist ; yet, amidst the yast labours of his active life, he found many
occasions of exercising the precepts of Werner, his early teacher at
Freyberg, who also inspired his fellow-labourer Von Buch.

- The special essays in which Humboldt records his own researches
are too numerous, and embrace too wide a range of subjects to be
Aiscussed on this occasion, Qne of the earliest fruits of his Frey-
berg studies was a mineralogical notice of a basalt on the Rhine
(1790); at another time he observed the diamonds and malachite of
the Ural Mountains; he entered into the question of the ossiferous
caverns (1817), amciiedl the footprints of Hildberghausen, examined
Infusoria, and reported to the Royal Academy of Sciences on a Table
of Organic Remains (1825).

In the Essay on the Superposition of Rocks (1823), the principal
phenomena which had come under Humboldt’s personal observation
during his travels in the two hemispheres are placed in comparison.
We are indebted to him for a curious method of pasigraphical nota-
tion, adapted for recording and systematizing local observations on
the position of rocks.

The study of voleanos and mountain-chains, in all their relations,
geological, chemical, and meteorological—the contemplation of the
living wonders of nature in relation to the distribution of land and
sea and the ranges of climate,—researches of this order, charac-
teristic of the mind of Humboldt, are well typified by the beautiful
work entitled ‘ Aspects of Nature,’ including considerations on de-
serts, the physiognomy of plants, the cataracts of the Orinoco, and
the structure and action of volcanos. In the great work which
agreeably occupied the latter years of his life, and brought before
him the whole system of nature, geology finds the early and honour-
able place which it ought to occupy in the scale of natural science.
The views collected in Humboldt’s ‘ Kosmos’ on the physical con-
stitution of the earth, on earthquakes and volcanic phenomena, and
on the origin and metamorphism of rocks, are extremely instructive,
and will be perused with pleasure and profit even by those who
prefer a different explanation of some of the phenomena. Birth,
September 14, 1769; death, May 6, 1859.

To the ArcupuxkE Joun or Avsrria geology is indebted not only
for the countenance which a person in his high position could afford
it, but for the special diligence and intelligent zeal with which he
advanced the .geological survey of the extensive and interesting
‘countries under the sway of the Imperial House. Simple and un-
_ ostentatious in his tastes, more at home among the Styrian moun-
tains than in the palaces of Vienna, he was always occupied..in

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. ‘XXX1

mining, metallurgy, and other works useful to his country, and
always happy to welcome the English visitor who carried a hammer
and sketch-book. Few members of any reigning family have deserved
so well of their contemporaries and posterity.

GxroLogy, as we are continually reminded by friendly commenta-
tors, has fairly taken its place among the Inductive Sciences; and
by acting in the spirit which has won our emancipation from the
tyranny of hypothesis, we have established firmly the authority of
‘real laws and phenomena. From time to time, indeed, the historical
aspect of geology reveals itself, in efforts more or less unsuccessful,
to tear aside the veil which hides the origin of things, and to deduce
not only the modern features of the land and sea from ancient phy-
sical reyolutions, but the actual forms of life on the globe from
earlier types modified by some assumed law of variation operating
through unlimited time. Let us not, while wandering in this dark
labyrinth of cosmogony, lose our hold of the slender thread which
may bring us back to the light of true philosophy.

Looking, indeed, at the practical character of the papers presented
to our meetings, there would seem to be no need of such a warning
to the Geological Society. The Foraminifera have been largely illus-
trated by Jones and Parker; Fossil Botany has been brought before
us in a general sense by Gippert and De Zigno, and with minute
microscopical detail by Dawson; Permian Chitonide are noticed by
Kirkby; the Fossils of the Lingula-flags by Salter; the Fishes of the
Old Red Sandstone by Egerton, and Anderson, and Symonds ; /tham-
phorhynchus Bucklandii, Crocodilian Remains, Reptiles from Africa
and Australia, a Cetacean, and a Bird by Huxley ; Reptilian Remains
from South Africa by Owen; a New Reptile from the Coal-measures
by Dawson ; Cheirotherium by Brodie, The Cretaceous period is illus-
trated in England by Godwin-Austen’s notices of the carbonaceous
mass enclosed in the chalk of Kent, and of the fossils of the chalk of
Guildford; and in Jamaica by Barrett. It is taken as the subject
of a general and interesting speculation by Mr, Searles Wood, jun,
The works of art in the gravel of Amiens and the caves of Sicily
have been explored by Falconer, Prestwich, Flower, Godwin-Austen,
and Lyell. Facts in Australian Geology are communicated by Sel-
wyn, Burr, and Wood. Captain Spratt sends his observations on
Bessarabia ; Lamont on Spitzbergen ; Codrington on the Glaciers of
Norway; Murray on Fossils from the East Indies; Allport from
Bahia,

At home, the Topographical Geology of Scotland has still charms
for Murchison, Harkness, Geikie, and Jamieson; Binnie reports Lias
jn the plain of Carlisle; Hull measures the thickness of the strata in
the Midland Counties which perhaps cover coal at a moderate depth ;
Lancaster and Wright make known the discovery of this precious
material under the Permian beds of Worksop; while Bauerman finds
it in Vancouver’s Island, Livingstone and Thornton on the Zambesi,
and Weekes and Heaphy in New Zealand.

- Finally, Paleontology is employed by Wright and Etheridge to

XXxil PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

settle the dubious question of the true age of the Lower Oolitic de-
posits in the North of England.

What a contrast is offered by this mass of willing though labo-
rious, and consentaneous though scattered efforts, all tending to en-
large knowledge and fortify the basis of theory, with the heap of
crude conjectures which formerly took the place now firmly held by
the true, however imperfect, natural history of the earth, which we
have founded on sections of the strata and classifications of organic
remains !

When, seventy years ago, the author of the Map of the Strata of
England and Wales began to teach some practical knowledge of the
earth’s structure to miners and farmers, to Boards of Agriculture and
Directors of Canals, the language he employed was worthy of the
simplicity of the man, the subject, and the auditors. The strata
were deposited in succession—the lowest first, the uppermost last.
Each stratum was in succession the bed of the sea; it contained the
remains of the animals then living in the water ; these remains were
similar in different parts of the same stratum, but unlike in different
strata. ‘Thus was formed the scale of geological time, marked by
stratification and confirmed by the fossils, which we now employ.

§ Paleontological Data.

The communications made at our meetings so rarely touch on
theoretical subjects, that, but for the discussions which ensue, it might
seem as if we had ceased to doubt, or ceased to hope and aspire after
higher generalizations. In tracing the history of the strata, whether
in neighbouring or in distant localities, we employ, without fear,
the evidence of organic remains to determine the place of the rocks
which contain them in the general scale of strata. Even when com-
parisons are made between the groups of strata on opposite sides of
the Atlantic—as hetween the Trenton Limestone of New York and
that of Llandeilo in South Wales*, or between the Silurians of
Europe and their Arctic representatives in Prince Patrick’s Land +,—
the affinity of the fossils is accepted as evidence of the approximate
contemporaneity of the rocks.

But beyond the ranks of our Society, among those who do not
share our labours, are some who do not accept our conclusions. They
doubt the logical applicability of our methods of reasoning to areas
so wide, to conditions so dissimilar, and to times so remote. They
doubt if the facts of succession of organic remains in the earth are
sufficient, or sufficiently investigated, to justify the inferences com-
mon in our books regarding the succession of ancient life, in periods
of long duration, under quite different aspects of nature.

Disbelief of this kind has in former times easily passed into hos-
tility —

; Quodeunque ostendis mihi sic, incredulus odi;

but in these days it may often be removed by a better knowledge of

* See Rogers’s Geol. Map of N. America; and Hall’s Geology of New York.
t Haughton, Notice of Fossils found by M‘Clintock.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXXli

the problems we examine and the conclusions we adopt. That better
knowledge may lead wise and benevolent friends of science to favour
our branch of useful knowledge by scholarships and fellowships, to be
won by conspicuous merit at our universities, and employed for the
benefit of our country in the field, in the senate, and the pulpit. If
our data be not sufficient, if our reasoning be not right, the more
thankful should we be to the friendly sceptic who puts us to the
roof.

An objection to the cogency of our conclusions in regard to the
history of the changes which the surface of the earth has undergone
is founded on the incompleteness of the record which we find in the
organic remains. It is icomplete, in some departments more than
in others; but we must not admit it to be imsufficient to sustain just
conclusions ; for these cannot extend beyond the data.

The main subject of the record by fossils is the history of the sea
and its bed; and for this the data appear sufficient. They are
incomplete in regard to fresh water, the land, and the air, and
must ever remain so. It is only by the intercalation of reliquie
derived from these, in the series of marine deposits, that we can assign
to them their right date; and the occurrence of land and freshwater
remains among marine deposits is, and must always have been, com-
paratively rare, and, with reference to the history of the ocean,
almost accidental.

Still we must not undervalue the evidence thus afforded. The coal-
deposits give us considerable information of the plants of one period,
naturally growing and gathered together on the edge of the sea ; from
the trias, the oolitic coal-fields, the wealden and cretaceous deposits,
we obtain a large and varied flora of the Mesozoic period ; and many
of the tertiary strata yield quite different groups of the later vegeta-
tions. Among the coal-deposits lie skeletons of several reptiles *, a
few land and freshwater shells and articulatat; among the oolitic
shore- and river-sediments lie mammalia, with many reptiles which
lived on the land, or in fresh waters, or traversed the air; and
in the tertiary group of strata the remains of all the vertebrated
classes, including lacustrine and terrestrial races, occur in abundance,
If we cannot thus reconstruct the whole animal and vegetable king-
dom, we have numerous and instructive examples of both at certain
important epochs in the three great geological periods.

To judge of the completeness with which individual groups are
preserved to represent the whole series of that particular life, we
may select some very distinct marine genera rich in species. Such
oceur among the Brachiopoda, Conchifera, and Cephalopoda. For
example, Terebratula, possibly absent from all the Silurians, shows
itself frequently in the Devonian, Carboniferous, and Permian strata ;
abundantly in the Lias, Oolites, and Cretaceous rocks ; but sparingly
in the Tertiary beds and in modern oceans. In this extensive series,
the shells of the genus retain always the characteristic tubules, the

* Archegosaurus in Europe, Dendrerpeton and Hylonomus in Nova Scotia.

t Some recently found in the coal-deposits of Nova Scotia by Dr. Dawson,
besides the insects of the English and European coal-beds.

Xxxiy- PROCEEDINGS OF THE GHOLOGIOAL SOCIETY, »

hinge-apparatus is similar, the internal supporting shelly loops are
similar, and the beak is similarly perforated. So Rhynchonella is
common in the Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Permian
rocks ; abounds in the Liassic, Oolitic, and Cretaceous; but is hardly
known in the strata above, and is rare in the modern sea, A sur-
prising resemblance runs through all the groups, though, as in the
case of Terebratula, the facics differs in each of the great periods,
and, indeed, in the several systems in those periods.

Whoever considers these facts with attention and with good col-
lections before him, can come to no other conclusion than that here
nearly the whole series of the forms of these genera is preserved to
us, The same conclusion is to be drawn from a study of Lingula
—a Cambrian and Silurian, but also a living genus, which has left
monuments in every group of strata, very little differing from the
recent examples.

When, then, we find the groups of the Orthis Spirifer, Leptcena,.
Producta, and Pentamerus so remarkably terminated at this or that
level, we are not required to interpose at each of these levels an
enormous interval of time unrepresented by forms of life, any more
than such a supposition is countenanced by the first appearance of
these genera, These beginnings and endings have relation to the
peculiarities of each genus and each species, and to the influences on
each. While Orthoceras died out, and Belemnites began and ended,
Nautilus lived on, with Shemnndinns but little altered, through the
Paleozoic and all later times, and is still a living genus, So Tris
goma, beginning in the muschelkalk, maintains its place on the
Australian shore ; and Pholadomya, whose geological range is nearly
the same, has still a representative in the sea at “Tor fuga.

One very important truth flows naturally from the examination
of such groups as Rhynchonella, Lingula, Pholadomya, and others
which have a long series of representatives in time. While the
natural group existed, its main structural characters persisted, and
its essential habits of life remained similar in all the lapse of time;
so that we may feel confidence in applyimg to a fossil group the
arguments founded on real and structural analogy with existing
races,

By considering these and many other cases, it appears, with refer-
ence to the use we make of organic fossils in judging of the consti-
tution of ancient nature, that we are not without sufficient data to
determine the probable character of the atmosphere, and the probable
character of climate; that we can trace the action of light on the
eyes of the primeval trilobite, in exciting the growth of coral, and in
tinting some of the shells; that we can class the animal population
of eyery age according to its food, and thus, by just reasoning,
arrive at a conspectus of the state of the land and sea, which, though
incomplete, need not be regarded as erroneous.

Finally, whatever degree of imperfection may still cling to our
collections of data, it 1s daily growing less and less by the world-
wide industry of our zealous workmen. Few of the several periods
of geology have been left without some natural monuments of the

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, XEXY-

state of the land, sea, and air at the time. Far removed as they
may be, we can place them on their right step in the scale of time,
and apply to them the methods of interpretation which have hitherto
been found successful, because they proceed on the sure basis of the
observed laws of phenomena now prevailing in nature, and in this
respect follow the teaching of Hutton and the example of Lyell,

§ Provinces in Space.

The conclusion adopted by Brown, Forbes, Godwin-Austen, and
most naturalists in regard to the plants and animals now in existence,
is that each species ‘of this vast multitude came into being at a
determinate place, and spread from thence by natural means over
he neighbouring tracts, sometimes arriving at very great distances
and appearing in unexpected situations*. Thus natural provinces
are constituted, each including a considerable number of forms
peculiar to itself, with others communicated from beyond its bounda-
ries. These provinces are not necessarily the same for animals as
for plants, nor for all the families either of plants or animals,
The unequal facility of distribution of different races comes in
further to disguise the classification in provinces. Still, with
Botanists and Zoologists almost universally, the principle of referring
each species to a definite local centre, and of constituting provinces
for many species having proximate centres, has been firmly supported
as a true representation of nature. .

Cases of very limited distribution occur, as in the Galapagos,
yisited by Mr, Darwin, where a unique group of life enjoys what
seems to be a separate small province characterized by the herbivorous
Amblyrhynchus and several peculiar species of birds, which, how-
ever, on the whole manifest a great analogy to other species on the
American Continent, with which these isles may once have been
connected, By admitting local displacements of land and sea, Forbes
found in many cases an easy explanation of the occurrence of some
species and the absence of others in the fauna and flora of islands,
mountains, and branches of the sea.

Each of these species is conceived to be perpetuated in essential
structure and habits of life, though subject to some variations, at
birth and during life, by the influence of surrounding circumstances,
Thus varieties arise, which are sometimes continued in races, Such
variations in the species appear, by experience, in some cases to
have natural limits, and are supposed to be limited in all cases;
though as to the amount of variation, and the width between the
limits, naturalists are not always agreed. eg with Linneeust,

* See, on questions of this kind treated in this manner, Ei. Forbes in Memoirs

of the Geol, Survey, yol. i.; and Forbes and Godwin- co Natural History of
the European Seas.

t See Woodward’s Treatise on Mollusca for a Map of the Distribution of this
class of animals,

{ The opinion of this great and thoughtful naturalist, as given in the ‘ Amani-
tates Academics,’ and in a condensed form in the ‘Systema Nature,’ includes more
than one of the views proposed in later times. The philosophical parts of the
writings of the illustrious Swede ought to be more familiar to naturalists than
they appear to be.

XXXVI PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

extend the limits to include a whole natural genus; others contract
them to species, and these very narrowly defined.

§ Provinces in Time.

Geologists have generally accepted these views, as they have done
in regard to fixed truths of chemistry and mechanics; and they have
added, from the evidence which their peculiar studies yield, a definite
origin of each natural group in time, the approximate duration of
the life of many, and the epochs of termination of several. Thus
every specific form is conceived to have sprung into being at a
certain point on the globe, at a definite epoch of time; its existence
is traced through provinces of space and through periods of time, so
that it has’a real physical history.

For those who adopt this view, the course of reasoning on the
succession of life on the globe is clear and convincing. It is, how-
ever, not universally adopted; but the hypotheses which have been
framed to replace it (which always involve the idea of indefinite
change of form, structure, and habits) would not, if adopted, materially
affect the conclusions of geology, or change the practice of naturalists,
If it is by the course of progressive change from older types that
new specific forms have arisen, there must have been for each of
these a time and a place when it began to manifest the new specific
distinction. Geology needs not to discuss these hypotheses, sanc-
tioned though they be by eminent names, amongst whom our Darwin
is preeminent for powers of generalization operating on a large
basis of personal observation*. None of them appear to be wholly
without a foundation of fact, though none of them can be held to
penetrate more than a small way into the mystery of the origin of
species. We may grant, with Lamarck, the inherent power of an
organic body to undergo some change, or to effect some self-develop-
ment, by reason of the intensive or abnormal exercise of its organs ;
we may allow to external conditions some influence in modifying
the sensible characters of species, which is so boldly claimed by the
author of the ‘ Vestiges of Creation ;’ and we may agree with Mr.
Darwin in his more practical view of the derivation of some specific
forms of one period from others of earlier date by descent with
modification. We may accept all this, and yet consistently retain
the conviction that the changes which are possible by such causes
are circumscribed within the many essential types of structure which
appear to be a part of the plan of creationy.

* The work of this author on Fossil Cirripedia is one of the most remarkable
examples of his former careful discrimination of species (Palzont. Soc.) ; while
his latest publication, ‘On the Origin of Species,’ is the most elaborate essay yet
produced in favour of the descent of all known forms of life from a small
number of originally created types.

+ In the following words of Linneus, the attentive reader will perceive proof
that some of the questions, now agitated with so much interest, have not been
neglected by this great ‘‘ Minister and Interpreter of Nature” :—

“ Supponas D. O. O. in primordio e simplici progressum ad composita ; e paucis
ad plura! adeoque a primo Vegetabili principio, tot tantum creasse plantas
diversas, quot ordines Naturales. Has ordinum ‘plantas IPSUM dein ita
inter se generando miscuisse, ut totidem exorirentur planta quot hodie distincta

*

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXXV1L

Life is a measured gift—limited to certain kinds of matter in
which only it can appear, and to the chemical and mechanical forces
which accompany it, act in it, and are acted on by it—confined within
certain temperatures—contrived for certain conditions of residence,
in air, and in water—destined to a stationary home, or permitted to
wander—to crawl, to run, to leap, to dig, to fly, to swim, to float,
by appropriate adjustments which may be called in our language
very scientific applications of the laws of nature—guided by organs
of sense constructed to work in harmony with the rays of ight and
the undulations of the air—endowed with calculated instincts, con-
sciousness, and volition. He who thinks himself equal to the problem
of connecting in his mind all these structures and adjustments, which
appear so special and so various and each so wonderfully adapted to
a special purpose—to derive all these determinate results from one
formula of indefinite variation from one original germ of life,

* Child of the earth and sea and sun and air’”’”—

may well claim to be the equivalent representative in our time of
that old philosopher

“Qui genus humanum ingenio superayit, et omnes
Restinxit stellas, exortus ut setherius sol.”

Another view, even more desperate, which would ascribe an
indefinite origin to every definite form by the mere union of
elementary forces, may be answered by the words of the Epicurean
Poet—

*,,.. mequeant ex omnibus omnia gigni.”

Neither Zoology nor Botany nor Paleontology can countenance the
supposition of many local origins for one specific form which can
be increased and diffused by known processes, nor more than one
epoch for its production and duration. In this, as in so many other
instances,

‘*.,,,Vestigia nulla retrorsum ;”

the group once ended, like the period to which it belonged, returns
no more.

That the recorded duration and area of distribution ef species will
be augmented, that the number of so-called species will be reduced
by critical inquiry, can hardly be doubted by any one who is aware
of Mr. Davidson’s valuable labours on the Brachiopoda*, or those of
Messrs. Jones and Parker on the Foraminiferat. By such labours
as these, the characters of the species which are retained will gain
rather than lose in distinctness; and we may with more confidence
employ the purified nomenclature in reasoning on the early aspects
of nature. Nor will the recognizable varieties lose their value in
reference to time or physical conditions,

existunt Genera. Natura dein Genericas has plantas, per generationes ambigenas
(qux structuram florisnon mutant) inter se miscuisse et multiplicasse in Species
existentes, quotquot possibiles, exclusis tamen e numero specierum, ab ejusmodi
generatione productis, Plantis Hybridis, utpote sterilibus.’’—Syst. Nat. edit, xiii.
* Monographs of the Palwontographical Society.
t Referred to in the Award of the Wollaston Donation Fund, p, xxvi

SEXVili PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

& Zones of Life.

To complete our knowledge of a geological province, we should
remember that, as in dredging the sea-bed account is taken of the
‘depth of water, the force of currents, and the quality of ground, so
in geological investigations of precision we should expect similar
attention to the separate collections from the coarse sands and
pebbles of the shore, the drift sands, the muddy expansions, and the
calcareous rocks. The general results to which we are accustomed,
which sum the whole into one catalogue for a given period, furnish
no doubt, the best means of contemplating the system of life of the
period; but in local monographs, and in monographs of species 0.
groups, the exact distinctive characters of the repository should, a®
far as possible, be recorded. In regard to depth of water, it is only
by the record left in the structure of the stone, and succession of
lamine, that we can find an independent measure; and in this Mr.
Sorby has greatly helped us. A measure of depth derived from the
‘analogy of the fossil to the recent groups is seldom to be implicitly
trusted. We may remark, further, that a series of fossils for any
system, to be complete, should include three groups—from calcareous,
arenaceous, and argillaceous repositories; for these three sets of
deposits are really contained in each natural system of strata. One
of the earliest and most profitable exercises of my life was the
making a catalogue of the fossils in the collection of W. Smith,
before the removal of it to the British Museum. When I had, follow-
ing my great relative’s guidance, enumerated the 720 species of fossils
in. his collection, he set me to compose those tabular synopses of the
distribution of the more remarkable groups of fossils in the several
zones of stratification of which the Table of Echinodermata in the
‘Stratigraphical System of Organized Fossils’ (1817) is an example.
No sooner were these constructed for a few groups, than two ideas
were strongly imprinted on my mind :—

1. That the groups of fossils had some real relation to the mineral
and structural characters of deposits; so that, while smooth oysters,
Gryphew, &e., were frequent in clays, and Terebratulide rare in
them, we were to look for Zoophyta and Echinodermata in the cal-
careous bands ; Spongiade in some sands and some particular lime-
stones; few fossils of any sort in peroxidated sediments, coarse
conglomerates, or pure sands of any colour. It appears te me that
this class of inquiry is still not enough followed out, either by ex-
plorers in local districts or by the palxontologist of the study. With
so much the more pleasure, therefore, I welcome the extended ex-
ample of such studies given by Dr. Bigsby in his comparison of the
Silurian Fauna of North America and Europe.

2, That in each great natural zone of fossils there was to be traced
a poor origin, a rich development, and a subsequent decrease,—thus
apparently giving to each great natural period a zéne of maximum
fertility in species, in which, more than at any other time, the
various orders of life acquire their full expression. With this idea
in his mind, a paleontologist finds the whole Carboniferous period
one, though in it are several zones distinguishable by the prevalence

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. - XXxix

of a few types, and by the paucity or absence of others—the maxi-
mum of marine life being about the top of the Scar rans gion or
the base of the Yoredale Series.

So in the Silurian series of the Malvern tracts, the maximum zone
of life is im the Wenlock group, while from below (in the black
shales) the numbers of species rise from almost zero to 176, and then
dwindle again to zero in the Downton Sandstones, at the base of the
Old Red. So in the Lias, the lowest beds yield very few shells, and
no Ammonites or Belemnites; but from this the numbers swell
rapidly to a maximum, which for many groups is in the Oolitic series
of Bath (but for Ammonites and Belemnites is in the Lias), and
decays to a minimum in the comparatively poor Oolites of Portland,
Swindon, and Aylesbury.

In the Cretaceous strata we may perceive very clearly the influ-
ence of physical conditions on the zones of greatest fertility; for
while the Mollusca generally are more abundant in the Greensands
and Gault, the Amorphozoa, Foraminifera, and Bryozoa seem more to
affect the Chalk, and specially the Upper Chalk, from which most of
the Ammonites have disappeared. Fishes are most plentiful in the
Upper Chalk.
~ Nor can we fail, whilst studying the distribution of the Cretaceous
fauna, to perceive a distinction of north and south districts, if not
provinces, within the limits of Britain. The northern chalk of York-
shire is comparatively poor in fossils, and, instead of the Belemnitella
mucronata, so common in the south, gives us in abundance Belem-
nitella quadrata, which the chalk of the Baltic exchanges for B.
mammillata, Observations of this kind, well carried out, appear to
justify the belief that in different or “only occasionally connected
basins the succession of forms might be somewhat different; and
that groups might be analytically resolved into several stages in one
tract, united together in a second, or complicated with new auxiliaries
in a third.

The two most contrasted provinces of the middle Paleozoic strata
(the Devonian and Welsh tracts) offer, in regard to their forms of
life, a very marked difference: little but Fishes in the latter; abun-
dance of Mollusca, Trilobites, Zoophyta, and Bryozoa in the former.

The /atter is a tract of mostly peroxidated sediments; the former
has a large proportion of protoxidated rocks, and in these principally
are the treasures of fossil life. Sediments brought in different diree-
tions, with germs of local groups of contemporaneous life, are indi-
cative of these facts, which, besides, suggest to us the necessity of
reconsidering with care the relation of the truly limited Devonian
to the greatly expanded Carboniferous and Silurian strata.

In the case just mentioned, then, there is often traceable a con-
currence and coextension of certain given fossils with certain mineral
deposits—the fossils coextensive with and limited to those particular
deposits. So also the deposit of Aymestry Limestone is the favourite
home of the conspicuous Pentamerus Knightii, which may be looked
for in vain where the limestone dies out in contemporaneous muddy

shales. When the Bradford Clay disappears, the peculiar local fauna

xl PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of Farley Castle and Bradford, with its Turbellaria, Apiocrinus, and
Terebratula coarctata, vanishes. So when the upper part of the Lias
dwindles in passing southward from Cleveland, we lose Leda ovum,
Ammon Lythensis, and Balanus tubidanis ; while, on the other hand,
as we proceed northward, and lose the Lower Lias shales, the bone-
bed vanishes. When the Lias Limestone grows obscure, Ammonites
Bucklandi and A. Conybearti cease; and this is the more striking,
because at intervals, some of the Middle and Upper Lias fossils, not
so limited in time, as A. bifrons and A. heterophyllus, reach the coast
of Dorsetshire, and reappear on the Continent.

This unequal diffusion of definite forms of life may often be ascribed
to the progress of oceanic currents, which transported at once the
germs of life and the sediments in which they were buried. If we
trace by this means some of the ancient currents of the sea for any
particular epoch, we shall find, with surprise, some neighbouring tracts
to have been almost unconnected ; while very distant regions manifest
some effective communication. Thus, while the Trilobites of Bohemia
differ almost in every species from those of Scandinavia*, while only
a small proportion of the fossils of North Devon occur in South
Devon, the American genus Maclurea unexpectedly appears in the
oldest limestones of the extreme north-west of Scotland, and Ammo-
nites like those of Kelloway Bridge in Wiltshire are collected in the
centre of Russia and at the mouth of the Indus. So in existing
nature, when we find Spzrula in so many distant basins of the sea,
between which now are no connecting channels, we must appeal to
earlier distributions of land and sea for the means of intercourse
which no longer exist. Thus Nature in some material aspects retains,
in the arrangements of life as well as in the form of land and the
peculiarities of physical geography, traces of the history of an earlier
time.

Another point which appears to be of great importance in tracing
the history of life, is the thorough examination of what are con-
ceived to be “ passage beds” from one system to another. For ex-
ample, the Lingula-flags make a very remarkable zone in the series
otf Lower Paleozoic strata, separated by a considerable interval from
the more fossiliferous strata of Snowdonia. The dying-out of one
group of life, and the introduction of the other, in relation to the
mineral nature and structure of the masses, are worthy of special
attention in the vicinity of Tremadoc. In the group of the May Hill
Sandstones we trace very satisfactorily some of the circumstances
which characterize the introduction of the Upper Silurian fauna.
The Rey. W. Symonds has lately added some details of the right sort
in regard to the succession of beds, and their contents, at the junction
of the Old Red Sandstone with the Silurianst; and Mr. Baily has
added to our knowledge of those “ Upper Old Red” laminations
which contain Cyclopteris Hibernica and Anodonta Jukesw, and pre-
nunciate as it were the great Carboniferous system. ‘'o continue
this subject, I may recall to attention the very interesting junctions

* Barrande and Murchison.
+ Read to the Geological Society, Noy. 2, 1859.

oe be
Paice
io}
i

i"
de
My

[Quart, Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xvi., to face |

|

ES, DRAWN UP BY .

| AMMONITES

spheericus.

Calloviensis.

Descriptions and Names.

| discus.

2) 3

—_——__,—__—_——
Volutions concealed.

Back smooth, entire.

jo
=)
ey)
—
Co
rs

( London Clay.......-----

Brick-earth .........+--

STRATA.
INS

Oaktree Clay........-.--
Clunch and Shale......
Kelloways .......-.---++-
Cornbrash .......--..-++-
Fuller's Harth .........
Under Oolite ........-

Marlstone ..........-----

TRlkne IWleral jjsccngas0de008

\ Mountain Limestone

Swindon and Portland ...

¥a

Nore. (1) The Table w
deposit ; it was from the Upper Lias of Whitby.

as drawn up previous tops of Ammonites—some pro

Tn the original, each speci)
ne eSoul

|

Pp) OHI

Nea

MY m0¢

“

e

_posoy 8

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xli

of the English Coal-measures with the Magnesian Limestone series,
which generally show remarkable unconformity, but in a tract of
Yorkshire are nearly or perhaps quite conformable. Here the exact
nature of the mineral changes, and the zones of Awinus, Stropha-
losia, Nautili, Mytili, and other shells, will become better known by
the progress of the Geological Survey, which is now extended to that
region.

I may also refer to the still unsettled questions regarding the
triassic or liassic affinities of the bone-bed and the lowest Lias
shales, sands, and calcareous layers,—on which a valuable communi-
cation has reached us from Dr. Wright. This active paleontologist
is proceeding with his careful survey of the several divisions of the
Lias in the south of England, and accumulating data for the further
discussion of the boundary (if it be necessary to draw as a line what
nature marks as a zone) between the Upper Lias and the Inferior
Oolite.

§ Distribution of Ammonites.

Throughout the Lias and the whole Oolitic system, the evidence
of Ammonites is acknowledged by all geologists to be of the highest
value in determining the place of detached deposits on the general
scale of ancient life and time. This arises in a great degree from the
circumstances that the whole group of true Ammonites is limited in
time between the Trias and the Tertiaries, and that the species are
very numerous, very definitely marked, traceable from youth to age,
and grouped naturally into distinct assemblages, whose place in the
succession is constant. On these grounds Dr. Wright may well
be justified in attaching to them the same importance which was
assigned to them by W. Smith, whose unpublished Table of the
Distribution of Ammonites, drawn up by my own hands in 1817, is
now laid before the Meeting. It forms one of a series of such
attempts, of which an example has been printed, viz. the Table of
Echini, in the ‘ Stratigraphical System of Organized Fossils’ (1817).
Yon Buch’s valuable labours on the Ammonitide are well known.

There yet remain a few unsettled points of classification of the
English and Scottish strata of the Oolitic series, for which a precise
knowledge of the sequence of Ammonitic forms may furnish a clear
explanation. Dr, Wright has lately placed before the Society a
proposal to assign to the Inferior Oolite of Yorkshire a portion of
the sandy, shaly, irony and calcareous beds which Prof. Morris and
myself have referred to the oolite of Lincolnshire, which at present
stands for the representative of the Great Oolite of Bath. The
evidence of fossils appeared even in 1825-1828 in favour of refer-
ring these oolites of Cave and Gristhorpe to the Inferior Oolite ; but
it seemed indecisive to me, and has appeared so to almost every
subsequent inquirer. In the section referred to, between unequi-
vocal Lias and unequivocal Cornbrash there have been gathered very
few Ammonites in addition to what were mentioned in my volume.
In addition to Ammonites Blagdeni, which was found at Gristhorpe
so long ago, the diligent naturalists of Scarborough have collected

VOL, XVI. d

- 4
i
,
[Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi., to face jfage xh.
‘ PS, UNDER THE DIRECTION OF WILLIAM SMITH, IN 18
TABLE OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF AMMONITES, DRAWN UP BY 3 ; 7.
| | 2 | ] a
a lea 3 d ? i
| = a | 2 | 3 | a 2 3 sg | |
it Ps z & 2 E es E : E : |
3 2 | 4 a é 5 8 { 3 | | == : s
ane fe - /20 | | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | 30 | 31 | 3486 | 87 | 38 | 39 | 40 | 41 | 42 | 4s | a4 | 45 | 48 | a7 | as | 49 | co 62 28 | 54 | 55 | 56 | 57 | 58 | 69 | 60 |! 61 | 62 | 63 | Ga 65 | 66
e <= ; ral 3 | 9 | 10} i | 22/13 | 14] 15] 16 | 17 | 18! 19 | 20] 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 2 aes : iE E @ rs
: a en a teak ie mae sae aaa eek d. uber- Radii entire. Radii di- Radii entire, Radii divided.
2 Sea a Radii straight Radii curved, Radii tubercled. Radii dividing, but not from a tubercle. tubercled. SEE S arc
: —— Radii entire. Radii entire. Radii dividing. A keel between two sulei on the back. sulcus roucd ie taeel
iF th, entire. sl
i — Radi crossing the/back: A keel without a sulcus on the back. ss
ee Back without either keel or sulcus round it. — i= _ a 7
| = | | London Clay.
-|- |
London Clay.......--.-- | le j i.
— / | |: * * Greensand.
ae |
on | 5 | Brick-earth.
i}
pine ie Ae eae Swindon and Portland.
tee wae wae cee aeeaiy aoe see mOF nee wae wee see aes |
windon and Portland) ... |---| --- |e. Jc» Jess | cee | eee | cee | ane | nee Oaktree Clay.
‘ | * |] *
Oaktree Clay...........- oe 210) coe Ml Sap. |! 035/|) 000 ||! Son || eae || ooo || 2 * ea os a ieee”
me SPI a | SM oso fh ¥06e'|| cos | 6a} El] Nese" a0" | cou] aoe. | 3: Iles * | Kelloways.
2 cco aes eee tee eee eae | aoe eee nee wee nee eae see nee wee ese |
— ff | | Cornbrash.
5 . . .
& Cornbrash..............- * ‘ | ~ as D ci
ca a —- ee ite | | | oon || co: | coa.'t) cacalllioces || bese haoeas |e Poesl tor * ' cae
[ Under Oolite ......... coe | ogel eges Ulisse VERE | Seca] | acieeie) [BS PCE] Dereon ie en] Ue ; : wa
Ifa sscesco-ecoreuaeecey al mals ale alias “eiet- : vet
coe uae * * =e. wee aes wee con eee * oon ee are: as. oo ase nee sas 7
Marlstone ............... “es vs
v5 || oot | Gen [kee Nie 2a Hike Seah Meee eae Dery Vee:
Blue Marl............... coo |foreel|| cee Pee ee ale -
Lias * * * * * * * * * * *
si Mountain Limestone.
\ Mountain Limestone | ... | ... | «a

calix, which is now called A. Blagdeni. a is Goniatites sphericus. was mar!

Nore. (1) The Table was drawn up previous fo the publication, in 1817, of the ‘ Stratigraphical System of Organized Fossils,’ which contains a few move names of Ammonites—some pro} those to which names could he affixed from Sowerby’s ‘Mineral Conchology,’ th

pd as of doubtful occurrence; it was probably a Bea specimen.
deposit; it was from the Upper Lias of Whitby. 7, a related species. ¢, erroneously marked in this deposit; it was from the Upper Lias of Whitby. (2) In the original, each speci

¢ was erroneously marked in this
in progress.

Snr agli ella eh ee S| ——- : ne a7 2 -_ z 4 sie ; G Face = ae .
| 3 a ; » oe ce @ ee } = Sasa Fee : 7 : -
: P 7 =; ; = —* a : cs a 7 $5 - '
5 rad : . = : : ies ie |

On? ee

xiii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. -

Ammonites Murchisone* from the Dogger, A. Humphreysianusy and.
A, Parkinsoni from the Gristhorpe beds. These three species oc-
cupy in Gloucestershire three zones in the Inferior Oolite, in the
order here mentioned. In the same order they are reported to lie
on the Yorkshire coast,— Ammonites Parkinson: occupying the higher
yone in each case, and A, Murchisone the lower. This remarkable
analogy makes the paleontological evidence in favour of the slightly
greater antiquity of these oolitic beds preponderate, and renders a
re-examination of the oolite of North Lincolnshire and South York-
shire a very desirable work. I do not intend to neglect it,

§ Beds below the Chalk.

Nor are we entirely free from perplexity in regard to some other
deposits long known and much considered. The great Wealden
series, so interesting for its remains of the land and fresh waters, held
its place in the Oolitic group, according to all geological works, until
within a few years. It has now been transferred by several writers
to the Cretaceous group, This has been done, however, without the
discovery in it of Cretaceous species, without any question of the
analogy to the Oolites,—of the flora, which much resembles that of
Stonesfield—or the fauna (such as it is), whether invertebrate, as
Paludina and Unio, or vertebrate, as Lepidosteus, Megalosaurus, and
Cetiosaurus. No doubt Hylcosawus and Iqguanodon occur also in
the Lower Greensand ; but that is hardly a sufficient argument.

According to the view which seems to me probable, these Wealden
beds re-appear near Oxford, and occupy some considerable tracts to
the north-east, probably covered by, rather than mixed with, Lower
Greensand beds, though not so distinctly as in the typical Wealden.
The Red Chalk of Yorkshire is perfectly conformed to, and even
alternates with, White Chalk, and was classed by me with that de-
posit. It has been referred by some later writers to the parallel
of the Gault or Lower Greensand; and Hunstanton Cliff is often
quoted in support of this view. But, as [am reminded by Sir C.
Lyell, who has lately inspected the Speeton Cliffs, the Red Chalk
occurs in a well at Mildenhall, in the White Chalk. I believe we
must leave it in the natural alliance formerly assigned to it, or
admit two bands of Red Chalk of unequal antiquityt. In the blue
clays at Speeton there occur, as I formerly remarked, Kimmeridge
Clay fossils at the bottom, and Gault fossils at the top. In some
late visits, I have marked several successive zones of fossils in this
clay; I shall probably before long publish in a revised form my
ancient section of the Coast, so as to include much additional
information as to Speeton, Gristhorpe$, and the northern cliffs.

* T have observed this species among the fossils of the oolitic Dogger beds
(Inferior Oolite) of Thirsk, collected by the Rey. C. Johnstone.

t This I also found at Gristhorpe, 1855.

t General Emmett finds the Red Chalk of Yorkshire to contain a very large
proportion of calcareous matter, and to be in some specimens full of Foramini-
tera. My specimens from Hunstanton are very full of Rotalie.

§ In the section of Gristhorpe Cliff printed in Geol. Journ, vol. xiv. p. 89,

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT; xliii

§ Paleontological Periods,

When tracts of the old sea-bed so far apart as Wales from Lisbon,
Bohemia, Sweden, or New York, the Arctic zone, the Himalaya
range, or China are compared, and in all these countries the lowest
strata are found to be filled with many forms of life remarkably
similar*, not only in the mass of the rocks, but also often in the
several groups of strata one above another, taken in the same order,
geologists conclude that these strata, which, taken separately or taken
in mass, haye such remarkable agreement, were produced in the
same period of the earth’s history, The agreement of the fossils
being for the most part due to the deposition of the strata in one
oceanic basin, or to the free communication between one such basin
and another, so that the species of marine animals might be dif-
fused over parts of each, we have no reason to doubt that similar
successions of deposits—lying in the same part of a similar general
series of strata, and containing similar kinds of fossils grouped in a
similar manner—were of approximately contemporaneous origin.
In several of these cases they have a similar base of metamorphic
rocks, and a similar coyer of Devonian or Carboniferous rocks,—all
circumstances giving independent testimony to the truth of our
general conclusion. We might further confirm it by the evidence
of displacements of the strata, at definite epochs and through defi-
nite groups of the strata—movements which have raised the Silurians
before the date of the coal, and remodelled the whole area of the
land and sea before the Trias and after the Chalk,

It has, indeed, been objected that this conclusion is illogical—that
identity of time cannot be inferred from similarity of conditions—
that the successive conditions of Silurianism, Devonianism, &c., may
be due to a necessary sequence in the order of natural phenomena,
and may have commenced at any time, round any land which, by
rising from the deeps of the ocean, came within the zone of light
and life in the waters. The objection is not valid, The dates of
the uprising of land are, indeed, as here suggested, various; but
according to the period when each came under the influence of the
conditions requisite for life are the deposits and the fossils which
surround it, An eleyation which can be proved to have happened
after the Coal is followed by shore- and sea-deposits having the fossils
of the period, not the praneval fossils: the land which is raised
bears the vegetation of the period, not the primeyal vegetation,
Thus the series of strata and of fossils, taken as a whole, is but one
——a funetion of the elapsed time; but the terms of the series appa-

there is a strange misplacement at the foot of the page, of the words “ and of ma-
rine or mostly marine origin.” They should have been on page 90, so as to in-
clude the beds which follow on that page as marine. The sense is totally con-
fused by this mishap.

* Heliolites porosa occurs in the limestone of North Somerset as well as in the
limestones of Devon and the Niagara Limestone of New York. Afrypa aspera,
which was found by Capt. Maclure at Princess Royal Islands, occurs also in the
Pupestones of the Bifel and Deyonshire, and in the Niagara group of the New

orld.

d2

xliy PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

rent at any place depend on the physical history of the locality—a
function of local conditions. In other words, the agreements depend
on concurrence of time; the differences on disagreeing local con-
ditions.

The correspondence in time here indicated by the term contem-
poraneity may be understood as having only so much of definiteness
as belongs to the deposition of a stratified rock. Whatever pheno-
mena occurred within the limits of the duration marked by the
beginning and ending of such a deposit may be reckoned as of one
period, though they may not all be assignable to one precise or
momentary epoch. ‘There are good reasons for doubting the exact
epochal correspondence of distant parts of the same continuous sedi-
mentary deposits (as, for example, in beds of obliquely laminated
oolite and millstone-grit, in which the successive deposition of parts
of the bed by currents flowing in ascertained directions is certainly
traced), but none which forbid our using these deposits to mark a
period having a certain place in a series of periods*.

Geology has thus obtained a true scale of relative time on which
to register all the events in the earth’s history which fall within the
wide compass of her inquiry. Starting with a scale of strata exactly
determined, and rendered as perfect as possible in one basin, we
acquire a general series or scale of deposits, in the order of their
deposition, suited to a certain area of the ancient bed of the sea.
By examination of these deposits, we find in each of them fossil
marks of an intelligible kind, by which the place of any given step
in the series can be determined for the area in question. By com-
parison of one large basin of strata with another, it is found that
the fossils taken in allied groups have larger ranges than the mi-
neral or structural characters of the strata, and indicate that the
basins were occasionally, or frequently, in communication, so that
some corresponding forms of life are found to occur in both, in
several or all of the deposits, and in the same order of succession.

By thus comparing basin with basin, it is found that hardly one of
the stratified systems of rocks was so insulated by the circumstances
of its formation as to show no conformity with another in the se-
quence of ancient life, however different may be the appearance and
however unequal the completeness of the series of the groups of
strata. If there were any seas entirely separated (as now we see
the Caspian and other seas), the separation of them must have taken
place at some definite period, previous to which they were influenced
more or less by the general order of life in the other neighbouring
parts of the ocean. It may be taken as a general result of all this
inquiry, that there is but one general series of life represented in a
fossil state,—each term of this series corresponding to a geological
period, and, taken in a large sense, preserving one main or general
character, amidst many local variations, over all the areas yet inves-
tigated.

* Mr. Godwin-Austen has bestowed much attention on this subject. See also,

in my Treatise on Geology in Cab. Cyel. vol. ii. chap. vi., a BEESON on ahis
subject, and : a diagram in illustration.

Qu

EOC

UPE
MESO

MIDDL
LOV
MESO

PERML4
CARBC.
RO]

DEVO]

SILURI!
CAMBI

EOCENE.
UPPER

DISTRIBUTION IN TIME OF CERTAIN cL agges OF MARINE INVERTEBRATA.
TABLE OF THE
MESOZOIC.

aaeceweee

MIDDLE AND

LOWER
MESOZOIC.

PERMIAN AND
CARBONIFE-
ROUS

DEVONIAN.

SILURIAN AND
CAMBRIAN.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xly

The conformity of which we here speak is sometimes of such a
kind as to be expressed by the term “ identity of species,” more
frequently by the near resemblance of forms in the same genus, for
which the name of “ representative species” has been employed by
E. Forbes. The term species is and must remain somewhat am-
biguous in paleontology while the observers of different regions
prefer the inglorious task of inventing new names for their native
fossils, instead of the useful labour of a strict comparison of them
with sufficient examples of the species already described by foreign
naturalists. But there is seldom any ambiguity in a generic term ;
and in each region we can at least count the specific forms, or what
are considered to be such. This being done, we gain at once a
power of numerical expression for the several groups which compose
the system of life of each period in each region, or what is preserved
of each system, and a representation of the associated life, inde-
pendent of the particular determinations of the specific elements.

Let us see the effect of such a method tried, in the systems of
strata in Britain, on the invertebrate groups of marine life. Taking
1000 for the sum of the species, and confining our computations to
large groups including several or many genera and species, we
obtain the following tabular numbers, which represent the propor-
tionate prevalence of each of the selected classes in each great
selected period.

Zooph.| Echin. Crust. | Brach.|Mon.|Dim.| Gast. | Ceph.

HOGAN OM ceo. densa tiane' 32 28 13 3} 52/*277|*t578; 16
Cretaceous ............ 35 | *163 53 80) *166/}+213| 125) 165

Oolitic and Triassic.| 55 76 15 74| 126|+340} 212) *190
Permian and Car-

bonifarous’......:.. 107} 116| 33] 173] 105] 151] +178! 126
Geran... *167| 54] 381*+t302| 541 96] 140! 143
Silurian and Cam-

Nea. 157| 64! *168| +237} 441 116] 110! 103

[Asterisks are affixed to the numbers which are maxima in each class; t indi-
cates most abundant group in each system. |

The preceding Table and the annexed Diagram represent to the
eye the relative prevalence of the several classes selected, in the
systems of strata named.

§ Physiological Relations.

Among the laws which appear most general as guiding the
relations of living beings, is that which expresses the reciprocal
dependence of animals and vegetables upon the atmosphere. Every
plant and every animal depends upon the free atmosphere, or upon
the atmospheric elements absorbed by water; but this dependence

¢ The numbers in each group may be taken from Morris's Catalogue, equating
the sum to 1000. This method was much employed by me in collecting the
results of my surveys in Devonshire (1839, &c.), for the Paleozoic fossils of that
county (1841); again in the Memoirs of the Geol. Survey, Malvernia (1544) ;
and in my Guide and Manual of Geology (1834-1855).

xlvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

is of such a kind that one absorbs the carbonic acid which the other
rejects, one restores the oxygen which the other takes away. This
reciprocity, considered in regard to the sea, is more important than
in respect of the free air. Without marine plants it is almost incon-
ceivable that the respiration of marine animals would be provided
for, especially in the deeper and more tranquil parts of the water.
We may consistently believe—and observation appears to justify the
belief—that in no period within the reach of Paleontology were
marine plants wanting, except in the parts of the ocean so deep that
air and light and motion are very feeble in their influence: In
‘marine plants we have one long series of very analogous forms from
the earliest periods, corresponding to the uniformity of the conditions
of their life. Another law very frequently traceable in existing nature
is found in the reciprocity of herbivorous and carnivorous races,
‘by which, in connexion with plants, a complete circle of growth and
sustenance is established on the earth and in the water—commencing
with the atmosphere as the food of plants, these contributing to the
nourishment of half the animal world, which in its turn sustains
the flesh-eating races. This dependence is of such an order that the
herbivorous races may be conceived to exist without any carnivora,
but not the converse, and that one race of herbivora may be
‘balanced by one or another or a mixture of several carnivorous tribes
suited to the same element. In looking at the scale of ancient life
‘in the sea we shall find it preferable, in ‘the first instance, to separate
the tribes which, like the Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata, are
nourished by Tafusoria coming to their feeding-organs with currents
of water. So simple and easy a nutrition seems to warrant the
expectation that they were less liable to great variation of type than
‘carnivorous and eyen herbivorous races, whose life is more varied
‘and more dependent on the changes of external conditions: Let
us consider these points in regard to the marine races whose remains
-are found fossil. Few tribes offer in this respect a more remarkable
-contrast than the Brachiopoda as Infusorial feeders, and the Gastero~
poda, which as a class may be regarded as one-half herbivorous and
one-half carnivorous*. The Brachiopoda counted by genera diminish
almost regularly with the lapse of time, from 18 Silurian genera
to 2 Kocene ; while the Gasteropoda commence with 18 Silurian, and
augment to 78 or more Eocene. Again, if we separate the Gaste-
ropoda into two groups, the Herbivora commence with 18 Lower
Paleeozoic, and go on augmenting to above 50 Eocene genera, while
the Carnivora are almost unknown i in all the Paleozoic groups, but
grow continually in number to nearly 30 of Eocene date. These
and some other relations appear in the following Table, which shows
further that Monomyaria and Cephalopoda attain a maximum of
generic variety in the Mesozoic strata :—

* in the following remarks, the Holostomatous Gasteropoda are counted as
herbivorous, the Siphonostomatous genera are included as carnivorous: this
classification, though not strictly correct, is the only one applicable to the present
purpose.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xlvii-

Brach. |Monom.| Dimy. | Gast, a. Gast, d. | Cephal. Fishes.

Bil sel Bh alk, Bae. unbinks.80

Eocene ...:s...485. 2
Cretaceous......... 10 13 44 18 10 | *12 45
MoWHC wstsassacsus 9 | *17 46 37 9 5 49
Carboniferous . 15 9 35 20 1 7 60
Devonian .......:. 15 3 16 9 0 5 35
Silurian ......... *18 5 17 18 0 5 4
—_—_-+- Sr SYS
Infusorial Feeders. Herbivorous and Carnivorous.
Carnivorous,

Some years since (1842-44), while engaged in discussing the large
collections of Lower Palzozoic Fossils for my Memoir on Malvern,
I found reason to remark on the very limited molluscous fauna of
the whole Silurian series in the south-west of Wales,—and in regard
to the Conchifera, to remark that in that whole district all the forms
appeared reducible to three great families—Aviculacee, Mytilacen,
and Arcaces. If we trace in a diagram the geological distribution
of these families, it appears that hardly any bivalves, except such as
belong to Aviculaceze and Arcaceze, occur; Mytilaceze (with what I
regarded as’ allied forms, viz. Goniophora and Orthonota) abound in
the Upper Silurians. Once introduced, these groups never cease to be
traceable through all the range of the strata ; and some of the genera
are continuous even from the Lower Palzozoic to the latest Tertiaries
and to the existing ocean. It seems, however, that two at least of
these families may be regarded as having passed the maximum. If
we compare with these the large groups of Limide, Ostreidee and
Trigonidze, none of which really appear in the Lower Palxozoic
strata, we find them to have their origin (with only a doubtful
exception in Limea) in the Mesozoic series, to have in that their
capital, and to be now reduced to a few representatives in nature.
Pectinidee, on the other hand, exhibit an intermediate character—
rising, in the groups above the Silurian, to a maximum in the
Mesozoic series, and being still an abundant group in the sea.

In tracing the history of some of these ancient families of Mollusca
through the long course of geological time, hardly anything is more
striking than the continuity of the character of each family, and the
small additions which are made to it by ramifications of any kind.
Side by side with them grow up in later ages many other families, as
the Cardiacese, Veneridee, Myadz. These do not appear to replace
the older types or to be derived from them, but to take parallel and,
it may be said, independent courses, so as to suggest to us, as to our
lamented Forbes, the conception of epochs rich.in additional generic
ideas,—a poetical mode of expression not really clearer or more precise
than ‘that of W. Smith, who regarded the life of each natural group
of strata as a separate creation—in which he is completely followed
by D’Orbigny and a host of modern writers.

If in the same manner we trace the families of the purely carni-
vorous group of Cephalopoda, the result will be very different. Or-
thoceratidee commence in the Lower Paleozoic, and end in the

xviii PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Triassic beds of St. Cassian; Nautilacese begin in the Lower Palz-
ozoic, and are still existing; Ammonitide begin with the Upper
Devonian series, and cease with the Chalk; Belemnitidee are of still
younger date, first appearing with the Lias, and ending with the
Chalk ; while the Sepiade and Teuthide from the same date of origin
are continued to the present ocean, with the Argonaut, which is
unknown below the Tertiaries. In the case of the Orthocerata,
which die out and seem to be replaced by Belemnites, we have a
type of the many successive substitutions which this class of Mol-
lusks exhibits for study.

Thus in the Ammonitacete, Goniatites is followed by Ceratites, this
by the Arietes, these by the Palerferi, these by Coronaru, Macroce-
phali, Dentati, Ornati, Flecuost, &c., which and several other
groups occupy definite stages in the Lias, Oolites, and Cretaceous
deposits*. The successive sets of forms cannot, I think, be deduced
from the preceding ones: yet some real succession appears among
the Ammonites—in their sutures, so well examined by Von Buch—
and among the Belemnites, of whichthe Liassic, Oolitic,and Cretaceous
groups may be for the most part very well and easily distinguished.

§ Succession of Life.

The conclusion, that the most remarkable combinations of the
natural objects whose remains are found in the earth depended, like
the phases of human society, upon elapsed time modified by local
conditions—in this respect also like the changes of the families of
mankind,—this conclusion by no means closes the Tagen or solves
the problem of life on the globe.

In all parts of nature we perceive, and acknowledge with reverence
and delight, the most happy adjustments of structure and function ;
very often, adaptations of singular beauty to suit residence in air or
water; not seldom, special organization and habits fitted for parti-
cular works or constructions, or peculiar local conditions. ‘‘ Com-
moda quibus utimur, luce qua fruimur, a Deo nobis dari videmus.”

Zoology, botany, and physiology are full of these manifestations
of coordination of the structures and functions, of habits of life and
physical conditions ; and no well-reasoning mind can resist the con-
viction that the innumerable contrivances and coordinations which
are discovered in nature are evidence of a higher power of thought
than our own, an unlimited command of those forces of which we
can only measure the sensible effect in time and space, and an in-
tentional guidance of the complicated machine of creation by fixed
general laws, which hold together in harmony an incalculable variety
of variable elements.

Can we discover these laws ?

Perhaps not. The process of induction, by which alone we can
hope to reach a sure basis of theory, may be incomplete through

* See my Treatise on Geology, 1832, Encycl. Metrop.; also ‘Guide to
Geology,’ and the articles “ Goniatites” and “ Turrilites” which I communi-
cated te the ‘ Penny Cyclopzxdia.’

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xlix

want of space enough—for terrestrial physics are bound up with
cosmical vicissitudes,—and through want of a sufficiently complete
sequence in time; for the ‘chain of life” (if that be a safe expres-
sion) may be so broken by the destruction of links, that no art can
reunite it.

Is there such a chain of life in existence? Has such ever ex-
isted? Is the actual life of the globe truly descended by ordinary
processes from the earlicr systems which geology has brought to
light, so as in this sense to constitute such a chain?

We may confidently declare that in the actual system of nature
no such complete chain can be traced; no possible art of arrange~
ment can present plants and animals in one continuous series from
a lower to a higher type. Plants cannot be thus placed alone; ani-
mals cannot be so placed. Not even the greater divisions of plants
or animals admit of exact collocation in linear series. What we
find are groups of allied forms, better represented by circular areas
than by straight lines, having analogies which point in different
directions,—and combinations of these into families, orders, and
classes, through which some general types of structure can be traced,
with limited deviations and modifications in all directions, often
suited in a remarkable way to the particular destiny of the creatures
which manifest them.

The classes or greater types to which we thus refer the largest
number of groups of existing nature were the same at all periods
when they existed at all—for some of the classes appear to be totally
absent from the earliest deposits. Some existing families and orders
are unknown in the strata; and some which do occur there are no
longer living*. Finally, while several genera of animals have left
traces of their existence in every past great geological period, and
are still living, many have come into being and have passed away in
each successive period,—their places being either left vacant or re-
placed by others of the same natural family, order, or class, or by
some group having other general affinities combined with peculi-
arities which serve as substitutes for the special functions of the
perished races.

The idea of definite general types of structure, represented in all

* Professor Owen has prepared a full classification of fossil reptiles, in 13
orders, of which 8 appear to be extinct, and 5 are both fossil and recent (Rep.
Brit. Assoc. 1859). The following brief summary will explain this classification :—

Ganocephala ......... Carboniferous.
Labyrinthodontia ... Triassic?
Ichthyopterygia ... Lias to Chalk.

Sauropterygia ...... Trias to Chalk.

Anomodontia ...... Triassic.

Pterosauria ......... Lias to Chalk.

Thecodontia ......... Triassic.

Dinosauria ......... Lias, Greensand.

Crocodilia ............ Lias to modern seas.

Lacertilia Oolitic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, Modern.
Ophidia Tertiary and living.

Chelonia Triassic, Oolitic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, living.

Oolitic ?, Tertiary, living.

] PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

periods by forms which are subject to limited modification in each
period, rises naturally to the mind as best expressing the actual
relations of the world of life—the idea of one great design, reaching
through the immensity of time, essentially limited im its expression
by selected combinations, but within these limits admitting of a vast
variety of adjustments to varying local conditions :—
mae “ @uoniam minui rem quamque videmus,

Et quasi longinquo fluere omnia cernimus evo,

Ex oculisque vetustatem subducere nostris ;

Quum tamen incolumis videatur summa manere ; ””——

§ Geological Time.

The earth, then, has a Hisrory—more complete in the sequence
and more precise in the knowledge of events than is usually found
in the history of any far-descended races of men. We cannot, in-
deed, marshal the events under letters which shail stand for anno
mundi; we cannot compute their dates by years and days, by eclipses
and conjunctions; and, in this sense, the ancient and the modern
history of the world cannot be measured by the same CuronoLoey.,
We cannot know the antiquity (that is to say, the date in solar time)
of any one ancient horizon of life, or great system of natural
agencies. But we are not debarred from computing the relative
lapse of time among the ancient deposits. The laws of Nature are
the same to-day as in the earliest time, however much the conditions
may have varied, and the ratio of effects to time may have varied
also. If we choose among the conditions those which are least vari-
able, as the mechanical action of water put in motion by declivity
of ground or tidal agitation, or wind excited by differences of tem-
perature and changing state of vapour—in a word, the atmospheric,
fluviatile, and oceanic agencies by which the earth’s surface is wasted
in one part and modified by aggregation elsewhere,—we may em-
ploy the mean result of these actions as equivalent to a unit of time.
And, though it should appear that the conditions assumed as constant
were really variable, this variation may have been (or rather must
have been) according to a law of gradual change to greater or less,
which may become sufficiently known to allow of a probable cor-
rection.

The accumulation of strata of a sedimentary character, as sand-
stones and clays, is a result of the kind here looked for, and is ap-
plicable to all the groups of strata in which traces of life occur. If
the calcareous rocks be included, which were of slower accumulation
and from different causes, it will not vitiate the process: limestones
being included in each great natural system of strata, our unit of
time may be supposed affected by equal errors in all the systems.
We may assume any convenient thickness, so as to include the prin-
cipal varieties of watery aggregates—as limestone, sandstone, clay
(reckoning conglomerates with the sandstones, shales with the clays,
and chalk with the limestones). Take, then, the unit of thickness
such that it shall be ;4,th of the ascertained strata in which life-
traces occur; take the thicknesses of the strata at their maximum

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. li

in the British Isles ; we shall have the following scale of time against
the three great divisions of the stratified rocks* :—

BCA is .icescssaccacdeasesesiesssaess 100
feet
In which the earliest group CO tschbi CRNOZOIC ......0..sssccese 2240
occupies 79, the middle | 18 ...... MeBOZOI0 .....2065s.steese 15190
group 18, the latest only
3 parts.
79 scsi -PalBozoie ws cisasticici ais 57154

From such a diagram immediately arises the important inference,
that in the earlier periods of the world’s history the changes of life
in the sea were accomplished at a rate much less rapid than that
which prevailed in later times, which agrees with the acknowledged
very wide distribution of paleozoic forms in geographical space.
Admitting the changes of life on the whole to be equal from the
Palzozoic to the Mesozoic, and from these to the Cxnozoic periods,
we find the rate of progressive change =', for Paleozoic, ;/s for Mes
sozoic, and 4 for Cenozoic time,—a conclusion of great importance,
and probably indicative of the greater influence and superiority in
early times of a slowly changing physical condition of the whole
globe over the partial and irregularly varying local conditions, which
were continually augmenting and are still augmenting in influence
with the lapse of time. Such a superior influence has been ascribed
to eg uniformity of terrestrial temperature than is now expe-
rienced,

§ Conversion of Geological into Historical Time.

It is possible by some hypothesis of the annual waste of the sur-
face of land, or the annual deposition of sediment, as now observed
in the sea, at the mouths of rivers or in lakes, to transform the unit
of geological time above suggested into an equivalent term of years ;
but the numbers which result for the age of any given rock, like
those which represent the circumference of a circle in terms of its
diameter, are usually so large as to elude the grasp of memory or
imagination, As an example, let the Wealden group of Sussex be
taken, with its thousand feet of deposits of sand, clay, &e., formed
by the action of an ancient river flowing through forests of a tropical
aspect, and nourishing reptiles of a corresponding character, Let
the river be assumed as equal to the Ganges in its power of trans-
porting sediment and in its extent of drainage. The sediments Jeft
by such a river at its mouth might amount to a thickness of 1 inch

ris The thicknesses are taken from Professor Ramsay’s communication to Mr,
arwin.

lit PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

in a year on a surface of 3000 miles; and therefore 1000 feet of
Wealden beds might thus be deposited in 12,000 years.

Again, the Weald of Sussex has been denuded by watery action,
and its arch of marine and fluviatile strata cut down on an average
about 1100 fect. Supposing the denudation to have been by at-
mospheric and river action, and at the same rate as the waste of
surface in’ the Gangetic area, we shall find it necessary to give
12000 x 111=1332000 years for the effect*.

If it be supposed to have been accomplished by the sea cutting
its way against cliffs, we may, by assuming this waste equal to the
most rapid destruction of any considerable part of our coast (21 yards
in a year by measure on the Holderness coast), considerably reduce
the period. But Mr. Darwin, by assuming a very slow rate of waste
(1 inch in a century), augments the time of this operation to the
inconceivable number of 306,662,400 yearst! To show how little
these computations are relied on, it is enough to say that Sir R. I.
Murchison does not admit the basis of either, denying the denuda-
tion to have been by ordinary atmospheric or ordinary oceanic
agencies.

Do not geologists sometimes speak with heedless freedom of the
ages that have gone? Such expressions as that “time costs Nature
nothing”’ appear to me no hetter than the phrase which ascribes to
Nature “‘ the horror of a vacuum.” Are we to regard as information
of value the assertion that millions on millions of ages have passed
since the epoch of life in some of the earlier strata? Is not this
abuse of arithmetic likely to lead to a low estimate of the evidence
in support of such random conclusions, and of the uncritical judg-
ment which so readily accepts them ?

Dismissing, then, any further examples of this geological calculus,
I may call your attention to one case of recent inquiry bearing on
the connexion of geological with historical time.

The River Somme, of historical celebrity, rising near St. Quentin,
and flowing by the walls of Péronne and the towers of Amiens, occu-
pies a gentle valley, not 100 miles in the whole length, in the chalk
country of Picardy. For a considerable part of this course the valley
discloses at intervals deposits of gravel sometimes elevated as much
as 100 feet above the river, and 6 to 12 feet thick, covered by whitish
marls and sand and unstratified brick-earth. The gravel is irregularly
stratified with sand; it consists mainly of small fragments of flint not
much worn by attrition, but encloses besides masses of tertiary sand-
stone comparable to the “ greywethers” of Wiltshire, and wedge-
shaped masses of flint several inches long, which appear to have been
shaped by art, for purposes of digging earth or scraping wood, or
less peaceful occupations. The grayel-deposit appears to be of fluvia-

% Within the drainage of the Ganges (800,000 square miles) the average waste
of the whole surface appears, by the amount of impurity in its waters, to be
th of an inch annually.

+ In this computation there seems an error in principle—viz. that it;costs 500
times as long a period to waste a cliff 500 times as high. Cliffs are not wasted in
inverse proportion to their height.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. hii

tile origin, due to freshwater currents flowing down the valley in
some ancient period. It contains land and freshwater shells of
species now living, and in some places bones of Elephant, Rhinoceros,
Hippopotamus, Cervus, Bos, Equus; so that here appear in one
deposit bones of various mammals, some of them extinct, and what
appear to be the instruments employed by a being of intelligence
superior to theirs, however inferior to that which we recognize even
among the rudest tribes of mankind. Of these flints very large
numbers have been collected since 1849, when M. Boucher de
Perthes first made them known at Abbeville, in his work entitled
‘ Antiquités Celtiques,—several of them collected by the personal
exertions of the many geologists who have visited the localities.
Among these our own Prestwich is pre-eminent, alike distinguished
for extensive and accurate knowledge of gravel-deposit. At St.
Acheul, near Amiens, passing downwards from the brick-clay, 10 to
15 feet thick, in which appear many old tombs and some coins, he
found whitish marl, sand, and small fragments of chalk, with land
and freshwater shells (all of recent species) (mammalian teeth and
bones are also occasionally found), 2 to 8 feet; and under this, 6 to
12 feet of coarse subangular flint-gravel (with ochreaceous seams),
tertiary flint-pebbles, and small sandstone blocks ; remains of shells
of land and fresh water in patches of sand; teeth and bones of
Elephas primigenius, Horse, Ox, and Deer, generally near the base.
In the lower part of this bed, 17 or 20 feet from the surface, are
found the flints which are regarded as rude works of art.

At Menchecourt, near Abbeville, under 2 to 12 feet of brown sandy
clay, with angular fragments of flint and chalk-rubble, appear light-
coloured sandy clay, with land shells of existing species (and it is
said, “flint axes and mammalian remains” occasionally occur), 8 to
25 feet ; next white sand: land and freshwater shells abound in
this bed, which is from 2 to 6 feet thick, and contains remains of
Elephas primigenius, Rhinoc. tichorhinus, Bos, Cervus, Ursus, Hyena,
Felis, Equus, and, it is said, flint implements. At the base, and
forming part of the bed, is a layer of 1 to 2 feet of subangular flint-
gravel. Amongst these flints are some marine shells mixed with
freshwater kinds; above them lie most of the bones, and, it is said,
the greater number of the worked flints. At the bottom is light-
coloured sandy marl, with land shells. This occurrence of marine
shells was naturally to be expected in the part of the valley near the
sea, Without supposing any remarkable change of level of land. The
flint implements wear a different aspect in the different sorts of
deposit which enclose them—being pure and bright in the clean
sandy parts, but ochre-stained and dull in the ferruginous gravel,
and coated with carbonate of lime where calcareous solutions have
affected the unworked flints. In fact, “ the flint implements form
just as much a constituent part of the gravel itself—exhibiting the
same later influences, and in the same force and degree—as the rough
mass of flint fragments with which they are associated *.”

* Prestwich, in Royal Soc, Proc. 1859.

liy PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

- From these facts it has been concluded that the mammalian bones
and the worked flints were deposited in and with the gravel by natural
operations ; that the extinct mammalia named were coeval with some
race of beings which occupied that district, and have left this, but
no other, proof of the possession of a rude kind of art and a low
degree of intelligence. If we must ascribe these flint instruments
(which seem inferior even to the specimens of Australian art) to
the agency of the children of Adam, geological time, marked by the
extinct mammalia, seems to be at last joined, though not clearly,
to the human period, but not with any known data of properly his-
toric time.

A result so interesting cannot be received without prudent hesita-

tion and the hope of more complete evidence, not confined to one
bed of gravel. Still, results in this direction could not be wholly
unexpected. Hlephas primigenius had its hair still attached to the
skin in the ice cliffs at the mouth of the Lena. Bos longifrons is an
extinct species, but it survived to be found among the reliquiz of our
own British ancestors, in their places of sepulture*. The Irish Elk
and Hippopotamus major have been often found in lacustrine depo-
sits and peat-bogs of post-glacial date. Of the latter animal, three
skeletons in admirable preservation were taken from the alluvial
sediments in the valley of the Aire,—sediments which lower down
the yalley yielded, at the bottom, Red Deer and petrified hazel-wood ;
above these, the oars of an ancient oak canoe; and higher still, but
yet several feet below the surface, the coin of an English king.
-~ Here seems to be a continuous river-action from the period of the
‘Hippopotamus to the present day—tfollowing the same declivities,
‘broken by no convulsion, marked by no great physical change. The
valley-deposits of Amiens and the Somme, like those of Oxford or
Redding and the Thames, have a distinct relation to the general
‘configuration and slopes of the land, and in this sense, as well as
in the character of the organic contents, must be referred to the
latest of the geological periods. How much of analogy exists be-
tween the main characters of the gravel of the French and the
English valleys, and how much of interest belongs to many almost
unexamined fluviatile deposits of old date, may be illustrated by
some observations which I made a few years since near Oxford.

At Yarnton, a few miles north of Oxford, the valley of the Thames
expands so as to unite with that of the Cherwell; and here a very
large deposit of gravel occurs, under some considerable depth of sur-
face-soil. Opened for the works of the railway, it was found to
yield teeth and tusks of Hlephas primigenius, bones of men, and
ancient pottery. On visiting the spot I found about 16 feet of
ground excavated. At the bottom, Oxford clay; on this a hard bed
of the glacial drift, with boulders and fragments compacted toge-
ther, chiefly of the quartzite so common in this drift near Oxford:
on the top and cemented to this bed were many teeth and tusks of

* Owen is the authority for this statement.
t In North Lancashire.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. ly

the Elephant; above lay an irregular series of gravel, sand, and
loam, in many incomplete layers (elsewhere containing land shells
drifted), and some darker parts irregularly traceable upwards. These
being accurately examined, were found to be old pits, partly full of
dark earth, old British pottery, and human bones. They were places
of sepulture, a few feet deep; but it required careful eyes to discern
the original limits, which time had rendered obscure :

. “tantum longinqua valet mutare vetustas.”

This ground had been traversed by Charles I., retiring by night from
Oxford and the Parliamentarians, and little heeding the memorials
of earlier fights beneath his feet. What a succession of periods is
here offered to the mind in one opening 16 feet in depth! What
errors might not be perpetuated in our books by a mere indiscrimi-
nate gathering of the spoils of one pit—spoils of historic, pre-his-
toric, and pre-Adamitic time, always truly distinguished by Nature,
though confused by heedless collectors.

Nor is it only in the collection of specimens that we are liable
to errors of neglect. When the collections come to our hands,
how often must we deplore the deficiency of authentic information,
the want of localities, the want of sufficient examples for study!
When cabinets change hands, how many things become mixed which
should have been kept asunder! how many things lose their his-
tory, because the mind which alone preserved it has passed away!
If, through the lapse of time, our own collections have begun to
wear in places this doubtful aspect, let us rejoice that there still
remain amongst us a few of our earliest friends who remember the
objects for which these collections were formed, and retain a strong
desire to provide for their fulfilment. Already the necessary labour
of revision and re-arrangement is begun; progress is already made ;
our thanks are already due. By the election this day of Mr. Leonard
Horner as your President, you haye taken the course at once most
useful to the Society and most agreeable to its feelings. You thus
express to him the respect and affection which a long life of devotion
to science and to this Society naturally engenders, and you encourage
him to persevere in a labour which few could undertake with so
good a hope of successful results. I trust that, when his term of
office expires, he will experience the gratification which I now feel
in acknowledging the kindness and forbearance which have sustained
me in the discharge of my duty, supplied all my shortcomings, and
enabled me happily and thankfully to resume my place among the
friendly members of a zealous, united, and prosperous Society.

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PROCEEDINGS

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Aprit 6, 1859.

James Phillips, Esq., Claremont Lodge, Brixton Road; Charles
Gould, Esq., B.A., Geological Survey of Great Britain; John
Edward Lee, Esq., Priory, Caerleon, Monmouthshire; and John
Leckenby, Esq., Scarborough, Yorkshire, were elected Fellows.

The following communication was read :—

On the Susprvistions of the Inventor Ooxtre in the Sourn or ENGLAND,
compared with the Equivalent Beds of that Formation on the YorK-
sHirE Coast. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.G.S.

ConTENTSs.
§ I. Introduction.
§. EX: Cephalopoda-bed at Blue Wick, Yorkshire.
§ III. Inferior Oolite of the South of England, and of Yorkshire.
1, The Zone of Ammonites Murchisone.
A. Sections at (1) Leckhampton Hill, (2) Crickley Hill, (3) Beacon
Hill, (4) Frocester Hill, and (5) Wotton-under-Edge.
a. The Fossils of the Pea-grit and the Freestones.
6. The Oolite-marl or Fimbria-bed, and its Fossils.
B. Section at the Peak near Robin Hood's Bay, Yorkshire.
a. The Zones of Am. Murchisone iat ten Humphriesianus.
4. The Dogger, and its Fossils.
2. The Zone of Ammonites Humphriesianus,
A. Section at Cleeve Hill.
B. Section at Dundry Hill [Note by R. Ermerinar, Esq., F.GS.}.
a. Lias. 4. Inferior oolite.
VOL. XVI.—PART I. B

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

C. Section from the Cornbrash to the Millepore-bed in Gristhorpe
Bay, Yorkshire.

D. Sections in Somerset and Dorset, (1) Glastonbury Tor, (2) Yeovil,
(3) Henbury, (4) Half-way House, near Yeovil, (5) Bradford-
Abbas, Dorsetshire.

3. The zone of Ammonites Parkinsoni.

A. Section at (1) Leckhampton Hill, (2) Ravensgate Hill, (3) Cold
Comfort, (4) Birdlip Hill, (5) Rodborough Hill.

B. Sections at Dundry, Bath, Yeovil.

C. Sections near Bridport.

§ LV. Conclusion.

$ I. Introduction.—The researches necessary to determine with
accuracy the range and distribution of the Echinodermata in time and
space, for my monograph on the Oolitic species of that class, necessi-
tated a like inquiry into the history of the Mollusca associated with
them in the same beds. This study has led to a closer inquiry into the
subdivisions of the Oolitic Rocks in the South of England and on the
Yorkshire Coast, with the view of reconciling or explaining certain
real or apparent exceptions to the distribution of the species in their
different stages. The result of these investigations has been the
accumulation of a large quantity of materials, a résumé of a portion
of which, relating to the Inferior Oolite, I purpose giving in this
memoir.

The study of the Oolitic rocks, during late years, has largely en-
gaged the attention of English and Continental geologists; and
the united labours of so many competent observers in different lands
have brought to light many new and important facts, which have
shown how much still remains to be done to complete the history of
the Jurassic formation.

Nor are the results of such investigations limited to a knowledge
of these formations only ; for a more accurate examination of the
stratigraphical conditions under which the Jurassic rocks were de-
posited, and a more critical acquaintance with the specific distine-
tions of their different faunas, will enable paleontologists to apply
the knowledge thus acquired to the solution of other problems in
geology. For in many respects the Jurassic series, as developed in
England, affords a better field for accurate investigation than any
other system of stratified rocks, inasmuch as its various stages and
their stratigraphical sequence, taken as a whole, are more complete,
more regular, and better exposed; the different faunas, likewise, of
their various subdivisions have not only been collected with care, but
separate monographs on different classes of the Jnvertebrata have
been published by the Paleeontographical Society :—on Corals, by
Professor Milne-Edwards and M. J. Haime; on Brachiopoda, by
Mr. Davidson; on the Mollusca of the Great Oolite, by Professor
Morris and Mr. Lycett; on the Echinodermata, by myself; to
which may be added the Description of the Fossil Insects of the
Secondary Rocks, by the Rev. P. B. Brodie. The small number of
paleontologists, who practically study the distribution of species in
time, compared with the large number of geologists, who delight in
wider and more superficial studies, has led to misunderstandings
between these two classes of observers, injurious to the progress of

1859.] WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 3

our science,—the paleontologist asserting that, when species are
critically studied, they are found to have a limited range in time—
the geologist arriving at an opposite conclusion. Palzontologists
are thus said to draw hard lines in the study of the stratified rocks ;
whilst geologists attempt to shade off these lines, by asserting that
species blend together in certain so-called passage-beds.

These questions can only be settled by accurate observation and
a rigorous determination of the specific characters of the fossils im-
bedded in cach superimposed stratum. When such an examination
of all the classes shall have been made, the comparative value
of the conclusions of the paleontologist and geologist will be fairly
tested; it will then, I venture to predict, become evident how
defective most of the lists of species in the infancy of our science
have been, and what an immense progress has been made by such
special critical studies. It is with the view of contributing my small
mite to this good cause, that I have drawn up with care lists of
fossils from the different zones of the Inferior Oolite for this memoir,
with the intention of proving that each of the subdivisions of that
formation contains certain species which are special to it, with others
that have a wider distribution.

The thinning out of the zones in limited geographical areas, and
their absence in others, are facts which have been much overlooked,
and readily explain the presence or absence of intermediate beds in
certain localities, and the greater or less development of the same
at other places, constituting no deviation whatever from those laws
which regulate the distribution of species in time and space,

§ IL. The Cephalopoda-bed at Blue Wick, near Robin Hood’s Bay,
Yorkshire.—In excursions made, in the summers of 1858 and 1859,
to Stainton-dale Cliffs and the Peak, I had the satisfaction of finding
the true equivalent of the Cephalopoda-bed and sands at Blue Wick,
near Robin Hood’s Bay, beneath a rock which I consider the base-
ment-bed of the Dogger, or Inferior Oolite—a- yellowish sandstone,
containing several seams of small round pebbles, which lie near the
bottom. The pebbly conglomerates are about four inches in thick-
ness, and recur at intervals. The sandstone contains fragments of
Belemnites, Cerithium, and Monotis nitescens, Simpson. The bed is
about five feet, and rests on No. 1, a band of dark friable shale,
resting on a hard ironstone-band, full of fossils. This bed is very
micaceous in parts; and many of its shells are stained with per-
oxide of iron. I found clusters of Verebratula trilineata, Young
& Bird, in the sandstone, with Belemnites compressus, Voltz, B.
wregularis, Schloth., Trigonia Ramsayii, Wright, and Rhynchonella
cynocephala, Rich. The same species occur in a ferruginous seam
of sandstone at Glaizedale. This bed is about eighteen inches thick,
and rests on No. 2, The Yellow Sandstone, which is well exposed at
Blue Wick. It consists of irregular layers of soft yellow sandstone,
unequally indurated: some portions weather out and leave hollows
in the cliff; others are fine-grained, yellowish, highly micaceous,
thick-bedded, and variously jointed. The upper part of this rock is

B2

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 6,

ochraceous, and contains seams of shells (Turritella, Trigonia, and
Astarte) ; one large block contained fragments of Ammonites inorna-
tus, Will. (=A. insignis, Schliib.), Ammonites Comensis, v. Buch, Go-
niomya angulifera, Sow., and two species of Crustacea (Glyphea,
n. sp., and Glyphea Birdii, Bean); the bed is about twenty feet thick.

No. 3, the Serpula-bed, a fine-grained greyish-yellow sandstone,
which forms a reef, dips gently to the south-east, and presents a low
escarpment to the north: it is regularly jomted; and its exposed up-
per surface contains masses of Serpula, Vermetus compressus, Will.,
Serpula diplexa, Bean, Pecten wtercostatus, Wr. n. sp., Ammonites
Aalensis, Ziet. (var. Moorei, Lyc.), and a new and remarkable spe-
cies of Pseudodiadema, belonging to the group tetragramma. The
upper portion of the bed, which is most fossiliferous, is four feet
thick ; the lower portion, about six feet thick, contains the same
species of fossils, but fewer in number.

No. 4, the Lingula-bed, or Grey Sandstone, is a soft argillo-mi-
caceous sandstone, in parts fissile, and having a bluish-grey colour.
This rock is divided by long joints, and forms “scars” at Blue
Wick. Its upper, fissile portion is fossiliferous, and contains Lingula
Bean, Phil., Orbicula refleca, Sow., and Monotis mitescens, Simp.
About the middle of the bed a layer of small nodules occurs; frag-
ments of Crustacea (Glyphea Birdu, Bean, and Glyphea, nu. sp.
allied to G. rostrata) are obtained from these nodules. The lower
portion is rough and sandy, and passes into hard, argillaceous, nodular
layers. The following species are obtained from the sand :-—

Ammonites Aalensis, Zzez. Pholadomya fidicula, Sow.
Comensis, v. Buch. obliquata ?, Phil.

Belemnites compressus, Voltz. Monotis nitescens, Simp.
irregularis, Schloth. Lingula Beanii, Phil.

Alaria, n. sp., allied to 4. Phillipstd, Lyc. | Rhynchonella cynocephala, Rich.
Cerithium quinquepunctatum, Des- | Orbicula reflexa, Sow.

long. Terebratula trilineata, Young § Bird.
vetustum, Phil. Glyphea Birdii, Bean.
Mytilus scalprum ?, Sow. ——, n.sp., allied to G. rostrata.
Pecten Wickensis, Wr. n. sp. Pseudodiadema Wickense, Wright,
Goniomya angulifera ?, Sow. n. sp.

The hard grey argillaceous nodules which lie at the base of the
sand and rest upon the Alum-shale have hitherto been referred to
that formation. This band of rock, however, contains certain species
of Ammonites which are not found in any other stratum on the
Yorkshire coast; and it undoubtedly represents the lower series
of fossiliferous nodules which lie near the base of the Lias-sands in
Gloucestershire. The following species have been collected from the
grey nodules :—

Ammonites Jurensis, Ze¢. (gubernator, | Ammonites striatulus, Sow.

Simp.). Monotis nitescens, Szzp.
—— insignis, Sch/iib. Goniomya, n. sp.
— obliquatus*, Young ¢ Bird. Orbicula reflexa, Sow.
Beanii, Simp. Lingula Beanii, Phil.

Aalensis, Ze.

* Ammonites obliquatus and A. Beanii ouly represent different ages of the
same species, which is the Ammonites variabilis, d’ Orbigny.

Po face p:

I

[Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol

. xVl

‘joLystp Yous ut ATqulapleuoo posvosout oq Aeut oquinu sto} ‘ sorztTVooT-ed 44 Maz wv ATUO poyerouMU oAvY T O[qR} STU} UT

Recorbents |

“poopryg
TOUPTEM.
“MOLE,

UOT OAM
"uOLM

*‘wWodpiug

“yPoopryy|

‘oysurmyy] “Amquoysepy ‘YMOMSTIV NT) “WOydUTpaNYyY { srrseereneseseeressserssceesseses gn omononl pr ‘srunrUuuloa “F ‘sna?
‘[IA00 K *[OISTAL ‘pnoyg ‘uoydareyyooT| | -waduas Pr ‘suoufrg sapruommp yy ‘sery saddg oyy jo skviQ
j y ‘oquLoosuITag: \ = Tterteesreessssss Dn TO puafiyaUo) IY} JO ysour pure ‘sunzpye Py
1 “UJLOASTIV NT ‘seubesue “P ‘srsuawnpe saguouwp YIM ‘pueq snosojzI[Issoy '2
“Weg aeatal Saas eS ee ee eee 90s
ees] ‘OyVOSUOAVY | Duz0Ld pizpuwmay) Ygia Spueq ATreu uN, “yp:
ae ee “Kospag ‘dipparg] ( -orary ysayy ot73 tof poq sty} ur avodde soroeds asayy, *nz0u
a oe TIHY-10g) -oyessueawy] ) -pydewoa wpjarrquog ‘sngnuaggib sndhjooghzy ‘szunjnovunga
‘Arpundg}| “ysno.2toqpoy| uoydureyyooyT| | sxssewqouyng oaojg snadhjg YIM Ylus-eTU0sIay, AaMory
“UOSUAY LD
“pno.ayg “OAdOTO) [ * sngopnvs sndhpooghyy ‘“2jjnnwagy vhwuopnjoyg SazvLOULULy
‘Ysnoroqpoy|uoduavyyoay| | ‘vgnqojgns voydhiy yyia ‘yueq-1o4sXo [woo] v 4148-aytyd dug “9 | jo ou07z,
“AIM UOT) “T[M{-9qutod pr AA aes "JLOFULOK) POD { SSR seers nopubis nruohiay, ‘vgooyd nhuosa |
“palopzpeaq pees ‘Tty-awog ‘KopMmoQ| 4 ‘vsoqqrb vhuowmop ‘snyoiposgns “p ‘apjaney, “w “wsuag
“AOM-JTV ET ‘Arpung} ‘ysnoroqpoy} uoydureyyooy | DF “wosuryLng sazuoumup YM ‘ya1s-eruosiay, toddq ‘v /
‘1400 % *[OISII, *pnoys a “wUBYUasTIqY : =
*‘Ula1N[} PAUTe}UOd gTISsO,y Surpvayy pur spag S907,

* SalqTpeooy-adAy, pue szo1ystq

‘LOWaRT sin ur paguuasap spag quataffip ayn fo sayrnoo)-adhy, pun ‘uoynoryrssnyy ‘woyrsoduadny

fo wapig ayn Burmoys

‘punpbug fo ynog ayn v2 (ByeUTUMOT voTISE YPM YpLMI-8.19])NT AYR YaDEUIgQ) 272100 Morwafur ayn fo WorDEy poLoUAD oY9 fo mary “njngn,y,

~

1859. ] WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 5

The dark-grey calcareo-argillaceous nodules rest on the clays of
the Upper Lias or true Alum-shale, containing Ammonites crassus,
Phil., A. communis, Sow., A. fibulatus, Y. & B., Nucula ovum, Sow.,
and Trigonia literata, Phil.

Professor Williamson * has truly observed, in reference to this
bed, “ the top of this shale at Peak Hill appears to contain Am-
monites striatulus, Sow., enclosed in indurated masses; and I am
not aware of its having been met with at any other locality. It
occurs so near the top [of the shale], that doubts are entertained
whether it belongs to the Alum-shale or to the overlying Inferior
Oolite.” A careful examination of the lithological character of these
argillaceous nodules will enable a practised eye to distinguish their
matrix from that of the Alum-shale with which they have been con-
founded.

A geologist who has studied and compared the Cephalopoda-bed
and Liassic Sandst, as developed at Nailsworth, Haresfield, Frocester,
Cam-Long-Down, Uley Bury, and Wotton-under-Edge in Glouces-
tershire, cannot fail to observe the similarity of these deposits to
the yellow and grey sands and argillaceous nodular basement-bed,
which lie between the Dogger and Alum-shale at Blue Wick, and
of which they are the true equivalents<.

§ IIL. The Inferior Oolite of the South of England, and of York-

shire.
1, Tue Zone or Ammonites Murcuison2.

Synonyms.—< Dogger”’ (part), Young and Bird, ‘Geol. of the
York. Coast,’ p. 120, 1822; John Phillips, ‘ Geol. of York.’ p. 38,
1829; “ The Central and Lower Division of the Inferior Ooolite,”
Murchison, ‘ Geol. of Cheltenham,’ p. 10,1834; ‘ Fimbria-stage of
the Inferior Oolite,” Lycett, ‘ Cotteswold Hills Handbook,’ p. 34,
1857; “ Zone of Ammonites Murchisone,”’ Wright, ‘Monogr. Ool.
Echinodermata,’ 1856.

Foreign Equivalents —“ Brauner Jura 8,” Quenstedt, ‘ Flozgeb.’
p. 538, 1843; “ Calcaire ledonien” (part), Marcou, ‘ Jura salinois,’
p. 70, 1846; ‘Calcaire 4 entroques” (part), Cotteau, ‘ Bullet. Soc.
Géol. France,’ p. 638, 1851; ‘ Brauner Beta,’ Quenstedt, ‘ Der
Jura,’ p. 332, 1858; ** Die Schichten des Ammonites Murchisone,”
Oppel, ‘ Die Juraformation,’ p. 326, 1856. ;

Description —This zone attains a considerable development at the
western limits of the Northern Cotteswolds, where it consists of
thick-bedded oolitic limestones, resting on coarse calcareo-siliceous
ragstones containing a large per-centage of the peroxide of iron,

* Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 2. vol. v. p. 227.

t See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xii. p. 292 et seg.

t The reader may consult with profit a paper by my friend John Lycett, Esq.
on the sands intermediate to the Inferior Oolite and the Lias of the Cotteswolds,
compared with a similar deposit on the coast of Yorkshire, in the Annals and

Mag. of Nat. Hist. for Sept. 1857.

uo}
‘deo weapon
“mon,
uo},

BaCoubutts |

‘g0L44sIp Yous ur ATqusoplsuoo posvaxrour oq Aeur toquinu aTayy { sorytTVooT-od 44 Moy B KTUO poyeaoumMUE OAVT [T O[QB} SIUY UT

uo} |

"yooapryy
“TOUTE AA
‘mop,

“WOUPTE AA

“spoopryy,
“YORPTE AA
arounutey

“poopryp
“TPUPTEM |
aroubutey

“qaodpiug

[Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi.: To face p. 5].

eee ee Bel ee oe Sa eee

“OWT svy2 Ur paquuasap spog qwuaiaffip oy2 fo sarxywoo)-adhy, pu
‘nunpbug fo ynog ay, v2 (eyeuTUMD’ vats YPM YRWDI-S uayNT 2yY7 YIDEUIg

*LO4SUTUL[T “Amquojsep9 "T]JAOAAST LE NT ‘uoSurpanyg) Tit et scene t aera stseeeeeeenseeees gam A
a = . . | Uh - } . ba,
PACERS [OSE “pnoayg uoyd weyyoory iP 'Y ‘suosfeg sapolioung a Weve Coden jours
é é c ‘aq ULOOSUITAg| \ es Bens { teat e eens wee eeeee D jo pla fiyauo) ayy Jo sour ue Sonn: Da"
U mp zOMSTEN) ‘srubysuy “y ‘syswaunp sapwounup yy atisld stoaoaes Oe ee |
[AON Iyeg org re ‘ { eaia'sieroieta ; Hanae meee cece ene cenecesensesennerstessesserscsessesecans * 9u04s |
: ~pues Areuoerou0s Jo saaXey WIT ‘spues snosovorm UMOIg “p | “sIsuaune
“[IA0OK yyeg { __ Ara noadd pene BECEE RE AECCSOOIAcSAy prec SazUouuly
- TOWOANI veers s]Issoy oures 043 jo Aueut Suruteyu0 ‘se~pou sNOAOFITISSOT 7) | JO ONO
THooX “aye: . . ; _ :
Weg 194800017 uojdueyyoory panoonae EoD Pers epob ents oveccat ois Tit morjo£ pue umoig: ‘g pees
eeeee ey
"10990 AA “TIEq-s1ado00g ee cee aes weceesetee pgojgoundgns DIN{DA MP) spueg
pai j Uyeq “1018900. “Kapyoray ‘nyoydooouls pyjauoysuhkyey ‘hvswuney pruobery, ‘eupba z
«pund “ppeysere yy uo} dureyyxoary subisur “py ‘sunypo. “P ‘sesuaunpe ‘snuyndo sajrwowmuly
Yt ‘azTjOo yoysuoar ‘uMmOorq ‘osavoo @ : poq-epodoyeydag -v )
“Joys000a,q|"uo;duxeqyooT] ~""'''*"* STISSOF MOT TILA ‘oy1T0o Apues snoursnasey aste0g “p |
‘dipparg: iin atejns eesnecee rersessesseseponands +7, ‘wajpdules DINJDAQIAAT,
‘Kopyouig| ) ‘swnureuwab snuryoauoggy ‘seusofiouwbyo sndhjooghzy ‘sngno
‘uojdureyyoory| | -27s2eas wagspbh gy ‘ouosryounpy sazeuounup YIM ‘suoTedou00
‘aacayO| \ peueyey Jo pesoduroo ‘yoor snourdnatoy os1v0o B : 4LIS-og “9 | | -wuosryounpy
‘Auxenb-sype \\ -aagaqg| (77777 saseaeeuseaseve noouans pooasoscen sauouupy
YOO oy} FO smorstAtp caddn
TIEU-S3TMS| =“ TLASpAroy pue appar ar ur ATuo syuomSeaz {uoNt0d Jomo, Oy} Ut FO CREE:
“yoImsureg|uoydureyyoory| | S[Issof : ou04se0.f-Surp[Mq ‘auOysouNTT O1}I]OO peppeq-yoryy, “g
‘aqutoosdaoyy ‘sduttds-taseg seseeee eens treereeecesseseeses map yognsT PUB ‘n@sgsvUUny J, “pope
TESTS ‘aAaaTQ| | ~eDuans VJ, ‘vynuawwa 7, ‘wewquaf nyngowgasay ‘vDUrtany “DIZ IVU
-£xaenb-sqye (| Woydureyyoary| | 7979 Surureyw0o ‘ULSI oUTTTeLOD FO paq [Boo] ® ‘[ABUI-O}T[0Q *” )
*Arpum. bees “9A09 Boa SOUR C Oa ZD “ syusofixhd ‘EQ ‘viafeagns ‘Q ‘sapr0j)9qQ0
pund 9A09D d O yrs QC $apro7]9q
vausQ jo soyotaea Kueut Surareyuoo ‘eytjoo Apues uMmorg “a
‘A oT] |
oor ‘Aspung) 0 2 (-* snaunpdoo oguny, ‘usdypyg vwvjyy ‘syorosd nyngoLg
-kem-7[eH 949919) 4 -auaz, ‘sngnqung uazoag ‘ubpruaypy DUT ‘a7 “‘Dyozound “pT
F ‘pypvasvf 7q “njvULO DmDUOLONAT - 31[00 ,OYSMOIT ATPUS “P | “snumis
-Amquey) | BEE caueaaee -anuy ung
‘pa “f ‘fs a ats rhquamoy “W ‘sasuapzassogy P ‘snanau09 :
Toa emn | SSE 249919). -p ‘uhpreuaywag “p ‘wapbog "p ‘snumsnuyduney -Y eee
“1 D00L SaZUOUWUP ALM ‘OYTTOO JOYSUOAL Ue “paq-oyTUOUUY *9 J Z
ic 10) aa Pee luUnNay DIZUUAYY YA ‘oyTOO snouTdnAIAT *¢
“paoypergy sfapung| ‘249510 { angabsno0ss choonnacoussavesce sotesseseeseess spacey DINQDMGQIAL,
YIM ‘jeu poyeanput we Surdy1oao ‘yoo peppeq-aryy, *
‘oyessuoaey |) oc ms pygo0ud mzpuMay) YYLA ‘pueq Ajreu UIT, “PY
eee a. Ss “£asyag ‘dippatg| ( -*-oury ys1y oy tof poq sty} ur avadde soroads asoyy, “720%
sree ari pe ‘TIty-1e09| -oyeSsuaaey] 4 -npdewoo wjja22.qoQ ‘snjn.caqqub sndhjooghzyT ‘stwojnavunya
fapung| -“y8nosoqpoy|-uoydureyyoeT| | sxsseugowyog ‘egoq snadhjg YA YLIs-vrMostay, 1aMoT “| | ,
' 2UOSULY LOT
*pnoays FYE IO)| Jf Smee “" snanpnna sndhjooghe ‘gynvuagy phwopnjoyd sazuuouupy
"YSnosoqpoy|‘uoydueyyoory] | ‘wgnqozgns vaydiiy yy ‘yueq-104s40 [wooy @ ‘qras-eyryd day *9 ak? CURA
“Arq uoyxy] ‘T[M-2qu09 pr AA noone -jLOJUIOD PTOO sononane sangatic ngooonadnon : nypubes meuobryy, ‘vzvoyd nhiwuosap
“‘ptojperq); ooo “Try -41809 . LeyMog ‘psoqqub vhuomoy ‘sngpepnugns “7 ‘wayjang]y, *F sung
“Aem-JTR YT Arpunqg ‘Ysnor0qpoy| uoydureyyoe"T i “Ll "F ‘WUOsUuay NT SaZUowUULp TYLA ‘qrag-Bruos Ia], swoddq ‘
“TA0a x “LOSE | *pnoiys “mRyUaIaqO
*UIa19q} PIUTe}U0d sTIssOg SurpvaT pur spot "soo,
*@ SaIppeooy-adAy, pur szorysiq

py ‘uoynoryissng “uoyrsoduadngy fo api ayn burmoys
) 2109 Hrwofur ayy fo woxoag pouourg ayp fo m4 NQM.T,

> my ea

i ae

~~ +N Se = is _ cay aes iat
» I PTO A eae EEE ETT KAI he

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

and beds of pisolite or pea-grit, strongly impregnated with the same
mineral. The freestones are in many places overlaid by a bed of
cream-coloured marl, containing a vast quantity of Terebratula fim-
bria, Sow. In the neighbourhood of Cheltenham this zone is well
exposed, and here appears to have attained its greatest development.
The aggregate thickness of the pea-grit, freestone, and marl is
about 190 feet. In the Southern Cotteswolds these beds become
gradually thinner the further they are traced southwards; and at
Dundry they almost entirely disappear. In the eastern direction
the same result is found to exist: at Turkdean, near Northleach, the
zone is only about 50 feet in thickness, and at Sherborne about
5 feet; near Burford it has entirely thinned out, and there the
Inferior Oolite is represented by the upper ragstones of the zone of
Ammonites Parkinson*.

A. Sections of the Inferior Oolite in Gloucestershire.

Leckhampton Hill, near Cheltenham, presents one of the most
typical sections, in Gloucestershire, of the three subdivisions of the
Inferior Oolite, where the following beds are admirably exposed.
Beds Nos. 1, 2, and 3 represent the zone of Ammonites Parkimsona ;
bed 4, the zone of Ammonites Humphriesianus ; and beds 5, 6, and
A, B, C, the zone of Ammonites Murchisone.

Fig. 1.—Section of Leckhampton Hull.
Leckhampton Hill.

noe
ey pei =

1. Trigonia-bed. A, B, c. Pea-grit and ferruginous oolite.

2. Grypheea-bed. Dp. Cephalopoda-bed.

3. Brown rubbly oolite. E, F, G. Upper Lias sand and Upper Lias clay.
4. Flaggy freestone. H. Marlstone.

5. Fimbria-bed or oolite-marl. 1. Lower Lias clay.

6. Freestone.

* Much valuable information, and many accurate sections, are given in my
friend Mr. Edward Hull’s excellent memoir on the country round Cheltenham.
See ‘Memoirs of the Geological Survey,’ together with sheet 44 of the Map of
the Geological Survey of Great Britain, surveyed by Mr. E. Hull. Consult also
M. Triger’s memoir on the Inferior Oolite of England, Bulletin de la Société
Géologique de France, 2° série, tom. xii. 1854-55, pp. 73-79.

1859. | WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 7

Section I.—Lrcxuampron Hinz, near CHELTENHAM.

No. 1, the Upper Trigonia-grit, is a coarse brown ragstone, con-
taining many fossils,—chiefly (as moulds and impressions) of Trigonia
costata, Sow. ; Trigonia striata, Sow.; Terebratula spinosa, Schloth. ;
Ammonites Parkinsoni, Sow. ; Clypeus Plotii, Klein; Echinobrissus
clunicularis, Lhwyd ; Holectypus depressus, Leske.—7 feet.

No. 2, the Gryphea-grit, an ancient oyster-bank, composed almost
entirely of Gryphea sublobata, Desh.; Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag. ;
Terebratula Meriani, Oppel, and other shells.—8 feet.

No. 3, the Lower Trigonia-grit, a light-coloured, thin-bedded
oolitic ragstone, containing a large assemblage of Conchifera, with
several species of Echinodermata and Corals.

No. 4. Upper flaggy bastard-freestone, well seen above the oolitic
marl: 26 feet thick. It represents the zone of Ammonites Hum-
phriesianus, but is here almost non-fossiliferous.

No. 5, the Oolite-marl, or Fimbria-bed, is a cream-coloured
mud-stone, not unlike chalk-marl. The dominant shell is Terebra-
tula funbria, Sow. : it contains likewise Lucina Wrighti, Opp.; Lima
carduformis, Sow.; L. Pontonis, Lyc.; Natica Leckhamptonensis,
Lyc.; Natica adducta, Phil.; Mytilus pectinatus, Sow.; Astarte
elegans, Sow.; Nerinea sp., Chemnitzia sp., and masses of coral,
chiefly Thamnastrea Mettensis, Edw.

This bed was deposited under different conditions to that of the
freestone on which it rests, as its lower portion is slightly brec-
ciated, and the surface of the limestone on which that breccia rests
had been for some time exposed to aqueous action, and worn smooth
thereby. The oolite-marl measures about 7 feet in thickness, and
passes upwards into a marly limestone, becoming oolitic in the
uppermost layers. This division of the bed is about 10 feet thick.
The Fimbria-bed is a constant feature in the Inferior Oolite of the
Cheltenham district.

No. 6, the Freestone, is a compact light-coloured oolitic lime-
stone. The uppermost beds are the best for building-purposes; the
middle beds are of an inferior quality, and stained in part with the
peroxide of iron; the lower beds contain large oolitic grains, and
are called “roestone.”’ The freestone, in all, is about 110 feet in
thickness.

The Pea-grit. (Inferior Oolite.)

A. <A brown, coarse, rubbly oolite, full of flattened con-
cretions, cemented together by a calcareous matrix.
When the blocks weather, the concretions, which
resemble flattened peas, form a very uneven surface.
It contains many fossils in good preservation .... 12 0
B. A hard, cream-coloured, pisolitie rock, made up of
flattened concretions of about the thickness of those
BYR eee Cid os dale « Ge OE we eek See 10 0
C. A coarse, brown, ferruginous rock, composed of large
oolitic grains: it is readily disintegrated by the
frost, and is of little economic value. About .... 20 0

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 6,

The Cephalopoda- or Jurensis-bed. (Upper Inas.)
ft. in.

D. <A brown marly rock, full of small, dark, oolitic grains
of the hydrate of iron, which are strewed in pro-
fusion in a calcareous paste. About .......... 2080)
D’. A thin seam of yellowish sand One
EK. A dark-grey crystalline limestone, extremely hard,
and resembling some beds of the Carboniferous
Limestone ; it is bored in different places by Pvstu-
lana, the shells of which remain in the excaya-
GIONS Soy ero) Weer eke lege See eta ce ea 0 9
F. <A brown argillaceous sandy bed, full of micaceous
particles, passing downwards into fine brown and
yellow sands. Thickness unknown.
G. Upper Lias Clay, of a dark-blue colour. Thickness
probably es oe cis. uecics couse ocehel sien ancl ecet oy Seow 160 0

Section I].—Cricxiry Hitt, near CHELTENHAM.

The Freestone forms a fine bold mural escarpment in this hill, but
it is not much worked for building.

The Pea-grit, which is extremely well developed, is extensively
extracted for road-material. It admits of the following subdivi-
sion :—

A. <A coarse oolitic limestone, with large grains and nu-
merous concretionary bodies, extremely hard and
exystallinenn parts) 2b Ge ee eet cia uns he iden 25° 0
B. A coarse pisolitic limestone, composed of flattened
concretionary bodies, which are round, oval, or

fattened, like crushed peas). se era. eae 20 0
C. A coarse brown rock, very ferruginous, and full of
large;ooliiiesraims)cge ninco ci) lee hi Aiew vista 10 0O

Section IJ].—Ar Bracon Hix, nnar THE Horsxpoots.

A. A close-grained freestone, resembling the equivalent
bed at Leckhampton, but becoming flaggy in its
LLP POE Part (i eRe uote ei Co) See GMO ens 15 0
A‘. <A close-grained yellow oolitic limestone, quarried for
road-material, much speckled with dendritical
patches of the peroxide of iron, and containing few
fossiliss;.flitameasunesia mr ae eich eer ny: 1)
B. A yellowish sandy rock, separating into large blocks,
which contain fossiliferous nodules; the fossils in
general are well preserved. It is not used for any
economic purpose; and heaps of blocks lie close
together by the brown micaceous sands ........ IE Xe)
C. A brown sandy oolite, passing into a coarse ferru-
ginous oolite; containing many fossils not well
preserved: oolitic grains of the hydrate of iron are
scattered through the brown calcareous matrix. It
measures from 8 to

WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE,

1859. ]

*PUOISIUTT] PUL O[VYS SLIT] IOMOTT *]

"9993 OT { sazrumazagy pun sayrmommp | pure i91)08
IM poyrersi9zur ‘(os Jo ayworts Jo exoods tits) epueq {pure prey enoereoTe, *
7223 O8 | QUOpSITET] FIT}OG szowepuy ©
*799} SSL} quE™ S914 *
“PIYIOO TAH *

soo

“WH

‘avy
TeH-spuowls

art YSNyy

‘aYT[OQ AOLFUT Ot} SOIOAO puv ssou
-YOTY} O[QVIOPISMOD B SUTL}}V OLOY 10}9LT OY} £ YJLVI-S LOTT Oy
UO S}sOI YSTYM ‘OTTO, yworg oy} Aq poddwo st Try oy, ‘out
Loy uoTydes sty} poredord ATpury ysour Avsuey 1ossojorg puowy
AW ‘eSpy-topun-u0}j0\, puw “UIOADG oT} OAOGE Yoo ZO
‘TRH T@H-spuourtg wooajoq posodxo ore Loy} sv ‘oyT[OQ Ywory
pus ‘yytwo-stoyMy ‘(souoz aaddn puv raMoz) o}T[OKQ LoLreyuT
‘poq-stsuamep ‘sery aoddQ ‘sery oyppyy JO vies oyerpout
-IOJUL OY} TTB YIM “OAtsnpour ‘oyTPOQ yworg oY} OF SLIT 1OMO'T
oY} WOLF Spaq OY} JO WOIssoddNS oY} SAMOYS WOLDS OUY SULT,

“AMIMNUA YT, AWICVUG, UVAN “ADA Y-ATANO-NOLLO\\ LY—' A org

S Gueywre eres 6 e./6 vam AS ee i ps

OES OIL Be ne c+. STISSOF
AMOJ TFL 931[00 MOT[AA prey vB oJUT sossed pus
‘AqMoWIp YILA popowajzxo ore YOUpA ‘spIssoy
Auvul surezuod 4 = *“MOTOD uAMOIG-jYST] B Jo
f17TOI¢890NNT ky. ATATTIADN 3 SnarmyrtTSeam ‘nron «wv ny

0

"TIL

OL

0g

‘aSpq-s9pun-u073 Ay
jo pua quo"
‘peoy oyidumy,

‘abpy-tapun-Uoyo 4, PUY IPT IPA -spuowhg uaamgoq nyo.yg yp fo vorsssoomg oy) Durnoys unabrag—z *31q

quoyeamba ayy ATquqord st
qt YOTyA Jo 44uS-ved oy} ur as0y} a]quIeser
peg oY} ASTOARTY YorpA surves ontostd pur
ATPOyS OY, “FL uo TPR} uns oy Jo sAwI ayy
WoTA ATJUBITLIG SUOIST|T pue “LoJOBAVYO [ROLBoT
-OUPT] O[QVyAVUIOT B SBY YoOor YSU SII,
*sosnypOFY Jo syTpeys oy
jo stuiqap oy} pue ‘soprutyos jo sourds puv
sozuid oy} ‘sploutiy jo sjyuause.1y Jo posoduioo
St Yoor ay} Jo uorjsod ywars y ‘saoAvy ATPoYsS
oureysf10 ATouta.4xo Aq STBAIOZUT 4 PASTOARI}

‘oytpoo ourrpeysA.1o {43013 ‘Sposmoyoo-7y ST] ‘osrw0o W

** guojsoo1g JO Spoq pouTput uo ATTeyUOZLIOY
qsor Yorya Jo siokuyT AdSuy oy} ‘Sutppeq
enbyqo jo ofduexe oqvyrwuer vB yiqnyxe
spoq aoddn oyy, ‘uojdueyypoy, pue ‘youn
-sutvg ‘diyparg Jo sauoqseary oy} 03 AyTRorso]

-OW}T] IvpuNs ‘ouojsoMTT OLNI[OO poureis-ouy Vy

“ymo9
soipug
avou stIry

‘dl

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

Inferior Oolite.
ft. in.

A. The limestones of the Inferior Oolite, which form an
excellent freestone, very similar to the same rock
at Birdlip, Frocester, Painswick, and Leckhamp-
com. havea wMiekness Of sce saan eee oe fe commend @)

B. Is not well exposed in this section; the Inferior
Oolite limestone quarry is about half a mile from
the section of the lower beds; and the intervening
escarpment is covered by vegetation.

C. Is represented by a yellow, loose, rubbly oolite, rest-
ing on the Cephalopoda-bed ; it contains Ammonites,
other shells, and Serpula.

The Cephalopoda- or Jurensis-bed.

D. A hard, brown, coarse, ferruginous oolitic sandy
limestone, speckled with flattened grains of hydrate
of iron; the hard sandy bands are interstratified
with softer sand, which contains many fossils and
passes into
D'. A coarse oolitic rock, not so ferruginous as the upper
division, but with fossils of the same species ; pass-
ing into thin bands of a ferruginous oolite like D.
EK. A coarse oolitic rock, similar to D'; the same bed
occurs at Ozleworth and Sudbury. ‘These three
ibedsimeasure abOuti: Vai ar ke tenn nena aa IG 6
F. The Upper Lias Sands are yellow and micaceous; they
contain inconstant and irregular layers of hard,
sandy, lenticular concretions, some of which are
fossiliferous. These sands measure............ 123 0

Upper Laas.
G. The Upper Lias Clay is very thin, and contains no-
dules of limestone at the top; it nearly thins out
here, as its) thickness isionly/) 52). \ae se ey 1) @

' Middle Lias.

H. The upper bed of the Marlstone is a hard, brown,
calcareous sandstone, which forms the capping of
the Marlstomesterrace |. ie 4) ya ee ena 12 0
H'. The Marlstone is well developed, and consists of fox-
coloured sandstone, more or less ferruginous, with
grey, impure sandy limestone, containing oolitic
(a Ce) LAT Sea pee eg Mtr ines 4 5 Galea en aloraly 186 0

Lower Inas.

I. The Lower Lias shales and limestones ; thickness un-
known.

The preceding sections exhibit the lithological character and
stratigraphical relations of the pea-grit and freestones, which, how-

1859. ] WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 11

ever, undergo great and important modifications when examined
over even a limited area,—the pea-grit as regards its structure, and
the freestone its thickness. In the Southern Cotteswolds the pea-
grit loses its pisolitic character; and in the eastern part of the hill-
district the freestones thin out and finally disappear,—the Inferior
Oolite being represented at Stow-in-the-Wold and at Burford by
the zone of Ammonites Parkinsoni with its light-coloured ragstones,
filled with an abundance of specimens of Clypeus Plotii, Klein, and
forming a “ Clypeus-grit.”

a. Fossils of the Pea-grit and the Freestones.—The beds A and B are
usually the most fossiliferous. The Echinodermata are well preserved
in the Pea-grit, and the shells of the Mollusca in the Roestone.
Many of these are specifically identical with the Molluscan fauna
of the Great Oolite. The shells are for the most part small; and
the Anatinide, so abundant in the upper zones, are almost entirely
absent from this.

Ammonites Murchison, Sow. Trigonia costata (var. pulla), Sow.
Nautilus truncatus, Sow. exigua, Lye.
Belemnites spinatus, Quenst. Astarte interlineata, Zyc.

rhomboidalis, P77.
Sphera Madridi, d Arch.
Cyprina trapeziformis, Roem.

Patella rugosa, Sow.
-—— inornata, Lye.
Pileolus lievis, Sow.

Nerita costata, Sow. Unicardium.

—— minuta, Sow. Myoconcha crassa, Sow.
Monodonta Lyelli, d’ Archiac. Ceromya Bajociana, d Ord.
—— sulcosa, d’ Archiac. Myopsis rotundata, Buckm.
Natica adducta, Phil. Cardium striatulum, Phil.
Cirrus nodosus, Sow. - levigatum, Lye.
Trochotoma carinata, Lyc. Goniomya angulifera, Sow.
Turbo capitaneus ?, Goldf. Pinna cuneata, Bean.
Trochus monilitectus, PAzl. Terebratula simplex, Buchkm.

Solarium Cotswoldix, Lye. plicata, Buckm.
Nerina cingenda, Bronn. submaxillata, Davids.
Acteonina Sedgvici, Phil. Rhynchonella Wrightii, Davids.
Ostrea costata, Sow. | —— decorata, Davids.
Placunopsis Jurensis, Roemer. | concinna, Sow.

|

Hinnites velatus, Goldf. oolitica, Davids.
Limea duplicata, Goldf. Serpula grandis, Goldf.
Lima sulcata, Miinst. convoluta, Goldf.

: - power Miinst. —— plicatilis, Miins¢.
—— Lycetti, Wright. | —— quadrilatera, Goldf.
— pauls Mor. § Lye. | —— flaccida, Goldf.
Pecten lens? Sow. ae - wa

ait. Cidaris Fowleri, W7.
Pecten Devalquei, Oppel (P. vimineus, rhe chardii Wr.

Sow.). Wrightii, Desor
nied ae _ Rhabdocidaris Wrightii, Desor.
Tce sn ha laatas b. (oli Acrosalenia Lycettii, Wr.
ms Sowerbyana, d’ Ord. (plicata, | Dyendodiadems depressum, Ag.
.). Stomechinus germinans, Phil.

Avicul licata, Buck. ‘ seep
Corb ra sive sta: Go lif Polycyphus Deslongchampsii, Wr.

: ee : : Pedina Bakeri, Wr.
Aone Ere Mtoe Sd hil. | Hemipedina tetragramma, Wr.
bi ul hra, piel af perforata, Wr.
puic : —— Bonei, Wr.

ae fe Dek Pygaster semisulcatus, Phil.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 6,

Pygaster conoideus, Wr. Thamnastreea fungiformis, HL. g H.
Hyboclypus agariciformis, Ford. Stromatopora dichotomoides, d’ Orb.
Caney tome of a ray. Diastopora -Waltonii, Haime.

il ly at Aw xe vani, de Blainv.
Montlivaltia Delabechei, Hdw. & Haime..s i AEE a, Hae

Waterhousei, Z. § H. . , » Haime
cupuliformis, EL. § H. Ne fos jyminea, Phil.
Axosmilia Wrightu, #. § H. Lichenopora P Hhillipsii, Haime.
Latomeandrza Flemingi, H. § H. Newepora daxnicornis, Lamour.
Isastreea tenuistriata, L. § H. Heteroyora co nifera, Lamour.
limitata, #. §& H. putuloser, Michel.
Thamnastrea Mettensis, L. & H. Theonoa Bowé2rbankii, Haime.

Defranciana, H. § H. Berenicea diiuviana, Lamour.

b. The Oolite-Marl or Fimbria-bed.—This remarkable bed is a well-
marked feature in the Leckhampton Hill section, and forms the
uppermost portion of the zone of Ammomtes Murchisone. Itisa
very persistent stratum in the northern and middle Cotteswolds,
and extends across this portion of the plateau from the vales of
Moreton and Bourton, on the east, to the mural escarpments of the
oolites on the west; but it appears to be absent from the southern
part of the range.

The oolite-marl resembles indurated chalk, and, being inter-
stratified between two beds of oolitic limestone, forms a conspicuous
feature in the sections where it is so exposed. It rests upon the
uppermost bed of the building-freestone, and underlies a thin-
bedded oolitic limestone. The marl varies from two to eight feet in
thickness, and, when exposed to atmospheric agency, breaks up into
cuboidal masses.

This rock appears to have been formed under different conditions
to those under which the underlying freestones were deposited: for
in some localities it contains masses of coral, chiefly of the genera
Thamnastrea and Isastrea; in others it is charged with immense
numbers of Brachiopoda, especially Terebratula fimbria, T. carinata,
T. submaxillata, and others. In some places it abounds with the
long slender shells of Nerincea, forming in one or two localities a
«‘Nerineean limestone.” These paleontological facts lead to the
conclusion that this local stratum owes its origin to a corallige-
nous bank in the oolitic sea. Corals are met with in moderate
numbers at Leckhampton near Cheltenham, and at Sheepscombe,
and Swift’s Hill near Stroud: also in several other places Tham-
nastrea and Isastrea abound ; -whilst in the Cheltenham district
the marl contains immense numbers of TYerebratula fimbria, T.
submaxillata, T'. cavinata, and Ehynchonella Lycetti. At Selsey
and Rodborough Hills the marl is represented by a single bed of
buft-coloured argillaceous limestone, which contains few fossils and
is overlain by a thin-bedded freestone. At Scar Hill near Nails-
worth, the representative of the marl contains neither Corals nor
Brachiopods, but is charged with long spiral univalves belonging to
the genera Chemmtzia and Nerinwa, with a few Conchifera and
small Gasteropoda. The Nerinzan limestone is a fine argillaceous
rock, close in texture, and feebly oolitic, about one foot in thick-

1859.] WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 13

ness. It is overlain by eighteen inches of sandy oolite, which is
capped by a compact bed of oolitic limestone, everywhere bored by
small vertical tubes of Marine Annelida. This rock has yielded
most of the Gasteropoda which I have collected from the oolite-marl ;
the fossils are so entirely imbedded in the matrix, that they have to
be carved out of the rock. The direct evidence of the existence of
Anthozoa in considerable numbers, added to the abundance of the
spiral univalved Gasteropoda (Nerinea) which nestle in coral-forma-
tions, together with the indirect evidence of a superabundance of
Brachiopoda, added to the lithological character of the marl itself,
which appears to be the product of coral-mud and other reef débris,
leads to the conclusion that the Oolite-marl is a portion of a Jurassic
coral-bank.

Fossils of the Oolite-marl.

Ammonites Murchisonx, Sow. Alaria unicornis, Lyc.
Nautilus clavsus, d’ Orb. — spinigera, Lye.
Chemnitzia procera, Deslong. —— laevigata, Lyc.
Nerina gracilis, Lye. Ostrea gregaria, Sow.
—— Cotswoldix, Lyc. Placunopsis, sp.

Jonesi, Lye. Hinnites abjectus, Phi/.
—— Oppelensis, Lye. Mytilus imbricatus, Sow.
—— pseudocylindrica, Des/ong. fureatus, Sow.
Cylindritis tabulatus, Lyc. Plicatula, sp.

—— gradus, Lye. Pecten subcomatus, Miinst.

—— attenuatus, Lye. Lima punctata, Phil.

Natica canaliculata, Mor. § Lyc. —— Pontonis, Lye.

—— macrostoma, Roem. | —— pectiniformis, Sch/oth.

—— adducta, Phil. Myoconcha striatula, Go/df.

—— tumidula, Phil. elongata, Mor. & Lye.

Trachotoma calyx, Phil. | Perna quadrata, Sow.

—— tabulata, Lye. | Trichites nodosus, Lye.
depressiuscula, Lye. Pteroperna costatula, Deslong.

Trochus monilitectus, Ph7/. —— gibbosa, Lye.
pyramidalis, Phil. lata, Phil.

—— gemmatus, Lye. Gervillia lanceolata, Goldf.

—— ornatissimus, d’ Orb. aurita, Lye.

—— lamellosus, d’ Orb. tortuosa, Phil.
Monodonta levigata, Sow. Arca cancellata, Phil.

—— heliciformis, Lye. carinata, Koch & Dunk.
Cirrus nodosus, Sow. Prattii, Mor. & Lye.

Solarium Cotswoldixe, Lyc. Cucullea cucullata, Goldf.

Neritopsis sulcosa, d’ Archiac. | Macrodon Hirsonensis, d’ Arch.
varicosa, Mor. § Lye. | Pinna cuneata, Phil.

Nerita costata, Sow. hastata, Lyc.

Delphinula funata, Go/df. Unicardium gibbosum, Lye.
quaterno-cingillata, Lye. | Opis Moreausus, Buvign.
Buckmani, Mor. & Lye. | —— gibbosus, Lye.

Turbo elaboratus, Bean. elongatus, Lye.

Phasianella subangulata, Lye. Trigonia costata (var. pullus), Sow.

Pileolus levis, Sow. —— costatula, Lye.

—— plicatus, Sow. —— angulata, Sow.

Patella inornata, Lye. —— striata, Sow.

Pleurotomaria funata, Lye. | —— subglobosa, Mor. & Lye.
levigata, Lye. _ Cypricardia cordiformis, Desh.

—— sulcata, Sow. | Cyprina curvirostra, Lye.

Cerithium quadricinctum, Go/df. ears nuciformis, Lye.

Fusus, n. sp. | ——— Suevica, Goldf.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 6,

Cyprina picta, Lyc. Rhynchonella subobsoleta, David.
Lucina Orbigniana, d’ Arch. —— concinna, Sow.
Astarte depressa, Goldf. —— subtetrahedra, David.

bullata, Lye. —— Lycetti, David.

transversa, Lye. : Pedina Bakeri, Wright.

z excavata (var. compressiuscula), | ot mechinus germinans, Phil.
ee Polyeyphus Deslongchampsi, Wright.

Myopsis punctata, Buck. Pseudodiadema depressum, Agass.

compressus, Lyc.
Goniomya angulifera, Sow.
Anatina pinguis, ? Agass.
Ceromya concentrica, Sow. Re ae ee
Terebratula submaxillata, David. fo “iediioa Dino Teleieenn.
fimbria, Sow. Thamnastrea Defranciana, Michi.
CONIC, Lum. i concinna, Goldf.
galeiformis, David. Mettensis, dw. & Haime.
Plicata, Buch. Stylina solida, M‘Coy.
simplex, Buck.

Cladophyllia, sp.
Cosmoseris vermicularis, M‘ Coy.
Convexastrea Waltoni, Hdw. & Haime.

Many of the Gasteropoda, and most of the Conchifera, in the above
were collected by my friend Mr. Lycett, chiefly from the marl near
Nailsworth ; the Brachiopoda and Echinodermata I collected at Hart-
ley Bottom, near the Seven Springs ; the Corals were collected near
Cheltenham by myself, and near Sheepscombe and Birdlip by my
friend Mr. J. Jones. To Mr. Lycett we are indebted for cataloguing
most of the species of Mollusca.

B. Section VI.—At tHe PEAK NEAR Rosin Hoon’s Bay,
YorKSHIRE Coast.

a. The Zones of Ammonites Murchison and A. Humphriesianus.

The middle and lower subdivisions of the Inferior Oolite, together
with the zone of Ammonites Jurensis, are admirably exposed in the
magnificent coast-section at the Peak near Robin Hood’s Bay.

No. 1. On descending from the top of the cliff about half a mile
south of Peak Hall, we first pass over some beds of the upper sand-
stones; they are of a slaty structure, and are much shivered. Be-
neath these—

No. 2. The Grey Limestone (“‘ Bath Oolite” of Phillips) forms
two conspicuous bands in the cliff, separated from each other by
softer shaly beds. This rock is very hard and persistent; and the
shales above and below it having been decomposed, it stands out
in relief. The oolite may be from fifteen to twenty feet thick, and
is fossiliferous.

No. 3. The Block Sand-rock crops out beneath the grey lime-
stone. It is in part a thick-bedded sandstone, which forms a very
prominent band in the cliff. The lower part of this bed becomes
slaty where it rests upon the Millepore-rock.

No. 4. The Millepore-bed is a hard crystalline calcareo-siliceous
rock, partly oolitic, abounding with fragments of Crinoids, Echino-
derms, Polyzoans, and shelly fragments.

No. 5. The Millepore-rock rests upon a bed of thick sandstone,

1859. ] WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 15

which forms an immense prominence at the base of the cliff. In
consequence of the disintegration of the shaly bed beneath the
block-sandstone, there has been a considerable fall from the upper
beds, and an extensive waste in that portion of the cliff. In fact, a
wide amphitheatre is here excavated, the floor of the terrace
being formed by the crystalline Millepore-rock, upon which large
blocks of grey limestone and block-sandstone have fallen, looking
like glacial boulders on a raised beach. From these detached masses
of grey limestone a good series of oolitic fossils may be obtained. On
descending from this thick sandstone bluff, we meet with the upper
sandstones of the “‘ Dogger,” which, near this point, rise on the shore.

b. The Dogger.

No. 1. The “ Dogger”’ rises on the shore to the south of Blue Wick,
where it has a considerable thickness; but it becomes gradually
thinner as it rises in the cliff. The uppermost bed is a strong
sandstone, of a reddish colour; it is extremely hard, and contains
much iron, and has a number of small rounded pebbles disseminated
through the bed, which are sometimes in seams. Where the rock
is weathered, they project in relief from the surface, and are well
seen from the shore. This sand-rock appears to be unfossiliferous.
It measures about eight feet in thickness. It rests upon, or rather
it encloses, a fossiliferous seam, containing all the characteristic
fossils of the Dogger, the following list of which is made from speci-
mens contained in Mr. Leckenby’s cabinet.

Fossils of the Dogger, in Mr. Leckenby’s Cabinet.

Natica adducta, Phil. | Actzonina humeralis, Phil. sp.
cincta, Phil. sp. Sedgvicii, Phil. sp.

pipes tumidula, Phit. RI h 1 b l a. So
Chemnitzia vetusta, Phil. sp. rere asitieie. matie pale pha
~ Scarburgensis, Lyc. 5 Mor. speciosa, Bean, MS.
Cerithium multipunctatum, Deslong. Pecten arcuatus, Sow.

Beanii, Lye. § Mor. Hinnites abjectus, Phil. sp.
pees BOY : Lima, sp. n.
Nerina Soc age hag not Phil. Ayicula Muensteri, Go/df.
pare en a, I hil. not Sow. Gervillia tortuosa, Phil. sp.
Alaria Phillipsii, Ly c. §& Me fay —— Hartmanni, Goldf.
Turritella quadrivittata, Phil. Pteroperna plana, Lyc. §- Mor.
Littorina punctura, Bean. striata, Bean. ACS.
Trochus oisertus, Phil. Modiola aspera, rien
pyramidatus, PAi/. plicata, Sow.
— — jugosus, Bean, MS. / imbricata, Sow.
Delphinula granata, Bean, MS. -«gonente; Sow.
Turbo elaboratus, Lyc. § Mor. Mytilus cuneatus, Phi/.
-_—_ Phillipsii, Lye. x Mor. Cucullea cancellata, Phil.
— funiculatus, Phil. —— reticulata, Phil.
Nerita levigata, Sow. not Phil. Macrodon Hirsonensis, @’ Arch. sp.
—— levigata, Phil. not Sow. Nucula variabilis, Sow.

—— bellulata, Bean, MS. (Approaches | Toda lacryma, Sow. sp.
lew poe sapped ; a Ey omc ia Cardium acutangulum, Phi/.
‘hanneled suture. P
T os anc se; fs “Phil . : —— gibberulum, Phil.
rochotoma calyx, #2. sp. —— striatulum, Sow.
y SP. Nh. —— incertum, Phi/.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. | Apr. 6,

Cardium crenulatum, Bean, MS. Quenstedtia laevigata, Phil. sp.
Trigonia costata *, var. pullus, Sow. ? tenuissima, Bean, MS.
—— V-costata, Lyc. Tancredia axiniformis, Phd/. sp.
composita, Lyc. Mya? equata, Phil.
Opis Phillipsii, Morris. Corbula dubiosa, Bean.
Astarte elegans, Sow. Thracia, sp. nov.
excavata, Sow. Goniomya angulifera, Sow. sp.
minima, Phil. Ceromya Bajociana, d’ Ord.
Tsocardia cordata, Buck. Gresslya abducta, Phz/. sp.
Cytherzea dolabra, Phil. Sowerbya triangularis, Phz/. sp.

—— plana, Bean, MS.

No. 2. This very richly fossiliferous seam is made up of a con~
geries of shells, which lie in all directions in the bed. Chem-
nitzia and Nerinwa are found above; and Natica, Astarte, and Tri-
gonia are in great abundance beneath. The matrix is deeply impreg-
nated with ferruginous matter. The shelly conglomerate is ex-
tremely hard, of a deep-brown colour, and forms a conspicuous
band, about one foot in thickness, in the cliff. It rests upon a
second unfossiliferous sand-rock, similar to the upper sandstone,
the fossiliferous seam being interstratified between them.

No. 3. Beneath the preceding is another sandstone, charged with
iron, but with few or no fossils, and measuring from six to eight
feet in thickness. The three beds may be considered as one ferru-
ginous sandy deposit, with an intermediate fossiliferous zone. The
whole measures from 16 to 15 feet.

* [This valuable note has been contributed by John Lycett, Esq.| Trégonia
composita, Lye. (Syn. Trigonia striata, Phillips, Geol. of Yorksh. vol. i. pl. 11.
fig. 38., not ZT. striata, Sow.). This new designation is proposed for the
Dogger ally of T. striata, figured and catalogued by Phillips, and subsequently
quoted by Williamson and other paleontologists. D’Orbigny, in his ‘ Pro-
drome,’ judging probably solely from the figure given by Phillips, refers it to
the 7. tuberculata, Agassiz, a species which, in Wirtemberg, appears to oc-
cupy nearly the same geological position; but an examination of the Yorkshire
specimens renders it impossible to acquiesce in this view. Many of the Testacea
at Blue Wick have suffered compression; and their general condition in other
respects is not satisfactory ; to these obstacles to a clear comprehension of them,
it must be added that the ee itself is very variable in the characters of its
costs, which may be described as tuberculated rather than crenulated. Owing to
these varying conditions, it happens that the greater number of the specimens
differ somewhat from the little figure given by Professor Phillips, although it is
not unlikely that the figure in question may fairly represent some particular
specimen. Trigonia composita is more elongated than T. striata, but less so
than T. tuberculata; the umbones are elevated and moderately recurved; the
marginal and inner carinz, which are conspicuous and tubereulated, have a
graceful curvature; the area is moderately large, flattened, with dense and
delicate transverse striations, bounded by the two tuberculated carinee, and tra-
versed by a mesial oblique row of tubercles; the lanceolate space is lengthened
and smooth. It rarely happens that the coste have the regular curvature which
is seen in T. striata or in T. formosa; they often form a kind of undulation to-
ward the posterior side: the coste are then more oblique, and little prominent
toward the anterior side, they approach the carina at a less angle than in the
before-mentioned species, and likewise differ from them in having the largest
tubercles near to the carinal extremity. The most striking distinction con-
sists in the three rows of tubercles upon the area, and its bounding carinz,—a
feature which rather tends to connect it with the considerable group of species
allied to Trigonia clavellata. In the Dogger, at Blue Wick, it is tolerably abun-
dant.—J. L.

1859. } WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 17

No. 4. Another ferruginous sand-rock appears below the latter,
which contains seams with fossil shells. In these I observed Tri-
gonia, Astarte, and Nerinea. It measures about 5 feet, andis under-
lain b

Raf A yellowish sandstone, in which I found seams of small
rounded pebbles, lying at the bottom of the bed. The pebbly con-
glomerates are about four inches in thickness, and occur at intervals.
I observed in the upper part some fragments of Belemnites, a Ceri-
thium, and a small shell resembling an Avicula. The bed measures
about 5 feet in thickness, and appears to be the lowest of the In-
ferior Oolite. Those which follow between No. 5 and the Alum-
shale, I refer to the zone of Ammonites Jurensis*.

9, Tue Zone or Ammonires HumMPHRIESIANUS.

Synonyms.—* Inferior Oolite of Dundry Hill,” Conybeare and
Phillips, 1822, ‘ Outlines,’ p. 236; “ Grey limestone, Bath or Great
Oolite,” Phillips, ‘ Geol. of York.’ 1829, p. 149; “ Zone of Ammo-
nites Humphriesianus,”’ Wright, ‘ Monogr. on Brit. Ool. Echinoderms,’
1856.

Foreign Equivalents.—*“ Eisenrogenstein (part) und Walk-Erde
Gruppe,” Fromherz, 1838, ‘Die Juraformation des Breisgaues,’
pp. 13-17; <«‘ Brauner Jura y und 6,” Quenstedt, 1843, ‘ Flozgeb.’
p- 538; ‘‘Calcaire ferrugineux,” Terquem, 1855, ‘ Paléontol. du
Départ. de la Moselle,’ p. 25; “Blane Kalke, Korallenschicht,
Giganteus-Thone, und Ostreen-Kalk” (Quenstedt), Pfizenmayer,
‘Zeitsch. Deut. geol. Gesellsch.’ 1853, vol. v. tab. 16. (Oppel, p. 333.)

Deseription.—The zone of Ammonites Humphriesianus forms an
important subdivision of the Inferior Oolite, and is characterized by
a fauna very rich in many species of Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda,
which are found in no other zone of life.

The lithological composition of the fossiliferous beds, whether
examined in France, England, or Germany, is very uniform through-
out. Everywhere the calcareous matrix is freely strewed with
small oviform ferruginous particles, which impart an iron-shot cha-
racter to the rock,—a physical feature so well exemplified in the
oolites of Dundry and Yeovil, in England, and of Bayeux and Mou-
tiers, in France.

The best types of this zone in England are the lower portion of
the Oolites in the section at Dundry Hill near Bristol, and the
sections seen in the extensive quarries near Yeovil and Sherborne,
Somerset, and Burton-Bradstock and Chideock, Dorset. The pecu-
liar lithological character of some of the beds of this subdivision,
containing, as they do, ferruginous oolitic grains disseminated in a
brown mudstone, led my lamented friend the late H. E. Strickland,
Esq., to consider the iron-shot oolite of Dundry as the equivalent of

* Tt is dangerous to attempt this coast-section without a guide; and I would
advise geologists desirous of examining the locality to obtain the services of
Mr. Peter Cullen, of Scarborough, who possesses a most accurate knowledge of
all the beds here exposed. Without his able assistance, I feel that my task would
have been indifferently performed.

VOL. XVI.—PART I. c

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

the Cephalopoda-bed of Haresfield Hill. On this subject he ob-
served— A few miles to the south the Pisolite disappears, and is
replaced near Painswick and at Haresfield Hill by strata containing
ferruginous oolite-grains in a brown paste. This is the precise
equivalent of the well-known oolite of Dundry, near Bristol, which
may be recognized as far as Bridport, on the Dorset coast*.” A
comparison, however, of the species of Ammonites and other shells
collected in these different localities shows that, besides a similarity
in lithological structure, there is nothing in common between the
strata.

The position of the Ammonite-bed at Dundry Hill has hkewise
been a source of error, placed, as it is, so near to the Upper Lias
sands, and overlain by other shelly beds and thick-bedded oolitic
limestones, just as the Cephalopoda-bed at Frocester Hill and
Haresfield Hill is overlain by the shelly beds and oolitic limestones
of the zone of Ammonites Murchisone. The fact, however, appears
to have been overlooked, that the Oolitic beds in the South of Eng-
land vary much in thickness in different localities, and even thin
out within short distances from each other. When this happens,
strata which in one locality are separated by a considerable thick-
ness of rock, in others are brought into juxtaposition. The thin-
ning out of the zone of Ammonites Murchisone and the absence of
the zone of Ammonites Humphriesianus, near Burford and other
localities in the north-east parts of the Northleach district, have
brought the zone of Ammonites Parkinson in close relation with
the clays of the Upper Lias; so, in like manner, the thinning out of
the zone of Ammonites Murchisone at Dundry Hill has brought the
zone of Ammonites Humphriesianus in close relation with the sands
of the Upper Lias.

In the Northern Cotteswolds the zone of Ammonites Humphriesi-
anus is best represented by a series of ferruginous oolitic limestones,
raised for road-material at Cleeve Hill, between Cheltenham and
Winchcomb, and which are well exposed in the following section.

A. Section VII.—Tae Rottine-Bpank Quarry; Cierve Hitt,
Norra Enp.

On leaving the Winchcomb road, about a quarter of a mile beyond
the ‘‘ Rismg Sun,” by the new stables, and ascending the escarp-
ment at this point, the Pea-grit is seen in position near the wall,
containing Tercbratula simplex, Pygaster semisulcatus, numerous
fragments of Pentacrimites, and other fossils of this rock. <A few
yards above, the freestone (much displaced) crops out southward ;
and still higher up the hill we enter the quarry called by the
workmen the “ Rolling-bank.’”’ In the 44th sheet of the Geological
Survey Maps, this escarpment is marked “Tumbled Oolite and
Under-cliffs,’—names which signify the disturbed condition of some
of the beds, produced probably by a slip of the Oolitic strata over the
unctuous clay of the Upper Lias.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. vi. p. 250 (1850).

1859. } WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 19

The lower Trigonia-grit, which is seen in position on the plateau
above, has rolled over and formed the glacis of the hill; it has
thereby covered the beds of the A. Humphriesianus zone, which
here immediately underlie this grit. Recent workings having
more fully exposed the A. Humphriesianus bed than formerly, I have
collected therefrom a series of about forty species of fossils charac-
teristic of the zone, and have likewise ascertained the stratigra-
phical sequence of the beds composing this middle subdivision in the
Northern Cotteswolds.

The Rolling-bank Quarry is capped by about 18 inches of the
lower Trigonia-grit, consisting of loose, incoherent fragments of a
light-coloured oolitic limestone, beneath which are exposed the
uppermost beds of

‘The Ammonites Humphriesianus Zone.

No. 1. The Terebratula Phillipsii Bed is a light buff-coloured
compact earthy limestone; many of the blocks are almost entirely
composed of the shells of Brachiopoda, of which that of Terebratula
Phillipsti greatly predominates. The bed measures from 2 to 4 feet
in thickness, and contains

Lima proboscidea, Sow. — Terebratula Buckmani, Davids.
Terebratula Phillipsii, Mor. Rhynchonella spinosa, Schloth.
—— perovalis, Sow. subtetrahedra, Davids.

—— carinata, Lamk. —— angulata, Sow.

No. 2. The Road-stone consists of a coarse, brown, ferruginous,
oolitic limestone, extremely hard and crystalline, traversed in some
parts by sandy layers, and containing in others calcareo-siliceous
concretions, which have a crystalline structure and unequal fracture.
It forms a durable road-material, and is raised for that purpose.

It varies from 10 to 15 feet in thickness, and contains a small
assemblage of Mollusca, which are nearly all in the state of moulds.
The upper portion of the road-stone contains a sandy stratum, in
which a remarkable Gasteropod, nearly identical with Melania
(Chemnitzia) striata, Sow., from the Coralline Oolite, occurs in con-
siderable numbers. This shell has been separated from the Coral
Rag species by Dr. Oppel, and named Chemnitzia Semanni. This is
the only bed and locality from which I know it in the Cotteswolds ;
it is found, however, in the grey limestone at Scarborough, the
correlative of this zone. The lower portion of the Road-stone contains
most of the species of the subjoined list. T'richites undulatus, Lyc.,
is found very large, and sometimes well preserved in the rock, but
cannot be extracted entire. Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag., likewise
attains gigantic dimensions.

Ammonites Orbignianus, Wr. (Bron- | Pleurotomaria fasciata, Sow.
gniarti, d’ Ord.) elongata, Sow.

— aes hriesianus, Sow , —— constricta, Deslong.
rocchi, Sow. Turbo lewvigatus, Sow.
co eeianied Sow. Ostrea flabelloides, Lam.
Chemnitzia Semanni, Oppel. ——, large flat species.
—— lineata, Sow. | Hinnites tuberculosus, Goldf.

c2

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 6,

Lima proboscidea, Sow. Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag.
Etheridgu, Wr. Homomya crassiuscula, Lye.
duplicata, Sow. Myoconcha crassa, Sow.

Trichites undulatus, Lye. Pteroperna plana, Lyc.

Astarte excavata, Sow. Trigonia costata, Sow.

Cyprina (a mould). striata, Sow.

Cypricardia cordiformis, Desh. decorata, Aq.

Myacites calceiformis, Sow. Modiola imbricata, Sow.

Gervillia consobrina, @’ Ord. Pinna fissa, Phil.

Mytilus explanatus, Mor. Rhynchonella subtetrahedra, Davids.

No. 3. The Oyster-bed consists of a coarse, brown, ferruginous,
sandy marl, with inconstant layers of ragstone. The fossils le
chiefly in the sand. The bed is about one yard in thickness, and
contains—

Ostrea flabelloides, Lamk. (and three | Pholadomya Heraulti, 4g.

other varieties of this Oyster). ovulum, 4g.
Ostrea pyxiformis, Wr., sp. nov. —— media, Aq.
Pecten demissus, Goldf. —— Devalquei, Lyc.
Lima proboscidea, Sow. Serpula grandis, Goldf.

Htheridgii, W7. :

Monotis (eee estate Wr., sp. n. oe Cel

Gresslya abducta, Phil. Clypeus Michelini, Wr. :
Pleuromya tenuistriata, Ag. Stomechinus germinans, Phil.
Pseudodiadema depressum, 4g.

No. 4. The Marl-bed.— Beneath a thin band of clay which
underlies the oyster-bed, and forms the floor of the quarry, a bed
of soft mudstone is exposed at one or two points. It contains many
fossils, with their shells; but the tests were in such a rotten state,
that few species could be determined. From the position of the
bed and its organic contents, it appears to be the upper portion of
the oolite-marl, as this rock is in position and well developed within
200 yards of the “ rolling-bank.” I noted the following species in
the portions which I examined :—

Chemnitzia, sp. Cypricardia cordiformis, Desh.
Nerinza, sp. Terebratula Etheridge, Davids.
Modiola plicata, Sow. ' ‘| Montlivaltia, sp.

Pecten lens, Sow.

B. Dundry Hill.—Dundry Hill has been long known to collectors
as arich locality for fossils ; but the true relations of its beds of Infe-
rior Oolite with those of other regions have not until now been
accurately described. Having studied the interesting sections of
this locality in former years, in conjunction with my friend Mr.
Etheridge, and knowing how carefully he had examined the several
beds at Dundry for the purpose of determining the true horizon of
the different species of fossils from this locality, which are contained
in the fine Dundry collection in the Bristol Institution, I asked my
friend to contribute to this memoir his notes and sections. And this
he has most kindly done, adding thereto a full list of the species con-
tained in the different beds. This important communication will be
found to form one of the most valuable portions of this memoir ; and
for it I beg to return my best thanks.

1859. | WRIGHT——INFERIOR OOLITE. 21

Notes on Dundry Hill. By R. Eruenwer, Esq., F.G.S.

Dundry Hill, which rises to an elevation of 700 feet above the
level of the sea, is the most extreme westerly outlier of the Oolitic
hills, and is removed nine miles from that range. The smaller
outlying hills of Wilmington, Stantonbury, and Winsbury, to the
east, naturally connect Dundry with the main body of the Oolitic
Range, well exemplified at English Coomb, English Batch, and Cam-
merton ; also with the same extensive series at Doulting, Batcombe,
Burton, and Castle Carey, south of the Mendips, where the beds
much resemble those of Dundry ; and throughout the Yeovil district
generally these strata, both lithologically and palzontologically, are
still more like those of Dundry.

Fig. 3.—Section across Dundry Hill, showing its Capping of Inferior
Oolite.

a. Inferior Oolite. d. New Red Sandstone.
4. Position of the Upper Lias. 954s J» Quarries.
c. Lower Lias. s. Springs.

Fig. 4.—Sectrion of Dundry Hill.

. Ammonite-bed........

: Iron-shot Shelly bed .. }s feet.
. Upper Lias Sands. 2 feet.

. Lower Lias. | 500 feet.

7. Building-stone or Freestone beds, 12 feet.
6, Fine-grained oolite. 4 feet.

5. Ragstones (Shells). 8 feet.

3 & 4, Rubbly limestones (Shells). 12 feet.

oR — bt

Upper Lias of Dundry.—The beds forming that portion of Dundry
Hill under consideration stand quite at the summit, constituting a
capping of oolitic limestone, and belonging to the middle and upper
subdivisions of the Inferior Oolite. They rest upon the upper beds
of the Upper Lias, which are feebly represented here, their only

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 6

evidence being the few fossils enumerated below, which are widely
scattered through the beds.

Belemnites tripartitus, Schloth. Pholadomya, sp.

Ammonites bifrons, Brug. Modiola, sp.

communis, Sow.

These are, as far as I know, all the species here found in the
Upper Lias below the sands. They are likewise much dwarfed.

Lower Lias of Dundry.—Few districts exhibit a finer sequence of
the Lower Lias shales and limestones than the immediate neighbour-
hood of Bristol ; it is my intention, however, only to mention these
beds at Dundry Hill in their relation to those of the Inferior Oolite
which overlie or cap them.

The lowest members of the Lias in the Dundry district are well
exhibited at Bedminster Down, Keynsham, Whitchurch, Queen
Charlton, Norton Malreward, Winford, and Barrow; and ascending
from all these points at the foot of the hill, to the summit, we pass
over the higher beds of the Lower Lias, which consist, as usual, of
alternating limestones and shales, under various conditions. The total
thickness of the Lias, constituting the main body of the hill, from its
junction with the Red Marl at Bedminster Down to its junction with
the overlying Inferior Oolite at the summit of the hill, is about 550
feet; but in this fine developement there are no traces whatever of
the Middle Inas or Marlstone as exhibited in the Bath district and
in the Cotteswold Range generally. We can only infer that some
portion of the true Upper Lias has been deposited here,—the only
evidence being the few characteristic fossils before mentioned.

Upper Lias Sands of Dundry.—All the evidence afforded of this
series is a bed, 2 or 3 feet in thickness, immediately below the true
Oolites. In these sands, at the western end of the hill, we find
dwarfed specimens of
Modiola plicata, Sow. Lima bellula?, Lye. var.

Pholadomya fidicula, Sow. Belemnites irregularis, Schloth.
arenacea, Lyc. compressus, Voléz.

Tam not aware that these sands are thicker in any other part
of the hill; they pass downwards into the shales and clays of the
Lias beneath.

Inferior Oolite of Dundry.—wWNo. 1. Mollusca-bed, or Shelly bed.
Immediately upon the zone of the semi-indurated sands, with its
few fossils, rests the lowest member here of the Inferior Oolite
(marked No. 1 in the section fig. 4). This mollusca-bed, between
2 and 3 feet in thickness, is extremely rich in the type-forms of life
of the period, and is composed of coarse, brown, ferruginous or iron-
shot oolitic grains. This stratum passes insensibly (lithologically)
into a higher zone or bed (No. 2), which contains the well-known
Cephalopoda of Dundry Hill. These two beds are so intimately con-
nected, that it is difficult to draw any line of demarcation between
them,—the main feature observable being the large preponderance
of Gasteropoda and Conchifera, which occupy the lower portion resting
upon the sands, whereas the upper or Cephalopod division (No. 2)
is entirely or mainly composed of Ammomtes and Nautil.

1859. } WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 23
I have determined the following fossils from this mollusca-bed
(lower shelly bed), specimens of most of which are in my own

cabinet, and in the fine collection in the Museum of the Bristol Phi-

losophical Institution, and likewise in that of Dr. Wright.

Fossils of No. 1.

Cirrus Leachii, Sow.

— nodosus, Sow.
Littorina ornata, Sow.

, Sp. nov.

Nerinza Anglica, d’ Orb.
Pleurotomaria armata, Sow.
abbreviata, Sow.
—— elongata, Sow.
fasciata, Sow.

—— ornata, Sow.

—— punctata, Sow.

— suleata, Sow.
Trochus, sp.

Monodonta laevigata, Sow.
Alaria Phillipsi, Lye.
Chemnitzia lineata, Sow.
Pecten lens, Sow.

— barbatus, Sow.

Arca elongata, Pratt.
Macrodon Hirsonensis, d’ Archiac.
Cucullza oblonga, Sow.
cucullata, Goldf.
Astarte elegans, Sow.

Iron-shot Shelly Bed.

Astarte obliqua, Desh.
subtrigona, Mist.
— orbicularis, Sow.

—— excavata, Sow.
Homomya crassiuscula, Lyc.
Ostrea flabelloides, Zamk.
Mytilus, sp.

Pleuromya donacina, dg,
—— tenuistriata, 4g.

—— elongata, Ag.

Myopsis Jurassi, Brong. sp.
Opis trigonalis, Sow.
lunulatus, Sow.
Pholadomya fidicula, Sow.
-—— ovulum, 4g.

—— Heraulti, Ag.
Tancredia donaciformis, Lyc.
Lucina, sp.

Unicardium gibbosum, Lyc.
Sphera Madridii, @’ Arch.
Hoole Sowerbyii, d’Orb. (plicata,

3
Hinnites tuberculosus, Goldf.

Ammonite-bed (No. 2).—The chief feature observable in this re-
markable stratum is the persistency of certain species of Ammonites,

most of which do not pass upwards into the higher strata.

Litho-

logically, this and the underlying shelly bed closely resemble each

other.
from 2 to 3 feet in thickness.
from this Ammonite-zone :—

Fossils of No. 2.

Ammonites Blagdeni, Sow.

Braikenridgii, Sow.

Brocchii, Sow.

—— dimorphus, d’ Orb.

—— Humpbhriesianus, Sow.

—— leviusculus, Sow

—— Sowerbyi, Mii.

—— Dundriensis, Worsley.

Brongniarti, Sow. (non d’ Orb.).

—— Orbignianus, Wr, (Brongniarti,
d’ Orb.).

—— Eudesianus, d’ Ord.

—— concayus, Sow.

Nautilus excavatus, Sow.

lineatus, Sow.

Belemnites canaliculatus, Schloth.

This bed measures about 3 feet; but it is irregular, varying
The following list has been obtained

Ammonite-bed.
Belemnites ellipticus, 17//.
sulcatus, Mill.
Monodonta levigata, Sow.
Littorina ornata, Sow.
Nerina Anglica, d’ Ord.
Turbo Milleri, Wr., n. sp. -
Pleurotomaria elongata, Sow.

punctata, Sow.
Lima pectiniformis, Schloth.
Pecten lens, Sow.
Modiola Sowerbyii, d’Orh. (plicata,

Sow.).
Arca cancellata, Phil.
Opis trigonalis, Sow.
similis, Desh.

Terebratula Etheridgii, Davids.

Conchifera-beds (Nos. 3 and 4).—Succeeding these ferruginous or
iron-shot beds, we have a succession of irregular semi-oolitic deposits,

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 6,

or a stratified rubbly limestone-rock, conspicuous for the number of
species of Conchifera therein contained (chiefly C. Dimyaria). It
measures about 8 feet in thickness, and passes upwards into a hard,
smooth, fine-grained limestone, 4 or 5 feet thick (No. 4), containing
numerous Brachiopoda. The following species I have obtained and
determined from this shelly series. They are catalogued together ;
but the majority are obtained from the lower bed (the rubbly and
more oolitic portion of the two; No. 3).

Fossils of Nos. 3 and 4. Conchifera-beds.

Ammonites Sowerbii, M777. Ceromya Bajociana, @’ Orb.
—— Humpbriesianus, Sow. —— concentrica, Sow.
, Sp. Nov. Myoconcha crassa, Sow.
—— Truellei (var. compressus), d’ Orb. | Trigonia striata, Sow.
—— leeviusculus, Sow. —— costata, Sow.
, Sp. NOV. Pecten lens, Sow.
Nautilus excavatus, Sow. barbatus, Sow.
Belemnites sulcatus, M7//. Ostreea flabelloides, Lamk.
Pleurotomaria elongata, Sow. Mytilus cuneatus, Phzi.
punctata, Soe. Gervillia pernoides, Deslong.
Littorina (moulds). Pinna cuneata, Phil.
Natica (moulds). Arca, sp.
Myopsis Jurassi, Brong. Unicardium depressum, Phz/.
Pleuromya donacina, Aq. Trichites nodosus, Lye.
Pholadomya fidicula, Sow. Rhynchonella globata, Sow.

—— obtusa, Sow. spinosa, Schloth.
— media, Ag. subtetrahedra, Dav.
Heraulti, Ag. Terebratula globata, Sow.
Lima duplicata, Sow. perovalis, Sow.
—— HEtheridgiu, Wright, sp. nov. — spheroidalis, Sow.

—— gibbosa, Sow. Phillipsii, Morris.

—— punctata, Phil. ? Stomechinus germinans, Phil.
pectiniformis, Sch/loth. Pseudodiadema depressum, Aq.

Modiola gibbosa, Sow. Hemicidaris granulosa, Wright.
plicata, Sow. Hemipedina Bakeri, Wright.

Astarte excavata, Sow. Thamnastrea fungiformis, Hdw. g
elegans, Sow. aime.

—— obliqua, @’ Ord. Latomzandra Fleming, Edw.&Haime.

The Ragstones of Dundry, forming the Zone of Ammonites Parkin-
soni.—Ragstone-beds (No. 5).—The smooth hard limestones just
mentioned are succeeded by loose and semi-oolitic beds, about 8 feet
in thickness. These are, or were, exposed in quarries both on the
north and south sides of the hill,—one to the west of the church,
but at a lower level; the other on the south side, and on the road to
Chew Magna. The fossils are cemented together by a marly paste,
which decomposes under change of atmosphere.

The organic remains in these beds somewhat agree with those of
No. 3; but they are not so numerous either im species or individuals,
and are nearly all in the form of casts. Several undescribed Am-
monites occur in these beds*. The following is the list of species
which I have obtained from this series; but I believe that it is far
from complete.

* Many of these were named in MS. notes by Mr. 8. Worsley some years ago,
when the beds were extensively worked for lime and for road-purposes. These

fossils are still in the Museum of the Bristol Institution, with Mr. W.’s names
attached.

1859. | WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE.

Fossils from No. 5.

Ammonites Parkinsoni, Sow. (small).
—— Humphriesianus, Sow.

—— leviusculus, Sow.

, sp. (unnamed ; in form of moulds).
Belemnites ellipticus, 7//.
Peurotomaria proteus, Deslong.

—— elongata, Sow.

Littorina (in moulds).

Myopsis Jurassi, Brong.

Pleuromya elongata, Roemer.

—— donacina, Ag.

Pholadomya ovulum, 4g.

The Ragstones.

Astarte excavata, Sow.
Ceromya Bajociana, d’ Ord.
Trigonia striata, Sow.
Tancredia donaciformis, Lyc.
Geryillia Hartmanni, Goldf.
Pecten lens, Sow.
Terebratula perovalis, Sow.
sphzeroidalis, Sow.
—— globata, Sow.
Rhynchonella plicatella, Sow.
—— spinosa, Schloth.

| Magnotia Forbesii, Wright.

obtusa, Stomechinus intermedius, Ag.
— fidicula, Sow. Echinobrissus clunicularis, Lhwyd.
—— Heraulti, Ag. Holectypus depressus, Lamk.

Lima pectiniformis, Sch/oth.

Tsastraea helianthella, M‘Coy.
Modiola gibbosa, Sow.

Stylina solida, M‘Coy.

Fine-grained Oolite or Building-stone (No. 6).—This undoubtedly
overlies the Ragstones, and can only be seen on Dundry Down, in
the old open and under-ground quarries, where it has been ex-
tensively worked for church-building and other purposes.

This fine-grained oolite much resembles the Portland-stone.
Few or no organic remains occur in this bed, which measures from
4 to 5 feet in thickness.

Coarse Oolite. Building-stone or Freestone Beds (No. 7).—This is
the highest set of beds observable on Dundry Hill; and although
they are not rich in fossils, still there are certain conditions of the
beds and forms of fossils deserving special notice. Most, if not all,
of the building-stone of Dundry comes from quarries opened in this
“top rock” (so called by the men). Numerous casts of Trigonie,
and several species of Corals, are common to this and the upper part
of the beds 3 and 4; whilst other fossils are rare. The mass of the
rock is composed of finely triturated shell-sand, or débris of shells
closely and densely arranged, which, on weathering, stand out in
sharp relief.

False-bedding constantly occurs throughout this series. The
organic contents of this building-stone, as far as I have been able to
determine, are as follows :—

Fossils of No. 7.

Trigonia costata, Sow. \
striata, Sow.

Building-stone or Freestone.

Only sparingly Thamnastrea Defranciana, Edw. ¢
distributed. Haime.

Isastreea explanata, Goldf.
helianthella, M‘Coy.
Stylina solida, M‘Coy.

Latomeandra Flemingii, Edw. § Haime.
Isastrea tenuistriata, M*‘ Coy.
Pentacrinus Milleri, Austin.

R. E.

C. Section from the Cornbrash to the Millepore-bed, in Gristhorpe

Bay, Yorkshire*.—No. 1, the Cornbrash, rises on the scar at New-
biggin Wyke, at the south side of Gristhorpe Bay, near the place

* The reader may consult with much profit Professor Williamson's excellent
notes on this section in the Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd series, vol. vi. p. 143. More

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 6,

where the Kelloway Rock first appears on the shore. At Puddinghole
it is seen in the cliff, and may be traced along the coast-section as
far as Gristhorpe Sands; from thence to Redcliff it is covered by
Drift ; at Redcliff it is thrown down by a fault, and is seen there
at low water on the shore. At the northern extremity of Cayton
Bay it rises again; but the fault at Ewe Nab has brought it down
to the shore, where a small portion only is visible at half-ebb. At
the north side of the Castle Hill it is raised in the cliff by the dis-
location which has disturbed the beds in that locality ; and it finally
sinks and disappears near Peasholm Beck. The Cornbrash is se-
parated from the Kelloway Rock by a bed of dark-bluish elay (a),
more or less laminated, which varies from four inches to six feet in
thickness ; this is the so-called ‘“‘ Clays of the Cornbrash.”

The clay (a) contains several species of shells which are rarely met
with in the bed below, such as Sanguinolaria parvula, Bean, Car-
dium latum, Bean, Opis triangularis, Bean, Belemnites tornatilis,
Phil. The claws and carapace of two Crustacea (Glyphea rostrata
and Glyphea Birdir) occur in round argillaceous nodules in the clay
at Cayton Bay, where my friend Dr. Murray collected likewise a
beautiful specimen of Hemipedina Woodwardi, Wr., which he kindly
gave me to figure.

Beneath the clay is the Cornbrash, which consists of a hard iron-shot
oolite (4), of a bluish-grey colour, and often stained with the peroxide
of iron. It occurs in masses of an irregular shape, which contain a
great many fossils, laid in all directions and firmly cemented together.
The shells are so numerous in some of the fossiliferous blocks, that
it is impossible to extract one specimen entire without sacrificing
many others. It is from this bed, which is only about two feet in
thickness, that most of the specimens of the subjoined list were
obtained. Beneath the hard bed is(¢) a softer rock, which is only
partially iron-shot, and not so fossiliferous; it is from 18 inches
to 2 feet in thickness, and passes into (d) a more fissile oolite, easily
decomposed when exposed to the atmosphere. The last rests on
the upper sandstone and shales of the Inferior Oolite.

Although the Cornbrash of Scarborough is only a thin and unim-
portant rock, of about five feet in thickness, it has yielded to the
working geologists of that locality about 130 species of beautiful
fossils, the majority of which were collected at the north side of the
Castle Hill. The rock has here been worked out, and will shortly
be covered up by the innovations now in progress.

ample details will be found in Prof. John Phillips’s comparative sections in
the Po and Ironstone series of Yorkshire, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv.
. 88, 89.

ne object in the following descriptions is to show the relation of the Grey
Limestone to the Cornbrash and Upper Sandstones above, and to the Millepore-
bed below, and, from the fauna of the Grey Limestone, to demonstrate that
it is the representative of the Middle and Upper divisions of the Inferior Oolite .
of the south of England, and not, as maintained by my friend Prof. Phillips,
the correlative of the Great or Bath Oolite.

1859.]

WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE,

27

Fossils from the Cornbrash of the Yorkshire Coast, contained in
Mr. John Leckenby’s Cabinet *.

Belemnites tornatilis, Phd.

Nautilus hexagonus, Sow.

Ammonites Herveyi, Sow. (A. terebratus,
Phil. ; A. macrocephalus, Schloth.).

Turbo funiculatus, Phil.
elaboratus, Lye. & Mor.
Trochus monilitectus, Phii.
Purpurina ornata, Sow. sp.
Littorina punctura, Bean, sp.
Nerina cingenda, Phil. not Sow.
Cerithium gemmatum, Lyc. & Mor.
Nerita laevigata, Phi/. not Sow.
—— granulata, Phil. not Sow.
Pleurotomaria granulata, Sow.
Chemnitzia vittata, Phil., sp.
Alaria bispinosa, Phil. sp.
Bulla undulata, Bean.
Actseonina, sp. n. (tumid undescribed
shell).

Ostrea Marshii, Sow.

—— spatiosa, Bean, MS.

—— Meadii, Sow.

—— solitaria, Sow.

Gryphea bullata, Phii.

Exogyra mima, Phil.

Pecten lens, Sow.

—— demissus, Phil.

—— arcuatus, Sow.

—— cancellatus, Phil.

—— fibrosus, Sow.

— Vv s, Sow.

—_ ra aeeadatii. Phil.

Hinnites gradatus, Bean, MS.

Lima rudis, Phil.

—— gibbosa, Sow. (var. with inter-
Sesints costes).

—— rigidula, Phi/. sp.

—— duplicata, Sow.

Placunopsis, sp. n. (on Goniomya lite-
rata). Ostrea granulata of Mr.
Bean’s list.

Gervillia aviculoides, ? Sow.

Trichites (Znoceramus of Mr. Bean's
list).

Monctis Braamburiensis, Phil. sp.

Perna rugosa, Goldf.

Pinna cuneata, Phil.

Mytilus subleevis, Sow.

Modiola cuneata, Sow.

—— imbricata, Sow.

—— bipartita, Sow.

Modiolarea (sp. nov.).

Leda lachryma, Sow. sp.

variabilis, Sow. sp.

Cucullzxa cancellata, Phil.

— clathrata, Leck.

proxima, Bean.

—— abrupta, Bean.

Trigonia costata, v. pullus, Sow.

—— elongata, Sow.

signata, Ag.

— sevelicte® Bint

Cardium lobatum, Phil.

—— cognatum, Phil.

—— latum, Bean. (In clay.)

—— citrinoideum, Phil.

—— globosum, Bean.

Lucina erassa, Sow.

despecta, Phil.

Corbis ovalis, Phil.

lucida, Bean.

Opis Scarburgensis, Leck., sp. n. (a large
handsome shell).

—— sp. n. (allied to O. similis, Sow.).

Astarte elegans, Phil. not Sow.

—— extensa, Phil.

—— politula, Bean.

—— (a species referred by Mr. Bean to
A. lurida, Sow.)

—— lLeckenbyi, Wr., sp. n. (allied to
A. excavata).

ae oP n. (A small, thick, sulcate
shell, resembling a species in the
Kelloway Rock of Wiltshire.)

Unicardium depressum, Phi.

Tsocardia tumida, Phil.

—— minima, Sow.

—— nitida, Sow.

triangularis, Bean.

Tellina proletaria, Bean.

Quenstedtia levigata, Phil.

Sowerbya triangularis, Phi/. sp.

Pholadomya Murchisoni, PAi/.,? Sow.

—— ovalis, Sow.

—— acuticostata, Sow.

* Most of the fossils in the above catalogue are enumerated in the list made
by Mr. Bean in 1838, and published in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural
istory,’ new series, vol. ili. p.57. Where alterations have been made, they have

been done at the suggestion of my kind friend Mr. Leckenby (with whom
nes), after a critical examination of most of the original

studied all the s

have

types. Several additions have been made to the list of Mo/lusca by Mr. Leckenby,

from = Seer contained in his magnificent collection.
two Echi

I have been able to add

nodermata—Hemipedina Woodwardii, Wr., kindly presented by my
worthy friend Dr. oe Scarborough, and Pseudodiadema pentagonum,
kenby.

M‘Coy, collected by Mr.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 6,

Pholadomya simplex, Phd. Serpula squamosa, Phi.
nana, Phil. clava, Bean.
Homomya crassiuscula, Lyc. § Mor. 9 .
Pleuromya? recurva, Phil. sp. Olypian rostrata Me ce
; s Birdiu*, Bean.
Goniomya V-scripta, Sow. sp. :
Myacites calceiformis, Phit. Pseudodiadema pentagonum, M*Coy.
modica, Bean, MS. vagans, Phil. ia :
decurtatus, Phil. sp. Hemipedina Woodwardii, Wright.
—— securiformis, Phil. sp. Echinobrissus clunicularis, Lhwyd.
Gresslya peregrina, Phil. sp. orbicularis, Phd.
Anatina undulata, Sow. Holectypus depressus, Lamk.
plicatella, ? Lye. & Mor. Astrea? Dunnii, Bean.
parvula, Bean. Caryophyllia, sp.
Gastrochzna tortuosa, Sow. Tubi ae ie Bae
Pholas costellata, Sow. ENO ONS CIES SS = EE
5 incrustans, Bean.
Rhynchonella varians, ? Schloth. Spiropora straminea, Phil.
Terebratula obovata, Sow. Cellaria Smithii, Phz/.
lagenalis, Schloth. Flustra, sp.
intermedia, Sow. i F j
i pita ! Spongia floriceps, Phil.
Serpula intestinalis, Phi/. papillosa, Bean.

No. 2, the first bed beneath the Cornbrash, is a grey laminated sand-
stone with carbonaceous markings and ferruginous stais. It ex-
hibits much cross-bedding, is intersected by iron-stone bands, and
forms a bluffin the bay. This bed is nearly horizontal for a con-
siderable distance, and is covered with débris from the cliff. It mea-
sures from 30 to 40 feet, and is apparently non-fossiliferous.

No. 3. A grey siliceous rock which forms the base of bed No. 2; it
weathers into irregular nodules, and forms a prominent band in the
cliff. It measures 4 feet, and is apparently non-fossiliferous.

No. 4. Grey clays, which are indurated, and break up into cuboidal
fragments. 6 feet.

No. 5. A grey, laminated, ferruginous sand-rock, which readily
disintegrates when exposed to the atmosphere. It presents numerous
ochraceous and brownish stains. No fossils. 8 feet.

No. 6. A brown ferruginous sand-rock, very irregularly bedded,
and richly charged with the peroxide of iron: in some parts it is
pisolitic. This bed forms a good limit-line in the section, from its
hard ferruginous character. It measures only about 2 feet.

No. 7. A whitish sandstone, with an irregular waving lamination.
It contains numerous carbonaceous lamine in its upper portion, with
the remains of the stems of plants, some of considerable length. It
becomeswaved and shaly beneath, and exhibits a very irregular section
below, where it passes into the next bed. It measures about 4 feet.

No. 8. A yellowish-grey, regular-bedded sandstone, which pro-
jects on the strand to high-water mark. This rock exhibits numerous
carbonaceous seams, in a fine grey shale, with fragments of stems
in its lower layers. 9 feet.

No. 9. Grey sandy shales with interstratified layers of sandstone,
waved and irregular in the upper and under strata. 10 feet.

The beds above-described, from No. 2 to No. 9 inclusive, belong
to the upper shales and sandstones. The bed which follows is the

* These Crustacea require re-examination.

1859. ] WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 29

‘‘ grey limestone” or the so-called “ Bath Oolite,”’ which repre-
sents the Humphriesianus-zone of the Inferior Oolite.

No. 10. Grey limestone rises on the sea-shore, and may be easily
overlooked if it happens to be covered with débris, although it is
always visible in the cliff, from which fossiliferous fragments are
constantly falling on account of the weathering of the underlying
shales.

The grey limestone at Gristhorpe forms a very inconsiderable
stratum, about 3 feet in thickness; but at the White Nab and at
Cloughton Wyke, and in Haiburn and Stainton Dale cliffs, it attains a
considerable thickness, and admits of a general division into six beds,
which, in descending order, may be thus enumerated * :—

a. Alternate layers of argillaceous oolite and nodular ft. in
AP OTSA or PEDAL a if.g shay! te aces aerate tere Sa 3 (0
b. Dark clay with Monotis and Gervillia. From 8 inches tol 0
c. Nodular ironstone, many of the nodules containing
Ammonites Blagdeni, &.......... .From 6 inches tol 0
d. Hard, dark, ferruginous clay, with Saurian bones and
BORAT GD CL Gi a re x e's, a cic Mey ePe een NIRS cua oy ec a ZG
e. Close-grained greyish oolite, in parts iron-shot ...... 5 0
f. Hard, blue, thick-bedded limestone, used for building
From 12to18 0

The inferior layer of a at Cloughton contains Perna rugosa, Goldf.,
and other shells. 6 is well exposed on the shore near Scarborough,
where Gervillia acuta, Phil. (G. consobrina, d’Orb.), forms the domi-
nant shell. Many of the large nodules of ¢ contain Ammonites
Humphriesianus, A. Blagdeni, and A. Braikenridgii. Saurian bones
(Plesiosaurus and Ichthyosauwrus) have been found in d, near Scar-
borough; and the same bed at Cloughton affords many fossil
shells. Few, if any, fossils have been found in e; and the lower
and middle portions of f are equally unproductive ; the upper part
of f contains Belemnites giganteus, Schloth., Myacites calceiformis,
Phil., Gresslya decurtata, Phil., Chemnitzia Scarburgensis, Lye., and
the long muricated spines of Rhabdocidaris maaima, Goldf. The
White Nab and Cloughton are the best localities for obtaining fossils,
Many of the beds are exposed at the south side of Scarborough Bay
at low water; and nearly opposite the Cliff Bridge, at low tides,
an anticlinal axis is visible, extending N.E. to 8.W., by which the
beds of grey limestone suddenly incline 45° to the south, dnd the
Kelloway Rock and Oxford Clay of the Castle Hill dip to the north.

Fossils from the Grey Limestone, in Mr. Leckenby’s Cabinet, &e.

Belemnites giganteus, Sch/oth. Ammonites Parkinsoni, Sow. (Scar-
Ammonites Peaiiresianne, Sow. borough Museum. This specimen
—— Blagdeni, Sow. was collected in the upper beds of
—— Braikenridgii, Sow. the grey limestone at White Nab.)

* Professor Williamson has given a most accurate description of the “ Grey
Limestone,” with like subdivisions, in his valuable paper * On the distribution of

Fossil Remains on the Yorkshire Coast,” Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd series, vol. y.
p. 223.

30

Turbo elaboratus, Lyc. § Mor.

Phillipsii, Lyc. & Mor.

Trochus monilitectus, Ph?.

Leckenbii, Lye. & Mor.

Phasianella striata, Sow.

Eulima levigata, Lyc. & Mor.

Cerithium Beanii, Lyc. & Mor.

gemmatum, Lyc. & Mor.

Chemnitzia Scarburgensis, Lyc. & Mor.

vetusta, Phil.

Natica adducta, Phil.

cincta, Lyc. & Mor.

Alaria Phillipsu, Lye. & Mor.

Acteonina glabra, Phil.

Ostrea flabelloides, Zamk.

, a large flat species.

Lima, sp. n. A very fine-ribbed shell.

Placunopsis ineequalis, Phel. sp.

Pecten Saturnus, d’ Ord.

demissus, Phi.

Lima duplicata, Sow.

Avicula Muensteri ? Lye. & Mor.

ornata, Goldf.

Monotis Braamburensis, Phil. sp.

Gervillia acuta, Sow.

Pteroperna plana, Lyc.

Perna rugosa, Goldf.

mytiloides, Goldf.

Pinna cuneata, Phil.

cancellata, Lyc. & Mor. (Junior
of P. cuneata).

Modiola ungulata, Young & Bird.

— — imbricata, Sow.

—— cuneata, Sow. (Dwarfed var.)

Mytilus pulcherrimus, Roemer.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[ Apr. 6,

Cucullea cancellata, Phil.
reticulata, Phal.

Trigonia costata (var. pulla), Sow.
signata, 4g. (7. decorata, Lyc.)
Cyprina, sp. n.

Cardium ? semiglabrum, Phil.
Lucina despecta, Phil.

Astarte minima, Phil. ~

—— elegans, Phil., not Sow.
Tsocardia nitida, Phil.

cordata, Buckm.
Unicardium depressum, Phi. sp.
Quenstedtia levigata, Phi. sp.
Myacites calceiformis, Phii.

—— Beanii, Lyc. & Mor.
Goldfussii, Lye.

Goniomya V-scripta ? Sow.
Gresslya peregrina, Phi/.
Pholacdomya Heraulti, Aq.
Homomya crassiuscula, Lyc. & Mor.
Thracia, sp. n.

Pholas pulchralis, Lyc. ¢ Mor.
Mya? equata, Phil.
Vermicularia nodus, Phil.

Serpula plicatilis, Goldf.

sulcata, Sow.

—— intestinalis, Phi.
Rhabdocidaris maxima ?, Miinst.
Pseudodiadema depressum, Aq.
vagans, Phil.

Astropecten Leckenbyi, Wr., sp. 1.
Scarburgensis, Wr., sp. 1.
Ophiura Murravii, Forbes.

No. 11. Forms the uppermost bed of the Lower sandstones and

shales, assuming that the Grey limestone is to be regarded as the
frontier-bed between these two great arenaceous lacustrine deposits
of the Inferior Oolite of Yorkshire.

The rock beneath the grey limestone is a greenish laminated
sandstone, divided by joints, and beautifully intersected by thin car-
bonaceous seams, with the stems and leaves of plants, and much
dark carbonaceous matter in the lower layers of the bed. 6 feet
6 inches. It rests on—

No. 12. A dark carbonaceous shale.

No. 13. A dark grey clay. 4 feet.

No. 14. A greyish sandstone above, with greenish clays below,
full of dark carbonaceous matter. 2 feet.

No. 15. Green and grey sandy clays, full of the fragments of
plants, with portions of the stems of Cycadece. In this bed, my friend
John Leckenby, Esq., collected several specimens of Unio distortus.
I saw impressions of shells, but found none. It measures 3 feet.

No. 16. Black shaly bed, full of carbonaceous matter, with seams
of imperfect coal and vegetable remains. 1 foot.

No. 17. Finely laminated grey shales and sandstones, with car-
bonaceous lamine. 1 foot 6 inches.

1 foot.

1859. | WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 31

No. 18. Dark, laminated, carbonaceous, shaly bed, with stems in
a dark laminated shale and sand, passing downwards into dark clays
with the shells and impressions of Unios. It is about 4 feet thick.

No. 18 a. A dark shale with ironstone. 2 feet.

No. 18 6. Grey laminated sandstone. 1 foot.

No. 19. The Gristhorpe plant-bed, rises opposite the pillar; it con-
sists of dark grey shale, containing within its lamine a great number
of magnificent fossil plants in a fine state of preservation, in a thick-
ness of 2 feet.

The same bed is seen im situ at Red Cliff, where it gradually
declines to the shore. The shale is underlain by a seam of imperfect
coal from 6 to 8 inches in thickness.

This bed may be said to be the chief herbarium for most of the
species of fossil plants from the lower sandstones and shales of the
coast of Yorkshire, which are figured in the works of Prof. Phillips
and in the ‘ Fossil Flora’ of Lindley and Hutton.

No. 20. Fine laminated sandstone, exhibiting wavy layers when
divided ; it forms a ledge which runs out to sea, and constitutes the
basal. rock of the pillar on the island. It presents a low escarp-
ment to the north. The strata are separated by soft sandy marly
partings, which cause divisions in the bed in consequence of the
wearing away of the softer lamine. I found no fossils. 12 feet.

No. 21. A marine bed, formed of a brown, nodulated, ferruginous
sand-rock with ironstone-nodules, which project from the weathered
surface of the bed. It contains a few marine shells, as Pholadomya
Semanni, Lyc., Cardium levigatum, Lye., Trigonia costata, Sow. 5 ft.

No, 22. A white and grey laminated sandstone with shelly partings.
4 feet.

No. 23. Ironstone-rock, full of iron-nodules, with partings of clay,
containing marine shells. Lima interstincta, Phil., and Serpula in-
testinalis, Phil., were collected from it. 2 feet.

No. 24. Lacustrine bed: greyish laminated shale, with the re-
mains of plants, interstratified with bands of sandstone. Few speci-
mens are obtained from this bed. 4 feet.

No. 25. A dark-grey clay, exposed at low water, and containing
the remains of plants in its upper portion, and comparatively un-
fossiliferous in its lower division. This bed is well seen in the
coast-section at Haiburn and Stainton Dale cliffs, where it becomes
more sandy, and passes into the block-sandstone which rests upon
the Millepore-bed. Mr. Leckenby collected Cypris? concentrica, Bean,
from the clays of this bed at Gristhorpe, where it is about 10 feet
thick.

No. 26. The marine bed. The Millepore-bed rises in the form
of a reef beyond the grey clays of the preceding bed, exhibiting
another change from lacustrine to marine conditions. It is an
obliquely laminated partly oolitic rock, containing oxide of iron in
the partings, and is full of the fragments of Crinoidea, Polyzoa,
Serpula, and the plates and spines of Kehinodermata, This rock
is likewise exposed at Red Rock, Ewe Nab, Cloughton Wyke,
Haiburn Wyke, and Stainton Dale Cliffs, and the Peak. It forms

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

one of the most persistent fossiliferous bands in the coast-section,
and may be traced continuously from Cloughton Wyke to Peak Point,
as we sail along the shore. It forms an anticlinal at the south side
of Cayton Bay and at Red Rock Point. At Cloughton Wyke it is
well exposed, where it measures about 10 feet. The lower portion
is shelly and ferruginous, and emits a sulphurous odour; and from
this part of the rock Mr. Leckenby has collected the following species
of Mollusca.

Fossils from the Millepore-bed in Mr. Leckenby’s Cabinet.
Natica adducta, Phil. Modiola imbricata, Sow.

Nerita pseudocostata, d’ Ord. cuneata, Sow.
Chemnitzia vetusta, d’ Ord. Leckenbyi, Mor.

Turritella quadrivittata, Phil. Trigonia angulata, Sow.
Alaria Phillipsu, Lye. & Mor. Cardium striatulum, Phil.
Turbo elaboratus, Bean. Astarte minima, Phil.
Actzonina glabra, Phil. Pullastra recondita, Phil.
Cerithium Leckenbyi, W7., sp. n. Unicardium gibbosum, Lye.
Pecten Saturnus, @’ Ord. Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag.
demissus, Phil. Semanni, Lyc. §& Mor.
Lima duplicata, Sow. Myacites oblonga, Wr., sp. n.
Gervillia lata, Phil. decurtata, Phil. —
Hartmanni, Goldf. Ceromya Bajociana, d’ Orb.
Pinna cancellata, Phil. Gresslya adducta, Phel.
Mytilus tumidus, Lye. & Mor, Pholas costellata, Lyc. & Mor.

Goniomya literata, Sow.

The Millepore-bed attains a considerable development at Crome-
beck and Whitwell, near Castle Howard station, on the York and
Scarborough railway, where it is a thick-bedded oolitic limestone,
resembling the freestones of the Inferior Oolite in Gloucestershire.
The rock has long been worked at Cromebeck for economic purposes,
and is admirably exposed in an extensive range of quarries. The
limestone of the Inferior Oolite is here overlain by a soft greyish
sandstone, about 6 feet thick, which forms the uppermost bed ;
beneath this is an extremely hard, siliceous, slaty sandstone, 18 inches
thick, which represents part of the “‘ Block-sandstone,’”’ No. 3 of
the Peak, and caps the thick-bedded oolitic limestone, which is the
inland representative of the Millepore-rock of the coast-section.
The cream-coloured oolitic limestone dips to the north at an angle
of 2°, and is in some parts composed of large grains, in others of
small, and in others it is soft and fine-grained. In lithological
character, the rock and its bedding resemble the thick-bedded
freestones of the West of England. Its upper beds, from 10 to 12
feet thick, are quarried for building-stone, and burned for lime ; and
the lower portion is a grey oolitic limestone, which is largely quar-
ried for road-material. It attains a thickness of 10 feet, and rests
upon a hard dark-blue shale, No. 2 of the Boring-section. I have
prepared the following list from a series of specimens obtained from
this rock by my friend W. Reed, Esq., of York, and contained in his
collection. I found several of the species im situ during the excur-
sion which I made to the quarries in August last.

1859. ] WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 33

Hinnites abjectus, Phil. Trigonia costata, Sow. (small var.).
Limea duplicata, Sow. gemmata, Lyc.
Ostrea sulcifera, Bean, MS. angulata, Sow.

duplicata, Sow.

Lima proboscidea, Sow. (oblong var.).

Gryphxa sublobata, Desh. Cypricardia cordiformis, Desh. (Cold
Pinna cuneata, Phi. Comfort, va7.)

Lima bellula, Lyc. & Mor. Arca (moulds).

Pecten Saturnus, d’ Ord. P s
Menlasanpulatua, ¥: & B. Terebratula ee te

Modiola imbricata, Sow. Pygaster semisulcatus, Phi/.

Ceromya Bajociana, d’ Orb. Clypeus Michelini, Wright.
Pteroperna plana, Lye. Hyboclypus agariciformis, Forbes.
Gervillia Hartmanni, Miinst. Stomechinus germinans, Phi/.

The Lower Sandstones which crop out on the north bank of the
railway between Hutton and Castle Howard stations have recently
been worked for ironstone, and contain about 33 per cent. of iron. A
boring has been made at Mount Pleasant Hill, close to the Cromebeck
quarries, through the Inferior Oolite and underlying shales and
sandstones, down to the shales of the Upper Lias. This boring-
section affords an insight into the relative thickness of the shales
and sandstones which lie between the Millepore-bed and the Alum-
shale; and therefore I give it in detail. The examination was made

by the engineer who had charge of the works*.
ft. in.

( Inferior Oolite limestone (Millepore-bed) 20 8

JCEM LUG ANAIB' 5 laure staves sine aleors 4 0

MrUlepora-Bead: << WW DTG SADE ok at sic dw lula a en sta eae eie 9 0
RCO oie ake oro )e ata MAVEN austen dete 0 8

RUD SHE IROTSLONG 50's 2 id alain eit 0 4

em ANORIO 95105 <a ewes tie vas hw vs 9 0

EL ah { recente GUSREE i oie vce os hs», weirs 2 0
bard’ Diack: Bi ale) 3.5 sia’ es. bin nix pais 13 0

Clay-ironstone (Hydraulic limestone?)t 3 4

rey EW COLGE RUBIO oii aie Gata wane inp ala d=) es 8 0
ee Top band of ironstone, fossiliferous t 5-6

: Hard: callonaiahalesy toi... 42 ait'e + lees 2 8
ERNIE eee a strays lend ative «a ae

GPOMOW ONY RUM Tec. aie a ot wei eres 4 6

EL CM a TC Re gaa te Peas ae ea 4 0

Basement- or | LPO LEME RIEN 0, 30575" 9's (ct d= 6 al sf aa Ws 0 6
Striatulus-bed < Blue dry shale ................6.5. 6 0
LBRAG, TINE BENG 5104 <5 svcals dm ale tone 0 6

f-RUUNABUIG:: 85 Oss eeahea, Uae este ks 2 6

: Hard dry siisla-) (vce aces eateess OO

sts Ser Dry isandy shale: Gh tae. ne pote «ss 2.0

; Binck olay (pure): vayaless scene sess sO

\ Light-coloured clay ,....0....+.-... 2 6

110 2

* The station-master to Castle Howard Station kindly informed me of this
section, and supplied me with a copy thereof. :

t This bed is now being used in the manufacture of cement.

t This is the bed that is raised for ironstone. Its fossils resemble those ob-
VOL. XVI.—PART I, D

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

D. Sections of the Inferior Oolite in Somersetshire and Dorset.—In
some parts of Somersetshire the beds under consideration are more
or less developed.

1. Glastonbury Tor.—A_ solitary outlier of the Upper Lias
Sands is seen at Glastonbury Tor. This remarkable cone is about
500 feet high (aneroidal measurement*), and PRESS the following
Section :—

feet.
Brown and yellow sands, incoherent where exposed .... 190
Light-coloured Upper Lias ragstones, containing Ammo-
nites bifrons, A. Holandra, A. radians, A. faleifer, A
COMMUNES ANd Ar CROSSUS) sn ee erent eae 4
Marlstone-rock, with Ammonites margaritatus, about.... 15
Marlstone-sands, well exposed where cut through by the
EROLEKG EH Natta RMN te elit RRR CIA Ten latte aE UUNORTR aie a 30
iMiddlemiias (concealed) hee ee an eee mere 1
Mowerulias) (concealed) ian) sue Meer leel: | meine 28

2. Yeovil—Around Yeovil the Upper Lias Sands are equally
well developed, and admirably exposed in numerous sections in the
roads, lanes, and railway-cuttings, where they vary in thickness :
at the Half-way House the sands were bored, in sinking a well, to
a depth of 140 feet before reaching the Lias Clay ; near Yeovil they
are traversed by layers of large nodules at varying intervals of from
4 to 6 feet. These nodules rarely contain fossils, but are so much
indurated that they are used as building-stone in the Central Somer-
set Railway. At Down Cliff, on the coast of Dorset, similar nodules
form a micaceous sandstone, on the surface of which Ophioderma
Egerton, Brod., only is found.

The Inferior Oolite, which near Yeovil immediately overlies the
sands, is comparatively thin, in consequence of the absence of the
thick-bedded limestones which impart such a thickness to this forma-
tion in Gloucestershire. It consists of the middle and upper divi-
sions of that formation. The bottom-bed is an extremely hard,
crystalline, greyish-coloured limestone, called the ‘“ Dew-bed,”
which is raised for road-material, and contains a few shells and
Polyzoa, some bones and fossil wood. This is overlain by a shelly,
iron-shot, oolitic limestone, extremely rich in fossil shells, and from
which nearly all the Gasteropoda and Conchifera contained in my
list were obtained. This is succeeded by an Ammonite-bed, con-
taining many fine specimens of Ammonites Sowerbyt, A. Brarkenridqi,
A. concavus and A. Dorsetensis. Above the Cephalopoda, come in
lighter-coloured, thin-bedded, oolitic limestones, with Ammonites
Parkinson, A. Truellei and A. Martinsii, which are overlain by
bands of oolitic freestone, interstratified with light-coloured marls.
Such is the general character of the three sections which I have
examined, and of which I subjoin detailed descriptions.

tained from a similar ferruginous rock at Glazedale. It appears to represent
that bed, both lithologically ‘and palzontologically.

* My ‘friend E. H. Day, Esq., of Weston-super-Mare, obtained these meagure-
ments by his aneroid. barometer.

1859. | WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. on

3. Henbury Quarry, one mile and a half from Yeovil.

A. Parkinsoni-zone. ft. in.
a. Rubbly oolitic ragstone, much broken .......... 3.0

b. Light-coloured oolitic limestone, containing Am-
monites Parkinsoni and Belemnites canaliculatus 6 0
c. Hard oolitic ragstone, with Belemnites and Pectens 1 6

B. Humphriesianus-zone.

d, Ammonite-bed, a hard, brown, oolitic lmestone,
charged with crystallized carbonate of lime, and con-
taining many large Ammonites ................ 5 0

e. The Shell-bed; a sandy oolitie limestone composed
of soft brown marl, in which are abundantly strewed
numerous oolitic grains of the hydrate of iron, and
FEUER OSSIUR ot tush obec le cel ec anan hal ex shen suk irises 4 0

f. The *‘ Dew-bed,” a greyish, hard, crystalline lime-
stone.

The fossils in A are not well preserved. The specimens of Am-
monites Parkinsoni are chiefly moulds or impressions. Those of d are
in good preservation; many large slabs are raised entirely covered
with Ammonites concavus, Sow., which appears to be the dominant
shell here. Ammonites Dorsetensis, Wr., likewise occurs in this bed.
The Shell-bed (e) is likewise very rich in Gasteropoda and Conchi-
fera. I collected Plewrotomaria actinomphala, Purpurina ornata,
Chemnitzia bicarinata, Cucullea oblonga, Gervillia Hartmanni, Lima
Etheridgii, Modiola reniformis, and Serpula grandis in situ.

4. Half-way House Quarry, three miles from Yeovil.

A. Parkinsoni-zone. ft. in.
a. Coarse, brown, oolitic ragstone ................ 3 0

b. Several beds of freestone, alternating with beds of
marl; the former used for building ............ 10 O
ce. Light-coloured oolitic freestone ; building-stone .. 1 6

b. Humphriesianus-zone.
d, Ammonite-bed, a brown, iron-shot, oolitic limestone,
with many large specimens of Ammonites Dorsetensis 1 6

e. Light-coloured marl; Ammonites and Conchifera.. 0 5
f. Brown, coarse, shelly, iron-shot oolite, containing a
considerable number of Conchifera.............. 3.6
g. The “ Dew-bed”’; a hard, grey, crystalline lime-
stone, raised for road-mending, about .......... 2 0

The beds of A are not fossiliferous. The alternate layers of free-
stone and marl represent the Upper Ragstones and Building-free-
stones (No.5—7) of Dundry; they yield, however, a very inferior stone.
The beds of B are very fossiliferous; d¢ has long yielded many large
specimens of Ammonites Dorsetensis and Nautilus lineatus, having

p2

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

their chambers filled with crystallized carbonate of lime. The light
marl (e) contains Ammonites Sowerbyi, Astarte modiolaris, Pecten
demissus, Trigonia costata, and many other bivalved shells. The
shell-bed (f) contains Plewrotomaria, Ceromya Bajociana, Terebra-
tula perovalis. In the “‘ Dew-bed”’ (g) bones and portions of fossil
wood are found, although I failed to observe any shells.

5. Section in the Quarry at Bradford Abbas, Dorset.

ft. in
A. Parkinsoni-zone.
a. Light-coloured oolitic ragstone .............. 3.6
6 wbiehtcream-colounedymarl yee nine en eee Orne
B. Humphriesianus-zone.

c. Ammonite-bed; brown ferruginous oolite, much
iron-shot, with crystallized carbonate of lime;
Ammonites Sowerbyi and A. concavus .......... 1)

d. The Shell-bed; a brown, iron-shot oolite, con-
taining many Gasteropoda and Conchifera ...... 2 4

e. The “ Dew-Bed” ; greyish, hard, crystalline rock,
partly shelly, with Polyzoa in nests on the sur-
PACER Pe ATER etna ea nin anata Ne ls Mie oe i nae 1 6

The ragstone and cream-coloured marl of A are employed for
road-material, and contain impressions of Ammonites Parkinsont
and many fragments of Belemnites canaliculatus and B. giganteus.
6 contains many specimens of Astarte modiolaris and Lima semicir-
cularis. In the zone of Ammonites Humphriesianus (B), ¢ 1s very
rich in Ammonites Sowerby and A. concavus ; and here I found the
new Ammonites Oppel, Wr. d has yielded most of the Gasteropoda
and Conchifera contained in the annexed list. The ‘‘ Dew-bed” (e)
contains Ceromya Bajociana, Cypricardia cordiformis, and a species
of Spiropora ; portions of bone and wood have likewise occasionally
been found in it.

Fossils from the Humphriesianus Zone of Somerset, contained in my

Cabinet.

Belemnites giganteus, Schloth. Chemnitzia multistriata, Wr., sp. n.

canaliculatus, Schloth. —— turritelliformis, Wr., sp. n.
Nautilus lineatus, Sow. Straparollus spinosus, Wr., sp. n.
—~— sinuatus, Sow. Turbo elaboratus, Bean.
Ammonites Sowerbyi, M7//. Milleri, Wr.
—— leviusculus, Sow. Natica, sp. n.
—— Brocchi, Sow. Neritopsis Bajocensis, d’ Orb.
—— Humphriesianus, Sow. Trochus duplicatus, Sow.
—_— Braikenridgii, Sow. heliacus, @’ Ord.
—— Blagdeni, Sow. Monodonta leevigata, Sow.
——— Dorsetensis, Sow. obliquimuricata, W7., sp. n.
—— discus, Quenst. (non Sow.). Cirrus nodosus, Sow.

concavus, Sow. Trochotoma calyx, Phil.
—— Oppeli, Wr., sp. n. Pleurotomaria armata, Miinst.

. . . -, by
Chemnitzia lineata, Sow. Bessina, @’ Ord.
bicarinata, Wr., sp. n- —— ornata, Sow.

1859. ] WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 37

Pleurotomaria fasciata, Sow.
— sulcata, Sow.

—— textilis, Deslong.

—— princeps, Deslong.
—— granulata, Sow.

—— actinomphala, d@’ Ord.
—— paucistriata, d’ Orb.
— conoidea, Desh.

Mytilus acutangulus, W7., sp. n.
Cucullzea oblonga,

cancellata, Phzi.

Macrodon Hirsonensis, d’ Arch.
Tsoarca tenuicosta, Wr., sp. n.
Cardium levigatum, Lye.
Unicardium depressum, Phit.
incertum, Phil.

—— gyrocycla, var. saccata, Deslong. —— gibbosum, Lye.
—— physospira, Deslong. Trigonia costata, Sow.
Actiea, d’ Orb. striata, Sow.
—— punctata, Sow. — cancellata, Wr., sp. n.
—— elongata, Sow. Cypricardia acutangula, d’ Orb.

Alaria Phillipsii, @’ Ord.
Purpurina ornata, Sow.
— Belia, d’ Orb. — rhomboidalis, Phil.
—— Bellona, a’ Orb. —— modiolaris, Lamk.
Cerithium quadrinodosum, Wr., sp. n. | ——- elegans, Sow.
spinicostatum, W7., sp. n. —— detrita, Goldf.
binodoso-lineatum, Wr., sp. n. —— obliqua, Lamk.
Emarginula granulata, W7., sp. n. —— trigonalis, Sow.

elongata, Wr., sp. n.
Astarte excavata, Sow.

Delphinula.

Ostrea.

Hinnites abjectus, Phil.
Pecten barbatus, Sow.
Dewalquei, Oppel.
Pteroperna plana, Lye.
Perna rugosa, Miinst.
Gervillia Hartmanni, Goldf.
Lima Etheridgii, Wr., sp. n.
Sandersi, W7., sp. n.

—— recondita, Phil.

Opis similis, Sow.

Ceromya Bajociana, d’ Orb.
Pleuromya Jurassi, Quenst.
Pholadomya Heraulti, 4g.

Terebratula Phillipsii, Mor.
perovalis, Sow.

—— emarginata, Sow.
Rhynchonella spinosa, Sch/oth.
subtetrahedra, Dav.

proboscidea, Sow.
Myoconcha crassa, Sow.
——- striatula, Goldf.
Pinna cuneata, Phil.

Montlivaltia Delabechii, Edw. & Haime.
trochoides, Edw. & Haime.
Thamnastreea Defranciana, Michelin.

3, THe Zone or Ammonites PARKINSONI.

Synonyms.—* Trigonia-grit and Gryphite-grit,” Murchison, Geol.
of Chelt., 1845, 2nd ed.; H. E. Strickland, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.
1850, vol. vi. ‘ Ragstone and Clypeus grit,’”’ Hull, Mem. of the
Geol. Surv. 1857. ‘Zone of Ammonites Parkinsoni,” Wright,
Monogr. of Oolitic Echinoderms, 1856. “ Spinosa-stage,” Lycett,
Cotteswold Hills Handbook, 1858.

Foreign Equivalents. —* Brauner Jura, e (part),’’ Quenstedt, Flétz-
gebirge, 1843. ‘ Parkinsonthone brauner Jura, 6 und e (part),”
Quenstedt (Pfizenmeyer). ‘ Caleaire 4 Polypiers,’’ Terquem, Pa-
léontol. du départ. de la Moselle, 1855. ‘* Die Schichten des Am-
monites Parkinsoni,’”’ Oppel, Die Juraformation, 1856.

Description.—The series of beds which I include in the zone of
Ammonites Parkinsoni present different degrees of development in
Gloucestershire. In the Northern Cotteswolds, where the best types
are seen, they rest on thick-bedded oolitic limestones or freestone,
and are overlain by the Fuller’s-earth, containing bands with Ostrea
acuminata. When the upper freestone is absent, they repose as at
Turkdean, on the oolite-marl ; at Sherborne, on the lower freestone;

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

and at Burford, on the Upper Lias. This zone is the most per-
sistent of the three subdivisions of the Inferior Oolite, and is the
only representative of that formation in the south-eastern parts of
the county of Gloucester; for, whereas at Leckhampton Hill the
three zones of that formation attain a thickness of 264 feet, at Bur-
ford, a distance eastwards of twenty miles, the Inferior Oolite is
reduced to less than 20 feet, and is there represented by the Par-
kinsoni-zone,—the middle and lower zones being altogether absent.
In the Northern Cotteswolds, in one or two sections, the following
beds may be distinguished.

Fuller’s-carth with Ostrea acuminata.

A. Upper Trigonia-grit.—Consists of thin-bedded, brown, oolitic
ragstones, containing many fossils, chiefly in the form of
moulds. T'rigonia costata, T. formosa, T. signata, Rhynchonella
spinosa, Ammonites Parkinson, A. Martins.

B. Gryphite-grit.—Almost entirely composed of the valves of
Gryphea sublobata, imbedded in a sandy or calcareous ma-
trix. Itis an oyster-bank of greater or less thickness, and
is exposed in many sections in the Northern Cotteswolds,
but is absent south of Rodborough Hill.

C. Lower Trigonia-grit—A light-coloured, grey or brown, thin-
bedded, sandy, oolitic or argillaceous ragstone. It contains
in many places a great abundance of fossils. Olypeus Plotu,
Echinobrissus clunicularis, Holectypus depressus, Pedina rotata,
Terebratula globata, and Lima gibbosa appear for the first
time in this bed.

D. Chemnitzia-grit.—This consists of a hard crystalline bed of
ragstone above ; with bands of marls and clays below. The
marls contain Chemnitzia procera, fishes’ iteeth and palates,
with remains of Crustacea.

Thick-bedded oolitic limestone ( freestone) often bored by Annelida.

This division of the zone of Ammonites Parkinsoni, in the works
of Murchison, Hull, and Lycett, differs in some important particulars
from the description of the same beds given by former authors. The
“‘ Clypeus-grit,” with Yerebratula globata, is represented as the
uppermost stage of the Inferior Oolite, overlying the Upper Tri-
gonia-grit ; but I shall endeavour to demonstrate, by the sections to
be described in the sequel, that Clypeus Plot and Terebratula glo-
bata swarmed in the ocean with Trigonie long before the Gryphite-
grit was deposited ; although this sea-urchin and its congeneric
Echinide lived in the waters which deposited the Fuller’s-earth,
Great Oolite, and Cornbrash, where all these species became extinct.
In fact, the fauna of the Lower Trigonia-grit presents a remarkable
contrast to that of the freestones on which it rests, both in genera
and species. ‘he floor of the sea, formed by the freestones, was
indurated; and the solid rock was perforated by the Annelida which
lived in the Trigonia-stage. Many species likewise of Fish, Ammo-
nites, Conchifera, Brachiopoda, Echinodermata, and Corals now appear

1859. ] WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 39

for the first time; some only of which lived through subsequent
stages and flourished in the Cornbrash, in which they all died out.
It is a remarkable fact that the fauna of the Parkinsoni-zone has
many more characters in common with that of the Cornbrash than
with the lower zones of the Inferior Oolite.

I now proceed to describe sections in which the typical litho-
logical and paleontological characters of the Parkinsoni-zone in the
Northern Cotteswolds are well exposed. I intend giving full lists
of all the species which I have collected from the different beds of
this zone, for the purpose of showing that even in this small forma-
tion all the species have not the same duration of life in time.

A. Section I.—Lecxuamptron Hitt.—NortHern ESCARPMENT.

The Parkinsoni-zone may be said to attain its greatest thickness
in this section ; but the fossils are not so well preserved as in several
other localities. I commence with it, as it presents nearly all the
beds which I have enumerated in my general section of the zone.

ft. in.
A. Upper Trigonia-grit—A_ coarse, brown, ferruginous,
fragmentary oolitic imestone, much shattered. The
fragments contain impressions of T'rigonia costata,
T’. formosa, and other Conchifers, with Rhynchonella
spinosa, Ith, angulata, and other Brachiopods. In
the uppermost layer of the bed, Ammonites Parkin-
TRIER coda! oy othe sata teS ele, «lyvegdo sid mia te ratte ah ais Fed
B. Gryphite-grit—A coarse, brown, calcarco-siliceous
ragstone, which was an oyster-bank in the Oolitic
sea. It is composed of the valves of Gryphaa sub-
lobata, Desh., which lie closely piled upon each
other, and constitute almost the entire bed ..8 to 10 0
C 1. Yellow sandy marl or clay, which separates the
Gryphite-grit from the underlying Lower Trigonia-
grit. It contains many shells: Pholadomya fidi-
cula, Sow.; Gervillia Hartmanni, Goldf. ; Modiola
gibbosa, Sow.; Modiola plicata, Sow.; Pinna

cuneata, Phil. ; Terebratula perovalis, Sow. ...... 0 4
C 2. Lower Trigonia-grit. — A light-coloured rubbly

oolite, containing many fossils, chiefly moulds of

Gasteropoda and Oonchifera .... 0.2.2.0... 2to 4 0

D. The Chemnitzia-grit—A hard ragstone above, and
soft marl below :—

1. Hard erystalline ragstone, close-grained and non-
fossiliferous,

2. Light-coloured marls with Chemnitzia procera,
Deslong.

3, Stiff brownish clay.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

Fossils of A. Upper Trigoma-grit.

Belemnites canaliculatus, Schloth. Trichites undulatus, Lyc.
abbreviatus, Miller ? Homomya gibbosa, Sow.

Nautilus obesus, Sow. Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag.
lineatus, Sow. Devalquei, Lyc.

Ammonites Parkinsoni, Sow. Lima proboscidea, Sow.

Martinsii, @’ Ord. gibbosa, Sow.

Moulds of Nerina, Pleurotomaria, | Terebratula emarginata, Sow.
Natica, and Chemnitzia. Rhynchonella spinosa, Sch/oth.

Trigonia costata, Sow. —— concinna, Sow.

formosa, Lyc.

Fossils of B. Gryphite-grit.

Lima proboscidea, Sow. Pholadomya Heraulti, Aq.
Gryphea sublobata, Desh. Pholadomya fidicula, Sow.
Fossils of C. Sandy clay.
Ammonites lzviusculus, Sow. Modiola gibbosa, Sow.
Pholadomya fidicula, Sow. Pinna cuneata, Phil.
Gervillia Hartmanni, Goldf. Terebratula perovalis, Sow.

Modiola plicata, Sow.

The fossils contained in the Lower Trigonia-grit (C 2) and the
Chemnitzia-grit (D) of Ravensgate Hill are so much better preserved
than the shells from the same beds at Leckhampton, that I shall
give the lists of these beds when I describe the Ravensgate section,
the species being identical in both localities.

Section I7.—Ravenseate Hit.

The Upper Trigonia-grit and nearly the whole of the Gryphite-
grit have been denuded from the upper part of Ravensgate Hill,
which is capped by about 18 inches of light-coloured rubbly oolite,
consisting of brashy layers of an oolitic mudstone, loosely cemented
by an argillaceous matrix, and containing a few valves of Gryphaa
sublobata. This is underlain by ragstone 1 foot thick, resting on a
band of yellowish clay measuring from 12 to 18 inches.

B. Rubbly oolite above, ragstone in the middle, and yel- ft. in.
low clay below. The entire bed, which represents
the lower portion of the Gryphite-grit, is about .. 4 0
C. Lower Trigonia-grit—A_ fine-grained sandy oolite,
freely speckled with ferruginous grains of the sili-
cate of iron. It is a very fossiliferous bed ; and the
numerous shells which it contains are sometimes
well’ preserved), It measures 7.) 42 aera Senn 3. 0
D. Chemnitzia-grit.—Consisting of
1. A hard, close-grained, oolitic ragstone, which be-
comes flaggy in parts, and is apparently non-
fossiliterous:)) rom foot) tome senses oe iL @
2. A light-coloured marl, extremely friable, and con-
taining Fishes’ teeth, palates, and Chemnitzia.
rom il foot 0). eae aera ee 133
3. Yellowish or brownish clay, streaked with ferru-
ginous lamine towards the base, and containing
Hishes#teeth i foot) tome eer eee LG
Oolitic freestones, inlarge bedded blocks, with vertical joints.

1859. | WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 41

Fossils of C. Lower Trigonia-grit.

Ammonites leviusculus, Sow. Astarte elegans, Sow.
—— Sowerbii, Miller. excavata, Sow.
Belemnites giganteus, Schloth. Opis cordiformis, ye.
—— abbreviatus, Miller. Tancredia donaciformis, Lyc.

F . Macrodon Hirsonensis, d’ Arch.
a hae Boer ee Cucuilxa oblonga, Sow.
Monodonta levigata, Sow. Avicula digitata, Deslong.
Pleurotomaria fasciata, Sow. ey perribae aetna Desh.
Trochotoma carinata, Lyc. socardia cordata, Buckm.
Chemnitzia, sp. n. Pinna aes Phil.

eye —— ampla, Sow.
righ ees, eh Modiola plicata, Sow. (M. Sowerbii,
—— formosa, Lye. L Orb.
Pholadomya fidicula (var. Zieteni), Ag. : neti Sow.
ani) Heraulti, Ag. —— gibbosa, Sow.
earn suit Ag. —— imbricata, Sow.
—— ovulum, 4g. Li ) Wr. sp. 1.
Homomya crassiuscula, Lyc. ae or ete 5
Myopsis dilata, Phil. t 3
Cercomya pinguis, 4g. Terebratula impressa, Dav. (‘T. Meri-
Goniomya angulifera, Sow. ani, Oppel.) ‘
Pleuromya elongata, 4g. Wrightii, Davids.
_——— tenuistriata, Ag. Rhynchonella concinna, Sow.
Gresslya latirostris, Ag. } spinosa, Schloth.
—— abducta, Phil. Hyboclypus caudatus, Wright.
conformis, Aq. | Clypeus Hugii, Ag.

Ceromya Bajociana, @’ Orb. Libheadainttineeratarin. sie & Hain
Trichites undulatus, Lye. aay ; a se
ae citn Hartmann Goldy | Isastreea tenuistriata, Edw. & Haime.

| Thamnastriea Defranciana, Michelin.
| Terquemi, Edw. & Haime.

—— tortuosa, peed

Quenstedtia oblita, P. il. : :

Cardium striatulum, Phi. Calamophgil sb Lamour.
levigatum, Lye. ay -

Patietwanddals, Tyo. ee avidsonii, Edw. &

Unicardium depressum, Phi/.

* T have to thank my valued friend, Dr. Joun Lycerrt, for the following
note on Trigonia formosa :—

Trigonia formosa, Lycett (Syn. Lyrodon striatum, Goldf. Petref. tab. 137.
fig. 2; Trigonia striata, Quenstedt, Jura, tab. 46. fig. 2, not Trigonia striata,
Sow.).— Shell ovately trigonal, with a low convexity ; the umbones are elevated
and recurved ; the superior border is lengthened and concave, sloping obliquely
downwards ; the area is concave, rather narrow, with a mesial oblique furrow
bordered by two tuberculated caring and crossed by densely arranged transverse
striations; the lanceolate postligamental space is very much lengthened and
excavated. The crenulated rows of costee upon the other portion of the shell are
arranged in a manner similar to those of 7. s/riata; but they are less elevated,
and the smooth interstitial spaces are wider. ‘This handsome species has gene-
rally been mistaken for 7. striata, ris chiefly to the very indifferent specimens
which were represented upon Table 257 of the ad: Conchology,’ and the
insufficient description appended ; a succinct description of 7. striata will be the
most ready means of showing the specific distinctions which characterize the two
shells. 7. s/riata has the general figure subquadrate, owing chiefly to the great
breadth of the flattened area at its posterior extremity, and the nearly horizontal
position of the little lanceolate space posterior to the ligament. Agassiz remarks,
upon its subquadrate figure, that he should have been inclined to place it with
his section “ Quadratee,” if it were not furnished with a distinct carina, separating
the area from the costated portion of the shell, as exists in the “ Clavellate ”
generally. The area is very large, flattened or even slightly convex; its breadth
at the posterior border is equal to the entire breadth of the costated portion of

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

Fossils of D 2, 3. Chemnitzia-grit.

Chemnitzia procera, Deslong. Spheerodus ; teeth.
Nerinza. Squalus; teeth.

Section I11.—At Cotp Comrort.

A roadside excavation at Cold Comfort, made for extracting road-
material, has exposed a very rich upper bed of this zone. The
abundance and fine preservation in which the shells of Perna rugosa
are here found has obtained for this section the name of the “ Perna-
bed,” as this species has not yet been found in numbers in any other
locality in this district.

It is probable likewise that the Perna-bed may represent a higher
portion of the Upper Trigonia-grit than that exposed at Leckhamp-
ton Hill. The reasons for this opinion are these:—It contains many
species of Conchifera and Gasteropoda not found in the Trigonia-grit
of the latter locality; moreover the Trigonia costata of the Perna-
bed belongs to a well-marked permanent variety of that species,

which has been designated by the name tenwicostata.
ft. in.

A 1. Upper ragstone, consisting of hard fragments of
oolitic limestone, which form a coarse rubbly rock
traversed by a fossiliferous layer .............. 4 0
A 2. The Perna-bed is a hard greyish mudstone, slightly
oolitic, and full of shells and of shelly fragments
in the form of crystallized carbonate of lime. It
breaks with an uneven and uncertain fracture.... 0 6
The Perna-bed rests upon a non-fossiliferous layer, which passes
into another band of rock covered with Serpula flaccida, Goldf., on the
under side of the stone.
ft. in.
A 3. A hard-grained oolitic limestone, the recently frac-
tured surface of which glistens with crystalline
particles or fragments of shells. The small portion
exposed is non-fossiliferous. This rock was
formerly extracted for road-material. Thickness
PLOW ADL Via. aise Weve Neve e heea okay satis Inia pen 8 0

the shell ; it is equal to three-fifths of the length of the marginal carina, and
nearly twice as long as the lanceolate space ; the small lanceolate space is smooth
and flattened ; the marginal and inner carine are delicate, without tubercles or
varices, and are only indented by the fine striations which cross the area and
pass over them. ‘The costated portion of the shell is narrow, being only slightly
wider than the area; and the general figure of the shell is very short, or truncated
posteriorly ; the umbones are not recurved, and the marginal carina is nearly
straight.

Both species occur at Dundry; and 7. striata is, in the Inferior Oolite, the
prevailing representative of the genus throughout Somersetshire, Dorsetshire, and
in the Province of Calvados ; but it does not appear to have extended into the
Cotteswold sea, where the little group of species allied to 7. striata is represented,
throughout all the beds of the formation, by 7. formosa. The figure in the
‘Petrefacta’ of Goldfuss represents the characters of 7. formosa less prominently
than the Cotteswold specimens. The figure of Quenstedt must be regarded as a
variety of 7. formosa, with widely separated rows of cost; and this is the
aspect which it assumes in the sands of the Upper Lias in Gloucestershire.—J. L.

1859. | WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 43

Fossils of A 1. Ragstone.

Lima proboscidea, Sow. Lima pontonis, Lye.
Ostrea flabelloides, Lamk. Terebratula Wrighti, Davids.
Fossils of A 2. Perna-bed.
Ammonites Edouardianus, d’ Orb. Leda inflata, W7., sp. n.
Pleurotomaria ornata, Defrance. Macrodon Hirsonensis, @’ Archiac.
Purpurina Belia, d’ Orb. Cucullea cancellata, Phil.
Perna rugosa, Miinst. levis, Buckm.
Gervillia prelonga, Lye. Cypricardia cordiformis, Desh.
tortuosa, Phil. Pecten articulatus. (P.Dewalquei, Opp.)
Trigonia costata, Sow., var. tenuicostata. annulatus, Sow.
formosa, Lye. Hinnites tuberculatus, Goldf.
signata, 4g. (T.decorata, Zyc.) Terebratula Wrightii, Davids.
duplicata, Sow. Serpula filaria, Goldf.
—— gemmata, Lye. flaccida, Goldf.
costatula, Lye. Hyboclypus caudatus, Wright.
Cardium striatulum, Pil. Thamnastrea Mettensis, Ldw. & Haime.
—— levigatum, Lye. (In large flat masses on the valves of
Trichites undulatus, Lye. Perna rugosa.)
Homomya crassiuscula, Lyc. Montlivaltia. (Adherent to Perne.)

Fossil fruits, belonging to two or three species, have been found,

by Mr. William Jenkins, in the Perna-bed.

Section [V.—Brrpur Hirt.

The road from Birdlip to Gloucester exposes a section of the
Lower Trigonia-bed, which rests upon thick-bedded oolitic lme-
stone, and is overlain by the lower portion of the Gryphite-grit.
The upper portion of that oyster-bank has been here denuded ; but
the lower portion is seen in situ in a quarry about 150 yards from
the turnpike on the road to Cheltenham. It rests on the Trigonia-
bed, which consists of a coarse, light-coloured, fragmentary oolitic
limestone, containing many Conchifers, Brachiopods, and Echino-
derms, and separated from the freestone below by a band of clay.
The lower Trigonia-bed here assumes the character which it presents
in so many other points of the southern and eastern Cotteswolds,
where it has been called “ Clypeus-grit,” from its containing many
specimens of Clypeus Plotii. It must be remarked, however, that
this Clypeus-grit is not, as it has been figured and described by some
authors, a bed superior to the upper Trigonia-grit of Leckhampton ;
but is, in fact, the equivalent of the lower Trigonia-bed in the pre-
ceding sections. Where it forms the uppermost stratum of the
Inferior Oolite, immediately underlying the Fuller’s-earth, either
the Upper Trigonia-grit and Gryphite-grit have been denuded, and
are absent, or, through the thinning out or absence of the Gryphite-
grit, the two Trigonia-beds have come into juxtaposition and formed
one Trigonia-grit.

Fossils of the Lower Trigonia-grit.

Trigonia costata, Sow. Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag.
—— formosa, Lye. —— media, Ag.
Lima gibbosa, Sow. ovulum, Ag.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

Terebratula globata, Sow. Clypeus Plotii, Klezn.
Rhynchonella spinosa, Schloth. Hugi, Ag.
Pedina rotata, Wright. Anabacia orbulites, Lamour.

Echinobrissus clunicularis, Lhwyd. Isastreea tenuistriata, Edw. & Haime.
Holectypus depressus, Lamk. Thecosmilia gregaria, Edw. & Haime.
hemispheericus, Des. |

In the Stroud district, the zone of Ammonites Parkinsoni is well
developed, and in some places richly fossiliferous. Among these
localities, Painswick Hill, Rodborough Hill, Selsey Hill, Scar Hill,
and Culver Hill near Nailsworth, may be enumerated as affording
good sections.

The Parkinsoni-zone or ragstone, at Painswick Hill, according to
Mr. Hull, “‘is well developed, becomes very sandy towards the base,
and contains a bed of siliceous sand of considerable thickness. The
beds are very fossiliferous, containing Gryphwa, Trigonia, Lima, and
Modiola. The whole thickness of the zone cannot be less than forty-
five feet.”

Stomechinus intermedius, Ag. | Cladophyllia, sp. n.

Section V.—RopsoroveH Hitz.

Although the beds composing the zone of Ammonites Parkinson
have not the same thickness here as in the Cheltenham district, still
their subdivisions may be readily distinguished, whilst many of the
Conchifera are far superior in conservation to those found in the
northern Cotteswolds. The rock having long been raised for road-
material and boundary-walls, a considerable surface has in conse-
quence been exposed. The beds are all extremely fossiliferous ; and
the shells, when it is possible to extract them from the hard matrix,

are well preserved, although they are rarely got out entire.
ft. in.

A. Upper Trigonia-grit.—A hard, light-coloured sandy
limestone, composed of several beds. There are
two or more fossiliferous bands in the bed, crowded
with Conchifera. The shells are in the condition of
crystallized carbonate of lime, or represented by
imtermalimould sii. tiie veer et.) <2/ cia) Atel yee ote 8 0
B. Gryphite-qrit.—A greyish or brownish concretionary,
siliceo-calcareous rock, filled with the valves of Gry-
phea sublobata and afew other species of Conchifera.
Fromel toot to oe aac) ate een oo ie ea ae 2 6
C. The Lower Trigonia-grit.—A hard greyish or brownish
argillaceous limestone, crowded with the shells of
Conchifera heaped together in all directions. The
bed is in fact in great part composed of the valves
of many species of Mollusca, and rests on a thick-
bedded oolitic freestone, bored by Annelida...... LO

The above note having been made some years ago, I intended to
have verified it now ; but as I felt unequal at present to climb Rod-
borough Hill, I requested my esteemed friend, Dr. John Lycett, to
examine the section for me; and he reports—

1859. | WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 45

“T have been to Rodborough Fort today, Nov. 13, 1858, to take
more exact observations on the bed with Gryphites ; and the following
is the result. Your account of the Trigonia-grit is suffiaently cor-
rect ; and it is very remarkable how small at that place is the thick-
ness of the rags between the Trigonia-grit and the Freestone or
bored beds. At the eastern end of the quarries they are only two
feet, and the separation into two beds is not very well defined ; but
towards the western side, that is, next to the Fort, it is clearly
divided into two beds, which have an aggregate thickness of at least
three feet. The upper portion is much harder than the lower, and
is more siliceous, becoming at intervals concretionary, and abounding
throughout its mass with the valves of Gryphites ; in smaller num-
bers are other shells. As the bed is generally very hard, it is difficult
to obtain anything like an accurate list of them ; but I imagine there
are on the whole a goodly list of J'estacea, together with a few corals.

«The Gryphites are found in the basement-bed of the rags, almost
down to the freestone. The prevailing character of the basement-bed
is its argillaceous dark-grey colour; but there is much variability in
its hardness and colour in its course through the long range of
quarries. Upon the whole, I cannot see that the fossils of the
Gryphite-stratum at this place can be dissociated from those of the
crowded stratum next below; but I can quite understand that,
where the rock has greater mass, the superposition of the fossils
may be more distinctly marked, and that the Gryphite-bed may be
more clearly separated from that beneath it. I fully remember that
in a quarry upon the northern side of the valley, one and a half or
two miles N.E. of Stroud, the Gryphee occur in two distinct zones,
with about three feet of rock between them.”

Under the name “ Pholadomya-grit,” Dr. Lycett designates the
uppermost beds of the upper Trigonia-grit, in which he has found
the following species :—

Homomya gibbosa, Sow. Terebratula carinata, Lamk.

Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag. Rhynchonella angulata, Sow.
Dewalquei, Lye. spinosa, Sch/oth.

Ceromya plicata, Sow. Clypeus Plotii, K/ein.
striata, Sow. Holectypus depressus, Lam.

Terebratula globata, Sow.

Fossils of A. Upper Trigonia-grit.

Ammonites Parkinsoni, Sow. Opis similis, Sow.

—— Martinsii, 2’ Orb. Cardium Buckmani, Lye.

Trigonia costata, Sow. Unicardium depressum, Phil.

—— V-costata, Lye. | Quenstedtia levigata, Phil.
duplicata, Sow. | Macrodon Hirsonensis, d@’ Arch.
signata, Aq. | Trichites undulatus, yc.

—— producta, Lyc.* | Pecten demissus, Phil.

* This note on Trigonia producta has been kindly communicated by its
author :—

Trigonia producta, Lycett.—The hard upper Trigonia-grit at Rodborough
Hill has produced, rarely, an elongated Trigonia allied to T. angulata, Sow., but
distinguished by the following characters :—It is much more produced and atte-

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Pecten articulatus, Schloth.
Lima gibbosa, Sow.
bellula, Lye.

Avicula digitata, Deslong.
ornata, Goldf.

Perna rugosa, Goldf.

Gervillia pernoides, Deslong.

Astarte subtrigona, Goldf.
rhomboidalis, Phzi.
rugulosa, Lye.
Ceromya striata, Sow.
Homomya gibbosa, Sow.
Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag.
media, Ag.

Fossils of B.

Gryphea sublobata, Desh.
Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag.
media, Ag.

ovulum, Ag.
Trigonia striata, Sow.
Myopsis dilata, Phi.

Pleuromya elongata, Aq.
Gresslya abducta? Phil.
Goniomya angulifera ? Sow.
Terebratula globata, Sow.
carinata, Lamk.
Rhynchonella spinosa, Schloth.
angulata? Sow.

Clypeus Plotii, Klein.

Hugi, Ag.

Kehinobrissus clunicularis, Liwyd.
Holectypus depressus, Lamk.
—— hemispheericus, Desor.
Pedina rotata, Wright.
Stomechinus intermedius, Ag.

Gryphite-grit.

Pleuromya Goldfussi, Lye.
Lima compressa, Wr., n. sp. —
Pecten spathulatus, Quens?.
Goniomya angulifera, Sow.
Rhynchonella, sp.

Thecidium triangulare, @’ Orb.

Fossils of C. Lower Trigoma-grit.

Ammonites Sowerbii, Midler.

Trochotoma carinata, Lyc.
Natica adducta, Phil.
Monodonta levigata, Sow.
Turbo Etheridgi, Lyc.
Ostrea flabelloides, Lamk.
—— pregaria, Sow.
rugosa, Goldf.
Gryphea sublobata, Desh.
Perna rugosa, Goldf.
Pecten lens, Sow.
demissus, Phil.
articulatus, Schloth.
—— personatus, Goldf.
Modiola plicata, Sow.

Mytilus tumidus, Lye.

Pinna cuneata, Phi.

Trichites undulatus, Lye.
Gervillia Hartmanni, Goldf.
tortuosa, Phil.

preelonga, Lye. sp. n.
Lima proboscidea, Sow.
bellula, Lyc. g Mor.

—— gibbosa, Sow.

punctata, Phi.

Cucullza oblonga, Sow.
Macrodon Hirsonensis, d’ Arch.
Tancredia donaciformis, Lye.
Quenstedtia oblita, Mor. § Lye.
Corbicella compressiuscula, Lyc.

[ Apr. 6,

—— gibbosa, Sow. tumidula, Lye.

Mytilus curtansatus, Lye.

B. The Parkinsoni-zone at Dundry has been already described
(p. 24) in connexion with the Humphriesianus-beds, treated of in
detail (p. 23).

nuated posteriorly ; the umbones are obtuse, not recurved; the anterior side is
very convex and short, but rounded ; the area is very narrow, flattened, nearly
straight and smooth, traversed by an oblique mesial furrow, and sloping obliquely
downwards; the marginal keel is distinct, but small, and nearly straight. The
coste are few in number (about eight), little elevated, but distinctly tuberculated
throughout their course ; their direction upon both sides is obliquely downwards,
so that they meet at an obtuse angle near to the middle of the valve. The size
of the costze does not differ materially at their two extremities; therefore they
do not form the elegant undulation seen in T. angulata, nor the acute angle of
T. V-costata. A comparison of these features with the figure of the 7. angu-
lata given in the ‘Mineral Conchology’ will show that the latter shell has mesial
recurved umbones, and an excavated posterior area; that the coste do not form
regular tubercles, and that they become large and prominent at their posterior
undulation : altogether, Sowerby’s species is a much more elegant shell.—J. L.

1859. | WRIGHT—INFERIOR OOLITE. 47

Near Bath, as at Widcombe Hill, the Inferior Oolite is represented
chiefly by the upper subdivision of this formation. Not having ex-
amined this section, I cannot state whether the middle subdivision
is likewise present ; and unfortunately the determination of the spe-
cies in Mr. Lonsdale’s valuable memoir is not sufficiently precise to
enable me to form an opinion thereon.

In the Yeovil district of Somerset, as I have already stated, the
Humphriesianus-beds are overlain by light-coloured oolitic lime-
stones, containing Ammonites Parkinsoni, and also shells character-
istic of the upper subdivision of the Inferior Oolite, as shown in the
section at Half-way House, to which the reader is referred (p. 35).

C. In the neighbourhood of Bridport, Dorset, the Parkinsoni-zone
is well developed, and fully exposed in several instructive sections,
as at Walditch Hill and Chideock Hill, near Bridport, and on the
Down between Bridport Harbour and Burton Bradstock. The quarries
on the hill were formerly worked for road-stone ; but in consequence
of the railroad haying brought chalk-flints into the neighbourhood,
the oolite has fallen into disuse. The following section represents, in
descending order, the beds exposed near Burton Bradstock.

Section afforded by the Quarries in the Zone of Ammonites Parkinsoni
near Burton Bradstock,
ft. in.
(a. A coarse, ferruginous, ironshot oolite, con-
taining many fossils : Ammonites Parleinsoni, | .

A. Truellei, A. subradiatus, Ancyloceras an- e
nulatum, Astarte obliqua ......... 6. cee |
Zone of b. Thin-bedded oolitic limestone, with few 1 6

A EONCOEE A.W) LOGRUSIN, {1s civiatn 2 & let aite Sokal Wepieseln sivas puatace
Parkinsoni, | ¢. Brachiopoda-bed; a rich shelly oolite, con-—
taining immense numbers of Terebratula$1 0

SP APVOVAUER aN Net pislai es + aarti iw GACY, phates
d. Thin-bedded oolitic limestone ; few fossils. Les
\e. Coarse brown oolitic limestone .......... 20

Fossils from the Burton Bradstock Quarries (Parkinsoni-zone).

Ammonites Parkinsoni, Sow. Rhynchonella spinosa, Schloth.

——— Martinsii, @’ Ord. plicatella, Sow.

—-— Truellei, d’ Ord. Terebratula spheroidalis, Sow.
subradiatus, Sow. Phillipsii, Mor.

Nautilus lineatus, Sow. Clypeus Agassizii, Wr.

Belemnites giganteus, Sch/oth. —— altus, M‘Coy.
canaliculatus, Schloth. Hyboclypus gibberulus, Ag.

Pleurotomaria Proteus, Des/ong. Stomechinus bigranularis, Lams.

Purpurina ornata, Sow. Cidaris Bouchardii, Wr.

Astarte obliqua, Lamk. Holectypus hemisphwricus, Desor.
subtrigona, Miinst. Collyrites ringens, Desm.

Modiola cuneata, Sow. ovalis, Leske.

Lima semicircularis, Go/df. Montlivaltia trochoides, Edw. § Haime.
proboscidea, Sow. —— Delabechei, Edw. 4 Haime.

Pholadomya Heraulti, Ag. Trochocyathus Magnevillianus, Michel.

Pleuromya Jurassi, Brong. Discocyathus Kudesi, Michel.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 6,

§ 1V.— Conclusion.

In the preceding pages I have (in the first place) endeavoured to
show that we find the true equivalents of the Upper Lias Sands and
Cephalopoda-bed of the South of England in the Yorkshire coast ; for,
although the lithological features of this formation are somewhat
different in the north, still its paleontological characters leave no
doubt as to the correlation of the Blue Wick beds near the Peak
with the Cephalopoda-beds of Gloucestershire.

2nd. The chief object of this memoir was to demonstrate that the
Inferior Oolite admits of a subdivision into three zones of life, and
that each of these is characterized by certain species of Mollusca,
Echinodermata, and Anthozoa, which are special to it.

3rd. That the zones are unequally developed in different regions
in England; and the same remark applies to France and Germany.
The individual beds composing these subdivisions are sometimes
thin and feebly shown, or altogether absent in some localities, and
are more or less developed in others. The zone of Ammonites Mur-
chisone is the one most frequently absent ; that of Ammonites Hum-
phriesianus has a wider geographical area ; whilst the zone of Ammo-
nites Parkinsoni is the most persistent, and is frequently the only
representative of the Inferior Oolite formation.

4th. That several Conchifera and a few Gasteropoda are common
to the three zones, whilst most of the Cephalopoda, Brachiopoda,
Echinodermata, Anthozoa, and Polyzoa lived only in one of these
subdivisions; and that each zone contains a fauna of its own, which
sufficiently characterizes it.

5th. That the zone of Ammonites Parkinsoni possesses many species
of Mollusca, Echinodermata, and Corals in common with the Corn-
brash; and the zone of Ammonites Murchisone, several Conchifera
which lived in the Jurensis-stage of the Upper Lias; whilst the
Cephalopoda, Brachiopoda, Echinodermata, and Corals of the In-
ferior Oolite are all specifically distinct from those of the latter
formation.

6th. The existence of three different faunas in the Inferior
Oolite is evidence that a long period of*time elapsed during the
accumulation of this formation; and the successive appearance and
extinction of so many different forms of Invertebrata testifies that
many important changes of level in the bottom, as well as in the

’ shore-line of the Jurassic sea, had taken place during the deposition
of the oldest member of the Lower Oolitic rocks.

1859. | OWEN—REPTILIAN FOSSILS. 49

Aprit 20, 1859.

Robert Folkestone Williams, Esq., 76 Coleshill Street, Eaton
Square, and Phillip Debell Tucker, Esq., 36 Holford Square, were
elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. On some Rerrimran Fosstts from Sourn Arrica. By Professor
Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S., &e.

(Puates I. II. III.)

Genus Dicynopon: Subgenus Prycnoenaruus*, Ow.

Ts subgenus is founded on four skulls, forming part of the collec-
tion transmitted to the British Museum in 1858, by His Excellency
Governor Sir George Grey, K.C.B., from the sandstone rocks at the
foot of the Rhenosterberg, 8. Africa. These skulls belong, by their
dentition, to the Dicynodont family, but present such strongly
marked deviations from the type species of the genus (Dicynodon
lacerticeps, Ow.) as to indicate a distinct subgeneric section; they
were accordingly entered in the Museum list, and labelled in the
cabinet where they are exposed to view, under the term Ptychognathus.

Dicynodon (Ptychognathus) declivis, Ow. (Plate I. figs. 3, 4, 5.)

In this species, assuming the horizontality of the upper (fronto-
parietal) plane of the cranium (PI. I. fig. 3 11) as giving the natural
position of the skull, the broad plane of the occiput meets the fronto-
parietal plane at an acute angle, rising from the condyle upwards and
backwards—a direction not hitherto observed in any reptile, and
similar to that presented by the occiput in relation to the vertex in
the feline and many other gyrencephalous mammals.

The fronto-parietal plane (ib. fig. 5) is bounded by an anterior
ridge, 14, 15, extending from one superorbital process to the other,
with a gentle convexity forward, including the interorbital space.
From this ridge the facial part of the skull (fig. 3 15, 22) descends
in a straight line in a direction nearly parallel with that of the
occiput, but slightly diverging from that parallel as it extends down-
ward and forward. The occipital ridge (fig. 47, s) is much produced,
and is deeply notched at the middle, the sides of the notch being
continued forward and gradually subsiding on the parietal plane as
they curve outward to the postfrontals (fig. 5). In the middle of
the fronto-parietal surface is a transverse pair of tubercles. The
occipital plane, owing to the outward expansion of the masto-tym-
panic plates (fig. 4 s, 2s), becomes the broadest part of the skull,
which quickly contracts forward to the ridged beginnings of the
alveoli of the canine tusks (fig. 5 21).

* From wrvf (gen. rrvyds), a fold, and yvaGos, a jaw.
VOL. XVI.—PART I. E

50 PROCEEDINGS OF £HE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

The nostrils (nv), divided by a broad and almost flat base of the
premaxillary (figs. 3 and 5 22), are situated, as in Hnalosauria,
much nearer the orbits than the muzzle. They are proportionally
smaller than in the typical Dicynodonts.

The orbits (0) are oblong and haye a somewhat reniform figure,
owing to the production of the superorbital ridge into a protuberance
a little behind its middle part; their posterior boundary describes a
strong conyex curve between this protuberance and the zygomatic
arch. The form of the orbit suggests that the reptile had the power
of turning the eye-ball so as to look upward and backward, as well
as outward, in a peculiar degree. The cranium has undergone no
pressure or distortion to produce this form of orbit. The upper
outlets of the temporal fosse (fig. 5s) are broader than they are
long, and wider externally than internally. The palate has a single
large oval vacuity at its back part, bounded externally and behind
by palato-pterygoid ridges.

In one orbit a few of the sclerotic plates (fig. 3 s.) were preserved.

The occipital condyle is subtrilobate, and is formed by the basi-
(fig. 4 1) and ex-occipitals (ib. 2) in pretty equal proportions. After
most careful scrutiny on removal of the matrix from the surface cf
the fossil bone, I believe the exoccipitals to have coalesced, or to
have been connate, with the paroccipitals, analogous to the con-
fluence of the ex- and par-occipitals in the Crocodiles*. The ex-
occipitals (ib. 2) meet and join together above the foramen magnum.
The broad occipital plate or “bone” so formed is emarginate above
for the superoccipital (ib. 3); and the outer boundary or suture
describes a strongly undulating course as it curves outward and down-
ward to the paroccipitals. These processes (ib. 4), abutting against
the lower part of the mastoids, are divided by a notch from the
hypapophyses (/) of the basioccipital, which are thicker in proportion
to their length than in the Dicynodon tigriceps. The outer surface
of the occiput, so defined, is undulating; but much of the occipital
plane at its upper and lateral parts is contributed by the parietals
(7) and mastoids (s), especially the latter, which are of great extent.
The parieto-mastoid suture runs upward to the middle of the back wall
of the upper outlet of the “temporal” fossa. The mastoids unite with
the exoccipitals by a deeply indented suture: a ridge is developed
where the masto-tympanic joins the paroccipital. About an inch ex-
ternal to the parieto-mastoid suture the mastoid developes a strong
subvertical ridge, which extends forward to meet the postfrontal and
malar, and to form the zygomatic outer boundary of the temporal
fossa. Between the zygomatic and occipital plates of the mastoid,
that bone is deeply and widely excavated externally. Between the
top of the superoccipital and the parietal I cannot discern a suture ;
and it is by analogy that I regard the lower median portion of the
symmetrical two-lobed bone (fig. 4 3) which enters the upper notch
of the coalesced exoccipitals as the superoccipital. The lobes are
formed by the convex parietal ridges which are continued forward

* Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. vol. vii. p. 241, pl. xxxiil.

1859. | OWEN—REPTILIAN FOSSILS. 51

upon the upper surface of the cranium (fig. 5), quickly subsiding to
form the inner boundary of the temporal fosse, and finally curving
outward to the back part of the orbits. There is no trace of median
suture between the parietals; these form one bone, perforated by a
small “‘ foramen parietale ” close to the coronal suture. The frontals
(11) are broader than they are long, and contribute a small share to
the superorbital border. Anterior to the two tuberosities of the
vertex the median suture between the frontals is distinct; and the
suture is continued forward, between the nasals (15), beyond the
anterior transverse ridge upon the straight sloping part of the skull,
for nearly an inch, where the nasals join the premaxillary bone.
The superorbital prominence is developed by a large subtriangular
“prefrontal” (14), the outer surface of which is divided into a hori-
zontal facet and a sloping facet by the outer parts of the anterior
transverse cranial ridge. The lacrymal (73) forms the fore part of
the orbit, extending nearly half an inch forward upon the face; the
outer surface of the premaxillary (fig. 5 22) is traversed by a low
median ridge dividing the upper, nearly flat, elongated surface of the
bone. The sides of the premaxillary (fig. 3 22) bend abruptly down
in front of the nostrils, at a slightly open angle with the upper sur-
face, to join the maxillaries about 8 lines below the angular bend.
The maxillaries (ib. 21) form the lower boundary of the nostrils,
and join above and behind with the prefrontal, lacrymal, and nasal
bones: their outer surface is divided by the strong ridge which has
suggested the subgeneric name for the fossil. This ridge, commencing
below the orbit, where it seems to be a forward continuation of
the zygoma, becomes more prominent as it extends forward, and
soon forms the outer angle of the three-sided socket of the canine
tusk. One side of this socket is formed by the upper and outwardly
concave surface of the maxillary, a second side by the lower and
equally concave surface, and the third side by the inner and inwardly
convex nasal plate of the maxillary. The sockets diverge as they
descend, with a slight curve, convex outwards. The lower jaw is
edentulous; it is deep and broad in proportion to its length; it is
composed according to the type of the mandible in the Dicynodons
proper, but with the fore part of the broad symphysis more pro-
duced and bent upward, like the fore part of the lower mandible
in some Parrots.

For the species indicated by the above-described cranium I have
proposed the name of Ptychognathus declivis.

Ptychognathus latirostris, Ow.

A second species of Ptychognathus is indicated by a skull which in
in its facial part is broader and shorter, and which has the orbits of
a more circular form, yet presenting the notch at the upper and back
part. The sloping facial part of the skull presents the same straight
outline, and is of the same length, viz. 4 inches, as in Pt. declivis ; but
its breadth at the base of the canine sockets is 3 inches 2 lines,
beyond which they slightly expand; and the ridges of these sockets
begin to project nearer to the orbits.

E2

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

The zygomatic arch is a deep compressed plate of bone, with a
convex upper border inclining a little outward, formed chiefly by the
mastoids, which join the squamosal and malar near the lower and
back part of the orbit,—the squamosal there being wedged between
the mastoid and malar, forming the infero-anterior boundary of the
temporal fossa. Between the zygomatic and tympanic plates a wide
and deep oblique channel is included, which expands as it extends
obliquely downward and forward.

The prefrontals, as in Pé. declivis, develope the superorbital tu-
berosities and the outer part of the ridge dividing the upper from
the fore part of the cranium. ‘The postfrontals form the hinder
boundary of the orbits. The frontals contribute a small part to
the upper boundary. ‘The lacrymal forms the infero-anterior boun-
dary, and extends a short way upon the face. A bone below the
nostril appears in the present skull to be marked out by a fissure on
each side from the maxillary; it may be a dismemberment of the
lacrymal. ‘The nasals are a pair of broad bones, each of a rhomboidal
shape; they form the middle part of the anterior cranial ridge, behind
which they unite with the frontals and prefrontals: their lower and
front borders diverge to receive the upper part of the long pre-
maxillary, and to form the upper boundary of the nostrils. Hach
nasal, in advance of the precranial ridge, presents two facets, the
outer one bending down to join the facial part of the prefrontal.

The superior maxillary presents a deep facial plate, proportionally
deeper behind than in P¢. declwis: its postero-inferior part 1s pro-
duced into a slender pointed process, underlapping and on the inner
side of the malar, below the orbit: in advance of this, the bone
rapidly expands, a ridge dividing the outer from the under part of
the bone: this is not continued directly into the alveolar ridge, the
latter beginning to rise a little above the termination of the former
ridge. Below this termination and the beginning of the alveolar ridge,
the maxillary sends down an inequilateral triangular plate to join the
palato-pterygoid boundary of the palatal nostril. Above this plate
the maxillary expands to form the socket of the canine tusk, which
is strengthened by the strong ridge on its outer part. The upper
part of the maxillary forms the lower half, or more, of the side of the
face, and terminates anteriorly above the alveolus, by forming a small
part of the alveolar border. This border, anterior to the tusk, is
continued obliquely upward and forward to the middle of the pre-
maxillary bone—a peculiarity of contour which demands a corre-
sponding production of the fore part of the mandible to close the
mouth. .

The premaxillary is a long single bone ; ifit were ever divided at the
middle line, the suture has been obliterated: the bone has all the
appearance of having been single, as in Birds and most Lizards. It
is of unusual length: beginning above by the pointed termination
wedged between the nasals, it expands to the fore part of the nostrils,
the sides of the bone there beginning to bend down at an open angle
‘(nearly approaching a right one) with the upper surface ; this surface
maintains almost the same breadth to the alveolar border: it is

1859. | OWEN—REPTILIAN FOSSILS. 53

traversed along its middle by a low ridge: the sides of the pre-
maxillary, in the present species, increase a little in depth as they
approach the alveolar border. This border, in front of the canine,
forms an open angle with the part of the border behind the canine,
the one passing into the other with a convex curve on the inner side
of the socket of that tooth.

The rami of the lower jaw augment in depth from the angle to the
symphysis, where they meet at an acute angle and are confluent. The
angle projects a verylittle way beyond the articulation; itis continued
inward ashort way, andisslightly bent down. The articular surface
is moderately concave,and looks obliquely upward and backward. The
elements of the posterior half of the ramus, answering to the articular,
angular, and surangular in lizards, are too closely compacted together
in the specimens under examination to permit an exact definition of
their limits. A thin vertical “ splenial” plate, on the inner side of
the ramus, begins about an inch in advance of the angle, and extends
forward to the symphysis, at the back part of which it appears to be-
come confluent with its fellow. The part answering to the “angular”
diverges from the surangular, and forms the hind boundary of an
oblong vacuity at the middle of the side of the ramus, the fore part
of which vacuity is formed by a bifurcation of the dentary element:
the fore part of the angular piece is continued forward between the
lower branch of the dentary and the splenial to the symphysis, where
it penetrates a fissure either in the dentary or between the dentary
and splenial: it forms the lower boundary of the vacuity at the
middle of the ramus. The upper boundary is formed by the upper
branch of the dentary, which overlaps the fore part of the surangular.
The dentary is thickened and strengthened by a ridge or rounded
rising, continued forward from the upper boundary of the fissure, and
subsiding at the vertical channel upon the side of the symphysis,
receiving the tusks when the mouth is closed. The symphysis of the
mandible (fig. 3 32) in both species of Ptychognathus is peculiarly
massive—broad, high, and thick. Anteriorly it is convex in every
direction ; it is bent or produced upward, terminating in a broad,
convex, subtrenchant or trenchant margin, and resembles the fore
part of the lower mandible of a Maccaw. The upward development
of the fore end of the lower jaw is necessitated by the oblique
truncation of the premaxillary,—the mouth here opening obliquely
upward, as in some Fishes, giving a very odd physiognomy to the
skull of Ptychognathus.

The modification of the back part of the head of Ptychognathus,
especially the great expansion due exclusively to the development of
ridges for augmenting the surface of attachment of muscles (for the
brain of the cold-blooded reptile would need but a small spot of the
centre of the occipital plates for its protection), indicates the power
that was brought to bear upon the head as the framework in which
were strongly fixed the two large tusks. The power of resistance of
the cavities receiving the deeply implanted bases of the tusks was
increased by the ridges developed from the outer part of their bony
wall,

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 20,

Ptychognathus verticalis, Ow. (PI. I fig. 2.)

The skull upon which this species is founded is about half the
size of the foregoing, from which it differs in the more vertical
position both of the occiput, the canines and their sockets, and the
premaxillary part of the skull.

The orbits, relatively larger than in the foregoing species (which
may be, however, an immature character), are oval in form, as in
Pt. declivis ; but the long axis is in the opposite direction, viz. from
above downward and backward.

The hind boundary of the orbit, formed by the postfrontal, curves
forward at its lower part to join the malar, leaving an entering angle
between it and the zygomatic part of the malar. The composition
of the cranium and lower jaw accords with that of the preceding
species. In the relative breadth of the almost flat interorbital plat-
form, the abrupt down-bending of the face, the small size of the
nostrils, the ridged canine sockets, and the general angularity of
the profile of the skull, the present species repeats the subgeneric
characters of the two foregoing kinds of Ptychognathus; and they
are well-marked in comparison with those species of Dicynodon
proper (viz. D. testudiceps and D. strigiceps) which most resemble
the Ptychognathus verticalis in the relative position and direction of
the tusks. A vertical transverse section taken across the base of
these tusks shows their wide pulp-cavity at that part; the thin inner
wall of their alveoli encroaching upon the nasal cavity; the thin sep-
tum narium bifureating below; the absence of all trace of succes-
sional teeth where in such sections their germ is commonly seen
in other Saurians; and the great thickness of the undivided facial
part of the premaxillary, forming the roof of the nasal passages.
The bony palate is entire from the premaxillary border to a little
beyond the sockets of the tusks: it presents the pair of short anterior
ridges and the longer and more prominent median ridge behmd
these, answering to those in the palate of Dicynodon testudiceps.

Genus OupENopon*, Bain.

Mr. Andrew G. Bain, the discoverer of the bidental Reptiles
of South Africa, in a letter published in ‘ The Eastern Province
Monthly Magazine’ (p. 10), Graham’s Town, September 1856,
thus notices another form of fossil Reptile occurring in formations
of the same age, near Fort Beaufort :—“ There were many skulls
entirely without teeth, which we at first thought had belonged to the
Chelonians or Turtles; but afterwards, finding that the animals had
distinct narrow ribs, which Chelonians have not, we put them down
also for something new, and named them ‘ Oudenodons,’ or tooth-
less animals.”

Of this genus, Mr. Bain’s collection, now transferred to the British
Museum, contains cranial evidences of two distinct species; and a
third species is represented by an entire but somewhat crushed
cranium and lower jaw, in the collection transmitted in 1858 to the
British Museum by Governor Sir George Grey, G.C.B.

* From ovdeis, none, and ddods, a tooth.

1859. | OWEN—REPTILIAN FOSSILS. 55

Oudenodon Bainii, Ow. (PI. I. fig. 1.)

In this species the back part of the skull, greatly extended in
breadth by the expanse of the lamelliform sinuous masto-tym-
panics, inclines from above the occipital condyle upward and forward,
the superoccipital being continued into the parietal by a longitudinal
channel between the occipito-temporal criste, where the back part
passes into the upper part of the cranium.

The temporal fossx are longer than they are broad, and are rela-
tively much longer and narrower than in the Ptychognathus ; in this
respect Oudenodon more resembles Dicynodon: a relatively wider space
is left between the temporal ridges at the upper or parietal region of
the cranium. The zygoma is a long, rather slender, compressed bar,
with its upper border directly obliquely upward and outward, its
inner side obliquely upward and inward. The postfrontal bar
dividing the temporal fossa from the orbit is directed from within
outward, backward and slightly downward. The interorbital space
is narrower than the intertemporal one, so that the lower border of
the orbit has a more outward position than the upper one, and the
aspect of the orbits is very oblique, rather more upward than out-
ward. The profile of the face descends by a regular curve from the
upper to the fore part, which is nearly vertical—the premaxillary
being continued more nearly to the level of the alveolar border of the
maxillary than in Ptychognathus. There is a low tubercle upon the
prefrontal part of the orbital border ; and a somewhat larger tubercle
projects above the nostril. This cavity is relatively larger than in
Ptychognathus declivis ; and both premaxillary and maxillary are more
deeply notched to form its fore and under boundary : the nasal, pre-
frontal, and lacrymal complete that boundary. Below the middle of
the orbit a thick, smoothly rounded, vertical ridge projects from the
maxillary, in the position of the alveolus of the tusk in Pt.
verticalis; but it rather suddenly subsides upon the alveolar border,
which is here entire and imperforate, forming simply a low obtuse
angular projection upon that border. Sections of fragments of Ouden-
odon have demonstrated this ridged part of the maxillary to be
solid, without the vestige of a germ of a tooth answering to the tusk
in Dicynodonts. The rest of the alveolar border, chiefly formed by
the premaxillary, is toothless and subtrenchant, as in the Dicynodont
reptiles ; and, the lower jaw presenting the same structure, we have
in the present remarkable reptile an edentulous Saurian, as is the
Rhynchosaurus of the New Red Sandstone of Shropshire.

The composition of the skull is essentially the same in Oudenodon
as in Dicynodon; and the same affinities may be predicated of it, with
such additional approach to Chelonia as the total absence of teeth
may indicate. But the double nostril and well-ossified occiput demon-
strate the more essential Saurian affinities of the genus.

Oudenodon prognathus, Ow.

As the former species of Oudenodon resembled the typical Dieyn-
odon in the shortness of the face and curvature of its contour, so the

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

present species resembles the Piychognathus in the length of the face,
and more especially the Pt. declivis and Pt. latirostris in its direction
and in the relative position of the ridge representing the canine’s
socket to the nostril. In Oudenodon Bainii this ridge is behind the
nostril ; in the present species it is beneath it, and is more horizontal
than vertical.

The orbits have the same oblique aspect, upward and outward, as
in Oud. Bainii, but their longitudinal exceeds their vertical diameter ;
the nostrils have a similar longitudinally oval shape, and are more
directly in advance of the orbit; the supernarial tuberosity is rela-
tively larger. The maxillary ridge is more angular and more pro-
duced, besides being continued more obliquely forward. ‘The corre-
spondingly produced and sloping part of the premaxillary is nearly
straight, and is strengthened, as in Ptychognathus, by a low median
obtuse ridge. The maxillary ridge subsides below, to the edentulous
alveolar border, rather more gradually than in Oudenodon Baini, its
outer longitudinal contour forming a gentle convex curve; these ridges
give a very peculiar feature to the present skull. The fore part of the
premaxillary does not descend so nearly to the level of the maxillary
alveolar process as in the Oudenodon Bain, and consequently the
symphysis of the mandible is more produced and curved upward, which
is another feature of resemblance to Ptychognathus in the present
skull,—the depth of the symphysis here exceeding the same diameter
of the opposed fore part of the upperjaw. The symphysis is narrower
in proportion to its length than in Ptychognathus; its fore part is
slightly produced along the middle line, resembling a low ridge. The
vacuity between the dentary and angular elements is long and
narrow ; itis overarched by a slight ridge.

Oudenodon Greyu, Ow.

A third species of Oudenodon, with maxillary ridges as in O.
prognathus, has a less elongated cranium and temporal fosse, more
rounded orbits, and a narrower interorbital space. It forms part of
the collection transmitted by Sir George Grey, to whom the species
which it indicates is dedicated.

Hyoid apparatus of Oudenodon. (Pl. III. fig. 5.)

In an obliquely crushed specimen of the skull with the lower jaw
of the Oudenodon Greyii there are several bones, constituting a
symmetrical apparatus in the position of the hyoid, beneath and
between the rami of the lower jaw, where they are evidently in
advance and rather to one side of their proper position. The hind-
most, on the middle line (fig. 5 43), is best preserved. It is broad,
flat, and very thin, of a symmetrical semicircular form, with a pro-
duction like a stem from the middle of the straight side, which is
directed forward. This stem is partly underlapped by the median
end of a pair of long, narrow, flattened bones (ib. 45), which proceed
transversely outward, slightly expanding to thatend. Their anterior
border is straight, the posterior border is slightly concave.

1859. ] OWEN—REPTILIAN FOSSILS. aT

To the outer end of each of these bones seems to have been con-
nected or articulated a long slender bone (ib. 46), with a slight
sigmoid curve, directed backward. The following appear to be the
homologies of the foregoing bones. The median and most posterior
of them is the uro-hyal, no. 43. The transverse pair answer to the
hindmost pair, a a, in the hyoid of the Tortoise, figured by Cuvier*
in the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles,’ 4to, tom. v. pt. i. pl. 12. fig. 42 (my
“‘basibranchial,”’ no. 45). The longitudinal pair appended to them
answer toc ¢ in the same figure(my ‘‘ hypobranchials,” no. 467).

In advance of the left basibranchial is a flattened broad lamelli-
form bone with the fore and hind borders convex, the outer and
inner ones concave; but the median or inner border of this plate
is not entire.. The bone in question may be either a median sym-
metrical piece, like the uro-hyal, but displaced ; or it may be the left
of a pair of plates, answering in that case to the middle pair, a a,
in the above-cited figure of the hyoid of the tortoise. I incline to
the latter opinion, and believe it to be the half of a basi-hyal, no. 41,
divided in the median line.

To the outer concavity of this bone has been attached the end of
a long and strong bone, flattened and gradually expanded at both
ends ; it is directed outward and backward. It is a large and strong
cerato-hyal, no. 40, and is double the length of the hypobranchial or
posterior “ cornu.”

The lower jaw in the skull, showing the above-described hyoid
apparatus, is 44 inches long. The length of the cerato-hyal is 34
inches: that of the hypobranchial is 2 or inches. The length of the
uro-hyal, 4, is 1 inch; its breadth is nearly the same.

At the fore part of this lower jaw the intercalation of the fore end
of the angular element (31) between the splenial (32) and dentary (33)
is well shown.

In the Crocodilians there is a broad cartilaginous basi-hyal
suspended by a pair of strong bony cerato-hyals; but there are no
distinct thyro-hyals (hypobranchials), nor any uro-hyals.

In Lacertians there are both cerato- and thyro-hyals; and in
some genera of Iguanians and Lizards proper (Lacerta, Cuy.) there
is a long and slender bifurcated uro-hyal or pair of uro-hyals. The
thyro-hyals are not supported on distinct bones, answering to the
basibranchials, 45.

In Chelonians the uro-hyal is wanting; but in some species (7'es-
twlo elephantopus) the thyro-hyals or hypobranchials are articulated
to a pair of bones answering to the basibranchials in Fishes, which
diverge from each other to form those articulations.

In Oudenodon, and probably also in Dieynodon, the type of the
hyoid apparatus conforms most with that in the Chelonia, but com-
bines therewith certain Lacertian characters.

In the composition and general form of the skull Oudenodon
so closely resembles Dicynodon and Ptychognathus as to indicate a
general family relationship. Viewing, indeed, the ridged indication

* Archetype of the Vertebrate Skeleton, 8vo, p. 68. + Ib. p. 71.

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 20,

of the sockets of the pair of upper canines in Oudenodon (PI. I.
fig. 1 21), the surmise is suggested whether the species of this genus
may not originally have possessed tusks, which after being shed had
not been replaced, leaving the cavity of the sockets to absorption and
obliteration. Or it might be asked whether the Oudenodons may
not be the females of Dicynodons, in which, as in the Narwhal,
rudimental tusks may have been originally hidden in the substance
of the ridged tracts of the upper jaw, and afterwards absorbed.
Hitherto, however, I have not met with species of Dicynodon or
Ptychognathus sufficiently resembling any Oudenodon in cranial
characters to support their ascription to the same species with merely
the sexual difference in respect to tusks.

The following are admeasurements of some of the skulls of the
Dicynodont Reptiles above described :—

Oudenodon Ptychognathus
TGA (AL a eS

| progna- 3 . . |latiros-| verti-
i Bainii. Wi. Grey. | declivis. Bee anifin

in. lin.} in. lin. |in. lin) in. lin. | in. lin.}in. lin.

Wengthyotss cullen ener ater ene Gai A Cee lpaeccoe Se Oi tsy | yO
breadthofoccipubpecs. veeccesnee RYE GNU) Mean peret leeds 6 4 )6 8/3 6
—_——— intertemporal space.|1 2] 1 2 |010]7 1 2 )1 7) 011
—anterorbital space Ol) Wot Ol O28 3) On aialO
— between the superorbital
protuberances ....................- UO EO is es Oe. (O12. ©
— skull anterior to the
COT FONTS a eae ORM Sense PASH PA AO I occas 310 |3 6|2 8
across middle of alveoli
OLADUISKSY peed eaiilgere cca ser Mood Mee eteerail patie eatet ki licen oes 2813 4/2 3
internasal space ...... OOo) O Oo 1O Si tS iu 71 © 10
each temporal fossa...) 1 4] ...... | .....- Ao 12 GC} il ©
Length of each temporal fossa...) 2 6] ...... | 1... Ao VA By @
From hindmost part of skull to
the Orbit eek cestennc: secuen nee acs LON eee aes Py GE Ni4s Tl |) B43
forepart of orbit to the fore-
part of premaxillary ............ Aisi ei) Sal Ze BS) Oc [eae Ome
Long diameter of orbit ............ Shy Ele OAM ieee Amy WW Mee
oo OSE janonnod: OPT ORS ial ieee Qa VOLS OG
Greatest breadth of bony palate...) 1 6] ...... | ...... Hob Nil 81 © Oo

Genus GaLEsAvrRus, Ow.*

Galesaurus planiceps, Ow. (PI. I.)

The shape of the skull on which the above genus and species are
founded is that of a narrow spade on playing-cards, the occipital
condyle forming the handle: it measures 3} inches ‘in length and
2 inches 9 lines in extreme breadth across the zygomatic arches ; but
its greatest depth, including the lower jaw, does not exceed an inch;
and this diameter varies very little, the upper surface of the skull
being unusually flat and level.

* From yady, a weasel, and catpos, a lizard.

1859. ] OWEN—REPTILIAN FOSSILS. 59

The occipital plane is singularly inclined from below upward and
forward, and that of the occipital foramen (fig. 5 f) partakes of the '
same inclination, the condyle (figs. 2 & 3 g) beng much produced
behind and beyond the upper border of the foramen. The shape of
the occipital surface, which is completely or continuously ossified, is
triangular, bounded laterally by a pair of strongly developed sharp
ridges, converging upward and forming the boundary between the
occipital (2,3) and temporal (¢) fossee. The occipital surface may be
called a “fossa” from its concavity ; but the surface is undulated bya
median and two lateral slight convexities along lines radiating from
the foramen magnum.

The parietal crest (fig. 37), advancing from the angular summit
of the occipital ridge, bifurcates to surround an elliptical “ foramen
parietale;” and the divisions thence gradually diverge to the post-
frontal (12). The tympanic (28) is a broad deep plate of bone, convex
outwardly ; it extends outward and forward from the lower part of
the occipital ridge, formed by the mastoid (s) and paroccipital (a).

The zygomatic arch is continued forward from the tympanic
(fig. 1 2s), a little decreasing in depth, to the postorbital boundary (26).
The temporal fossa (fig. 3 ¢) is very wide, and is of a rhomboidal
figure, the antero-lateral boundary being parallel with the occipital
ridge, and the postero-lateral boundary being parallel with the in-
ternal or cranial boundary. The long diameter of the fossa is 1 inch
3 lines; its short diameter is 1 inch; from the front to the hind
angle the fossa measures 1 inch 6 lines; the breadth of the cranium
between the fossee is 6 lines.

The orbits are of a subtriangular form, with the corners rounded
off: their aspect is more upward than outward: their long diameter
is 6 lines: the breadth of the upper interorbital space is 9 lines.
The suture between the frontals and nasals is parallel with the fore
part of the orbits. The post- (12) and pre- (14) frontals unite above
the orbit, and contmbute a narrow tract to each side of the interor-
bital space: this space is flat. The nasals are flat: the rounded
angles by which the upper surface passes into the vertical side-sur-
face of the facial part of the skull are formed by the mavxillaries.
The nostril (figs. 1 & 27), is single, terminal, and vertical; it is
bounded laterally by short premaxillaries.

The most interesting peculiarity in the skull is the well-marked
definition from the other teeth, by a contrasted superiority of size,
of an upper and lower canine tooth on each side, having the same
position in the skull and relative position to each other as in the
carnivorous mammals. In no other Saurian are incisors so divided
from molars by a single canine; in none is such definition of the
three kinds of teeth so plain and unequivocal.

The peels contain each four equal-sized teeth with simple
conical crowns, 2 lines in length, sloping a little forward from the
vertical position, and passing in front of the lower incisors when the
mouth is shut. The eight lower incisors are narrower, but have
about the same length of crown. Both upper and lower incisors are
arranged in contact, or close order, as in Mammals.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,.

The lower canine (figs. 1 & 2 c’) is subcompressed, very slightly
recurved, 9 lines in length, 2 lines in breadth. The projecting crown
is 54 lines long; the implanted base is 33 lines long: this extends
very close to the lower margin of the mandible and becomes a little
contracted there, but shows a short conical pulp-cavity, without any
trace of the germ of a successor. It closely resembles the completely
formed canine of a mammalian carnivore, in shape, structure, im-
plantation, and direction.

The upper canine (ib. c) is larger; two-thirds of the tooth are
preserved en the right side (fig. 2); the imner wall of the socket is
shown on the left side (fig. 1 ¢). In shape this tooth resembles the
lower canine: its greatest breadth is nearly 3 lines, its length seems
not to have been less than 11 lines: it crossed the lower canines
obliquely, its socket bemg more backward and outward in position ;
and while the points of the lower canines a little diverged from each
other, those of the upper ones slightly converged. The socket of
the upper canine extends close to the upper surface of the skull, and
even causes a slight prominence on that part of the maxillary, close
to its suture with the nasal. The depth of the implanted part of
the upper canine is 7 lines. There is no trace of a recess for a suc-
cessional tooth at the base of the inner wall of the socket (¢, fig. 1).

Twelve close-set, conical, subcompressed teeth succeed the lower
canine, their protruded crowns becoming shorter, and their implanted
bases longer, as they recede in position. A thin layer of bone imme-
diately surrounding the simple base of each molar tooth has a brick-
red colour, as if retaining a stain from the hematosine of the vascular
alveolar ling membrane; the exposed socket of the upper canine
presents the same colour ; the other parts of the fossil bone are grey.

The upper molars passed external to the lower ones when the mouth
was shut. The “symphysis mandibule” is very short. The rami
diverge from the linear trace of junction, at an acute angle, straight
to the articular end. The length of each ramus from the lower and
back part of the symphysis is 2 inches 8 lines. The receding
“mentum” is 6 lines long: the depth of the ramus below the first
molar is 44 lines; it gradually increases to 6 lines below the last
molar.

There is a series of small vascular foramina above the alveolar
border of the upper jaw; and indications of the same saurian character
are discernible in parts of the lower jaw.

The reptilian nature of the above-described skull is shown by its
single occipital condyle, and by the complex “frontal bone”; its
crocodilian affinities by its terminal single nostril. The more gene-
ralized saurian character is exemplified by the large temporal fossee
and the “‘ foramen parietale” ; whilst a most singular and suggestive
approach to the mammalian class is made in the above-described
characters of the dentition.

The predominance of the canines, their seeming want of successors—
the certain absence, at least, of such evidence as would have appeared
had the canines been subject to the ordinary law of saurian dentition—
point to at least an analogical relationship with the Dicynodonts ;

1859. | OWEN—REPTILIAN FOSSILS. 61

\

the structure of the occipital region of the skull also conforms to the
type of those singular South African reptiles. The breadth and
flatness of the skull and the proportions of the orbits and temporal
fossee recall the proportions of Simosawrus amongst the peculiar sau-
rians of the triassic deposits of Germany.

The original (from the Rhenosterberg) was transmitted to the
British Museum by Governor Sir George Grey, K.C.B.

Genus Crnocuampsa*, Ow.

Cynochampsa laniarius, Ow. (PI. III. figs. 1-4.)

This genus and species are indicated by the extremity of the upper
and lower jaws (figured in Pl. ITT. figs.1-4), from the same locality as
Galesaurus, and forming part of the same collection transmitted by
Governor Sir George Grey, K.C.B. Sufficient of the jaw is preserved
to show that it must have terminated in a more or less produced
narrow muzzle, which, including the under jaw, would present a
subcylindrical transverse section, as in the Gavial and Teleosaur:
but a close-set series of small and similarly sized incisor teeth are sepa-
rated from the rest of the dentition by a pair of upper and a pair of
lower canines, as well contrasted by their superiority of size as in
Galesaurus. Instead, however, of these canines being immediately
followed by small molar teeth, there was a toothless space extending
at least as far as the upper jaw has been preserved on the fossil under
description ; and this space equals at least twice the breadth of the
crown of the upper canine.

The upper incisors are ten in number (five in each premaxillary
bone), conical, with a subcylindrical base. The lower incisors, of
similar size and shape, appear to have been eight in number. Both
upper incisors and canines overlapped those teeth in the lower jaw
when the mouth was shut. The crowns of the upper canines and
the implanted roots of the lower ones have been broken across, ex-
posing the pulp-cavity, as is shown in looking upon the fossil from
below, as in fig. 4 ¢c, c’; and the lower canines are a little in advance
of the upperones. ‘The relative positions of the incisors and canines
were nearly the same as in Galecynus; the crowns of the lower
canines were perhaps more completely concealed when the mouth
was shut. The nostril is single, terminal, of a transversely oval
shape, with the plane of its outlet inclined from aboye down-
ward and forward. ‘The aperture is bounded by the premaxillaries
(fig. 3 22) below and at the sides, and by the nasals (ib. 15) above.
The extremity of the upper jaw, pierced by the nostril, is slightly
expanded, as in the Teleosaur, but in a less degree than in the Gavial.

In a collection of fossil remains from the Drakenberg Mountain,
near Harrismith, Cape of Good Hope, transmitted in 1854 by Joseph
Millard Orpen, Esq., Government-Surveyor of that Colony, and de-
scribed in the ‘ Catalogue of the Fossil Organic Remains of Reptilia

* From xiwy, a dog; and xdprpat the Egyptian name for the crocodile,
applied by Wagner to the Indian Gavial.

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 20,

and Pisces’ in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, 4to,
1854, pp. 97-106, there is a specimen, consisting of a portion,
23 inches in length, of a symmetrical pair of bones, each of a sub- —
trihedral form, and joined together by the flattest of their sides. The
description which I then gave of this fossil is as follows:—“ Hach
bone increases in vertical, and decreases, but in a less degree, in
transverse extent, the bones becoming more closely and extensively
united together as they extend forward. Posteriorly, each bone is
grooved near the middle of its inner flattened side, the grooves, when
coadapted, forming a canal answering to that in a similar position
on the elongated symphysial part of the lower jaw of the Gavial. At
the opposite end of the fragment this canal is reduced to a fissure.
The groove which divides the two bones, both above and below, at ©
the back part of the fragment, contracts to a linear fissure as the
bones advance and become more united together. The result of an
exteasive series of comparisons is, that the symmetrical bones in this
remarkable fossil most resemble in shape the coadapted elongated
dentary elements of the lower jaw of the Gavial and Teleosaurus: but
they show no traces of alveoli, and, if they be parts of those bones,
indicate a reptile either edentulous or with the teeth confined to
the anterior extremity of the jaw ” (p. 106).

The subsequent discovery of the fore end of the jaw of the Gavial-
like reptile Cynochampsa adds to the probability of the above con-
jecture.

Vertebre of Saurians from the same deposits of the Drakenberg
afforded characters of the genera Massospondylus, Pachyspondylus,
and Leptospondylus, which characters are given in detail in the
volume above cited, and were further illustrated by figures and dia-
grams in my Lectures on Fossil Reptilia, delivered at the Museum of
Practical Geology in 1858.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. II. & III.

Illustrative of Reptilian Remains from South Africa.

PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Side view of the skull of Oudenodon Bainit, one-half nat. size. [In the
British Museum. |

Fig. 2. Side view of the skull of Ptychognathus verticalis, one-half nat. size.
[In the British Museum. ]

Fig. 3. Side view of the skull-of Ptychognathus declivis, one-half nat. size.

Fig. 4. Back view of the skull of P¢. declivis, one-third nat. size.

Fig. 5. Top view of the cranium of Pt. declivis, one-third nat. size. [In the British
Museum. Some distorted and dislocated parts have been restored in the
figures ; the letters and figures are explained in the text. |

PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Side view of the skull of Galesawrus planiceps, showing the socket and
part of the base of the upper canine, c, and the lower incisors.

Fig. 2. Opposite side of the same skull, showing the base of the upper canine, ¢,
in situ, and the upper incisors.

Fig. 3. Upper view of the same skull.

Fig. 4. Back view of the same skull.

ia
st

;
,} 7 f
plu tan Remains from South Afi
if ar ‘ AMLCa

> Dinicel del. & lth

Quart... /ovrn Geol. Soe. Val. XVL. PLATT.

Jos. Dimkel del. & lith

yo
1859.] | HULL—THINNING-OUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 63

Fig. 5. Under view of the same skull. [All the figures are of the natural size:
the original is in the British Museum ; the letters and figures are ex-
plained in the text.]

PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Side view of the fore end of the skull of Cynochampsa laniarius.

Fig. 2. Front view of the same.

Fig. 5. Upper view of the same.

Fig. 4. Under view of the same, showing the bodies and pulp-cavities of the
fractured upper and lower canines, nat. size. [Original in the British
Museum. |

Fig. 5. Under view of part of the skull, with the hyoidean arch and appendages,
of Oudenodon, nat. size. [The original is in the British Museum ; the
letters and figures are explained in the text. ]

2. On the Sourn-EasteRty ArTENvATION of the LowEr SEconDARY
Formations of Ene~anp; and the propaste Deprun of the Coat-
MEASURES under OXFORDSHIRE and NorTHAMPTONSHIRE.

By Epvwarp Hutt, Esq., A.B., F.G.S., of the Geological Survey of

Great Britain.

{Puate IV.]

ConTENTS.

§ 1. Introductory remarks on Mr. R. Godwin-Austen’s theory, and on the
Formations of the Franco-Belgian Coal-field. ~
§ 2. Distribution of the Lower Permian Rocks of Central England.
A. Shore of the Lower Permian basin.
§ 3. South-easterly Attenuation of the Lower Secondary Rocks :—
1. The Trias.
A. Bunter Sandstone.
B. Lower Keuper Sandstone.
C. Red Marl.
2. Claims of the Trias to more consideration from Geologists.
3. The Lias ; connexion of its three members, and their range and limit.
A. Lower Lias.
B. Marlstone.
C. Upper Laas.
4. The Inferior Oolite; its attenuation.
5. The Fuller’s Earth.
6. The Great Oolite ; its Lower and Upper Zones, and their comparative
range.
§ 4. Extension of the Coal-measures under Oxfordshire and Northampton-
shire, from Warwickshire to the Valley of the Thames.
§ 5. Physical Geography of the Trias.
A. Evidence of land in the North Atlantic area during the Newer
Paleozoic and Older Secondary Periods.
B. Subaérial conditions in the British area during the formation
of the Muschelkalk of Germany.
C. Unconformity of the Bunter and Keuper Formations.
D. Causes of Variations in the Persistency of Strata.
§ 6. Probable South-easterly Attenuation of the Carboniferous Series,
§ 7. General Conclusions.

§ 1. Introduction —The present is, perhaps, a fitting occasion for
submitting to the notice of the Society the following ideas regarding
the extension of the Lower Secondary Rocks in the direction of the

64. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

Thames Valley, as the focus of my remarks lies in the district of
Oxfordshire, with the geological structure of which our learned
President is so intimately acquainted.

My way has been, to a certain extent, prepared by the elaborate
Essay ‘‘ On the possible Extension of the Coal-measures beneath the
South-eastern Part of England,” by Mr. Godwin-Austen, commu-
nicated to this Society*. This essay and the researches of Mr. Prest-
wich have excited much interest regarding the rocks which underlie
the Cretaceous and Oolitic formations. It is with the object of
throwing some further light on this important subject that the
following observations and deductions have been drawn up.

It is almost unnecessary to reiterate here what is now so fully
understood, from the researches of D’Archiac, Rozet, Prestwich, and
especially of Godwin-Austen, that along the line of the Franco-
Belgian Coal-field the Cretaceous and Nummulitic rocks repose on
the highly inclined edges of the Palaeozoic Rocks without the inter-
vention of those of the Lower Secondary periods. In the district of
the Bas-Boulonnais similar phenomena are observable ; but we learn
from the memoir of M. Rozet that strata referred to the Great Oolite
abut against the northern flank of the Paleozoic range and rest on
a bed of Carboniferous Rocks +.

Adopting the theory of Mr. Austen regarding the extension of the
Paleeozoic axis of elevation under the Thames Valley, I do not, how-
ever, consider that the entire absence of all the intervening formations
between the Great Oolite and the Coal-measures is to be attributed
altogether to the presence of this old coast-line, but to other causes
to be hereafter stated. JI shall endeavour to show that all these
formations decrease in thickness, as they approach the south-east of
England, from the failure of sediment, in the manner of deposits
forming at the mouths of large rivers. .

I also propose to inquire whether the Uppermost Paleozoic rocks,
namely the Coal-measures and Permian deposits, are regulated in
their distribution upon a similar physical plan ; or whether they may
not have a much wider range, and extend into districts where many
of the more recent formations cease.

Lastly, whether there are not reasons for concluding that under
certain districts of Oxford and Northampton the Coal-measures le
at available depths below the surface, owing to the thinning away
of the Lower Secondary rocks.

§ 2. Distribution of the Lower Permian Beds of Central England.
—Upon comparing the Lower Secondary with the Uppermost Pa-
leeozoic formations, we discover a very marked difference in their
distributions. We find the Bunter-Schiefer and Zechstein appearing
only in the north-eastern districts of England, and the Rothe-todte-
liegende confined principally to the central counties and Salop ; while
the Trias is most fully developed towards the north-west.

Referring to the works of Sedgwickt, Murchison§, Ramsay ||,

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xi. p. 533.

+ Rozet, ‘Description Géognostique du Bassin du Bas-Boulonnais.’

+ Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd Series, vol. ii. § ‘Siluria,’ new edit.
|| Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. p. 185.

1859.] | HULL—THINNING-OUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 65

and other authors for descriptions of these rocks, I proceed to make
some observations on the topographical distribution of the Lower
Permian rocks or Rothe-todte-legende.

The red and purple sandstones, marls, and brecciated conglomerates
of which the Lower Permian formation is composed, attain their
greatest development along a band of country stretching from west
to east, including parts of the counties of Salop, Worcester, Stafford,
and Warwick ; while in the north-west districts of Cheshire, where
the Trias has been deposited in great force, the Permian rocks are
but sparingly represented.

I beg to call particular attention to this fact, because it shows how
great has been the break in the order of succession, in consequence
of considerable changes in the distribution of land and sea between
the Paleozoic and Mesozoic epochs.

From sections published by the Geological Survey, traversing the
Permian rocks of Enville in Salop, the thickness of the formation has
been found not less than 1700 feet*. On both sides of the South
Staffordshire Coal-field, the thickness is probably not less than this ;
and Mr. Howell’s estimate of the maximum depth of the large mass
of these red rocks in the neighbourhood of Coventry is 1800 feet.
The north-eastern limit of the formation appears to skirt the southern
edge of the Leicestershire Coal-field ; thence trending along a north-
west line, it crosses the centre of the North Staffordshire Coal-field ;
from thence it may be traced at intervals northward into Scotland.
Its westerly limit is the Denbighshire Coal-field. Its southern limit
is not so easily defined, and this fact forms a most serious question in
speculating upon the descending series of rocks which underlie the
districts of Oxfordshire and Northamptonshire. It would be a sub-
ject for small congratulation if, on sinking for coal over these districts,
it should be found that while the Lower Mesozoic rocks had become
comparatively thin, the Permian formation existed in great force
beneath. As Mr. Godwin- Austen has truly stated, such questions, in
the absence of direct experiment, can be solved only by a restoration
of the land-surfaces and coasts of the period; and, we may add, by a
knowledge of the sources from which the sedimentary materials have
been derived.

A. Distribution of Land and Sea at the Lower Permian Pertod.—
There is the strongest evidence for believing that there was a much
larger extent of land-surface during the formation of the Permian
rocks than during that of the Trias. Professor Ramsay§ has
demonstrated with, it appears to me, great probability, that the
breccias which occupy a central position in the Rothe-liegende of
Salop and Worcester are the ice-drifted débris of sub-aérial regions of
the Longmynd and adjacent Silurian ranges. The Alberbury breccia ||

* Horizontal Sections, Sheet 53.

+ Horizontal Sections of the Geological Survey, Sheet 51.

t See Mr. Binney, “ On the Permian beds of the North-west of England,” Mem.
Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester, 1855. Also Prof.Sedgwick, Trans. Geol.Soc. 2 ser.vol.iv.

§ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. p. 185.

|| See ‘ Silurian System,’ p. 48-49, where the author traces the origin of some of
the fragments of the breccia to certain freshwater limestones of the Coal-measures.

VOL. XVI,—PART I. F

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

is certainly the remnant of a shingle-beach, formed at the base
of the Carboniferous Limestone ridge at the southern termination
of the Denbighshire Coal-field; and the limestone-conglomerates
which we find at intervals (in a zone lower than the trappoid breccia)
over the whole of the Midland Counties are representatives of this
shingle-beach. It is also to be noticed, that there is a strong litho-
logical resemblance between the Old Red Sandstone of Herefordshire
and Salop and the neighbouring Permian rocks; and I have long
entertained the idea that the Lower Permian of the western districts
is to a great extent a re-formation of the Old Red Sandstone, which
once had a more extended range than at present, as is testified
by the outlying masses capping the Ludlow rocks of Salop and
Radnor. It would, therefore, seem that at the commencement of
the Permian age the coast-line extended from the Abberley range
northwards along a line nearly corresponding to the present limits
of the Lower Carboniferous and Silurian rocks of Wales and Salop.
From the Flintshire Coal-field eastward to that of North Stafford-
shire, there probably existed a channel deepening towards the centre,
and forming a basin for the Permian deposits in the direction of
Lancashire. The axis of elevation of the Carboniferous range of the
Penine chain continued along the borders of Charnwood Forest;
and, considerably east of the present edge of the Warwickshire Coal-
field, formed the land towards the north-east ; and upon the pro—
longation of this barrier, which seems to stretch in a E.8.E. direction,
depends the existence of the Lower Permian rocks under Northamp-
tonshire*.

Considering the great thickness of the Permian rocks in War-
wickshire, it is improbable that they have been formed altogether
of the Older Paleozoic rocks of Wales and Salop. The bed of cal-
careous conglomerate, which occupies a nearly central position, is
composed of pebbles of Carboniferous Limestone and Silurian rocks,
and indicates the proximity of land. The rocks of Charnwood
Forest may possibly be a portion of the western prolongation of that
Paleozoie dry land which, according to Mr. Godwin- Austen, occupied
the German Ocean at this period. If so, the Lower Permian strata
would appear to have been accumulated within a comparatively
narrow channel or longitudinal basin, the axis of which stretched
from the valley of the Eden towards the south-east, in which
direction the channel became wider. The western border trended
due south towards the Bristol Channel; and the eastern probably
curved round towards the German Oceant. We cannot with cer-

* It should be here stated that, as the Warwickshire Coal-field has been thrown
up along its north-east edge by a fault of considerable magnitude, there is every
probability that both Permian rocks and Coal-measures exist to the N.E. of this
fault, extending to the barrier, which may be considered as indicated by the
trappean bosses of Stoney Stanton.

+ Both Mr. Godwin-Austen and Mr. Sorby, from independent data, have shown
the probability of land having existed during a portion of the Upper Paleozoic
and Mesozoic periods over the area occupied by the German Ocean ; and in this
view the author concurs, from considerations connected with the distribution of the
Permian rocks.

1859. | HULL—THINNING-OUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 67

tainty define the southern limit of the formation under the districts
of Oxfordshire and Northamptonshire ; but, recollecting the absence of
these rocks below the Chalk near London, Boulogne, and the Franco-
Belgian Coal-field, it is probable that they become attenuated south-
wardly from Warwickshire. From considerations founded on current-
structures, Mr. Sorby seems to have arrived at a similar conclusion.

§ 3. South-Easterly Attenuation of the Lower Secondary Rocks.

1. The Trias—A. Bunter Sandstone.—Our inquiries commence
with this formation, which introduces the Mesozoic Series, and
rests unconformably on all the rocks of Paleozoic age. Attaining
its highest development towards the north-west, it composes the
plains of Cheshire and Lancashire ; it fills the beds of old Paleozoic
valleys, as those of the Eden, the Clewyd, and Belfast Lough; and
from its position along the sea-coasts of Ireland, the Isle of Man,
North Wales, Lancashire, and Cumberland, it probably forms a large
portion of the bed of the Irish Sea.

It is, however, only recently, since the detailed examination
carried out by the officers of the Geological Survey, that anything
like a just estimate of the stratigraphical importance of this forma-
tion has been arrived at. It has been classified into three subdi-
visions, sufficiently marked to enable us to compute the depth of the
formation in any given district, and such as allows us in the present
inquiry to arrive at definite results.

From a section across the plain of Chester, and Delamere Forest,
we obtain the following vertical measurement of these subdivisions in
this district*.

Bunter Sandstone, Cheshire. North-west District.

3. Upper mottled Sandstone .......... 700 ft.

2. Conglomerate-beds................ 750

1. Lower mottled Sandstone .......... 700
Total thickness .... 2150

The general succession of the Trias in North-west Cheshire is
shown in Pl. LV. fig. 2.

A few miles further south, at Holt, another section gives the
thickness of the Bunter Sandstone at 1600 feet ; and a third, across
Bridgenorth, in Salop, shows nearly the same result.

Now, whenever we follow these beds eastward, from their furthest
western outcrop, we invariably find that they decrease in thickness ;
some of the subdivisions more rapidly than others. In the counties
of Derby, Stafford, Leicester, and Warwick, the Ist and 3rd sub-
divisions are generally absent, or only sparingly represented. The
Conglomerate-beds predominate frequently where the other sub-
divisions have disappeared; but when we cross to the eastern
borders of the Leicestershire and Warwickshire Coal-fields, this most
constant subdivision thins away. We find the Lower Keuper
Sandstone resting directly on the Coal-measures at Ashby, and

* Horizon. Sect. of the Geol. Survey, Sheet 43.
F2

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

Coleorton in Leicestershire, and on the Permian Rocks further south
at Warwick,—the whole of the Bunter Sandstone having consequently
thinned out.

B. Keuper.—We now proceed to trace the range of the Keuper,
under its two principal subdivisions—the Lower Keuper Sandstone,
and Red Marl. ‘The former of these is frequently introduced by a
band of hard calcareous breccia, with laminated red shales, which
is succeeded by evenly bedded ripple-marked sandstones and marls
(called “‘ Waterstones” by Mr. Ormerod*). In Cheshire and Lan-
cashire, the Lower Keuper Sandstone reaches a thickness of 450
feet, forming the scarped ranges of the Runcorn, Delamere, and
Peckforton Hills. These beds have been traced on the maps of the
Geological Survey over the western and central counties; and, as a
general rule, they are found to decrease in thickness in proportion
as they approach the South-eastern counties. Around the skirts of the
Leicestershire Coal-field this subdivision has a general thickness of
200 feet; and over the centre and the eastern side it rests immediately
on the Coal-measures, without the intervention of the Bunter Sand-
stone. The district around Warwick is that along which it becomes
most rapidily attenuated, and where it is on the point of being
ultimately concealed by the Red Marl. As in the case of the
Leicestershire Coal-field, the Lower Keuper Sandstone is here the
most ancient member of the Trias, and I am informed by Mr.
Howell, of the Geological Survey, that its thickness may be esti-
mated at not more than 150 feet.

Comparing, then, the thickness of this subformation where it is
visible for the last time towards the south-east with that which it
assumes in West Cheshire, we find that it has decreased by two-
thirds in its extension from the one locality to the other; the hori-
zontal distance being 85 miles. Now, if this decrease continues in
the same proportion, the whole subformation ought to disappear
several miles N.W. of Oxfordy (Plate IV. figs. 2, 3, 4).

C. Red Marl.—The thickness of the Red Marl in Cheshire has
been much under-estimated. From considerations connected with
the depths of the salt-beds, Mr. Ormerod estimates it at more than
700 feett; but I feel sure he will allow that these data can starcely
afford even an approximate computation, as we are still uncertain
of the nature of the beds which underlie the salt-rocks, and of the
position of those through which the shafts have been sunk at
Northwich.

A very perfect section along the banks of a brook (without a
name in the Ordnance Map), three miles south of Malpas, although it
does not extend nearly to the top of the formation, shows the Red
Mar! to be of much greater thickness than it is generally considered.
The beds, consisting of fine laminated red and grey shales, may be

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. iv.

t Maps of the Geol. Survey, 53 N.W.—63 S8.W.

t Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. p. 288. For local descriptions of the
Triassic Rocks of Cheshire and Lancashire, see the Memoirs of Messrs. Binney,
Ormerod, J. Cunningham, and R. Rawlinson in the Journal of the Geological
Society.

1859. ] HULL—THINNING-OUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 69

traced for a distance of two miles, with an average dip of 15° to the
S.E. From this section alone a thickness of 2300 feet may be
estimated; and, judging from the interval between the point where
the section ceases and the Lias boundary at Whitchurch, the
thickness must be much greater. From various comparisons it
appears probable that from 3000 to 3500 feet is not an over-
estimate. Now, in Staffordshire, Leicestershire, and the central
districts generally, the Red Marl does not exceed a thickness of
600 or 700 feet, showing a great decrease towards the 8.E. from
Cheshire (Plate IV. figs. 2, 3).

The direction of maximum attenuation, however, is along a line
drawn §.E. from the Estuary of the Dee, and passing near Nant-
wich, Stafford, and Warwick, beyond which the formation is lost
below the Lias. If we put down as the thickness at each of these
places respectively, 3000, 700, and 400 feet, we shall have probably
a just conception of the rapid thinning-out of these beds; and
it therefore appears by no means improbable that even this great
argillaceous series is extremely thin, or altogether absent, in Oxford-
shire and Northamptonshire.

If, then, we compare the section of the Trias, as it occurs in
Cheshire and East Warwick, we find the following result :—

feet.
Reg Mar hs ie crash tof dic 3000
Cheshire .....- Lower Keuper Sandstone...... 450
Bunter Sandstone .......... 2150
Potalwecxe/s: 5600
eden e acs oscars « he ciate 400
East Warwickshire ; Lower Keuper Sandstone.... .. 200
Bunter Sandstone.......... absent
Matatet sh 2). 600

In other words, the formation is ten times thicker in the former
than in the latter county.

2. Claim of the Trias to Consideration.—A formation which attains
so great a development deserves, I think, a larger share of attention
than it has yet received from geologists. There are few groups which,
in the almost entire absence of fossils, have so strongly stamped upon
them the impressions of varying physical changes during their
growth. We find in it stages which have been strongly influenced
by current-action, and others of apparent tranquillity. We find
shingle-beaches, some traceable to their coast-lines, and conglo-
merates which have been drifted from regions comparatively remote.

Its structure, however, presents phenomena of much interest to
the physical geologist. It is frequently traversed by systems of
faults, which, in the form of escarpments, ridges, and valleys, have
left their marks in the configuration of the surface* ; and no person

* In many districts of Cheshire, Salop, and Staffordshire, the co-ordinate lines
of fracture, with their cross-fractures, may be very readily traced by the features

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

who has visited the districts of Alton, Cheadle, and Trentham, .
or climbed the escarpments of the Hawkestone, Peckforton, and
Runcorn ranges, can deny to the New Red Sandstone an amount
of scenic power almost comparable with that of the Oolites of
Gloucestershire.

3. Lias.—A. Lower Iias.—We have not, unfortunately, the same
facilities for making comparisons of the development of the Lower
Lias in the Western and Kastern Districts. With the exception of
the outlier at Prees in Shropshire, and a newly discovered area of
the same formation near Carlisle*, we have no districts of com-
parison; and, as these do not present us with the whole ascending
series, they are useless for our purpose. I therefore propose to
treat this formation by analogy. It must be allowed that there
is a close connexion between the Lower, Middle, and Upper
Lias formations. As far as we can judge, the strata are strictly
conformable. ‘There are no breaks greater than between different
subdivisions of the Inferior Oolite. There is a generic community
of the fauna; and the mineral characters of the series are re-
peated at intervals throughout. We are, therefore, justified in
supposing that all the Liassic formations of central England
have had their origin from the same sources and under similar
physical conditions, and are therefore equally subject to attenua-
tion when receding from those sources. If, therefore, it can’ be
shown that there is a tendency on the part of the Marlstone and
Upper Lias to thin away towards the south-east, and that this at-
tenuation takes place within the range of actual observation, there
will be strong grounds for inferring a similar propensity on the part
of the Lower Lias; at least, it is upon these grounds that I base
the analogy. When we come to consider, in a subsequent part of
this paper, how strong are the reasons for believing that all these
formations have been derived from regions lying to the north-
west of the British Islands, the analogy will be found to gain
additional force.

B. Marlstone.—Let us now trace the Marlstone along its S.E.
extension towards Oxford. At Bredon Hill (see Plate IV. fig. 1),
a large outlier near the confluence of the Avon and Severn in North
Gloucestershire, the Marlstone attains a thickness of 250 feet ;
probably the greatest known in this part of England. On the flanks
of Ebrington Hull, the extreme northern termination of the Cottes-
wold Range, the thickness, as computed by Mr. Howell, is 150
feett ; at Leckhampton Hill, near Cheltenham, the thickness is
115 feet=, by accurate measurement, which is the average develop-
ment of the formation along the whole of the Cotteswold Hills.

of the surface, by one who possesses a perfect knowledge of the succession of the
beds. These faults admirably bear out the principles laid down by Mr. Hopkins
of Cambridge, followed by Mr. Jukes and Professor Haughton.

* Recently communicated to the Manchester Geological Society by Mr.
Binney. See also Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xv. p. 549.

+ “ Geology of the Country around Cheltenham,” Mem. Geol. Survey, 1857,
p. 195 _ $ Lbid. plate 2.

1859.| | HULL—-THINNING-OUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 71

If we trace these beds towards the borders of Oxfordshire, along
the Valley of the Evenlode, that is, in a direction E.S.E. from
Bredon Hill, we find a marked diminution in the thickness. At
Burford, Shipton, and Charlbury, the farthest points where the
thickness of the Marlstone can be ascertained, we find it to have
dwindled down to an average of 20 feet, or less than one-tenth of
its amount at Bredon. If, therefore, this attenuation continues in
nearly the same ratio, the formation cannot extend far beyond the
city of Oxford. It is remarkable, however, that the “‘ Upper Rock-
bed” shows far less disposition to thin out than the underlying sandy
strata, which, in Gloucestershire form nine-tenths of the mass of the
formation.

C. Upper Inas.—In the case of the Upper Lias Shale, the south-
easterly attenuation is even more decided. Its thickness at Bredon
Hill is nearly 400 feet* ; but at Leckhampton Hill it reaches 230
feet, including a few beds of superimposed sands. From this point
eastward the formation thins away; and at Stonesfield, in the
Valley of the Evenlode, it may be said to have finally disappeared,
being represented only by a band of shale four feet thick; the In-
ferior Oolite resting almost immediately on the Marlstone “ Rock-
bed,”’ which has here become a valuable iron-oret.

As we can thus, from actual observation, prove the south-easterly
thinning-out of the Middle and Upper Lias, I think, bearing in
mind their close relationship to the Lower Lias, that we are
justified in inferring a somewhat similar thinning-away towards
the Thames Valley on the part of this earliest formed member,
though it has probably a more extended range. Should this sup-
position prove correct, the whole Liassic Series should be on the
point of disappearing below Oxford.

I here wish to repeat that in the case of the Lias the line of
maximum attenuation follows an E.S.E. direction. A deviation of a
few degrees northward produces a considerable change in the
thickness of the beds. Thus in the neighbourhood of Chipping
Norton and Deddington, which are nearly due east of Cheltenham,
the combined thickness of the Upper Lias and Marlstone is not
less than 200 feet.

4. Inferior Oolite—Proceeding next to the consideration of the
Inferior Oolite, I take as sections for comparison those at Cleeve
Cloud and Leckhampton Hill at the west, and those of the Valley
of the Evenlode at the east. The formation at Cleeve Cloud is
probably not less than 300 feet thick, and that at Leckhampton
Hill 264 feet. This latter, ever since the original survey of Mur-
chisont, has been regarded as the typical section of the Inferior
Oolite, not only for England, but for Europe. It there consists of

* Ascertained from a measured horizontal section about to be published by
the Geological Survey. Bredon Hill is the most north-westerly district where
the Upper Lias exists; and its great thickness there shows the rapidity of the
thinning-out towards Oxfordshire.

+t See Map of the Geological Survey, Sheet 45, S.W.

t Proceedings Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 388.

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

five well-pronounced subdivisions, the horizontal range of which
throughout the Cotteswold Hills, towards the borders of Oxfordshire,
I have already described in a Memoir on the district*. Without
entering here into details, I will content myself with stating the
following conclusions. The Pea-grit has the smallest range; next
the Upper Freestone; then the Oolite-marl and Lower Freestone ;
and the most persistent member is the Ragstone, which, though
never surpassing a thickness of 50 feet, stretches eastward into
Oxfordshire, and there becomes the sole representative of the Inferior
Oolite.

I find that this easterly attenuation of the Inferior Oolite is
noticed by Professor J. Phillipst, and I refer to it especially as
illustrating how small is the relationship between vertical depth
and horizontal range. In the case of the Oolites we find that those
beds in which there is evidence of current-action, and where the
fossils are fragmentary and drifted, the horizontal area is small; of
this the Freestone Series is an example; but where the beds have
been tranquilly deposited, and the fossils have been buried where
they lived, the range is greater; and this is a law more or less
applicable to all the sedimentary rocks of which I am treating.

In the Valley of the Evenlode we can trace the Inferior Oolite
as far as Stonesfield, and there it has a thickness of about 15 feet ;
but farther east, in the Valley of the Cherwell, at Rousham, it has
altogether disappeared, and we find the Great Oolite resting im-
mediately on the Upper Lias Clay, or only separated by a thin
stratum of ferruginous sand, which must be referred to the Great
Oolite ft. :

The case of the Inferior Oolite entirely disappearing within a
distance of 30 miles south-east of the point where it attains a
thickness of nearly 300 feet is remarkable, because it cannot be re-
garded altogether in the character of a sedimentary deposit. Many
of the Freestone-beds have the characters of shelly gravel, drifted by
currents, and these are less persistent; others, as the Oolite-marl
and Ragstone, are partly of organic and chemical origin. It is re-
markable that the line of maximum attenuation occupies a nearly
parallel direction with that of the more mechanically formed rocks,
such as the Lias.

5. Fuller's Earth—Of the Fuller’s Karth it is only necessary to
state that it does not extend as far east as Oxfordshire. In the
Cotteswold Hills we meet with it for the last time at Sherborne, near
Burford$. But the formation is deserving of notice as being the
oldest amongst the Lower Secondary Rocks in which the direction of
maximum attenuation changes from the south-east to north-east.
In Somersetshire it attains a thickness of 120 feet.

6. Great Oolite——The Great Oolite of Gloucester, Oxford, and

* «“ Geology of the Country around Cheltenham,” 1857 ; Mem. Geol. Survey.

+ ‘Manual of Geology,’ p. 305.

+ Sheet 45, 8.W., of the Geological Survey Map; and “ Geology of the
Country around Woodstock ;” Mem. Geol. Survey, p. I4.

§ “ Geology of the Country around Cheltenham,” p. 62.

1859.| | HULL——THINNING-OUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 73

Northamptonshire divides itself into two well-marked zones*. The
Lower Zone includes the Stonesfield Slate, as well as clays, shelly
oolitic freestones with current-lamination ; and lastly, those thick
beds of ferruginous sands which are so largely developed in
Northamptonshire. The Upper Zone, on the other hand, is ex-
tremely distinct, consisting of evenly bedded limestones, weathering
white, with bands of calcareous marl. The fossils of the Upper
Zone are seldom fragmentary, though generally in casts, and appear
to have been buried where they lived. As might be expected, the
horizontal range of these two zones is very unequal, and, on the
whole, they probably represent, respectively, shallow- and deep-sea
conditions of the Great Oolite.

These two zones range probably from Yorkshire, and certainly
from Lincolnshire, as may be gathered from the description of the
Oolites of Lincolnshire by Professor Morrist, and from thence into
Northamptonshire and Oxfordshire.

The Lower Zone attains its greatest development towards the
western escarpment of the Oolites of Wiltshire and the centre of the
Cotteswold Hills; but eastward it dwindles down until it entirely
dies out in the Valley of the Cherwell, near Woodstock.

The same south-easterly attenuation is also observable in the
ease of the Forest-marble, which may be considered a subformation
of the Great Oolite=. Thus we have reason for concluding that
under the Oxford Clay of a large portion of Northamptonshire and
Oxfordshire, we should pass from the Cornbrash into the Upper
Zone of the Great Oolite, and from this into the Marlstone, the
intervening beds having disappeared.

From internal evidence over an extensive range, afforded by the
evenly bedded limestones and marls of the Upper Zone of the Great
Oolite, and from its continuity over an area extending at least from
Somersetshire to Lincolnshire, combined with the fact that it
furnishes no evidence of a tendency to thin away towards the south-
east, I am inclined to think that this subdivision extends as far as
the Paleozoic barrier of the Thames Valley, and that it is the
identical part of the formation described by M. Rozet as resting
upon the Carboniferous rocks of the Bas-Boulonnais. It is the first
exception to south-easterly attenuation we meet with in ascending
through the Mesozoic rocks of England ; and it cannot be regarded
as a drifted sedimentary deposit, but as one which, like the White
Chalk, was formed on the bed of a comparatively deep sea by the
agency of living animals, or by the precipitation of the fine cal-
eareous mud derived from Molluses, Corals, and Foraminifera.

* Op. cit. p. 53.

t+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 8334. The beds which in Lincolnshire
succeed the ferruginous limestone, considered by Professor Morris as Inferior
Oolite, are “ stratified sands and clays, local in their occurrence, bearing plant-
remains.” These beds represent the ‘“ Lower Zone” of the Great Oolite, and
are succeeded by marly white oolites, “i indicating deeper-sea conclitions,””
which represent the ‘‘ Upper Zone.”

{ This formation dies out in the Valley of the Cherwell, east of Woodstock.
See Map of Geol. Survey, Sheet 45, 8.W.; and “ Geology of Woodstock,” p. 24,

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

With the Upper Zone of the Great Oolite, the earliest Secondary
formation which does not thin away south-eastward, our inyestiga-
tions cease on this head, and I now propose to inquire what are the
probable positions of the Paleozoic rocks under this district.

I can here avail myself of the opinions of other authors, which
will render it unnecessary to dwell to a great length on this part
of the subject.

§ 4. Probable Extension of the Coal-measures from Warwickshire to
the Thames Valley.—This is a subject on which it is necessary to
exercise much caution, on account of the interests involved. Mr.
Godwin-Austen has already stated his opinion of the probable
extension of the Coal-measures from the Coal-fields of Stafford and
Warwick, to join that band which he considers to stretch along the
Thames Valley under the Chalk. Even if this be the ease, there
may be interruptions in the form of bosses of Silurian or Cambrian
rocks, and the measures themselves may be generally unproductive
of valuable coal-beds.

In fact, there are evidences that the Coal-measures become at-
tenuated towards the 8.E., from phenomena observable in the
Warwickshire Coal-field. At the southern extremity of the Coal-field,
south of Bedworth, all the coal-beds, which towards Atherstone are
more or less widely separated by sandstones and shales, become
united into one mass 30 feet thick*. At the same time the south-
easterly strike of the Coal-measures and Permian rocks in the
Warwickshire district shows that they tend to underlie Oxford-
shire and part of Northamptonshire; and the strike of the coal-
beds has been proved to continue in the same direction for a con-
siderable distance underneath the New Red Sandstoney. Further
to the south, near Coventry, the Permian Beds slightly change
their strike towards the east, and, if there be any conformity between
this formation and the Coal-measures, which seems to be the case in
this district, the dip of the Coal-measures must be in the direction
of Oxfordshire. Of course beyond this district we have no further
means of judging by actual observation whether this direction of the
beds continues ; but it is satisfactory to find, at the last place where
the Coal-formation can be seen to the 8.E., the beds tending to
underlie a district where we know that the superimposed formations
have become greatly lessened in depth.

§ 5. Physical Geography of the Trias—A. Land on the North
Atlantic Area.—At the close of the Permian Period, those dis-
turbances accompanied by marine denudation ensued which
changed the distribution of land and sea, and produced a high
degree of unconformity between the Permian and Triassic Rocks.
Their general effect was to extend the area of sea, and to contract the
land-surface, so that the British Islands presented the appearance
of a small polynesia, in place of a more or less connected line of

* Geol. Survey Map, Sheet 63, 8.W., and Vertical Sections, Geol. Survey,
Sheet 20.

+ As I am informed by my colleague Mr. Howell. See Geol. Map, Sheets
53, N.W.-63, 8.W.; and ‘“ Geology of the Warwickshire Coal-field,”’ 1859.

1859.| | HULL—THINNING-OUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 7)

coast stretching westwards, northwards, and eastwards along the
margin of the Lower Permian basin. The whole of the low-lying
district between the highlands of Wales
and those of Cumberland was submerged,
and a channel was opened for the trans-
port of Triassic sediment by an oceanic
current from the north-west, by the agency
of which it wasspread over central England
as long as the various kinds of sediment
were capable of being mechanically sus-
pended.

The Lower Carboniferous Range of the
Penine Chain, which during the deposition
of the earlier Permian strata was elevated
into land, appears to have been completely
submerged under the Triassic sea. This
is presumed, independently of other con-
siderations, by the fact that we find the
same succession of Triassic beds on both
sides of this range. In Nottinghamshire
and Yorkshire, with the exception of the
““Upper Mottled Sandstone,” which has
thinned out, we find exactly the same
succession of subformations, both of the
Bunter and Keuper, as in Lancashire and
Cheshire. Now it will be shown presently
that all the sediment has been transported
from the north-west towards the east and
south, so that the strata must have been
deposited continuously across this portion
of Northern England,—an evident proof
that there was no separating barrier of
land.

Thus, at Mansfield we find the following
section across the Trias, in which the same
subformations occur as at Chester (with
the one exception), while, at the same
time, the whole series is considerably
lessened in thickness. The section has
been drawn from the information supplied
by my colleague Mr. Talbot Aveline. > 1.

Farther north, at Worksop, on the >].
borders of Yorkshire, the succession is the | | ]
same ; so that we have here strong evi- ae
dence, if not absolute proof, that these La¥e
beds were continuous from Lancashire to KI
Yorkshire, right across the Carboniferous XE
Range. 1

The Silurian regions of Wales and Salop
were also submerged and buried under =
Triassic sandstones to a considerable extent

East.

Red Marl.

Lower Keuper
Sandstone, 300 ft.

Conglomerate
400 ft.
Upper Permian
Marls

beds.

Lower Mottled
150 ft.

Sandstone.

General Section across the Permian Rocks and Trias, near Mansfield.

it ™ q
i
7 7 + aul. _|tr
Magnesian Limestone

est.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Apr. 20,

at the close of that period. In the Valley of the Severn we find two
distinct shingle-beaches, one in a position 450 feet above the base
of the Bunter Sandstone, and the other about 500 feet higher. If
these beds be reduced to their original horizontal position, and
the whole brought below the sea-level, it would lead one to believe
that all the area below 2000 feet at least was under the sea. The
subsidence continued, with occasional pauses, throughout the Triassic
epoch; and the extreme fineness of the sediment of the Keuper
sandstones and marls proves the remoteness of the land from which
it had been drifted. During the earlier stages of the Bunter series,
the siliceous sediment appears to have been drifted over the plain of
Central England, through the channel formed by the mountains of
Westmoreland on the north and those of Caernarvon and Denbigh on
the south, fillimg in all the old channels and valleys; and, as the
later periods of the Keuper and Lias progressed, these old headlands
gradually became more contracted both in area and elevation,

At the close of the period of the Bunter Sandstone, the low-
lying tracts of England were probably elevated into dry land,
and remained so during the deposition of the Muschelkalk in
Germany. I have arrived at this conclusion from the following con-
siderations.

B. Subaérial conditions during the formation of the German
Muschelkalk.—Yhe base of the Keuper is almost invariably a
breccia or conglomerate, the pebbles of which can be identified with
those Paleeozoic formations in the neighbourhood which at the close
of the Bunter period formed the coast. This breccia is, in fact, a
shingle-beach ; and, if we suppose the flat tracts of the Bunter to
have been re-submerged at the commencement of the Keuper period,
such a shingle-bed would be the inevitable result of the waves
acting along a newly formed, and sometimes a bold, line of coast.
Shallow seas and intertidal conditions prevailed throughout the
higher stages of the Lower Keuper Sandstone ; for we frequently
find the footprints of Reptiles, sun-cracks, and rain-prints, showing
that during the ebb of the tide the sea-bed was left dry.

C. Unconformity of the Keuper and Bunter.—There are evidences
which appear to me irresistible that the strata of the Bunter and
Keuper are unconformable. I have already shown the probability
of this being the case in Germany, from the occurrence of pebbles
of Bunter Sandstone in the Lower Keuper Sandstone of the Oden-
wald*, and the evidences in this country are equally strong. In the
district of Alton, in Staffordshire, the base of the Keuper is formed
of a white conglomeratic sandstone, resting on red shale; and its
pebbles can only be referred to the reconstructed materials of the
Bunter. They consist of the well-known, rounded, and coloured
quartz of which we have no examples in England except from the
conglomerate-beds of that formation. The Bunter conglomerates
climb up the flanks of the Carboniferous rocks of Derbyshire ; and,
if this be the correct interpretation of their reappearance, they have

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 224.

1859.| = HULL—THINNING-GUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 77
been elevated into a marginal coast at the commencement of the
Keuper period; and this would have necessarily produced a certain
degree of unconformity between these two formations of the Triassic
Series.

The relative position of the Bunter and Keuper in Leicestershire
appears to afford evidence of unconformity. The conglomerate-beds
of the Bunter are confined to the western and northern portions of
the Ashby-de-la-Zouch Coal-field, where they attain a thickness of
200 or 300 feet. Along a line passing N.E. and S.W. through
Moira they terminate abruptly; and east of this line we find the
Lower Keuper Sandstone resting immediately on the Coal-measures.
These conditions would seem to indicate,—first, that after the de-
position of the conglomerates certain disturbances had occurred,
elevating the south eastern districts, and thus causing the denn
dation of the conglomerates from off that area; and, secondly, that,
after these Te cnnnaes (involving, of course, an. unconformity ), the
beds of the Keuper had been deposited where we find them, resting
on the conglomerates of the Bunter in one direction and on the Coal-
measures in the other.

In Lancashire, near Ormskirk, there is a section showing the
superposition of* these formations, in which the appearance of un-
conformity is of so satisfactory a nature that it elicited the assent
of such a cautious observer as Professor Ramsay. As the geology
of this district has not yet been published by the Geological Survey,
I do not feel at liberty to describe this section, but will only add
that it is seldom that a more evident case of unconformity is laid
open to view.

In thus stating my conviction that these formations are uncon-
formable, I by no means wish to assert that the non-parallelism of
the beds is ever very great ; it is only sufficient to prove that dis-
turbances and denudation have intervened between the two periods
one effect of which was to place the bed of the Bunter Sandstone
sea beyond the reach of marine deposition, and thus account for the
entire absence of the Muschelkalk in England.

I shall close this subject, which I feel I have very imperfectly
treated, with one more remark. It is scarcely possible to estimate
the advantage, both to science and to civilization, which has resulted
from the present configuration of the Mesozoic rocks of England.
Keeping in mind the tendency which they exhibit to thin away
towards the south-east, it is evident that, with their present strike
and inclination, they are presented to us in succession along lines of
fullest development. In order to estimate this more fully, we have
only to reflect how dwarfish would have been the ascending series
of formations, had they been upheaved along an axis coinciding with
the present escarpment of the Chalk from Reading to the German
Ocean. Such an arrangement would also have shut out all hope of
reaching coal in the central counties, as the Carboniferous rocks
would have been covered by the newer formations over the regions
of their greatest vertical thickness.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

D. Causes of Variations in the Persistency of Strata.—The facts
here stated regarding the thinning-away of the various kinds of
strata bear out in a remarkable manner the views laid down by Sir
C. Lyell in his ‘ Principles of Geology.’ When rivers carry down
to the sea fragmentary rocks, sands, and mud, of various degrees
of coarseness, these materials are brought within reach of marine
currents, and are by their means spread over the bed of the ocean.
The larger fragments are the first to become imbedded; while the
more minute particles of sand or clay are carried to great distances
out to sea, and slowly sink to the bottom, forming shales and clays, like
those of the Red Marl, and Lias. Of these phenomena, the Triassic
group produces examples. In Cheshire, where that formation is
most fully developed, the Bunter and Keuper are of nearly equal
thickness ; but we have seen that the beds of the Bunter, which are
formed of siliceous particles, more or less coarse and of a rather
high specific gravity, do not reach as far to the south-east (that is,
out to sea) as the eastern borders of Leicestershire and Warwick-
shire, where the fine muddy strata of the Keuper are still 500 feet
in depth. The case is further illustrated when we compare the
limited range of the breccias, or shingle-beaches, with the other
beds of the Trias. These are never found to extend far from their
parent coast-lines.

In observing individual beds also, we find a marked connexion
between horizontal area and tranquillity of deposition. Those strata
exhibiting the agency of local marme currents, which have pro-
duced the phenomena of false-bedding, are invariably inconstant,
and, as it were, short-lived; while the evenly bedded layers, in
which the fossils (in the case of fossil-bearing rocks) are entire,
have much wider ranges. As points of comparison, we may place
on the one side the two Mottled Sandstones of the Bunter and the
shelly Freestones of the Inferior and Great Oolites, and on the other
the Lower Keuper Sandstones, the Ragstones of the Inferior Oolite,
the Upper Zone of the Great Oolite, and the Cornbrash.

§ 6. Apparent South-easterly Attenuation of Carboniferous
Series.—I believe that the conclusions here stated regarding the
south-easterly attenuation of the Lower Mesozoic rocks are ap-
plicable, to some extent, to the Carboniferous rocks of Britain.
The Lower Carboniferous rocks are more largely developed in
Scotland than in the North of England; and my colleague Mr.
Geikie informs me that the sandstones and shales of the Lothians
evince a marked tendency to become thicker towards the north-
west.

Professor Phillips* appears to have arrived at a similar conclusion
with respect to the “ Yordale Rocks” of Yorkshire; and he has
shown how the sandstones, shales, and other sedimentary strata
thicken towards the north-west; while the organically formed
limestones appear in greatest force in an opposite direction. I have
already alluded to the example in the case of the Warwickshire Coal-

* Geology of Yorkshire, p. 176. See also Explanation of the Horizontal
Sections of the Geological Survey, Sheet 45.

1859.| | HULI—THINNING-OUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 79

field ; and a still more remarkable one occurs in South Staffordshire,
where the ‘‘ Main Coal” of Dudley, 10 yards thick, becomes split up
into several seams at the northern part of the coal-field, and se-
parated by sandstones, shales, and clays, altogether attaining a
thickness of 300 feet. This fact has been demonstrated by Mr.
Jukes*, who remarks upon the great persistency of the coal-beds as
compared with the inorganic materials. The Yordale series of
Lancashire and North Staffordshire are enormously developed in
comparison with their equivalents in Leicestershire and Warwick-
shire. With all these facts in view, it is much to be feared that
the Carboniferous Series generally becomes greatly reduced, and
probably much less productive of coal, under the districts of
Oxfordshire and Northamptonshire.

Mr. Sorby? has also carried on a series of investigations on the
currents of these ancient seas, as indicated by the various pheno-
mena of stratification. It is probable that, when completed, these
will lead to results of the highest interest in throwing light upon
the physical geography of past times. In the meantime Mr. Sorby
appears to have arrived at the conclusion, that the drifting of sedi-
ment has been from the N.W. in the case of the Carboniferous
group; while tidal currents ebbed and flowed in N.E. and S.W.
directions throughout parts of the Permian and Oolitic periodst.
All these phznomena point to the existence of a continent, or at
least of an extensive tract of land, throughout the Carboniferous,
Permian, and Lower Secondary Periods in the region now occupied
by the North Atlantic Ocean.

Accepting, then, the conclusions of Mr. Godwin-Austen, that a
band of Coal-measures stretches along the Thames Valley, thrown
off on the north side of the Old Palzozoic Axis, it is not improbable
that the formation extends, with perhaps occasional interruptions,
into the central counties; but I have already hinted at the probability
that, as a coal-producing set of rocks, it has become deteriorated in
its extension southwards (page 74).

With regard to the formations which may be inferred to lie above
the Coal-measures in Oxfordshire and Northamptonshire, it is pro-
bable we should find the following ascending series :—

lst. The Lower Permian rocks, of considerable depth northward,
but diminishing in thickness towards the escarpment of the Chalk.

2nd. Above the Permian beds, we should find no Bunter Sand-
stone, but only the Keuper Marls, greatly diminished in thickness.

3rd. Next the Lower Lias, also greatly reduced and thinning
away towards the Chalk-escarpment. If the Marlstone and Upper
Lias were found to exist, it would only be as mere traces, and these
would be immediately superimposed by the Upper Zone, or “« White
Limestones”’ of the Great Oolite.

A vertical section under Oxford would probably present the fol-
lowing descending series :—

* South Staffordshire Coal-field: Mem. Geol. Survey.
+ See Papers in the Edin. Phil. Journal, New Series.
t See ‘ Siluria,’ 3rd edit., Appendix.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Apr. 20,

Formations present. Formations absent.

feet. feet.

OxfordiG lay ti cekesessesscan oa: 600 | Forest Marble (greatest thickness) 150
@ormmbrashyeeeecssscnsnds ster acess 5 | Great Oolite (Lower Zone) ...... 100
Great Oolite (Upper Zone) ...... AAQO |; Wwlllkgety IEW se ooqoaacosnonacobac > 200
Trower Tinag ce eee ie seine 200)2) Monteriors © olitenys-nqeeseeceseee ae 270
Red Marl (Keuper) ............... 2002.) Sands: jp actanenorssemacten cesar see 150
Lower Permian Beds ............ 2 (Wijayersre bikes) Cllenyocscdsoadecudossansos 400
Coal-measures ...............0.06- ? Marlstone:? ences. cenuat sree sceeracuet 240
Lower Keuper Sandstone ......... 450

Bunter Sandstone ................+. 2150

§ 7. General Conclusions.—From the foregoing considerations the
following conclusions may be drawn :—

Ist. That during the deposition of the Upper Paleozoic and
Lower Mesozoic Rocks an extensive tract of land existed to the
north-west of the British Isles, which afforded the materials of
which these rocks are composed ; and it is probable that this region
embraced the western isles and coast of Scotland.

2nd. That the Lower Permian Rocks were deposited in a channel,
of which we can trace approximately the borders to the west and
north-east; and that this group attains its maximum development
along a band of country stretching west and east, from the southern
borders of Salop, across Staffordshire to Warwickshire.

3rd. That at the close of the Permian Period there ensued con-
siderable changes in the distribution of land and sea, involving a
large increase in the latter. ‘That a highway was opened between
North Wales and Westmoreland, along which the sediment for the
formation of the Lower Secondary rocks was transported by an
oceanic current and spread over the plains of England, filing up
old Paleozoic valleys.

4th. That all the Lower Secondary formations decrease in thick-
ness, and actually die out towards the south-east; that this atte-
nuation is due to the increase of distance from the sources of supply,
and the consequent failure of sedimentary materials which have
come from land occupying the region of the North Atlantic.

5th. That there probably exists a tract of Coal-measures stretch-
ing from the southern borders of the Staffordshire and Warwick-
shire Coal-fields towards the Thames Valley, as previously surmised
by Mr. Godwin-Austen, but that there is reason to fear that the
whole formation becomes debased and less likely to contain valuable
beds of coal.

6. That the depth to the Coal-measures under parts of Oxford-
shire and Northamptonshire cannot, in consequence of the thinning-
out of the Lower Secondary Rocks (Inferior Oolite, Lias, and Trias),
be considered as beyond the reach of mining enterprise; but that the
thickness of the interposed Permian rocks and the economical value
of the coal-beds are points of uncertainty, which are likely to be
solved only by actual experiment.

ros: {
uart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. XV. Pl. IV
tralts 0

LE SL.

lu &@

Oxford.

—

——<—
== Ortord Clay.

OOO Cn ORGre
. :
ge
eee Laan L
veld
/ +
| South-East.

C&O’,

Great
Oolite.

Feet.
ta 100 Feet.

Enoraved by J Wiowry.

; ; , LO tllu SERA?

the South-easte rhy. AtCenwalbion or

COULD BT aL :E V Cie ONGC OTS SON MEOW OLE CN UN GE We by ML LG tS,

Fe CAPO LM OPEL Secondary Hooks or Lugland.

ey tb 7 |

GC te O T C EF. SS ae ££ LR S a it R ts,
W.MN.W. :
i BREDON
CLOUD. ; lotteswold Lromontory.
Vale of CGlowcester. } ip Ca FO ELS Ue Tie.

Ho

TOT.

Quart. Jou. Geol. Soc. Vol. XV. Pl. IV.

Mie S Ah

Seo SS ea ———SSSSS
Wew Red Marl. See OA
? ay (Space omitted ! ¢ ;
Lhickness of the Beds. : to save room) Thickness of the Beads. Thickness oF the Beds. Thickness of the Beds.
jg RE TIS... RE 380 Feet. Trterior Oot... 270 Feet. Great OU cc 250 Feet per Zone 200 Feet. Great Oolite....
MAT UST LL, ss chpasseste AGO), Armmonite ~SAndS. cn FO y MnFErI0?P OORRE.o 000. LO Inrertor Oolite absent.
Lower LtA8-..0c0eccccc...about TOO, . OPP EF LIAB. vsssccsecciviie 200 UO jry Ep IGLOS cies en ILO) Opper Tias........... absent.
Marlstone OU, Jie ep bea ora Ween LO) op PU CRISTO] LEE nee He & Feet.
‘
North-West.
x : )
Mtg we

Coal-measures.

Lower Lower Hep er

Conglomerate
Beds. Sandstone. Sandstone. Coal-measures.
WH @ zu a Ss Ss zt c C r o u P
Dper 2 So camasiersta Old) Keze, RA MAT cooeccrcicivrccsseerrinn About 3000 Feet.
Upper mottled Sandstone: Ce Keuper, 8450 Peet,
) Conglomerate: DEAE. .....ccccceccicssessnceese TAO i Bunter, 2150 Feet. Lower Heuper Sandstone........ nn fOO) ie
Lower mottled SANASCONE 0.00.00:

Trtasste GROUP occ Sb600 Feet.)

Lermian......800 Feet.

TAT plait dt). Oh ed Or

Re 3 Ps. SK
ele rael| ee,
LE PG GI GE he RE CATON 72

Bunter....... 800 Feet. Keaper........ L200 Feet.

( Triassic Group eo 2000 Feet. )

Wainy ap.

We Al CR Wa TL 1G WAG YS RAT ERE

v

Upper Zone 200 Feet,
LOO Feet. er Zone absent:

South Last.

OG Om VE

Coal-measures.

Permian... 1800 beet.

( Triassic Group.
° >

600 Ret.)

|" Keuper......600 Feet.

Engraved by TWiowry.

1859. ] HULL—THINNING-OUT OF THE SECONDARY ROCKS. 81

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

The sections in Plate IV. are intended to illustrate the thinning-out towards
the South-east (and, per contra, the thickening towards the North-west) of all
the formations from the base of the Great Oolite down to that of the Trias.
Though founded on actual admeasurement of the strata, the sections are not
drawn to any true horizontal scale.

Fig. 1 shows the thinning-away of the Liassic and Oolitic strata, along a line
drawn from the banks of the Severn, near its junction with the Avon, across
Bredon Hill, the Vale of Cheltenham, the Cotteswold promontory, and Vale of
Moreton, to the hills of Coral-rag above Oxford. The line runs W.N.W. and
E.S.E. By comparing the thickness of the formations (as given in the figures
immediately under the sections) where they are capable of being measured, it
will be seen how they all tend to thin away towards Oxford. The whole of the
Inferior Oolite is not present on Bredon Cloud, so that its thickness cannot be
compared with that of its representative on the Cotteswold Hills ; but in the Valley
of the Cherwell, near Woodstock, the formatiou has altogether disappeared.
The Upper Zone of the Great Oolite, however, evinces no tendency to thin away
in any direction.

Figs. 2, 3, and 4 may be considered as one interrupted section, and are to
illustrate the same principles in the case of the Triassic rocks. The direction
of the section is along a line drawn from the mouth of the Mersey to that of
the Thames; and in each the thickness of the formation with its groups is shown
as it occurs in Cheshire, Staffordshire, and East Warwickshire. It will be
observed that, while the Bunter Sandstone attains in Cheshire and Lancashire
the surprising thickness of 2000 feet and upwards, in Staffordshire it has con-
siderably lessened, and dies out before reaching the neighbourhood of Coventry.

The Keuper series in Cheshire is upwards of 3000 feet thick; in Staffordshire
it is only 1200; and in East Warwick about 600. The section is continued
through the Liassic and Oolitic formations into Oxfordshire.

These sections also show the manner of the distribution of the Lower Permian
rocks along the same line of country. This formation becomes more fully de-
veloped in Warwickshire than in Staffordshire, and in this latter county more
than in Cheshire; proving the remarkable change which ensued at the close
of the Paleozoic period in the physical circumstances under which the rocks
of the two great epochs were deposited.

VOL, XVI.—PART I. a

DONATIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

From July \st, 1859, to October 31st, 1859.

I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS.
Presented by the respective Societies and Editors,

American Geographical and Statistical Society. Journal. Nos. 1-3
January to March, 1859.

Gold-yield of Victoria in 1851-58, 27.
Gold-yield of California in 1849-58, 89.

American Journ.Science.and Arts.2ndSer. Vol.xxviil. No.82.July1859.

J. D. Whitney.—Minerals of the Lake Superior Region, 8,

L. Lesquereux.—Coal-formations of North America, 21.

J. W. Mallet.—Brewsterite, 48.

R. C. Haskell.—Eruption of Mauna Loa, 66.

L. Lesquereux.—Fossil plants from Washington Territory, 85.
A. yon Humboldt, Eulogy on, by L. Agassiz, 96.

J. Nicklés.—Manufacture of Aluminium, 126.

J. D. Dana.—Seventh Supplement to Dana’s ‘ Mineralogy,’ 128.
Reviews and Miscellaneous, 148.

Assurance Magazine. Vol. vii. Part 4. No. 36. July 1859.

Atheneum Journal. Nos. 1653-68. July to October, 1859.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.

T. Wright.—Works of Art in the Drift, 51.

T. Coan.—EHruption of Mauna Loa, 84.

F. Ransome.— Water-glass and artificial stone, 115.

J. A. Knipe’s Geological Map of Scotland, noticed, 212.
‘The Guadeee of Britain,’ noticed, 247.

W. B. Kesteven.—Water-glass and Beekites, 274.

H. Eley’s ‘Geology in the Garden,’ noticed, 277.
British Association, 368, 400, 452, 465.

J. Anderson’s ‘ Dura Den,’ noticed, 502.

Atlantis., No.4. July, 1859.
H. Hennessy.—Thickness of the Earth’s Crust, 457.

Australian and New Zealand Gazette. No. 406.

Bengal Asiatic Soc. Journ. NewSeries. Nos. 96, 97 (1859, Nos.1,2).

Pratt and F. P. Tennant.—The Indian Arc of Meridian, 17, 22.
H. J. Carter.—Geological Specimens from the Persian Gulf, 41.

DONATIONS. 83

Bent’s Monthly Literary Advertiser, Nos. 663-666,

Berlin. Zcitsch. Deutsch. Geol. Gesells. Vol. viii. No. 3.May—July 1856.

Proceedings, 308-317. Letters, 318.

Boll.—Einige neue Beyrichie (figures), 321.

A, Achenbach.—Geognostische Beschreibung der Hohenzollern’schen
Lande, 331.

A. von Strombeck.—Ueber das Alter des Flammenmergels im Nord-
westlichen Deutschland, 483.

J. F. J. Schmidt.—Zweiter Bericht iiber das Aufsteigen einer Torf-
insel im See Cleweetz oder Beel, 494.

——. Vol.ix. No.2. February to April 1857.

Proceedings, 175 to 194. Letters, 195.

ie Seebach.—Entomostraceen aus der Trias Thiiringens (plate),

H. B. Geinitz.— Ueber zwei neue Versteinerungen und die Strophalo-
sien des Zechsteins (plate), 207.

G. von Rath.—Geognostische Bermerkungen iiber das Berninagebirge
in Graubiindten, 211.

J. Burkart.—Ueber die Erscheinungen bei dem Ausbruche des
mexikanischen Feuerberges Jorullo im Jahre 1759, 274.

Emmrich.—Ueber das Vorkommen yon Wirbelthierresten zu Kal-
tennordheim, 300.

Websky.—Ueber einige Krystallformen des Colestins von Pschow
bei Rybnik in Oberschlesien (plate), 303.

—. Usher das Vorkommen des Phlogopit zu Alt-Kemnitz bei
Hirschberg, 310.

apt Strombeck.—Ueber die Eisensteins-Ablagerung bei Peine,

3.
Behm.—Die Tertiiir-Formation von Stettin, 323.
Max Braun.—Ueber die Galmeistiitte des Altenbergs (3 plates), 354,

British Association, Report for 1858. 1859.

R. Mallett—Fourth Report upon the Facts and Theory of Earth-
quake phenomena, 1.

S. Eddy.—On the Lead-mining Districts of Yorkshire, 167.

M. Connal.—Mineral Substances imported into the Clyde, 185.

F, A. Siljestr6m.—On the conditions of equilibrium in a rotating
spheroid, 5.

——. On the distribution of heat in the interior of the Earth, 23.

A. Gages.—On the study of metamorphic rocks, 48,

. On anew variety of Pyro-electric Wavellite, 49,

G. Gladstone.—On a remarkable deposit of Carbonate of Lime about
Fossils in the Lower Lias of Dorsetshire, 51.

W. Odling.—On the Atom of Tin, 58,

R. Warington.—On the source of Ammonia in Volcanic Emanation,
(al

J. Anderson.—On the Fossil Fishes and Yellow Sandstone of Dura
Den, 74.

T. W. Atkinson.—On the Volcanos of Central Asia, 75.

W. H. Baily.—On the fructification of Cyclopteris Hibernica, 75,

——. On twonew gaan, of Crustacea from the Coal-measures, 76,

W. Baines.—On the Yorkshire Flagstones and their Fossils, 78,

L. Barrett.—On the Atlas and Axis of the Plesiosaurus, 78.

a2

84 DONATIONS,

British Association for the Advancement of Science (continued).

G. B. Bevan.—On the Marine Shell-bed of the South Wales Ooal-
basin, 80.

A. Hancock.—On Vermiform Fossils in Mountain Limestone, 80.

R. Harkness.—On the Breccias of the Valley of the Nith, Scotland, 81.

T. H. Huxley.—On the genus Pteraspis, 82.

W. King.—On the Jointed Structure of Rocks, 83.

J. G. Marshall.—On the Geology of the Lake-district, 84.

W. Mathews.—Photographs of the Quarry of Rowley Rag, Walsall,
93

C. Moore.—On Triassic beds near Frome, 93.

R. I. Murchison.—On the older rocks of the Highlands of Scotland,
94,

J. Nicol.—On the Gneiss of the North of Scotland, 96.

T. W. Norwood.—Geology of Hotham, near South Cave, Yorkshire,
96.

R. Owen.—On a new genus of Pterodactyle, 97.

D. Page.—On the skeleton of a Seal from the Pleistocene Clays of
Stratheden, in Fifeshire, 103.

——. The Paleontology of the Tilestones of Scotland, 104.

——. Metamorphic and Older Paleeozoic Rocks of Scotland, 105.

W. Pengelly.—On a recently discovered Ossiferous Cavern at
Brixham, 106.

J. Phillips and R. Barker.—On the Hematite-ores of North Lan-
cashire and West Cumberland, 106.

H. C. Sorby.—On a new method of determining the Temperature
and Pressure at which various rocks and minerals were formed, 107,

——. On the arrangement of minerals in Igneous Rocks, 107.

——. On the currents present during the deposition of the Carbo-
niferous and Permian Strata in Sonn orkshire and North
Derbyshire, 108.

F., F. Statham.—On the Geology of the Scilly Isles, 108.

T. P. Teale.—On the superficial deposits of the valley of the Aire at

Leeds, 111.

Pareto tage the Fens and Submarine Forests of Lincolnshire,
13.

Carrington.—On the geological distribution of plants in Yorkshire,
115

W. Lockhart.—On the Yellow River, China, 152.
R. Hunt.—Mineral produce of Yorkshire in 1857, 181.

British Pomological Society. Proceedings. September 1859.
Brussels. Bulletins de l’ Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres
et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique. 2™¢Sér. Vol. iv. 1858.

L. De Koninck.—Sur auslaues Crinoides paléozoiques nouveaux de
VAngleterre et de l’Hcosse, 95.

—. -—. Vol. v. (1858), et Vol. vi. (1859).

——. Tables générales et analytiques du Recueil des Bulletins de
VAcad. Roy. des Sc., &., de Belgique. Je Sér. Tome 1 4 23.
(1832 41856.) 1858. |

——. Mémoires de l’Académie Royale. Vol. xxxi. 1859.

. Mémoires couronnés et Mémoires des Savants étrangers.
Vol. xxix, 1858,

DONATIONS, 85

Brussels. Mémoires Couronnés et autres mémoires publiés par |’ Acad.
Roy. des Sc. de Belgique. Collect. in 8°. Vol. vil.

A. Perrey.—Sur les Tremblements de Serre en 1856, avec supplé-
ments pour les années antérieures.

Annuaire de |’Acad. Roy. 1859.
Canadian Journal. New Series. No. 22. July 1859.

Geological Survey of Canada, 268.
F. B. Meek and F, V. Hayden.—Geology of Kansas and Nebraska,
318.

V. d’Aoust.—Formation of Oolites by organic agency, 324.
Mineralogical Notices, 325.

Canadian News. Nos. 81-88, July to October 1859.
Cape and Natal News. Nos. 10-12. July to September 1859.
Chemical Society. Quart. Journ. No. 46. Vol. xii. Pt. 2. July 1859.

No. 47. Vol. xii. Pt. 3. October 1859.

B. C. Brodie.—Atomic weight of Graphite. 261.
——. Combination of Carbonic Oxide with Potassium, 269,

Critic. Nos. 469-484. July to October 1859.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
Aerolite in North America, 257.
W. Hopkins.—The Earth’s Internal Temperature, 281.
British Association, 304, 325.
G. G. Runardson.—Flint-implements at Redhill, 355,

Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. Annual Report of the
Director-General. 1859.

Geologist. Vol. ii. Nos. 19-22. July to October 1859.

T. Wiltshire.—Red Chalk of England, 261.

Foreign correspondence, 278, 328.

Proceedings of Societies, 289.

Notes and Queries, 295, 329, 368, 404.

Reviews, 300, 332, 372, 417.

T. R. Jones.—Weathering of Granite, 301.

T. Davidson.—Spirifera convoluta, 313.

C, Lyell ‘on Craters of Elevation,’ noticed, 515.

S. J. Mackie.—The Common Fossils of the British Rocks, 341,

381.
H. C. Salmon and B, Cotta.—The formation of Ore-veins, 355,

389.
Meeting of the British Association, 397,
Horticultural Society of London. Proceedings. Vol.i. Nos. 1-3.
Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Report for 1858-59.

Leopoldina. Aemtliches Organ der Kais. Leop.-Car. Deutschen Akad.
d. Naturf. Erstes Heft. 1859.

Liége. Mémoires de la Soc. Roy. des Sciences. Vol. xiv. 1859.

Linnean Society. Journal of the Proceedings, Vol. iv. Nos, 13,
14, July 1859.

86 DONATIONS.

Literary Gazette. NewSer. Vol. iii. Nos. 53-68. July to Oct. 1859,

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
British Association, 309. ;
H. Eley’s ‘Geology in the Garden,’ noticed, 331.

Liverpool Literary and Philosophical Soc. Proceedings. No.13. 1859.

London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. 4th Series.
Vol. xvii. Nos. 117-120. July to October 1859.

C. Lyell.—Professor C. P. Smyth’s supposed proofs of the submarine
origin of Teneriffe and other Volcanic Cones in the Canaries, 20.

H. Hennessy.—Thiclmess and structure of the Karth’s Crust, 22.

W. H. Miller.—The employment of the gnomonic projection of the
sphere in Crystallography, 37. '

A. Delesse’s ‘ Ktudes sur le Métamorphisme des Roches,’ noticed, 61.

J, Lancaster and C. C. Wright.—The Shireoaks Colliery, 77.

A. R. C. Selwyn.—Geology of Southern Australia, 77.

T. W. Webb.—Traces of eruptive action in the Moon, 78.

H. C. Sorby.—Expansion of water and saline solutions at high tem-
peratures, 81.

Freezing-point of water in capillary tubes, 105.

J. Drummond.—Molecular structure of Ice and Glass, 102.

C. P. Smyth.—Teneriffe Fossils, 127.

J. Lamont.—Spitzbergen, 153.

T. S. Hunt.—Formation of Gypsum and Dolomite, 153.

8. Hislop.—Tertiary deposits of Central India, 153.

H. Hahn.—Expansion of Crystalline bodies by heat, 155.

Wohler.—Organic substance in the Meteoric Stone of Kaba, 160.

A Gages.—Vivianite, 182.

Wohler.—Composition of the Cape Meteorite, 213.

J. W. Mallet.—Brewsterite, 218.

H. Falconer.—Ossiferous caves near Palermo, 233.

J. Prestwich.—Bone-cave at Brixham, 236.

J. W. Flower.—Flint-implements in the gravel near Amiens, 236.

J. H. Pratt.—Thickness of the Earth’s Crust, 259.

R. Schneider.—The Equivalents of Manganese and Nickel, 268,

—. On Equivalents, 272.

W. Wallace.—The Equivalent of Bromine, 279.

J. Prestwich.—Flint-implements in gravel, 290.

C. Babbage.—Human Remains mixed with bones of extinct animals,
297.

W. Hopkins.—Glacial Theories, 308.

H. Scholefield.—Arsenic in pyrites, 317,

F, A. Genth.—Occurrence of gold, 319.

Longman’s Monthly List. New Series. Nos. 199 and 202. 1859.

Mechanics’ Magazine. New Ser. Vol.ii. Nos.27-42. July to Oct.1859.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
Prestwich and others.—Fossil human implements, 66.
W. Hopkins.—The Earth’s internal temperature, and the thickness
of its crust, 183.
Munich. Almanach der Konigl. Bayerisch. Akad. d. Wissensch.
fiir das Jahr 1859.

Offenbach. Statuten des Offenbacher Vereins fir Naturkunde.
1859.

DONATIONS. 87

Paris. Annales des Mines. Cing.Sér. Vol. xiv. 6¢ livr. du 1858.

L. Simonin.—De J’exploitation des mines et de la Métallurgie en
Toscane pendant l’antiquité et le moyen age, 557 (plate).

G. de Jusson.—Sur les mines de la Province de Trébizonde, 621.

A. de Brossard.—Sur les établissements métallurgiques du Gouverne-
ment du Paraguay, 4 Ibicuy, 624.

oo les sondages artésiens de la province de Constantine,

Bibliographie.

. L’Académie des Sciences. Comptes Rendus. Vol. xlviii.
Nos. 12=26. 21 Mars 4 27 Juin, 1859.

- —. Vol. xlix. No.1. 4 Juillet, 1859.

Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Acad. des Sciences. Tables,
Vol. xlvii.

C. Ste. Claire Deville—Sur l’action des chlorures et des sulfates
alcalins et terreux dans le métamorphisme des roches sédimen-
taires, 89.

Pomel.—Sur les soulévements du massif de Milianah, 107.

—. Sur lage géologique du systéme du Vécors, 479.

P. de Tchihatcheit. — ur Vorographie et la constitution géologique
de quelques parties de l’Asie Mineure, 667.

Leymerie.—Sur une ascension 4 la Maladetta et sur les granites des
Pyrénées de la Haute-Garonne, 120.

Jutier.—Sur les sources minérales de Plombiéres, 211.

Delesse.—Sur le métamorphisme des roches, 219, 495.

——. Variations dans les roches qui se divisent en prismes, 448.

De Verneuil.—Sur quelques fossiles paléozoiques de l’ouest de la
France, 463.

D’Archiac.—Sur un ouvrage de M. Murchison, 469.

M. de Serres.—Sur les falaises et les dunes des cétes de la Méditer-
ranée, 498, 549.

Faure.—Sur les terrains Liassique et Keupérien de la Savoie, 518.

Riviére.—Sur l’origine des combustibles minéraux, 646.

——. Sur les gites calaminaires de la province de Santander
(Espagne), 728.

Jackson.—Sur quelques mines de la Caroline du Nord (Amérique),
618.

Pomel.—Sur le systéme des montagnes du Mermoucha, 852, 949.

Daubrée.— Association de l’arsenic aux bitumes minéraux, 959.

——. Sur une nouvelle maniére d’étre du charbon, 657.

Petit.—Sur deux aérolithes tombés dans le canton de Montrejeau

Haute-Garonne), 1053.

L, Bodart et Jobin—Note sur un procédé chimique pour la prépa-
ration du calcium, 23.

Dumas.—Rapport sur ce procédé, 575.

Landois annonce ayoir découvert un gisement de minerais do
chrome et de cobalt, 27.

Vattemare.—Image photographique d’un cristal de grande dimen-
sion, 166.

Poggiale.—Mémoire sur les eaux minérales et sulfureuses d’Amélie-
les-Bains, 103.

Landois.—Sur la découverte dans le département de la Vendée d'un
gisement d’iodhydrates naturels, 215,

88 DONATIONS.

Paris. Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Acad. des Sciences.
Tables. Vol. xlvii. (continued).

Despretz.—Expériences sur quelques métaux et sur quelques gaz,
746.

Calvert et Johnson.—Sur la conductibilité de la chaleur par les
métaux et leurs alliages, 1069.

Tiffereau.—Sur les métaux considérés comme des corps composés,
1077.

Landois.—Sur un nouvel élément métallique, 388.

Haidinger.—Une pierre gemme présentée & tort comme un diamant,
286, 389.

De Luca.—Analyse de l’aragonite de Gerfalco, en Toscane, 481.

M. de Serres.—Sur une nouvelle localité ou: se trouve cette aragonite
verte, 626,

Delafosse.—Son “ Cours de Minéralogie,” 629.

H. Ste.-Claire Deville, et H. Caron.—Sur l’apatite, le wagnerite et
quelques espéces artificielles de Nae eas meétalliques, 985.

Jenzoch.—Sur le dimorphisme de la silice cristallisée, 1063.

Rouault.—Sur les vertébres fossiles des terrains sédimentaires de
Vouest de la France, 99.

Pentland.—Nouveau gisement de mammiféres fossiles récemment
découvert en Angleterre, 955.

Gemellaro.—Sur les poissons fossiles de la Sicile, 389.

O. Prost.—Sur les eiiretens du sol observée & Nice pendant Vhiver
1857-1858, 491.

Laurent.—Secousses de tremblement de terre ressenties le 16 Octobre,
1858 & Remorement, 669.

Mémoires présentés par divers Savants 4 l’Académie des
Sciences. Sc. Math. et Phys. Vol. xv.

Descloizeaux.—Sur la cristallisation et la structure intérieure du
‘quartz, 404 (5 plates).

——. Société Géologique de France. Liste des Membres 1859.

. Bullet. Géol. Soc. France. Deux. Sér. Vol. xvi. Feuill.24-35.
May 1859.

Benoit.—Sur la mollasse du département de l’Ain (pl. 8), 369.

-Pouech.—Sur les terrains tertiaires de l’Ariége (pl. 9 et 10), 581.

Griiner.—La carte et la description géologique du département de la
Loire, 412.

Th. Ebray.—Reconstitution approximative de l’écorce de la terre
avant les actions diluviennes, 426.

J. Gosselet.—Sur les terrains crétacés du Hainaut, 432.

Raulin.—Sur la classification de la craie inférieure, 436.

Benoit.—Sur V’identité de formation du terrain sidérolitique dans la
Bresse, le Jura oriental, ete. (pl. 11), 439.

Virlet_d’Aoust.—Sur les inconvénients géologiques qui peuvent
résulter de l’expression de terrain ou étage sidérolitique, 445.

J. Capellinii—Sur une nouvelle espéce d’Isis fossile (pl. 12), 451.

D’Archiac.—Sur la troisiéme édition de ‘ Siluria,’ 454.

Lartet.—Sur la dentition des proboscidiens fossiles et la distribution
géographique et stratigraphique de leurs débris en Europe (pl. 13,
14 et 15), 469.

J. Barrande.—Ktat actuel des connaissances acquises sur la faune
primordiale, 516.

DONATIONS. 89

Paris. Bullet. Géol. Soc. France. Deux. Sér. Vol. xvi. Feuill. 24~35.
May 1859 (continued).

Ch. Laurent.—Sur la ligne du chemin de fer de Madrid & Alicante
(pl. 16), 548.

Feuill. 36-48. July 1859.

Daubrée.—Sur la relation des sources thermales de Plombiéres avec
les filons métalliféres, et sur la formation contemporaine des zéo-
lithes (pl. 17), 562.

Jules Martin.—Sur les arkoses et leur faune en Bourgogne, 592.

Dormoy Meugy et Dalanoiie.—Sur un sondage a Halluin (Nord),
596, 609.

Ed. Hébert.—Sur les phénoménes qui se sont passés 4 la séparation
des périodes géologiques, 596.

Th. Ebray.—Sur quelques fossiles contenus dans le gault supérieur
des environs de Cosne (Niévre), 606.

Ed. Hébert.—Sur le travail de M. Favre intitulé: Mémoire sur les
terrains liasique et keupérien de la Savoie, 610.

A. Boué.—Sur la géologie de l’Herzégovine, de la Bosnie et de la
Croatie turque, 621.

E. Perron.—Sur la présence du gault et de la craie chloritée dans la
Haute Sadne, aux environs de Gray, 628.

Ch. Horion.—Sur le terrain crétacé de la Belgique, 635.

E. Renevier.—Sur lfige relatif de la craie de Rouen et des grés verts
du Mans, et sur la composition de l’étage cénomanien, 668.

Eug. Deslongchamps.—Sur la limite du lias supérieur et du lias
moyen dans le département du Calvados, 675.

A. Damour.—Sur la Gmélinite de l’ile de Chypre, 678.

Keechlin-Schlumberger.—Mé¢tamorphisme des roches de transition a
Thann et dans ses environs, 680.

Ville.—Sur le pays des Beni-Mzab (Algérie), 730.

—. Sur le Sahara algérien occidental, 740.

Sur l’oasis de Laghouat (Algérie), 745.

Ebray.—Sur le genre Galeropygus et sur les plaques des Collyrites,

——
.

759.
Michelin.—Rectification du nom de Clypeaster Gaymardi, Brongn.,
766.

Feuill. 49-59. August 1859.

Nogués.—Sur un grés rouge des Pyrénées et des Corbiéres, 769.

D’Archiac.—Sur les fossiles recueillis par M. Pouech dans le terrain
tertiaire du département de l’Ariége, 783.

Royer et Barotte-—Sur la carte géologique du département de
la Haute-Marne, 815.

Lory.—Sur la carte géologique du Dauphiné, 817.

Barrande.—Dép6t organique dans les loges aériennes des Orthocéres
(pl. 18), 828.

Pipes foe l'importance probable de la craie blanche dans le midi
de la France, 857.

Bureau.—Sur |’existence du dévonien supérieur en Bretagne, 862.

Dumortier.—Sur la géologie du département de l’Aude et des Cor-
biéres, 865,

D’Archiac.—Sur le genre Otostoma (pl. 19), 871.

Delesse.—Sur les roches métamorphiques feldspathisées, 879.

Ebray.—Sur les grés ferrugineux de la Puysaie, 886.

90. DONATIONS.

Paris. Bullet. Géol. Soc. France. Deux. Sér. Vol. xvi. Feuill. 49-59,
August 1859 (continued).

De Mortillet.—Sur Palazzolo et le lac d’Iseo en Lombardie (pl. 20),
888.

Hébert.—Sur la limite inférieure du lias et sur la composition du
trias dans les départements du Gard et de l’Hérault, 905.

Se. Gras.—Sur les dépéts diluviens de l’Alsace, et sur la série géné-
rale des terrains quaternaires, 919.

J. Desnoyers.—Sur des empreintes de pas d’animaux dans le gypse
des environs de Paris, et particuliérement de la vallée de Montmo-
reney, 936.

Photographic Society. Journal. Nos. 87-90. July to Oct. 1859.
Quarterly Journ. of Microscopic Se. Nos. 28,29. July and Oct 1859.
Catalogue of Books in the Microscopical Society’s Library, 9.
Ray Society. Report of Council. 1858.
Recreative Science. No.1. August 1859.
S. Hibberd.—Flints and Sponges, 29.
Royal Institution of Great Britam. Additions to the Library.

. Notices of the Proceedings. Pt. ix. Nov. 1858 to July
1859. 1859.

W. Hopkins.—The Earth’s Internal Temperature, and the thickness
of its solid crust, 159.

T. H. Huxley.—Persistent Types of Animal Life, 151.

N. 8. Maskelyne.—The erystal-molecule, as investigated by light, 95.

W. Mitchell—Some abstruse problems of Crystallography, 86.

W. Odling.—Magnesium, Calcium, Lithium, and their congeners,
80.

R. Owen.—Succession in Time and Geographical Distribution of
Recent and Fossil Mammalia, 109.

W. Pengelly.—Ossiferous Caverns and Fissures of Devonshire, 149.

J. Tyndall.—Veined Structure of Glaciers, 72.

Royal Asiatic Society. Journal. Vol. xvu. Pt. 1. 1859.

Royal Dublin Society. Journal. No. 14. July 1859.
T. Baldwin.—Artificial Manures, 263.

Royal Geographical Society. Proceedings. Vol. ii. Nos. 4, 5.
R. Owen.—Fossil and recent Marsupialia of Australia, 158.
B. Pim.—Isthmus of Suez, 177.

R. I. Murchison.—Anniversary Address, 224,
A. von Humboldt, obituary notice of, 225.
Royal Society. Proceedings. Vol.x. Nos. 35,36.

B. C. Brodie.—Atomic Weight of Graphite, 11.

A. Matthiessen.—Specific Gravity of Alloys, 12.

J. Prestwich.—Flint-implements in undisturbed gravel, 50.

C. Babbage.—Human remains mixed with bones of extinct animals,
59.

A. Kolliker.—Vegetable parasites in the hard structures of animals,
95.

Smithsonian Inst. Annual Report of the Board of Regents. 1858.
J. Leconte.—Lectures on Coal, 119,

DONATIONS, 91
Smithsonian Inst. Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. x. 1858,

Society of Arts. Journal. Vol. vii. Nos. 345-348.

Vol. vu. Nos. 349-360. July to October 1859.

M. C. Cooke.—Naphtha, 638.

J. Nicklés.—Aluminium, 651.

W. B. Kesteven.— Water-glass and Beekites, 665.

F. ©. Calvert and R. Johnson,—Relative power of metals and alloys
to conduct heat, 677, 687.

S. Bleekrode.—Cast-iron and ancient slags, 711.

B. 8. Malden and B, Andrews.—Coal in Kent, 716.

South Yorkshire Viewers’ Association. Transactions. Vol.i., 1858,

J. T. Woodhouse.—Inaugural Address, 14.
J. Brown.—Dumb Drifts and Fresh air in Furnaces, 23.

Stuttgart. Wiirttemberg. Naturwissens. Jahreshefte. Fiinfzehnter
Jahrgang. Drittes Heft. 1859.

C. Deffner.—Die Bohnerz-Gebilde, 258.

A. Oppel.—Die Zone der Avicula contorta, 315.

O. Fraas.—Die Bohrlicher von Diirrmenz-Miihlacker und von In-
gelfingen, 326.

—. Jurassisches Vorkommen auf der Ostkiiste von Afrika, 356.

Sigwart.—Untersuchung des Wilhelmbrunnens, der Inselquelle und
des Berges Sprudels, 352.

Vienna. Bericht iiber die erste allgemeine Versammlung von Berg-
und Hiittenmiinnern zu Wien (10 bis 15 Mai 1858). 1859.

J. von Russegger.—Neueste Aufbereitungsversuche zu Schemnitz in
Ungarn, 5.

F, Stamm.—Ueber die Vertheilung der Bergwerksschitze in der
Oesterreichischen Monarchie, 9.

A. L. von Lillenbach.—Verhalten des Erzadels gegen die Teufe in
dem Silber- und Blei-bergwerke zu Przibram in Bohmen, 12.

W. von Hantken.—Ueber den Bergbau in Serbien, 18.

O. von Hingenau.—Ueber das Abbohren und Sprengen in Lignit-
flétzen, 28.

J. C. Hocheder.—Ueber das Verhalten des Goldes gegen die Teufe in
beiden Hemisphiiren, 27, 44 (plate).

J. Grimm.—Ueber die Abnahme des Adels in der Teufe bei Gold-
bergbauen, 32,

G. Mannlicher—Ueber die neueren Montan-Unternehmungen auf
Kupfer, Eisen und Kohle in Siebenbiirgen, 36.

C. Winter.—Entziindung von Sprengléchern durch Reibungselectri-
citat, 12. '

J. von Russegger.—Ueber die Silberextraction auf nassem Weg im
Schemnitzer Bergdistriet, 53.

A. Riegel.— Anwendung gasformiger Brennmaterialen in Schacht-
éfen, 54.

I. Walland.—Darstellung der gegenwiirtigen Lage der Oesterreich-
ischen Eisenindustrie, 59.

E. von Ammon.—Ueber die neueren Fortschritte beim Betriebe
ane Verbleiungsarbeiten in der k, k. Silberhiitte zu Kremnitz,

3.

J. M. Weeber.—Ueber die Beniitzung der aus Hochéfen abzichenden

Gase, 67 (2 plates).

92 DONATIONS.

Vienna. Bericht tiber die erste allgemeine Versammlung von Berg-und
Hiittenmannern zu Wien (10 bis 15 Mai 1858). 1859 (continued).

L. Hohenegger.—Ueber die bei dem Erzh, Puddlingswerke in Carls-
hiitte eingefiihrte Methode, 71.

F. Markus.—Neue Methode zur Fallung des Silbers bei der Extrac-
tion desselben, 75.

J. Ferjentsik.—Die Silber- und Kupfer-Extraction bei der k. k.
Kupferhiitte zu Tajova in Nieder-Ungarn im Jahre 1858, 77.

A. Patera.—Ueber die Trennung des Wismuths vom Blei durch
oxydirendes Schmelzen, 93.

J. Scheliessnigg.—Bemerkungen und Wunsche hinsichtlich der
Brennstoff-Frage, 95.

J. Sperl.—Ueber den Wolframstahl, 102.

FE Mullen “Uoper die Construction der Coaks-Oefen nach Haldy’s
Systeme, 105 (plate).

G. von Audrissy.—Beschreibung eines neuen Hochofenstockes in
dem Hisenwerke zu Dernd, 107 (plate).

P. Rittinger und J. von Hauer.—Die Fortschritte im Siebsetzen,
10k

——. Direct wirkende Wasserhaltungs-Dampfmaschine mit Schie-
bersteuerung ohne Schwungrad, 121 (2 plates).

—. KEinachsige Pumpe ohne Gestange, 124.

—. Ueber Geblase fur neue Huttenanlagen, 127 (plate).

P. Emich.—Ueber die Wiederherstellung gebrochener gusseiserner
Caliberwalzen, 129.

A. H. Beer.—Grubenforderung mittelst eines Getriebehaspels und
einer schwebenden Hisenbahn in einem Abteufen der Kaiser Franz
Joseph Grube zu Przibram, 180 (plate).

R. Zemlinsky.—Entwurf eines continuirlich wirkenden Separations-
es 134 (plate).

C. Weis.—Der Bergbau als Colonisator, 139.

J. Rossiwall.—Ueber Grubenbrinde, 142.

A. Wisner.—Die volkswirthschaftliche Seite des Bergbaues in
Oesterreich, 147.

Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1859.
Jahrg. x. No.1. Jéanner bis Marz.
K. v. Hauer.— Untersuchung der warmen Schwefelquellen von
Trentschin-Teplitz in Ungarn, 1.
P. Aerter und E. Porth.—Das Erzvorkommen zu Rochlitz am Siud-
abhange des Riesengebirges (Tafel 1), 10.
C. W. Gumbel.—Die Aequivalente der St. Cassianer Schichten im
Keuper Frankens, 22.
EK. Karrer.—Der Eichkogel bei Médling, 25. ;
H. Wolf.—Die barometrischen Hohenmessungen der k. k. geolo-
gischen Reichsanstalt im Jahre 1857, 29.
F. von Richthofen.—Die Kalkalpen von Vorarlberg und Nord-Tirol
(Tafeln 2 und 3), 72.
K. vy. Hauer.—Arbeiten in dem chemischen Laboratorium der k. k.
geologischen Reichsanstalt, 137.
Verzeichniss der mit Ende Marz 1859 loco Wien, Prag, Triest und
Pesth bestandenen Bergwerks-Producten-Verschleisspreise, 153.
Verhandlungen der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt, 1-81.

Yorkshire (West Riding) Geological and Polytechnic Society, Report
of the Proceedings, 1858-9. |
F. H. Pearce and J. Jebson.—Ventilation of Mines, 615, 621.

DONATIONS, 93

Yorkshire (West Riding) Geological and Polytechnic Society, Report
of the Proceedings, 1858-9 (continued).

E. Trollope.—Alluvial Land and Submarine Forests of Lincoln-
shire, 637.

S, Eddy.—Lead-mining Districts of Yorkshire, 657.

S. Baines.— Yorkshire Flagstones and their Fossils, 663.

H. C. Sorby.—Structure and Origin of the Millstone-grit of South
Yorkshire, 669.

C. Twamley.—Basalt of the South Staffordshire Coal-field, 691.

R. Hunt.—Mineral Produce of Yorkshire for the Year 1857, 696.

Zoological Society. Proceedings. 1858. Nos. 370-383.
, . 1859. Part I. January to March.

II. GEOLOGICAL CONTENTS OF PERIODICALS PUR-
CHASED FOR THE LIBRARY,

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 3rd Series. Vol. iv.
Nos. 19-22. July to October 1859.

J. W. Salter.—Occurrence of Pteraspis in the Lower Ludlow Rock,
44

R. Owen.—Thylacoleo carnifex from near Melbourne, Australia, 63.

A. Kolliker.—Minute Structure of Bones of Fishes, 67.

KR. Owen.—Reptilian Remains from South Africa, 77.

H. G. Bronn.—The Laws of Evolution of the Organic World during
the Formation of the Crust of the Earth, 81, 175.

Ch. Martius.—The Heating of the Soil of High Mountains, 158.

R. Owen.—Vertebral Characters of Pterosauria, 226,

J. Prestwich.—Flint-implements in Gravel, 230,

James Mottley, obituary notice of, by H. Denny, 313.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. ‘New Series. Nos. 19, 20.
Vol. x. Nos. 1, 2. July and October 1859.

W. Turner.—Fossil Bovine Remains found in Britain, 31.

A. Wills.—Glacier-action and Glacier-theories, 39.

H. How.—Three New Minerals from the Bay of Fundy, 84.

W. L. Green.—Eruption of Mauna Loa, 90. :

T. Stevenson.—Destructive Effects of the Waves of the Sea on the
North-east Shores of Shetland, 138.

W. Carruthers.—Geology of Swellendam, South Africa, 143.

J. A. Smith.—Bos primigenius from Selkirkshire, 144,

R. Edmonds.—Shocks in Mounts Bay on the days of the Great
Earthquakes of Lisbon in 1755, 1761, and 1858, 154,

J. G. Kurr’s ‘The Mineral Kingdom,’ noticed, 161.

W. J. Henwood.—Temperatures in Mines, 166,

A. von Humboldt, obituary notice of, 168,

J. C. Fisher.—The Mosaic Account of the Creation, 214.

M. Durre.—Some of the products of the destructive distillation ot
Brown-coal, 255,

94 DONATIONS,

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New Series. Nos. 19, 20.
Vol. x. Nos. 1, 2. July and October 1859 (continued).

I. Anderson.—Earthquake at Quito, 273.

— Kvans.—Flint-implements in gravel, 283.

T. Wright.—Subdivisions of the Inferior Oolite, 287.

R. Owen.—Some Reptilian remains from South Africa, 289.

KE. Hull.—South-easterly attenuation of the Lower Secondary rocks
of England, 291.

H. Falconer.—Ossiferous cave near Palermo, 292.

A. de Zigno.—Jurassic Flora, 293.

J. Buckman.—Fossil reptilian eggs, 294.

J. Phillips.—Sections near Oxford, 294.

P. Egerton.—Fish of the Old Red Sandstone, 294,

J. Lancaster and C. C. Wright.—Sinking for eoal at Shireoaks,
Notts, 296.

A. R. C. Selwyn.—-Geology of Southern Australia, 297.

— Bache.—Gulf-stream, 297.

Z. Thomson.—Fossil whale in Vermont, 299.

W. P. Blake.—Geology of a part of the Rocky Mountains, 301.

H. Ste.-Cl. Deville—Aluminium, 313.

Leonhard und Bronn’s Neues Jahrbuch fir Min. u.s.w, Jahrgang
1859. Drittes Heft,

A. Erdmann.—Geologische Forschungen in Schweden, 257.

P. Reinsch.—Untersuchung versteinerten Holzes in den Monotis-
Kalken des obern Lias in Franken (plate), 263.

— Kaup.—Ueber Macherodus cultridens, 270.

J. C. Deicke.—Brinde im Diluvialkohlen-Bergwerke zu Morschwyl
in St. Gallen, 272. ,

A. Pichler.—Verkiufliche Gebirgsarten-Suiten aus den Kalk-Alpen
Tyrols, 276.

Notes on Books, Minerals, Fossils, Geology, &c.

Ill. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS.
Names of Donors in Itales.

Babbage, C. Observations on the discovery, in various localities, of
the Remains of human Art mixed with the Bones of Extinct races
of Animals. 1859.

Barrande, J. Etat actuel des connaisances acquises sur la Faune
Primordiale. 1859.

Extension de la Faune Primordiale de Bohéme,

—. Observations sur quelques genres de Céphalopodes Silu-
riens.

Campani, G.,and C. Toscant. Su i terremoti avvenuti in Siena nell’
Aprile del 1859. 1859.

Cocchi, J. Geologia dell’ Isola di Sardegna. 1859,

DONATIONS, 95

Daubrée, A. Mémoire sur la relation des sources thermales de
Plombiéres avec les filons metalliféres, et sur la formation con-
temporaine des Zéolithes, 1859,

Davidson, T. Mémoire sur les Genres et les Sous-genres des Brachio-
podes munis d’appendices spiraux, et sur leurs Espéces découyertes

* dans les couches carboniféres des les Britanniques. Traduit par
L. de Koninck. 1859.

Defence of Mr. Gould by the Scientific Council of the Dudley Ob-
servatory. 1858. rom the Smithsonian Institution.

Delesse, A. Recherches sur l’Origine des Roches. 1859,

Desnoyers, J. Sur des Empreintes de pas d’animaux, dans le
Gypse des Environs de Paris. 1859. From Sir C, Lyell, V.P.GS,

Fantuzzi, M,G. Osservazioni di Geogonia (L’Album Roma), 1859.

Forbes, E., and &. Godwin-Austen. The Natural History of the
European Seas. 1859.

Foulke, W. P., and J. Leidy. Account of the Remains of a fossil
Extinct Reptile discovered at Haddonfield, 1859.

Gaudin, C. T. and C. Strozzi, Contributions 4 la Flore Fossile Ita-
lienne. Second Mémoire. Val d’Arno. 1859.

Troisiéme Mémoire. Massa Marittima. 1859.

Gaudry, A. Contemporanéité de Vespéce humaine et de diverses
espéces animales aujourd’hui éteintes. 1859.

Gemmellaro, G. Sunto del Giornale delle Eruzione dell’ Etna del
1852. 1853. From Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

Gould, B. A. Reply to the “Statement of the Trustees” of the
Dudley Observatory. 1859, From the Smithsonian Institution.

Harting, P. De Bodem onder Amsterdam, 1852, From Sir C.
Lyell, V.P.GS.

——. De Bodem onder Gorinchem. 1853. From Sir C. Lyell.

Het Eiland Usk. 1853. From Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

Hébert, E. Note sur les caractéres paléontologiques de la craie de
Meudon. 1859.

Rapport fait 4 la Section des Sciences du Comité des So-

ciétés Savantes, le 22 Décembre 1858. 1859.

Rapport fait 4 la Section des Sciences du Comité des So-

ciétés Savantes, le 21 Février 1859. 1859.

Hennessy, H. On the thickness and structure of the Earth’s crust.
1859.

Hochstetter, F. Lecture on the Geology of the province of Auck-
land, New Zealand. 1859. From the Colonial Secretary’s Office.

96 DONATIONS. ©

Holmes, F. S. Post-Pliocene Fossils of South Carolina (in 3 parts).
Nos. 1-5. 1858.

Hueber, G. L. Lithographis Wirceburgensis specimen primum.
1726. From Dr. J. W. C. Martius.

Huxley, T. H. Oceanic Hydrozoa (published by the Ray Society).
1858. From the Ray Society.

King, W. Sequel to the “ Historical Account of the Invertebrata
occurring in the Permian Rocks of the North of England.” 1859.

Lachlan, R. A paper and resolutions in advocacy of the establish-
ment of a uniform system of Meteorological Observations through-
out the whole American Continent. 1859.

Lartet, E. Sur la dentition des proboscidiens fossiles (Dinotheriwm,
Mastodontes et Eléphants) et sur la distribution géographique et
stratigraphique de leurs débris en Europe. 1859.

Lea, I. Description of a new Helix and two new Planorbes.

Descriptions of eight new species of Unio from Tenessee,
Alabama, and North Carolina. 1859.

Descriptions of four new freshwater Molluscs from Darien
and Honduras. 1859.

Descriptions of seven new species of Margaritane and four
Anodonte. 1859.

Descriptions of twelve new species of Uniones, and other
freshwater shells of the United States. 1859.

Descriptions of twenty-seven new species of Uniones from
Georgia. 1859.

——., Observations on the Genus Unio. Vol vi. Part ii. 1859.
———. Remarks on some Unionide. 1859.
——— . Remarks on the enormous production of the Unionidae.

——, Remarks on the Greensand Formation of New Jersey.
«._—, Remarks on the Permian of the United States. 1859.

-——. Remarks on the Unonide of Nebraska territory and Red
River of the North. 1859.

Lyell, C. Remarks on Professor C. P. Smyth’s supposed proofs of
the submarine origin of Teneriffe and other volcanic cones in the
Canaries. 1859.

MClelland, J. Sketch of the Medical Topography, or Climate and
Soils, of Bengal and the North-West Provinces. 1859.

Martius, C. F..P.v. Erinnerung an Mitglieder der mathematisch-
physikalischen Classe der K. Bayr. Akad. der Wissenschaften, 1859.

DONATIONS. 97

Maurer, G. L.v. Rede bei der hundertjahrigen Stiftungsfeier der
Konig. Akad. der Wissenschaften. 1859.

Meekins, T.C. M. Parliamentary Reform. Should the Colonies be
represented ? 1859.

Michelin, H. Note sur le Conoclypeus conoideus, Agass.

. Revue des espéces connues et nouvelles du Genre Mellita,

famille des Clypeastroides.

Mouat, F. J, Selections from the Records of the Government of
India (Home-department). No. 25, The Andaman Islands ; with
notes on Barren Island. 1859.

Oppel, A. Classification de la formation Jurassique d’aprés les
caractéres paléontologiques. 1859.

Die neueren Untersuchungen iiber die Zone der Avicula
contorta, &e. 1859.

Page, D. Advanced Text-Book of Geology. 2nd Edition. 1859.
——. Handbook of Geological Terms and Geology. 1859.

Papers relative to the Exploration by Captain Palliser of that portion
of British North America which lies between the northern branch
of the River Saskatchewan and the frontier of the United States,
and between the Red River and Rocky Mountains. 1859.
From the Colonial Office.

Ponzi, G. Storia naturale del Lazio; discorso letto alla pontificia
Accademia Tiberina. 1859.

Quetelet, A. Sur les travaux de l’ancienne académie de Bruxelles.

Reeve, L. Conchologia Iconica : Monograph of the genera Crepidula,
Anomia, and Placunanomia, 1859.

Reports of Exploration and Surveys to ascertain the most practicable
and economical route for a railroad from the Mississippi to the
Pacific Ocean, 1853-6. Vol. ix. 1858. From the United States
Government.

Rose, G. Ueber die heteromorphen Zustiinde kohlensaurer Kalkerde.
Zweite Abtheilung. 1859.

Schlagintweit, H. and R. Official Reports on the last journeys and
the death of Adolphe Schlagintweit in Turkistiin. 1859.

Seidel, L. Untersuchungen iiber die Lichtstiirke der Planeten Venus,
Mars, Jupiter und Saturn, verglichen mit Sternen. 1859.

Studer, B. Ueber die Hiigel bei Sitten im Wallis.

Thieroch, G. F. v. Rede zur Vorfeier des Geburtsfestes Seiner Ma-
jestiit des Konigs Maximilian, IT. 1859,

Tuomey, M. Second Biennial Report on the Geology of Alabama.
1858. From Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

Wiltshire, T. The Red Chalk of England. 1859.

Zepharovich, V.v. Ueber die Krystallformen des Epidot. 1859.
VOL, XVI.—PART I, H

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PROCEEDINGS

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 4, 1859.

Matthew Moggnidge, Esq., Swansea, Frank Johnstone Mitchell,
Esq., Newport, Monmouthshire, and Thomas Wright, M.D., Chel-
tenham, were elected Fellows.

‘The following communications were read :—

1. On the Osstrerovus Grotra pt Maccacnone, near PALERMO.
By Dr. H. Fatconer, F.R.S., V.P.G.S.

[This communication was made in a letter addressed to Sir C. Lyell, V.P.G:S.,
and dated Palermo, March 21, 1859. In June Dr. Falconer, having returned
home, and his specimens having been examined, read a further and fuller com-
munication on the same subject before the Society on the 22nd of June. By
permission of the Council the following abridgement of the Memoir, comprising
the information given in the first communication, is here published in place of

the Letter. ]
{ Abstract. |

Dr. Fatconer first described the physical geography of that portion
of the north coast of Sicily in which the ossiferous caves abound,
namely between Termini on the east and Trapani on the west. The
geological structure of the tract had been ably investigated and
mapped by Hoffmann. <A great mass of Hippurite-limestone
stretches from Termini to the eastern side of the Bay of Castella-
mare, which on the side towards Termini forms rugged precipitous
or scarped cliffs skirting the sea-shore. From Cape Zaffarana to
Capo di Gallo, a distance of about twenty miles, the coast-line is
VOL. XVI.—PART I, I

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 4,

deeply indented by the Bay of Palermo; west of Capo di Gallo there
is a smaller indentation, backed by Carini; and still further to the
west there is the deep Gulf of Castellamare. At the bottom of these
indentations the mountains of Hippurite-limestone recede from the
coast, forming inland precipitous cliffs or rugged slopes, from the
base of which stretch slghtly inclined flats of marine Pliocene
deposits, which disappear under the sea. These latter form nearly
horizontal strata of a calcareo-argillaceous sandy breccia, full of
marine shells and fragments of corals, &c. Philippi identified 209
species of Mollusca from this deposit in the neighbourhood of Pa-
lermo, the great majority being of living species. The ossiferous
caves had been known from remote antiquity, and notices of them
occur in Valguarnera, I] Mongitore, and other Sicilian historians.
The botanist Cupani had figured and identified some of the bones.
The author’s investigations had been directed to the caverns near .
Palermo and Carini. At Palermo the littoral pliocene plain, cele-
brated for its richness as the “Concha d’Oro,” or shell of gold, is
from a mile to 14 mile broad, and where it abuts against the Hip-
purite-rocks is from 180 to 200 feet above the level of the sea.
The ancient Pliocene sea-margin is very distinctly seen at this
elevation all round the bay, and the ossiferous caverns chiefly occur
at from 30 to 50 feet above this level. Some of them, such as the
“< Grotta di Belhemi,” are at a higher level. The caves are studded
all round the bay. The Hippurite-limestone hills skirting the
coast are here from 1200 to 1800 feet above the sea; some of the
heights more inland, such as Monte Griffone and Monte Cuccio,
lean a height of upwards of 3000 feet.

The best-known of the caves is the i< Grotta di San Ciro,”
“Mare Dolce,”’ at the foot of Monte Griffone, about two miles pe
Palermo, and 50 feet above the pliocene terrace. This cave had been
described by the Abbé Scina in a special report, and after him by
Turnbull-Christie and by Hoffmann. It is about 130 feet long,
50 feet high, and 30 feet wide in the middle. The cave had been
hollowed out into a well-marked, irregular, basin-shaped depression
near the mouth, where obscurely stratified and other deposits occur
to a depth of 30 feet in the aggregate. On the bottom was found a
thin layer of sand, in which Philippi detected 44 species of 23 genera
of marine Mollusca. Above this there is an enormous mass of bone-
breccia, consisting of closely-crammed bones, cemented into a hard
rock by an argillaceo-calcareous concrete matrix, and forming a
thickness of 20 feet; above this a stratum of stones and bones, more
sparingly mixed and similarly cemented, to a depth of 2 or 3 feet ;
then a layer of ‘“ Lastroni,” or blocks of limestone, to a depth of
6 feet; and above all a layer of ochreous earth and rock-splinters to
a depth of 1 foot. The bones in this breccia are mineralized by cal-
careous infiltration. The interior and back part of the cavern was
covered by a layer of ight and incoherent argillaceous soil, contain-
ing an enormous quantity of bones, chiefly of Hippopotami, nearly
devoid of gelatine, and in the ordinary friable condition of grave-
bones. The relations of this deposit were never accurately observed,

1859. | FALCONER—GROTTA DI MACCAGNONE. 10]

in consequence of the rubbish of the excavation-operations having
been thrown up in a great mass of talus extending backwards to near
the roof of the cavern.

In 1829 there was a great demand for bones for the manufacture
of lamp-black for sugar-refining. The superficial bones of the San
Ciro cavern were collected in large quantities and exported to Eng-
land and Marseilles. Professor Ferrara states, that within the first
six months 400 quintals were procured from San Ciro. The great
majority belonged to two species of Hippopotamus. In one heap,
out of several shiploads sent to Marseilles, De Christol, an able
paleontologist, had found that in a weight of 30 quintals all the
bones belonged to Hippopotamus, with the exception of six derived
from Bos and Cervus. Dr. Falconer had examined in detail the San
Ciro collection in the University of Palermo, and found, as a general
rule, that Hippopotamus bones preponderated in a similar propor-
tion. De Christol had counted about 300 astragali alone of this
genus ; and Abbé Scina had collected, for the Museum of Palermo,
76 astragali of Hippopotamus, 40 of which belonged to the right
side and 36 to the left. The bone-breccia is chiefly composed of
bones of Hippopotamus, and extends on either side outside the cave
to a length of about 85 yards. Assuming the above ratio of astra-
gali to the other bones as a standard for an approximative estimate
of the number of the skeletons inside and outside the cavern, the
author showed what a vast number of individuals it implied. He
considered that they were accumulations of a long serigs of genera-
tions, A lively discussion having arisen in Sicily as to the origin of
these bones, in which Ferrara maintained the opinion that they con-
sisted of the skeletons of Elephants captured by Metellus from Has-
drubal 504 years before the Christian era, and of Hippopotami im-
ported by the Saracen rulers of Sicily during the Middle Ages, the
government undertook an exploration of the cavern. A deep trench
was dug longitudinally into the cavern; and the bone-breccia was
quarried out, along a considerable extent, down to the floor of the
cavern. Some very interesting phenomena were disclosed. The
eastern wall (left, on entering) was found to be smoothly polished to
a height of 18 feet, the lower 8 feet of which formed a band thickly
drilled with Pholad-borings. The holes were filled with matrix of
the bone-breccia, and they were greatly reduced in depth by the
grinding action which had produced the polished surface. The op-
posite wall of the cavern was equally polished to the same height, but
free from borings. The walls above the polished band, and the
roof, were rugged and cancellar, with but a very sparing exhibition
of stalagmite on the latter. The author had identified from San
Ciro two species of Hippopotamus, Elephas antiquus, Sus, Bos, Cervus,
Ursus, Canis, and a large species of Felis. Elephas antiquus else-
where indicates the newer Pliocene age.

Another cave, hitherto undescribed, called the “ Grotta di Mac-
cagnone,”’ about a mile to the westward of Carini, was lately the
special subject of the author’s research, It is nowhere noticed by
the Sicilian historians. Dr. Falconer’s attention had been directed

12

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 4,

in that quarter by J. Morrison, Esq., a resident merchant of Palermo,
who had many years ago procured fossil bones from the neighbour-
hood of Carini, which are now displayed in the Museum of the Col-
lege of Surgeons. The author was under great obligations to the
kind services, scientific aid, and hospitable cares of Baron Francesco
Anca (di Mangalaviti) and Professor Angelo Porcari, of the Univer-
sity of Palermo, who accompanied him in all his visits to Carini,
and cooperated with him in the excavations carried on in and near
the Maccagnone Cave. Their assistance applied to every walk of
the exploration. The cave is situated on the north-eastern side of
Monte Lungo, near its base, and about a mile and a half from the
sea. Like San Ciro, the Maccagnone Cave is about 50 feet above the
termination of the pliocene marine terrace where it abuts against the
Hippurite-limestone, and at a corresponding elevation above the sea ;
both caves partaking in many respects of common physical characters.
But in its form, and some of its deposits, the Maccagnone Cavern dif-
fers materially from San Ciro. It is much broader and more sinuous
at the sides than San Ciro, with several large cul-de-sac expansions ;
but not so long; and the roof is much lower, being but 11 feet high
at the principal entrance, and about 10 feet in the middle. There
are two entrances, the principal of which is 255 feet wide, and open
down to the floor: the other, on the same side of the hill, is a much
smaller, irregular aperture, in connexion with an irregular expansion
of the cavern at its south-eastern corner, into which it descends.
The author gave the principal dimensions, which were accompanied ~
by a ground-plan and section (figs. 1 & 2). The uppermost layer
of the floor consists throughout of loose, argillaceous, finely pul-
verized soil, containing large imbedded blocks of limestone ; beneath
this, in the section below the mouth, was a thick deposit of the ochre-
ous loamy earth (called ‘Cave-earth”’), containing blocks of lime-
stone; then, in thick patches, a reddish-grey and mottled spongy
loam, cemented by calcareous infiltration, and very cellular, called
from its appearance, by the peasants who were employed on the ex-
cavation, ‘‘ Cenert impastate,” or ‘ concrete of ashes ;” and below all,
stretching on either side of the mouth, as at San Ciro, a great ag-
gregation of bone-breccia, full of bones of Hippopotamus, among
which the author in four days collected a very large number of
astragali. The whole of the bone-breccia was strewed over with
huge blocks of limestone which had fallen since its deposition. No-
thing is known of the nature of the inferior deposits down to the floor.
The author thinks it probable that there may be a great accumula-
tion of bone-breccia below, with polished and bored walls, as in San
Ciro; but the excavations requisite to establish this were too labo-
rious and extensive for the limited time at his disposal. The interior
of the cavern is coated over throughout by a crust of rough, reddish
or ochreous stalagmite. The surface-layer of the floor had been
previously dug for fossil bones as far back as 1830, and but few
remains were found in it. One—an important specimen—was a
milk-molar of Hlephas antiquus. At the side below the southern wall
of the cavern, and about halfway in, a thick layer was observed of

1859. | FALCONER—GROTTA DI MACCAGNONE. 103

Fig. 1.— Vertical Section of the Grotta di Maccagnone.

5

Hippurite-limestone.

Se ser == ~~,

Hippurite-limestone.

g. Roof-breccia in the back of the cavern, coated with stalagmite.
f. Roof-breccia cemented to the ceiling.

e. Stalagmite coating the ceiling of the cave.

d. Humatile layer, with blocks of limestone.

c. Yellow ochreous bed, or ‘‘ cave-earth,” with blocks.

4. Grey cancellar deposit.

a. Bone-breccia, with blocks of limestone.

w. Wall of the entrance.

Fig. 2.—Ground-plan of the Grotta di Maccagnone.

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 4,

the ‘‘Ceneri impastate” immediately below the superficial earth,
and corresponding exactly with the “‘ Ceneri impastate” seen in the
section outside below the principal aperture. The attempts at making
a section of the floor were frustrated by the great blocks of lime-
stone, which impeded the operations throughout. In the superficial
layer, besides Elephas antiquus, horns of two extinct species of
Cervus were found, besides other bones of Ruminants, but all in
small quantity : in the ochreous cave-earth below the mouth, abun-
dant coprolites of Hyana, with fragments of detached bones of Hip-
popotamus, and some astragali: in the ‘‘Ceneri impastate”’ below
the main aperture, metacarpal and metatarsal bones of a species of
Felis as large as F’. spelea, but not yet specifically identified; some
remains of a large Ursus, and numerous remains of small Rumi-
nants, all broken or splintered, but none of them bearing marks of
enawing. In the ‘ bone-breccia”’ below and outside the cavern,
the bones of Hippopotami very largely predominated. The author
dug up an enormous quantity of these remains within an area of 12
or 14 feet square. In an angular recess in the rock outside the cave,
and near the small opening, a very large quantity of coprolites of
Hyzenas were observed, superficially imbedded in the “ ochreous
earth.” The quantity collected together would indicate that this
spot had been used as a common cloaca of Hyzenas.

The author next described some remarkable conditions in the roof
of the cave. About halfway in from the mouth (fig. 1, f) and at
10 feet above the floor, a large mass of breccia was observed, denuded
partly of the stalagmitic covering, and composed of a reddish-grey
argillaceous matrix cemented by a calcareous paste, containing frag-
ments of limestone, finely preserved entire land-shells of large size,
splinters of bone, teeth of Ruminants and of the genus Equus,
together with comminuted fragments of shells, bits of carbon, specks
of argillaceous matter resembling burnt clay, also fragments of shaped
siliceous objects, of different tints, varymg from the milky or smoky
colour of chalcedony to that of jaspery hornstone. This brecciated
matrix was firmly attached to the roof, and for the most part covered
over with a coat of stalagmite. In the 8.8.E. expansion of the ca-
vern near the smaller aperture, a considerable quantity of coprolites
of Hycnce was found similarly situated, in an ochreo-calcareous ma-
trix, adhering to the roof, mingled with some bits of carbon, but
without shells or bone-splinters. In the back part of the cavern,
where the roof shelves towards the floor, thick masses of reddish
calcareous matrix were found attached to the roof, and completely
covered over by a crust of ochreous stalagmite (fig. 1,¢). It con-
tained numerous fragments of the siliceous objects mixed with bone-
splinters and bits of carbon. In fact, all round the cavern, where-
ever the stalagmitic crust on the roof was broken through, more or
less of the same appearances were presented. In some parts the
matrix closely resembled the character of the “Ceneri impastate”
with a larger admixture of calcareous paste.

With regard to the fragments of the siliceous objects, the great
majority of them present definite forms, namely long, narrow, and

1859. | FALCONER—GROTTA DI MACCAGNONE. 105

thin; having invariably a conchoidal smooth surface below, and above
a longitudinal ridge, bevelled off right and left, or the ridge replaced
by a concave facet, in the latter case presenting three facets on the
upper side. The author is of opinion that they closely resemble, in
every detail of form, obsidian knives from Mexico, and flint knives
from Stonehenge, Arabia, and elsewhere, and that they appear to
have been formed, by the dislamination, as films, of the long angles of
prismatic blocks of stone. These fragments occur, intimately inter-
mixed with the bone-splinters, shells, &c., in the roof-breccia, in
very considerable abundance; other amorphous fragments of flint
are comparatively rare, and no pebbles or blocks occur either within
or without the cave; but similar reddish flint or chert is found in
the Hippurite-limestone near Termini.

In regard to the theory of the various conditions observed in the
Maccagnone Caye, the author considers that it has undergone several
changes of level, and that the accumulation of bone-breccia below
and outside is referable to a period when the cave was scarcely above
the level of the sea. Dr. Falconer pointed out the significance of the
fact that, although Hyzna-coprolites were so abundant against the
roof and outside, none, or but very few, of the bones of Hysenas were
observed in the interior; he remarked also on the absence of the
remains of small mammalia, such as Rodents. He inferred that the
cave in its present form, and with its present floor, had not been
tenanted by these animals. The vast number of Hippopotami im-
plied that the physical condition of the country must have been
greatly different, at no very distant geological period, from what ob-
tains now. He considered that all deposits above the bone-breccia
had been accumulated up to the roof by materials washed in from
above, through sinuous crevices or flues in the limestone, and that the
uppermost layer, consisting of the breccia of shells, bone-splinters,
siliceous objects, burnt clay, bits of charcoal, and Hysena-coprolites,
had been cemented to the roof by stalagmitic infiltration. The
entire condition of the large fragile Helices proved that the effect had
been produced by the tranquil agency of water, as distinct from any
tumultuous action. There was nothing to indicate that the different
objects in the roof-breccia were other than of contemporaneous origin :
subsequently a great physical alteration in the contour, alter-
ing the flow of superficial water and of the subterranean springs,
changed all the conditions previously existing, and emptied out the
whole of the loose incoherent contents, leaving only the portions
agglutinated to the roof. The wreck of these ejecta was visible in
the patches of ‘‘ Ceneri impastate,” containing fossil bones, below the
mouth of the cavern. That a long period must have operated in
the extinction of the Hyena, Cave-lion, and other fossil species, is
certain; but no index remains for its measurement. The author
would call the careful attention of cautious geologists to the infer-
ences :—That the Maccagnone Cave was filled up to the roof within
the human period, so that a thick layer of bone-splinters, teeth,
land-shells, Hyzenas’ coprolites, and human objects was agglu-
tinated to the roof by the infiltration of water holding lime in solu-

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 4,
tion. That subsequently, and within the human period, such a great
amount of change took place in the physical configuration of the
district as to have caused the cave to be washed out and emptied of

its contents, excepting the patches of material cemented to the roof

and since coated with additional stalagmite.

Inst of Fossil Shells found in the “ Grotta di Maccagnone,” as determined
by Padre Lebassi, Curator of the Museum of the “ Collegio Massimo det
Gesuiti”’ in Palermo, 18th March, 1859.

| Where found.

Remarks.

Remarks by Padre Lebassi.

Roof - matrix,
back part of
cave.

1. Helix Mazulii

Roof-matrix. |

9 f Helix aperta (Born.) |

A) (H. naticoides, Drap.) { ** HOO MIAIES

3. Helix vermiculata

4. Helix cellaria (Miller) .;.| Roof-matrix.

5. Trochus fragaroides (Lam).

ae ecevese

eocceseee

6. Patella ferruginea (Linn.)..

A solitary shell,

partly broken.

| Very abundant
shells in perfect

integrity.

A solitary spe-
cimen.

Very rare in Sicily in
the fossil state.

Very abundant in the
living state: like ZH.
Mazulit.

:| ( Very common in the

living state:
fossil.

| Very common in liy-

ing state: not ob-

| served fossil by

Very common: living.

Very rare in the sea

around Sicily : very}

rare

Philippi.

|

common fossil.

Note.—The author has lately received a letter from Baron Anca
di Mangalaviti, dated Palermo, the 12th of March, intimating that
he had followed up the Cave-researches which form the subject of
this communication, with important results. He had discovered
two caves, hitherto unknown to naturalists,—the one in Monte
Gallo, which forms the western boundary of the Bay of Palermo;
the other in the north of Sicily, at the foot of Monte San Fra-
tello, near the village of Acque Dolci. In both caverns, but more
especially in the latter, Baron Anca found an immense accumulation
of fossil bones, among which there was “ une prodigieuse quantité
d’os des Carnivores.’’ This is the more remarkable, as in the Caves
of San Ciro and Maccagnone Carnivora were but very sparingly
encountered.

With regard to the flint objects discovered in the Maccagnone
Cave, he adds,—

« J’ai également rencontré dans les deux grottes une grande quan-
tité de Silew en armes, lesquels, chose remarquable, on ne voit géné-
ralement que la ou il y a des grands dépéts d’ossements de cerfs, et
jamais ailleurs. Enfin des Coprolites des Carnivores, et une autre
espéce de Coprolite, que je suppose appartenir 4 des animaux herbi-
vores.”

The further development of Baron Anca’s researches will, in all
probability, throw much light on the subjects discussed in this com-
munication.—H. F., 5th April, 1860.

1859. | BUCKMAN—FOSSIL REPTILIAN EGGS. 107

2. On some Fosstt Reprimian Eees from the Grear Oorrre of Crren-
cEsTER. By Prorsssor J. Buckman, F.G.S., F.S.A., F.L.S., de.

Tue fossils which form the subject of this notice, were obtained by
one of my pupils (Mr. Dalton), from the Hare-Bushes Quarry, about
one mile to the east of Cirencester.

This quarry, which is largely worked for the use of its freestone,
offers a good section of the upper beds of the Great Oolite of Glou-
cestershire,—the alternations of their bands of stone and partings of
clay marking that unsteadiness of character by which the Bradford
Clay and the Forest-marble appear to have commenced their deposi-
tions, the Bradford Clay (that is, a marly bed containing the fossils
originally observed at Bradford, such as the Apzocrinus rotundus,
Terebratula digona, T. coaretata, and 7’. cardium) being only local, but
still observable in many positions both to the east and west of the
Hare-bushes—the most remarkable being at the Acman-street or
Tetbury-road Station, about two miles to the west of the Royal Agri-
cultural College, where the bed is about eight feet thick in its
deepest part, and whence Mr. Woodward obtained no less than 127
species of fossils.

Where, however, the bluer clays set in, marking the true Forest-
marble, these will be found to contain but few fossils; at the same
time, their position is well marked by their always resting on the
upper, obliquely laminated, bed of the Great or Bath Oolite, as shown
in the following

Section of the Hare-Bushes Quarry.

ft. in
fg einetee = Pom (brashy \iis Pus «fais atajeheyst sbaitsroldtauncn ested: Ly. gO
Nase
ae 2. Thin bands of freestone, separated by marly
é d partings, blue and yellow .................. 5 0
3. A white freestone, with oblique bedding, very deci-
RAY OOLGLO atte c CA Ura. coon oh ohne hea spas oh Seal 8 0
4, A very white or cream-coloured freestone, in rough
BTC TTAGNS LACIE Manel Seon ali ka aida < mena d samc Uy Bini
5. Beds of freestone in blocks (equivalent to the Bath
building-stone) in which oblique lamination is usually
only visible after long exposure (bottom of quarry)... 10 0
26 0

The specimen containing the fossil eggs (see Figs. 1 and 2) was
found in the stage marked 4, and consists of the characteristic stone.
It is, however, to be regretted that, from not having myself taken it
from the quarry, I can form no conclusion as to the manner in which
the eggs originally lay in the bed, though I should almost think they
formed the upper part of the specimen.

There can be no doubt, however, as regards the general nature of
this portion of the Oolitic deposit, that it was accumulated on a
widely shelving beach, or in a very shallow sea, as the oblique lami-

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCTETY. [ May 4,

nation of the rock, the occasional pseudo-ripple-marks which the
strata present, and the abundant fragments of fossil wood which are
included in most of the blocks of stone, amply testify.

Fig. 1.—Block of Oolite, with an imbedded group of Eggs, of which’
eight are seen. Reduced 3.

Kgg filled with crystals of carbonate of lime.
dgg, having the interior lined with erystals of carbonate of lime. This egg
has been laterally squeezed, especially towards one end.

3. Egg partly exposed.

4. Cavity left by another egg, which has been removed, and is figured separately
fig. 2).

5. Hollow left by the removal of a specimen ; at @ asmall, round, concentrically
marked, low conical patch of carbonate of lime remains.

6,7, & 8. Indications of other eggs.

ho

Fig. 2.—One of the Eggs, of the natural size.

The specimen is filled with crystallized carbonate of lime, and is fractured along
its greatest diameter: and the surface exhibits a slight ridge that has been
occasioned by pressure when the egg was flexible.

As regards the specimen itself, it may be described as a cluster of
the remains of at least eight eggs, of a uniformly ovate, not ovoid

1859. | BUCKMAN—FOSSIL REPTILIAN EGGS. 109

shape. A specimen freed from the matrix (fig. 2) has the following
proportions :—

inches
NM eoLM pias A chisht hs Porat oi of Sh« otond? oa teolaiey ay aes Mek tprnimnitee « 12
AERA sed WIN bcs Sy Se coy shox tlc mrodanioes ope he ago etouettcpenc Aden 1
Circumference of its long axis .............. 4t
Circumference of its short axis .............. 3545

The separated example, as well as some of the imbedded eggs, is
more or less filled with transparent crystals of carbonate of lime.
The shells of all (if they were originally of calcareous matter) ap-
pear to have been very thin, as some of the eggs are distorted by
compression in such a manner as seems to bear evidence of a large
amount of flexibility : there are no decided traces of fracture, though
some of the individuals are greatly flexured. —

From their clustered grouping we may, I think, conclude that they
form but a part of a larger collection which were deposited in the
calcareous sand of the shallow waters of the Oolitic sea; and, from
the circumstances of the abundant presence of the following shells
in blocks of the surrounding Oolite, notwithstanding the occurrence
of bits of wood, as these always bear traces of haying been drifted,
the conditions were entirely those of a marie character :—

Cardium Buckmanni, and another. Pecten lamellosus, and others.
Lima cardiiformis. Ostrea jurassica.
Pecten lens. Terebratula maxillata.

In commenting upon the nature of the creature by which these
eges were deposited, we shall find that the subject is so new, and
these specimens indeed are so umque, that as yet, from the paucity of
evidence, remarks upon this subject can be little more than conjec-
tural. We have, however, organic remains now before us, of the
same age, and from the same district, which point to the existence
of Chelonian and Saurian Reptiles in these Oolitic beds.

Dermal scutes of Turtles have been obtained from the Bradford
Clay of the Tetbury Road Station, which, if present at the Hare-
bushes, would occupy a position upon bed No. 3 of our section. But
we may discard the notion of the eggs having belonged to a Turtle,
since, though the ends of these examples are bluntly rounded, yet the
proportions will show that they are far removed from the spherical
shape which characterizes the eggs of this class of reptiles. There is,
then, more probability of these fossil eggs having belonged to one of
the Saurian creatures, the remains of which are not uncommon
throughout the Oolites ; but, upon the supposition that the /chthyo-
saurus and Plesiosaurus were true oviparous reptiles, I should con-
clude that the eggs in question were too small to have been deposited
by any of the Enaliosaurian species the remains of which I have as
yet t detected in the Great Oolite.

It has been suggested that the eggs may have been those of a
Teleosaurian Reptile ; ; and it may be so, since remains of 7'eleosaurus
have been found in the Stonesfield Slate, at the bottom of the Bath
Oolite, and in the Bradford Clay at the top, and since, in all proba-
bility, some of the fragmentary reptilian bones so often occurring in

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GHOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 4,

the Great Oolite may belong to the same form of reptile,—the size of
the eggs being such as I could conceive might have belonged to one
of these creatures. At the same time it must be confessed that, as
yet, direct evidence is wanting upon the matter; I must therefore at
present content myself with having described the conditions under
which the subject of the present memoir was found, regretting that,
as its discovery is due to a pupil (the late Mr. Dalton) who has since
died, I cannot be so minute upon this point as I could wish. J am
keeping, however, a sharp look-out in the Oolites of my own neigh-
bourhood for additional specimens, and I hope the publication of
these remarks may cause others to do the like.

I venture to propose for this specimen the provisional name of
Oolithes Bathonice.

3. Some Observations on the Fiona of the Ooxire.
By Baron AcHILLE DE ZiGNo.

[Communicated by C.J. F. Bunbury, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.]

Iy presenting to the Geological Society of London the Second Part
of my ‘Flora of the Oolite,’ I wish to submit to the Society some
explanations and some observations on the work I have undertaken.

The comparative study of the numerous materials discovered in
the beds subjacent to the Oxfordian group of the Venetian Alps has
rendered it necessary to pass in revision all the species belonging to
the Oolite that are at present known.

Although I am quite aware of the difficulty of the task which I
have imposed on myself, and of the numerous imperfections which
must be inevitable in a general work of this nature, in the present
state of our information on this subject, still I have not hesitated to
undertake it, encouraged as I am by the hope, that in any case it
may be of some use to those who would wish to undertake the study
of the Flora of the Oolite.

The publication of the generalizations which are usually placed at
the beginning of a work has been purposely postponed by me, in
order that I might profit by new discoveries, and thus present as
complete a view of the subject as possible.

The sketch of these generalizations (from vol. vi. of the ‘ Memoirs
of the Imperial and Royal Institute of Venice’) which I had the
honour of presenting to the Society last year, will undoubtedly be
perceptibly modified by the new facts which may hereafter enrich
science. I accordingly published in 1856 a short review of facts
on the geographical extent,-on the geological distribution, and on
the analogies of the flora of the Oolite with those of the Keuper,
of the Lias, and of the Wealden group, in order to excite the men of
science who live in those geological districts to the publication of
materials which have not yet been made known, or at any rate to
induce them to communicate such corrections as their information
may lead them to consider necessary, and which will thus be brought
to bear upon science.

‘

1859. | DE ZIGNO—JURASSIC FLORA, 111

In the memoir ‘ On the Flora of the Oolite,’ of which I have been
speaking, I have passed in review the different localities of the globe
where vegetable remains have been found in Oolitic beds. In this
enumeration it will be seen that I cite the phytolitiferous deposits of
Scania, those of Richmond in America, as well as those of India and
of Australia. But these deposits still require detailed study as
regards their stratigraphical position and their paleontology before
they can be placed definitely in the Oolite; and we also want posi-
tive and detailed information on the beds with Cycadacez and Ferns
in South Africa, mentioned at the meeting of the British Association
in 1851 as discovered by Dr. R. N. Rubidge.

It is well known how the deposits of Scania have been by turn
placed in the Lias by Brongniart, Hisinger, and Braun, in the Wealden
group by Mantell, and in the Oolite by Nilsson and Forchhammer.
I am inclined to think that in Scania there may be two phytolitiferous
beds,—the lower one containing plants of the Lias, the other con-
temporary with the lower Oolite group. As to the analogies which
may exist between one part of their flora and that of the Wealden
group, I have already pointed out the existence of these analogies
among the floras included between the Keuper and the Neocomian
formation. (See the memoir above quoted.)

As regards the beds of Richmond in America, it seems that the
materials recently discovered would authorize us to exclude them
from the Oolite.

I had begun to occupy myself in my ‘ Flora’ with the fossil plants
of Richmond, when, after the printing of the eighth sheet of the text, I
saw it announced in the ‘ Neues Jahrbuch’ of Leonhard and Bronn,
that the specimens of plants found in this locality by Dr. Emmons, and
examined by Professor Heer, present the characters of a more ancient
flora, and that Sir Charles Lyell, after inspecting some specimens
brought by M. Jules Marcou, is inclined at present to place them as
low as the Trias. If these last observations are confirmed, the
plants of Richmond would be naturally excluded from my < Flora.’

The Indian strata with fossil plants, where species have been
found identical with those of Yorkshire*, may be placed, I think (if
not with certainty, at least with much probability, particularly after
the investigations of Messrs. Hislop and Hunter), in the lower group
of the Oolite.

This would not be the case with those of Australia, if the obser-
vations made in 1847 by the Rev. Mr, Clarke were confirmed ; for
he mentions in these deposits the presence of the genera Sigillaria,
Lepidodendron, and Stigmaria, which would settle the question.
But I am not aware that the facts thus cited have been since verified.
On the contrary, no mention is made of these genera in the works
of Messrs. Morris and M‘Coy, in which we are presented with a
series of forms among which, together with local types analogous to
those of India, there are species which recall the Jurassic flora of
Scarborough.

* See Mr. Bunbury’s Note in the Appendix.

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 4,

The conscientious labours of these two last-mentioned men of
science have made me decide to include these localities in the geo-
graphical range of the flora of the Oolite.

Some of these forms are represented in the part of my work that
I have now the honour to present to the Society, which contains
almost all the Calamites of the Oolite ranged according to the classifica-
tion lately adopted by Dr. Ettingshausen, who, after observations on
a great number of well-preserved specimens, has united the Astero-
phyllites to the Calamites. To avoid the multiplication of names, I
have left provisionally the Vertebraria and Trizygia of Forbes Royle
in the genus Sphenophyllum ; at least I thought it better to do so,
until more developed specimens should unveil to us the real nature
of these vegetable forms.

The characters deduced from the sheath, the border of which is
divided into strips, or foliaceous appendages, have made me refer to
the genus Phyllotheca two new forms, belonging to the Oolite of the
Venetian Alps, figures of which will be found in plates 7 and 8 of
the second Part of my work, which these notes accompany. Lastly,
this second Part also contains the description of two new Hquiseta
from the same locality, the figures of which have appeared in the
first Part. As to the description of the objects represented in plates
9,10, 11, and 12, it will appear in the following Parts of my work.
In the meanwhile I request English paleeophytologists to give their
attention to these plates.

The reniform leaf (plate 9. fig. 2), with its principal veins twice-
forked, and its secondary veins anastomosing, presents the greatest
analogy to the sterile fronds of the recent Platycerium. The only
fossil genus which has any resemblance to this figure is the genus
Protorhipis of Dr. Andrae *, founded upon these same analogies.

The figures 3, 4, & 5 of the same plate (9) present other forms,
which will undoubtedly interest English men of science on account
of their resemblance to the Tympanophora of Messrs. Lindley aud
Hutton, which M. Pomel has wrongly placed among the Alga, and
which is certainly a Fern. These specimens, found in the mountains
of our neighbourhood, now confirm the fact which has been already
stated by Messrs. Bean and Bunbury. My figures show, in the
lower part of the leaf, traces of the foliaceous expansion of the pin-
nules, and present characters which induce me to consider this speci-
men as belonging to the group of Hymenophyllee.

Plate 10 represents two specimens of a plant belonging to the
Gleicheniacec, to which I have hitherto seen nothing analogous among
the plants of the Oolite, unless the bad specimen of the Pecopteris
Desnoyersvi of Brongniart, found in the Oolite of Mamers, may be
considered related to this family.

Plate 11 gives figures of some remains which I do not hesitate to
refer to Odontopteris.

The genus figured in plate 12 contains species which appear in-
timately allied to, if not identical with, the Thinnfeldia of Ettings-

* Beitr. zur Kenntniss der foss. Flora Siebenbirgens und des Banates. Ab-
handl. d. K. K. Geologisch. Reichsanstalt, vol. ii. part 3. art. 4. p. 36, tab. 8. fig. 1.

1859. | DE ZIGNO—JURASSIC FLORA. 113

hausen, and to the Pachypteris of Brongniart. M. Andrae, in the work
cited above, has already referred the Thinnfeldia to Pachypteris,
pointing out that the Sphenopteris lanceolata and the Newropteris
levigata of Phillips, cited by Brongniart as synonyms, have flabellate
veins, and want the character which Brongniart particularly men-
tions, that is to say, pinnules with one single midrib. It now re-
mains to find out whether in the Yorkshire beds there exist true
Pachypterides with this last character, which I doubt, but which can
only be ascertained by the geologists of England.

In the last place, I venture further to detain the Society by direct-
ing its attention to another plant, of which I shall give the analysis
in the third Part of my ‘ Flora.’ It is the Hguisetites columnaris,
which many authors have pointed out as being a species common to
~ the beds of the Keuper, the Lias, and the Oolite. This wide range
has hitherto not been disputed in any positive manner, although Stern-
berg and Bronn have remarked that probably different species were
intended. The character of the swelling of the articulations, pointed
out by Kénig, is clearly seen in all the figures which accompany Sir
Roderick Murchison’s memoir on Brora, as well as in that of the
work of Young and Bird; while this swelling does not exist in the
specimens which are procured from other formations. M. Brongniart,
after saying that the sheaths are closely pressed to the stem, and
thus cause the appearance of a swelling, denies the existence of
those swellings pointed out by Konig. But the figures given by Bron-
eniart, in his ‘ History of Fossil Plants,’ of specimens received from
Yorkshire, represent impressions pretty well preserved, and show
that these swellings exist, and are certainly not owing to the sheaths,
the delicate tissue of which could not have caused these impressions,
especially as they were, according to Brongniart, cauli arcte appli-
cate. Moreover the figures in the memoir of Sir Roderick Murchison,
and those in the work of Young and Bird, present to us portions of
denuded stems without sheaths, the articulations of which are de-
cidedly swollen, so much so as to cause a considerable increase of the
diameter of the stem in that point.

I take the liberty of calling the attention of the Society to these
facts ; for, after having compared these figures with specimens of the
Equisetites columnaris from the Continent, I am inclined to admit
that the plant illustrated by Konig is very different from this latter.
If an examination of the specimens from Brora and from Yorkshire
confirm what I have just stated, I propose to give this species the
name of Equisetites Kenigii.

The materials found in the Oolite of the Venetian Alps give me
the opportunity of communicating some observations upon a plant
hitherto referred to the genus Glossopteris, that is to say, the Glos-
sopteris Browniana of Brongniart from the Oolitic (?) beds of India
and Australia.

In different localities of the Upper Veronese, I have found isolated
leaves, having, by their form and their venation, a striking resemblance
to the figures of this species given by Brongniart. But close to these
specimens I have observed others composed of four leaves (similar in

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 4,

all respects to those which are isolated) united together on a very
long common leaf-stalk, and forming thus a digitate frond, as in the
Sagenopteris.

The two middle leaves are obovate-spathulate, lke those of
Glossopteris Browniana, while the lateral leaves are ovate-lanceo-
late and a little oblique. The largest leaves which I have found in
our neighbourhood are middle leaves, having a length of 11 centi-
métres, and a diameter (in the broadest part, which is towards the
extremity) of 4 centimctres and a half. The specimens from Italy,
like those of India and Australia (although I am not yet certain
of the identity of the species), have precisely the same disposition
of the veins (all of equal size) as the Sagenopteris, which also has
been observed by Mr. Morris in specimens from New South Wales.
(See Strzelecki’s ‘ Physical Description of New South Wales and Van
Diemen’s Land,’ p. 247.)

Mr. Bunbury, to whom I have communicated these observations,
is inclined to agree with me on the point. He has also recognized in
specimens of the Gilossopteris of India the venation belonging to the
Sagenopteris; and, in his answer to my letter, he announces to me
that the Glossopteris from the Indian strata has been lately found
with a frond digitated in the same manner as that of Sagenopteris *.
It remains to be ascertained whether the fructification of the
Sagenopteris is like that of the Glossopteris, such as Brongniart and
Goeppert have represented it in their plates. Some scattered dots on
the fronds of the Venetian specimens lead me to suspect it; but
these are too rare, and too slightly indicated, to authorize one to
consider them with any certainty as traces of fructification.

The Oolitic beds of the Venetian Alps contain a great many re-
mains of Ferns, but the number of species is as yet very restricted.
Among these the forms are most of them new. ‘The preservation of
the specimens is surprising, and some of them show fructification in
the most evident manner. Simple immersion in water saturated
with nitric acid is sometimes sufficient to separate the epidermis of
the two surfaces of the pinnules, and thus to observe the tissue
easily through a microscope. The abundance of Cycadec surpasses
that of Ferns; there are a greater variety of species, and several of
these species seem nearly allied in form to those found in Yorkshire.
The Coniferw, though pretty numerous, do not present many species.
The Brachyphylla are the most common. Some very long leaves,
with parallel veins and amplexicaul base, present the characters of
the Poacites, which Brongniart has now placed in his new genus
Pychnophyllum; and they seem to me to indicate, together with the
allied forms of Gilossopteris Browniana (of which I have just been
speaking) and those that I refer to Phyllotheca, a certain relation
between the Oolitic flora of this part of Europe and that of the
Jurassic (?) beds of India and Australia.

But these approximations which I advance here as simple conjec-
tures require to be submitted to a profounder and more extensive

* See Mr. Bunbury’s Note in the sequel.

1859. | PHILLIPS—GREAT OOLITE OF THE CHERWELL. 115

comparative study of species. I shall be happy if the materials
which are being collected in my work shall in any way contribute to
this.

Note by C. J. F. Bunsury, Esq., F.G.S.

As I am at present engaged in a thorough examination of the
fossil plants (supposed to be Jurassic) from India, in the collection
of the Geological Society, and as I hope to lay the results of this ex-
amination before the Society in its next Session, I shall defer to a
future time the discussion of several questions raised by Sign. de
Zigno. I will merely observe at present, that I have great doubts
whether any of the species of fossil plants found in the Indian beds
are identical with those of Yorkshire. Certainly I have not yet seen
any that are so.

Sign. de Zigno quotes me as authority for the statement that the
Glossopteris of India has been found with a digitated frond like that
of Sagenopteris. I must observe upon this, that this fact does not
rest on my own observation. I merely mentioned in my letter that
I had heard that the digitated form of frond had been observed
in Australian (not Indian) specimens of Gilossopteris Browniana.
Among the numerous specimens of Glossopteris, of more than one
species, both from India and from Australia, which I have now had the
opportunity of examining, [ have not been able to discover any in-
dication of such a structure. The question, whether Glossopteris and
Sagenopteris are sufficiently distinct as genera, is open to discussion ;
but, if it should be found advisable to reunite them, the name of
Glossopteris, as the older and quite unobjectionable, ought un-
doubtedly to be retained.—March 1859.

4. On some Srctions of the Strata near Oxrorp.
By Joun Putters, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Pres. Geol. Soc.
No. 1. The Great Oolite in the Valley of the Cherwell.

Tue value of exact records of the peculiarities of local sections is
strongly felt by every geological reasoner who touches problems of
the distribution of oceanic sediments, the boundaries of land and
sea, the mixture or alternation of fresh and salt water, or the local
origin and geographical diffusion of particular forms of life. This is
specially found to be the case while considering the lines of contem-
poraneity in the mesozoic strata of England, in which the influences
of diversified tracts of land and lines of shore, and of unequal sea-
depth and varying currents, are complicated by inequalities in the
duration of the several groups of organic remains.

In the district immediately surrounding Oxford, sections illus-
trating these causes of local diversity may have more than ordinary
interest at this juncture, since here some of the Oolitic strata are
supposed to die out, while below them the Upper Lias, and above

VOL, XVI.—PART I. 6

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 4,

them the Cornbrash, continue unchanged in mineral character and
unchanged in their organic contents; and others, as the Kim-
meridge Clay and Coralline Oolite, are supposed to disappear, while
either the Wealden takes a great northern development, or the Lower
Greensand spreads out into an estuarine and fluviatile deposit. I
propose to present, on the present occasion, sections showing the base
and the top of the Great Oolite in the valley of the Cherwell. Here-
after I hope to offer similar data for the base of the cretaceous system,
at Culham, in the valley of the Thames.

No. 1. Junction of Lias and Oolite, north of Oxford.

ft. in.
g. Oolite, compact, marly, or shelly............ me ek
Jj. Oolite\ot'asoughyshelly character’ 29...201.4.0 coe
exp Marly ielay si: ley wale cies iets © Met NG Stet este ye te ea
d. Brown ferruginous sands, and sandstone with calcareous
and iromyal a yversn sm mien Hayseed et oleae 13 0

c. Upper Lias Clay, enclosing a band of ironstone-nodules 35 0
(Ammonites bifrons, A. heterophyllus, Belemnites api-
cicurvatus, &¢c.)
ba pMarlstone solid) ferrucimous: seis ee) Ween ee res 20 0
a. Middle Lias Clay.

This section is exemplified about Steeple Ashton, where, in 1805,
it was first sketched by W. Smith*, who calls the beds by the title
of “ Ovenstone,” a term used in the valley of the Evenlode.

At Worton, between Steeple Ashton and Banbury, the details of d
were thus recorded in 1855 :—

No. 2. Small shells and sand, resting either on limited ft. in.
patches of calcareous flagstone (“ plank’’) or on

DEOMI OLE Ve vale ert en a ka agate Vali (eens sicHee

Oolitic iron-ore in undulated and folded masses . .

Stony, bands \awath plants eee ey smen eset

Sands, with nodules of iron-ore and shells ......
CalcaneousMamd ai tig aul Seip NI ARN tee

Water issuing from ferruginous clay (top of Lias).

In the country about Sandford the beds marked d become white
and yellow sand (16 or more feet thick) with irregular lamine of
calcareous sandstone, more or less blue in the centre, called “ plank.”
This is sometimes covered by 6 feet of clay. It is the equivalent of
the Stonesfield Slate, but contains only few of the fossils of this
latter locality.

Ammonites heterophyllus is not known to me at any point further
to the south.

The railway-cuttings and quarries near Stonesfield expose sections
much resembling that given by Dr. Fitton?, especially in the cir-
cumstance that layers of clay or marly bands alternate with the
white oolite. The top of the rock is uneven, worn, marked by
attached Ostree, and much drilled by perforating shells. Above

DOH Oo Bs
era on =)

* Memoirs of W. Smith, p. 61. t+ Zool. Journal, 1827.

~

1859. | PHILLIPS—GREAT OOLITE OF THE CHERWELL. aby,

this white oolite with Jsastrea, Ceromya, Nerina, &c., and its
marly partings’ is usually a dark clay, 4 feet thick, with carbonized
wood (jet). On this rests a variable series of shelly limestones and
soft argillaceous beds, varying much and within short distances,
being sometimes wholly calcareous and of the shelly character called
“rag.” Cornbrash les above, with the usual fossils, Nucleolites,
Holectypus, Avicula echinata, Pholadomya, &c.

The succession of the beds between the Cornbrash and Oolite is
well seen at the Kirtlington Station, north of Oxford, and in the
neighbouring quarries.

Section of the Strata at the Railway-station at Kirtlington, 8 miles
north of Oxford.

Ammonites Kenigii, &c. Place of....
the Kelloway Rock.

Oxford Clay.

Ferruginous hand.--

7. Cornbrash.

White sandy band.----=

h. Forest-marble series,
Sandy bed.

Plant-remains and Cyrena..-
Calcareous Nodules, ---)
Plant-remains. _.

Terebratula mavillata.

: ——}- ; a
ae is. NS Ame |_|) g Great Oolite series.

No. 3. Railway-cutting at Kirtlington Station.
i. Cornbrash: top ferruginous; at base a white sandy ft. in.
nodular band (the usual fossils) .............. 8 0
h. Forest-marble Series. Thin layers of stone and clay in
many alternations varying much in thickness : viz.—
K 2

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 4,

ft. in.
Pale clays, and interrupted thin lamine of shelly

MOLest Marble iG cle Re clone ees Vine ae 1270
Solid shelly bed; top oolitic, middle close-grained,

DASE MOTE SAMY. ey. essai ec os cu es Meo soins 3.9
Dandiycamdumearhyy Ded. a sees) ve acer Aenea clea in i OPENS
Dark laminated clay, with jet (Cyrena) .......... 0 10
Pale blue clay with calcareous nodules .......... Ores
Darkyclay,nwathayet Ose i) Sah SSeG tele aes eas Meabaeare 0 8
alletbhwe tela Ph) aie 0 Skeets Say se eva ea OLS
Browanielary (cena e Joie NN ier A ae ree 0-9
Sandy daver, src. joie sel aye ue Danie came oats ucla ee sean eae Or

g. Oolite; the upper bed waterworn on the surface, co-

vered by drifted Ostrew and Terebratula maaillata
Mopibedi; pale; junequal=cramedmerey ie eee 2 4
Parting.

Bed variable in texture, usually very compact...... 2) 6
Parting.

Bed full of Terebratula maaillata, the valves cohering 3 0

In a quarry half a mile further west, about 40 feet more of the
Oolite appears, without actually disclosing the bottom, which, how-
ever, is traceable in the vicinity, and shows sandy layers, equivalent
to the Stonesfield beds.

According to the settled opinion of the Ordnance Geological Sur-
vey, the oolite of the valley of the Cherwell, with the sandy layers
between it and the Lias, is entirely to be referred to the Great
Oolite*. This conclusion rests on the actual tracing out of the
Inferior Oolite to its extinction eastward, and to the determination
of the true place of the Stonesfield beds above the Fuller’s earth, in
the district towards Cheltenham. This oolite, with sandy layers be-
low, and a variable argillaceous series above (capped by Cornbrash),
has been traced, by Northampton, to the cuttings in the Great
Northern Railway near Stamford and Granthamy. It cannot be
doubted that the series here examined continues, with no important
change, through Lincolnshire to the Humber; on the north of that
river the range is continued by the oolite of Brough and Cave; it is
resumed, after interruption by over-extended chalk, in the oolite of
Whitwell and Crambe, and recognized again in the Millepore-rock
at the base of the Gristhorpe Cliffs, where it is surmounted by a
variable series of shales, sands, 1ronstones, and several shelly bands,
one specially calcareous, which are finally covered by Cornbrash.

Mr. Morris has compared these Gristhorpe beds above the Mille-
pore-rock with the Forest-marble series of Lincolnshire ; and thus
it appears to be admitted that the series of Yorkshire oolites above
the Lias and below the Kelloway Rock is connected with that of
the Midland tracts of England by real continuity of the Great Oolite,

* See Map of the country north of Oxford. Hull in Mem. of Geol. Survey,
1857, and communication to Geol. Soc. 1859.

+ Morris in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1855 ; see also [bbetson and Morris, Brit.
Assoc. Reports, 1847, and Brodie, Brit. Assoc. Reports, 1850.

1859. ] EGERTON—OLD RED FISHES. 119

Forest-marble, and Cornbrash. Unless, by the further progress of
research into the Lincolnshire oolites, some error be found in this
statement of their conformity on the one hand to the oolite north of
the Humber, and on the other to the oolite of the Cherwell valley,
it will be difficult to disturb the arrangement long since, though
not without hesitation*, proposed, which assigns the calcareous
shelly beds of Gristhorpe on the Yorkshire coast to the Great Oolite
group, notwithstanding the fact that they contain some fossils which
in the south of England are prevalent in the Inferior Oolitet, with
many the distribution of which is not there limited to one member
of the Bath Oolite series.

Possibly, in the course of this summer, it may be in my power to
complete some observations in the northern parts of Lincolnshire
and the southern parts of Yorkshire, and thus contribute to clear
away the obscurity which still hangs over the sections of these dis-
tricts. When this is carefully accomplished, we shall be able to judge
whether, in the earliest classification of the Cave Oolite, in 1826, by
Mr. W. Harcourt and myselft, and in the latest notice by Mr. Nor-
wood§ and Dr. Wright ||, this rock, on the evidence of the fossils only,
was rightly referred to the Inferior Oolite, or whether, on more
general considerations, I was justified in deviating from my first
opinion and giving it a higher place in the series.

May 18, 1859.

Richard Meeson, Esq., Grays, Essex ; Graham Stuart, Esq., Brind-
cliffe, Sheffield; and Colonel Stepney Cowell Stepney, St. George’s
Place, Hyde Park, were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read:

1. Paricutuyoxocic Norrs.
By Sir Pure Grey Ecerrton, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.G.S., &e.
No. 12.—Remarks on the Nomenciature of the Druvontan Fisues.

Tue “ Old Red Sandstone” has recently occupied so much the atten-
tion of some of our most talented geological observers, that a kindred
interest has been attracted to the examination of its fauna and flora.
Of the former the Ichthyological branch is of paramount importance,
inasmuch as the vast majority of the fossil remains hitherto dis-
covered in this formation appertain to that division of the Animal
Kingdom. It is therefore much to be regretted that the aid which

* Geol. Yorkshire, vol. i. edition 1, 1829, p- 150; edition 2, 1836, p. 151.
+ To the list of those previously known, Dr. Wright has added Ammonttes

Humphreysianus, of which a specimen is in my own cabinet, found by me at
Gristhorpe in 1855.
{ Annals of Philosophy, 1826. § Brit. Assoc. Reports for 1858.

|| In communication to Geol. Soc. 1859.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 18,

might have been afforded to the general question by the accurate
knowledge of the characteristic fossils, should have been so much
weakened by the uncertainty which has gradually enveloped the sub-
ject, mm consequence of the undue multiplication of species, the con-
flicting nomenclature, and rival schemes of classification propounded
by those engaged in this investigation. These errors are, no doubt,
to a certain extent unavoidable. The labour and difficulty of con-
structing from fragmentary specimens extinct forms unlike any now
existing are very great. Again, when men of science in widely sepa-
rated localities are engaged upon the same subject, much time must
necessarily elapse before they can become mutually acquainted with
each other’s progress ; and this knowledge, when at last obtained, is
frequently defective, having to be gathered, it may be, from foreign
languages, and from descriptions without figures, often meagre and
unintelligible. These are certainly extenuating circumstances. At the
same time a vicious practice is too prevalent—of coining genera and
species with undue haste from imperfect data, and so seeking to
establish what is termed the right of priority, however erroneous
the determination may. have been. In some of the Ichthyolitic
beds of the Old Red Sandstone in Scotland, the specimens are so
well preserved, that the specific characters are easily seen; in
others, on the contrary, such as those of Scats Craig and Elgin,
they are found in a most fragmentary and disjointed condition, con-
sisting of detached scales, broken plates, and variously formed teeth. —
To determine with any degree of accuracy the characters and rela-

tions of these fragments is a task of great difficulty, and requires
the utmost patience. The proportions and ornament of a scale, or
the pattern of the sculptured surface of a dermal plate, are frequently
the sole features we have to rely upon ; and these are subject to much
variation. The relative proportions of the scales to each other may
vary in different parts of the same fish; those on the back and belly
may be elongated or lozenge-shaped, while those on the flanks are
deep or curvilinear. The surface-ornament too is by no means
constant in character over the whole body. Age and sex may also
cause considerable modifications. The risk is therefore great of
forming new genera and species based upon data which may prove
of trivial moment as our knowledge of the true characters augments.
In our endeavours to steer clear of this Scylla, variety, we must be-
ware of falling into the Charybdis similarity. The surface-patterns
of the dermal plates of many of the fishes of the Devonian strata are
so much alike (as, for instance, in Asterolepis, Pterichthys, and Ce-
phalaspis), that fragments of each might be selected so similar in cha-
racter as to lead to the supposition that they were derived from one
and the same genus, and so the observer might be betrayed into the
suppression of generic and specific forms through an excessive exer-
cise of caution. Professor Agassiz has been accused of being guilty
of the former fault—that of multiplying genera and species without
due consideration ; but in all his writings and correspondence he
acknowledges this impeachment, and justifies it. In conducting a
great work on the classification and description of all Fossil Fishes

1859. | EGERTON—OLD RED FISHES. 121

submitted to his examination, it became necessary to give names to
certain forms as the means of identifying the objects, and facilitating
the studies of those desirous of consulting the descriptions. For in-
stance, in many of our ichthyolitic deposits, as in the Lias and Car-
boniferous strata, we find various forms of teeth or palates associated
with various kinds of defensive fin-bones. As no evidence was
obtained as to the correlation of these forms, it became necessary to
designate each by name, such names being considered provisional,
until such time as the desired information should be forthcoming.
The other extreme is perhaps exemplified in a recent work by
Dr. Pander, on the Devonian Fishes, in which he seeks to suppress
many of the Agassizian genera and species in whole or in part, and
include them in one or other of the five genera constituting the
family Placodermi of M‘Coy. In this work Dr. Pander revives the
discussion (which I was in hopes had been set at rest by the pub-
lication of the Appendix to Agassiz’s ‘Poissons du Vieux Grés
Rouge’) as to the priority of Eichwald’s name Asterolepis over Pter-
wchthys of Agassiz, claiming for Parrott, Quenstedt, and Kutorga
the original discovery of Pterichthys, and for Kichwald the merit of
having first named and described it. Whatever the fragments upon
which these claims are grounded may be, to Hugh Miller is justly due
the merit of the discovery of this singular fish. In the first edition
of the ‘Old Red Sandstone,’ published in 1841, he thus alludes to
the fact:—* Of all the organisms of the system, one of the most ex-
traordinary is the Pterichthys or winged fish, an ichthyolite which
the writer had the pleasure of introducing to the acquaintance of
geologists nearly three years ago, but which he first laid open to the
light about seven years earlier.” This dates the discovery as early
as 1831. The introduction to the scientific world was contained in
a letter to Sir R. Murchison, read before the Geological Society on
the 8th of May, 1839. A rival claim to the discovery of the “ winged
fish” has recently been put forth by the Rev. George Gordon in favour
of Dr. Malcolmson and Mr. Stables, in the following passage :—* Dr.
Malcolmson’s noble heart reached the acme of scientific satisfaction
on the 27th of March, 1839, when his friend and fellow-labourer,
Mr. Stables, laid open in his presence a nodule at Lethen Bar, that
Jirst revealed a form clearly distinct from any previously known fos-
sil.” Dr. Malcolmson’s paper was read before the Geological Society
on the 5th of June 1839. It is therefore evident from the dates
given above, that, although Mr. Stables may have been the first to
discover Pterichthys in the Lethen beds, this discovery was some
years subsequent to that of Hugh Miller in the Cromarty deposit.
On referring to Pterichthys in Bronn’s ‘Index Palewontologicus,’ I
find it thus noticed :—

Pterichthys Mitr. 1840 (7. Brit. rept....... ; ef Old red sandst.,
Edinb. 1842; non Ac.)?=Asterolepis Lichw.

The cross reference is this :—
Asterolepis Hichw. 1840...... ; Pterichthys Mri. (1840 7. Brit.
rept. ; Old red sandst., Edinb. 1842: non Aa.)

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 18,

The abbreviation “ Brit. rept.’ would read, as it now stands,
‘“‘ British reptile ;”’ but I do not believe this is intended, although
perhaps, in reference to the first notion, that these fossils were
remains of Turtles, it might tend to mislead. I rather think
its signification is “ Brit. Assoc. Rept.” although the words are
awkwardly transposed, and ‘ Association” altogether omitted.
The generic name Pterichthys was given to these fossils, not
by Miller, but by Agassiz, on the 23rd of September 1840,
as is shown at page 99 of the Report of the Meeting of the
British Association at Glasgow in that year. I should not feel
justified in entering at greater length into this controversy, as the
rival claimants are fortunately both living, and fully able to fight
their own battles; I may, however, be permitted to state that,
having read both sides of the question with great care, my own im-
pression is that Prof. Kichwald may perhaps have included in his
genus Asterolepis some fragments which he subsequently ascertained
(through the more perfect Scotch specimens sent to Russia by Dr.
Hamel) to belong to the genus Pterichthys of Agassiz, and hence, dis-
carding the majority, namely Asterolepis proper, assigns this name
to the minority, to the exclusion of the Agassizian name. In the
mean time Prof. Agassiz, then engaged upon his ‘ Poissons Fossiles
du Vieux Grés Rouge,’ received, through Prof. Bronn, from Kichwald
himself, specimens of his Asterolepis, which had no reference to
Pterichthys, but were identical with the genus Ohelonichthys, esta-
blished upon specimens brought over from Russia by Sir Roderick
Murchison, and of which other specimens were found in the Orkney
beds. On making this discovery, he at once relinquished his own
name, Chelonichthys, and adopted Asterolepis of Hichwald. If now
it is sought to supersede Pterichthys of Agassiz by Asterolepis of
Kichwald, it is surely just that the term Chelonichthys should be re-
tained for Eichwald’s rejectamenta, rather than Homosteus of Asmus,
a name of much later date than that of Agassiz. I trust, however,
that this renewed attempt to overthrow the accepted nomenclature
of these genera may not succeed, but that the name Pterichthys,
sanctioned by the use of eighteen years, may be universally retained,
associated as it is in the first-named species with the name of that
remarkable man, the author of the ‘ Old Red Sandstone.’

I proceed to offer a few remarks on the additions made to the
Piscine Fauna of the Devonian age, in his ‘ British Palseozoic Fossils,’
by Prof. M‘Coy. In so doing I must disclaim any desire to criticise
censoriously the labours of one who has worked so assiduously in so
many branches of Paleontology, and whose only fault (if fault it be)
is the over-ambitious scope of his investigations. Although some
years have elapsed since Prof. M‘Coy first indicated, in the ‘ Annals
of Natural History,’ these additions to the Devonian Fauna, it was
not until last year that I had an opportunity of examining the ori-
ginal specimens deposited in the Woodwardian Museum at Cam-
bridge. The following remarks are the result of that examination
_ combined with a previous acquaintance with all the important col-
lections of these ichthyolites both in this country and in Scotland :—

1859. | EGERTON—OLD RED FISHES. 123

Commencing with the family Acanthodei, three new species are
added to the genus Chirolepis :—

CHIROLEPIS curtus.—I am unable to distinguish this species from
Chirolepis Cummingie. The characters derived from the head are
entirely deceptive. The obliquity of the mouth and large size of the
head are owing to the dislocation of the cranial bones; and the ap-
parent shortness of the trunk is attributable to the concealment of
the nape by some of these dislocated members, and the mutilation of
the extremity of the upper lobe of the tail. The scale-characters
coincide with those of Chirolepis Cummingic.

CHIROLEPIS MACROCEPHALUS.—This specimen has had a squeeze,
which has thrown down one ramus of the lower jaw, and forced the
pectoral arch away from its normal position. If these parts are
restored to their proper site, the proportional measurements differ in
no respect from those of Chirolepis Trailli.

CHIROLEPIS VELOX.—This is a well-marked species, characterized
by its small head, slender form, and large fins. The ventral and
anal fins are more approximated than in Chirolepis Trailli.

Of the genns Chiracanthus three new species are described, all
from the Orkney Flags :—

CHIRACANTHUS GRANDISPINUS.—This is a good addition to the
genus. The specific characters are strongly marked, and it is alto-
gether the finest species of Chiracanthus yet discovered.

CHIRACANTHUS LATERALIS.—I am unable to detect any specific
details in which this fish differs from Chiracanthus minor. The
preservation of the scales pierced for the mucous duct cannot be
taken as a specific character.

CHIRACANTHUS PULVERULENTUS.—Tke keen eye of Prof. M‘Coy has
detected in the minute scales of this specimen a good and substantial
specific distinction, well expressed in the term pulverulentus.

The last genus of the Acanthodei, namely Diplacanthus, is aug-
mented by two new species :—

Drpracantuvs Gippus.—This species most nearly resembles Dipla-
canthus crassispinus, from which it is easily distinguished by the
greater length of the dorsal spines.

DIrLacaNTHus PERARMATUS.—A very good species, differing re-
markably from its nearest congener, Diplacanthus longispinus, in the
shortness of the trunk, and the approximation of the dorsal spines.

In the family of the Saurodipteride, Prof. M‘Coy proposes to sub-
stitute Diplopterax for Diplopterus of Agassiz, in consequence of the
latter term haying been anticipated by Boie. That this naturalist
should have employed it to designate a genus of Cuckoo is hardly
sufficient reason for the change ; otherwise, in fairness to palwonto-
logists, the ornithologists should be called upon to revoke Ambly-
pterus and other titles to which they have no claim of priority.

Drevorrervs Graciiis.—In the absence of other structural pecu-
larities, I cannot accept the slender form of this specimen as a
specific character. The amount of variation in this particular in the
Old Red fishes is most remarkable ; and, without other corroboration,
mere measurement cannot be relied upon for a constant character.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 18,

Age, sex, condition, shrinkage, and compression may each and all
affect individuals to a certain extent; great caution is therefore
requisite in estimating the value of such variations. On examin-
ing an extensive series of any genus of Devonian fishes, transitional
forms are found connecting the more slender individuals with those
of grosser proportions, and thus filling up the gap which would be
very perceptible if the extreme forms only were examined. This is
the case in the genus under consideration ; and having before me such
a gradation of forms in Diplopterus Agassizi, 1 cannot but associate
Diplopterus gracilis with that species.

DIPLoPreRUS MACROLEPIDOTUS.—Prof. M‘Coy seeks to substitute
this name for Diplopterus macrocephalus of Agassiz. He states that,
on examining the original specimens of Dipterus macrolepidotus
(Sedg. & Murch.), he finds them identical with Diplopterus macro-
cephalus, subsequently described by Agassiz; he therefore asso-
clates the generic title of the latter author with the specific appel-
lation of the former. On referring to the original memoir and
figures of Sedgwick and Murchison (Geol. Journ. 2nd ser. vol. i.
p- 148, pl. 16. figs. 4,5),-I find that the specimens named “ pro-
visionally” Dipterus macrolepidotus are derived from the Caithness
flags. Now Diplopterus macrocephalus has never been found in that
locality, but is restricted to the Lethen Bar beds and some Russian
deposits ; consequently the alteration cannot be admitted.

OsTEOLEPIS ARENATUS.—This species is stated to be not uncommon
in the Old Red Sandstone of Orkney. The only specimens I have
met with are from the Gamrie beds, where it is of frequent occur-
rence.

OsTEOLEPIS BREVIS.—There is a small species of Osteolepis not
uncommon in the Orkney deposits, which may well be called by this
name. Ihave never met with a specimen so large as the one figured
by Prof. M‘Coy; but in other respects those I have seen appear
to belong to this species. Some of the characters he assigns to it
are, however, deceptive, especially the large size of the head. He
remarks truly that the specimens are generally crushed vertically,
but he explains this by the great width of the head; I should
rather say that the great apparent width of the head is in con-
sequence of the vertical crush. It was this species that afforded
Hugh Miller the opportunity of making out in such minute detail
the cranial anatomy of the genus; and a reference to his figures,
pages 53 and 56 of the ‘ Footprints,’ will show what the true pro-
portions of the head are. It is the upcast of the opercular flap
and the divergence of the premaxillary bones that give the “ very
obtusely rounded, nearly semicircular, depressed” character to the
head in the figure given at pl. 2 D. fig. 4 of the Professor’s work
on the Paleozoic Fossils.

Trrptoprervus Pottexrent.—One of the most constant characters
of the Saurodipteride being the occurrence of two dorsal fins and
two anal fins, the proposed genus T'riplopterus, having only one
dorsal fin, is a remarkable exception. The general shape of the body
and head, as remarked by Prof. M‘Coy, and the scale-characters

1859. | EGERTON—OLD RED FISHES. 125

are so similar to Osteolepis, that I was at first inclined to regard it
as a specimen of that genus in which one dorsal fin had not been
preserved. The position, however, of the other dorsal, opposite to the
anal, is a character, not of Osteolepis, but of Diplopterus, from which
genus it differs in many respects, and especially in the form of the
tail. I am therefore inclined to admit the validity of the genus.
The figure in the ‘ Poissons Fossiles,’ alluded to as probably belonging
to this genus, is undoubtedly that of a true Ostcolepis. In conse-
quence of compression, the scales of the left flank are thrown up,
thus exaggerating the breadth of the fish. The dorsal ridge, how-
ever, is traceable; and a large scale is visible which marks the posi-
tion of a first dorsal fin in advance of, and not opposite to, the first
anal fin. —

In the family of the Celacanthi, the genus Gryprotepts is first
noticed. In the generic character, it is described as having “ one
detached ventral fin.” This must be a typographical error, as Prof.
M‘Coy’s anatomical knowledge is too great to allow him to advance
such a heterodox axiom as a one-legged vertebrate.

Immediately in succession to Glyptolepis, Prof. M‘Coy places
Dirtervs, and he suggests, by a note of interrogation, that the two
genera may possibly be united. I entirely agree with him in the
propriety of classifying this genus with the Cwlacanthi rather than
with the Saurodipteride ; but it is very distinct generically from
Glyptolepis. Prof. Agassiz and Prof. M‘Coy are both in error in
ascribing two anal fins to Dipterus*. This has arisen from the very
remote position of the ventral fins. The fringed or lobate cha-
racter of these organs is peculiar to the double fins, and is never
seen in the dorsal and anal fins ; it therefore affords a good criterion
in cases of doubt. This feature is very distinctly shown in M, Scharf’s
figure 3. pl. 15, Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. iii., and proves that this
fin, which Prof. M‘Coy alludes to as an anal fin, is truly a ventral
fin, its fellow being concealed beneath the body of the fish. The
true arrangement of the fins of Dipterus is admirably well shown
in the wood-cut of this genus at page 287 of the last edition of
‘ Siluria,’ where the ial anterior dorsal fin is seen immediately
above the lobate ventral fins. The determination of specifie character
in this genus is most difficult. The scales are so loosely attached
that they slide over each other under the slightest pressure, con-
cealing or exposing a greater or smaller area as the case may be ;
and the fin-rays are so delicate, especially in their distal extremities,
and consequently so liable to abrasion or non-preservation, that little
reliance can be placed on their relative length. Prof. Agassiz, after
a careful examination of all the original specimens, came to the
conclusion that they constituted but one species, Prof. M‘Coy, on the
contrary, revives the three species originally described in the memoir
of Sedgwick and Murchison. The result of my own observation
is, that, Agassiz was justified in uniting Dipterus brachypyyopterus
with D. macropygopterus, but that Dipterus Valenciennesi ought to

* For the best description of Dipferus, see ‘ Sketchbook of Popular Geology,
by Hugh Miller, p. 246.

' 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ May 18,

constitute a second species. The small size, the uniformity of depth
of the greater part of the trunk, and the small expanse of the fins
are characters which can be relied upon; for I have never found, in
any specimen I have examined, transitional features which could in-
dicate these as immature individuals of the larger species. This
subject, however, requires further consideration.

ConcHopus, new genus.—The materials on which this new generic
form is constituted are so scanty, that it should be kept in abeyance
until further evidence is obtained.

Hotorrycutus.—I entirely agree in the propriety of restricting
this genus by the elimination of the larger Carboniferous species
under Prof. Owen’s name Fhizodus. It may be advisable here-
after, as our knowledge increases, to constitute this the type of a
family, as it differs in many respects from the Cwlacanthi, and
especially in having an ossified vertebral column ; whereas in all the
Celacanthi, from the Chalk downwards, the chorda dorsalis is per-
sistent. The description of the generic characters of Holoptychius
ascribes but one dorsal fin to this genus. It has undoubtedly two,
the anterior one considerably smaller than the other.

Hotorrycuius AnpERSoNI.—The fine specimens recently obtained
from Dura Den, have satisfactorily shown that Holoptychius Ander-
soni and H. Flemingi can no longer be maintained as distimct species.

Hotoprycutus princers.—The detached scales upon which this
species is based do not differ more from those of Holoptychius gigan-
teus than do those upon which Agassiz founded the two Dura Den
species differ from each other. I do not think it can be Re
certainly not without.further evidence.

Hotoprycuius Srpewick1.—This is a good and very distinct spe-
cies. It has for many years been labelled in my cabinet as new.
The anterior dorsal fin is distinctly seen in one of my specimens.

Gyroprycuius.—We are much indebted to Prof. M‘Coy for the
definition of this new and fine genus of fossil fish, including two
well-marked species, Gyroptychius angustus and Gyroptychius diplo-
pteroides. I differ, however, with him in classifying it among the
Ocelacanthi, with which family it has no relation. The form and
structure of the fins and tail, and the mechanism of the scales, point
it out as a true member of the Saurodipteride, allied to Diplopterus
and Osteolepis, but differing from these genera in the surface-sculp-
ture of the integumental covermg. In comparing this genus with
some other Colacanthi, Prof. M‘Coy alludes to Platygnathus of
Agassiz as being founded on the jaw of one fish and the tail of an-
other. On referring to the description of Platygnathus in the
‘ Poissons Fossiles du Vieux Grés Rouge,’ it will be seen that Prof.
Agassiz had great doubts on this subject. He says, “ this genus
is only known to me by very incomplete fragments, of which it
is difficult to say if they even belong to the same genus.” He
then proceeds to describe a specimen of Platygnathus Jamesoni as the
type of the genus. The recent discoveries at Dura Den have shown
that this is a good genus; they also prove that Agassiz’s doubts as
to the form from the Orkneys were valid. Hugh Miller considers

1859. | EGERTON—OLD RED FISIIES. 127

the latter to belong to Asterolepis, with the remains of which genus
it is associated. Platygnathus is nearly allied to Holoptychius, but
differs from that genus in the extraordinary development of the
single fins.

Family Piacopermata*.— This family-definition was first pro-
posed by Prof. M‘Coy, for the reception of all the genera included
in the Cephalaspide, Agass., except Cephalaspis, together with
some other genera assigned by Agassiz to the Celacanthi. Prof.
Pander has adopted this family-term, and includes in it the follow-
ing five genera : Pterichthys, Agass. (Asterolepis, Kichw.); Coccosteus,
Agass.; Asterolepis, Agass. (Homosteus, Asmus); Heterosteus, Asmus ;
and Chelyophorus, Agass. The distinction (as I understand it) be-
tween this family and the Cephalaspide is, that whereas in the latter
the head only is encased, in the former the thorax is also invested
with bony plates. Cephalaspis, Pieraspis, and Auchenaspis would
consequently constitute the Cephalaspid family,—Pterichthys and Coc-
costeus being the types of the Placoderms. Chelyophorus is probably
a member of the same family. Whether Asterolepis and Heterosteus
belong to it must depend upon further investigation. Hugh Miller
describes the plates of Astevolepis as the homologues of true cranial
bones, and assigns to this fish the scales figured at page 72 of the
‘ Footprints.’ Pander, on the contrary, maintains that the small
anterior plates only are true cranial plates, and that the larger plates
are homologous to the thoracic plates of Coccosteus. The plate figured
by Hugh Miller, at page 86, as a hyoid plate, Pander assumes to be
the posterior dorsal plate, homologous to the large cuspidate plate of
Coccosteus. It is clear, then, that the family affinity of this genus
must depend upon the solution of this moot point. I regret I have
no materials to throw light on this subject.

Preritcutuys.—In the memoir on Pterichthys read before the Geo-
logical Society in 1848, I described two plates as the posterior ventral
plates. Prof. M‘Coy is quite correct in considering these as the
prolongations of the posterior ventro-lateral plates. The transverse
depression frequently causes a fracture in that direction, which I
had erroneously considered a suture. The fin which I described as a
dorsal fin is truly such, and not an anal fin, as supposed by Prof.
M‘Coy. I have a specimen of Pterichthys quadratus in profile, in
which the fin is preserved in situ. Pterichthys had also two ventral
fins, as conjectured by the late Lady Gordon Cumming. They are
supported by spines, and are identical in form and size with the
dorsal fin. I have no evidence of an anal fin.

Coccostrus. — In detailing the generic characters of Coccosteus,
Prof. M‘Coy has made a grave mistake (which led him into subse-
quent error) in assigning five plates as the complement of the sub-
thoracic disc. This is the correct number in the genus Pterichthys ;
but in Coccosteus there are two median plates,—one central and
lozenge-shaped, the other anterior and subtriangular, wedged in
between the two anterior ventral plates,—making the total number
six,

* Prof. Owen objects to this term, as being synonymous with Placoide#.
F See Supplement.

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 18,

CoccostEUs MIcRosponDyLUs.—In the generic characters of this
genus, Prof. M‘Coy describes the bodies of the vertebre as rarely
ossified. The reservation is made in favour of this species, in which
he states the bodies of the vertebre to be separately ossified. If
this were really the case, a structural deviation of such importance
could scarcely be limited to a mere specific character. A laborious
examination of all the specimens I have had access to, and of this
one in particular, has satisfied me that in this genus the bodies of
the vertebrae were never ossified, but that the chorda dorsalis was
persistent in its embryonic condition. The form of the neur-
apophyses is very singular. The lower extremity of each of these
swells out into a thick clavate process, simulating a vertebral body
shghtly abraded, in consequence of which the mistake has been
made, by more observers than one, of considering them vertebral
centra. Under this impression Prof. M‘Coy named this species C.
muacrospondylus. The bodies which he considers ossified vertebral
centra are in fact the lower ends of the neurapophyses; and the
“dermal bones of the dorsal fin reversed” are the hemapophyses,
the broad interval between the sets of spines being the position of
the chorda dorsalis. I cannot discover that this species differs in
any respect from Coccosteus decipiens. The latter species was orl-
ginally named Coccosteus latus by Agassiz; but as he cancelled this
specific title, and replaced it by decipiens in the description of the
species, Prof. M‘Coy would do well to adopt the latter, stead of
reviving the obsolete name.

CoccostEus PusILLUs.—In one of the numbers of the ‘ Witness’
newspaper, of December 1848, Hugh Miller described a “ mi-
niature Coccosteus,” of which he found great numbers in a quarry
near Kirkwall, to which he gave the name Coccosteus minor *. Prof.
M‘Coy published his description of Coccosteus pusillus, in the < Annals
of Natural History’ for November 1848. Should the species be
the same, of whieh there is little doubt, the latter name has the
priority.

CoccosTEUS TRIGONASPIS.—This species is founded upon the an-
terior median subthoracic plate of Coccosteus decipiens, and must
consequently be cancelled.

This paper has already so far exceded the limits I originally con-
templated, that I must postpone the further consideration of the
subject to a future period.

SUPPLEMENT.

I have put together in the form of a supplement several extracts
from letters received from the late Hugh Miller, at the time when
we were both occupied with the investigation of the details of Coc-
costeus. I am not aware that these observations have been made

* See Supplement; and ‘Cruise of the Betsey,’ p. 394.

1859. | EGERTON—OLD RED FISHES. 129

public in any of the works issued during the life of the author, nor
since his decease, although it would appear, from some allusions in
the course of the correspondence, that they were communicated
either in the form of lectures or in the columns of the ‘ Witness.’
The anatomical minutiz are so clearly and accurately described,
that it is due to the fame of their talented author, as well as advan-
tageous to paleeontological knowledge, that they should be commu-
nicated to the public.

Letter dated March 25, 1848.

“The gutta-percha impression you sent me must be that of a
portion of the under part of the head of a small Coccosteus. I am
acquainted with the peculiarly marked lozenge-shaped plate, and
possess two specimens of it; but both present their inner surfaces.
In the one specimen, an Orkney one, it is altogether detached,
occurring solitary on the stone; in the other, from Cromarty, it is
associated with plates of Coccosteus, resting, though not in its proper
place, almost in contact with the plate which described the under
part of the orbit of the creature’s eye,—a plate, by the way, not
given in Agassiz’s restoration, though exhibited in some of his ren-
derings of specimens. The eyes of the Coccosteus were placed, not

Fig. 1.—Portion of the Under Part of the Head of a small Coccosteus.

oe

under the transverse portions of the eruciform plate ¢, fig. 1, but,
as demonstrated by at least two of my specimens, under the angular
plates d, and, instead of being surrounded by a ring of small plates,
were nearly, if not altogether, encircled by curves scooped out of
two larger ones—plate 7, and the paddle-shaped plate which you
may find resting on the former in the single figure of tab. 8*, on
the left hand side, and on the right hand side of fig. 4 of tab. 9.

* Poissons Fossiles du Vieux Grés Rouge.

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 18,

‘«‘ There occurs in Orkney, in the neighbourhood of Kirkwall, and in
Caithness, in the neighbourhood of Thurso, a small Coccosteus which,
if not the young of Coccosteus oblongus, must be an undescribed
species.”

Letter dated April 3, 1848.

«Your gutta-percha impression has sent me to my specimens ;
and I have at length succeeded in determining the true place of the
angular plate. In Agassiz’s restoration of Coccosteus, tab. 6. fig. 4*,
there are five ventral plates, indicated by dotted lines,—four of them
lateral ventral, marked mm, nn, and a central lozenge-shaped plate
marked o. The anterior lateral ventral plates, mm, are, however,
nearly four times as large in both Coccosteus oblongus and Coccosteus
cuspidatus as in the restoration (those of Coccosteus decipiens I
have not seen); and, instead of terminating at their upper extre-
mity at the top of the lozenze-shaped plate o, they run on to the
top of the omitted angular plate, the point of which rests in a
hollow scooped out of the top of the lozenge-shaped one. The
measurements of the plates in the following rude sketch (fig. 2), are

Fig. 2.—Outline of the Plates of Coccosteus.

= —— —$$<——____

Bae

taken from those of an actual specimen. Your specimen exhibits
the plates w and o, and one of the plates m; and the species
to which it belonged is, so far as I can determine the point, Coc-
costeus oblongus. ‘The individual was small, smaller even than the
one whose ventral plates I have indicated in my draught, though
considerably larger than the Orkney and Thurso species to which
I referred in my communication of the 25th ult. The letter z
marks a pseudo-joint, which, judging from your gutta-percha cast,
is well marked in your specimen. Between the lateral ventral

* Poissons Fossiles du Vieux Grés Rouge.

1859. ] EGERTON—OLD RED FISHES, 131

plate, m, and the arched dorsal plate, J, there occurred two lateral
plates of considerable size, omitted by Agassiz, and which corre-
sponded to the two dorsal lateral plates of Pterichthys. It is a
curious circumstance, that both genera had the same number of
plates, eleven, in the cuirass which covered the body,—the Pterich-
thys having two central dorsal plates, and but one centrai abdominal
plate, and the Coccosteus but a single dorsal plate, and two central
abdominal ones. In both, too, the body impinged further on the
head ventrally than dorsally. The anterior end of the dorsal plate
of Coccosteus terminated nearly opposite the line z.”

Letter without date.

«Tn the concluding part of my very rambling geological chapter
of to-day, you will find reference made to what I deem a new
species of Coccosteus, and in the enclosed little box the cast of one
of the best specimens of the species, or variety, yet found (fig. 3).

Fig. 3.—Plates of Fig. 4.—Dorsal Plate of
Coccosteus pusillus, M‘Coy. Coccosteus pusillus, M‘ Coy.

It shows, on at least two of the plates, the numerous tubercles, vary-
ing from microscopic to minute, on which I have ventured to challenge
for it a specific status, and also the eye-hollows referred to in my
description, but not those lines of increment which I also found.
These, however, are very apparent on the cast of the single dorsal
plate (fig. 4) which accompanies it, and which, for this species, is
large. By letting the light fall slantwise on this latter cast, you
will see the plate reduced by line within line till, at length, in the
centre it appears as a miniature thing, little more than half an inch
in length by about the eighth part of an inch in breadth. In the
cast of the more perfect specimen, there is a slight distortion indi-
cated in this dorsal plate; but it seems to be merely the result of
some accident peculiar to the individual, and is not shown in any
of the other specimens. I purpose in my next chapter attempting
a general description of Coccosteus, which, however, from the want
of a print, cannot, I am afraid, be other than obscure.”
VOL. XVI,—PART I. L

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [| May 18,

Letter dated October 6, 1848.

«Since I had the honour of corresponding with you in spring
last, I have seen plates of the ventral surface of Coccosteus, which
fully corroborate the sketch in outline I penned in one of my
communications.”

Letter dated December 9, 1848.

“Your favour of the 4th reached me three days ago; but I de-
layed reply till now, that I might be able to send you my promised
description of the Coccosteus and the accompanying casts. These
last pretty fairly represent the prints with which, when I collect
my chapters into a volume, I shall attempt illustrating the chapter
of to-day; and should the engravers succeed in doing the subject
as much justice as my bits of plaster do it, I shall be well content.

“One of the number (fig. 5) is a composition of abdominal plates

Fig. 5.—Abdominal Plates of Coccosteus Milleri.

ranged in what, I think, you will find to be the original order; the
others are transcripts of four of my finer and more instructive
specimens.

1859.| EGERTON—OLD RED FISHES. 133

“Fig. 6 is that of the specimen which I have described as unique.
You will see, on examining the plaster, that the upper profile line

Fig. 6.—Lateral View of the Cuirass of Coccosteus Milleri.

marked in dark grey is not quite that of the fossil, which exhibits
(like what portrait-painters term a two-thirds front face) part of
the other side,—at least, nearly the whole of plates / and a, and the
whole central part of plate c, with the little oval plate which the
latter includes. But by running my colour edge direct through the
centre of these plates, I have gained, I think, the true line of profile,
and, what is of importance in restoring the Coccosteus, have ascer-
tained nearly the angle which the frontal line of the head formed
with that of the back. The slip of shaded paper (fig. 7) which ac-
companies the cast completes the restoration ; and the tout ensemble
forms, instead of the monster I once deemed Coccosteus, a not in-
elegant little fish.

“ Fig. 8, a cast of the lateral plate h of the cuirass, exhibits the pin
or tenon which fastened the armour of the head to that of the body.
The two pins, bent towards each other, I have described as forming,
between them, a dovetail-joining. How simple, and yet how beau-
tiful, the contrivance! The squamose sutures on the exterior of this
plate were very broad. It was overlain by the dorsal plate 7, and
by the lateral plate 3, but in turn overlay the angular plate 1, im-
mediately beneath it. My cast indicates this nether suture at the
mark «; the seeming sutures at either end are mere fractures.
Externally the plate bore a pseudo-suture, which (in fig. 6) I have
also marked «x.

‘“‘ In the restoration, fig. 5, the plates n1, mm, and «, are fur-
nished by one individual, and bear, of course, the true proportions
each to the others; the plate 2 is from another and slightly larger
individual ; while the central plate, 0, as I had none of my own that
were not greatly too large, I have borrowed from the gutta-percha
squeeze which you kindly sent me last spring. It is, however,
rather small for fitting rightly into the other plates.

no

+ et

[May 18,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

134

"71g4Q ayy £0 Mopj0Y
ayy buamoys ‘sno4soo009 £0 s2n)q “gne4so0009 fo sang :
aynydas ayy fo auo fo apisut—'G “Sty pp.iaqn) ayy fo auo fo mara apsug—8 “OL

ee

‘sneysoo009 fo pny, ayn fo auymg—yL “ol

1859. | EGERTON—OLD RED FISHES. 135

«The small cast, fig. 9, shows the deep hollow of the eye-orbit of
Coccosteus, as scooped out of the under side of plate d, fig.6. The
specimen from which it is taken shows the whole inferior surface of
the occipital buckler and the hollows of both eyes.

“The cast, fig. 3, that of a head in a beautiful state of keeping,
seems to illustrate the profile of the head seen in the east, fig. 6.

** T would fain have sent you a few illustrative casts more,—among
others, a cast of the paddle-shaped plates which lay under the eyes,
and described the nether half of the orbit ; but my little box refuses
to accommodate more. These plates, however, you will find figured
by Agassiz in his ‘Old Red,’ tab. 8, and in tab. 9. fig. 1. The
narrow neck-like stem, which I have compared to the claw of an
anchor, swept round the eye-orbit; and the rounded sweep of the
paddle-blade or anchor-fluke fitted into the hollow on the outer
edge of plate f, which is so well marked in my casts, figs. 1 & 6.”

Letter dated December 23, 1848.

“T cannot regard the species of Coccosteus to which the plates
of my cast in last parcel (fig. 5), or that of the unique specimen
fig. 6, belong, as Coccosteus decipiens. Both its dorsal plate, /, and
its occipital plate, a, are longer in proportion to their breadth than
those of that species. Agassiz, however (in tab. 10. fig. 1), has
figured an individual of this species, from my collection, as Coccosteus
decipiens. Its proportions are rather those of Coccosteus cuspidatus,
though its dimensions are smaller. The very fine head from which
the cast No. 1 was taken belonged to an individual of larger size
and greater proportional breadth.”

Note.—I quite agree in the propriety of considering this a distinct
species. In addition to the characters alluded to above are the
following :—The central abdominal plate has the posterior angle
more obtuse than the anterior one; and the angular or dagger-
shaped bone in advance of it is considerably narrower than in any
other species. The tubercles are very numerous and uniform in
size. I propose to signalize the species as Coccosteus Milleri.—P. KE.

Letter dated February 3, 1849.

“T send you a cast of a tolerably good specimen of two of the
lateral plates of Coccosteus—those overlain on their upper edge by
the dorsal buckler. They have been sufficiently displaced in the
original to show the squamose sutures, which were not shown in the
cast of my unique specimen. The pin which attached the cuirass
to the head belonged, as shown by one of my former casts, to the
interior surface of plate h; its outer surface exhibits a minute
groove instead.”

I have a subsequent letter, dated January 26, 15850, describing
the structure of the jaws of Coccosteus ; but as this subject was com-
municated in a paper to the Physical Society of Edinburgh, and is

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 18,

also described at p. 208 of ‘ The Sketch-book of Popular Geology,’
it is needless to introduceit here. Feeling confident that no apology
is due for submitting to the Geological Society the foregoing pas-
sages from the pen of one of the most original and philosophical
writers of the age, I will close the series with a paragraph highly
characteristic of the resolute yet patient method of his scientific
labours :—

“ For my own part, I am determined to go stubbornly on, adding
fact to fact, and testing earlier by later observations, convinced
that, if I sueceed in getting Truth out of the deep well in which, in
this game of Ichthyolitic reading, as in so many others, it is her
nature to hide herself, her identity will be ultimately recognized,
however authoritatively it may be challenged or denied on her first
appearance.”

2. On the Yuttow Sanpstone of Dura Den and its Fossti FisHes.
By the Rev. Joun Anverson, D.D., F.G.S., &c.

[This Paper was withdrawn by the Author with the permission of the Council. |
(Abstract.)

Iy his geological remarks on Dura Den, the author described the
sedimentary strata in the vicinity as consisting of (in ascending
order)—1. Grey sandstone, the equivalent of the Carmylie and
Forfarshire flagstones, with Cephalaspis and Pterygotus. 2. The
red and mottled beds, such as those of the Carse of Gowrie, and the
Clashbennie zone with Holoptychius nobilissimus, Phyllolepis concen-
tricus, and Glyptolepis elegans. 3. Conglomerates, marls, and corn-
stone, with few and obscure fossils. 4. The Yellow Sandstone, rich
in remains of Holoptychius and other fishes, and about 300 or 400
feet in thickness. This sandstone is seen to rest unconformably on
the Clashbennie series of the Old Red at the northern opening of the
Den, and at the southern end is unconformably overlain by the Car-
boniferous rocks. It is also exposed beneath the lower coal-series
of Cults, the Lomonds, Binnarty, and the Cleish Hills. It is seen
also in Western Scotland (Renfrewshire and Ayrshire), and in Ber-
wickshire and elsewhere in the south, with its Pterichthyan and
Holoptychian fossils. In the author’s opinion it is entirely distinct
from the ‘‘ Yellow Sandstone”’ of the Irish geologists.

At Dura Den one thin bed in the Yellow Sandstone especially
teems with fossil fish. The Pamphractus-bed, towards the top of
this thick deposit, is the only other stratum bearing fossil remains.

In 1858 a remarkably fine Holoptychius Anderson was met with
in the fish-bed; and this, with many other specimens, fully bears
out Agassiz’s conjectures for completing the form and details of the
fish where his materials had been insufficient. Dr. Anderson thinks
that the supine position of the Holoptychai is of rare occurrence ; he
has observed them usually to le on their side. H. Andersoni and
H. Fleningvi are regarded by the author as specifically one, as he

1859. | LANCASTER AND WRIGHT—SHIREOAK COLLIERY. 137

has not been able, in the numerous Holoptychii that he has seen, to
regard as distinct the differences pointed out im the descriptions of
these two reputed species.

Dr. Anderson also offered some remarks on the Glyptopomus minor
(Agass.), the specimen of which was obtained from this locality ; and
he drew attention to two as yet undescribed fishes*, also from Dura
Den.

JunE 1, 1859.

James Lamont, Esq., Knockdow, Argyllshire, and William Long-
man, Esq., 36 Hyde Park Square, were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. On the Suyxine at SurreoaK Conirery, Worksop, to the “ Tor
Harp Coa.” or “ Barnstey Coat.’ By Jonn Lancaster, Esq.,
and Cuartes C, Wricut, Esq., F.G.S.

As the sinking at Shireoak to the “ Top Hard or Barnsley Coal” is
not only in a new district, but has also been carried through a con-
siderable thickness of Permian rocks and Coal-measures which have
not been proved elsewhere, we venture to think that our sections
and some account of the strata passed through will be of interest to
this Society.

In March 1854 Mr. Lancaster commenced sinking two pits for
the Duke of Newcastle on the north-western side of his Worksop
Manor Estate, where the Coal-measures are overlaid by a consider-
able thickness of Permian rocks. A bore-hole had been sunk some
years previously on the same estate by Mr. John Woodhouse, to
prove the minerals; and, though it was carried to a depth of more
than 300 yards, no satisfactory results were obtained, no workable
coal or ironstone being found.

* These specimens having been submitted to Prof. Huxley for description, have
been respectively named by him Phaneropleuron Andersoni and Glyptolemus
Kinnairdii. See ‘Dura Den; a Monograph of the Yellow Sandstone,’ &., by
J. Anderson, D.D., F.G.8. 18059.

[ Table

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 1,

Table of the Strata passed through m sinking to the “ Top Hard
Coal” by His Grace the Duke of Newcastle, at Shireoak, Notting-
hamshire.

Description of Strata. Thickness. Depth

yds. ft. in. yds. ft. in.
Permian marls and sandstones ....| 18 2 6 Is) Be
Yellow limestone................ 1S) BB} By) BD
Grey limestone 6. 4 «seis sees sisi oe LOR lO 53 0 2
Blue shale and rock.............. G 2 Bs 8) 1D)
iB luershaler ey nyc ere see cies hr ll 0 9 (les Oe
Sand=rock ye eh wee GN Ol 8 “aly I 1
Wiarrenvearthi eet ene i @ @ ee eallO
Blue and red bands with ironstone.. 1h OL fy i. &
ronston ein seer wee earta ee penance Qi 4 75 0 1
Blackishale/ Wee ea ieee ee 0 0 2 75 0 8
Shalevandirock eae eee 10 0 O 8 0 3
Lhe Manoricodui nnn cece 0 2 0 Sl) Yo B
Blue shalep sera aii eee ee 5 0 0 90 2 3
Greyjandiired mocki ens. eae 66 0 0 156 2 3
COG pee REE, A shee ian One 157 0 7
IRockwandishalenasennieeee nee 138 0 8 17 It 8
Blackyshalley yi ion ey apr nerte 0 2 6 171 0 9
Hiner clayy eget yu rsmte nce miners Deh Ono, 173 O11
Coal and black shale ............-. Oo 1 4 173 BB
PSH oF (si ubaeea ete ea aia ANAC tt 3 2 10 WA PAL
(GUYa thy Ni iecetalig AUG i rae Ratan On 4 yes Oy 5
IIRO=Clayie ay tthe cetineaegiaete Minera Ad dL 33 SOPs
Shaly coal and ironstone, 4inches . OPAL AG 1S SOR
Shallots Re ee laine Eke Be ae i 8 186 2 5
COT RS OT ULSI NEN Ey AAD 009 187 0 2
Rime <Cl aya yse yl vats ce rapsknain tae cba Opa Uwe Y
Shalevandtcoaliicies cerita 010 188 0 9
DEVO prey DE Seen NCR TL LOU Rats BB) th 191 0 1
OGL ere Aree ie MOT ORES 0 0 8 191 0 9
Bluelshale yy aeons at ane crag: 6 0 0 197.0 9
SAU HCORU TAG Mea Wha co ech Shee eeeeore 00 3 197 1 0
Rock and metal ................ 8 2 4 206 0 4
Coal and black shale............5- Oo lil 206 2 8
pe cea Ves Rene Ae ee ST MR B® 208 2 0
Rock-bands): sine ek icse ce eee 10 2 38 Pg) Ih B
Black shale and ironstone, 5inches.| 4 0 4 2238 1 7
Fire-clay and shale .............. Ah Yh WY) 226 0 7
COE ees UTS UGE DU naan einen ae Ov 1 2 226 1 9
Shalevand- rocky see eee oa) 0 OBL GH. 8)
(CLOY TAMER See SINISTER ANSE OL as CT Aer 0 0 4 932 0 1
Shalevandsrock Wen eae 3 0 4 235 0 5
Gooland shale ae eee 0 0 6 235 0 11
Sra eye SAN TAR SS a 8) O'S DBs) IL. al
Band syorock c/s. sees see 10 2 4 249 0 8
Shale and ironstone-bands ........ 10 2 6 260 0 2
Sha oper ene cic ok Seana ay aia a Siam 2 268 1 4
Coa a ee PY A SATE gc i aaa 0 0 8 268 2 0
Roekiand shale...) 8. 8 OO 4 MS 27
COT ANIME Ne cis ice eee AAO A 0 1 0 Dl OQ. 4

1859. ] LANCASTER AND WRIGHT—SHIREOAK COLLIERY. 139

Table of Strata continued.

Description of Strata. | Thickness. Depth
yds. ff. in. yds. ft. in.
rGekeandushaleress ve, «teenie os oe Olt BOO) 27 a's)
COMI Tine Gn re OOM 7 301 0 O
Shale and ironstone.............. 16-20 Sh 320
TGF CRUOIN EDI on to Sore sinh. atoldiss oe O77 Tem 318 0 2
SHALOM Pie aah REE ASO a mi eh oee ty ely 6 824 1 8
OUT TEER Pe ano ats CET RTO Ee 0 0.5 Bp OD Al
Rockvandr sales ys svar a cesoeieetenas 15 O50 339 2 1
SurreoaK, Metton, CLown, or
WIATH WOOD GOAT) “2... ..000+ TE ad siz 340 0 5
SS AG eMail Sith A Si ah ede Us eee 0) $58 1 6
TA ETIOTACOGL s: I e e e TO) BD 359 1 8
arrenvearthy Mey ie Ae ces Maine ole6 SO Oe
SIMON PATOCK Has. Hai cig cig hatardis do.) 9 dis 4 0 5 SEB0 10 a7
Measures (with thin beds of coal) ..| 15 0 5 380 1 0
IRORNACH=COATH ti. 5\clls ys cyatccoleisiene 02.8 381 0 8
WIG ASIITCR Re tis c5he Sha a isk. ae Sam Olek 389 0 9
(Of (Tt) elite Ane? RE RS Fe RR Biko, DN | Oe Eas 889 2°83
REDE CUB V A cob oka’ us iatas Uae aiaiei diageie atl Oe ly 4 390 0 7
CORTE ES NES AE Gime Si RTL oitenan Ouro 890 1 7
Shilovandtrocke, dos. ala a tiiteslensts 135 -25.'8 404 0 38
POU TS, Rene PN Seat ON ANE ee ateeatads Omer rel 404 2 4
Shalerandiroclko as nasices os ene oe 9 AOS 2. ok
COAIBR er sic webiotard ose etre Reais arora On OMG 408 2 7
Shale!andirocls \<.0 esac eae 18°23 CO AL ANY)
EVA TRIAS COAT str Ahs fala easiest: LO 428 111
EPEAINeCORL Shia haere! inthe ae ton ks 1 NERS as UNG 428 2 6
OCH ANG RNAIG. cf belek jane talent AO 2 4389 1 8
oT LIZA WE] ayer Up ep a RA ge ees ania 2 ae LE LG nae 439 110
aloe merc ies aicreherik car ienen TAS veh 7. 15° es ee
COMLRE Peo ORC de ee Sa en Oa hina. | 459 2 5
Phalerandsrochkw ss. ie ca at ek eas 42 D0 502 1 6
COC AR he Eo Gada dew Bake OrmOrs7 B02 Vora
Srl Oyen eta aiiets tie ahora cad gant Ay ena 7 p07). 2°68
RE RADUIOOMT Gilet od tae cae eo Tet cot 9 509 O 5
Danis warren, Garth 3)..¢ 6 <ce\ecs wes O0icS 509 O 8
UES BAEY sale asia de Wa sale ely Ute ata fet Sn hd a 611 2 2
Proved by Boring.
Feoowian BUSIG'. ac neikc.ccica cae win 14 1 4 626 0 6
Ba EG OTE Ty TI Atom Da ip we Pree doe ayaa O° Oac7 526: 1 *1
Blue shale and ironstone-bands ....}| 11 0 O 3 y Aim La |
TMOTIBEODIGIN silt <, Abiuin etek wk lames Oi: O27 587 1 8
Piock ang AUale’. sis aivucdieSh oadiile Sih ib 546 0 1
PRLAGIEIETGIG WP aint dee oc) sya tarerure pre tt O93) 5 546 2 6
NO MTIRGAS ET cs ' i'n cig oad «bw wieeaare 1 ee 547 O 8

The Permian beds are, we think, better developed here than at
any colliery where they have been sunk through, though their total

thickness is only 207 feet.

The upper beds, as will be seen from

the vertical section (p. 143), consist of thin and alternate layers of

140, PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 1,

soft sandstones and red marls, which attain a total thickness of
60 feet. The Magnesian Limestone, however, forms the thicker
portion. We found it divided into two principal beds; the Yellow,
which was very hard and crystalline, 54 feet thick; and the Blue
below it, containing bands of blue shale, 20 feet thick. Both to-
gether yielded 66 gallons of water a minute in our pits.

Below the limestone we met with 33 feet of blue shale, which
made but little water; and we then reached a very soft gritstone,
5 feet thick, which we consider the lowest bed of the Permian in
our pits. It is of the same character as a rock met with in a similar
position at Patricroft near Manchester; and we have no doubt that
it is the equivalent of the ‘ Quicksand,” so well known in the
Durham district.

Below the gritstone the Coal-measures begin with 5 feet of blue
shale, in which there are four bands of ironstone, and, immediately
below, a bed of the same stone, 15 inches thick, but of a richer and
apparently more regular character.

The ore is principally in the state of peroxide, and the bed and
bands give an average of 42 per cent. of metallic iron, according to
the result of four analyses made in Dr. Percy’s laboratory. The
following analysis, made by Mr. William Baker, shows the exact
composition and distribution of the constituents of the main bed :—

100 parts, dried at 212° Fahr., gave

Peroxidevob irom ey jock tenses cog aae Nae ee nee cence 63:110
dT ya aY =) compe Ge D6 Sr Ss aU Re UE Sage SN 5:174
CANT TAATT Aes ee i cL Un cic LL EIRI Cagle Uo A 4-170
Siltcaie iil Daunte CIN a SoS TGA RN Ta 6:545 -
PSLUUL OIAELETELCerK6 Uh Ganga dosdacanuddaboBardosscecusdedodoadodoouae 0-293
Phosphoric acidigh ik. tei see tulsnccsn-ees ce eeeneecere cena 0-083
Carbone acl dione ere aay LSE NOUS a eae ce 9-702
Water! ((nicombination) ee easenseseerenseaeseceeeeeee 10-936
100-013 -

The above peroxide corresponds to 44°17 per cent. of metallic iron.
The distribution of the constituents of the ore may be stated
thus :—

Hydrated peroxide of iron 2(Fe?0?+3HO)............ 61-435
Carbonate of protoxide of iron ............. eee 15-293
Carbonate tof lum esas ies ases de coyctoute te ceicuc nee sere 8-869
Sulphatelofilmenhe ce erceeee sec neee cess cece ner eeee 0-629
Mydrated ‘silicate /offalumina | encase ssncesee se seer 12°650
Phosphoric acid ieeeiissascesensatetesnedssee sen see estes 0-083

The lime present, being scattered through the stone in small
oolitic grains, gives the ore a very mottled appearance. As might
be expected, it is not affected by exposure to the atmosphere, though
very easily pulverized. At present it has only been proved in our
pits, which are 50 yards apart; but Messrs. Dawes are now sinking
a pit, and will determine its regularity. It resembles the Froghall
ore of North Staffordshire, and a bed found at Patricroft in a similar
position as regards the limestone, more closely than any other iron-
stone of the Coal-measures.

1859. | LANCASTER AND WRIGHT—SHIREOAK COLLIERY. 14]

The first seam of coal was cut November 1855, at a depth of
88 yards; this is 2 feet thick, and of inferior quality.

Four yards below this we met with a compact sandstone or grit,
which proved to be 66 yards thick, and of a very hard and open
character. On the rise towards the west a great portion of it is
covered by the Magnesian Limestone; but it crops out at Harthill,
four miles west of Shireoak, and is there extensively worked for
scythe-stones, &e.

We were one year and eight months in sinking through this rock,
and the total quantity of water made in each pit was 500 gallons a
minute: this was, however, stopped in detail by cast-iron tubing,
which was carried down to a depth of 170 yards from the surface.
When it was first put in, we experienced some difficulty from the
gas given off at the bottom of the thick rock, which, when pent up,
injured some of the tubing. Pipes were, however, put in to carry
the water to the surface; since then the pressure, as proved by a
gauge, has been more regular. It has been as high as 210 lbs. per
square-inch ; but is now about 196 Ibs. per square-inch.

Below this point no difficulties were encountered, the strata con-
sisting principally of shales which were free of water.

Several coals and bands of ironstone were met with in the next
170 yards ; but they were all thin or of inferior quality.

At 346 yards we cut the first thick coal, and found it to be 4 ft.
6 in. thick and of good quality. Practical geologists and engineers
in the neighbourhood considered this to be the ** Wathwood coal’’
of the Derbyshire and South Yorkshire district, where it averages
about 4 feet thick ; and we found it to be at nearly the same distance
from the ‘‘ Hard Coal” that it has been proved in those fields.

The principal coals between the “ Wathwood” and the “ Top
Hard Coal” were found of very much the same quality, and with
the same thickness of intervening strata, as known elsewhere.

On February 1, 1859, the “‘ Top Hard Coal” was cut at a depth
of 510 yards, and found to be 3 feet 10 inches thick. It gave the
accompanying section in our pits, from which it will be seen that
the “ Bright” portion, which is of considerable thickness elsewhere,
is nearly absent here.

10 inches. | Soft.
#46 tion 1 Hard.
ery 3 ine chee 1 Bright.
12 inches. Spiry, or mixed hard and soft.
OF kicinctes, | Boat

The nearest workings to ours in this coal are at the Comberwood
Colliery near Killamarsh ; and, though these are 5} miles from Shire-

Cross-section from the Shireoak Colliery to the Outcrop of the “ Hard Ooal” near Killamarsh.—Distance 5 miles.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 1,

oak, so little gas is
given off from the coal
that we experience no
difficulty at present in
working with naked
lights.

The following are
the points of greatest
interest proved by this
sinking :—

1. The existence of
a soft sand-rock at the
bottom of the Permian
beds in this district,
which seems to be
the equivalent of the
“ Quicksand” of the
north.

2. The absence of
any workable seam of
coal in this district, at
least in the 300 yards
of coal-measures above
the “‘ Wathwood” or
‘‘Shireoak Thick Coal.”
Thirty-seven feet of
coal were passed
through in the sink-
ing, butonlyfour seams
are of a workable
thickness.

3. The existence of
a Red Ironstone in the
upper measures, which
promises to be of great
commercial value.

4, The “Top Hard
Coal”? seems to thin
out towards the east
under the Magnesian
Limestone ; for at Kil-
lamarsh and near its
outcrop, six miles west
of Shireoak, it is 6
feet thick, while with
us it is only 3 feet 9
Comberwood Colliery inches.

(50 yards), | sw=-------" The ““ Wathwood

: eae eel eal | coal” being found
ee within one yard of the

Ss Shireoak,.,
Colliery. -..-_

Dumb Hall Well HIN
(47 yards deep). ~--}=h

a. 510 yards Barnsley Thick or Hard Coal.

c. 380 yards Furnace Coal.
6, 428 yards High Hazle Coal.

Thorpe Salvin. -.

Five seams of coal.
d. 340 yards Clown, Wathwood, or Shireoak Coal.

Jf. Red Rock, 66 yards thick.

é.

Harthill Well (23
yards deep).

Balborough Park Pit
(50 yards), 9. <->" 5

18 yards Permian marls and sandstones.

h. 36 yards Magnesian Limestone.

g. 75 yards Ironstone.

i.

1859. ]

LANCASTER AND WRIGHT——-SHIREOAK COLLIERY.

143

depth calculated from the dip of the strata, would lead to the sup-
position that the new district is remarkably free from faults; and
._ this supposition is further borne out by the large bodies of water
met with—so large, indeed, that the greatest credit is due to the
Duke of Neweastle for the perseverance he has shown in carrying

on the undertaking single-handed.

We find the dip decreases considerably towards the east, the strata
coming more into a basin-form. At the Comberwood Colliery the
dip varies from 1 in 6 to 1 in 12; while at Shireoaks it undulates
considerably, but we have never observed it more than 1 in 36
(see fig., p. 142).

Details of the Section at Shireoak Colliery.

IPM DAW: tas. cessas- sesh rane =
Loo) tard | aerate eee mae 0
PURDAN sea vaccadtees oscecs.ch,c% 1
3. Rocky red sandstone ...... 1
4. Light and red rock ...... 1
DRPROGIMATL oe ceasvcces cones 1
RRRPICOU YOGIC 1c eile dene <acsecty. 2
MpmCO MANS ccc vavcacetecsnwces 2
UpPRVOC NAN occ cs0ccatectswess > 1
8. Light sandstone............ 0
VECO EINAN tees seen ace sess 1
10. Red sandstone ............ 1
DL BGUNUALL yc ccceesvewcvimeexe. 1
12. Light sandstone ............ 0
NOSPIMCUUIOAP seid. cece ce cueesss 0
14. Light sandstone ............ 1
15. Magnesian limestone...... 13
16. Light-blue close stone ... 1

. Dark-blue limestone
. Limestone-bands (6 to 12

inches), with bands of

IG OAL foe ee cence cas 6
Gels DING, suscescecss soca 11
20. Grey sand-rock ............ 2
D1. Black shale). :bis.c....c<a00- 0
22. Blue warrant mixed with

tore k ene ae ass ee 0
23. Blue and light-red bind,

with ironstone ............ 1
DE BIACE RUBIO vacccccesescsvasae 0
DDI LEONBUONIO” ‘vccsccruscrunaxeee 0
26. Blue and red warrant ... O
ATA UALY: COAL, «oe sernscatyeeesees 0
PRMMETATIS ELOY ej vcneccscevevense 0
POPES IIGIRTICL | Lous toes coecene ess |
30. Grey sand-rock ............ 2
31. Blue bind, with thin bed

of ironstone..............- 6
BERR a aids aa Vie Ad cuaws uapeasses 0
33. Blue warrant ..............- 0
534. Strong blue bind ......... 4
35. Rotherham thick rock ... 66

yds. ft. in.
5 .

RNR OFrNOOCOFOFOCCOFFKNbd

oror

—_

WDOWRNWDOOUMAROHOOCOCOCOMN

HrOS

bocwr=10 ©

The following features were here
observed in the Rotherham thick
rock :—

Yds, from its top.

At 34, 18,000 gal. of water pr. hour.

At 94, 1250 gal. of water per hour.

At 134, 1400 gal. of water per hour.

At 16, red marl, 6 inches thick.

At 17, marl and grey rock.

At 22, bed of red marl, 1 ft. 4 in.

thick.

At 25, 5000 gal. of water per hour.

At 29, hard bed of rock, 3 yds. thick.

At 43, 2 yds. of very hard rock.

At 53, 6400 gal. of water per hour.

At 63, 5 yds. of very hard rock.

36.
37.
38.

Blnosbaley <5. ce acssscee cere
Grey rock (bed of dark
metal in middle; 1 ft.
6 in., 450 galls. of water
Ber NOU) nn St aactetsss

RP EIMOLAUAIG cc wecen ccc an oe
40. Black shale (with black-
band ironstone, 6 in.) ...

oP MING-CLBY sestac te eet,
. Coal and shale ............
Sr MUNGCUA Vc sesvac tes haar canes
. Blue metal
Pe DIACK ANI. i. sen csassesnc
). Blue shale (ironstone, tin.)
dae CORI Cceeks ee iiaasha reenter one
bs MARGSCLAY Sees cucceetpeeeteraee
. Coal and shale

52. Black metal (with iron-
stone, 3 inches)
- Blue shale

PR MIEMOURW sa sasscechseanenvese
57. Shaly coal
58. Black
59. Rock

MTA Sete. vovecebe ce

yds. ft. in.

CrOoNCOCHKHNKK Ob NO

Cco~mwottyo

*
~

bo

bo oe

Cre te SOOT OOOO tO

144

yds. ft. in.
60. Blue metal mixed with
MOCK screamin tac BO il
Ole C@oalk(cood)i; eeaeeneetce @ @ 3
62: Blue metal ............... LO)
GoriRocks i. hoa 0 0 6
64. Blue metal ............... 4p il &
Gata Shally coal eeers-eerseees 0038
GOAN C kaye en ees cneance ZO Rul
67. Strong blue shale ...... 6 2 3
68. Coal (inferior) ......... 0 O11
69. Black shale ............... OpO
70. Stony fire-clay ......... OkaS
lle TENG) SINAN). Sbcoanqcadedoe @: Bil
72. Thin rock-bands......... O 2 @
WomiGrey, lay erste. seers OD) 273
74, Rock-bands..............- 4 Oil
75. Rock and grey layers... 2 0 6
PO SHRIOCK, ee) de eRe aa nO
ier Grey layers yer: eset 3. 250
78. Blue shale ..............- 2 2 13
79. Black shale, with iron-
stone, 5 inches ......... The
SOM Hire-claygreceeeeeceece ©
81. Light soft blue metal... 1 1 0O
825) Coal (ecod))hte ee erence: Oo Ll 23
83. Stony fire-clay ......... Ue des)
84. Strong grey layers...... Oe @
85. Light-blue metal ...... 2 0 1
86. Dark-blue metal......... 0 211
SA Coals hess ne ecd in eeaet 0 0 4
88. Dark fire-clay............ lO @
89. Soft blue metal ......... OFZ a0
90. Grey stone-band......... OR ORG
QE Bloemmetal yee eseeen: a Oa
92. Coal and shale ......... 0 0 6
93. Dark fire-clay............ OS
94. Light-blue metal......... 1 © ©
94. Dark-blue metal......... 0 2 2
95. Black shale............... 0 010
OO ROCK | Hew e raatiieseistitls OPE oO
97. Blue metal ............... 0 0 4
98. Light rock ............... 0 0 8
99. Dark-grey metal......... I @ ©
100. Light rock ......... aesoue 0 010
101. Dark-grey metal......... Tye a)
LOZ Selo lat mocks erences Ay lo)
103. Dark-grey metal......... OO
O45 Might rock! --s.cssce-.e: 0 2 3
105. Dark-grey rock ......... 2 Oy
106. Dark-grey layers ...... Ou:
107. Blue metal ........ aeiateae ¢ OQ 2
108. Black shale ............... OO
109. Soft blue metal, with
ironstone .............+- 2 6
110. Dark-blue metal......... 40 4
111. Hard black stone ...... 0 1 6
112. Light fire-clay............ bh 2 ®
113. Light-blue metal ...... 22 4
114. Dark shale ............... 01 0
TUN OEY caddsooscooosogonba005: 00 8
116. Light fire-clay ......... 020

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Ulf,
118.
119.
120.
121.

122

125.
124.
125.
126.

127.
128.
129.
150.
131.

stone, 7 inches) ......... 1
3257 Darkishalen eee 7
183. Black shale ............... 2
184. Blue shale.....0/..........5 2
1385. Black shale ............... 1
136. Inferior coal............... 0
137. Stony warrant ............ 1
138. Grey layers ............... 0
139. Blue shale.................. 2
140. Dark shale ............... 1
(4 Biueishalepy scene eee 1
14D Collin ie eats MUR Ee aavaes (0)
143 Rock (iG GaSe nee ets ep 1
144. Blue metal ............... 4
145. Dark shale ../../......... 1

. Fire-clay

Blue metal (with iron-

147. Blue metal and rock-
andere eee meee 2
148. Dark metal ............... 2
149. Black shale ............... 0
UES Oyen OFC V cyanea sa he. 1
151. Stony warrant ............ 2
152. Dark-blue shale ......... 3
153. Black shale ............... 2
Ise, LATCH? SSocnadoonocconcobe il
lobo Bluemetal wees ees. 3
155. Dark blue metal ......... 4
156. Inferior coal (good coal,
Onmeches) ieee cee see
157. Strong warrant............ 1
158. Rock with cank-beds ... 4
159. Blue metal ............... 2
160. Shale and coal ............ 0
161. Fire-clay .................. 1
162. Shaly coal.................. 0
TGS aROCks seer eae ete 3
164. Blue metal ............... 2
165. Black shale ............... 4
LGGEC OA retee ees seceenee 0
167. Stony warrant ............ 1
168. Rock-bands and _ grey
IEW BES dabonooesosodosobeode
169. Blue metal and iron-
stone-balls ............... +
170. Black shale ............... 0

HNN DNENHOOHFS CNNENEEH ON NEN OFNONDHEHOFHONN NOSOHO ONmNNONHOOH

ob
—

[June 1,
yds. ft. in.
Rock and metal ......... 1
Blwennetall ye aaseeeeeeee 3
Dark-blue metal ......... 3
Coal? itns aoa ene ences 0
iHine-clay,)\:ae.cusereeene 0
seipliepm etal seaeeeee reas 2
Fire-clay and coal, 4in.. 1
Light-blue shale ......... 1
Greymetall) 2eeeeceeseeeee 1
Strong grey layers with
rock-bands..............- 4
Strong rock ............... 12
Coal Decree eee nee 0
Light fire-clay ............ 1
Dark warrant ............ 0

—
SNOMVNSOSRPANNOOCONHNNY OCONNCO CORK WwWoowre

—

KO SF AHDOMNSSSOSOOUNSDDYS PROM DBR HROAD

1859. | SELWYN—GEOLOGY OF VICTORIA. 145

yds. ft. in. yds. ft. in.
U7 Softioaaly yey techn. cee O 1 6/| 208. Soft blue metal............ 2 2 6
172. Light fire-clay ............ QO 1 4/209. Dark warrant ............ 10°. 5
173. Shale and coal ............ 0 1 O| 210. Strong blue metal ...... 42 5
174. Stony warrant ............ One) 6) | Zi Blackishaler seve s OPI 2;
175. Blue metal (balls of iron- 212. Blue metal .3..0..450..43 O87
ROWE) ets. iss tubietan decals Dei Ol 20S Rockband) \suases cess. 01 4
176. Strong rock-bands ...... L 2 2 |214., Blue metal ....-...05...:. eo)
177. Coal (inferior) ............ OF 22 15 2lba Dank: shalewe ens ccvens Lge hee
178. Dark warrant ...........- OW PF “42:26 Black shale: 752-5... .0262 ORIG
179. Strong rock-bands ...... 12010) 207. Blue metal 7 2...8. eet, deen ea)
180. Blue metal .........:..... Ty tet DlP2USe Coal ce,.deai ge ses ats k. Onmties
TSU Black/shaley eee. -.0-8-.- O Ll 4/219. Soft warrant............... OR Zia 2
Ba COMU Menage ctacualc oin-naed 0 0 6| 220: Blue metal ...........:.:. 40 4
183. Dark warrant ............ Qo 8: | 2205 Black shialeie.c-: s-caae, O01 4
184. Rock with grey layers... 2 O 2 | 222. Strong warrant............ 1a ry
185; Blue metal’ .........../... OmMLO! 223." Groyilayersirsiyss2. 2.0.23 02 8
186. Grey layers ............... Ll 0) 7 | 224. Strong rock ........:...:.2 Ls)
187. Black shale ..............- 0 2 7 | 225. Blue metal and rock-
188) Blue metal) .....2°..--..- Heh band sisc ac seeseceesk Sanee 0 2 6
189. Black shale .....:......... 0 1 38 226. Soft blue metal............ LAOO
190. Strong blue metal ...... MLO 6: \'227. Dark metalic see ee: OOM
191. Rock (very hard stone, 228. Dark-blue metal ......... By XW
EAU AD TNE) ae Seite 2 estate 4 2 9) 229, Black shale (ironstone,
192. Blue metal (ironstone- INCHES) Moccwrasssidesteice 2 4
bands, 3in.,2in.,3in.) 2 2 9 | 230. Blue metal (at top, iron-
19SseDark shales) esss..cs0e- 0 2 6 stone 3 inches) ......... Py AL Ae:
194. Blue metal (balls of 231. Black shale ............... One
ANOUSLONO) hv senu ceseeets es OSL -23| 252. Blue metals ioy..3!..c6.) 2 LO) cs:
195. Black shale ............... 2G) |-230-7Dankishalorvs see sees sees LOR 0
UGCA. sev ookentanstaeccedasae 0 O 6 | 234. Strong blue metal ...... oo ec:
LOeewarrantyy ces.c. ener te: On OR 74-255: (Hardicanks 1429.24... 0 O11
GSMO VATS 00h eddies. 1 dhe Ade 0 2 7 | 236. Strong grey layers ...... Peet as
199. Dark warrant ............ Piiy OMe Dota ROCK. Pakedcss sxe beseeowtes Zick 8
ZOO. Tight rock......:s.senc0s a, 2 | (0| 208. Bloe' metal 0.50. <.cn. sees 0 010
Alecblne metal... .....:0.008: BSI APN | OO RUMOR ee ee tree cee 5 2 0
202. Shell-bed .................. AOSTA CAD OOALY. Want ts eee ce O00" 7
203. Soft blue metal............ 1 1 O| 241. Soft warrant............... O21 0
204. Black shale ............... O; lips (242% Dark metals estes, acces ye
205. Blue metal ............... LL oi | 248. Dor HARD COAL) ici ..4: fa 1 010
206. Black shale ............... 0 0 3) 244. Dark warrant ............ 0 0 3
207. Light warrant ............ iekaor tgs PA |

2. Notes on the Grotoey of Vicrorta. By A. R. C. Senwyy, Esq.

(In a letter, dated Geological Survey Office, Melbourne, 14th Feb. 1859, to
Sir R. I. Murchison, F.R.S., F.G.S., &e.)

Respectinc the impoverishment of gold-bearing quartz-veins in
depth, the only evidence I have been able to obtain of such being
the case in this country consists solely in the great richness of the
older drifts, and the very large lumps of the precious metal so fre-
quently found in them, and never, or very rarely, in the solid
unmoved quartz-vein. A 13lb. and a 12 oz. “ nugget” are, so far
as I can learn, the largest pieces of solid gold ever known to have
been procured from a vein in Victoria, From about 4 a dwt. to

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 1,

4 an oz.is the usual limit to the size of “nuggets” even in the
richest veins (such as have yielded, on crushing, from 5 to 30 oz. to
the ton of quartz), whereas there does not appear to be any limit to
the size of the lumps found in the drifts. This is an undoubted fact,
and apparently a very strong argument in favour of the upper, now
denuded, portions of the “reefs”? having been much richer than
anything we ever find either on or beneath the present surface. At
the same time I must add that J am unable myself to discover,
neither have I ever heard, any satisfactory explanation of this
peculiar distribution of the precious metal in the quartz-veins. The
very frequent intimate mixture of gold, both chemically and mecha-
nically, with other metalliferous ores and native metals in the same
vein or “‘ quartz-reef,” seems to me to preclude the supposition of a
force having operated in the distribution of gold entirely different
from that which has operated in the distribution of the other metals
and metalliferous ores which we now find associated with the gold;
and it seems to me very difficult to believe that the position of the
gold, as we now find it, in the solid “ quartz-reefs,”’ and sometimes
completely enveloped in crystalline quartz, is entirely due to sub-
limation ; on this supposition alone, however, I imagine, could the
superior richness of the upper portions of the veins be satisfactorily
explained. In what state was the quartz when the gold was sub-
limed into it? and howis it that we find no evidence whatever of the
action of such an intense and long-continued heat on the slates and
sandstones which are in immediate contact with the gold-bearing
quartz? It certainly appears to me that the cause, whatever it may
have been, which has operated in the formation and filling of mineral
veins generally, whether of tin, lead, copper, silver, antimony, or
any other mineral, has also operated in the formation and filling of
our gold-quartz-veins, which are, so far as I can make out, whether
as regards their mode of occurrence, physical structure, or mineral
character, strictly analogous to all other mineral veins. I should be
very glad to learn what is now the generally received opinion on the
subject of the formation and filling of mineral veins.

Is it not possible that the large lumps of gold and the general
richness of the older drifts might be accounted for, partly, by the
enormous amount of natural crushing and washing of the quartz,
and consequent concentration of the gold, which must have taken
place during the deposit of our gold-drifts, and partly also by some
combined chemical and mechanical action operating on the liberated
gold in the drifts during the long-continued and violent volcanic
eruptions of which we have such ample evidence during the later
Pliocene period? From all I have seen in this country, I certainly
think we must look for some other explanation of the occurrence of
our big lumps of gold in the drifts, besides the superior richness of
the denuded upper surfaces of the veins. Saline waters are very
abundant in all our formations, and chlorides are the prevailing salts
found in them.

By this mail I send you a copy of the ‘ Ballarat Star,’ containing

1859. | SELWYN—GEOLOGY OF VICTORIA. 147

a letter from my friend Mr. Bland, the manager of the Port Phillip
Company. ‘The figures there given show what can be done in gold-
quartz-mining with efficient machinery and proper management. The
Cluner Gold Mine is, I consider, the only mine at present in Victoria
where the requisites indispensable for success in this branch of gold-
mining are to be found. They have good management and efficient
machinery, and it being on private property, they are not hampered
by the very obstructive rules and regulations made by the Govern-
ment and the local Mining Boards applicable to the Crown-lands.
Since the date of Mr. Bland’s letter the “reefs” have been cut in
two tunnels at the respective depths of 200 and 230 feet; in one
the reef is 6 feet thick, and in both the quartz contains as much
gold as it did at the surface. At Maryborough, 400 feet has been
reached with a similar result ; but in almost every case the yield has
been neither steadily increasing nor steadily diminishing, but fluc-
tuating. There are also many instances of quartz-veins having
contained no gold on the surface, and having proved remunerative
when followed to greater depths.

I have no satisfactory evidence for supposing any of our gold-
drifts to be older than Lower Pliocene. With the Paper above
mentioned I have sent you a ‘ Handbook to Australasia,’ recently
published here. In the article on Geology you will see, by what I
have said on this subject, that I think they are all of Pliocene and
Post-Pliocene age, with enormous contemporaneous basaltic lava-
flows. The divisions I am provisionally adopting for the tertiaries
in the maps about to be published are as under :—

PAM VIAN. vs 5. canaase Recent fluviatile deposits, Ke.

2. Post-Pliocene ... Upper Gold-drift (angular, with recent Unios),
Raised beaches, and Estuary beds (the shells
all recent).

3. Newer Pliocene... Middle Gold-drift with bones (rounded) of living
and extinct mammals, Flemington red Ter-
tiaries, Marine (like the Red Crag).

4. Older Pliocene... Lower Gold-drift (with pounded bones of living
and extinct animals), Upper Brighton Tertia-
ries, Marine (Lignite-beds, with Banksia).

5. Miocene............ Corio Bay, Cape Otway Coast, Murray Basin,
and Lower Brighton-beds. (All marine, with
characteristic Miocene fossils.)

Gye Moceng's.:. 0502... East shore of Port Phillip, Muddy Creek, Hamil-
ton, &e. (Blue clays, with selenite and charac-
teristic Eocene fossils.)

I have not yet been able to obtain any more satisfactory evidence
respecting the probable age of our coal-bearing rocks: if the mass
of them be Oolitic, there are certainly others in the eastern districts
of the colony which contain true ‘‘ Carboniferous” plants. So far
as I could make out in Tasmania, the coal-bearing beds there rest
quite conformably on, and pass downwards into, Calcareous beds, the
fossils from which are, I believe, nearly all Carboniferous or Devo-
nian forms. With the exception of a single specimen of a bivalve
mollusk, I have not been able to find any fossil fauna in our coal-
bearing beds.

VOL. XVI,—PART I. M

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 1,

In making use of the term “‘ Cambro-Silurian,” I did not mean.
to designate any true Lower Silurian beds, but simply to express a.
possibility of some of our oldest gold-bearing rocks being true
Cambrian or Hypozoic strata. I have, however, found Lower Silu-
rian fossils in the rocks of all the Gold-districts that I have carefully
examined; but in any beds lying west of the meridian of Mel-
bourne Lingule and Graptoltes only have been found. We find
Bohemian, British, and American species associated in both our
Upper and Lower Silurian beds.

I have recently discovered, imbedded in our Pliocene water-worn
gravel near Melbourne, two specimens, considered by M‘Coy to
belong to decidedly Chalk species. One is a very perfect Echino-
derm, the other a fragment of Coral. They are both quite silicified
and in about the same state of preservation. It will be very in-
teresting if we can prove the former existence in Victoria of the
Chalk-formation.

The only other interesting discovery of the Survey here is the
Bone-cave at Gisborne, about 25 miles north of Melbourne. En-
closed is a sketch of the locality, also a plan and section on true
scale from actual measured survey (see figs. 1,2,&3). In it, imbedded

Fig. 1.— Entrance of the Bone-cave in the Tertiary Basalt, in a Ravine
at the head of the Toolerrn Toolerrne Creek, five miles S. by E. from
Gisborne ; eaplored by C. D. H. Aplin, Assistant-Surveyor, 1857.

A
NS

in light powdery and perfectly dry soil, we found great quantities
of the osseous remains of Birds and Mammals; the most remarkable
being perfect skulls of the Dingo, the Devil of Tasmania, and another
carnivorous animal, which M‘Coy thinks is quite a new genus: the
skull is in shape somewhat similar to that of a domestic cat, but not
more than half the size; and there are only two molars. The roof

1859. | SELWYN—GEOLOGY OF VICTORIA. 149

and sides of the passages, where narrow, were quite smoothed and
polished, evidently from the frequent passage of the animals that
have inhabited the cave. When discovered, all these passages were
so completely filled up with earthy matter, that no animal much

Fig. 2.—Section of the Ravine and Cave.

Ses

Soy A Na ERAT
S < SINGS ae

a. Tertiary basalt. 6. Lower Silurian schists and sandstones, c. Mouth of Cave.

Fig. 3.—Plan of the Bone-cave near Gisborne.

larger than a rat could have obtained entrance; when cleared out,
some of them were four feet high. The above would, I think, prove
our basaltic lava-flows, in which the cave occurs, and which rest on
the older gold-drifts, to be very old Pliocene, The bones are being
figured and described by M‘Coy.

I have sent you by this mail one of the first complete quarter-sheets
of my Geological Map. Iam getting them printed in colours from
stone. I have now about twenty-eight such sheets ready for publi-
cation, forming together a connected map extending from Port Phillip
Bay to Castlemaine.

With respect to the denudation of the Silurian rocks, I do not
think there would be any great exaggeration in saying that thousands

u 2

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

of feet have been removed from probably the greater portion of the
whole area which they now occupy ; nor does this exceed Ramsay’s
estimate of the denudation of the Silurian rocks of South Wales, in
his Paper in the first volume of the ‘Memoirs of the Geological
Survey of Great Britain.’

Our gold-drifts are often one, two, and three hundred feet thick
(and this over very extended areas), completely filling up, with their
contemporaneous lavas, nearly all the older valleys of the country.

JuNE 15, 1859.

SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING.

It was resolved that persons proposed on and after November 2,
1859, for election as Non-resident Fellows of the Society, should pay
an Entrance-fee of £6 6s., and an Annual Subscription of £1 11s. 6d.

ORDINARY GENERAL MEETING.

Major W. E. Warrand, Bengal Engineers, Westhorpe, Southwell,
Notts, was elected a Fellow.

The following communications were read :—

1. Remarks on the Gnotoey of SprrzBERGEN.
By James Lamont, Esq., F.G.S.

In the summer of 1858 I passed a month cruising in my yacht
around the shores of Spitzbergen and its many outlying inlets (or
‘‘ skerries,” as we should call them in the Highlands), and, although
Ihave but a very slight knowledge of geology, still I was very
much struck by the singular geological aspect of the country. As I
visited a part of Spitzbergen which has never before been seen by
any one except the ignorant seal-fishers who frequent the coast, I
have been induced to commit a few of my observations to writing,
in hope that others better acquainted with the theories of glacial.
action and upheaval of land may be able to understand the changes
which are being brought about in those regions by the above
agencies.

- We first reached the shores of Spitzbergen, about 20 miles north.
of South Cape, and inside of what is known as Stour-fiord or Wybe
Jan’s Water, an immense sound of about 300 miles long, and vary-
ing from 6 to 60 miles broad. This Sound is improperly marked in
the maps as a Gulf, whereas it is in reality a Sound, dividing Spitz-
bergen into two nearly equal halves ; but the north end, being very
narrow, is invariably almost choked with heavy ice, and, being con-
sequently impassable, has given rise to that error: boats are known,

1859. ] LAMONT—GEOLOGY OF SPITZBERGEN. 151

however, to have actually passed through from the north coast into
Stour-fiord.

The first thirty or forty miles of coast along which we sailed con-
sisted almost entirely of the faces of two or three enormous glaciers
reaching high up into the mountains (the tops of which were barely
visible in places peeping through the ice), with their bases reaching
into the sea; of course every now and then large pieces, some of
them as big as a church, become detached from these ice-precipices
and topple into the sea with terrific uproar. The waters of this
Sound are very shallow, seldom as much as sixteen fathoms ; and I
believe it is the same all round the shores of Spitzbergen, so that the
formation of very large icebergs is impossible, and I saw none at all
approaching to the size of those to be met with on the banks of
Newfoundland: the largest of those which we did see were aground.

The greater part of the shores of this great Sound on both sides
present a singular uniformity of contour. First, there is a muddy
flat of from half a mile to three miles broad, extending from the sea
to the foot of the lower hills: this plain is composed of mud mixed
with shaly débris from the lower hills; it is generally in a semi-fluid
state and almost impossible to walk over, but there is ice or hard
ground at 12 to 18 inches under the surface. Many rivulets,
thickly charged with mud, and some of them unfordable, intersect
these dreary flats ; they are sparingly clothed with small Saxifragas,
mosses, and lichens, which form the food of the reindeer. These
animals are tolerably abundant on the flats, or in the valleys not
filled by glaciers, and attain to a most wonderful condition of
obesity, considering the scantiness of their dict. On these flats are
numerous trap-rocks, coming up like islands in the flats, and also
prolonged dykes of trap. In some plains these approach to that
singular formation known as the Giant’s Causeway, but without its
regularity.

At the end of the flat there is generally a steep slope of mud,
snow, and shaly débris, which reaches up to the perpendicular crags
of rock. This rock resembles a mixture of limestone and white
sandstone, and is easily split and broken. These cliffs are generally
quite inaccessible, and above them stretch for many miles away into
the mists enormous glaciers, and above these again are visible, when
the weather is clear, high peaks, apparently of granite, 6000 or
7000 feet high, from which Spitzbergen derives its name.

Along the shores of Stour-fiord, as far up as we went (we sailed
up to where it was choked with ice and shallowed to three fathoms),
there is a considerable quantity of drift-wood. This consists prin-
cipally of small pine-trees, very much weather-worn and many quite
water-logged. I also observed much wood which had formed part
of vessels: some of this was oak. There are also everywhere to be
found many bones of whales, occurring both singly and in nearly
entire skeletons.

Many of these pieces of drift-wood and bones are lying several
miles inland and high above high-water mark. 1 regret that I did
not measure the height at which I saw any, but I am positive that

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

I saw both whales’ bones and drift-wood at least thirty feet, and I
think as much as forty feet, above high-water mark. Geologists
can form their own deductions from this; but I may mention that
the seal-fishers all believe the land to be rising, or, as they generally
express it, “ the sea 1s going back.”

Whales used to be formerly very abundant around the shores and
bays of Spitzbergen, but of late years the true whale (Mysticetus) is
unknown within many miles of Spitzbergen. Macculloch and other
commercial writers attribute this to the persecution they have under-
gone; but the seal- and walrus-fishers all say that “the seas have
got too shallow for them.” This may also arise partly from the
enormous quantities of mud and débris brought down. by the nume-
rous rivulets running from the steep slopes of the mountains. Some
of these rivulets have immense deltas of semifluid mud at their
mouths.

The Thousand Islands are an immense cluster of low rocky islands
lying off the south-east corner of Spitzbergen, and consist entirely
(at least, as far as I could observe) of a coarse granular trap. They
are mostly very low, and with very little soil on their surfaces.
T observed the skeletons of whales upon some of them at such a
height that it was quite impossible they could have been washed
there with the rocks at their existing level; and this seems to me
to afford conclusive evidence that Spitzbergen and the adjacent
islands are emerging from the deep at a rate even more rapid than
that at which the coasts of some parts of Norway have been clearly
demonstrated by distinguished geological writers to be rising.

2. On the Formation of Gypsums and Dotomirss.
By T. Srerry Hon7, Esq., of the Geological Survey of Canada.

(Communicated by Professor Ramsay, F.R.S., F.G.S.)

Tue deposits of gypsum in nature may be divided into two classes.
One of these comprises the gypsums formed by the alteration of beds
of limestone. The vapours of solfataras, thé sulphuric acid produced
by the slow oxidation of moist sulphuretted hydrogen gas (as shown
by Dumas), and springs containing free sulphuric acid are the agents
which have changed and are still changing carbonate into sulphate
of lime. Such springs, containing from ;,3,, to 7;4;yths of free sul-
phuric acid (evolved probably from the reaction between sulphate of
lime and siliceous matters under the influence of heat at considerable
depths), are frequent in Western Canada; and their effects in giving
rise to masses of gypsum in the quaternary clays of that region I
have long since pointed out (Rep. Geol. Survey of Canada, 1848,
p. 155).

The gypsums of the second class, which are the more frequent,
are met with interstratified with marls, dolomites, and rock-salt,
with which they are evidently contemporaneous. Reserving for

1859. | HUNI—FORMATION OF GYPSUMS AND DOLOMITES. 153

another occasion the discussion of the theories which have been pro-
posed to account for the origin and association of these substances,
I propose to mention some recent observations of mine which serve
to throw light upon the question.

When a solution of bicarbonate of lime in carbonic-acid water is
mingled with one of sulphate of magnesia, there are formed sulphate
of lime and bicarbonate of magnesia ; so that in presence of an ex-
cess of bicarbonate of lime there is obtained a saturated solution of
gypsum, from which this salt may be thrown down by the addition
of alcohol.

In the same way I have found that a solution of sulphate of soda
is decomposed by bicarbonate of lime, whose solubility in water is
much augmented by the presence of the alkaline sulphate. From
such a solution the addition of alcohol precipitates gypsum, leaving
bicarbonate of soda in solution.

When a mixed solution of sulphate of magnesia and bicarbonate
of lime is evaporated at a gentle heat (from 80° to 120° F.), the
gypsum, being much less soluble than the bicarbonate of magnesia,
is first deposited in a crystalline form, and at a later period the mag-
nesia separates as a hydrous carbonate. The presence of sea-salt
does not prevent this reaction, nor the precipitation of gypsum by
evaporation; so that by continued additions of bicarbonate of lime
to a basin of sea-water, its sulphate of magnesia might at length,
under favourable conditions, be entirely converted into gypsum.

The hydrated carbonate of magnesia deposited from solutions of
the bicarbonate is very soluble in dilute acids; but when heated to
300°-400° F. under pressure to prevent the escape of carbonic acid,
it is converted into a crystalline, anhydrous, and difficultly soluble
carbonate, already obtained by De Senarmont, and apparently iden-
tical with magnesite. When the hydrous carbonate is thus heated
in presence of carbonate of lime, the two combine to form a double
carbonate, which, by taking advantage of its sparing solubility in
cold dilute acetic acid, may be separated from any admixture of free
carbonate of lime. This double carbonate of lime and magnesia is
dolomite. As prepared under various conditions, I found it to contain
from 35 to 45 per cent. of carbonate of lime, the excess of magnesia
being due apparently to a variable admixture of magnesite. Its forma-
tion by the direct union of the carbonates of lime and magnesia takes
place alike in the presence of solutions of earthy chlorides and alkaline
carbonates. In Von Morlot’s experiment, however, which consists
in heating a mixture of two equivalents of carbonate of lime and
one of sulphate of magnesia in sealed tubes to 200°C., the sulphate
of lime which is formed seems to prevent the union of the two car-
bonates, and the product I have found to be chiefly magnesite mixed
with carbonate of lime. In Marignac’s experiment, where chloride
of magnesium is substituted for the sulphate, the newly formed
carbonate of magnesia unites with the carbonate of lime, and a
portion of dolomite is formed.

But the solutions of bicarbonate of magnesia which give rise to
deposits of hydrous carbonate of magnesia, that, according as they

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

are pure or mingled with carbonate of lime, are subsequently con-
verted into magnesite or magnesian limestone, may also be formed by
another reaction, which is independent of the formation of sulphate
of lime. I have already alluded to it, in my paper ‘“ On some points
in Chemical Geology,” read before this Society on the 5th of January
last. Waters holding in solution bicarbonate of soda (a constant
product of the decomposition of felspathic minerals), when mingled
with sea-water, decompose the lime-salts first, the carbonate of lime
separating in a nearly pure state; so that in lakes and limited sea-
basins there must result from this reaction waters that, hke the
bitterns from which all the lime has been removed by evaporation
as sulphate (another source of gypsum), contain only salts of soda
and magnesia. The further action of solutions of bicarbonate of
soda upon such magnesian waters must give rise to bicarbonate of
magnesia, and, aided by evaporation, to precipitates of magnesian
carbonate—which, mingled with the carbonate of lime generally
accompanying the bicarbonate of soda in alkaline waters, would
afford the material for those great beds of magnesian limestone
which are independent of gypsum. (See Proc. Royal Soc. for May 18,
1858 ; Phil. Mag. vol. xvi. p. 379.)

The points to which I wish to call attention in the present note
are, first, the formation of sulphate of lime and bicarbonate of
magnesia by the action of bicarbonate of lime upon a solution of
sulphate of magnesia, and their successive deposition in the forms
of gypsum and hydrous carbonate of magnesia during the process of
evaporation ; and secondly, the direct union, under certain conditions,
of this carbonate of magnesia with carbonate of lime to form a double
carbonate, which is dolomite.

The application of these reactions to explain the formation of
dolomites and a great portion of the gypsums, both in marine and
freshwater deposits, will readily be made. The details of my experi-
ments will be found in part in the Report of the Geological Survey

of Canada for 1857*, and completed in the forthcoming Report
for 1858.

3. On the Tertiary Deposits, associated with Trap-Rock, in the East
Inpizs. By the Rev. SrepHen Histop. With Descriptions of
the Fosstz Surtis, by the Rev. 8. Histor; and of the Fossi
Insects, by ANDREw Murray, Esq., F.R.S.E.; and a Note on the
Foss Cyprip, by T. Rurert Jongs, Esq., F.G.S.

[Communicated by the President.
Yi
(Puates V.—X.)

Tw introducing the following descriptions of some fossils from Pen-
insular India, I shall confine my remarks to the rocks, volcanic

* See also Am. Journ. Science, 2nd ser. vol. xxvi. p. 109. _

Tr ry ‘al XX “WTTT
Quart. Journ.Ceol Soc. Vol.XVL PIV.

SHhslop & G West del os

ee ee

Quart.Journ Geol. Soc Vol. XVI. PLVI.

pee
Dy, >
peeens,

TAG

ar
es

Quart Journ. Ceol Soc Vol. XVI. PL-VIL.

TERTIARY SHELLS : NACPUR

S Hislop & C West del WWest ump

jt

1 XVI. PL VOL.

Soc. Vo

|
da.

Quart. Journ Ceo.

i FAWN UR NN Yige

i)

ute Woke WAS Vachs AS, NS

W Vieer

eA?
wisi’

RAJA!

‘

X

TIARY SHELLS

TERTIA!

lop & G Waet del

:
ay

Si

4

Paty

fest
Ste

la!

Quart.Journ Geal.Soc Vol_XVI.Pl.1X

Ha

TIARY SHELLS RAJAMANDB!

“t+

iat Ne
ncteate a

fo awd
aoa)
ashi

Met

DR a!

ii

Quart Journ Ceol. Soc. Vol. XVI. FLX.

\

“?

mm

PUR

TERTIARY SHELLS, INSECTS, &CYPRIDES RAJAMANDRI, NARBADDA, & NA!

eh ate Ma.
id
SThalop, A Murray & ©. West del W West imp

~ ee

1859. | HISLOP—GEOLOGY AND FOSSILS OF NAGPUR. 155

and sedimentary, with which those fossils are connected. They have
already been noticed in a memoir, which, in conjunction with my
friend the Rev. R. Hunter, I submitted to the Society in 1854*.

On that occasion I endeavoured to prove that there was no foun-
dation “for the supposition that the great outpouring of basalt in
India took place in the ocean,”—that the water of the lake in whith
it really was effused was in many places “‘so shallow as to allow the
igneous rock to rise above its surface into the atmosphere,” and that
therefore the flatness of the tops of trap-hills was not owing to su-
perincumbent pressure, as is generally believed, but was “ the effect
of the well-known law by which the surface of liquid bodies is re-
duced to the same uniform level.” The age of the deposit formed at
the bottom of the lake, before it was invaded by the volcanic erup-
tion, I considered to be Lower Eocene; and, while inferring as a
matter of course that the overlying trap was subsequent to it, I
expressed the opinion that the similar rock which was frequently
found underlying was more recent than both.

In opposition to this last view it is held, that the underlying trap
must have been poured out first, and the freshwater deposit formed
over it. This, I admit, would be the theory attended with the fewest
general difficulties; but the objection to it in my opinion is, that
it does not apply to the case under consideration. If it did, we
should expect that, at the junction of the deposit with the sub-
jacent amygdaloid, the former would partake of the colour of the
latter, whereas there is most frequently a marked difference between
them in that respect. In fact, instead of the deposit being com-
posed of the detritus of the friable amygdaloid, I believe it will be
found, on the contrary, that the friable amygdaloid consists in a great
measure of materials altered from the deposit. Capt. Newbold’s
analysis of amygdaloid underlying red clay warrants this statement,
though he does not seem to have perceived the inference deducible
from it regarding the relative age of the vesicular trap f.

But should this chemical proof not be enough, there is mecha-
nical evidence at hand. About two miles to the west of Telan-
khedi, and five in the same direction from Nagpur, we have a natural

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x. p.470; vol. xi. p. 345, & p. 555, with Map.

+ See Journal R, Asiat. Soc. vol. ix. P. 35, where Newbold says: “I found the
basis of the amygdaloid in which zeolitic crystals were most abundant to be a
red clay.” The import of this remark will be best brought out by a reference to
the Sindaghi section alluded to in another part of this paper. In that section
between the middle and upper seam of kunker there is represented in the wood-
cut a considerable thickness of “ red amygdaloid with zeolites and cale-spar,”
and it is added in the letter-press, “In this vicinity beds from three to six feet
thick occur in the amygdaloid of a finely laminar, bright red bole.’ Now, look-
ing at the figure, in which the calcareous matter is so thin that it is represented
only as seams, we naturally feel me te to ask, Where is the deposit, which in
the “ vicinity” attains a thickness of “from three to six feet’? ? The only appro-
priate reply to this question, in my judgment, is, that it is to be found in the red
and brownish-green amygdaloid, which, though still retaining its colour, has been
transformed from the clay, while the calcareous portion has been segregated in
the process.—-S. H., June 22, 180%).

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

section of this sort. (See fig. 1.) Here, in going westward, the
eye is attracted first of all by some blocks of yellowish rock lying in

Fig. 1.—Section near Telankhedt.

a. Altered Freshwater-rock. 6. Trap-rock. c. Freshwater-rock.

position on the surface. Externally they exhibit marks of Physa
Prinsepii, and on being broken they are discovered to be a crystal-
line mass in the centre. Doubtless this metamorphosis is due to the
heat communicated by the trap in its former state of lava, which,
being longer retained in the interior of the blocks, subjected the par-
ticles there to a decided change, while those on the outside remained
unaffected. As you pass on, you walk over trap till you arrive again
at the freshwater stratum, which in an adjoining watercourse is
seen to sink down to the west at an angle of about 30°, with soft
amygdaloid below it, and a less vesicular rock above. It is evident
that at this spot we have an anticlinal axis on a small scale, and
that the cause of the disturbance is the volcanic rock, which, whether
it lies below or above, must be subsequent to the deposit. My
lamented friend Adolphe Schlagintweit, who held that the lower
trap was prior to the deposit, felt constrained to admit, in order to
account for the appearances presented at the junction of the two,
that occasional showers of volcanic ashes may have continued to
fall during the formation of the aqueous rocks*; but I see not
how volcanic ashes could fracture and upheave the latter, as we find
to be the case: and, supposing the ejection of these ashes to be at-
tended with the dislocation of the stratum, it is difficult to under-
stand how the underlying amygdaloid could rise as a boss into the
upheayed portion, unless it were in a liquid state after the deposition
of the upper rock.

Again, between the spot now referred to and Nagpur there is a
ravine displaying a natural section somewhat like the subjoined +.

* Report VI. of the Magnetic Survey of India, p. 34.

t See Journal R. Asiat. Soc. vol. ix. p. 33 for a similar section given by New-
bold from a trap-hill near Sindaghi, in the southern Marathi country. There we
have in descending order: globular concentric basalt ; a seam of kunker ; red
amygdaloid with zeolites and calc-spar ; another seam of kunker; wacké, brownish-
green and grey; and a third kunkeraceous seam, which is underlaid by wacké.
The three kunkeraceous seams are represented as connected with each other in
the same manner as in the above section. In designating these seams I use the
term employed by Newbold. Of course they have nothing to do with “ kunker’”’
commonly so called in India, which is a comparatively recent concretion in the
soil of the East. They are in fact the calcareous matter of the intertrappean

1859. | HISLOP—GEOLOGY AND FOSSILS OF NAGPUR. 157

Here we see nodular trap of about 14 feet thick in the central
and more remote part of the sketch, overlying the freshwater de-

Fig. 2.—Section in a ravine between Telankhedi and Nagpur.

oie Po sg nl

Pfs

a. Nodular trap-rock; from 4 to 14 feet thick.
}, Freshwater-rock; 1 to 3 feet thick.
c. Amygdaloidal trap, with interspersed bands of altered freshwater-rock.

posit, the top of which only is visible, and which extends 3 feet
downwards without interruption. In the foreground on the left
bank of the stream, or on the spectator’s right hand, the same trap
reaches no greater thickness than 4 feet, while the sedimentary
rock on which it rests is less than a foot thick, the remainder being
dispersed in the form of pale bands, sometimes running into each
other, through the body of the volcanic rock, which in these cir-
cumstances has assumed chiefly a soft vesicular structure. An ex-
amination of this spot would, I think, suffice to convince any geologist
that the trap in its amygdaloidal form must have been the instru-
ment of this scattering of the deposit, and that consequently it must
have been injected after the deposit accumulated at the bottom of
the lake.

Whether the amygdaloid is a subsequent eruption to the nodular
trap, as I once supposed, is not so certain. All that the phenomena
which I have observed show, is that it was probably liquid after the
nodular part was consolidated ; and this may have been the case in
consequence of the upper portion of the lava cooling first, although
both it and the lower portion were erupted at the same time. To
illustrate this I subjoin a third section exhibiting the relation of the
rocks lying in a line drawn from the Artillery Lines of Tkli south
to the Nag River.

deposit, the upper part of it probably remaining in its original position imme-
diately under the “ globular concentric basalt,” and the rest being dispersed by
the volcanic rock, as in our section. Sometimes the seams originating from this
deposit are more clayey and siliceous in their character, and then we have an
abundance of jasper, bloodstone, or cherty flint.—S. H., June 22, 1859.

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

On the north, at the Artillery Lines, the rocks in a descending order
are: n, nodular trap; ¢,.tertiary deposit, thin and indurated in the

Fig. 3.—Seetion at the Artillery Lines, Takli.

n
| ae

Nag River.

HeA

s Pp '
EW ISSSS gn

n. Nodular trap-rock. s. Sandstone.
t. Tertiary deposits. p. Pegmatite.
a. Amygdaloidal trap. gn. Gneiss.

higher position, and thick and soft in the lower; a, amygdaloid,
and s, sandstone. On the south near the river we find: s, the same
sandstone; p, pegmatite, and gn, gneiss. or the sake of clearness
I enlarge the section of the rocks on which the Artillery Lines are
built (fig. 4). Here, as before, n is nodular trap ; ¢, tertiary stratum,

Fig. 4.—The strata at Artillery Lines.

ea able

eet SOT

TN

a

n. Nodular trap. ¢. Tertiary beds. s. Sandstone.

clayey and soft, and s, sandstone. From the argillaceous deposit
portions have been taken up into the body of the volcanic rock, and
sometimes as high as its surface. Such detached fragments have
furnished us with the greater number of the vegetable remains for
which Takli is remarkable. Where the trap comes into contact with
the base of these masses, it is seen not to be nodular, as it is every-
where else, but vesicular.

Now the question arises, Is the thinner and harder deposit on the
slope of the hill in fig. 3 the same as the thicker and softer stratum
at the lower level of the Artillery Lines? I have no hesitation in
affirming that it is; for in digging through the hill, no deposit but it
is met with until the sandstone is reached,—not to mention that the
same genera and species of shells are obtained from both. Now as
in fig. 4 the single layer of lava has become vesicular or nodular
according as it lies below or above the detached pieces of the clayey
deposit, so we have only to suppose that part of the same lava-flow
at the present site of the hill in fig. 3 went above, and part found
its way at the bottom of the deposit, and we discover the reason of
the upper trap being nodular and the lower vesicular. The origin
of the vesicles in the lower trap would appear to be the exudation
of moisture from the stratum under which it was intruded; while

1859. | HISLOP—-GEOLOGY AND FOSSILS OF NAGPUR. 159

the cause of the greater accumulation of lava at the spot where the
hill now stands may perhaps have been the delay resulting from the
effort requisite to break through the deposit and flow along its base.
And as in its onward course the lava would transform some of the
deposit, we can understand how the intertrappean stratum of the
hill is thinner than the subtrappean stratum of the plain, and can
moreover perceive how it is that the igneous at its junction with the
aqueous rock is to such an extent composed of the same materials as
the latter. Preferring, though I do, this theory of the eruption of
our trap, I would at the same time here beg to repeat the remark
previously made, viz. that although both the upper and the lower
portion of it were poured out together, still the lower would probably
continue, after the upper was consolidated, sufficiently liquid to be
capable of breaking up both the deposit and its incumbent sheet of
trap, as represented in fig. 1.

The sandstone, which lies conformably under the clay at the Ar-
tillery Lines (see figs. 3 & 4), is the same as extends northward
through the plain to Godni Bhokara, where it is hard enough to be
quarried, and the same as attains to the immense thickness wit-
nessed on the lofty mural crags of the Mahddewa Hills. Lying,
however, in our district as conformably above the Glossopteris-sand-
stone and coal-beds as it does below the clay, I was inclined to class
it with the former rather than the latter. I am now convinced that
it is to the era of the latter that it belongs. Like most arenaceous
deposits, it is comparatively destitute of organic remains. In our
Memoir of 1854 I noticed stems of trees as imbedded in it. These
are very numerous in a ferruginous state at Silewddd, and in a sili-
cified condition near Chindi, as also further south in the basin of
the Pranhité. In sinking a well through Sitabaldi Hill they were
met with in a third form, viz. like lumps of charcoal. But along
with these stems there was found in the same shaft a little Paludina,
which, on being kindly forwarded to me by Captain Cadell, of the
Bengal Engineers, I could not distinguish from one common in the
clayey deposit. I was now persuaded that the upper sandstone was
not to be classed with the lower, but with the Physa-bed; and,
while perceiving my former mistake on this point, I beheld a con-
firmation of a view that I had previously expressed, to the effect
that all the deposits now remaining around Nagpur, from the fern-
strata upwards, were of freshwater origin.

This discovery having brought the upper sandstone within the
scope of this paper in consequence of its connexion with the Physa-
bed, it has for the same reason rendered it necessary here to refer to
the metamorphic rocks near Sitébaldi Hill, for these are but the
upper sandstone transformed. In passing over the outcrop of gneiss,
which extends eastward from the base of that double-topped knoll
to the city of Nigpur, a superficial observer, seeing the apparent dip
at a high angle to the south, might suppose that he has before him
very ancient strata; but let him find a spot where the sandstone
and gneiss come together, and he will discover that the one gradually
changes into the other, and the almost horizontal direction of the

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

stratification imperceptibly passes into the high inclination of the
slaty cleavage. It is the neighbourhood of some plutonic rock, of
which we have evidences in the numerous veins of pegmatite run-
ning through the gneiss, that has effected the metamorphosis.

Having said thus much about the mutual relations of these rocks,
I have now to make some general observations on their contents,
both mineral and organic.

I. Minerals.—These have been ably described by the Rev. Pro-
fessor Haughton in a paper read before the Royal Dublin Society in
November of the past year, and published in the ‘ Philosophical Maga-
zine’ for January last. I shall notice only those that are more im-
portant, and that obviously belong to the rocks at present under our
consideration.

In the trap at the Takli Artillery Lines, which encloses pieces of
the clayey fossiliferous deposit (see figs. 3 & 4), there are also con-
tained masses of “ cale-spar curiously striated, the lines of growth not
being perpendicular to the optic axis, but formed by planes parallel
to one of the edges of the obtuse trihedral angle of the rhombche-
dron, and intercepting equal portions on the other two edges of that
angle.” The doleritic lava, which is quarried from Sitabaldi Hill,
and which answers to the lower trap of fig. 3, is in some places
marked with belts, that may be traced continuously for many yards,
consisting of cavities ‘“ lined with obsidian in a thin glazed pellicle,
and occasionally filled up with tabular crystals of calc-spar.” In
the trap on the south escarpment of the hill represented in fig. 3,
there was discovered a rhomboidal piece of a green mineral, which
Professor Haughton proposes calling Hislopite, being in his opinion
worthy of distinction as a new species from the remarkable combina-
tion in it of caleareous matter, which gives the outward form to the
whole crystal, with a grass-green siliceous skeleton of glauconite,
which on analysis he finds to be a hydrated tersilicate of protoxide
of iron, or in more technical form:

re } 381 0°4+3H0.

Our trappean minerals, however, are few and worthless, compared
with the varied and magnificent assortments at present procurable in
the Western Ghats between Bombay and Puna. In a letter received
a few days ago from my friend Mr. Carter I am told, that the tunnel
now being carried through the Bore Ghat lays open geodes fre-
quently as large as grottos, the sides of which are covered with every
variety of zeolitic and siliceous mineral to be found in trap.

At Gidad, and at Panjrd near the Pench River a little above its
junction with the Kolbaird, there are found, in the red clayey tertiary
deposit of the fields, “‘ radiated concretionary nodules of brown car-
bonate of lime and iron.” These being supposed to be peculiar to
the first-mentioned locality were craftily taken advantage of by some
fakirs residing there to found on them a story about the wonder-
working powers of their master. It rather spoils the credit of this
fable to fall in with the same supposed petrified fruits in another

1859. | HISLOP—GEOLOGY AND FOSSILS OF NAGPUR. 161

part of the province, where their master is never pretended to have
been.

From a vein of pegmatite in gneiss a few hundred yards east of
my house a fragment was broken off, which, besides the usual com-
ponents of quartz and felspar, contained a “ white felspathic mineral
of fatty lustre, softer than felspar, but gritty under the agate pestle.”
To this mineral Prof. Haughton has given the name of Hunterite.
Neglecting the lime and magnesia in it, which are inconsiderable,
it is found to consist “of five atoms of a hydrated tersilicate of
alumina combined with one atom of a hyaline silica of admitted
composition,”’ or

5 [Al’ 0°, 381 0°+3 HO]+[HO, 3 Si 0%}.

Il. Fossils.—Almost all the discoveries of organic remains that
have been made since 1854 in the tertiary deposit have been beyond
the limits of our province.

In addition to the list of fossiliferous localities given on pp. 362,
363, vol. xi. of the ‘ Quarterly Journal,’ I would mention the follow-
ing sites for shells in the Hyderabad country: Dhdnki, 10 miles E.
of Umarkhed or 150 S.W. from Nagpur; Kuntur, about 20 miles
S.E. of Nander or 40 farther 8.W. from Nagpur than Dhdanki ;
A'mbid Kanti and Tandré near Old or Oldm, about 20 miles W. of
Nirmal and 160 S.S.W. of Nagpur; Majdjonna, 20 miles W. of
Khair or 95 S.S.W. of Nagpur; Dalmettd Ghat near Kondapur, 12
miles S.E. of Manikgad or 120 miles 8. of Nagpur; and Wilipita
and Yidalawada on N. of Tadur (in maps Tandoor), about 25 miles
S.S.E. of Dalmettd Ghat. At most of these places only the more
common shells are found. But from two other localities in the
Hyderabad Territory, Karani and Mekalgandi Ghat, the latter of
which was visited by Malcolmson, I have received several new
species of Unio.

The most important accession, however, to our collection of shells
has been from a part of India still farther distant from Nagpur. In
the volume of the ‘ Quarterly Journal’ above referred to, I stated
that I had been favoured by my friend Lieut. Stoddard with a few
shells partly freshwater and partly marine from the neighbourhood
of Rajdmandri*, The hills from which these were obtained are
5 miles 8.W. of Pangadi, a village 10 miles W. of Rajamandri on
the road to Madras. They reach an elevation of about 300 or 400
feet above the level of the plain. At their base lies a red con-
glomeratic sandstone, over which there is a considerable thickness of
trap, compact below and becoming more vesicular above, where it
imbeds veins of jasper. This is surmounted by a deposit of impure
limestone, the upper part of which, containing the most and the best
of the estuarine fossils, protrudes from the slope in a layer of 14 feet

* Quart. Journ. yol. xi. p. 365. In a footnote a conjecture was thrown out,
whether one of the marine shells might not be a Neringa—a hypothesis, which,
if true, would imply a much greater antiquity for our intertrappean deposit than
I have ever been willing to ascribe to it. But there can be no doubt that the
shell in question was a 7wurritella.

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

thick, from which blocks have been carried down into the water-
courses below. The top of the hill consists of nodular basalt. I
need not point out the resemblance which this locality, as described
by Benza, bears to a trap escarpment in the vicinity of Nagpur. In
the position of the sandstone and the shell-deposit, of the nodular
and the vesicular trap, including even the jaspideous and cherty
veins running through the latter, the two fossil sites are identical.
It is only in the fossils that any difference can be recognized. In
the one place they are lacustrine, in the other estuarine. Yet even
among the organic remains, as if to leave no doubt of the perfect
contemporaneousness of the two formations, there are species com-
mon to both.

A similar outlier of trap has recently been brought to the notice
of the scientific world by the Hon. Walter Elliot at Kateru, 2 miles
N. of Réjamandri. About 400 or 500 yards from this hill quarries
have been opened, and the following section displayed: Black soil
3 feet ; trap-rock disintegrating 5 ft. ; deposit 6 ft. 9 in., consisting of
limestone with shells 1 ft.; clay and gravel, and yellow clay and
sand 1] in.; limestone 1 ft.; clay and sand 4 in., which again is
underlain by a third layer of limestone of the same thickness as the
other two, resting on 2 ft. 4in. of clay shale, white, yellow, purple,
&c. Under the deposit basalt with zeolites was penetrated to the
depth of 14 feet. The following is another section nearer the hill:
Basalt 124 ft.; greenish unctuous indurated clay 2 ft. 8im.; fibrous
limestone 1} in.; highly crystallized limestone 3 ft., below which
was basalt. In a third excavation the deposit was considerably
thicker, being made up of a greyish friable clay with shells 9 ft. 9 in.,
more compact clay with larger shells 10 ft. with a base of crystallized
limestone as before. The crystallization of this limestone would
seem to be due to the underlying basalt, which on that supposition
must have been in a molten state subsequent to the deposition of
the calcareous bed, as I have endeavoured to prove in regard to the
rocks of Central India. The same inference is suggested by the
- jasper at Pangadi, which occurs there, as at Nagpur, in the soft
amygdaloid immediately underneath the deposit, and 1s evidently
just a portion of the latter detached by intruding lava. None of
the quarries at Kdteru seem to have been carried through the lower
basalt down to the sandstone; but that arenaceous beds are present
may be warrantably concluded from their cropping out on the hull
at Dowleshwaram 4 miles 8. of Rajdimandri. For all my specimens
from Kdteru I am indebted to the kindness of Capt. Stoddard of the
Madras Public Works Department, the same friend who examined
the Pangadi Hills for me on the former occasion.

The few paleontological discoveries which have been made within
our own province have been in the south of it, not far from Mén-
gali, the well-known locality for fossils of the sandstone.

At Dongargaum, which is 14 miles a little E. of 8S. from Mangali,.
there is an outlier of the trap, from under which come out yellow:
calcareous strata passing downwards into sandstone. These strata.
have furnished me with remains of Fishes, one of which consists of a:

1859. | HISLOP—GEOLOGY AND FOSSILS OF NAGPUR, 163

head with a long muzzle, armed with formidable sharp sauroid teeth,
and rows of smaller ones. This Sir P. Egerton considers to be allied
to the Sphyrenodus of the London clay. Another ichthyolite, of
much less considerable dimensions, possessed cycloid scales of a
pattern hitherto unrecognized.

On the west side of Phizdura, which is only 3 miles E.S.E. of
Mangali, there is a hill of trap somewhat like that at Dongargaum,
but not so high. It also overlies a fossiliferous deposit, though not
of yellow limestone as there, but of red clay exactly like that which
is cultivated at the base of Gidad Hill. The organic remains at
Phizdura may be gathered in abundance from the surface of a field,
and comprise bones of large Pachyderms, coprolites of various sizes,
a Saurian tooth, the vertebra of a large Fish, and fragments of the
plastron of a freshwater Tortoise. I have no doubt that the Pachy-
dermatous bones will be found the same as those dug out from a bed
under trap at Jabbalpur, the connexion of which with the inter-
trappean shell-stratum of that district has never yet been made out.
Phizdura supplies the wanting link. There we have Pachyderms
and Molluses together in one and the same deposit. If, as it may
be presumed, the Pachyderms of Phizdura are identical with those
at Jabbalpur, then, there being no question that the shells of Phiz-
dura are the same as those of the fossiliferous intertrappean deposit,
it follows that the bone-bed under trap at Jabbalpur is contem-
poraneous with the shell-bed between trap there as in other localities
of Central India.

To determine, then, the age of this deposit, sometimes subtrap-
pean, sometimes intertrappean, becomes an important consideration.
In a paper presented to the Bombay Br. Royal Asiatic Society in
March 1853, I gave my reasons for believing that it was Eocene.
I suppose this will now be conceded by all. The only subject of
uncertainty is to what subdivision of the Eocene it belongs. The
examination of our fossils has not been carried far enough to justify
any very determinate opinion on this point, and it becomes me
therefore to speak with hesitation.

The only Indian formation with which the rocks under discussion
can be compared is the Nummulitic, so amply illustrated by D’Archiac.
Not one of his fossils, however, seems to be specifically identical
with ours, though there is a considerable resemblance in form be-
tween his Natica Dolium, Turritella affinis, and cast of a Cerithium
on the one hand, and our NV. Stoddardi, 7’. pralonga, and cast of
C. Stoddardi on the other. Though there is little similarity in
shape between his Vicarya Vernewili and our V. fusiformis, yet it
shows at least an approximation in age between the Nummulitic
and our Intertrappean to find that these are the only two formations
as yet known to imbed species of this genus. But perhaps the
fossil that bears most closely on the matter in hand is the Physa
mummulitica. )’Archiac does not seem to be quite sure whether
the fossil is a Physa; but I think there can be little question that
his figures represent specimens of that genus. His Physa may not
be fully grown, in which case it may be specifically identical with

VOL, XVI,—PART I, N

164 ‘PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrety, [June 15,

P. Prinsepii, the- young specimens of which at Takli are of the same
size as well as form. But if it be an adult, then it is obviously of
a different species ; and, as it approaches nearer to the modern dimen-
sions of the genus, I should be inclined to hold, that our intertrap-
pean deposit with its huge Physas falls under a division of Hocene
lower than the Nummulitic strata, in which it occurs.

This latter conclusion would appear to be borne out when we
apply the per-centage rule to the solution of the problem. I have
shown my freshwater fossil shells to Mr. Benson, the highest autho-
rity on the molluscs of our Indian lakes, and he gives it as his
opinion that not one of the specimens submitted to him exactly cor-
. responds to anything he has seen. I have had access to Mr. Cuming’s
splendid series of marine shells, as well as to our National Collection,
and I have not been able to detect among the fossils from Raja-
mandri one existing species either from India or anywhere else.

On the essential differences between the Rajamandri shells and
those now inhabiting Eastern seas, it does not become me to speak,
as I have little personal acquaintance with our Indian coast ;. but
my residence in the interior of the country afforded me opportunities
of observing the lacustrine molluscs of Central India, and I could
not help being struck with the marked distinction between the
ancient Testacea and those still existing there. The present Melamce
are much larger and stouter than their fossil congeners, and so
generally are our living Paludine and Iamnew. And more than
this: Physa and Valvata, two genera of our rocks, have disappeared
from the Deccan, while Ampullaria and Planorbis, that have come
in their places, are not to be found in our strata. A change equally
great has occurred in the fishes, and one perhaps still more decided
in the Flora; but on these I must not dwell, for I feel that this
paper has already extended to too great a length.

And now I would desire to indicate, in as few words as possible,
the rocks to which I consider ours nearest in age. If the “‘ Num-
mulitic”’ Physa of Northern India be too small to agree with the
P. Prinsepui of Nagpur, there is one on the continent of Europe
which is well nigh large enough—I mean the P. gigantea of Rilly
la Montagne. At this Lower Eocene locality we find other shells,
that may be allied to our slender Lamnew—lI allude to those re-
garded by De Boissy as Achatine. Again, coming to British strata
of Lower Eocene age, I would point out the similarity of our larger
fish from Dongargaum, our Lepidosteus ? scales, and our Pseudoliva,
to remains found in the London clay. Finally, some of our fruits
ear a considerable resemblance to those discovered in the Isle of
Sheppey and contemporaneous deposits in Belgium*.

From all these facts I am disposed to deduce the inference that our

' * While this paper is passing through the press, I have seen the vegetable
remains recently found in the clays of the Woolwich series in the neighbourhood
of Dulwich. ‘They comprise specimens of those peculiar strobiliform fruits so
abundant at Nagpur and in Sheppey, which, beginning in the chalk as Carpolithes
Smithie, seem to have attained their greatest development in the Lower Hocene.
(April 2, 1860.) :

1859.} ~ —-. HISLOP-—-@EOLOGY AND FOSSILS OF NAGPUR. ‘165

intertrappean or subtrappean deposit belongs to the Lower Eocene,
as I pointed out in papers read before the Bombay Br. R. As, Society
in 1853, and the Geological Society in 1854.

The part of the sea in which the intertrappean deposit at Raja-
mandri was formed was evidently shallow, and connected with the
great sheet or sheets of fresh water of the same age; for all its shells
are such as are found at no great depth, many are comminuted as if
they had been washed against the shore, and they are intermingled
with Physa Prinsepii, Paludina normalis, Chara Malcolmsonii, and
Chara elliptica*, which must have been brought down from a lake.
From the absence of Corals and Cirripeds, and the occurrence of such
shells as Psammobia, Tellina, &e., it would appear that the shore of
this sea was not bold or rocky, but a flat sandy or rather muddy
beach.

The climate of India, at the period when this deposit was formed,
seems to have been hot, as ably pointed out by Mr. Murray in the
conclusion of his paper on the fossil insects (p. 185); but, adverting
to the abundance of the genera Physa and Valvata, I think not so hot
as the Deccan is at present,

The Pachydermatous remains from India are not all of one era.
Some of the Narbaddd bones are from a subtrappean bed, as are
those at Phizdura, but others are obtained from the river-basin.
Those from the Siwdlik Hills seem to occupy a stratigraphical posi-
tion intermediate between these two, being combined with shells,
some of which (unlike those from under the trap) agree with exist
ing species, though there is not so great a proportion of these as in
the fossiliferous deposit of our river-basins. The remains from the
subtrappean strata of Jabbalpur and Phizdura are most likely Lower
Eocene ; those from the sub-Himalayas, as has been shown by others,
are Upper Miocene ; while those from the banks of the Narbadda and
similar situations cannot be more ancient than an upper subdivision
of the Pliocene.

The upper sandstone of Nigpur, or, to use a term recently intro-
duced by Dr, Oldham to supersede the loose designation of ‘ diamond-.
sandstone,” the Mahadewa sandstone. of India, like the subtrappean
deposit, which it underlies, is most probably of Lower Kocene age,
and plutonic rocks have risen to the surface, and metamorphic rocks
been formed since its deposition.

There appears to have been but one great outpouring of basalt in
Central India, which has become vesicular below the Physa-bed, and
nodular above it.

Norr.—Geographical position of the localities mentioned in the
preceding and following papers :—

I. In the province of Nigpur.
Takli, 24 miles N.W. of Nagpur city.
Telankhedi, 3 miles W. of Nagpur city.
Pahidsingha, 40 miles W.N.W. of Nagpur city.
Little Tisti, 45 miles N.W. of Nagpur city,

. * This is a new species of Chara, intended to be described on a fates. occasion.
N2

166 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 15,

Godni Bhokira, 6 miles N. of Nagpur city.

Butaira near Machhaghoda, 100 miles N. of Nagpur city.
Mahadewa Hills, 120 miles N.N.W. of Nagpur city.
Gidad Hill, 40 miles 8S. of Nagpur city.

Chikni, 60 miles 8. of Nagpur city.

Karwad, 3 miles W. of Chikni.

Mangali, 6 miles N.E. of Chikni.

Phizdura, 8 miles E. of Chikni.

Kodbaraé, 11 miles E. of Chikni. ,

Dongargaum, 16 miles E.S.E. of Chikni.

II. Beyond the province of Nagpur.

Sip Ghat north of Ellichpur, 120 miles W.N.W. of Nagpur city.
Chichundra, 80 miles N.W. of Nagpur city.

Jabbalpur, 170 miles N.E. of Nagpur city.

Karini, 100 miles 8.8.W. of Nagpur city.

Mekalgandi Ghat, 150 miles 8.8.W. of Nagpur city.
Rajamandri, 350 miles 8.E. of Nagpur city.

Kateru, 2 miles N. of Rajamandri.

Pangadi, 10 miles W. of Rajamandri.

Description of Fossu. Suxxts, from the above-described Deposits.
By the Rey. 8. Histor.

I, Shells from the Freshwater Strata of Nagpur and neighbouring
parts of Central India.

Menantra quapritingata, J. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond, 2 ser.
vol. vy. pl. 47. figs. 17-19.

This species was discovered by Dr. Malcolmson, who gives Chikni
as the locality where it is met with in the province of Nig gpur. That
and the neighbouring village of Karwad have furnished the majority
of my specimens, though a few have been obtained from Pahadsingha,
where they are found along with the species next mentioned. Beyond
our frontier, JJ. quadrilineata is common at Kdruni, intermingled
with Unios.

Mexanta Huntert, sp. noy. Pil. V. fig. 1.
M. testa subulata ; anfractibus 7-8, levibus, convexis; sutura profunda ; aper-
tura oblique ovata. Long. ‘5; lat. -2 une.

The present species differs from the preceding in being desti-
tute of carine, in place of which it is furnished with a slight longi-
tudinal striation. Abundant at Pahddsingha. The specific name is
given in honour of the Rev. Robert Hunter, my esteemed colleague
for many years in the work of evangelization, as well as my highly
accomplished associate in geological research.

PALUDINA NORMALIS, sp. nov. Pl. V. figs. 2a, 20.

P., testa rimata, ovato-conica; apice subacuto, sed sepius truncato ; anfractibus

5-6, ventricosis, sutura profunda separatis ; apertura rotunda; peristomate
continuo. Long. 8; lat. -5 une.

At Karwad rare ; at Takli and Phizdura more abundant. Specimens
have also been procured from Ambiakanti and Tdndra, near Olam in
Hyderabad.

Those found at Takh are generally small, and truncate at the apex,
leaving only about 24 wherls remaining. Those at the other localities

1859. | HISLOP—FOSSIL SHELLS OF NAGPUR. 167

are larger and complete. It is interesting to note that one specimen
has been discovered in the estuarine beds at Kateru, decollate like the
generality of those furnished by the freshwater strata at Takli. This
is the only species which in size and shape resembles the typical
forms of Paludina, as represented by P. vivipara of Britain and P,
Bengalensis of India.

Patuprva Deccaneysis, J. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. v.
pl. 47. figs. 20, 22.

Besides the localities in the Hyderabad State, where this species
was met with by Malcolmson, it was also found by him in our pro-
vince at Chikni, Our observations have ascertained it to be common
wherever the strata are fossiliferous ; but the best specimens are to
be had at Takh, Karwad, and Chikni. My largest measures -3 by -2
of an inch. One of the specimens figured by Sowerby (fig. 21)
somewhat exceeds these dimensions ; but I am inclined to think that
the one represented there, as well as in fig. 23, belonged rather to
the genus Valvata. A Paludina, apparently of the present species,
was found in the sandstone underlying the lower trap of Sitdbaldi
Hill.

Patupina WapsHarel, sp. noy. Pl. V. fig. 3.

P. testa parva, ovato-conica, levi, apice acuto, spiraliter unifasciata, rarius
bizonata; anfractibus 5, conyexis; sutura impressa; apertura ovata, superne
angulata. Long. ‘2; lat. -1 unc.

At Karwad somewhat frequent; at Phizdura rare. This elegant
little shell I have great pleasure in dedicating to my friend Major
Wapshare, of the Madras Army, who prosecuted the study of Indian
geology with much zeal, and added to our collection of Nagpur fossils
many important contributions. It bears a considerable resemblance
to P. Dececanensis, but differs from it in its smaller size, in the thin-
ness of its shell, and in the possession of stripes of colour. In the
common specimens there are two bands, one of which is always
coyered up by the succeeding whorl, the other being left visible a
little below the middle of the whorl. But specimens occur in which,
besides the hidden stripe, there are two bands adorning the exposed
portion of the volutions, which they divide into three equal parts.

PALUDINA ACICULARIS, sp. noy. PI. VY. fig. 4.
P. testa elongato-turrita, subulata vel subcylindracea, levi, unifasciata; anfractibus

Soe subconyvexis; apertura oblique ovata, superne angulata. Long. -33; lat.

i unc.

At Telankhedi very abundant ; less frequent at Butdrd. It oceurs
also at Chichundra, beyond the boundary of our province. At Takli
and Little Tisti, shells of the same slender form are met with, but
exhibiting no band of colour, most probably on account of the un-
favourable character of the matrix, or from haying been bleached
before they were imbedded.

Patupina Pyramis, sp.noy. Pl. V. fig. 5.

P, testa rimata, pyramidata ; apice acuto ; anfractibus 9, subconvexis, regulariter
crescentibus ; apertura ovata, superne angulata. Long. 25; lat. -1 une.

Very rare. Found at Telankhedi with the last-mentioned, but

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

only as a calcedonous cast, so that it cannot be determined whether

the shell was striped, though analogy would lead to the belief that

it was.
PALUDINA SUBCYLINDRACEA, sp. noy. PI. V. fig. 6.

P. testa elongato-turrita, unifasciata ; apice subacuto ; anfractibus 8-10, convexius-
culis; apertura parva, ovata, angusta, superne angulata ; labii margine sub-
reflexo. Long. 45; lat. -17 unc.

.. Telankhedi, rather rare. The dimensions of the largest specimen

are given above. It has, however, lost at least two of its upper

whorls ; otherwise it would have exceeded half an inch in length,
Patupina SANKEYI, sp. nov. Pl. V. fig. 7.

P. testa subfusiformi, unifasciata; anfractibus 9, valde sive parum convexis ;

. sutura impressa; apertura ovata, superne angulata. Long. -4; lat. -17 une.
Telankhedi, somewhat common. With this interesting species I

have.associated the name of Captain Sankey, of the Madras Engineers,

who investigated with much success the deposit in which it is found,
and has since earned the highest honour at the hands of our Queen,
by his distinguished valour in recent Indian campaigns.

The five species just described constitute a group requiring more
special notice.

It may be supposed that the differences between P. Decedneiers
and P, Wapsharei are not so great as to warrant their being made
into two separate species. Variety in the colouring of a Helix or
Bulimus I admit not to be a sufficient ground for specific distinction ;
‘but I am not aware that there is the same latitude in freshwater
genera. Inthe genus Paludina, it is well known that, when a species
is banded, there is no great agreement in the number of stripes ; but
in all the Indian species that have fallen under my observation, I
have never found one wholly destitute of stripes that is usually pos-
sessed of them. ‘This seems also to have been the rule in former
‘days. Of the three species, P. acicularis, P. subcylindracea, and
‘P. Sankey, I have discovered no well-preserved specimens unstriped,
in the same matrix as yielded the striped specimens. Now, at
Karwad, in the very same fragment of rock, and equally well-pre-
‘served, we meet with two sorts of specimens,—one larger, thicker in
the shell, and unstriped ; the other smaller, thinner, and sometimes
exhibiting one band of colour, sometimes two. To me it appears
there is as much difference between these two forms as between,
many others that are properly reckoned specifically. distinct.

The difficulty about the remaining forms, which I have grouped
with P. Wapsharei, relates to a still higher question—that of genus.
At first sight the slenderness of these four species, taken along with
the more or less reflexed character of their inner lip, would lead to
the conclusion that they belong to Bulimus; and with this infer-
ence would agree the position of the coloured stripes which three
of them exhibit, and which it is presumed all possessed. For some
time I entertained this view ; and I find that it has commended itself
to most of my friends in this country, who have examined the
specimens. . But the abundance in which they have been procured
at Telankhedi, almost to the exclusion of other shells, forbids our

1859, } _ HISLOP—FOSSIL SHELLS OF NAGPUR. ~ 169

assigning them to any genus of land molluscs. In this perplexity,
the discovery of P. Wapsharet was most opportune. In it we have
a shell that so nearly agrees with P. Deccanensis in form as to admit
of no doubt being entertained that they are both of the same genus ;
while it also agrees so exactly with the four species under considera-
tion, in regard to the position of the stripes of colour, as to warrant
our using the certainty of our knowledge as to ¢ts genus, in the deter-
mination of the genus of those that are more doubtful.

If this be allowed, then the group of Paludinide which I have
indicated bears an obvious relation to the species described by Olivier
under the name of P, bulimoides, which is characterized by coloured
bands situated precisely as in our five fossil species of Paludina, and
varying in number from one to two in the exposed portion of each
whorl, after the manner of P. Wapsharei. Perhaps an examination
of the animal of P. bulimoides, which inhabits Syria and Egypt, may
afford some grounds (as suggested to me by that distinguished
naturalist, Mr. 8. P. Woodward) for constituting it and the fossil
species resembling it into a subgenus.

Patupina Taxkuiensis, sp. nov. Pl. V, figs. 8a, 8b.
P, testa ovato-conica, elongata, levigata, apice truncato ; anfractibus 7-8, convexis,
~ yalde separatis; apertura ovata. Long. -5; lat. -2 unc.

Found at Takli, from which locality it derives its specific name.
The dimensions above given are of asmaller specimen. The only
other one that has been discovered consists of three lower whorls,
indicating a shell, when entire, of at least ‘7 by +28 of an inch.

PALUDINA soLUTA, sp. nov. Pl. VY, fig. 9.
P. testa crassa, ovato-conica; apice obtuso ; anfractibus 5, ventricosis; sutura
incisa ; apertura subrotundata. Long. ‘5; lat. ‘3 une.

At Karwad, rare; but common in the Narbaddé territory, whence
specimens are brought to Nagpur by stone-polishers as paper- -weights,
This species agrees with the preceding one in the looseness of its
whorls, but differs from it in its greater breadth and the smaller
number of its volutions.

Patuprya conomEA, sp. noy. Pl. V. fig. 10.

P, testa conoidea, apice subacuto ; anfractibus 6, complanatis; apertura ovata.
Long. “41 ; lat. -25 unc.

Found occasionally in the red clay of Phizdura.
Patuprna Rawest, sp. noy. Pl. V. fig. 11.

P. testa magna, elongato-turrita, plerumque truncata; anfractibus 8, forsitan
usque ad 11, convexis; sutura impressa; apertura ovata, superne angulata;
peristomate interrupto; labii margine reflexo, subcrassato. Long. ‘65; lat. “3.
Tdkli, common. The measurement given is of a specimen that

has lost only its two uppermost whorls ; but a much larger specimen,

that is so decollate as to have only 44 whorls left, measures ‘9 by *5

of an inch, and must have extended to an entire length of 1} inch.

Some specimens exhibit a tendency to a pupiform appearance. ‘This

species, which possesses some similarity to the existing P. contorta

of Shuttleworth, I have named in honour of W. W. Rawes, Esq.,
of the Madras Medical Service, whose love for natural history is

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 15,

equalled only by the generosity with which he bestows on others the
valuable specimens, both recent and fossil, that he has discovered.

-PALUDINA ViRAPAI, sp. nov. Pl. Y. fig. 12

P. testa turrita; apice acuto, plerumque truncato ; anfractibus 8, forsitan ad 10,
complanatis ; ‘sutura sati impressa ; vara ovata; peristomate interrupto ; labii
margine reflexo. Long. 1:1?; lat. “5 une.

Takh, with the last,—the chief difference between the two being,
that in young specimens as well as old of P. Rawesi the base 1s
rounded, whereas in P. Virapat, as might be expected from the flat-
ness of the whorls, it is angular. In affixing the specific name I wish
to acknowledge the services of Virapa, my collector, a native re-
markable for intelligence and acuteness of observation.

VALVATA MINIMA, sp. nov. PI. V. fig. 13.
V. testa perpusilla, discoidea, subtus late umbilicata ; anfractibus 3, rotundis, ver-
ticaliter tenuissime striatis ; apertura rotunda. Diam. :05 une.

At Little Tisti, Karwad, Butdrd, and Karuni, somewhat frequent.
At the two localities first mentioned, the specimens retain the deli-
cate shell, with its very fine striation. This is the most diminutive
species of Valvata that I have seen. Itis considerably smaller than
the young of JV. cristata, which has received the specific name of
V. minuta. The figure is magnified.

VALVATA UNICARINIFERA, Sp.noy. Pl. V. fig. 14.

V. testa turbinato-conoidea ; apice subacuto ; anfractibus 5-6, subventricosis, infra
suturam unicarinatis; umbilico magno; apertura subrotunda. Long. -4;
lat. -27—38 une.

This shell is considerably more elevated in the spire than any
recognized species of Valvata with which I am acquainted ; still
the resemblance which its carina bears to those of V. tricarinata of
Say, and its funnel-shaped umbilicus, remove from my mind all hesi-
tation in referring it to that genus. The American species displays
two caring on the exposed part of the whorl; whereas our fossil
species has only one, which occupies the position of the upper carina
in V. tricarinata. I believe it has a carina in the part of the whorl
that is covered up, as is the case with the other; but cannot speak
definitely, owing to the difficulty of detaching the shell entire from
the siliceous matrix in which it is found in both of its localities,
Butdrd and Mélanwidd, At the former place it occurs along with
V. mamma. =a

VALVATA MULTICARINATA, Sp. nov. » Pl. V. figs. 15a, 156.

V. testa turbinato-conoidea, multicarinata ; apice subacuto ; anfractibus 6, ven-
tricosis, inter carinas venticaliven ornate striatis ; nmbilice Pee > apertura
subrotunda. Long. ‘4; lat. -3 une.

Common at Little Tisti; rare, and only as a cast near Takli. This
shell is very difficult of determination. Some have considered it a
Oyclostoma ; others have pr eferred the allied genus Leptopoma ; but,
in my opinion, it occurs too frequently, and that over a large area, to
belong to any family of land shells. Its sculpture, consisting of nu-
merous spiral keels or ribs with intermediate vertical striation, is very
k e the ornamentation of Paludina costata of Quoy ; but, at the same

-

1859. ] HISLOP—FOSSIL SHELLS OF NAGPUR, 171

time, it is characterized by such a decided perforation, as to demon-
strate that it has no affinity with either that or any other species of
Paludina. Judging from its form, which so greatly resembles that
of the species last described, I am inclined to place it in the same
genus. And it is interesting to discover that, though the American
existing species of Valvata already referred to, and the fossil V. mul-
tiformis, are the only ones which are known to possess as many as
three obvious carine, yet there is a tendency to this structure even
in the common species V. piscinalis, which, under a lens, exhibits
several rudimentary carine. Our fossil would be ranked with the
V. striata of Philippi, which it much resembles, were it not that the
position of the Sicilian shell itself is doubtful, it being supposed to
be very improbable that a freshwater mollusc should be found
entombed with marine organisms; but perhaps the occurrence of
a single specimen of Paludina normalis in similar circumstances, at
Kiteru, may go far to obviate this objection. If we look to lacus-
trine deposits for analogues, I would point to the Grignon beds,
where we meet with a univalye which, under the specific name of
cornu-pastoris, Lamarck has classed with the genus Cyclostoma. But
as this shell is extremely like the Indian one now under considera-
tion, and as the latter cannot, as I have remarked, belong to a ter-
restrial genus, I would take the liberty of referring them both to the
only lacustrine genus which seems at all likely—I mean Valvata.
And it is not a little remarkable that at Grignon, where C. cornu-
pastoris occurs, there is also found C. spiruloides of Lamarck, which
Deshayes does not consider to be a Cyclostoma, but which, as it
appears to me, is obviously another species of Valvata; and thus it
would seem that we have an association of forms at a locality in
France, which finds its counterpart in the combination of V. multi-
carinata and V. minima at Little Tisti in Central India.

VALVATA DECOLLATA, Sp. nov. Pl. V. figs. 16a, 16 6.

V. testa ovato-conica, paululum elongata, tenuiter multicarinata ; apice trun-
cato ; anfractibus fortasse 9, convexis, inter carinas verticaliter elegantissime
striatis; apertura ovata. Long. 45? ; lat. ‘28 unc.

At Takli, rather rare. This species agrees with V. unicarinifera
and V. multicarinata in the size of its umbilicus, and with the latter
in great measure in the character and number of its carina, but it
differs from both in the elongation of its form. All the specimens,
both old and young, that I have seen are truncate. This species
evidently departs more widely than any other from the typical form
of Valvata.

SuccrnEA Nacrvrensis, sp. nov. Pl. V. fig. 17.

S. testa parvula, ovato-oblonga ; spira mediocriter exserta; apice obtusiusculo ;
anfractibus 4, convexis, obliquis, ultimo spiram multo superante; apertura
ovata. Long ‘27; lat. *16 une.

Very rare, only one specimen, and that a calcedony cast, having
been discovered at Telankhedi, along with the slender, striped

Paludinas.

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,.

Livy A OVIFORMIS, sp. nov. Pl. VY. figs. 18 a, 186.

Z. testa ovato-ventricosa, apice acuto; anfractibus 5-6, convexis, ultimo spira
_ longiore ; apertura late ovata, superne angulata. Long. ‘5-72; lat. ‘25-4 une.

Very rare at Takli and Phizdura, from the former of which places
the smallest specimen was obtained. Phizdura yielded two, both of
them larger than that from Takli. The general contour of this species
is somewhat typical, possessing an intermediate character between L.
inflata and L. ovum. Of existing Indian species, L. luteola approaches
very near it, both in size and shape.

Liwn A supunata, J. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. v. pl. 47.

antes Soya) della Wie sale JUG).

L. testa subfusiformi, apice acuto ; anfractibus 63, convexis, sutura impressa se-
paratis, ultimo spira breviore ; ’ apertura angusta ; labio brevi, sinuato ; labro
arcuato. Long. 1:1; lat. -25 une.

Telankhedi, somewhat common. As Sowerby’s description and
figure were from an imperfect specimen, I have here given a new de-

scription, and another figure is appended in PI. VY. fig. 19.

LIMNZA ATTENUATA, sp. nov. Pl. Y. fig. 20.

Ih testa elongato-turrita ; spira attenuata; apice acuto; anfractibus 7-8, convex-
iusculis, sutura excavata separatis, ultimo longitudinis trientem vix superante ;
‘ apertura parva, acute ovata; labio brevissimo ; labro arcuato, Long. 1:05; lat.
2 une.
« Telankhedi, rather rare. I am not sure that this form is spe-
cifically distinct from the preceding, along with which it is found.
The chief points of difference between the two are, that the one
which I have ventured to distinguish as attenuata is considerably
more slender, and at the same time exhibits more whorls than the
other in an equal length of spire. The great resemblance between
this form and the living North American species L. gracilis scarcely
needs to be pointed out. In India there is nothing at all similar to’
it in the genus Limnea, though there is in the allied sinistral genus,
Camplociras, established by Benson.

Limnza TELANKHEDIENSIS, sp. Nov.
Var. peracuminata. Pl. V. fig. 21 a.

L. testa elongato-turrita, apice acuto ; anfractibus 8, planulatis, superne ventri-

. eosis, sutura profunda separatis, ultimo longitudinis dimidio longiore; .aper-
tura angusta, ovata, superne angulata;.labio brevi; labro subarcuato, Long.
‘65; lat. -16 unc.

Telankhedi, common.
Var. Radiolus. Pl. V. fig. 21 6.

1h testa obeso-fusiformi, apice obtuso ; anfractibus 7, convexiusculis, ultimo lon-
gitudinis dimidio breviore ; sutura satis impressa; apertura oblongo- ovata,
superne coarctata. Long.-5; lat. -15 unc.
* Telankhedi, Takli, Butara, and Karwad, somewhat frequent.
Limn a spina, sp. nov. Pl, V. fig. 22.

L. testa subcylindracea vel turrito-aciculari, apice acuto ; cater 7-8, con-
vexiusculis, ultimo longitudinis trienti fere aquali; apertura parva, angusta,
ovata, superne coarctata. Long. -4; lat. -1 unc.

Telankhedi, and Taki Pesan,

1859. ] _ HISLOP—FOSSIL SHELLS OF NAGPUR. 173,
4 :

In closing my observations on the genus Limncea, I cannot avoid
calling attention to the unusual form which, for the most part, it
assumed in India at the period of our intertrappean formation. Of
several hundred specimens which I have discovered, only three have
been found of the inflated type so common at the present day. All
the others have belonged to species remarkable for the number and
slenderness of their volutions. It may be supposed that, with such
a form, they ought to be referred to some other genus (e.g., Achatina
or Glandina, and Cecilianella); and certainly our L. spa and L.
Telankhediensis in both its varieties remind us of such a group of
Achatine as is represented by A, balanus, A. subulata, and A. soli-
dula, or of Ceecilianella as comprehends C. Grateloupi, C. nyctelia, and
C. nanodea; but I do not see, if the larger species of these slender
shells are to be classed with the Z. gracilis of Say, how the smaller
can be separated. They have the same form of spire and aperture,
and the same kind of striation, whereas the groups of land shells
aboye alluded to are distinguished by the general smoothness or,
even, polish of their surface. But the argument which weighs most
with me, is that it is not conceivable that the remains of any terres-
trial genus of molluse should be found so abundantly and widely in
our deposit as these shells are.

It is not easy to point out strata where a similar series of fossils
may be met with. In a paper on the Geology of Rilly la Mon-
tagne*, which was brought to my notice by my friend Dr. Oldham,
De Boissy describes several species of univalves under the generic
name of Achatina. Our L. attenuata strikingly resembles his A.
Ltillyensis when the latter is a right-handed shell; and others of
our species have an affinity to others of his in the same condition ;
but none of ours have any tendency to a sinistral direction of the
spire. Whether, with this important difference, the fossils from the
two localities belong to the same genus, it is not for me to offer an
opinion,

Puysa Privseru, J. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. vol. y. pl. 47,
figs. 14-16,

This species was established by Sowerby from specimens found by
Malcolmson, at Chikni in the province of Nagpur, and one or two
localities in the Hyderabad territories. As they do not seem to have
been either numerous or in good condition, I shall take the liberty of
submitting another description from the ampler materials at my com-
mand. All may be arranged under three forms,—the first of which I
would regard as the type of the species, and the other two as varie-
ties on the opposite extremes.

Puysa Priseri (normalis). Pl. V. fig. 23 a.
P. testa ingente, ovata, eleganter striata, spira sat longa; anfractibus 7-8, con-
_ yexis, sutura impressa separatis, ultimo spira plene duplo majore ; apertura
ovato-oblonga, superne angulata ; columella incrassata, Long, 2°75 ; lat, 1:56
unc.
* Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 2 sér, vol. iii.

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

Var. elongata. PI. V. figs. 23.6, 23.

P. testa subturrito-elongata, spira producta, apice acutiusculo; anfractibus 7-8:
convexis, sutura distincta separatis, ultimo longitudinis dimidio fere eequali;
apertura ovato-oblonga, superne angulata; columella incrassata. Long. 2:67 ;

lat. 1-2 une.
Var. inflata. Pl. VY. fig. 23d.

P. testa ovato-ventricosa, maxime contorta, spira brevissima, apice obtuso ;
anfractibus 7-8, turgidis, sutura impressa separatis, ultimo spira fere triplo
majore; apertura ovato-oblonga, superne angulata; columella incrassata.
Long. 2°8 ; lat. 1:85 unc.

All these forms may be procured, within the province of Nagpur,
wherever the deposit is fossiliferous, especially at Taki, Telankhed1,
Butara, and Phizdura. Excellent specimens have been obtained also
from Chichundra by Captain Sankey and others; but the best have
been kindly forwarded to me from the hills on the north of Ellichpur,
by Dr. Bradley, of the Bombay Medical Service. Michelin has
named the species that occurs at Rilly P. gigantea, from its great
size ; but his largest specimen falls ;8,;ths of an inch short of one of
ours in length. But these dimensions are insignificant to those of a
specimen that I have seen from Sagar, which measured 3°8 inches in
length, and, making allowance for crushing, 2°4 in breadth. Most of
our specimens, however, are young, and in this state do not much
exceed in size P. nummulitica from the marls of Sabéthu, which
they also not a little resemble in shape. The occurrence of the last-
mentioned species in marine strata is paralleled by the discovery of
P. Prinsepti at Pangadi and Kateru.

Unio Matcotmsont, Hislop.
Unio tumida, J. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. v. pl. 47. figs. 11 & 12.

U. testa levi, suborbiculari, inflata, subsequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis ; margine
ventrali intus aliquando crenato. Diam. °65; long. ‘7; lat. -8 une.

This shell was first found by Malcolmson at Mekalgandi Ghat,
which is the only locality that has furnished my specimens. For
Sowerby’s specific name tumida, which in its masculine form had
already been employed by Retzius to designate an existing species, I
have taken the liberty of substituting the name of the lamented
discoverer. The length of this and other bivalves here described is
measured from the umbo to the base; the breadth from the anterior
to the posterior margin.

Unto Duccanznsts, J. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. v. pl. 47.
figs. 4-10. PI. VI. figs. 24a, 24 6, 24c.

U. testa levi, subelliptica, obliqua, valde ineequilaterali; postice producta,
truncata et compressa; valvulis crassis, obscure radiatis; margine ventrali
intus seepius crenato ; natibus prominulis, subterminalibus, ad apices elegan-
tissime radiato-rugosis; dente cardinali parvo, laterali prelongo atque subar-
cuato. Diam. 1-7; long. 2:2; lat. 3-4 unc.

Sip Ghat, north of Ellichpur and Kdruni, common. We have

thought it requisite to furnish a more complete description ; and a

new figure is given in Pl. VI. figs. 24a, 246, 24.

Unio Hunter, sp. nov. Pl. VI. fig. 25.

U. testa levi, subquadrangulari, inequilaterali, postice compressa ; valvulis sub-

1859. ] HISLOP—FOSSIL SHELLS OF NAGPUR. 175

crassis, obscure radiatis: margine ventrali intus crenato; natibus prominulis,
ad apices ornatissime radiato-rugosis. Diam. 1; long. 1:5; lat. 2-4 une.

Karuni, common. Dedicated to the Rey. R. Hunter. This shell
very much resembles the last. The valves of both have an inward
radiated structure, which becomes quite apparent on their surface
being weathered. But besides a difference in size between them,
the anterior margin of U. Deccanensis, which is the larger species, is
remarkable for its shortness, seeming as if it were entirely rounded
off, while in U. Hunteri it is produced to an average length.

Unio MAMILLATUS, sp. noy. Pl. VII. fig. 26.

U. testa subcuneiformi, insequilaterali; postice producta, angulata, compressa ;
valvulis crassis et una mamillarum serie instructis; natibus elevatis, ad apices
decore radiatis. Diam. 1:6; long. 2:3; lat. 3-9 une.

Kdruni, frequent. There is no species of Unio in India at present
to be compared with that now under consideration. The young of
Unio parma from Tenasserim, I observe, is furnished with tubercles,
but in a double row; and the shell is moreover much more orbicular.
The well-known U. spinosus is the species which seems to come
nearest ours, especially in the position of its single row of appendages.

Unto mepricatvs, sp. nov. Pl. VII. figs. 27a, 276, 27c.

U. testa suborbiculari, subsequilaterali, interdum postice valde angulata ; valvulis
squamarum, seu magis imbricum, serie una instructis; margine ventrali intus
crenato; natibus elevatis. Long. 2'2; lat. 2°53 unc.

Frequent at Mekalgandi Ghat along with U. Malcolmsoni. This
shell is formed on the same model as the preceding in regard to the
situation of the row of ornamentation, which is about the centre of
the valve, and anterior to the umbonal ridge; but the shape of the
yalves and of the ornamentation in the two cases is very dissimilar,

Unto Carrert, sp. nov. Pl. VII. fig. 28.

U. testa levi, transversa, subelliptica, compressa, inquilaterali, ad basin
emarginata; yavulis crassiusculis; natibus prominulis, ad apices elegantissime
radiatis. Long. 1°7; lat. 3°5 une.

Kiaruni, rather rare. This handsome shell, which, except in its
being longer, exhibits a close affinity to U. Jamesianus of Lea, I
propose naming after my friend H. J. Carter, Esq., of the Bombay
Medical Service, who has done much towards the illustration of the
geology of the East, as well as the elucidation of some of the obscurest
points in animal and yegetable physiology.

In our series of fossil Unionidae, which seems to be rather North
American than Asiatic, there are some prevailing features. All,
with the exception of U.Malcolmsoni, are characterized by an umbonal
ridge more or less prominent, and, with the exception of it and U,
imbricatus (both of which, from the nature of the matrix, possess a
very indistinct surface), are ornamented with beautiful small curved
furrows radiating from the apex of the umbo, and presenting their
concave side towards its anterior margin. ‘This kind of sculpture is
somewhat like that which is seen on Unios in the Deccan at the
present day; but it never covers so much of the beak, nor does one
of the curved rays eyer unite with another so as to form the undula-

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THH GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

tions so common on modern Indian Unios. It is worthy of notice
that none of the beaks of our fossil bivalves had been eroded before
being imbedded in the deposit,—a circumstance which would indicate
a comparatively small quantity of acid in the waters of our ancient
lake. Another peculiarity may be here mentioned; and that is the
scarcity of the genus now engaging our attention in the Tertiary rocks
of Nagpur. Excepting at Chikni, and at Karwad and Kodbard, which
are In its immediate neighbourhood, no Unios have been found at
any of the numerous fossiliferous localities within our province, while
they abound on the north, west, and south—in the Narbadda territory,
in the ceded districts of Berar, and in the Hyderabad dominions. At
Kodbara, where true Unios are met with, there are found nodular
concretions, which have been crushed into a shape so very similar to
that of Unio as to deceive all but a practised eye.

Il. Shells from the estuarine strata near Rajdmandri.
Fusus pyemmus, sp. nov. Pl. VIII. fig. 29.

F. testa minima, ovato-fusiformi, longitudinaliter costata, spiraliter striata; spira

. producta; anfractibus 6, superne subangulatis; apertura oblongo-ovata,
Long. 15; lat. 08 une.

Kdteru, rare, only one specimen having been found. The figure is
magnified.
_ PsEUDOLIVA ELEGANS, sp. nov. Pl. VIII. figs. 80a, 30 6.

P. testa ovato-ventricosa: vel ovato-globulosa, costata; spira brevi vel brevissima ;
anfractibus 5-6, ultimo ad basin unisulcato, super et subter sulcum striis
ornato; apertura ovata, angusta vel lata; columella arcuata, callosa; labro
simplici, superne incrassato. Long. 1-4; lat. “9 unc.

_Kateru, common. ‘The extremes of form in this handsome shell
are so great as to lead to the supposition that they belong to different
species ; but this idea vanishes on an examination of the intermediate
forms. The congeners of the present species are to be sought under
various names,—e. g. the Sulco-buccinum fissuratum of d’Orbigny, and

the Monoceros vetustus of Conrad.
Nartca Sropparpr, sp. noy. PI. VIII. fig. 31.

N. testa ovata, inflata; spira brevi, apice subacuto ; anfractibus 7, convexis, sutura
vix impressa separatis, ultimo multo majore; apertura obliqua, semilunari,
ad basin rotundata; columella arcuata, callosa; labro simplici, crasso; um-
bilico angusto. Long. 1:4; iat. 1-1 une.

_Ka&teru, common. Of this shell also there are several varieties,
but all referable to one species. It possesses a spire longer than
usual among Naticas, in this respect slightly surpassing VV. Dolium
(d@’Arch.) of the Indian nummulitie rocks, which in other points of
view it greatly resembles. In general contour it is also closely related
to NV. intermedia (Desh.), though smaller. I gladly dedicate this
species to my obliging friend Capt. Stoddard, of the Public Works
Department of Madras, in grateful acknowledgment of the valuable
collection of estuarine fossils with which he has favoured me.

_CERITHIUM MULTIFORME, sp. noy. Pl. VIII. figs. 82a, 326, 32¢.

C. testa subcylindracea seu elongato-pyramidali, seu etiam pupiformi; anfrac-
tibus 11-13, longitudinaliter costulatis; costellis4—6, striis spiralibus granulatis ;-

1859, | HISLOP—FOSSIL SHELLS OF NAGPUR. 177

ultimi anfractus basi subplana, spiraliter sulcata; apertura ovata; columella
breyi; labro tenui, sinuoso.
Long. ‘82 lat. ‘16 unc.
” 8 tl ‘27 ”
» 10 , 3 4
Kateru, common, Of all the protean shells from this deposit, the
present is the most variable. The dimensions given above will
convey an idea of the proportions of three of the most marked
varieties.

- CERITHIUM SUBCYLINDRACEUM, sp. noy. Pl. VIII. figs. 33 a—33 d.

C. testa multispirata, subcylindracea, acuminata ; anfractibus planis, serie granu-
lorum triplici cinctis; cingulo primo lato, reliquis angustis, squalibus ;
. ultimi anfractus basi plana, spiraliter sulcata; apertura subquadrata ; colu-
mella brevissima, uniplicata. Long. 1-5; lat. 23 une.

Var. a, cingulis 4, moniliformibus; primo lato, secundo angustissimo, relat
regulariter crescentibus.

- Kateru, common; but the var. a. is not so abundant as the other.

Crriruium Lerrut, sp. noy. Pl. VIII. fig. 34.

C. testa elongato-conica ; anfractibus subplanis, longitudinaliter costatis, spiraliter
striis sulciformibus exaratis, ultimi anfractus basi tenuiter cancellata; aper-
tura ignota. Long. 1:1; lat. -45 unc.

Kateru, extremely rare. With this shell, of which only one speci-
men has fallen under my observation, | would connect the name of
my friend A. H. Leith, Esq., of the Bombay Medical Service, one of
the most accomplished naturalists in the East.

Crerirutum Sropparpti, sp. nov. Pl. VIII. fig. 35.

C. testa elongato-conica; anfractibus 14-15, profunde confertimque spiraliter
striatis, et costis ornatis ; costis magnis, nodiformibus, medio acuminatis ; aper-
tura ovato-rotunda, canali latiusculo terminata. Long. O38; lat. 1-4 une.
Kiteru, common. This shell, which is perhaps the most marked

of the series, possesses a character somewhat intermediate between

the fossil C. semicostatum, Desh. and the existing C. nodulosum, Brug.

Named after Capt. Stoddard.

VicarYA FusIForMis, sp. noy. Pl. VIII. figs. 36 a-86¢.

NV. testa fusiformi; anfractibus 10-12, planis, sutura lineari separatis, primis
cingulis ornatis, ultimis levibus; apertura parva, subquadrata, canaliculata ;
columella retroflexa ; labro sinu insigni inciso. Long. 1°15; lat. -4 une.
Kateru, common, though specimens showing the perfect aperturé

arerare. This genus (w hich was established by d’Archiae for a shell

from the Indian Nummulitic strata) is characterized by a deep notch
in the outer lip. It is interesting to find a second species also in

India. This is much smaller than the first, and is comparatively

devoid of ornamentation, the little there is being confined to the

upper whorls,

TURRITELLA PRELONGA, sp. nov. Pl. VIIT. figs. 37 a—37 d.

T. testa turritissima, gracili; anfractibus numerosis, planis, superne cingulum
latum granulosum, inferne sulcum unistriatum exhibentibus; spatio intermedio
striis 5 subgranulosis ornato; ultimi anfractus striis spiralibus pene obsoletis ;
apertura ovato-rotunda. Long. 4°6; lat. ‘5 une,

Var. a, cingulo lato eminentiore, striis fortioribus, sulco obsoleto.

Kateru, common; var. a. somewhat rare.

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [June 15,

Hyprosia Exxiorr, sp. nov. Pl. VIII. fig. 38.

H. testa parva, ovato-conica, levigata, apice acuto; anfractibus 6, convexiusculis;
sutura impressa; apertura ovata; labro simplici. Long. 14; lat. ‘07 une.
Kateru, somewhat frequent. Named after the Honourable Walter

Elliot, member of the Madras Council, who has given an account of

the strata at Kateru, and is well known for his many sclemufic

attainments. The figure is magnified.

Hyprosra Carrert, sp. noy. Pl. VIII. fig. 39.

H testa minima, ovato-conica, levigata, apice subacuto ; anfractibus 5, convexis ;
sutura impressa; apertura ovata; labro simplici. Long. 09; lat. 05 une.
Kateru, common. ‘This species is in every respect smaller than

the preceding. It is named after H. J. Carter, Esq. The figure is

magnified,

Hyprosra Brapteyt, sp. nov. Pl. VIII. fig. 40.

H. testa minima, turrita, apice subacuto; anfractibus 5(?), convexis; sutura
impressa; apertura oblongo-ovata; labro simplici. Long. ‘09; lat. -035 une.

Kateru, rare. Dedicated to W. H. Bradley, Esq., to whom, as
mentioned above, I am indebted for my best specimens of Physa.
The figure is magnified.

HeEmiroma ? MULTIRADIATA, sp. nov. Pl. VIII. fig. 41.

H, testa elliptica, depresso-conica, decussata ; apice subcentrali, costulis majoribus
18-20 ab apice radiantibus, minoribus 3 interjectis; costulis, presertim ad
anticum marginem, squamosis. Ax. maj. ‘45; min. ‘33; alt. -2 une.

Kateru, rare, only one specimen having been found; this has in
front of the apex a fissure, which occasions some difficulty in deter-
mining the genus; but most probably it is only accidental. The
figure 1s magnified.

OstREA PANGADIENSIS, sp. nov. Pl. IX. fig. 42.

O. testa ovato-elongata, superne acuta; valva superiore plana, margine intus
crenulato. Long. 2°9; lat. 1:95 une.

Pangadi, very common. I regret that I have had an opportunity
of examining only the upper valve.

Anomta KATERUENSIS, sp. nov.
Var. suborbicularis. Pl. IX. fig. 48a.

A. testa suborbiculari, subsequilaterali; valva superiore convexa, solidiuscula,
irregulariter radiata; wmbone vix prominente. Long. -75; lat. ‘88 unc.

Var. Modiola. Pl. IX. fig. 43 6.
A. testa ovato-elongata; umbone prominente. Long. ‘77; lat. -55 une.
Kateru, rare. Of the two varieties here described, I have not
seen the lower valve.
Lima, sp.
A small species of this genus is met with, though rarely, at Kateru ;
but my only specimen has been lost.

PERNA MELEAGRINOIDES, sp. nov. Pl. IX. fig. 44.

P. testa meleagriniformi, valde rostrata, compressa, obsolete concentrice laminata ;
margine cardinali plano, recto, 5-7ties sulcato et dentato. Long. 1-76; lat.
1-55 une.

Kateru, rather rare.

1859. | HISLOP—FOSSIL SHELLS OF NAGPUR, 179

Mopro1za, sp.

A species of Modiola occurs at Kateru, but in too fragmentary a
state for description. Impressions of this genus, as well as of Lima,
abound at Pangadi.

ARCA STRIATULA, Sp. nov. Pl. IX. figs. 45a, 45 6.
A. testa parva, ovato-oblonga?, subdepressa, tenuissime longitudinaliter striata ;
cardine subrecto, multidentato ; margine integro. Long. 3; lat. -5 (?) une.

Kateru, rare. The only specimen found is imperfect.

Novcvza pustzia, sp. nov. Pl. IX. fig. 46.
WV. testa minima, levigata, ovato-transversa, obliqua, valde inzquilaterali ;
dentibus minutissimis. Long. ‘04; lat. ‘05 une.
Kateru, rare. A delicate little shell. The figure is magnified.

Lucrya parva, sp. nov. Pl. [X. fig. 47.
Z. testa minuta, tenui, suborbiculari, convexiuscula, concentrice striata; dente
- laterali antico sat conspicuo. Long. :14; lat. -15 une.
Kiteru, rare, only a single valve having been found.

Lucina (Keti1a?) Nana, sp. nov. Pl. IX. fig. 48.

L. testa minima, subtrigono-orbiculari, lsevigata, subcompressa. Long. -09;
lat. ‘O09 une.

Kateru, somewhat rare. The genus is doubtful, as the hinge
cannot be seen.

Corbis ELLIPTICA, sp. nov. Pl. IX. fig. 49.

C. testa elliptica, subventricosa, solida, cancellata; lamellis transversis crebris,
ad marginem ventralem crebrioribus, antice posticeque plicato-crispis ; margine
intus crenulato. Long. 1-7; lat. 1-9 unc.

Kateru, rather frequent. Of this shell there are young specimens
which, by their greater thinness and transverseness, vary from the
typical form of the species as much as the C. lamellosa of Deshayes
differs from his C. pectunculus.

CorBicULA INGENS, sp. noy. Pl. IX. fig. 50.

C. testa subequilaterali, transversim ovato-rotundata, convexiuscula, concentrice
striata; natibus subcrassis, antrorsum incurvis: valye dextre# dentibus car-
dinalibus duobus, posteriore magno ; lateralibus lamellosis, striatis, parum
arcuatis, perlongis, posteriore longiore. Long. 2‘08; lat. 2°3 unc.

Kateru and Pangadi, frequent. This shell is remarkable for its
size. The subdivision of Cyrena to which it belongs occurs in the
rivers of India at the present day. Among my specimens there may
be another species, thicker and more inequilateral.

CARDITA VARIABILIS, sp. noy. Pl. IX. figs. 51 a, 516, 51e.

C. testa solida, subquadrato-ovata vel oblique subrotunda ; costis circiter viginti,
convexis, geniculato-nodulosis; nodulis ad marginem ventralem atque poste-
riorem obsoletis ; costarum interstitiis longitudinaliter sulcatis; natibus pro-
minentibus interdum valde gibbosis, incurvis; margine profunde lateque
crenato. Long. 1-93; lat. 1°75 une.

Kateru, common, and very variable in form.
Capita? PusILLA, sp. nov. Pl. IX. fig. 52.
C. testa minima, suborbiculari, tenui; costis circiter 12, convexis, Long. ‘07;
lat. ‘O06 une.
Kateru, rather rare. Genus somewhat doubtful.

VOL. XVI.—PART I. v

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

CYTHEREA ORBICULARIS, sp. noy. Pl. X. fig. 53.
C. testa orbiculari, inequilaterali, convexiuscula, solida. transversim tenuiter stri-
ata; natibus obliquis, prominentibus. Long. 1:1; lat. 1-1 unc.
Kateru, rather rare.

CyTHEREA WILSONI, sp. noy. Pl. X. fig. 54.

C. testa ovato-trigona, subequilaterali, complanata, transversim tenuissime
striata; natibus minimis. Long. °7; lat. -8 unc.

Kateru, frequent. Named after the Rev. Dr. Wilson of Bombay,
the distinguished orientalist.

CyTHEREA WAPSHAREI, sp. nov. Pl. X. fig. 55.
C. testa ovata, subtrigona, convexiuscula, inequilaterali, tenuiter striata; natibus
parvis. Long. ‘6; lat. -7 unc.
Kateru, rather rare. Named after Major Wapshare.
Cyraerra Rawest, sp. nov. Pl. X. fig. 56.
C. testa ovata, convexa, solida; striis accretionis irregularibus; natibus promi-
nentibus. Long. ‘86; lat. ‘91 unc.
Kateru, rather rare. Named after Mr. Rawes.

CyTHEREA JERDONI, sp. nov. Pl. X. fig. 57.
C. testa ovata, convexiuscula, inequilaterali, postice producta, tenuiter striata ;
natibus prominulis. Long. -93; lat. 1:1 une.

Kateru, not unfrequent. This species somewhat resembles C.
Wilsoni ; but it differs from it in its greater thickness, the inequality
of its sides, and the shape of both its anterior and posterior margins.
Named after T. C. Jerdon, Esq., of the Madras Medical Service, and
a distinguished naturalist.

CYTHEREA ELLIPTICA, sp. nov. Pl. X. fig. 58.
C. testa elliptica, transversa, convexa, ineequilaterali, ad marginem ventralem
transversim sulcata; natibus parvis. Long. ‘8; lat. 1:0 unc.

Kateru, rather rare.

; CytHEREA Hunter, sp. nov. Pl. X. fig. 59.
C. testa rotundato-elliptica, convexa, inzequilaterali, ad marginem ventralem
transversim sulcata ; natibus minimis. Long. ‘6; lat. ‘73 unc.
Kateru, rare.

TrtrIva Woopwarpdl, sp. noy. Pl. X. fig. 60.

T. testa ovato-suborbiculari, subzequilaterali, compressiuscula, concentrice sub-
tiliter striata; margine ventrali convexo, dorsali utrinque subdeclivi, antice
paululum longiore ; natibus parvis, acutis; flexura satis conspicua. Long. “47;
lat. ‘58 une.

Kateru, rare. Named after 8. P. Woodward, Esq., the eminent
naturalist, who directed my attention to it, and to whom I am under
vreat obligations for his advice on various points in drawing up this
paper.

Psammosra Jonust, sp. nov. Pl. X. fig. 61.

P. testa oblongo-ovata, inequilaterali, compressiuscula, transversim tenuiter
striata; margine ventralisubrecto, dorsali utrinque subdeclivi, postice longiore ;
extremitate antica rotundata, postica obtuse angulata; natibus parvis. Long.
57; lat. -87 une.

Kateru, somewhat frequent. Named after T. Rupert Jones, Esq..

1859. | HISLOP—PFOSSIL SHELLS OF NAGPUR. 18]

the able Assistant-Secretary of the Geological Society, to whom I
have been deeply indebted on many occasions.

CorsuLa OrpHAmMt, sp. nov. Pl. X. figs. 62a, 625.
C. testa ovato-oblonga, gibbosa, subsequivalvi, postice rotundata, antice angulato-
acuminata, transversim tenuiter striata. Long. 5; lat. -76 une.

Kateru, rather rare. This species bears a considerable resemblance
to Potamomya or C. ochreata of Hinds, which inhabits streams in
Brazil at the present day. Dedicated to Dr. T. Oldham, the eminent
superintendent of the Geological Survey of India.

CoRBULA SULCIFERA, sp. nov. Pl. X. figs. 63a, 63d.
C. testa valva minore, subtrigona, gibbosissima, transversim profunde sulcata ;
margine ventrali valde et irregulariter arcuato. Long. ‘87; lat. -9 une.

Kiteru, rare.
Shells from the freshwater strata of the Narbadda Territory.

Burns OrpHAMIANUS, sp. nov. Pl. X. figs. 64a, 64d.

B. testa ovato-conica, inflata; anfractibus 6, convexis, sutura satis impressa
separatis; apertura ovata, superne angulata; columella inferne contorta,
superne dente sive tuberculo calloso munita; labro reilexo. Long. “53; lat.
3 unc.

Dedicated to Dr. Oldham.

Pistprum Mepricotrianum, sp. noy. Pl. X. figs. 65a, 655, 65c.
P. testa parva, ventricosa, subequilaterali, concentrice tenuiter striata sulcisque
5 ornata; natibus prominulis. Long. ‘12; lat. -12 une.
With this species I have much pleasure in associating the name of
the Messrs. Medlicott of the Indian Geological Survey.

The two shells last-described are found in the Narbadda territory.
Correct drawings of them have lately been furnished to me by my
friend Dr. Oldham. Pisidium Medlicottianum occurs also at Mekal-
gandi Ghat in the Hyderabad territory, whence I obtained a cast
some years ago. ;

P.S.—Since the preceding remarks were in type, I have been fa-
voured with a proof-sheet of the forthcoming Report of the Indian
Geological Survey on the Narbaddi District. Dr. Oldham takes credit
to the Survey for having long since suggested the age of the Maha-
dewa sandstone. The reader, however, will have seen that my view
of these beds is somewhat different from Dr, Oldham’s, as he holds
them to be possibly *“ the equivalent of the Nummulitic limestone* ;”
whereas I find them in situ below the Physa-deposit, and therefore
they must be at least as old as the Lower Eocene. That they cannot
be much older is an inference from the discovery in them of a Palu-
dina similar to one in the Intertrappean deposit of Central India.
To the opinions of the Survey on this latter rock, while they were
unpublished, I did not think it right to allude; but now that they
have been given to the world, I must be pardoned for expressing a
doubt as to its being, in any part of Central India, of Wealden age.

* Mem. Geol. Surv. of India, vol. i. p. 171.
02

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

Wherever our intertrappean deposit is fossiliferous, there the same
genera and species of shells occur, not to say that they are also met
with in the subtrappean strata along with Pachydermatous bones.
On Sitdbaldi Hill we have the intertrappean shell-bed near the top,
and the Mahadewa sandstone at the base. Now, were we to adopt
the Survey’s view of the age of these two rocks, we should haye the
Wealden above the Nummulitic formation. Dr. Oldham considers
it unlikely that Physa Prinsepii should be preserved in the strata
near Rajimandri ; but no impreobability will be felt when it is
remembered that such a fragile shell as Psammobia Jonesi and others
still more delicate have been preserved. In adopting his @ prioré
mode of reasoning, my friend must have forgotten that a veritable
Physa Prinsepii was discovered at Pangadi in the same block with
marine shells*; and I may add that I saw it with my own eyes
before Mr. A. Schlagintweit (to whom reference is made) could bear
sunilar testimony.

Notes on some Fossil Insects from Nagpur.
By AnpRew Murray, Esq., F.R.S.E., de.

The specimens placed in my hands (thirteen in number) all belong
to the order Coleoptera.

They chiefly consist of single elytra; in one case of two together,
although somewhat crushed out of position; and in another, of a
beautifully preserved abdomen. The tribes to which they belong
(so far as decipherable) are the Buprestide and Ourculionide; but
I cannot identify any as belonging to living modern genera, much
less species. This is not to be wondered at, when we consider
that, although in most cases it might not be very difficult to deter-
mine the genus and even the species of known recent insects by actual
comparison of such fragments as we have here, it would be quite
impossible to determine with accuracy the genera of new species
(however recent and fresh), although we might easily enough fix
upon the tribe or family to which they belong. But, if to the
difficulty arising from the fragmentary state of the materials be added
that such new species by being fossilized are deprived of all colour,
have lost their natural consistency, and generally have nothing left
but the outline of the fragment with a few faint traces of their
original markings, it will easily be seen that any opinion (worth
having) on the subject must be given with great caution, and must
be very much confined to a general indication of the whereabouts of

the animal in the series.

So qualified, the opinion which I have formed on the specimens is
.as follows :—

No. 1 (PI. X. fig. 66).—A well-preserved elytron from Té&kh,
found by Dr. Rawes (Buprestide—Lomatus Hislopi, Murray).—
Elytron depressed and approaching to the form of the elytron in
Phenops, turning in with an obtuse angle near the apex, and the
outline thence continuing nearly straight to the apex. It is now

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. p. 365.

1859. | MURRAY—FOSSIL INSECTS FROM NAGPUR. 183

almost smooth, but has been striated, though not deeply; and there
is the appearance of a faint wide reticulation across the interstices,
which are impunctate.

There have been seven striz and a short sutural one; the third,
fourth, and fifth intervals appear a little more prominent than the
rest, but none of them assume the form of strongly marked costie
predominating over the rest; the striz (judging from a short indi-
cation at the apex) have been punctate; they are straight, and run
down from the base to the apex or margin without curve; there is
a very marked reflexed margin, commencing a little below the
shoulder and continuing to the apex. At the shoulder, and for some
distance after, the margin of the elytron is inflexed, below the re-
flexed portion. The suture is sloped away a little at the base ; from
which we may infer that the scutellum was not a small square or
rounded one encroaching on the elytron, as in many genera of
Buprestide, but rather triangular, or perhaps invisible, as in Chry-
sochroa, &e. Judging from the texture, it is probable that the
elytron had a metallic lustre. There is no appearance of serration
or emargination at the apical margin.

Length of elytron, 5 lin.; breadth, 1? lin.

On the whole we have nothing corresponding to this elytron in
existing Buprestide, nor is there anything in Mr. Westwood’s, or
other authors’ figures of fossil insects which I have seen, correspond-
ing to it; and as it is sufficiently well-marked to allow of other
specimens being identified with it, and even referred to it as a genus,
I would propose to constitute a new genus for it under the name of
Lomatus (from Xopa, a margin, referring to the margined elytra); and
I add the specific name Hislopi, in honour of Mr. Hislop, to whom,
along with Mr. Hunter, we chiefly owe the discoveries in geology
made in the Nagpur district.

No. 2 (Buprestidae ?).—Crushed basal half of the elytron of appa-
rently a Buprestidous insect, but in too bad a state to be decipher-
able or describable.

No. 3 ( Buprestide ?).—A portion of the apex of an elytron bearing
punctured strix. The strie straight, except the exterior one, the
punctures transverse ; the apex angular, as in Lomatus Hislopi (No.1),
and a slight raised margin; but the fragment is too small and too
indistinct to allow much to be said about it. It is obviously a por-
tion of a much smaller insect than the two preceding.

The size of the present insect might be about 3 lines, that of the
preceding about 7 or 8 lines.

No. 4 (Buprestidae ?).—This is a linear fragment apparently of two
elytra crushed into a position at right angles to each other, and then
again crushed into another angle longitudinally. We have neither
base, nor apex, nor margin. We neither know its length, nor its
breadth, nor its form. All we know is, that the elytron must have
been more than half an inch in length, certainly more than 14 lines
in breadth (judging from the crushed portion, probably more than
3 lines in breadth); that the elytra were punctate-striate, and that

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June lo,

the striz had a tendency to run two and two together. It must
have been a larger insect than any of the others we have, and more
probably Buprestidous than anything else.

No. 5 (Curculionide—Meristos Hunteri, Murray) (Pl. X. fig. 67).
—A beautifully preserved small abdomen, and a slight view of the
margin of the elytron. The legs are wanting; but the cavity for the
joint of the posterior legs remains, showing their position. The abdo-
minal segments are five—two broad ones at the base, two narrow
ones towards the apex, and a broad apical one, each lower than the
preceding segment. The texture has been hard, and probably not
pubescent ; and the surface is coarsely punctured. The elytra seem
round, and are coarsely punctate-striate.

Some of the recent Curculionda have very nearly this arrange-
ment of the abdominal segments (Cherrus, an Australian genus, Tie
instance); and after a careful review of the different characters in
different tribes, I have come to the conclusion that this is a Curculio,
though to what family it should be referred I do not pretend to say;
still, as it is distinct, I have proposed the generic name Meristos for
it, alluding to its divisions, and the specific name Hunteri, in honour
of Mr. Hunter.

Length, 17 lin.; breadth, ? lin.

No. 6 (Curculionide).—A single elytron, either curved out of shape
or singularly bent in at the scutellum, slightly costate, but appa-
rently not punctured.

Length of elytron, 24 lin.; breadth, 1 lin.

No. 7 (Curculionide).—A small, straight, narrow elytron, deeply
punctate-striate ; the strie geminate, and the third and fourth united
near the apex. Has some resemblance to the form of the elytra on
the Phyllobiidee (of which, one genus, the Myllocerus, is East Indian
at the present day), but was aig yeaa of a harder consistence.

Length of elytron, 1 lin.; breadth, 3 lin.

No. 8 Coon single elytron of an insect, apparently
allied to Myllocerus, punctate-striate, the interior striz appearing to
unite with the opposing striz towards the apex. The texture would
appear not to have been very hard.

Length of elytron, 3 lin.; breadth, 1 ln.

No. 9 (Curculionide).—A single elytron, apparently belonging to
the same group, punctate-striate ; the interstices are slightly raised,
and a delicately punctured line runs down them, so that it gives the
elytron the appearance of having each stria separated by two deli-

-eate cost.

Length, 25 lin.; breadth, ? lin.

No. 10 (Cur ne) .—Portion of a OT eG crushed elytron, appa-
rently belonging to the same group, ‘punctate-striate, the strie
joining the opposing ones at the apex,—viz. the outmost joining the
sutural stria, the second joining the second outmost, and so on.

Length of elytron, probably 3 lin.; breadth, 3 hn.

No. 11 (Curculionidw).—A fragment of a small elytron, pretty

1859. ] MURRAY—FOSSIL INSECTS FROM NAGPUR. 185

well defined, punctate-striate ; nine striz, the sixth and seventh ap-
parently enclosed by the rest. (Fig. 68.) It corresponds more closely
with the elytron of an undescribed genus from Australia than any
other which I have seen.

Length, 1} lin.; breadth, 3 lin.

No. 12 (Curculionide).—A single elytron, somewhat flat on the
surface, with occasional depressions ; base straight; the margin in-
flexed, and extending down only for a short space ; deeply punctate-
striate; nine or ten striz (the margin being not clearly decipher-
able), the fourth and fifth, third and sixth, &c. uniting towards the
apex. (Fig. 69.)

This is a somewhat puzzling specimen, the flat surface and rather
hollow inflexure of the margin suggesting a Buprestidous affinity ;
but the deep punctation, depressions on the surface, and arrange-
ment of the strie show a greater affinity with the Curculionide,
and remind one of a small Minyops.

Length of elytron, 2 lin.; breadth, } lin,

No. 13 (Curculionide)—Two elytra together, but obviously
crushed ; at first sight, perhaps one might be disposed to view them
as the remains of a Heteromerous insect. But I think it is the
erushing which gives this appearance, and that it is really a Cureu-
lionidous insect with the inflexed and rounded margins of the elytra
squeezed out flat. Pushed out of shape as it is, all that can be said
is that there are eight strize visible (there may be one or two more not
seen); the strie are delicately punctate, the punctures being minute
and wide apart; and the fourth and fifth, third and sixth strie are
united, as is common among the Curculionide. (Fig. 70.)

Length of elytron, 2} lin.; breadth, 1 lin.

I cannot take leave of this interesting collection without drawing
attention to the fact that these insects are all of small, and most of
them of minute size. This is quite in accordance with previous
discoveries of fossil insects, which have mostly been found of mi-
nute size; and I think, so far as may be guessed at from these
specimens, we are warranted in saying that the Entomological Fauna
of Nagpur, at the era of these fossils, was probably smaller than
that of the present day,—at all events, certainly not larger ; for
although it is now well known that in all parts of the world, tro-
pical as well as temperate, minute insects predominate, still a chance
collection of a dozen flotsam and jetsam insects in the present day
would, I think, have furnished some larger species than any now
before me. I would also wish to observe that, although all the
insects are minute, the only species which give any indication of
temperature (the Buprestide) point more to a warm climate than a
temperate one. The Curculionidae, to which the greatest number
belong, give no indication either way, being found (of the size in
question) equally in temperate and tropical regions.

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

Note on the Fossil Cypride from Nagpur.
By T. Rurerr Jonzs, Esq., F.G.8.

In the Trans. Geol. Soc. 2 ser. vol. v., Mr. Sowerby has described
(an the “‘ Explanation of the Plates”’) two species of Cypris from the
fossiliferous chert of the Sichel Hills; namely Cypris cylindrica
(op. ct. pl. 47. fig. 2), and C. subglobosa (fig. 3). These occur
more especially between Munoor and Nutnoor in company with
Unio; and near Nutnoor in vast numbers, associated with abun-
dance of Gyrogonites and some Limnei. At Chickni also, nearer to
Nagpur, they occur with Melania, Paludinew, and Limnei. I have
examined the original specimens presented by Dr. Malcolmson to.
the Geological Society, and have not been able to detect among
them clear evidences of any other species of Entomostraca.

The specimens procured by the Rey. Messrs. Hislop and Hunter
from the neighbourhood of Ndgpur comprise a large variety of
Entomostraca, and frequently the carapaces are perfectly pre-
served,—a condition very rare in the materials which Mr. Sowerby
examined. JI have not, however, seen from Nagpur any rock so full
of these little fossils as some of the chert from near Nutnoor is.

1. Cypris cylindrica, Sow.—This appears to be tolerably abun-
dant in the freshwater deposits aatt Nagpur. The largest imdi-
vidual I have met with is about ;4,th ich in length; nor have I
seen larger ones in the chert from the Sichel Hills. Sowerby’s
figure indicates ith inch for the size; but perhaps this may have
arisen from an error of the engraver. Minute individuals also
occur ; also a markedly curved specimen, constituting perhaps a
variety. C. cylindrica has living representatives in the fresh waters
of Nagpur. See Dr. Baird’s description of recent Entomostraca
from Nagpur in the Zool. Proc. 1859.

2. Cypris subglobosa, Sow., is very abundant among the materials
submitted to me by Mr. Hislop. Ordinarily the specimens have a
length of about ~.th inch, with a diameter of 4th; and the smallest
are about th inch long. A few individuals differ from the com-
mon form in their proportions ; one being +1,th inch long, by .,th
thick, and has the extremities nearly equally acute: this is pro-
bably a variety. The largest C. subglobosa which I have seen was
collected by Mr. Hislop; it is 4th inch long, j5th high, and jth
thick.

Most of the individuals are rather more strongly arched, or even
angular, on the back, than Sowerby’s figured specimen, and the
anterior extremity is more distinctly compressed. The ornament,
appearing under a pocket-lens to consist of punctate marks, is really
a fine reticulation, which passes into wrinkles on the ventral region.

C. subglobosa belongs to H. de Saussure’s subgenus Chlamydo-
theca, characterized by a doubled margin at the extremities of the
valves. The figures given by Dr. Baird in the Zoological Society’s
Tilustrated Proceedings of the variety of this species now living in’
ponds of Nagpur well represent this feature. As Dr. Baird’s re-
cent specimens differ from the fossil forms in having a less gibbous

1859. | JONES—FOSSIL CYPRIDZE FROM NAGPUR, 187

back, a somewhat convex ventral face, and apparently a different
number of lucid spots, and as they want also the longitudinal
wrinkles of the ventral surface, they must be at least varietally
distinct.

Dr. Carter has recognized in some fossil Cyprides from Bombay
the marginal appendix, or “ lunate fossa,” of the anterior extremity.

3. Cypris Hislopi, spec. nov. Pl. X. fig. 71.

This has a somewhat triangular carapace, much compressed to-
wards each extremity, and is not unlike C. celtica, Baird, but is
more obtuse at the hinder end. It is 1th inch long, and ath high at
the anterior hinge, which is more acute in the old individuals than
in the young. The surface is brownish, with delicate wrinkly reticu-
lations, passing into punctation.

4. Cypris Hunteri, spec. nov. Pl. X. fig. 72.

This is ararer form. It is of the same size as C. Hislopi, but
differs materially in form, being nearly oblong, subcylindrical, thick,
and bulky; whilst the latter is subtriangular and comparatively flat.
I have not seen a well-preserved exterior. Small specimens less than
sth inch oceur.

5. Cypris strangulata, spec. nov. Plate X. fig. 73.

This Cypris is somewhat oblong in profile, but rounded behind,
and obliquely rounded in front, irregularly ovate seen from above,
triangular on end-yiew, and constricted in the anterior region of
each valve by an oblique linear depression, commencing behind the
anterior hinge, and curving forwards and downwards. The cara-
paces vary considerably in the gibbosity of the valves. Ordinary
specimens are th inch long, th high, and th thick.

6. In a whitish siliceous ae from Geuians presenting innume-
rable cavities left by decomposed Cyprides and other minute fossils,
we have numerous Entomostracous valves, mostly much flattened,
some of which are referable to C. cylindrica; but the majority pre-
sent such protean proportions, varying from orbicular to oval and
oblong, as we trace them from size to size, that I hesitate to separate
them specifically. They all appear to have partial marginal rims,
and to be smooth. One of Dr. Baird’s figures of Cypris dentato-
marginata is not unlike some of these specimens from Chickni.

From Kateru (from an estuarine deposit) we have a few very
gral specimens of a subcylindrical form, which are relatively shorter
and thicker than C. cylindrica, and have a somewhat angulated
hinge-line. These may belong to the Cytheride.

8. Ina piece of rock from Pungadi there is a trace of an Ento-
mostracous carapace, possibly a Cythere.

9. Some drawings of Entomostracous carapaces, from the Inter-

trappean beds of the Narbadda Territory, have been shown me by
the Rev. 8. Hislop. The drawings have been made from specimens
collected by the Geological Survey of India. I can only suggest that
probably Cypris subglobosa and C. Hislopi ave among the specimens
referred to.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 15,

Fossil Freshwater Shells from the Nagpur Territory.

Melania quadrilineata, Sow.

Eunteniys pec mOvanreresasecesscceeeere BI Ver teal

Paludina normalis, spec. nov. ...............+++ mS f.2.a, 2 b.

Deccanensis, Sow.

Wapsharei, spec. nov. .............06 » £.3 (magnified).

acicularis, speC. NOV. .......2.....0.0 0s 3 f. 4.

JE ARGUS FIDEES ONS ec soannbencoonsbaecd seu MEADS

subcylindracea, spec. nov. ............ Pi eens

Sankeyi, spec. NOV. ...........0.0.:0.00- Vinuetenies

Takliensis, spec. NOV. ..............064- oy Ma GIy LOL

soluta, SPeCuMOVansecseeecenseeeeecee up f. 9.

conoidea, spec. NOV. ...............5.. oy eho:

Rawesi, SPCC. NOV. .......000.0e. ee 0s0 ee si f. 11 a, 11 8.

Wara party Speci mova ceeasdaccsscsce i f. 12 a, 12 0.

Valyata minima, spec. NOV. ~+....0+.-<0.------>- » £.13 (magnified)
unicarinifera, spec. NOV. .............+. » £14.
multicarinata, spec. NOV. ............... my tle Miss 2, 15)
decollata, spec. NOY. ...............0e ee A f. 16a, 168.
Nagpurensis, spec. NOV...............066 spouted
Limnea oviformis, spec. NOV. ......-......0-0 es a f.18 a, 188.
ALOMAR, SOU, “scadsoccosacoosnododooonoed a f. 19.
attenuata, SPeC. NOV. ........-..0..2s0e0e Pa inter 40),
Telankhediensis, spec. nov.
var. peracuminata ............... ote Cale
Var Raciolusiysssceeeuscsceeceeoeee a f. 21 6.

SPA SPeCh NOV eee eee eeseaceece FF f, 22:

Physa Prinsepii, Sow. (normalis) ............... » £234
Vareclonigatany castrate seca ] f. 23, 23-¢.
var. inflata RORAE URC GAE aa coa cae a f. 23d.

Unio Malcolmsoni, His/. (=U. tumida, Sow.)

Deccanensis, SOW. .........00cceccerecneenees Pl. VI. f. 244, 246, 24e
JauVUMWETA, RIS, LENZ | oasooasoooocoasacnecooe z f. 25.
mamillatus, spec. NOV. ..............0.0206+ Pl. VII. f. 26.
imbricatus, spec. MOV. ............0e sesso re £. 27 a, 276, 27c¢
(Opi Wer, GFOSLEH TKN deoonsodedespaadonodonsense ce f. 28.

Fossil Estuarine Shells from Rajamandre.

Fusus pygmaeus, Spec. NOV. ...........00008eeee Pl. VIII. f. 29 (magnified).
Pseudoliva elegans, spec. NOV. .............0260- My f. 30.4, 800.
Natica Stoddardi, spec. nov. ..........0.s0e08e0e iy tele
Cerithium multiforme, spec. nov. ............... it f. 32 a, 82 b, 32.
subcylindraceum, spec. nov.......... » #384, 336, 33¢, 33d.
Leithii, spec. nov. ..................06. ee er
Stoddardi, spec. noy................6+ is f. 35.
Vicarya fusiformis, spec. nov. ...............4-- » £364, 366, 36.e.
Turritella praelonga, spec. nov. ................++ A f. 37 a, 376, 37 ¢, 37d.
Hydrobia Hllioti, spec. nov. ................0065. » £. 38 (magnified).
Carteri, SpeC. NOV. .......0.:...0.00000- » £.39 (magnified).
Bradleyi, spec. nov. ... ............5. » 1.40 (magnified).
Hemitoma? multiradiata, spec. nov............. » 4£.41a, 416(magnified).
Ostrea Pangadiensis, spec. nOV.........-....0665- Pl. IX. f. 42.
Anomia Kateruensis, spec. nov.
var. suborbicularis ............... 43 £. 43a.
var. Modiola ..................0.. » £454,
Lima, sp.
Perna meleagrinoides, spec. nov. ............05. » C44.

Modiola, sp.
Arca striatula, spec. NOV. ..........ccccceeeee eee He f. 45a, 456.

1859. | PRESTWICH—BRIXHAM CAVE. 189

Nucula pusilla, spec. NOV. ..........0sc0scseneeeey Pl. IX. f. 46 (magnified).
Lucina parva, epee MOV hs Mercian cadens aan ck ee ‘s f. 47 (magnified).
(Kellia ?) nana, spec. nov..............4. a f. 48 (magnified).
Corbis elliptica, spec. NOV. ...........s..seeeeeeeee 5 f. 49.
Corbicula ingens, spec. NOV. .............6e00000 rie all
Cardita variabilis, spec. nOV. ............0e.seees iy f. dl a, 514, 51 c.
pusilla WSpPeC! MOVE ssegss2 i. eeereiee atest Gia liky De (magnified).
Cytherea orbicularis, spec. nov. ..........2.00.06 Pl. X. f. 53.
Walsont, specsmovancesee ese caseesert . f. 54a, 546.
Wapsharei, spec. nov............-...066 Flop:
Rawesi, SPCC. MOV. ........0sessosseeees ; f. 56.
Jerdonisspecy MOV cee eee ee ei fae
elllipticas specs Noy. ..-.+-..sce-eecceeree is f. 58.
ISAT, GeeOs FONG eenncagsocgocecadoee 9 £. 59.
Tellina Woodwardi, spec. NOV. ...........00e0ee 3 f. 60.
Psammobia Jonesi, spec. NOV. .......2.eeeeeeeee ‘ f. 61 a, 614
Corbula Oldhami, spec. nov. ................0008- » £ 62a, 626
sulcifera, spec. NOV. ........-2.-s0.eeeee- 7 f. 68 a, 636

Fossil Shells from the Narbaddé Territory.

Bulimus Oldhamianus, spec. noy. .............+. Pl. X. f. 64a, 644.
Pisidium Medlicottianum, spec. nov. ......... Pe TODIaNGD Os Gpic:

Fossil Insects from the Nagpur Territor Yy.

Lomatus Hislopi, Murray .............csceeeeeeee Pl. f. 66:
Meristos Hunteri, Murray...........0.csceseneees sents Ove
SPE CH LOS estes oe es Cane ree rete en an toate H f. 68.
Mrrcnlioiet tes fee ee nc ee ees at ERO:
Marcnligi ys. es ks coe tee File sed Os

Fossil Cypride from near Nagpur.

Cypris subglobosa, Sow.
cylindrica, Sow.

Eislopys SOMES) stivins. cha scuis tages bat tray Pl. X. f. 71 a,4,c.
FEIN tents el O68 a; cane staseecucdecsauedocee 3 f. 72 a, b,c.
Atranpulata, JOM6S vs leccecesccscceoecscos s f. 73 a, b, ¢, d.

JuNE 22, 1859.
ADJOURNED GENERAL MEETING.
The following communications were read :—

1. Further Observations on the OsstrErovus Caves near Paterno.
By Dr. Fauconrr, F.R.S., F.G.S.

[An abridgment of this Communication has been printed at page 99.]

2. Josern Prestwicu, Esq., F.R.S., Treas.G.8., gave in a few
words the results of the examination of the Bone-cave at Brixham
in Devonshire.

The cave has been traced along three large galleries, meeting or

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 22,

intersecting one another at right angles. Numerous bones of Zhino-
ceros tichorhinus, Bos, Equus, Cervus tarandus, Ursus spelceus, and
Hyena have been found; and several flint-implements have been
met with in the caye-earth and gravel beneath. One in particular
was met with immediately beneath a fine antler of a Reindeer and
a bone of the Cave-bear, which were imbedded in the superficial
stalagmite in the middle of the cave.

3. Ona Fuixt Lyrretement recently discovered at the base of some beds
of Drret-GraveL and Bricx-nartu at St. ACHEUL, near AMIENS.
By Joun Wicxnam Frower, Esq.

[Communicated by Joseph Prestwich, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.8.]
[Puare XI. ]

‘ae implement or weapon which I desire to bring under the notice of
this Society, and a drawing of which accompanies these observations
(Pl. XI.), was found by me about a month since, when, in company
with Mr. Prestwich and other Fellows of this Society, I visited some
gravel-pits near Amiens. When discovered, it was imbedded in a
compact mass of gravel, composed of large chalk-flints much water-
worn and rolled, and small chalk-pebbles. It was found lying at the
depth of sixteen fect from the upper surface, and about eighteen inches
from the face or outer surface of the quarry, to which extent the gravel
had been removed by me before I found it. The bed of gravel in ques-,
tion forms the capping or summit of a slight elevation of the chalk. A
section of this pit, which Mr. Prestwich lately exhibited to the Royal
Society *, showed that the gravel presents here a thickness of about
ten feet. Above this occurs a thin bed of coarse, white, siliceous
sand, interspersed with small rounded chalk- pebbles ; ; and above the
sand is a layer of strong loam, of a red colour, which is now exten-
sively worked for the purpose of making bricks. ‘The remains of the
Elephant, Horse, and Deer have been o¢ -casionally found in the gravel ;
and we found in the sand which rests upon it an abundance of land
and freshwater shells, all of recent species. No fossils of any kind
were discovered by us in the brick-earth lying on the surface. At
the distance of a few hundred yards from the convent of St. Acheul
are the remains of an ancient Roman cemetery. A large stone tomb
is here left standing on the surface, the brick-earth having been
cleared away from it; and here many Roman coins and bronze
ornaments are found. i

At St. Roch (about half a mile distant from St. Acheul), we also
examined a quarry of flint-gravel, of precisely the same character,
and, apparently, of the same period as that of St. Acheul. We pro-
cured from it two very fine tusks of the Hippopotamus, which had

* Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. x. no. 3d. p. dl.

Beate
eae

Hi

|
q
|

4
Abe

AMIE NS

VOOM

Ff

IMPLEMENT

FINI

1859. | FLOWER—AMIENS GRAVEL. 191

been found twenty feet from the surface. These were but little
rolled or broken; and it seems probable, therefore, that the same
forces that transported these flint implements to their present position
may also have deposited these remains of the Hippopotamus.

The first discovery of these flint instruments, as well in this quarry
as in other localities in the Valley of the Somme; is due to M. Boucher
de Perthes, of Amiens. It was with a view to verify by personal
observation the result of his researches that our visit to St. Acheul
and the neighbourhood was undertaken. Mz. Prestwich had, indeed,
previously visited the spot, and had embodied the result of his re-
searches in a paper which was read before the Royal Society in May
last. He had not, however, succeeded in finding one of these imple-
ments in situ, although he had procured several of them from the
labourers. It was only after labouring for several hours that I suc-
ceeded in disinterring the specimen in question.

The result of our examination perfectly satisfied us, as it had
already satisfied Mr. Prestwich, of the frequent occurrence of these
weapons or implements beneath the beds of loam, sand, and gravel
which I have described. We not only found two good specimens of
these implements, but we brought away upwards of thirty others,
taken from the same pit ; several of them are on the table. Some
of these were found at about the same depth as that which I dis-
covered, and some about four feet lower down. They were pro-
cured without difficulty from the labourers and their children. Mr.
Prestwich, on the occasion of his first visit, im company with Mr.
Evans, brought away about twenty specimens; and many others are
to be seen in M. Boucher de Perthes’s Museum. They are so common
in the pit in question as to have acquired a trivial name, and are
known by the workpeople as langues de chat.

There is one peculiarity in these implements which appears to
deserve particular notice: they were evidently water-worn and
rounded pebbles before they were formed into weapons or tools ; and
this, indeed, is just such a condition as we should expect to find.
None but people destitute of tron would have been content to use
such rude and uncouth instruments as these; and a people unprovided
with iron would also have been unable to quarry the chalk for the
sake of the flint imbedded in it, but would have been forced to
content themselves with those fragments which lay scattered upon
the surface, or but a little below it. If we examine the specimens
closely, we find that, while the manufactured or worked surfaces
(namely the cutting edges and the point) are nearly as sharp and
clear as if worked yesterday, the portion left of the original, or, if
we may so call it, the natural surface (that which has not been
struck off in the course of manufacture) is often very much water-
worn ; and it also presents that peculiar discoloration usually found
in flints long exposed to the influence of the atmosphere, extending
to the depth of a quarter or an eighth of an inch, and probably due
to some chemical change resulting from mechanical forces.

It would thus seem that those forces, whatever they may have
been, by means of which these implements were carried into thei:

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 22,

present position, were in operation but for a short period, since other-
wise the sharp edges which they still retain would have been rounded
and worn, if not altogether obliterated; and further, that the rolled
and discoloured surface of the flint-pebbles with which they are
associated (and from which indeed it seems probable that they were
originally taken and fashioned) was due to some former change—
the drift or gravel having subsequently been merely shifted from
some other spot, bearing these implements with it, just as the loose
ballast in the hold of a vessel is shifted and rolled from one side
to another.

No one who attentively examines these implements can doubt that
they are the products of human skill. Rude and uncouth as they may
appear, that rudeness is probably not so much due to any deficiency of
intelligence in the manufacturers, as to the want of iron or some other
metals wherewith to work. Probably no workman who found him-
self destitute of metal tools would be able to produce from flint-
pebbles more useful or elegant implements. Those who are familiar
with the forms which are presented in those flints which are casually
fractured will agree that it is almost impossible that even a single
flint should be so fractured by accident as to assume the shape of
these implements; but here we have a great number, all taken from
a single quarry. Further, it will be seen that the original or natural
surface is never retained where it at all interferes with the shape and
symmetry of the weapon. Wherever it would have so interfered,
chiefly on the sides and at the point, it has been chipped away ; and
thus there has been no waste of labour, nothing having been removed
but that which was inconvenient. It will also be noticed that they
are all formed after a certain rude but uniform pattern ; they are
worked to a blunt point at one end, with a rude cutting edge on each
side, and a sort of boss at the other extremity, forming a handle or
hand-hold. In order the better to form this double edge, a ridge is
left running down the centre; and the edges have been formed by
striking away the flint in splinters from each side, in a direction at
right angles with, or a little oblique to, the axis, the base or under
side being usually either flat, or but slightly convex.

The discovery of these implements under the circumstances in-
dicated cannot fail to suggest many interesting inquiries. We
should all desire to know something more concerning the persons by
whom, and the purposes for which, they were fabricated,—how it
happened that so many of them were brought together in so small a
space,—and how it is that no remains have hitherto been found of
those by whom they were made and used. These, however, are
speculations which seem to belong to the province of archeology
rather than to that of geology ; and they are only now alluded to by
way of suggestion that topics of such importance and interest are
well deserving the investigation of archeologists.

1859. | 8YMONDS—LEDBURY TUNNEL. 193

NovemBer 2, 1859.

William Fryer, Esq., 10, Marlborough-hill Gardens, St. John’s
Wood; Henry Salmon, Esq., 38, Coburg Street, Plymouth ; and the
Rey. Samuel George Phear, M.A., Emmanuel College, Cambridge,
were elected Fellows. Dr. Ferdinand Roemer, Professor of Geology
and Paleontology at the University of Breslau, was elected a Foreign
Member.

The following communications were read :—

1. On the Passace-Beps from the Upper Siturtan Rocks into the
Lower Oxp Rep Sanpstone, at Leppury, Hererorpsuire. By the
Rev. W. 8. Symonps, F.G.S., Rector of Pendock.

Tue transition, or passage-rocks, which connect the Upper Silurian
deposits with the basement-beds of the Old Red Sandstone epoch,
are most interesting to the geologist; and as a very remarkable
section of these rocks is now visible on the line of railway near
Ledbury, in Herefordshire, a few notes with a sketch and section
may be acceptable.

In my communication on “ The Old Red Sandstone of Hereford-
shire,” published in the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal (April
1, 1859, p. 232), I expressed my opinion that the Ludlow sections
on the horizon of the passage-beds above the Downton Sandstone are
broken by faults, and that the true succession is therefore destroyed.
] had come to this determination long before the beds now developed in
the railroad-cutting at Ledbury were exposed to view; and, having
again lately visited Ludlow, and compared the passage-rocks of that
district with those of Ledbury, I am convinced that nowhere perhaps
in the world is there such an exhibition of passage-beds presented to
the eye of the geologist as at the Ledbury tunnel, on the Worcester
and Hereford Railway. Fortunately most of the passage-beds are
laid open to the sunlight, and the important points exposed.

When engaged upon the section, | was accompanied by my friends
Mr. Edmond Richards, and the Messrs. Ballard, the Engineers on
the Worcester and Hereford Railway, to whom I return my best
thanks for their hearty and efficient cooperation.

The strata dip at an angle of 71° north-by-west. The accom-
panying sketch (see fig. on p. 194) gives a view of the beds look-
ing from the Ledbury side towards Dog Hill, and facing the tunnel-
mouth.

The beds exposed range, in descending order, from rocks of the age
of the Lower Old Red Sandstone (No. 27 of section) to rocks that pass
into the uppermost Silurian or Downton beds (No. 3), and include
the celebrated bluish-grey rocks of the Ludlow section, with similar
fossil fish, crustaceans, and shells.

Aymestry Rock (No. 1 of section).

When I last visited the tunnel (a fortnight since, in company with
Sir Charles Hastings, Major Tennant, and the Rey. J. Pearson), the

or “YOU JOOF OT JMoge ‘syoor AaysouAy “T ‘Te “St
S 402} OFT JHoge ‘syooa moppuy aaddyg °z "yoor Koy “Fy
© ‘S[tem Moped pue ‘Kats “pot WII ‘ouojspues uoyuMog ‘e TARY “GT
A ‘sjods Aarts YytM ‘spreul poy “F "yoo Koay 9}
‘S[IBUL PoeT}OW °C “payeuruney
‘sadspiagq JIM [Leu poy 9 Ajoug spueq paey oy} Jo amog ‘srdspuayg yytm ‘yoou Arey */)
‘oUO}SpUks Poy */ ‘yoor Aang *27
‘[AeUI poy °g “yoo Apreyy “GT
‘aTeys Aang *¢ *yooa Aaa “07,
‘aTeys pue spavur otding ‘OT ‘sodspjpydag Yat ‘yooa ATaey, “7 F
‘euojspurs ofd.mg “[] "yood dawg “77
‘aTBYs snosovorut pea-doeq | TRL “SZ
‘UL Q ‘auoyspurs AoIS-yaeg | ‘yooa Laoag “£7,
“UL g ‘oTRYs Ysiueaay + yoor oars pue paeut Aawg ‘ZT : [IR “GZ
‘UL QT ‘ouo}spues Ao1d-YStMoT]a | “yoor Lain 97
TSYEMABDS SAMAR | Dedede REL ‘QUO}SPULS JO SpuLg OUMOS YI ‘PAV, “17,
LB 03 $B GSB 01 OL SI FI €I GI Il OL

—1——..

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

& 3 a a goa a 3 a
S < a oa 3 a B e 3
s £ 2 Q Ea). A | a
D a 8 ES) a Ses 5 a
cs Lo} o 5 5 -= 3 oo) oO
=I =| ei ~ ae Aa 2 ~
B & ie ge SaaS zs
vo

os > 5) < is) S

o -

py iS} &

eS =

be :

s a 5

a S

> iss]

194

“hungpay nau pauung-hoayunay ayy fo worsay

1859. ] SYMONDS—LEDBURY TUNNEL. 195

“heading” was driven through a considerable thickness of the Led-
bury equivalent of the Aymestry limestone. The characteristic Pen-
tamerus Knightii has been discovered by Henry Brooks ; and abund-
ance of the Rhynchonella Wilsoni, with Strophomena euglypha and
Atrypa reticularis, pervade the here impure limestone.

Upper Ludlow Rock (No. 2).

The workmen haye discovered that a shale at the surface becomes
a rock, and an exceedingly hard rock, in a tunnel; nevertheless these
beds are not so intractable as the Aymestry deposits, and soon weather
when exposed to the atmosphere. Many typical fossils are known,
as Chonetes lata, Discina rugata, Serpulites longissimus, and Cornulites
serpularius, &c. Some of the beds contain nodular concretions of
iron-pyrites.

The bone-bed, at the summit of the Upper Ludlow Rock, has not
as yet been discovered at Ledbury.

Downton bed (No. 3).

The Downton Castle building-stone is but thinly developed in the
Ledbury tunnel, and the yellow character is not so persistent, while,
owing to a lateral wrench running from east to west, the interpreta-
tion of these rocks is rendered somewhat obscure. Mr. Collingwood,
a gentleman visiting Ledbury for the purpose of geologizing, has
detected the small Lingula so characteristic of these strata, and, as I
think, evidently a different species from the large Lingula of the red
and grey beds higher in the series, the Lingula cornea. I trust that
future excayations, and a brighter light than that obtained from
tallow-dips, will yet enable us to determine whether certain reddish
marly beds on this horizon are in position, or let in by a fault.

Red and Mottled Marls with their Sandstones (Nos. 4 to 8 of section).

From the Downton beds to the entrance of the tunnel in the Red
Marls (No. 8), we find a series of red and mottled marls and sand-
stones, which have furnished no fossils excepting a large Lingula and
fragments of Pteraspis or Cephalaspis. All these strata are clearly
conformable to the Downton beds below, and the greyish-blue grits
and shales (see Nos. 9 and 12 of section).

Grey Shale and thin Grit (No. 9).

This thin band is conformably underlain by red marls, and con-
formably surmounted by red and purple shales and sandstones. I
have in my possession a portion of the head of a large Cephalaspis,
(C. Murchisoni) and a pincer of a Pterygotus, both of which were dis-
covered and treasured up by Henry Brooks of the Homend, Ledbury,
a working shoemaker, and an indefatigable geologist. I can recom-
mend him as a most efficient local guide to the geology of the district.

Purple Shales and thin Sandstones (Nos. 10 & 11).

These rocks furnish a striking background to the grey rocks next
to be described, and which stand out in bold relief. No time, how-
ever, should be lost if geologists wish to behold this picturesque
section; for the pickaxe and shovel will soon destroy a succession of

VOL. XVI.—PART I. P

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 2,

escarpments beautiful to look upon, and reduce to the uniformity of a
railroad-cutting an exhibition of a peculiar series of rocks which the
geologist has long hoped to behold im situ. He may never have the
opportunity again !

Grey Marl passing into red and grey marl and bluish-grey rock
(Auchenaspis-beds) (No. 12).

I consider these beds as the equivalents of those liver-coloured
and greyish rocks, with the remains of crustaceans and fish, described
by Mr. Lightbody in the railroad-cutting at the railway-bridge, near
Ludlow. The mineral character of the Ledbury deposits differs con-
siderably from those of Ludlow, hard stone being much more de-
veloped at Ledbury, whereas at Ludlow shale is the character of the
deposit. The Ludlow beds, however, contain “pockets” of stone,
enveloped in shale, which I could not distinguish from the thick-
bedded building-stone of Ledbury, that contains such an abundance
of the Auchenaspis Salteri, Egerton, a figure of which is given in the
Quarterly Journal of the Society, vol. xii. pl. 9. fig. 4, and by Sir
Roderick Murchison in ‘Siluria,’ new edit. p. 155. In the Ledbury
beds, Henry Brooks has also detected portions of the fossil fishes
Plectrodus, Cephalaspis, Pteraspis, and Onchus, Pterygotus Ludensis
also occurs, with a large Lingula. ‘The Auchenaspis is so abundant,
that as many as four heads have been found upon a small slab a foot
in diameter ; the tail and body of this fish are as yet unknown. ‘The
Auchenaspis-beds at Ledbury are 15 feet thick, and pass upwards
conformably into a series of red marls, with yellowish-grey and pink
sandstone, containing the relies of Pteraspis and Cephalaspis, which
are undoubtedly the base of the Cornstone series of the Old Red
Sandstone. Sir R. I. Murchison ranks the Cornstone-beds of the
Old Red Sandstone as the base of the series; and undoubtedly, in
some instances, thin Cornstones are mineralogically developed near
the bottom of the Old Red; but the Cornstones of Herefordshire, as
described by Sir Roderick in the ‘Silurian System’, the Cornstones
of Wall Hills, near Ledbury, of Foxley, Whitfield, Ewyas Harold,
Orcop, and Abergavenny are, I am convinced, at least two
thousand feet above the Downton sandstone, or highest Silurian
deposits.

The thick subcrystalline cornstones just alluded to are also, I
believe, higher in the Old Red series than the thin bands, inter-
stratified with sandstone, which are quarried near Leominster, at
Leyster’s Pole, and many other places, and the characteristic fossils
of which are Cephalaspis Lyellu, Pteraspis Lloydu, and Peter.
Lewisii. Mineralogical nomenclature, therefore, is inappropriate
when applied to the physical position of rocks, and apt to mislead
those not conversant with the mineralogical peculiarities of different
districts.

The word ‘‘tilestones”’ (now happily abandoned by Sir R. Murchi-
son) is altogether inappropriate as applied to the Ledbury rocks.

There is not a stone capable of being formed into a tle, from the
Downton sandstone to the cornstones of Wall Hills; but there are

1859. | WEEKES—COAL AT NEW ZEALAND. 197

thin muddy marls over the Downton beds, which would have been
tilestones had they sufficiently hardened, and which are doubtless
the equivalents of the true tilestones.

I consider, therefore, the term “passage-rocks,”’ as used by Sir
R. Murchison in the last edition of ‘Siluria,’ to be a more appropriate
appellation for these transition-beds, and one which allows to the
paleontologist, as well as the physical geologist, a broad margin for
the line of demarcation between the two great epochs of the Silurian
and the Old Red.

2. On the so-called Mup-vorcanos of TurBaco, nea CARTHAGENA.
By F. Bernat, Esq.

[In a letter* to Sir R. I. Murchison, F.G.S.]
(Abstract. )

TurgBaco is a village, about fifteen miles from Carthagena, at an
elevation of about 980 feet above the sea. At a distance of about
three miles from the village, and at a rather higher elevation, in the
midst of a forest, are some twenty or thirty conical hillocks, about
8 or 10 feet high, each with its little crater or orifice, about 2 feet
in diameter. These are filled with a muddy water; and every two
or three minutes a slight noise is heard, a bubbling-up of air or gas
takes place, the muddy fluid runs over, and forms into cakes of blue
clay. ‘The water is quite cool, nor is there any present or anterior
marks or vestiges of the action of fire or heat.

3. On the CoaL-FoRMATION at AucKLAND, New ZEALAND.
By Henry Weekes, Esq.
{Communicated by the President. ]
(Abstract. )
Tue district is formed of stratified sandy clays, of Tertiary age;
they vary in colour from white to light-red. The white clays con-
tain beds of lignite, varying from a few inches to several feet in
thickness. Sections of these beds are exposed along the banks of
most of the tidal inlets with which the district abounds. In some
places, near the hills, the lignite is seen to rest on trap-rock; else-
where a shelly gravel underlies it.

At Campbell’s farm a whitish sandstone lies on the lignite, and at
the junction is hardened, and contains ironstone-nodules ; these, when
broken, yield remains of exogenous plants. A fossil resin is found
abundantly in the lignite. On Farmer’s Land the lignite is 16 feet
thick, including a little shale ; at Campbell’s it is 7 feet thick, but thins
away. ‘There is some iron-pyrites in the lignite, but not sufficient
to deteriorate its value as a coal. Similar coal has been found at
Muddy Creek to the 8.W.; at Mokau, about 100 miles to the south ;
and near New Plymouth.

* Dated British Consulate, Carthagena, New Granada, Apri! 9, 1859.

+ Asketch of these salses is given in Humboldt’s ‘ Vues des Cordilleras.’
PZ

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GHOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 2,

The Tertiary beds of Auckland are everywhere broken through
by extinct volcanos, varying from 200 to 800 feet in height. The
craters are generally scoriaceous, in a perfect condition, with a de-
pression of the rim usually to the north or east. There are also
around the district other volcanic hills, rounded, scoriaceous, more
fertile than the crateriform hills, and apparently of an older date.

4. On the Grotoey of the SouTH-EASTERN PART 0f VANCOUVER ISLAND.
By Hinary Baverman, Esq.
(Transmitted from the Foreign Office to Sir Roprricx Murcuison, F.R.S., F.G.S.,
and communicated by him to the Geological Society.)

Tue following remarks are the results of observations made during
the summer and autumn of the year 1858, and are designed to
illustrate a series of fossils and rock-specimens collected during the
same time from the glacial, tertiary, and cretaceous formations of
the island, and from the metamorphic and igneous rocks of Esquimalt
and Victoria. The observations have been made at Esquimalt
and Nanaimo, and on board H.M.S. “Satellite”? in the Gulf of
Georgia. The references in the sketch-section annexed are to the
map of the 8.E. portion of Vancouver Island by J. D. Pemberton,
published by Arrowsmith. The beds are described in stratigraphical
order, commencing with the lowest.

1. Metamor Pphie and Igneous Rocks.—These are everywhere seen
in the neighbourhood of Esquimalt and Victoria, principally occurring
in the form of dark-green sandstones and shales, which pass by
insensible gradations into serpentine and chlorite-slate. They are
very full of small strings and veins of quartz. The harder beds are
very much jointed ; and it is often difficult to obtain a fresh fracture,
owing to their tendency to split into rhomboidal fragments, the sur-
faces of which are generally much rusted and tarnished from the action
of water infiltered through the joints. Several beds of unfossiliferous
crystalline limestone are associated with the metamorphic rocks
above-described, and are often of considerable thickness. A section
in the cliff at the Boundary Commission Barracks exhibits alterna-
tions of compact and shaly blue limestone over a thickness of forty
feet, the strata being vertical. At another point on the bay, the
same series of beds, with greater variation of mineral character, is
seen dipping to the northward, at an angle of 50°.

The metamorphic rocks assume a gneissic character to the north-
ward of Esquimalt. On the shores of Thetis Lake, about two miles
distant, dark-green sandstones and mica-slates occur, which are
penetrated by dykes of largely crystalline greenstone and syenite:
the former is made up of large black scales of hornblende and a light-
green felspar, and becomes syenitic by the addition of quartz. The
effect of these dykes on the rocks penetrated is very apparent, the
beds having been completely fused at the points of contact. At the
head of Victoria Harbour a dark laminated gneiss, with quartz-veins,
is exposed: the direction of the planes of lamination is N. 50° W.,

1859. | BAUERMAN—VANCOUVER ISLAND. 199

with a N.E. dip of 35°-45°. Between Victoria and Esquimalt,
along the coast, the section shows a series of highly altered rocks,
confusedly intermingled with intrusive traps and porphyries. These
igneous rocks occur in large dykes, generally splitting and ramifying
into small veins near the contact with the rocks into which they are
intruded: their general composition is of hard white and green
felspar, often mixed up with quartz, forming the rock known as
‘* Petrosilex”’ or “‘ Hornfels.” Other conditions are induced by the
addition of crystalline quartz and hornblende, forming quartz-
porphyry and syenite. These different varieties of composition are
often seen in the same section,—the porphyritic character of the
centre of the dyke shading down into the hard, white, flinty trap
which fills the small veins thrown out at the sides. These rocks do
not in any case appear to be interstratified; the impression they
convey is that of being offshoots from a granitic mass immediately
below.

The metamorphic character of the sedimentary rocks must be
ascribed entirely to chemical action, as no traces of slaty cleavage or
other mechanical action are anywhere observable. I have not been
able to obtain any evidence of their thickness or probable geological
position. I have examined the limestones and softer shales for fossils,
but without effect.

To the westward of Esquimalt, the older rocks are covered by
drift-deposits for some miles, and reappear in the form of black .
cherty sandstones; which are succeeded by a red porphyritiec rock,
very much altered by infiltration of water: it is very earthy from
the partial change of the felspathic base, contains large patches of
chlorite, and is feebly magnetic from containing magnetite in minute
quantity. In a soft clay-slate adjoining, a large lode occurs, dipping
to the N.E. at an angle of 75°; it is about five feet in thickness, but
contains no mineral of economic value. ‘The serpentinous rocks in
Esquimalt Harbour are in many places coated with a bright-green
incrustation resembling a carbonate or silicate of copper; but it
proves to be a hydrated protoxide-silicate of iron when closely
examined.

To the eastward of Victoria Harbour, the metamorphic and igneous
rocks are concealed by the drift. They are seen in Stewart’s Island,
in the Gulf of Georgia ; and in Saturna, the next island to the north,
their junction with a conglomerate of large angular fragments is
seen, which is succeeded by coarse grits and sandstones of the
tertiary period.

2. Cretaceous Rocks.—The section at Nanaimo, further to the
northward, exposes a series of beds containing cretaceous fossils,
underlying the coal-bearing grits. I have had no opportunity of
examining these deposits; but as far as I can ascertain from
descriptions by Mr. Lord (the naturalist to the expedition), who
collected most of the fossils, they consist of dark argillaceous shales,
full of casts of a small species of Inoceramus, and soft blue mar!s full
of septarian nodules, containing fossils. These consist chiefly of
Ammonites and Baculites; the latter the most abundant. The

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 2,

200

‘Lakydaod pur oytuead Jo sutoa kg poyeajeuiod pue pozeqyye Youur

-joy paey Jo soyXp OAISHAUL YALA ‘syoor
caodsel yonut YL
-£19 Jo sopqgod jo dn opeut ‘(WoOsR]-4[eS

TESTA TI VS POR

‘(y) Lejo-aoppnog Aq dn pa.teacd ‘oye]s-of1O] wooas-yaeq. “f
‘souospues pure soyeys oryduoureyoyL

aS
~
-

-—

“quIog S Aejneoe W

+MOqIe}] B0IIA

‘SOT G YJSUOT “GSW SuLvog

‘saoplnog pure soyqqed

400F QOG Moqe ssouyoryy [BIOL
‘(a) Sepo-yftap ong Aq Uoppry syoow “?
‘quoyspues Ay1oy youl “2
-Crydaod orypgedstes por Ayyaegt “7
‘squo\spuLS puL soTeYs oIdacouEJoTL

‘quosotuTT ontq youdunog -y
“dea o1ggeds

snourjuedaes useas-yaeqy “6

‘syooa Ayeys pure ourT]e4s

e Sursopoue) ytds-opourgg +f

poyoqyedos sureyuoo Avo oy,
jaavad puv spues &q poddeo

f

“aMOg.te H
speuumbs ay

(‘aTrur T Noge yuLyst(q)
‘aqtuads pus souojsuaais
DATSNAZUL GFT ‘ssloUS PUL 9}VIS-BOLAL

SS

(‘suiv[g §,10}s3UBg)
SILO [[VWS YHA potoao0o Ajasaeds aovjang

*s901} SNOJOJIUOD pus ‘uo0Sey pue

u10}30q [eIANTTY

yo ‘peoH
‘UIA Woqly
: “M

‘SoTL 9 YYSuOT “WN SuLteoq [eroues)

"SUNOgUD FT DLULOPILA PUD qounnbsy fo Ravuraia ayy ur “punjsyT saanooun 4 ‘fing jwhoap ur pasodaa woraas-ysno) ott fo yoy)

1859. | BAUERMAN-—VANCOUVER ISLAND. 201

surfaces of the shells are beautifully iridescent. In one instance I
found some fish-scales. The localities of the above fossils are two
cliffs in the valley of the Nanaimo River, about two miles to the
westward of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s settlement, and are known
as Pemberton’s and Stewart’s Banks. Another locality for similar
fossils is at Cormuck’s or Comoux Island, twenty-one miles to the
N.W. of Nanaimo, where they occur in cement-stone nodules on the
sea-shore. The specimens sent from the latter place were obtained
by Mr. Dallas, of the Hudson’s Bay Company, and Captain Stuart,
of the Company’s establishment at Nanaimo. The forms obtained
from these localities are as follows :—-

Fish-scales ............... Nanaimo River.

INantilunoreeeiee: en seoss is 5

AIMIMNONES fee ae ese Both localities.

iBaculites <si:c2-eeusceee ss: Very abundant in both localities.

mio ceramus |. .2.20- 4-0 2sp. Both localities.

oeeet a ne } Imperfect casts of interior of shell, Nanaimo River.

3. Lignite-bearing Tertiaries of Nanaimo.—These beds im-
mediately succeed the cretaceous rocks; and they are extensively
developed over a great extent of country, and form the mass of the
islands in the Gulf of Georgia as far south as Saturna Island.
Northward they occur at Fort Rupert, the most northerly settle-
ment on Vancouver Island. The sections at Nanaimo exhibit a
series of coarse sandstones, grits, and conglomerates, with sandy
micaceous flagstones, all of which appear to be unfossiliferous. The
sandstones, although intensely hard when freshly exposed, are very
concretionary in character, and weather very irregularly. They
contain in places large spherical masses of slightly ferruginous sand,
twelve to eighteen inches in diameter. Two seams of coal, averaging
six to eight feet each in thickness, occur in these beds, and are
extensively worked for the supply of the steamers navigating between
Victoria and the Frazer River. The coal is a soft black lignite, of
a dull earthy fracture, interspersed with small lenticular bands of
bright crystalline coal, and resembles some of the duller varieties of
coal produced in the South Derbyshire and other central coal-fields in
England. In some places it exhibits the peculiar jointed structure
(causing it to split into long prisms) which is commonly observed in
the brown-coal of Bohemia. A mineral allied to Retinite or Amber
is common in the more earthy portions. For economic purposes
these beds are very valuable. The coal burns very freely, and
yields a light pulverulent ash, giving a very small amount of slag
or clinker; its evaporative value is, however, much diminished by
its low specific gravity, and by the large quantity of thick black
smoke driven off on ignition.

Several partings of green shaly clay, full of the remains of plants,
occur in the coal-seams, chiefly impressions of grass-like plants and
large leaves. The shales are full of pyrites, and crumble on exposure
to the air, rendering it extremely difficult to preserve the fossils.
The American geologists are accustomed to assign these deposits to
the Miocene period; but as yet no marine fossils have been found

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 2.

at Nanaimo, so that im this locality there is no sure evidence on
which to base such an opinion.

The stratification of the tertiary rocks is very regular: the strike
of the beds follows the general direction of the coast of Vancouver
Island, from N.W. to S.E. The sections on the western side of the
island show steep cliffs, from 150 to 200 feet high,—the regularity
of the planes of deposition presenting the appearance of walls of
Cyclopean masonry. On the eastern side the beds slope down to
the water with a N. to N.K. dip of 10° to 25°. The total thickness
of the exposed sections is from 1500 to 2000 feet.

At Bellingham Bay, within the American Territory of Washington,
similar coal-bearing sandstones occur, and have been described by
Mr. Gibbs (Pacific Railway Reports, vol. 1. pp. 472, 473). The
eastern extension of these beds, north of the parallel of 49°, I hope
to be enabled to examine during the ensuing season.

4. Pleistocene Deposits——The Drift and Boulder-clay are ex-
tensively developed over the southern part of Vancouver Island
and the opposite coasts of Washington Territory and British Co-
lumbia. In the neighbourhood of Esquimalt and Victoria the rocks
are deeply scratched and grooved along the shore, and large boul-
ders are scattered irregularly over the surface of the country.
Blocks of a white syenitic granite are the largest and most numerous ;
angular masses, from 60 to 100 tons in weight, are of common
occurrence. The other rocks observed as erratics are a black cherty
conglomerate, similar to that described as underlying the tertiaries ;
dark laminated mica-slate, with well-defined garnet-crystals ; horn-
blende-rock and largely crystalline greenstone, and, rarely and in
small masses, vesicular obsidian and pitch-stone.

The following section exhibits the general character of the drift
at Esquimalt Harbour :—

Black sandy and peaty ground, with broken shells...... 2 to 6 feet.
Yellowish sandy clay, with casts of shells (Cardiwm 6 rarence

and Mya) and a few pebbles and boulders...... | Aue rey
Gravel of scratched pebbles, resting on rock ......... 2 to 3 feet.

The rocks are grooved and scratched at the junction ; the direc-
tion of the glacial markings is between N.-S. and N.N.W.-S.S.E.
In a well-sinking at Esquimalt Barracks, the lower gravel was
reached at forty-two feet, after gomg through a sandy blue clay
without shells or boulders. The section m the cliff between Albert
Head and Esquimalt is as follows :— Oe

lue drift-clay, wi 2 i i }
Ta ee

Fine sand and gravel, passing upwards into coarse
quartzose gravel

| 100 to 120 feet.

The results of the observations given above show the extension of
the lignite-bearing tertiaries to Vancouver Island, and the existence
of a system of cretaceous deposits underlying them ; but the problem
of determining the relations of the latter rocks to the underlying
strata will probably remain unsolved for a considerable length of time,
owing to the inaccessible nature of the interior of the island.

203

DONATIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

From November 1st, 1859, to December 31st, 1859.

I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS.
Presented by the respective Societies and Editors.

American Journal of Science and Arts. Second Series. Vol. xxviii.
No. 83. September 1859. From Prof. B. Silliman, For. M.GS.

R. Brown and A. yon Humboldt, Obituary notices of, 161, 290.

T. S. Hunt.—Formation of Gypsum and Magnesian Rocks, 170.

J. P. Lacaita.—Earthquakes in Southern Italy, 210.

C. Lyell.—Consolidation of Lava on steep slopes, 221.

O. N. Stoddard.—Glacial Striz on fragments im situ, 227.

S. Lyon and 8. A. Casseday.—Nine new species of Crinoidea from
the Subcarboniferous Rocks of Indiana and Kentucky, 235.

F. A. Genth.—Contributions to Mineralogy, 246.

J. Marcou’s ‘ Dyas and Trias,’ noticed by Sir R. Murchison, 256.

C. U. Shepard.—Supposed Meteoric Iron from North Carolina, 270.

ol MS ote primigenius from Indiana, 285.

R. C. Haskell.—Eruption of Mauna Loa, 284.

H. Falconer.—Ossiferous Caves near Palermo, 284.

J. Prestwich.—Bone-cave in Devonshire, 287.

J. W. Flower.—Flint-implements in gravel, 287.

C. Lyell.—C. P. Smyth’s supposed proofs of the Submarine Origin of
Teneriffe, 288.

A. C. Ramsay.—The old Glaciers of Switzerland and North Wales,
289

Newherry.—Cretaceous and other Rocks of New Mexico, 298.
No. 84. November 1859.

J. W. Mallet.—Nitride of Zirconium, 346.

Atomic weight of Lithium, 349.

O. M. Lieber.—Ancient and present Changes along the Coast of South
Carolina, 354.

J. G. Totten.—Sudden breaking of ice, 359.

T. S. Hunt.—Reactions of the Salts of Lime and Magnesia, and the
formation of Gypsums and Magnesian Rocks, 365.

J. L. Smith.—Meteoric Stones which fell in Indiana, March 28th,
1859, 409.

J. B. Trask.—Earthquakes in California during 1858, 447.

C. Johnston,—Eruption of Mount Hood, 448,

—_—
.

204 DONATIONS.

Antwerp. Bulletin de la Société Paléontologique de Belgique. Vol.1.
feuil. 1-4. 1858-1859.

A. Uyterhoeven.—Obituary notice of M. Galeotti, 15.
Nyst et Dewael.—Le Forage a Ostende, et Notice sur une Cyréne,
24, 27.

Assurance Magazine. Vol. viii. Part 5. No. 37. Oct. 1859.

Atheneum Journal. Nos. 1669-1679. Nov. and Dec. 1859.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &e.

F. Hochstetter.—Geology of New Zealand, 532.

E. Forbes and R. Godwin-Austen’s ‘The Natural History of the
Kuropean Seas,’ noticed, 535.

R. Wilson and J. Atkinson.—Fossil casts of Surface-cracks in the
New Red Sandstone of Runcorn, 565, 637.

Dr. Page’s ‘Handbook of Geological Terms,’ noticed, 569.

H. Ogden.—Shaped flints, 606.

C. Darwin ‘On the Origin of Species,’ noticed, 659.

J.S. Henslow and J. Prestwich.—Flint-celts at Hoxne, 668, 706, 740,
775, 853.

J. G. Francis’s ‘Beach Rambles,’ noticed, 707.

W. Brockie.—Flint Implements in the Drift at South Shields, 815.

——. ‘Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India,’ noticed, 855.

W. Trevelyan.—Works of Art in the Drift, 889.

Auckland Provincial Government Gazette. Vol. vii. No. 14.

F. Hochstetter.—Lecture on the Geology of the Province of Auck-
land, New Zealand, 38.

Australian and New Zealand Gazette. No. 414.

Basle. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel.
Zweiter Theil. 2. und 3. Abtheil. 1859.
P. Merian.—Kreideversteinerungen aus der Umgegend von Palermo,
344,
——. Ueber Belemniten, 345.
——. Fischbadriicke aus Pfirdt im Sundgau, 345.
——. Petrefacten aus den Kossener Schichten der Scesa Plana, 346.
——. Saurierwirbel im Oxfordkalk von Césigna, 347,
A. Miiller.—Ueber einige anormale Lagerungsverhaltnisse im Basler
Jura, 348 (plate).
Beobachtungen an Berglkrystallen und Granaten, 390.

Bengal Asiatic Society Journal. New Ser. No. 98. 1859.

W. Henderson.—On the nature and effects of the flooding of the
Indus on 10th August 1858, as ascertained at Attok, 199.

Bent’s Monthly Advertiser. Nos. 667, 668.
Berlin. Zeitschrift der Deutsch. geol. Gesell. Vol.x. Part 4. 1858.

Wedding.—Beitrag zu den Untersuchungen der Vesuvlaven, 375.

Heusser.—Zur Kenntniss des Brasilianischen Kiustengebirges, 412.

Burmeister.—Ueber die Tertiirformation von Parana, 425.

A. Reuss.—Ueber die Foraminiferen von Pietzpuhl, 453.

G. Jensch und H. B. Geinitz.—Melaphyr und Sanadinquarzporphyr
von Zwickau, 439.

G. Sandberger.—Ueber die Spiralen von Ammonites Amaltheus, A.
Gaytani und Gonratites intumescens, 446.

DONATIONS. 205

Berlin. Zeitschrift der Deutsch. geol. Gesell. Vol. xi. Part 1. 1858.

T. Burkart.—Ueber einem neuen Feuerausbruch im Gebirge von Real
del Monte, Mexico, 24.

. Auffindung des Phenakits in Mexico, 25.

A. von Strombeck.—Zur Kenntniss des Planers iiber der Westpha-
lischen Steinkohlenformation, 27.

A. Streng.—Ueber die Melaphyre des siidlichen Harzrandes, 78 (plate).

P. Acherson.—Die geissiellen der Mark Brandenburg, in ihrer Flora
nachgewiesen, 90 (map).

Rammelsberg.—Ueber den Gabbro von der Baste (Radauthal im
Harz), 101.

——. Ueber die Natur der gegenwartigen Eruptionen von Strom-
boli, 103.

G. von Rath.—Zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fische des Plattenberges
im Canton Glarus, 108 (3 plates).

Canada, Geological Survey of. Figures and Descriptions of Canadian
Organic Remains. Decade I. 1859. [Mollusca and Receptaculites. |

——. ——. Decade IV. 1859. [Echinodermata. |

Canadian Journal. New Series. Nos. 23, 24. Sept. to Nov. 1859.

D. Wilson.—Early notices of the Beaver in Europe and America, 359.

Hugh Miller’s ‘ Popular Geology,’ noticed, 406.

E. P. Harris’s ‘ Meteorites,’ noticed, 411.

J. Leidy and — Holmes.—The extinct American Horse, 414.

J. F. Smith.—Characteristic Fossils of the Hudson River Group of
Toronto, 450.

—. ‘Geological Survey of Canada,’ Decades 1 and 4, noticed, 465.

J. Hall—New American Trilobites, 491.

E. J. Chapman.— Columnaria alveolata and Stromatocerium rugosum
in Trenton Limestone, 493.

Silicate of Iron in the Limestone-beds of Lake St. John,

Rama, C. W., 493.

Mineralogical Notes, 493.

Canadian News. Nos. 89-93. 1859.
Critic. Vol. xix. Nos. 485-487.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.

R. Owen.—Classification of Recent and Fossil Reptilia, 398.
J. G. Francis’s ‘ Beach Rambles,’ noticed, 420.

Vol. xix. Nos. 488-495.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
C. Darwin ‘ On the Origin of Species,’ noticed, 528.
te) >] +]

Dublin. Royal Irish Academy. Proceedings. Vol. vii. Parts 3-8.
1858-59.
J. R. Kinahan.—On Oldhamia, 34 (cuts).
W. R. Wilde.—Ancient and Modern Races of Oxen in Ireland, 64
(cuts).
J. R. Kinahan.—A uniform mode of naming Type-divisions, 96.

Transactions. Vol. xxii. Part2. 1859.
H. L. Renny.—New Barometric Formula for Mountain-heights, 437.
8. Downing. —Drainage of Haarlem Lake, 449.

206 DONATIONS.

Dublin. Royal Irish Academy. Transactions (continued).

R. T. Forster.—Molecular Formation of Crystals, 489.

J. R. Kinahan.—The genus Oldhamia, 547 (woodcuts).

J. B. Jukes and S. Haughton.—Lower Paleozoic Rocks of the
South-east of Ireland, 563 (map).

Falmouth. The Twenty-sixth Annual Report of the Royal Cornwall
Polytechnic Society. 1858.

R. Q. Couch.—Mortality of Miners, 1.
W. Vivian.—Native Copper, 46 (plate).

Geological Survey of Great Britain.

J. B. Jukes.—The South Staffordshire Coal-field, 2nd edit. 1859.

H. H. Howell.—The Warwickshire Coal-field and the Permian Rocks
and Trias of the surrounding District; and

T. H. Huxley on Dasyceps Buckland, and Labyrinthodon, 1859.

Geologist. Nos. 23,24. Novy. and Dec. 1859.

S. J. Mackie—Common Fossils of the British Rocks, 421.

H. C. Salmon.—Formation of Ore-veins, 427.

Boucher de Perthes’s ‘Antiquités Celtiques et Antédiluviennes,’
noticed, 432, 478.

W. Pengelly.—Ossiferous Fissures of Oreston, 445.

E. Wood.—Geology of Wharfedale, 445.

Notes and Queries, 445, 490.

Reviews, 453, 496.

T. Davidson.—Carboniferous Brachiopoda of Scotland, 461 (plate).

Foreign Correspondence, 477.

J. Price and D. T. Ansted.—Slikenside, 482.

W. S. Symonds.—Fishes and Tracks on the Old Red Sandstone and
Passage-beds of Herefordshire, 485.

H. C. Sorby.—Structure of Cone-in-Cone, 485.

Proceedings of Societies, 486.

Heidelberg. Verhandlung des naturhistorisch-medizinischen Vereins.
Part 7. 1859.

Von Holle.—Ueber die Torfmoose der Gegend von Hannover, 241.
Hisenlohre.—Ueber die Erklarung der Farbenzerstreuung und des
Verhaltens des Lichtes in Krystallen, 37.

Horticultural Society of London. Proceedings. Vol. i. Nos.4 & 5,
7 & 8.
India, Geological Survey of. Memoirs. Vol. ii. Part 1.

H. B. Medlicott.—Vindhyan Rocks and their associates in Bundel-
cund (Geol. Map).

Institution of Civil Engineers. Proceedings. 1859-60. Nos. 1 & 2.

Catalogue of the Library. 1851.

———. Transactions. Vol. ii.

Vol. in.

P. W. MylIne.—On the supply of Water from Wells in the London
Basin, 229.

DONATIONS. 207

Institution of Civil Engineers. Proceedings. Vol. iii._xvii. 1844-58.
Vol. iv.

J. B, Redman.—Pipe-worm in Timber, 77.

Vol. v.

G. Buchanan.—Midlothian Coal-field, 338.
F, Braithwaite.—Deep Wells of the Metropolis, 478.

—. Vol. vi.
J. Glynn.—Canal between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, 399
(plate).
—— Vol. vii.
J. T. Harrison.—Motion of Shingle, Sand, &c., 327 (2 plates).
— Vol. viii.
J. Richardson.—Coal-field and Coal of South Wales, 82.
——. ——. Vol. ix.

J. Paton.—Southend Pier and the Zeredo navalis, 23 (plate).

J. A. Lloyd.—Canal between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, 58.
J. C. Clutterbuck.—Chalk-water-level under London, 151 (plate).
KE. Hopkins.—Geological Section of the Andes, 182.

D. T. Ansted.—Water-contents of Chalk, 360.

Vol. x.

J. Leslie—Mode of computing the Quantity of Water in a Stream,
so as to exclude Floods, 327.
H. Cox.—Rotation of the Earth, 320.

Vol. xi.

C. May.—Ivon-ore near Middlesbro’-on-Tees, 28.
J. B. Redman.—The South Coast of England, 162 (plate).

— Vol. xu.
—. —. Vol. xiii.
——. Vol. xiv.
P. W. Barlow.—Water-bearing Strata of the London Basin, 42.

i Vol. xv.

E. Hopkins.—Vertical Structure of Gold-bearing Rocks, 47 (plate).
——, Vol. xvi.

W. Sowerby.—Iron-Ore at the foot of the Himalayas, 82.

Memoir of the Rev. Dr. Buckland, 102.
——. Vol. xvii.

Lausanne. Bulletin de la Societé Vaudoise. Vol. vi. No. 44.
June 1859.

A. Morlot.—Sur le terrain quartaire du Bassin du Léman, 101.

C. T. Gaudin.—Dosage du limon de l’Arus, 129.

Venetz.—Sur le glacier diluvien de la Vallée du Rhéne, 129.

C. T. Gaudin et H. Falconer.—La faune fossile du Val de l’Arus, du
Glamorganshire, de Palerme, &c., 130.

C. T. Gaudin.—Climat de l’époque Molassique en Suisse, 134,

——. Un fruit de 7huya fossile des Travertins, 135.

Ph, De la Harpe.—Géologie de St. Maurice, 139.

208 DONATIONS,

Lausanne. Réglements de la Société Vaudoise. 1859.
Linnean Society of London. List of Fellows. 1859.
Transactions. Vol. xxu. Pt. 4.
Journal of the Proceedings. Vol. iv. No. 15. -
Literary Gazette. New Series. Vol. iti. Nos. 69-79.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
J. Anderson’s ‘The Geological Age of Man,’ noticed, 443.

‘Dura Den,’ noticed, 446.

D. Page’s ‘ Handbook of Geological Terms,’ noticed, 448.

5 No. 72.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.

K. Forbes and R. Godwin-Austen’s ‘The Natural History of the
Huropean Seas,’ noticed, 542.

C. Darwin’s ‘On the Origin of Species,’ noticed, 609, 633.

London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. 4th
Series. Vol. xvii. Nos. 121-123. Nov. and Dec. 1859. From
Dr. W. Francis, F.G.S.

J. H. Pratt.—Thiclkness of the Earth’s Crust, 344.

F. C. Calvert and R. Johnson.—Specific Gravity of Alloys, 354.
W. Odling.—Ortho- and Meta-silicates, 368.

H. Debray.—Azurite, 397.

G. Stiideler.—Kapnicite and Wavellite, 400.

S. Haughton.—Thickness of the Karth’s Crust, 420.

W.S. Symonds.—Passage-beds at Ledbury, 474.

F. Bernal.—Mud-volcanos of Turbaco, 475.

W. Weekes.—Coal at Auckland, New Zealand, 475.

H. Bauerman.—Geology of Vancouver's Island, 475.

R. I. Murchison.—Geology of the North-west Highlands, 476.
P. Beauvallet.— Vanadium in the Clay of Gentilly, 480.

R. Bunsen.—Blowpipe Experiments, 515.

B. C. Brodie.-—Atomic weight of Graphite, 539.

Mechanics’ Magazine. New Series. Vol. iu. Nos. 43-63.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
Melbourne. ‘Transactions of the Philosophical Institute of Victoria.
Vol. ii. 1859.
L. Becker.—Rate of the Upheaval of the South Australian Coast, 7.
J. E. Woods.—Tertiary Deposit in South Australia, 85,
Meteorological Society (British). Sixth, Seventh, and Highth
Reports of the Council. 8vo. London. 1356-59.
Milan. Atti dell’ I. R. Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere ed
Arti. Vol. 1. fasc. 6-9, 1858; and fasc. 12-14, 1859.
——. Memorie dell’ I. R. Istituto Lombardo. Vol. vu. fase. 4.
1858.
Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Mos-
cou. 1858. No. 2.

H. Trautschold.—Ueber die Geologie von Spanien, 501 (map).
Le Volcan de Vile de Chiachkotan, 671.

DONATIONS. 209

Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Mos-
cou, 1858. Nos. 3 & 4.

R. Hermann.—Ueber die Trennung der Tantalsiiure von der Siiure
des Niobiums; und iiber Pelopsiure, 88.

Ueber den Graphit aus der Kirgisen-Steppe, 530.

——. KEinige Wismutherze, 533.

G. Belke.—Hsquisse de histoire naturelle de Kamienietz-Podolski,
97

H.Trautschold.— Ueber den Einfluss des Bodens auf die Pflanzen, 329.

. Recherches géologiques aux environs de Moscou, 546 (2 plates).

H. von Meyer.—Ueber fossile Saurierknochen aus dem Orenburg-
ischen Gouvernement, 561.

1859. No. 1.

G. Belke.—L’histoire naturelle de Kamienietz-Podolski, 24.

RK. Hermann.—Die Gruppe der Uransilicate gehorenden Mineralien,
107.

W. Hichler.—Einige Osmiumyerbindungen, 152.

Hi. Trautschold.—Ein Gedenkblatt fiir Alexander von Humboldt, 297.

New Granada. Sociedad de Naturalistas Neo-Granadinos. Estatutos.
1859.

Palazontographical Society. Monographs for 1857. 1859.

T. Wright.—A Monograph of the British Fossil Echinodermata from
the Oolitic Formations. Part 3.

T. Davidson.—Monograph of the British Fossil Brachiopoda. Part
5: Carboniferous brachiopoda, 2nd portion.

R. Owen. Monograph of the British Fossil Reptilia: Supplement
(No. 1) to the Monograph on the Fossil Reptilia of the Cretaceous
Formations; Supplement (No. 2) to the Monograph on the Fossil
Reptilia of the Wealden Formations.

G. Busk.—A Monograph on the Fossil Polyzoa of the Crag.

Paris. Comptes Rendus de l’Acad. des Scienées. Vol. xlix. Nos.
2-15. 1859. Deux. Semestre.

Philadelphia, Academy of Natural Sciences of. Journal. New Series.
Vol. iv. Part 2. 1859.

: Proceedings. 1859. Sheets 1-19.

F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden.—Geology of Kansas, 8.

J. Leidy.—Tooth of Mastodon from Honduras, and Mosasaurus from
New Jersey, 91, 110; Synonymy of the American Mosasaurus, 92 ;
Fossil Fishes from Virginia, 110; Sombrero Guano with Bones,
111; Fossil Deer, 111; Mammalian and other Fossils from Caro-
lina, 162; Antler of Reindeer in a Peat-bog, 194.

Simmons.—Debituminization of Coal, 162.

Lewis.—Dead Shells of Cyclas and Unio in a Canal, 177.

Holmes.—Post-pliocene Fossils from South Carolina, 177.

W. M. Gabb.—Catalogue of the Invertebrate Fossils of the Creta-
ceous Formation of the United States, pp. 1-20.

Photographic Society. Journal. Nos, 91 & 92.
Ray Society. Report of the Council. 1859.

Royal Astronomical Society. Monthly Notices. Vol. xviii, 1858.

jl on, Memos, Vol, Seyi Loo,

210 DONATIONS.

Royal Dublin Society. Journal. No. 15. Oct. 1859.

R. Galloway.—Soils and Plants, 351.

E. Brennan and A. Carte. —Remains of Elephants and other animals
in a cavern at Shandon, Waterford, 345 (5 plates).

S. Haughton.—Carboniferous Nautilus, 357.

Royal Geographical Society. Journal. Vol. xxvii. 1858.
R. I. Murchison.—Anniversary Address, cxxiil.
A. C. Gregory.—North Australia, 1 (map).
R. Moffat.—South Africa, 153, 174 (map).
S. Muller.—New Guinea, 264.
H. Rink.—Greenland and Polar Sea, 272 (map).
W. Lockhart.— Yellow River of China, 288.
J. T. Thomson.—Otago, New Zealand, 298 (map).
J. Power.—State of San Salvador, Central America, 349.
S. Muller.—Geology of the Western portion of Timor, 368.
Peschurof and others.—River Amur, 376 (map).

Royal Institution of Great Britain. List of the Members, &c. for
1858. 1859.

Society of Arts. Journal. Vol. vii. Nos. 361-363.
F. Ransome.—Soluble Silicates, 758.

——, ——. Vol. vii. No. 364. Vol. viii. Nos. 365 & 371.
Well-boring, 106.

Statistical Society. Journal. Vol. xxi. Part 4. 1859.

Stockholm. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar. Ny Foljd.
Volt iy arta forlsore yy lisa9:
A. E. Nordenskiold.—Bidrag till Liran om den Izistallografiska
Tsomorfin och Dimorfin.
——. Ofversigt af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhandlingar, 1858. 1859.

A. E. Nordenskiold.—Berikning af fasta Landets Hojning vid Stock-
holm, 296.

——. Beriittelse om Framstegen 1 Insekternas, Myriapodernas och
Arachnidernas Natural-Historia for 1855 och 1856, till Kongl.
Vet.-Akad. afgifven af C. H. Boheman, 1859.

Tasmania, Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of. Supple-
ment to Vol. i. (Meteorological Tables, 1856-8).
Zoological Society of London, Proceedings. 1859. Part 2. March
to June.
W. Baird.—Entomostraca (Recent and Fossil) from Nagpur, 282.

——, Transactions. Vol.iv. Part 6. 1859.
H. E. Strickland.—On some Bones of Birds allied to the Dodo, 187
(plate).
W. J. Broderip.—Additional Evidence relative to the Dodo, 188
(plate), 197.

DONATIONS. PAL

II. GEOLOGICAL CONTENTS OF PERIODICALS PUR-
CHASED FOR THE LIBRARY.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 3rd Series. Vol. iy.
Nos. 23 & 24. Nov. and Dec. 1859.

W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones.—Nomenclature of the Foraminifera,
333.

Leonhard and Bronn’s Neues Jahrbuch fiir Min. &e. Jahrgang 1859.
Viertes Heft.

P. Reinsch.—Chemische Untersuchung der Glieder der Lias- und
Jura-Formation in Franken, 385.

Fr. Armbrust.—Einige Bemerkungen iiber Belemnitella mucronata
und B. quadrata, V’Orb., 421.

Fr. Wiser.—Mineralogische Notizen, 424.

Letters; Notices of Books, Mineralogy, Geology, and Fossils.

Finftes Heft.

C. Deffner und O. Fraas.—Die Jura-Versenkung bei Langenbriicken.
513 (map and sections).

A. Kop.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Steinkohlen-Formation und des
Rpittiogendon im Erzgebirg’schen Bassin, 532 (plate).

Letters; Notices of Books, Mineralogy, Geology, and Fossils,

Meyer’s (H. von) Paleontographica. Vol. vii. Part 1.

H. von Meyer.—Sguatina (Thamna) speciosa aus dem lithogr.
Schiefer von Eichstiitt, 3 (plate).

. Asterodermus platypterus aus dem lithogr. Schiefer von
Kelheim, 9 (plate).

——. Archeonectes pertusus aus dem Ober-Devon der Eifel, 12
(plate).

——. Fossile Chimeriden aus dem Portland von Hannover, 14
(plate).

——. Perca Alsheimensis und P. Moguntina aus dem Mittel-Rhei-
nischen Tertiar-Becken, 19 (plate).

——. Stenopelix Valdensis aus der Wealden-Formation Deutsch-
land’s, 25 (2 plates).

Sclerosaurus armatus aus dem Bunten Sandstein von Rhein-

feldern, 35 (plate).

Meles vulgaris aus dem Diluvialen Charen-Kalke bei Weimar,

41 (plate).

——. Vol. viii. Parts1&2. Oct. 1859.
C. v. Heyden.—Fossile Insekten aus der Rheinischen Braunkohle, 1

(plates).

——. Fossile Insekten aus der Braunkohle von Sieblos, 15 (plate).

H. v. Meyer.—Micropsalis papyracea aus der Rheinischen Braunkohle,
18 (plate).

-—. Eryon Raiblanus aus den Raibler Schichten in Kiirnthen, 27

late).

Ve 3 Hagen.—Petalura ? acutipennis aus der Braunkohle yon Sieb-
los, 22 (plate).

R. Ludwig.—Die Najaden der Rheinisch-Westphiilischen Stein-
kohlen-Formation, 331 (2 plates).

.Fossile Pflanzen aus der altesten Abtheilung der Rheinisch-

Wetterauer Tertifir-Formation, 39 (9 plates).
VOL. XVI.—PART I. Q

212 DONATIONS.

Ill. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS.
Names of Donors m Italies.

Anderson, J. Dura Den. A monograph of the Yellow Sandstone
and its remarkable Fossil Remains. 1859.

Archiac, A. d’. Note sur le genre Otostoma. 1859.

Note sur les Fossiles recueillis par M. Pouech dans le terrain
tertiaire du département de lAriége. 1859.

Billings, E. On the Fossil Corals of the Devonian Rocks of Canada
West. 1859.

Bravard, A. Monografia de los Terrenos Marinos Terciarios de las
Cercanias del Parana. From L. Horner, Esq., F.GS.

Copland, J. Notice sur le Mine de Cornaline de Barotch, entre
Bombay et Brouda. 1856.

Darwin, C, On the Origin of Species by means of Natural Selection.
1859.

Daubeny, C. Supplement to ‘ Descriptions of Volcanos.’ 1859.

Dawson, J. W. On the Microscopic Structure of some Canadian
Limestones. 1859.

Dorlhac, J. Note sur les dépéts houillers de Brassac et de Langeac.
(Haute-Loire) 1859.

Espy, J. P. The Fourth Meteorological Report. 4to. Washington,
1857. From the U.S. Government.

Glaisher, J. On the Determination of the Mean Temperature of
every day in the year, from 1814 to 1816. From the Meteorologi-
cal Society.

On the Meteorological and Physical Effects of the Solar
Eclipse of March 15, 1858. From the Meteorological Society.

On the Meteorology of England, South of Scotland, and
Parts of Ireland. June 1853 to June 1859. From the Metcorologi-
cal Society.

——. On the Meteorology of Scotland, June 1856 to Dec. 1857.
From the Meteorological Society. in

Hayden, F.v. Geological Sketch of the Estuary and Freshwater
Deposit forming the Bad Lands of Judith River. 1859.

Hogg, J. On the History of Iceland and the Icelandic Language
and Literature. 1859.

Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring Jorden under
Befal af C. A. Virgin aren 1851-53. Zoologi, ii. 1859. From
the Roy. Acad. of Stockholm.

DONATIONS. 213

_

Lea, [. Observations on the genus Unio. Vol. vii. pt.1. 1859.

Leidy, J. "Extinct Vertebrata from the Judith River and the great
Lignite-formation of Nebraska. 1859.

Lubbock, J. On the Ova and Pseudova of Insects. 1859.
Mackie, S. J. Original Diagrams for Lectures. 1859.

Table of the Divisions and Subdivisions of the Animal and
Vegetable Kingdoms. 1859.

Marcou, J. Dyas et Trias; ou le nouveau Grés Rouge en Europe
dans Amérique du Nord et dans Inde. 1859.

Massalongo. Syllabus Plantarum Fossilium hucusque in forma-
tionibus Tertiariis agri Veneti detectarum. 1859.

Morlot, A. Considérations générales sur Archéologie. 1859.

Mylius,G. F. Memorabilia Saxonize Subterranee. 1720. From
Edgar Barkway, Esq.

Parker, W. K., and 7. R. Jones. On the Nomenclature of the
Foraminifera. 1859.

Reeve, L. Elements of Conchology. Pt. 16. 1859.

Sandberger, F. Die Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiirbeckens. Drittes
Heft. 1859.

Scharff, F. Ueber den Quarz. 1859.
Suess, E. Ueber die Wohnsitze der Brachiopoden. 1859.

Tyndall, J. On the Physical Phenomena of Glaciers. Part I.:
Observations on the Mer de Glace. 1859.

Vernewl, E. de, et Collomb. Géologie du Sud-est de l’Espagne.
1857.

Volkmann, G. A. Silesia Subterranea. 1720. From HE. Barkway,
Esq.

Wood, E. Notes of a Geological Tour in Wharfedale. 1859.

19 Nautical Memoirs, &. 1858, 1859. Presented by the Dépét de
la Marine.

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PROCEEDINGS

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

NovemsBer 16, 1859.

Julian Horn Tolmé, Esq., C.E., 20 Queen’s Square, Bloomsbury ;
Thomas Harlin, Esq., M.A., Fellow of St. Peter’s College, Cam-
bridge, C.E., 13 Duke Street, Westminster ; John Lancaster, Esq.,
Etruria Hall, Stoke-upon-Trent, Staffordshire ; Arnold Rogers, Esq.,
F.R.C.S.E., 16 Hanover Square, and the Hon. Robert Marsham, the
Mote, Maidstone, were elected Fellows.

The following communication was read :—

SUPPLEMENTAL OpseRvAtIONS on the OnpER of the Ancrent SrraTirreD
Rocks of the Norru of Scottanp, and their associated Enuptive
Rocks. By Sir Ropertck I. Murcuisoy, V.P.R.S., F.G.8., Di-
rector-General of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, &e.

[See the Map, pl. 12, vol. xv.]

ConvENTs.,
Introduction. Additional Observations on the
Fundamental Gneiss. Tract of Durness.
Cambrian Rocks of the North-west | Section across Loch Eriboll to the
Coast. adjacent country on the East,

Silurian Quartz-rocks and Limestone. | Igneous Rocks of Sutherland.

Assynt. Eastern Gneissose Rocks of Sutherland

Section of Ben More of Assynt. and Ross.

Transverse Section from the West | Gneissose Rocks of the more Southern
End of Loch Stack to the East | Highland Counties.
End of Loch More. | Conclusion,
Introduction. —Having stated, in my last communication* on this
subject, that I proposed to revisit the North of Scotland, in order to

* Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xv, p. 359, note.
VOL. XVI.-——PART I. K

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 16,

ascertain still more completely if my general views respecting the
older rocks were correct, before I issued a small general geological
sketch-map of that region *, I now redeem my promise by offering the
following supplemental observations.

As the classification: which I had proposed involved very consi-
derable changes in all preconceived ideas relating to the age of
many of the so-called primary crystalline rocks of the Highlands, I
naturally felt a strong desire that the Local Director of the Geo-
logical Survey of Great Britam, who was as much interested as
myself in adopting a correct view of the true order of nature, should
accompany me.

The observations, therefore, which I now offer, flow from the joint
examination of the country by Professor Ramsay and myself,——
certain special improvements of the map of Sutherland, and the more
correct delineation of outlines of formations, being due to my fellow-
labourer, who spared no labour in ascending the highest summits
to determine the real relations of the rock-masses.

The whole of this subject having undergone discussion at the late
meeting of the British Association, at Aberdeen, subsequently to my
last survey, and Professor Nicol having there expressed his dissent
from that essential part of the classification whereby I separate the
old or fundamental gneiss of the west coast from other flaglhke
eneissose and micaceous rocks on the east, it has been a source of
satisfaction to me that Professor Harkness, who has since visited the
west of Sutherland to examine all the critical sections, has arrived
at precisely the same conclusions as Prof. Ramsay and myself, as
will appear in the sequel.

Fundamental Gneiss.—In addition to the broad distinction formerly
pointed out between this massive and intensely crystallized old rock
and all the superior and younger rocks of gneissose character,
marked attention must be paid to the great discordance in the strike
or direction of these two rocks.

The dominant strike of the fundamental gneiss of the north-west
coast is from N.N.W. to 8.8.E., whilst that of the quartz-rocks,
limestone, and superior strata, whether micaceous or gneissic, is from
N.N.E. to 8.8. W., as explained in this diagram (fig. 1). Again, look-

Fig. 1.—Diagram-plan showing the general re-
lations of the Old or Fundamental Geiss (a)
to the crystalline Lower Silurian rocks (¢ and
d) where the intervening Cambrian rocks (6)
are absent.

a. Old gneiss. :
c, d. Quartz-rocks, limestones, mica-schists, and gneiss-
ose flagstones.

* This map (Pl. 12. of vol. xv.) was published with No. 62 of this Journal.

MURCHISON—-NORTH HIGHLANDS, 217

1859. ]

"syooy snoousy x "yo0d-zyrent aoddq *~
‘sOUOJSoeT SNoddvoTUL puB osoz}AENt) “p "O01 SNOOUST Pozw[VOAOJUT GILA ‘OUO4SIUIT]T AOMO'T *~o
"WOOL SNOOTST poyeTRO.TOZUT ILA “Ys[TY Yoo Jo ouoysoury wodd y +42 *YOOd-zy.10N?) JaMOT °9
£0 ° el 9
IGA OO Ww
, Bat ti
a it
: : i
ee |
be i
*YS[Ly-Wd0[UT yy O10] Lag jo adunyyz B a “pdurepeuyouy o< a >
a ee Fees =
e of Foe Abs
a re ~ZEB 3
ae BY? 5
‘N 4q ‘of ‘SOTIUL XIs Jnoqe yySuNT “zulissH ur woyoag pazyn.gVayn—'e “ST ‘S 4q "MA
‘OHMOTY pur esooyry ATTBUOIsBIDO ‘soUOJSSUP, SMOooLVOTUL PUL DISSIOL “zp "SNOAJITISSOF ‘OUOISOWIVT IOMO'T *;9
‘SqSTT[OS SNodowoIU OFUL Surssed yoo.t-zjawn~y ysouttodd yA +p ‘sapyauUp YALA ‘Yood-2,1uN’) JOMO'T *9
‘ouojsoury todd *a “OJVIDULO][FUOD PUR 9UOISpuS UBLIQUIBD *Y
‘SaPYIUUp PUB SP.L2I0Y7UQ YY f yood-zyawn’y todd gq *g9 "ssIoUd [BJUOMIUpUNg “”
270 9 =
= ZZ, psy
ANE “ACNUM

‘sso pun punpwaysng fo sam-ypwoNT oy? U2 syooyT yp fo worssr09ng pouauah ayn Burmoys wonoas-uniboug—'% “S17

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SGCIETY. [ Nov. 16,

ing at the prevalent inclination of this older gneiss, we find that it
is usually to the west, whilst the overlying rocks in question, extend-
ing over enormous areas, dip everywhere to the east (fig. 2). Pass-
ing over the red and chocolate-coloured Cambrian sandstone (6), we
find that the first succeeding quartz-rocks and limestone (¢), as well
as the next overlying micaceous schists and gneissose strata (d),
have a prevalent N.N.E. and 8.S.W. strike (deviating, it is true,
to the N. and 8., but never assuming the direction of the old or
fundamental gneiss), and with a determined prevalent dip to the east.
Looking to this fact, and to the clear order of superposition (as
expressed in the general section, fig. 2), and to a decided mineral
distinction between the true bottom-rock (a) and all the strata which
overlie them to the east, the hypothetical suggestion thrown out by
Prof. Nicol at the meeting of the British Association at Aberdeen,
that the eastern or gneissose and micaceous rock may be simply the
older gneiss exposed by denudations or brought up by faults, cannot,
in my opinion, be entertained. This point will presently be ilus-
trated by fresh sections, when, having treated of the fossiliferous
Lower Silurian (¢), we come to those crystalline mica-schists and
quasi-gneissose strata (d@) which repose upon them.

In the mean time I may state that, after carefully examining the
fundamental gneiss from Loch Inver to Durness, and then imme-
diately contrasting it with the upper micaceous and gneissose strata,
Prof. Ramsay and myself were quite as much struck with the great
lithological dissimilarity of structure and the different direction
of the two sets of rocks, as we are prepared to prove, by distinct
natural evidences in the field, that they are widely separated from
each other by an unquestionable order of superposition, and can never
be merged under the same colour and represented by the same letter,
as they have been in all previous geological maps of Scotland. Let
any geologist traverse, for example, the Kyles of Strom, on the west
coast of Sutherland, and there examine all the highly crystalline,
ponderous, grey gneiss, extending to Scourie. and Loch Stack, or
view the grand development of the same rock, with huge granitic
intrusions, on the shores of Loch Laxford, where it forms the base
of the Fionavin range of quartz-rock, and its extension into Ben
Spionnach, and then contrast that subjacent rock with the mica-
ceous flaggy strata lying to the east of Assynt, Loch More, and Loch
Eriboll, and he will, I doubt not, arrive at the conclusion maintained
in my previous memoirs.

Cambrian Rocks of the North-west Coast.—I have no modification
to make in what has been already stated respecting these rocks, but
would merely enlarge upon certain details respecting them. Thus,
in referring to the pictorial frontispiece at the head of the last
edition of ‘ Siluria,’ the reader must understand that the chocolate-
coloured horizontal sandstone extends over a larger area under the
peak of Queenaig than is there represented.

Tn regard to the base of the Cambrian or Longmynd sandstone, as
resting on the fundamental gneiss, it is well also to point the special
attention of travelling geologists to the junctions near the Gwalin

1859. | MURCHISON—NORTH HIGHLANDS. 219

Inn, or between Rhiconich and Durness. There, these bottom-beds,
in the form of pebbly red conglomerate, quite identical with that on
the summit of Cape Wrath*, are well exposed in nearly horizontal
beds on the banks of the rivulet which descends from the high
plateau two miles south of the Gwalin, and again to the north of
that inn on the sides of the high road. Here, as at Cape Wrath and
elsewhere, all the pebbles consist of the fundamental gneiss or of
the associated red granite.

In their simple uniform composition, these very ancient sandstones
and red conglomerates differ essentially from the much younger
Old Red Sandstone which is exposed on the East Coast, where the
pebbles and ingredients change, as before shown, with those older
rocks respectively on which they repose, and out of the materials of
which they are composed.

These Cambrian rocks, which are so nobly exposed in mountain-
masses along the West Coast, are confined (the reader will recollect)
to that western meridian, and nowhere advance more than a few
miles eastward into the interior of the mainland ; but, as they oecur
as coarse conglomerates on the eastern shore of the Island of Lewis
(where they also rest on a vast breadth of the fundamental gneiss),
they must certainly at one period have been much more extensively
distributed. The district, on the mainland, where these Cambrian
strata can be most easily studied is in the mountain of Queenaig in
Assynt, particularly along the fine escarpment between its summit
and the Kyle of Strom, where they repose in striking unconforma-
bility upon the old gneiss, and are covered, also unconformably, by
the quartz-rocks of Lower Silurian age.

The phenomenon relating to these Cambrian sandstones which
may well strike the geologist as he passes over the summits of
Suilven and Queenaig, is that these very ancient rocks, on which
unquestionably the Lower Silurian rocks repose, should be simply
sandstones and grits which have undergone much less change than
the sandstone which lies upon them,—the latter having been metamor-
phosed into quartz-rock. However difficult it may be to account for
this fact, it is at all events most instructive as regards the origin and
succession of life in the crust of the earth, and sustains my view of a
beginning. For here (and I have applied the same argument before
to the Cambrian sandstones of the Longmynd, which certainly un-
derlie the quartz-rock of the Stiper Stones) the older of the two rocks
in Scotland has offered no trace of fossils, whilst the more crystallized
structure above exhibits unmistakeable signs of former living things.

Silurian Quartz-rocks and Limestones—The excursion of last
summer reassured me that I had not erred in stating that the great
band of limestone of Assynt, Durness, &c., was fairly interealated in
quartz-rock, both inferior and superior ; that, besides the chief band,
there was another and superior limestone overlying the upper quartz-
rock ; and further, that all these were conformably superposed by

* See former description of these pebble-beds, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.
vol. xv. p. 362.
+ See ‘Silurian System,’ p. 284, and ‘ Siluria,’ 2nd edit. p. 39.

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Noy. 16,

flaglike micaceous rocks, which in parts have the same constituent
particles as gneiss.

Let us first consider a few additional data, explanatory of this
view, as derived from the last examination of the tracts of Assynt,
DPEEese. Eriboll, &e.

Assynt. —_New sections are now offered, to show ‘one completely
the chief limestones lie between lower ‘and upper quartz-rocks.
Another section is added to demonstrate how all this quartzose
series is followed by a second or superior limestone, which, in its
turn, is overlain by micaceous and gneissose schists, ke. The first
of these (fig. 3, p. 217) may be seen by any one who walks from
near the post-office of Assynt, on the west, across the ridges of lime-
stone, to the hills on the east-by-north.

The lower quartz-rock, which slopes down from the edges of the
Cambrian rock of the Canisp, presents its uppermost band only on
the side of the Loch, and is followed by the passage-beds with
Fucoids and Annelides formerly described, ‘To these succeed light-
grey limestones, of concretionary structure, which, on approaching
an intercalated band of syenitic greenstone, become dark-coloured
and fetid under the hammer. This syenitic greenstone, which is
best exposed at a turn of the road about a mile west of Inchnadampff,
is from 40 to 50 feet thick, and as regularly bedded as the limestone
below and above it, though, on examination, it is seen to be a true
igneous rock, containing crystals of hornblende, with felspar and
quartz. In other parts it weathers into a softer mass, and might
there be taken for a volcanic ash.

The limestone above this igneous rock is, indeed, more altered
than that which lies beneath it, and is in parts a crystalline marble,
which, many years ago, a speculator began to work for ornamental
purposes. These limestones and marbles, with their associated
igneous rocks, can be traced at intervals from 13 mile to the west of
Inchnadampff, along the escarpment of Stromchrubie, to near El-
phin, altogether a distance of about eight miles.

Ascending from these dark limestones and marbles, dipping from
25° to 30° to the east and east-by-north, you pass over successive
ledges of partially brecciated and scaly-fractured, lighter- coloured
layers, and next over a succession of lighter-coloured limestone,
containing, however, one dark band. On rising towards the hill of
Cnoc-an-drein, a steep scarp presents a most systematic aseend-
ing section, the strata in which, rising gradually in inclination
to about 40°, pass up into, and are conformably surmounted by,
the upper quartz-rock. But, whether the inclination rises to 40° or
diminishes to 25°, as at the east end of the ridge above the Manse
of Ichnadampff, the limestone is everywhere symmetrically overlain
by the upper quartz-rock. This upper quartz differs from the lower
only in being less grey and white, and in having more of a pinkish
colour ; but it resembles the older rock in containing Annelide-tubes,
which often traverse several layers of the rock*. The accompanying

* See woodcut, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xv. p. 368.

1859. | MURCHISON—NORTH HIGHLANDS. 221

section, fig. 4, drawn and sent to me by Prof. Harkness, confirms
distinctly my view of the limestone being merely a subordinate part

Fig. 4.—Section South-west of Cnoc-an-drein. Inchnadampff.

W.S.W. E.N.E.
SN
- J 4 wv
1, Lower Limestone, cherty. 4. Thin limestone.
2. Thick-bedded white quartz-rock. 5. Thick-bedded quartz-rock.

3. Purple quartz-rock, with Serpulites.

of the quartz-rock series. He has detected one thin course of
limestone at the spot indicated, above the Manse of Inchnadampff.

By walking along the summit of Cnoc-an-drein, and about 150
feet above the limestone, I observed in one spot a small portion of
apparently intrusive felspar-rock ; but it had no persistence right or
left, and did not affect the dip of the strata, any more than the
syenitic greenstone in the heart of the limestone. Continuing this
section, however, the upper quartz-rock is soon seen to be affected
by a down-cast fault on the east ; though the strata, rising with a
reversed inclination, are seen, as in fig. 3, to be the same as those
to the west of the fault, as they also exhibit a pink tint*, and contain
similar Annelide-tubest. Thence the upper quartz, which is a con-
tinuation of the chief mass of the adjacent lofty mountains, including
Ben More of Assynt,undulates for great distances to the east-by-north,
and finally in Kinloch-Ailsh dips under another limestone covered by
mica-schists and gneissose strata, of which hereafter.

I have first dwelt on the parts of this section near Inchna-
dampff to show, first, that igneous rocks included in the heart of the
limestone and overlying quartz-rock do not operate as lines of se-
paration ; and secondly, that the first notable fault which can be
detected is not between the limestone and the overlying strata, but
is actually within the upper quartz itselft. It will presently be
shown that such faults are very numerous, and are quite irrespect-
ive of the age of the deposits. Several of these were laid down,

* This distinction of colour is purely local; for the upper quartz also
weathers white over large areas.

+ Since the memoir was read, more extended and more perfect evidences of
the existence of these large Sea-worms or Annelides have been found in the hard
quartz-rocks of the lofty mountain of Fionavin (porous quartz-rock), by the sons
of Mr. Clark of Eriboll. ‘These burrows, many inches deep, and as large as a
man’s finger, resemble closely those made by the great lob- or lug-worm of the
fishermen (Arenicola piscatorum), and, by the arrangement of the once sandy
material, afford evidence of the upward and downward movements of the ancient
worm. They are for the most part in A roa like those Annelides so well de-
scribed by Mr. Binney from the paving-flags near Manchester.

t See Professor Nicol’s statement, that a great fault occurs between the lime-
stone and the upper quartz; and his diagram, bringing up the older quartz on
the dip-side of the limestone (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 25).

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 16,

after laborious walks, by Professor Ramsay on the Duke of Suther-
land’s map, which I submit to the inspection of the Society; but I
would here observe that no attempt can be made to insert all these
faults with accuracy until accurate Ordnance Survey Maps of the
region shall have been completed.

“AS bearing on the resemblance of these quartzose and caleareous
rocks to their equivalents in America, I may mention that a recent
comparison of several of the American so-called fucoids has enabled
Mr. Salter satisfactorily to refer them in many cases to the vertical
tubes, or, rather, filled-up burrows of large marine worms. He par-
ticularly cites the Phytopsis tubulosus of the “ Calciferous Sand-reck”’
of the American geologists ; the celebrated “ Birds’ Eyes” (Phytopsis
cellulosus) of the <‘ Birds’-eye Limestone,” and the Buthotrephis
succulens of the Trenton group, as being of this nature. The part
played by Annelides in the older paleeozoic epoch was, we thus know,
very conspicuous.

Let us now pass to the other parts of the section, fig. 3, which shows
the principal or lower limestone resting upon the lower quartz-
rock, and succeeded by the vast overlying masses of upper quartz-
rock, constituting the lofty range of Ben More in Assynt, the summit
of which rises to. 3935 feet above the sea.

Section of Ben More of Assynt.—Viewed on the great scale,
as just described, the limestone which hes to the west of the
church and village of Assynt occupies a thickness of about 700 or
800 feet, whence it spreads out to the east and south over the
extensive upland plateau above Stromchrubie, where, however, many
quartzose strata prevail in it. As soon as the explorer has passed
the small inland lake (Maoloch-corry), well known to sportsmen by
containing the “ Gillaroo trout,” this limestone, so thick and broadly
expanded on Loch Assynt, has already diminished to a thin band, of
less pure character, which, as you climb to the Bealloch, or pass
under Ben More, is seen to dip beneath the stupendous mass of
upper quartz-rock which constitutes the Coniveall, or culminating
point of the range. Nowhere is the contrast between the lower and
upper quartz-rock more strongly marked; for, whilst the former is
well exposed as a grey rock (c¢', fig. 2), which weathers white, on the
northern flanks of Canisp, where it descends from that mountain to
dip under the limestone of Stromchrubie, the upper quartz is pre-
sented in the form of a lofty escarpment, the beds of which in their
outcrop distinctly overlie the limestone. Here again the pinkish or
roseate colour of the overlying mass is strikingly contrasted with the
lower quartz, immense quantities of the higher rock haying fallen
down upon the edge of the calcareous zone. Whilst I ascended to this
pass, where the order is so clearly recognized, Prof. Ramsay com-
pleted the proofs by climbing to the summit of the chain, all of
which he still found, at a height of 3235 feet, to be composed of
quartz-rock, in parts pebbly*. Wrapping round the sinuosities of
the older rocks, these great masses of upper quartz-rock, whether

* These upper pebbly beds are locally called “‘ Button-stones.”’

1859. ] MURCHISON—NORTH HIGHLANDS. 223

dipping slightly to the north of east, as in Ben More of Assynt and
adjacent mountains, or EK. and E.S8,E. in a more southerly district,
are invariably surmounted by younger micaceous and gneissose
strata. In my communication of last year I stated that the quartz-
rocks were also overlain by a second zone of limestone in the country
to the east of Assynt; and the fact has this year been corroborated
by Professors Ramsay and Harkness. With the addition of some
material data, I am now enabled to reaffirm, not only that this
second limestone is superior to all the quartzo-calcareous strata, but
is, as I showed, conformably surmounted by those upper micaceous,
chloritic, gneissose, flaggy strata, the overlying position of which is
thus completely established. Professor Ramsay* not merely ob-
served this upper limestone where I had previously noticed it, but
rendered the case conclusive by tracing the rock from Cnoc-chaorie,
on the high road to Loch Ailsh, to the north, until he saw it follow-
ing the sinuous outline of the subjacent quartz-rocks. In this form
it is always seen dipping away conformably to the east or south and
north of east, according to the folds of the inferior strata which rise
into the lofty mountains of Ben Moret. From Kinloch-Ailsh this upper
limestone sweeps round to the east and north of the mountain of
Ben More, and extends up the valley of the Cashly to the east side
of the Stack of Glencoul. Lithologically this limestone differs from
that of Assynt in being of a lighter colour and having somewhat of
a magnesian Character; and though no fossils have as yet been
found in it, I do not despair that such may still be detected.

The position of this upper limestone is further important, in
showing that, whilst it is conformable for many miles to the sub-
jacent quartz-rock, it is overlain in like conformity by those dark-
coloured micaceous and chloritic schists and flagstones to which I
called attention last year as dipping to the E.S.E. upon the banks of
the River Oykel. These strata, becoming more gneissose in parts,
and particularly in their higher members towards Oykel Bridge, are
those which Prof. Nicol does not yet admit to be younger than the
quartzo-calcareous series. Strengthened, however, in my opinion by
the examination of Prof. Ramsay, and also by Prof. Harkness’s ¢
subsequent examination, I again assert that in this line of section,

Fig. 5.—Section East of Alt Ellag.

N.W. S.E. 1. Quartz-rock. 5. Gneissose quartz-
2. Limestone. rock.
3. Hornstone- 6. Quartz-rock.
porphyry. 7. Gneissose — lime-
SS Ras 4. Limestone. stone.
SSR SS SS. 8. Upper flaggy gneiss. Dip. 45° S.E.
2 5 & 65 8

4

* Being unwell on this occasion, I begged Prof. Ramsay to make this exami-
nation by himself; and as Prof. Harkness has since arrived at a similar conclusion,
my former inferences are thus supported by two independent observers.

+ See the east end of fig. 3.

t Prof. Harkness minutely describes the junction of the upper quartz-rock
and limestone with the so-called “superior gneiss; and I thank him for the
pains he has taken to demonstrate the true order of the rocks to the east of Alt
Ellag (as shown in fig. 5):

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 16,

and for several miles across the strata, as in other localities to
which I shall afterwards call attention, the order of succession is
‘complete and unbroken, whether there be or be not any rock of
igneous origin between the upper limestone and the dark micaceous
schists and gneissose flags. Yet these last are coloured in all maps
as if they were of the same age as the fundamental gneiss, though
they are separated from that rock by enormously thick deposits of
Silurian and Cambrian age, and have a strike entirely discordant to
that of the older gneiss. (See the sketch-map Pl. XII. in Vol. xv.)

My present aim therefore is, in the first instance, to select, within
the tract forming the north-western portion of Sutherland, those
districts where in breadths of a few miles (across the strike) the
sedimentary strata representing the Lower Silurian quartz-rocks and
limestones are seen to pass up into, and to be conformably succeeded
by, other overlying crystalline rocks, often highly micaceous, some-
times quartzose, and occasionally gneissose, without any general
break, albeit bands of igneous rock occasionally occur near the lines
of junction, as they do indeed at intervals throughout the whole of
the ascending series.

The greater masses of the igneous rocks which either break
through the deposits or are associated with certain strata at different
and very various horizons will be spoken of hereafter.

Transverse Section from the west end of Loch Stack and the moun-
tains of Ben Stack and Ben Strome, to the east end, or head, of Loch
More.—Havying described a general section in Assynt from the fun-
damental gneiss, through Cambrian and Lower Silurian rocks, to
overlying gneissose and micaceous flagstones, I now call attention to
natural sections, where, the Cambrian rocks being absent, the lower
gneiss is at once unconformably surmounted by Lower Silurian rocks
similar to those of Assynt, which, from the lower quartz-rock up-
wards through limestones to the overlying quartzose, micaceous, and
gneissic flagstones, also form a complete and continuous series.

1. Quartz-rock ; a portion of that which extends far to the west. 2. Lime-
stone, 3. A band of felspar-rock, which in parts has the character of horn-
stone-porphyry. 4. Hard dark-grey limestone, similar to that below the igneous
rock. 5. Quartz-rock, with gneissic laminee, particularly near its base. 6. Thin
course of limestone, 6 inches only, splitting into gneissic laminz. 7. The base
of the chief mass of overlying “ gneiss,” which occupies so large a surface on the
banks of the Oykel.

In describing this section, which so clearly proves the transition from the
underlying quartz-rock and limestone into the so-called gneiss, Prof. Harkness
well observes that the thin band of intercalated porphyry in no way disturbs the
parallel arrangement of the sedimentary rocks. It has either, he says, insinuated
itself between the layer of limestone, or has been ejected anteriorly to the depo-
sition of the upper limestone. ‘From the lower portion of the quartz-rock,’”’
he adds, ‘to the uppermost gneiss (both inclusive), there is a uniform sowth-
easterly dip of about 45°; and the whole are seen distinctly passing under the
flaggy gneiss. ‘The same mode of association can be traced to Loch Ailsh and
the River Cashly, for a distance of many miles, and is well seen at both ends of
the Loch, where the limestones and their accompanying strata present themselves
in well-developed masses.”

1859. | - MURCHISON—NORTH HIGHLANDS, 225

The lower or fundamental gneiss, near the coast of Scourie and
Loch Laxford, occupies low hills, which have been much worn down
by glacial action and drift. These, as they range eastwards up to
the summit of the mountain called Ben Stack, constitute the base or
support of the overlying white quartz-rocks of Arkle and Fionayen.

Nowhere in the North-west Highlands are grander geological
features seen than where these quartz-rocks, weathering white in
the escarpments of Arkle and Fionaven, repose upon the massive old
grey gneiss, with its numerous intrusions of red granite. Passing
to the east from either of these mountains, the observer meets first
with a limestone covering the lower quartz-rock, and next with
superimposed masses of quartzose, micaceous, flag-like strata. I
specially call attention to a section from Ben Stack, at the lower
end of Loch Stack, to the head of Loch More, because no traveller
will have any difficulty in examining it, since the high road from
Scourie to Lairg runs parallel to it. (See fig. 6, p. 226.)

The old or massive gneiss, trending from 8.8.E. to N.N.W.., is well
exposed on the sides of the high road on the south bank of Loch
Stach, where, dipping 35° west of south, it has been much cut into,
and where huge granitic intrusions are finely displayed. He who
climbs to the summits of Ben Stack will see that this old gneiss is
covered by a thin pebbly conglomerate, which dips at a low angle to
the S.E. and there forms the base of the lowest of the Silurian
quartz-rocks. The latter rock, though much denuded, and not
nearly so well exposed as in Arkle and Fionaven, occupies consider-
able dimensions in the hills north of the upper end of Loch Stack
(Ben Strome), whence it slopes down to the western end of Loch
More with an easterly dip. A little to the east of a shooting-lodge
on Loch More, the limestone succeeds, as expressed in this section,
fig. G. Here, as at the head of Glencoul, and all the tract extend-
ing to the 8.W. between Loch More and Assynt, and again to the
N.E. between Loch More and Loch Eriboll, the limestone is dimi-
nished to a thin course. In this respect the limestone bears the
same irregular proportions to the quartzose rock in which it is inter-
calated as the Lower Silurian limestones of Wales do to their asso-
ciated slaty and siliceous rocks. In Wales, as in Sutherland, the
calcareous matter is every here and there of considerable dimensions,
and at other places it dwindles away to mere threads, and is often
entirely lost.

In examining the limestone upon the steep banks of a mountain-
torrent which flows into the south side of Loch More, Prof. Ramsay
and myself observed, it is true, an intercalated igneous rock ; but, as
we also saw that the calcareous band was followed conformably, as
in Assynt, by an overlying quartzose rock, we remained of opinion
that here, as elsewhere, the occurrence of a felspathie or porphyritic
rock, whether above or below the limestone, did not interfere with
the general order of succession*,

* Prof. Nicol states that this igneous rock acquires larger dimensions higher
up in the mountain; and I do not doubt the fact, though neither Prof. Ramsay

© ‘soulojssep osoyzaienb pure snosovory, “1p ‘QUOJSOTMIT TOMOT °29

: *YOOA SNOUSI paye[BotoyUy *y ‘quoysourry aodd yy *59 *YOOI-Z41VNC) LOMO] *19
iS “SOUOISSVP VSOSSTOUD PUB SNOBDBOIT ‘Pp *yood-zjrent) addy ‘g2 "ssloUs [eJUSUIVpUn “7
ae

|

‘ | 1
b , | !
= { 1
is : H 1
Lal 1 1 1
oO H 1 H
g : : :
S “43 1908 ‘odoxy usg -edoH Yoo see aa rt mete ae She ‘yovuuoids ueg JO YON
3 “Oa sean ESS” BFL 38
bral YR) 20 =
S 5010 > 2 = ease
S TC RSHCE MN M
Sg "So[TUL 19} Hoge oouLysIgT ‘adoFT pun ppoquiy syvoT sso.19y worj9eg— J, SIT
i)
‘oat
se
a
al
=)
wn
z
Aa ‘SOUOISSVF OSOSSIOUS pUw SHOsdBOTT “cP ‘yood-zyaen’ aaddyq °,9 *YOOI-241eNY) TOMOT ‘79.
a ‘you SnOOUST 4 ‘sBUp SNosovoTlA puB asozjtUNt) 1p “QUOJSOUITT *Z9 ‘ssloUy [eJUeUUepUN “2
S D

SS Je
*YOOTULyy ‘yIeON Og *a3pory Sua See. ves ug

Je) OG) : . :
aN Aq "SOTIUL KIS Joqe oouBysIqE ‘“avopy YI0T {0 yung yNnog ay} uo Wox092g—"9 oly § 4q-M

1859. | MURCHISON—NORTH HIGHLANDS. 227

Now the overlying quartzose rock of Loch More passes gradually
upwards into a micaceous flagstone, which extends to the head
of the loch at Kinloch. This micaceo-quartzose flagstone (the
wide-spread “gneiss” of the maps), which, when fractured, is
of grey colour and very finely laminated, is essentially different in
structure, strike, and dip—in short, in every respect—from the old
or fundamental gneiss of Loch Stack, distant only five miles,—the
latter, as before said, dipping to the W.S.W., whilst these micaceous
flagstones overlying the limestone dip east. When, therefore, we
see in this very limited distance, that, besides the manifest litho-
logical distinction between the massive lower and highly crystalline
granitic gneiss and the superior flagstones, these two rocks have
utterly discordant strikes and dips, and that the Silurian quartz-rocks
and limestone are regularly interposed between them (the uppermost
flaggy strata following conformably the quartz-rock and limestone),
the conclusion is irresistible.

Whilst such is clearly the general ascending succession, it is at the
same time to be stated that the stratified rocks of this tract, like
those of most other Highland districts, have been subjected to many
fractures and faults. Thus, Loch More and Loch Stack are sheets of
water that occupy the line of great faults transversal to the strike.
This phenomenon is clearly marked by the place occupied by the
limestone on the opposite banks of Loch More. On the north bank,
where in 1858 I traced the limestone through the moss and moor,
the rock is slightly inclined only; but on the south bank, as in the
section, fig. 6, it is very highly inclined. But these transverse dis-
locations serve only still more to support the conclusions arrived at,
since, notwithstanding their occurrence, the same order of succession
is seen on both sides of this broad loch which traverses all the suc-
ceeding strata which lie upon the fundamental gneiss.

Additional observations on the tract of Durness.—This tract of
Lower Silurian limestone (c), so celebrated for its fossil contents, has
been subjected to so many dislocations, that in one line of; traverse
only, or that in which my former section* passed, can it be viewed
as unbroken. Though the lower quartz-rock, which dips away
from the Cambrian rock of Scrishven, and occupies the western
side only of the Kyles of Durness, absolutely plunges under the
limestone, and is again brought up by a reversed dip against the
older gneiss of Ben Keannabin, no other transverse section thus re-
presents atrough. On the contrary, the limestone is thrown abruptly
into contact with the old gneiss of Ben Keannabin and Ben Spionnach
on the north-east, and constitutes a narrow wedge-shaped mass
between that great fault and an equally large one, which truncates
it against the old gneiss on the west side of the upper end of the
Kyle of Durness.

nor myself attach importance to it. I shall afterwards show that in other places
the protrusion of vast masses of such igneous rack does not break up or interfere
with the continuous superposition of the sedimentary strata.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xy. p. 564.

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 16,

Nor is the ascending order above the limestone to be seen in the
parish of Durness without the intervention of a great fault. For,
though the former section (fig. 6, p. 371, vol. xv.) is correct in
showing that the flaglike rocks constituting the cliffs on which the
Old Bishop’s Castle is placed are superior to the limestone, I did
not then show that the valley which separates the two rocks was
the line of a great dislocation. In truth, I had not sufficiently
examined, as I have now done, the rock of the bold northern pro-
montory of the Farrid or Far-out Head.

That promontory was erroneously referred to the old gneiss in
my former memoir, on conclusions drawn from a hasty visit of my
friend Mr. Peach, who brought to me specimens from one part of
the headland which had a gneissose aspect. Detailed examination,
in company with Prof. Ramsay, has, however, convinced me that
the whole of this headland, from its northern extremity to the
Bishop’s Castle, a distance of several miles, is composed of the over-
lying flagey quartzo-micaceous series. Owing to the great fault
which trends along the Bay of Balnakeale, the quartzose beds, which
in other places unite the limestones with the overlying series, are
not visible,—the lowest strata apparent on the sands of Balnakeale
being hard, dark-grey, flaggy, micaceous sandstones, in parts having
a flat-bedded and somewhat gneissic aspect. These graduate up-
wards into beds which are less micaceous, and become in parts
white and siliceous, with a slight greenish tinge. The whole of
these beds dip to the east at angles from 15° to 20°. From their
utility, the white flagstones have been quarried to some extent, and
here and there exhibit very broad masses, one of which, called
“the good wife’s flag,” projects seawards for several yards from the
lofty summit of one of the headlands. These flagstones closely re-
semble those of Melniss on the west side of Loch Tongue, to which
I last year called attention; and I now repeat that no geologist who
ever looked at them could connect them with the old or funda-
mental gneiss of the West Coast.

Their relative position at Melniss, where they overlie a vast mass
of the micaceous quartzose rocks, as well as the quartzose rocks and —
limestone of Eriboll, was dwelt upon last year.

The geologist who wishes to convince himself of the manifest
distinction between these upper flaggy rocks and that fundamental
gneiss which is seen on the west side of the Kyle of Durness, or
that which extends from the hill of Keannabin on the east to the
headland of Rispond, will at once see the distinction by passing
from thence to the promontory of the Farrid Head, and specially by
examining its eastern cliffs.

Although this broad distinction is obvious, it 1s no easy matter to
define with accuracy all the dislocations within the limited Durness
basin until the country be well mapped. My note-books contain
many details showing the curvatures, metamorphism, and breaks in
the strata; and in no part of the district are these phenomena
more striking than in the limited tract of Sangoe Bay and its
northern and southern extremities below Durine Inn. There hard

1859. | MURCHISON—-NORTH HIGHLANDS. 229

metamorphosed rocks are thrust about in dire confusion, connected
apparently with the great fault of Balnakeale Bay and associated
with serpentine. Prof. Harkness thought that he could here also
trace north and south faults.

Now, whether or not the arrangement of the strata be found to be
more or less in accordance with his view, my object is gained by
simply showing that, occupying a highly broken trough, the Durness
limestone is really proved to rest upon the lower quartz rock, and
to be flanked, and indeed overlain, by the upper series of quartzose
and eneissose rocks. The clear order of succession is, however, so
admirably seen on the shores of Loch Eriboll, that we may now
review the natural sections which are there exhibited.

Section across Loch Eriboll to the adjacent country on the East.—
Having been enabled, through the hospitality of my friend Mr. Alex.
Clark, of Eriboll House, to re-examine in detail the transverse sec-
tion across the escarpment where Prof. Sedgwick and myself observed
(1827) the clear superposition of the micaceous flagstones, chlo-
ritic schists, and younger gneissic strata to the limestones of Loch
Eriboll, I have now the satisfaction of being able to produce some
important additional details, and to confirm the accuracy of my
general conclusions by the testimony of my companion Prof. Ram-
say, and also of Prof. Harkness, who has since visited these spots.

In order, however, to convey to the reader a clear view of the
whole subject, I will call his attention, as in Assynt and at Loch
More, to the ascending order, as exhibited in a transverse section of
about ten miles in length (see fig. 7, p. 226).

The fundamental or massive gneiss, which occupies the escarpment
of Ben Spionnach, and is well exhibited on the sides of a little loch,
and in the sides of the torrent (Alt-ach-na-cailk) running down
to the Bridge of Grudie, is unconformably surmounted on its summit
by the bottom-beds of the lower quartz-rock, which, though not so
coarse as on the summit of Ben Stack, are still pebbly grits, the finer
beds of which might serve as millstones. These, covered by a con-
siderable thickness of fine-grained quartz-rock, dip away to the E.
and E.S.E. into Loch Eriboll, the western bank of which is almost
entirely composed of them. The overlying limestone is seen in the
Island of Chorrie, reappearing in force on the mainland at and above
the house of Mr. Clark, in ascending from which, to the summits of
the hills on the east, the clear order of superposition is exhibited
which is given in the preceding section (fig. 7), and which may be seen
over a hreadth of two or three miles, particularly in the escarpments
and on the summits which lie to the north of the road ascending
from Eriboll House to Altnaharrow.

In comparing this section with that in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.
vol. xv. p. 383, of the same tract, it will be observed that, whilst
the general succession is identical, some important details are now
added.

Thus, the limestone which rises from the loch, and forms a sue-
cession of terraces, is separated from an upper limestone of much
less thickness by a zone of quartz-rock, about 500 feet in thickness,

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 16,

which afforded the Orthoceratite presented to me by Mr. Clark and
now laid before the Society.

Mr. Salter says that this large Cephalopod resembles the Orthoceras
(Cameroceras) Brongmarti* ; and he thus describes the specimen:
“This fragment (from the upper quartz-rock of Eriboll, collected
by Mr. Clark), imperfect as it is, shows enough to distinguish it
specifically from the large-tubed Orthoceras duplea of the Scandina-
vian rocks, inasmuch as the ridges on the great lateral siphuncle
(lines of junction with the septa) are closer and less oblique. The
septa themselves are very convex.

«The comparison with American species cannot well be made, for
want of more complete drawings of the latter. But the Irish fossil
identified by Portlock with an American species (O. Brongmarti,
Troost ?) seems to be the same as our fossil. In neither is the
siphuncle strictly lateral; and hence this species tends to connect
Cameroceras with the more ordinary forms of the genus.”

The occurrence of this fossil in the quartz-rock leads to the belief
that, when the limestones of Loch Eriboll are searched with the
same assiduity as was applied by Mr. Peach to their equivalents in
Durness, other fossils will also be detected in them.

The upper limestone, which is thin, and not persistent for any con-
siderable distance on the strike, is seen to graduate upwards under
Meol-bad-vartie into quartzose, felspathic, micaceous, thin-bedded
strata, which in parts assume a greenish tinge, and so pass upwards
into that series of micaceous, felspathic, and quartzose flagstones
which in parts have gneissic characters.

All these overlying strata repose conformably at slight angles of
inclination on the whole of the quartzites with limestone, and with-
out any break or separation.

N.W. 8.E.
Fig. 8.—Section at Tordleadh.

1. Quartz-rock. 3. Quartz-rock. .
2. Gneissose flag- 4. Gneissose flagstone.
stone. Dip. 35° S.E.

Prof. Harkness has transmitted to me a section (fig. 9) of the alterna-
tion of the quartz-rock and upper gneiss at a spot called Tord-leadh, or
the Green Knoll, to the N.E. of the House of Eriboll, which completely
sustains this view of the gradual and conformable transition,and shows
that there are considerable spaces where no intercalated igneous
rock is visible. It is true that Prof. Harkness has observed what
Prof. Ramsay and myself failed to detect (as well we might in a
lofty mountain-escarpment),—viz. the existence of 3 feet of inter-
stratified igneous felstone, represented in fig. 9. It is, however, to be
observed, that not only does this felstone not interfere with the regular
sequence and conformable overlying succession, but, instead of lying

* Portlock, Geol. Rep. pl. 28. f. 4.

1859. ] MURCHISON—NORTH HIGHLANDS. 231

between the upper limestone and the overlying so-called “ gneiss ”
or mica-schist, it is interstratified with the latter rock, and, being

Fig. 9.—Section of the Junction of the Quartz-rock and Gneissose
beds above Eriboll House.

1. Quartz-rock.

2. Upper limestone.

3. Gneissose quartz-rock.

4. Gneissic strata.

5. Felstone (granitic).

6. Gneissic and micaceous schists.

a part of the overlying deposit, cannot be cited in any sense as
forming} a barrier between the quartzose calcareous group and the
superior strata. >

In the sequel it will be seen that, in following these beds on their
strike to Whiten Head, where the whole of the interstratified lime-
stone thins out, the granitic felstones really perform the part of
intrusive rocks which have been injected into the overlying schists
and dark green chloritic flagstones, although the regular order of
superposition of the latter is still undisturbed.

In short, the observer who walks along the summits of the escarp-
ments above the House of Eriboll will see that all the flaggy, mica-
ceous or quartzo-gneissose series, with its siliceous flagstones, clearly
surmounts all the quartzo-calcareous series, and dips away gradually
to the E.S.E. Passing under the base of the lofty mountain of Ben
Hope (fig. 7), these rocks constitute indisputably a higher member
of the Lower Silurian series than the quartz-rocks and limestones
of Durness and Eriboll. These sections, I affirm, are as clearly
demonstrative of an ascending order as any which ever fell under
my notice or that of Professors Ramsay and Harkness; and every
traveller who proceeds from Eriboll to Altnaharrow is invited to
witness the proofs of this order without even quitting the sides of
the high road.

It is needless to ask such observer to contrast the old gneiss (a)
of Ben Spionnach or Rispond, distant a few miles only, which dips
to the west-south-west, with any of these very different quartzose,
micaceous, or gneissose flagstones (@) on the east side of Loch Eriboll,
which are inclined to the S.E.; because, as the latter exhibit no
reversal of the easterly dip, it is physically impossible that the
superposed strata can be equivalents of the rock which lies beneath
all the quartzose series (c) and dips to the west. (See section, fig. 7,
p- 226; and map, Q. J. G. 8. vol. xv. pl. 12.)

In regard to the mineral distinctions and demarcations which
have been drawn in the geological map of Macculloch*, and in all
succeeding maps, between that which has been called “ gneiss” and
certain associated micaceous, chloritic, talcose, and argillaceous

* Macculloch’s map was constructed, chiefly from his own materials, after his
death.
VOL. XVI.—PART I. 5

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 16,

schists, I simply view the latter as accidental and lithological varia-
tions which have no true geological bearing. Thus, in the north of
Sutherland and in the clear sections to the east of Loch Eriboll, the
mere occurrence of more mica in some of the beds than in others
affords no reason for the insertion of a great mass of mica-schist,
which, by the unconformity of delineation as marked on the maps,
is made in one part of the tract to succeed to the quartz-rock, and
in another to an intercalated mass of ‘ gneiss.” The fact, on the
contrary, is, that both the so-called “ gneiss” and the mica-schist
are part and parcel of the same great band of overlying strata, the
varying mineral members of which have a similar dip and strike.
In other words, the one of these flagstones is simply a continuation
of the other; and, whether more or less micaceous, felspathic, or
quartzose, they all distinctly overlie the purely quartzose strata of
the same Lower Silurian series. So little indeed have some of these
overlying beds the aspect of the old gneiss, that Prof. Harkness
declares that they often reminded him rather of altered flags of
Carboniferous age in Ireland. When, however, these same and
other overlying beds are followed further eastwards, in their slight
inclination, to the environs of Tongue, they here and there assume
more gneissic characters than the strata which clearly lie beneath
them,—a phenomenon which will be presently spoken of, when it
will be shown that in the eastern region such strata are more
altered and are infinitely more affected by the intrusion of large and
extensive masses of igneous rock than in the north-western country.

Igneous Rocks of Sutherland.—The oldest igneous rock of Suther-
land is the bright-red granite which, penetrating the fundamental
gneiss in both large and small masses, seems in some places to be
almost a constituent of those ancient rocks which compose the
oldest or “ Laurentian System.”’

Resting upon all this Laurentian or fundamental gneiss, the base
of the Cambrian rocks of Canisp is characterized by the large-cry-
stalled porphyry, first observed by Mr. Peach as clasping round the
lower part of that mountain. This peculiar porphyry not having
been detected in any overlying Lower Silurian rock, we may consider
it for the present to be characteristic of the Cambrian age in the
North-western Highlands.

No igneous rock has yet been observed to be associated with the
lower quartz-rock of Assynt; but in the limestones which succeed
a band of trap or syenitic greenstone has been noted at Inch-na-
dampff, which dips with and conforms to the strata; and although
there is no doubt of the intrusiye character of this rock (seeing that
here and there it greatly modifies the character of the limestone),
still it in no wise interferes with the regular general succession of
the strata.

Next, an igneous rock of felspathic character, with some varieties,
which, though termed porphyries, are rather syenites (rarely true
porphyries), breaks through the upper quartz-rocks far above the
limestone of Assynt. In the tract to the east of Assynt which is
traversed by the road to Oykel Bridge, they spread out into large

1859. | MURCHISON—NORTH HIGHLANDS. 233

masses, as laid down in the accompanying map of Sutherland*,
whilst some of them extend into Ross-shire. Again, Prof. Ramsay
found such felspathiec rocks in a similar position northwards near
the head of Loch Coul.

However devious their outlines, and however much they are occa-
sionally developed, these intrusive felstones never break up the order
of succession, even where they are interwoven with the metamorphic
Lower Silurian strata. Thus, if the observer, instead of selecting
such transverse sections as those on which I have naturally insisted,
as being the most free from such eruptive agency, chooses to pass
over any of these igneous hilly masses in proceeding from west to
east, he will still find the strata on both their flanks dipping to the
east,—that is, to the S. or N. of east, according to the sinuosities and
projections of the more ancient rocks upon which these Lower Silu-
rian deposits were originally accumulated.

In short, the granitic felstones and syenites so largely developed
in the eastern parts of Assynt, and which rarely if ever occur be-
tween the limestones and the upper quartz, but chiefly either in the
latter or in the younger or overlying flagstones, no more hinder the
observer from developing a clear and conformable order of super-
position, than the true porphyries and other intrusive rocks have
prevented the Geological Surveyors from working out the regular
order of the associated Lower Silurian types of Walesy.

A most instructive lesson, in regard to the operation and effect of
the intrusion of the red felstones, is to be seen at the Whiten Head,
or maritime eastern headland of the noble bay of Loch Eriboll.

There, the quartz-rock series of the loch appears with its usual white
aspect, when blanched by atmospheric action,—the cliffs with nume-
rous caverns facing the bay being composed of that rock, without
any associated limestone, which, as before said, thins out in its course
from 8.8.W. to N.N.E. On rounding the headland in a boat (a very
calm day favoured ust), the grandest scene, both for the painter and
the geologist, was exposed to our sight. Numerous jagged rocks of
quartz stand out—some pertaining to the mainland, others forming
detached stacks in the sea,—one of which has a height of about 150
feet. Threading through these pinnacles and proceeding to the east,
we found the whole of these white quartzose strata dipping east-
wards or to the E.S.E., and then overlain by a great mass of dark chlo-
ritic and micaceous schist, which is penetrated in devious directions
by eruptive bosses and veins of a light-red igneous rock, composed
chiefly of felspar with some light-coloured quartz, certain veins of
which cut across the strata, whilst others run parallel to them.

Although this eruptive rock has doubtless passed up through the
stratified quartz-rock (one of the detached stacks exposing, indeed,

* This map was exhibited at the Meeting of the Society. The chief features
are given in the reduced pat Pl. XII. in Vol. xv., published in No. 62.

t See the sheets of the Geological Survey Map of North Wales, and the illus-
trative sections.

t I passed under these cliffs in a boat with Prof. Sedgwick in 1827; but the
sea was then too high to allow of our examining the rocks.

g 2

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 16,

a shaft of felspar-rock covered by white and yellowish-white quartz),
the red rock is a hundredfold more developed in the overlying dark-
grey and greenish schists of the
mainland (the “ gneiss” of all pre-
vious geological maps). In fact, the
schist 18 so permeated by the red
intrusive matter, that it is mostly
altered into a hard hornblendic flag-
stone; and yet the easterly dip is
persistent. It 1s thus specially to be
noticed that even this striking in-
trusion has not destroyed the order
of succession; for even here, and
particularly in the little bay called
Geo-na-vore, the quartz-rock, dip-
ping away at angles of about 45°
to the east, having been denuded,
is seen to be overlain conformably
by the dark-grey and green chloritic
and taleose schist, with its interca-
lated courses and veins of red and ©
pink felspar-rock.

Similar proofs of the intrusion of
these red igneous rocks are visible at
several places between the Whiten
Head on the N.N.E. and at Ben
Arnoboll on the 8.8.W., from which
hill, to the ridge above Eriboll House,
the felspathic matter thins away into
the partial and evanescent layer of
3 feet above alluded to, and which
alone is detectable at rare intervals

gi throws off the quartz-rocks ;

of Strata from Loch Eriboll eastward
Ben Arnoboll,

That of Drumtun
that of Ben Arnoboll does not affect the easterly dip of the strata.

across Ben Arnoboll.
d. Micaceous and gneissose rock.

* Igneous rocks.

Drumtungi.

Fig. 10.—Diagram-section showing the general Succession

‘ ss ¢ ina consecutive parallel series, thou-
& a 8 sands of feet thick. In the hill of
ae g=¢ Drumtungi* (fig. 10), indeed, to the
36 5 es east of Heilam, the igneous rock is
fs %%® seen to intrude among the lower
8 ES& quartz-rock, the strata of which are
¢ HPP placed in highly inclined positions ;
5 =SS but on the east side of that hill,

and immediately above a little loch,
the limestone and quartz-rock, both dipping to the east, are con-
formably surmounted by regularly stratified masses of grey and
dark-coloured taleose schists, in which the red felspathic rocks
are nearly as much distributed as at the Whiten Head. ‘This
occurs in Ben Arnoboll; and on the southern side of that hill, when

* There is doubtless a powerful fault between the little limestone promontory
of Heilam and the quartz-rock of Drumtungi Hill. But such dislocations are
quite irrespective of the general succession.

1859. | MURCHISON—NORTH HIGHLANDS. 235

viewed from Glach-adherie, or the Valley of Storms, all these masses
can be clearly observed dipping together to the east. The general
accuracy, therefore, of the section of Mr. Cunningham seems to me
to be confirmed by an appeal to Ben Arnoboll, if the hill which
lies to the east of Drumtungi be that to which that author referred.
Here we see the quartz-rock and limestone conformably super-
posed by what few geologists would call gneiss, but which would
by most be named chloritic, talcose, and micaceous schists; these
strata, whatever be their mineral character, are riddled by the in-
trusive rock, and in parts much altered and hardened, without pro-
ducing any discordance between them and the subjacent quartz-rock
and limestone. The manner in which the strata are affected at
different parts of this Hill of Arnoboll is thus represented by Prof.
Harkness. In the one case the quartz-rock and limestone are seen
dipping conformably to the east against a large mass of eruptive
felstone (fig.11). In the other (fig. 12), the upper portion (the

Fig. 11.—Seetion of the Quartz-rocks and Felstone at Arnoboll.
N.W.

. Upper Quartz-rock.

. Upper Limestone.

. Uppermost Quartz-rock.
. Felstone (granitic).

quartz-rock) is seen to be Tre ate on the east by altered schists or
gneiss, both in the body of the intrusive rock* and at its eastern

Fig. 12.—Section at Arnoboll.

et

. Upper nS aed rock, dipping
40° BE

. Gneissic strata, dipping 40° E.

Mass of gneiss enclosed in
the granitic felstone.

Felstone (granitic).

» sero

flank: all the strata, however, whether broken or metamorphosed,
are seen to dip conformably to the east.

Now, whether the generalized section, fig. 10, which I drew, or
the details given by an independent observer, Prof. Harkness, taken
from other parts where the eruptive rock is most expanded, be referred
to, it is obvious that in neither is the easterly ascending succession
interfered with.

These cases are the most remarkable examples known to me,
and prove that, whether the intrusive rock shows itself in the
lower quartz-rock, the intervening limestone, the upper quartz-rock,
or the overlying schists or so-called “ gneiss” (and in the Eriboll

* Prof. Nicol was indeed quite right in calling attention to the great mass of
associated igneous rock, which Cunningham and myself had perhaps treated too
lightly. But the very fact of its existence without producing any break in the
general succession of the strata is, I think, a striking corroboration of our views.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 16,

district it is chiefly in the latter), it never breaks up the general
succession, which, on the contrary, 1s still more clearly established
by its persistence in spite of all such local intrusions.

If the quartz-rocks and limestones with Lower Silurian fossils had
really been flanked on the east by a gneiss as ancient as that of
the west coast, as represented in all previous maps, they must have
been thrown into troughs. But nowhere, from the upper end of Loch
Broom in Ross-shire to the eastern shore of Loch Eriboll and the
northern sea-cliffs in Sutherland, is there any example that these
flaglike strata, whether micaceous, quartzose, or gneissose, have such
a reversed dip as would carry them under the Silurian quartz-rocks.
On the contrary, the latter are everywhere overlain by the said flag-
like, gneissose, or micaceous schists along a distance of seventy miles.
Such overlying rocks, be they ever so metamorphosed or broken in
upon by eruptive rock, can therefore no longer be represented on a
map by the same colour and with the same letter as the fundamental
gneiss. In fact, the term “gneiss,” however good in lithological
parlance, must be discarded by geologists, except in a mineralogical
sense, just as “ grauwacke ” was eliminated from our nomenclature
when that term was found to have been indiscriminately applied
to rocks of various ages, from the Cambrian, through the Silurian
and Devonian, to the Carboniferous inclusive. In other words, the
day has now come, or is fast coming, when the various families of the
Scottish gneiss, so minutely elaborated by Macculloch, will have
their true ages assigned to them.

And now a few words on strata many of them higher in the series
of the Northern Highlands than those already treated of. In the
environs of Tongue, masses of igneous rock rise out which are vastly
larger and loftier than any associated with the inferior portion of the
metamorphosed Lower Silurian rocks. Thus, it was not merely in
the mountains of Ben Lloghal*, to the south of Tongue, that Prof.
Ramsay and myself found the syenitic and granitic rocks piercing
through all the overlying strata having gneissose characters ; but in
our rapid survey we detected that the imposing mass of Ben Stomino,
further to the east, and which has been represented in all geological
maps as composed of Old Red Sandstone, was essentially granitic !
On the flanks therefore of such grand eruptive masses—and they
may extend over many moors and morasses where we did not follow
them—it was quite to be expected that the contiguous strata should
(as we found them) be much hardened and altered, and also often
twisted into devious forms, much more resembling the older gneiss
than any of the lower flaglike masses around Ben Hope. Yet,
however metamorphosed, still the order of superposition continues,
—the usual and prevalent dip being steadily to the E.8.E. or 8.E.
Even in these tracts, however, the gneissose character is not per-
sistent ; for, on moving eastwards from the environs of Tongue to
the valley of Borgie Water, we again meet with interpolated mica-
ceous flagstones, in which undulations and ripple-marks are obser-

* pronounced Loyal.

1859. | MURCHISON—NORTH HIGHLANDS. 237
vable. ‘Then in proceeding further east, the gneissose character,
with many granitic intrusions, again prevails, fine lamine of felspar
alternating with quartz of white, grey, and pink colours.

On the west side of the Naver Ferry, granite here and there peeps
out in small knolls through the strata, which dip gently to the E.8.E. ;
whilst at Betty Hill, on the right bank of the stream, the gneissose
flags are raised to verticality and pierced by granite. In short, all the
stratified rocks of the region extending from the Naver to Melvich, and
thence ranging along the western borders of Caithness, must be
classed with the newer gneissose flagstones, though they are penetrated
at such numerous intervals by bosses of granite that it would require
much time and good detailed maps to ensure their correct delinea-
tion. These rocks stretch out to Strathie Point, whilst to the north
of Strathie Water the true Old Red Sandstone often rests at once
on granite. (See Map, pl. 12, Vol. xv.)

Again, between Melvich and the Inn of Achintoul, and thence to
the Ord of Caithness, Prof. Ramsay and myself found these granitic
outbursts to be so numerous, that we had no difficulty in compre-
hending why the overlying masses (in which there were numerous
undulations and breaks) should be much more metamorphosed than
im the western portion of the same series of strata where the igneous
rocks are much less rife.

The Eastern Gneissose Rocks of Sutherland and Ross.—The
metamorphic condition of the old stratified rocks which extend
eastward from Sutherland into the edges of Caithness is well seen
at and around the Scarabin Hills, and has been before adverted to*.
On the south-eastern flank of the Scarabins, various stages in the
degrees of change may be traced, from slightly altered grey-coloured
micaceous quartzites up to the highly crystalline quartz-rock, which
is void of mica and is penetrated by much granite,—the prevalent
dip being to the S.E. and $.8.E.

Again, in tracts further to the south along their eastern frontier,
these stratified crystalline rocks are well seen to the west of Golspie
and Loch Brora. There, at the head of Dunrobin Glen, the finely
grained, thin-bedded, quartzose rocks, which are laid down as gneiss
in geological maps, consist of rugged bosses with many joints, and so
abundantly penetrated by granite that it is difficult to trace the true
bedding.

In the upper part of Strath Brora, however, the strike of these
gneisso-micaceous rocks is manifestly from W.S.W. to E.N.E.t In
crossing the River Brora above the house of Kil-callum-kil, this
gneiss is admirably exposed in a gorge watered by a torrent which
flows down from the flank of Ben Smeorale into the Loch of Brora.
The strata are then thrown off to 8. and N. of E., at various high
angles from 50° to 70°,—numerous huge masses of granite being seen
to intrude upon the beds. In tracing the stratified crystalline rocks
from W. to E., or from N.W. to 8.E., it may therefore be truly said

* See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xv. p. 384.

+ If subsequent researches should ke: that some of this eastern gneiss pertains
to the old or fundamental rock, the fact would in no wise invalidate the truthful-
ness of the described succession in the north-western parts of Sutherland and Ross.

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 16 ~

that their degree of metamorphism bears in several tracts a close
relation to the amount of granite which has been intruded among
them, and that thus the eastern rocks which overlie the western
deposits have been rendered more crystalline than those of older
date. At the same time there are wide tracts of country where the
upper or flaggy gneiss is in a highly crystalline state, and yet where
the observer is unable to detect any granite, porphyry, or other
purely igneous product in the proximity. For, after all, such erup-
tive rocks are merely to be viewed as the occasional signs of the
effusion of that great internal heat, which may have accompanied
the metamorphosis of a whole region of stratified rock without being
the sole, or even the main cause of the great change, which pro-
bably resulted from a combination of electrical and other forces.

Hypothetical view respecting the gnessose rocks of the Southern
Highlands.—Haying come to the above conclusions respecting the
age of the eastern gneiss of Sutherland and Ross, I venture to
suggest that nearly all the eastern gneiss of the counties of Inver-
ness, Nairn, Moray, Banff, and Aberdeen, as well as many stratified
rocks of the Southern Highlands, may prove to be younger than
the fossiliferous quartz-rocks and limestones of the North-west.

Not having carefully examined the chain of the Grampians, I
cannot pretend to say that some of the fundamental gneiss and older
granite may not be there partially exhibited. But I hold it to be
highly probable that the so-called gneiss which ranges along the
edges of the Old Red Sandstone of Moray and Banff, and is seen
on the banks of the Spey where crossed by the railroad, and thence
extends to the east coast, belongs to the younger gneiss, and that
the micaceous flags (not slates) east of Fochabers, and the clay-
slates extending from Foundeland to the tracts south of Huntley,
are simply different members of the same Lower Silurian strata.
The clay-slates are, indeed, so little metamorphosed, that I cannot
but believe that Graptolites or other fossils will some day be found
in them. Again, on the eastern flanks of the Grampians, wher-
ever I examined these clay-slates, I found them to be simply thin
argillaceous flags, void of cleavage, with -intercalated courses of
limestone; nor could I comprehend how, by the smaller or larger
quantity of mica, great lithological distinctions could be maintained
along definite zones,—so much does one of these classes of rock
graduate into the other. Furthermore, I observed in the glens
which enter into the south-eastern flank of the Grampians, various
bosses and bands of eruptive porphyry which are marked on no
map, but which have doubtless served so to modify the strata,
that the transition from one lithological character to another, as
from clay-slate to mica-schist, and from the latter into the so-
called gneiss, becomes so devious and irregular, that it is almost
impossible to lay them down in separate zones on any map now
extant.

And here I must take the opportunity of again expressing an
opinion which I put.forth at the Glasgow Meeting of the British Asso-
ciation in 1854, and which has been reiterated in the last edition of
‘ Siluria,’ and also in my last communication to this Society. Itis,

1859. | MURCHISON-——NORTH HIGHLANDS, 239
that, with the exception of rare and insulated cases, as in the slate-
quarries of Hasdale, Ballyhulish, &c., on the west coast, there is
scarcely a trace of true slaty cleavage throughout the vast masses of
the crystalline stratified rocks of the Highlands, Deeply lamenting
that my able and zealous friend the late Mr. D. Sharpe should, after
a hasty survey, have been led to express the broad views on cleavage
which are printed in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions*,’ I was for some
time unwilling to advert to a subject on which I held opinions so very
much opposed to his own; but now that I find Prof. Ramsay, who
is so well acquainted with the slaty rocks of North Wales, completely
agreeing with the views which Prof, Sedgwick and myself long ago
expressed, I can no longer forbear from pointing out what I am
compelled to consider an error. In fact, there can be no sort of
doubt that the different stratified masses of the Highlands have
resulted from successive depositions of mineral matter, which, though
subsequently much metamorphosed and also trayersed by numerous
joints, have in the rarest cases only assumed a true slaty cleavage.

Conclusion.—I may now revert to the main object of this memoir,
the establishment of a clear order of succession among the oldest rocks
of the North-western Highlands. And here I have the satisfaction to
reiterate that not only Prof. Ramsay, who accompanied me, but
also Prof. Harkness, who has since visited the north-western region
to satisfy doubts in his own mind, have both come to the conclusion
that my general views (as laid down in the map, Pl, XII. vol. xv.) are
correct.

On a point of such great stratigraphical importance, I cannot avoid
quoting the very words of Prof. Harkness, who, after visiting the
west of Sutherland, wrote to me thus :—“ The gneiss which occupies
the western portion of Sutherland is of a character so unlike that
which forms the more eastern mountains of this country, that litho-
logical characters alone would almost justify the conclusion that
it appertains to a different geological epoch. [Its strike is, as you
have shown, at variance with that of the newer gneiss where this
latter is in contact with the quartz-rocks and limestones forming the
Lower Silurians.

« At many localities where the surface allows of the relation of
the upper gneiss and its immediately underlying deposits to be seen,
there is undoubted evidence of a perfect sequence and conformity of
the strata which appertain to the upper quartz-rock and limestone
and the overlying flaggy gneiss; and this latter, in some districts
remote from the quartzites and limestones, presents the same uniform
dip with the rocks on which it reposes, as seen in Ben Hope and the
extensive country to the 8.K.

« All the circumstances in connexion with this flaglike gneiss prove
it to be a member, superior in position, but intimately allied, of the
Lower Silurians of the N.W. of Scotland. The mode in which the
felspar-rock is found in relation to this gneiss at Eriboll indicates
that no great line of dislocation separates the upper quartzites and

* Vol. exlii, p, 445,
VOL. XVI,— PART I, T

240) PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 16,

limestones from the so-called gneiss, since it is through this latter
that the felstone penetrates, and not through a line separating this
from the quartzy or calcareous deposits.”

The changes which are involved in the adoption of my views
of the order of succession are, it will be admitted, considerable.
In the first place, by showing that mountain-masses of sandstone
and conglomerate le unconformably beneath quartzose and cal-
careous rocks with true Lower Silurian fossils, we know that the
former must be of Cambrian age. We further learn that the old
or fundamental gneiss, which hes beneath such Cambrian sand-
stone, and is entirely unconformable to, and independent of it, is
a lower stratified rock than any hitherto recognized in the British
Isles. The beginning of the geological alphabet, as applied in the
Maps of the Geological Survey to the Cambrian rocks of England,
Wales, and Ireland, must therefore be preceded in Scotland by the
first letter of some alphabet earlier than the Roman, showing a
still lower deep in the north-west of Scotland (as in North Ame-
rica) than exists in England, Wales, or Ireland.

If this most ancient gneiss required a British name, it might in-
deed with propriety be termed the ‘“ Lewisian System,” seeing that
the large island of the Lewis is essentially composed of it, capped
here and there by derivative masses of Cambrian conglomerate ;
* put the term “ Laurentian” having been already applied to rocks of
this age in North America by our distinguished associate Sir W. Logan,
I adhere to that name, the more so as it is derived from a very ex-
tensive region of a great British colony.

Having proved that the fossiliferous Lower Silurian zone is con-
formably surmounted by various crystalline flaglike strata, it follows
that the latter, though formerly looked upon as among the most ancient
rocks, must be simply viewed as other and younger masses of the
same natural Silurian group, but which have undergone such an
amount of metamorphism as to have obliterated the traces of any
animals which once mhabited the seas in which the strata were
accumulated. A glance at the little map* and table of colours, Pl. XII.
vol. xv., and a comparison of them with all preceding maps and
publications, will at once explain the changes which I have en-
deavoured to effect. The leading features of these changes I first
sketched out in the year 1854 at the Glasgow Meeting of the British
Association, and afterwards dwelt upon them at the meeting of that
body at Aberdeen in the autumn of 1859.

Lastly, I would repeat the suggestion which I have before thrown
out’, that the stratified rocks of the north of Scotland are for the
most part equivalents in age of the Lower Silurian rocks of the
southernmost Scottish counties, the strata of which, haying been
only partially altered, and having been left in the mineral condition of
“ orauwacke,” naturally exhibit much more frequently the evidences
of fossil organic remains than their highly crystalline and metamor-
phosed representatives in the northern Highlands.

* Published in No. 62 of the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.
¢ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 169 (1851).

1859. ] ATKINSON—-BRONZE RELICS. 241

Novemser 30, 1859.

Sir Walter James, Betshanger Park, Kent; George Dawes, Esq.,
Milton Iron-works, near Barnsley, Yorkshire; The Rey. Julian
Edmund Woods, Penola, South Australia; Bassett Smith, Esq.,
1 Elm Court, Temple ; Captain W. Hichens, Bengal Engineers ; Lionel
Brough, Esq., one of H.M. Inspectors of Coal-mines, Clifton; John
Studdy Leigh, Esq., St. Stephen’s Terrace, Bayswater; and John
Pope Hennessy, Esq., M.P., were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. On some Bronze Retics found in an AURIFEROUS SAND in SIBERIA.
By T. W. Arxrnson, Esq., F.G.S., F.R.G.S.

Tae accompanying fragments of worked metal* were discovered
in Siberia, at a gold-mine on the River Shargant, in about lat. 59°
30’ N. and long. 96°10’ E. They were found at a depth of 14 feet
8 inches beneath the surface, near the middle of a bed of gold-
bearing sand{, which was 20 inches thick, and composed of yellow
sand, pebbles, small fragments of quartz, with other pulverized or
decomposed rocks. Imbedded in it were pieces of gold, varying in
size from small grains to nuggets of one to four pounds in weight.
This deposit rested on a bed of rock.

Immediately above the sand there was a stratum, 5 feet in
thickness, consisting of coarse gravel, dark-coloured sand, and
some earthy matter, containing pieces (but not of large size) of
quartz, granite, and porphyritic rocks. Overlying this, there was
another stratum, 6 feet in thickness, composed of yellow sand and
rough pebbles, in which were imbedded blocks of granite, porphyry,
and jasper. Some of these were large, and their angles were worn
away by attrition. Over this was a bed of dark-coloured sand,
about 10 inches thick; and above that, 2 feet of good vegetable
mould, formed by the decayed trunks of trees and herbage.

There were no fissures in the strata through which these bronze
relics could have fallen, nor did they appear to have ever been dis-
turbed by man since the gold was deposited.

The relics were found in the presence of one of the officers of
the mine, and secured by him, or they would probably have been
taken to the gold-washing machines and lost. I saw them within
half an hour of their discovery, and with some of the matrix (sand
and gravel) still adhering to them. The Director and the miners,
as also myself, were fully convinced that these pieces of metal had

been carried to their resting-place by the stream which had washed
down the gold.

* Exhibited at the Meeting.
+ The Shargan, which has often shifted its course, runs into the Toungous at
about 40 miles below the spot here referred to as the place of the gold-diggings ;

the latter river ultimately joins the Yenissey. This gold-mine is about 150 miles
from the town of Yenissey.

t Remains of Mammoths are said to occur in this sand, about half a mile off.
TZ

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 30,

The country was covered with a dense forest of cedars, pines,
poplars, and birches, extending for several hundred miles, but few
parts of which have yet been penetrated. Near the edge of the
excavations, cedars 4 feet in diameter were growing; and vast
numbers, of still larger dimensions, had been cut down on the site.
I have seen cedars in these forests 7 feet in diameter at 4 feet above
the ground.

The above are extracts from my journal,—mere facts. As I have
no theory to establish, I give them without any speculations as to
the period when these relics were deposited in the sandy gold-
bearing bed. I may, however, add, that the Director of the mines
supposed these pieces had formed a part of some horse-trappings ;
but my own impression is that they had belonged to a bracelet.
By examining the larger fragment, it will be seen that it 1s decorated
with foliage. The metal is bronze*.

I possessed several other pieces, one of which was a wedge-lke
part which fitted into the unbroken ring. But unfortunately all
were lost on my journey, excepting those which I have enclosed for
inspection. Some other parts were shattered by the pick-axe, taken
to the gold-washing machine, and lost.

These fragments were found on the 26th of August, 1851, during
my stay at the gold-mine. I saw the place whence they were taken,
and the Director most kindly presented them to me.

2. On the Votcanic Country of AuckLAnp, NEw ZEALAND.
By Cuartes Hearuy, Esq., Provincial Surveyor, &e.

(Communicated by the President.)

[Plates XIT., XIII. ]

By the map of New Zealand it will be seen that in the 36th degree
of south latitude the Northern Island of New Zealand is so much nar-
rowed as to form an isthmus of about six miles in width from east
to west, connecting the broader and higher land on either side.

This isthmus, like the land immediately to the north and south of
it, has an undulating surface, rising in some places to hills of about
600 or 700 feet above the sea. The cliffs which bound its eastern
side show beds of soft sandstone, indurated clay, and mud-rock, with
layers of volcanic ashes, and, occasionally, seams of lignite and coal.
The whole seems to belong to the Tertiary formation, and probably
to the Eocene period. Organic remains are rarely met with. But at
one locality, between Kohuroa and Omaha, Terebratule (of which
specimens are forwarded to the Society) occur at the junction of the
volcanic ashes and clay-beds above-mentioned.

The higher land to the south of the isthmus—beginning on the
eastern coast—consists of, first, clay-slate, then rocks of the Creta-

* As determined by Dr. Percy, F.G.S., Nov. 30, 1859.

r ketch-maps , illustrative of the
ANIC PHENOMENA

THE AUCKLAND DISTRICT;
by C.Heaphy, 1859.

|

Table of Signs (for both Maps.) -

Voleartic.

Basalt & Scoria.

Tufa & Tufaceous Clays.

1 Trachitic Breccia.

Porphyritic with quartz veins.
Black Conglomerate.

Tertiary.

Cretaceous.

Clay -slate and Wacké

(~ fre Take Le
n Peg Oy : 3 7
longarires ‘yom
J hoy ve Wf $e Ef af
8200 ¢¢ = 5 :
Ho xapier
hat’
of the
_ AUCKLAND DISTRICT. II.
|‘ ByCHeaphy, 1857. Outline-map of the
( Corrected to Feb? 1058, | ORTH ISLAND, NEW ZEALAND,
showing some of the Geological Features,
ESPECIALLY THE VOLCANIC
so ean —~ — a

ada

Rese pane

cea

x

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

etch-maps , illustrative of the

VOLCANIC PHENOMENA

OF THE AUCKLAND DISTRICT;
by C.Heaphy, 1859.

Table of Signs (for both Maps.) ~

fit]
1 | he Volcarac.
Basalt & Scoria.
|

SSS 3 Tura & Tufaceous Clays.

SaaS bed :
SaaS) s stands Trachytic Breccia’. i
ea > >> of ; “

= GS) North Head ee: 4 ies : il
Das Porphyritic with quartz veins. ip
| iW
Black Conglomerate. rea
7 Ee. Tertiary. ; zh
} =
| a 2
/ ps = 8 | es Cretaceous.
e? = |
9 ean Clay -slate and Wacké
|
i}

|

|
\|
i}

°
| oa)

Whitel,
Active ae

uu a
9Q,07 akes
oS (Hot water

at

2
1
Tongarirows i
E 2 Active Vol. arity
TE fgimar ue

8200

Geological Sketch-map

of the :
AUCKLAND
DISTRICT. z
By CHeaphy, 1857. . ay mana See : SS NORTH ISLAND, NEW ZEALAND;
| Corrected to Feb¥ 1859. ) See showing some of the Geological Features,

ESPECIALLY THE VOLCANIC.

Quart Journ:Geol.Soc Vol XVI Pl Xi,

been

: — ;
IRs «eal er

Sie

a

Pee
eee

as

“a

i
|

iL

LUthograp.

4,
9
a
p)
4

see coat Sreeterconsimvcaoh

Rangutoto Island, Scoruw ¢ Busaitec lavw.
Nortiy Lea Aru old seoriaceous water-worm crater witty Wolcanic bores scattered) over the sule.
4,6 4& Mount Victorvn,

46 Basatioe lava

2

Pupuka lake: (Beshwater)A scorvaceous, basaiturd trtacesus crater:

6 Lslared of Kawaw.
6” flertuary lieiis, 64 6° Hay slate, \A Copper-rure a O°
TL Terteary Cars of Auckland Harbour
J” lertcary, Tekecernt sandy beachy

6 Tuttle Berreer o Mount Mary pears. Basaliee,

LILMLIV. Volcame rocks and craters of the First, Second, Third! and Fourth periods

T

NORTH

EP SHORE TOR AUCKUANID NEW ZieAONN ID:

of eruption.

ANCHORAGE

JI Motutapw Island; lertuary, witty trap dykes.

W & 11 Waheke & Urakino Islands. Cay slate, b wacke,
he Great Barrurtstand, Basaltec,

8 Wetaarcange Liang ej; AN

Mt. _Mourt Llamittory. Basatiuny ard Tractyte:

ed at the CHOLOGIST Office, 156, Strand

Quart, Juurm:Geol.Soc Yol.XVI.PLXIUL,

+— pal

Wd

rata Beats

teat 9

1859. | HEAPHY—VOLCANIC COUNTRY, NEW ZEALAND. 243

ceous formation, and lastly, a magnetic sandstone-rock, mixed with
a black conglomerate. This series rises into hills of 800 or 1000
feet above the sea.

To the northward of the isthmus the Tertiary is bounded on the
eastern slope by a black trap-rock of a very close texture, next by a
black boulder-rock, and finally, on the west coast, by a trachytic
breccia, rising into peaks and ridges of from 700 to 1500 feet high.

To the eastward of the isthmus are several islands, in the Gulf of
the Thames, composed of clay-slate, of basaltic lava, and of the black
boulder-rock. The latter rises into peculiar sharp crags, at a height
of 1000 feet or thereabouts.

The isthmus may be considered as a basin of Tertiary rock.
Through it have burst up, dotting its surface, as many as sixty-two
separate volcanos ; showing in nearly every instance a well-defined
point of eruption—generally a cup-like crater, on a hill about 300
feet high above the plain.

In some instances there are as many as four points of eruption in
the compass of a square mile,—the streams of lava commingling or
overlapping ; and the former crater in some cases filled up by the
ashes from the more recent one.

On an examination of these volcanos, differences of age become
at once apparent; and the relative position of their respective beds
of ashes in the surrounding rocks facilitates the inquiry as to their
priority of eruption. They may be classed as follows :—

1st. The eruptions, on a stupendous scale, of the mountain-masses
with boulder-rock, rising to a height of 1000 or 1500 feet above the
Tertiary basin ; and perhaps coeval with this was the rising of the
trachytic breccia. The relative ages of the black boulder-rock and
the trachyte, in respect to the Tertiary beds, must remain for a time
doubtful. At present there is no appearance of the trachyte having
been more recent than the Tertiary, save that it is in one place
superimposed ; and this, perhaps, is only its debris, consolidated. The
trachyte shows no difference of texture below or above. There are
abundance of dykes in it, but no craters; and while it has risen to
a height of 1400 feet in peaks, there is no high mountain on any
side to wall-in the igneous mass. The peaks have not in any way
the appearance of the broken parts of the brim of a crater; they
rather look like the hardest parts of dykes,—the softer contiguous
rock having disappeared.

2nd. Subaqueous eruptions through the Tertiary beds at the time
when they were yet submerged. The ashes of these eruptions form
horizontal and extended beds below some of the Tertiary clays, and
are conspicuous for miles along the cliffs on the east of the basin.

3rd. Eruptions that have occurred at the upheaval of the Tertiary
beds. These are generally situated on the line of the cliffs, or over
faults in the Tertiary strata ; and,

4th. Eruptions through the Tertiary strata.

I. Of the first class (the black boulders and trachytes) no points of
eruption or craters can be traced, or anything approaching the era-

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Nov. 30,

teriform shape. The trachyte-rocks stand im a huge mass on the
flank of the Tertiary formation, rising high above them with fan-
tastic, In some cases overhanging peaks.

The surfaces of the boulder-rock and the trachyte are of very
compact texture, seeming to indicate the existence, as the mass
cooled, of immense pressure as well on the sides as on the summit,
occasioned by matter perhaps of a more destructible nature which
has since been removed, probably by denudation.

II. Respecting the second class of eruptions, the lavas of which
constitute part of the Tertiary series, the general characteristics are,
first, a great smoothness or worn-down appearance of the cones and
craters; the cup having been filled up, and the brim having been
broken away. The points of eruption are indicated usually by some
slight hollow, but chiefly by the streams of basalt and scorie that
centre there. ‘The whole cone, consisting probably of loose cinders,
has been washed away, and its remains are spread along for miles,
in some cases, between the beds of clay; carrying with it fragments
of Tertiary rock, unaltered, but rounded: beds of indurated mud are
again superimposed on these. The volcanos Nos. 24 & 51 on the
Geological Sketch-map (Pl. XII.) are instances of this.

Of these Tertiary volcanos some have, perhaps, been not altogether
subaqueous, but have raised their cones above the water, as in the
case of the North Head at Auckland Harbour (No. 5 on the map,
Pl. XII. See also the drawing, Pl. XIIT.).

In this case no clays are superimposed, but the surface over the
lower beds of ashes is of that horizontal character which indicates the
action of water as the ashes fell, or before they were consolidated.
Around the sides of this crater, the tails of the volcanic bombs are
more perfect (less injured by the fall) than could have been the case,
I think, if they had descended into anything but water. The lavas
of the submarine eruptions appear more compact than those of the
recent volcanos. Nothing like cellular scorie has yet been found
among the cinders of this class.

III. The third class of volcanos here may be considered to be those
that came into eruption when the Tertiary was upraised. They lie
on the edge of cliffs, or on the prolongation of the line of a cliff that
has dipped into the sea, as in the sketch (fig. 1).

The lavas of these have an older and more decomposed appearance
than those of the fourth class, and the craters have always broken
out towards the lower or seaward side.

In one instance, where there is a remarkable fault in the Tertiary
rock, eruptions and a crater have resulted, the deranged strata dip-
ping towards the point of eruption (fig. 2).

The fourth class, or those eruptions that have come up through
the already upheaved Tertiary rocks, show the greatest variety of
form and conditions,—a result perhaps only attributable to their
having been less affected by time and disturbances.

IV. The volcanos of the fourth class may again be systematized
as follows :—

1. Tufa-craters, of but very slight elevation.

Ye)

VOLCANIC COUNTRY, NEW ZEALAND.

HEAPHY

1859.]

“ULVITS-VAVT PUB 1OzBID ‘sto Arerjta,y, *"WIBIT}S-VAVT PUL JazVID *sptfo Azeri,

‘punppny wpae sg ayn pun siajnig ayp fo uoynjae ayp Burmoys yorygsy— L ‘Sy

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 30,

2. Basaltic and scoriaceous eruptions, of a sluggish nature (wellings-
out), which have caused but little elevation, and no cone.

3. Cones with cups; of various compositions.

Ist. Of the tufa-craters there is a greater variety in respect to
size (Gamer) than in any of the other classes. The Pupuke Lake
(No. 2 on the map, Pl. XII.) is three-quarters of a mile in diameter
between the walls of the crater, while the little Pond-crater, No. 7,
is only 30 yards across.

These craters are generally either filled with water or with a
swampy soil, and all show the characteristic section seen in fig. 3.

Fig. 3.—Diagram of a Tufa-crater.

Plain. Tufa-crater. Lake or Swamp. Tufa-crater. Plain.

TN

he

In eight instances the broad tufa-crater contains within it a second
point of eruption, constituting a cone, generally isolated, unless con-
nected with the margin by the lava-stream which it has emitted.
Mount Richmond, No. 25 on the map, is an illustration of this.

It is worthy of remark that in many cases the tufaceous craters
seem, from their copious supply of water, to be fed by springs on
which local rains seem to have but little immediate influence. In the
case of the crater No. 25, the water is always running, and is of a
pure quality.

The tufa-crater is often nearly filled up by the lava-stream from
its central cone, or by the eruptions of some contiguous volcano.

2nd. The volcanos of this subordinate class are few, or, perhaps,
their immediate points of eruption are but rarely apparent, from the
circumstance of their being covered by the lava that has flowed out
of them.

Apart from other volcanos, or high above the level of other lava-
streams, are large ridges of basalt or scoriew, bearing a surface-
ripple, formed during the consolidation of the fused mass. By
ripple-mark I here mean such concentric rings or ridges of surface
as may be seen on slag that has cooled undisturbed after flowing
from the furnace, as shown in fig. 4.

Fig. 4.—Ooncentric Markings on the Surface of a cooled mass of
Lava or other molten matter.

CSS SSS

SS

In these cases the molten matter seems to have welled out slowly,
without any projectile force or much vaporous explosion. No. 14,

1859. | HEAPHY—VOLCANIC COUNTRY, NEW ZEALAND. 247

and especially No. 42, on the map, Pl. XII., are instances of this.
In the latter the eruption has taken place between two streams, and
the lava has flowed to the confine of each, and there cooled.

In many cases the actual points of eruption must be hidden by
the matter that has flowed out, while the contiguity of the edges
of laya-streams flowing from other craters has destroyed the insu-
larity of the emitted mass. The most interesting, however, of these
phenomena are where, after a period of eruption, a partial collapse
has taken place, and the crater (if it may be so called) has subsided
within itself: I think the point No. 20 on Pl. XII. may be considered
as of this kind.

The 3rd subclass of the fourth series is the elevated conical hill
with its crater. I will describe three kinds, each of which may be
considered as a type of several others that oceur in the district.

a. Mount Albert (No.16 on Pl. XII.) is a mound, about 350 feet above
the sea, the base of the cone being about one-third of a mile in dia-
meter. The crater is about 80 or 100 feet deep, and the lip on the
S.W. side is broken away. A lava-stream has flowed out on this side,
and continued its course along one of the natural valleys, over the
Tertiary clays, to the sea at Auckland Harbour, a mile and a half to
the N.W. The lava-stream has not expanded much laterally, perhaps
on account of a stream and a swamp that touched its sides; but it
has kept on its way, rolling, as it were, within partially cooled sides,
until it reached the sea, where its course is for the present lost.

A question perhaps arises, as to whether this lava-stream flowed
out of the crater through the present gap, which its weight caused
to give way ; or whether the cone resulted from an eruption of ashes
subsequent to the welling-out of the lava-stream. In some instances
(Mount Smart, No. 22 on the map, Pl. XII.) the lava-stream leaves
the mountain at a point opposite to the crater-gap, as if the piling-
up of the cone were subsequent to the basaltic eruption. There is
but one section of a crater yet discovered (No. 45 on Pl. XII.)
where the effect of the tide has broken away one side of the cone;
and the section here has since been made more perfect by quarry-
ing operations. See fig. 5.

In this case, I think it is evident that the basaltic lava rose up to
5, where it flowed over the sides; but those sides, especially at e¢,
were so steep as to cause a severance of the stream, and the lava
rolled down at once to d. It may be a question whether the bed a
was subsequently added, or the basalt, b, found its way through, at
intervals, without disturbing a. The great compactness of texture of
the surface of } leads, perhaps, to a belief in the latter alternative.

b. There are near Auckland about four instances of cones with
lateral craters.

The larger mound in fig. 6 shows a well-formed, but broken-down
crater; a subordinate mound also shows a crater; a third shows no
cup, but a lava-stream flows from the base of it; and a fourth and
fifth show protuberances without apparent craters.

Are Nos. 3, 4, & 5 in this diagram (fig. 6) hills once containing
craters that have been filled up by the subsequent raining-in of ashes

[ Nov. 30,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

“Atsnonostusoad podeoy ‘4yeseq Jo sossvu puv ‘attoos ‘snl 9

*WLaI}S-VAUT “UIB9I}S-CALT

*J225 00S
t
“PUY pnp Maw *SMODLD 104229] YRLM BUOY IWUNI}0 4 —'9 i) sf

“BOS OY} UT pu TAveq 94} WO ATeSeq PU KLIOIG “p "Oly JOaF GZ JNoge “4resvq youdutoo Jo pag “yg
es JO SIOPUTO [[RUIG ~v

© Wie

-deyy oy} U0 CF ON “unoqunyy punjpupy {0 ALOK YRMONT 247 UO La9D.LD D {0 UoNr2g [VLNIYAI—'G “ST

1859. } HEAPHY—VOLCANIC COUNTRY, NEW ZEALAND, 249

from Nos. 1 & 2? or are they dome-like risings, from the pressure of
a dyke below? These subordinate craters do not range on the same
line with each other and the large one.

c. No, 1 on the map, Pl. XII., or Rangitoto Island (see also PI.
XIII.), is a good type of another class, where successive eruptions,
each feebler than the preceding, appear to have taken place from
the same vent.

By the first eruption of this voleano the whole base of the island
seems to have been constituted. The scoriaceous matter erupted
appears to have heaped itself up until the last scorie flowed over a
crater-lip about 600 feet above the sea. It was then entirely a
scorial island (1 6, 1m Pl. XIII.), without any trace of tufa, or of
small cinders, and the scoriz sharp and clean, and almost vitri-
fied on the surface. The second period of eruption heaped up a
cone of ashes upon this (1 a, in Pl. XIIT.).

This second eruption appears to have been but feeble, for the
ashes from it are not diffused over the island. Indeed, in some
parts of the island there is such an absence of small cinders that
vegetation cannot exist, for want of a suitable substance in which to
spread a root. A third eruption now took place; the sides of the
cone were broken down by some sluggish lava-streams; and a new
cone (1, in Pl. XII.) within the last became formed, its highest point
being 920 feet above the sea.

The crater of the highest cone is about 200 yards in diameter,
and about 100 yards deep. The scorie are very sharp, and also
wholly undecomposed.

Another interesting example is met with in Mount Wellington, of
which a sketch-plan is annexed (fig. 7). Here the tufa-crater, A, ap-
pears to be the oldest ; it is nearly circular, with a swampy hollow (a),
containing a central cone with a partly obliterated crater. The
great crater, B, seems then to have come into action; and sub-
sequently the subordinate crater, D, which has thrown out a stream
of scoriz, E, to the eastward. This has run into, and partly filled,
the hollow, a, before it found an outlet to the northward.

The question now remains,—how long a period has elapsed since
the most recent of these volcanos has been in activity, and are
they finally extinct, or merely quiescent? The relative ages of the
different eruptions may be easily determined by careful observa-
tion; but the lapse of time since the last took place cannot now
even be fairly guessed at.

It would, however, appear that the Island of Rangitoto was one
of the latest in operation. And though the natives have no tra-
ditions of this mountain, or indeed of any about Auckland, having
been in a state of activity, yet the name which it bears—and con-
spicuously in their old songs and traditional stories—is most sig-
nificant. Rangitoto means, literally and simply, “ Bloody Sky.”
Thus, Rangi, sky; toto, bloody—a term never used to indicate
the red sky of evening or morning.

The traditions of the New Zealanders yield evidence that the

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 30,

people have had a common origin with the Sandwich Islanders. The
language has but a slight dialectal difference from the Hawaiian ;
so shght, indeed, that a separation of people for four or five cen-
turies might be presumed to have caused a greater; and if it can
be established that Rangitoto has been in eruption since the coming
of the Maori, ethnologists may, perhaps, ere long assist in ascer-
taining their date. Leaving, however, this speculation, I may
mention that fern-root (Pteris esculenta) has been found by well-
diggers, uninjured, at a depth of 15 feet below a bed of scorie, near
Mount Eden; and that charred bones, apparently human, were
found on the edge of a lava-stream, and protruding from the mass,
which had cooled about them.

Fig. 7.—Sketch-plan of Mount Wellington and Waipuna Lake,
eight miles east of Auckland.

A. Tufa-crater. a. Swampy hollow. B. Tufa-crater, about 400 feet high.
C. Laya-stream. D. Recent crater, about 200 feet high. E. Lava-stream.
F. Lake Waipuna, an old Tufa-crater.

Earthquakes (common and occasionally violent in the neighbour-
hood of Wellington—a clay-slate and granitic country) are here
unknown, or of doubtful remembrance. Are we to conclude that
the numerous volcanic vents have given off all that was of an expan-
sive or disturbing nature, and that they are really extinct? In the
Bay of Plenty, at a distance of about 140 miles, is White Island, a
volcano of considerable activity; and in a chain from that to the
great inland volcano, «Tonge Riro,” exist many geysers and solfa-
taras, all active. Has the volcanic effort become transferred to these
—and are they the safety-valves of the Auckland country? Ob-
servation may yet show whether these have come into activity since
the cessation of eruption at Auckland. The buried plants and bones
may unfold a page in their relative history.

1859. | HEAPHY— VOLCANIC COUNTRY, NEW ZEALAND. 251

Notes on the Fossils.

Among the specimens sent by Mr. Heaphy are some

Terebratule (of large size) in a calcareous rock, from the Wairou
Valley.

Terebratule and Bryozoa, from Kohuroa, near Cape Rodney.

Belemnites (sulcated), Bryozoa, and a Fern (Pecopteris ?), from seyen
miles south of Waikato Head.

Brown-coal from Slippery Creek (Farmer’s Land), and from Wan-
gaparou Promontory.

lignite from a section at Orakei Creek, Auckland ; where clay (with
streaks of lignite), volcanic ash (15 ft.), sandstone, clay, and
lignite succeed one another (from above downwards).

Also a fossiliferous, friable, argillo-calcareous grit, full of green
grains (the casts of small organisms, especially of Foraminifera).
It contains fragments of Salicornaria, and of spines of Echino-
derms ; also casts of Tubulipora and small Univalves; and the
following Poraminifera :—

Nodosaria Raphanistrum, Linn. (Fragments.)
Vaginulina Legumen, Linn. (Common.)
Polymorphina lactea, W. & J.
Cristellaria rotulata, Lam. (Common.)
Amphistegina vulgaris, D’Orb. (Common.)
Rotalia Schreteriana, P. & J.
Miliola (Triloculina) ; and others, indeterminable.
This group indicates a late Tertiary deposit.
Eprtor Q.J.G.§8.

Notes on the Puates XII. & XIII.

The Map, Plate XII. comprises a small Index-map of the North
Island of New Zealand, and the central portion of a large Geological
Sketch-map of Auckland and the surrounding district, constructed
by Mr. C. Heaphy from actual survey in 1857, and corrected to
February 1859.

The corrections here alluded to have arisen from observations
made during the progress of Dr. F. Hochstetter’s geological survey
of the Auckland District.

It is expected that a more complete description of the volcanic
and geological features of this and other parts of New Zealand will
be supplied in the scientific publications of the Austrian “ Novara”
Expedition, by Dr. F. Hochstetter, the Geologist of the expedition,
who remained in New Zealand, at the expense of the Provincial
Government of Auckland, for the purpose of making a geological
survey of the province.

In illustration of this memoir, the author has also supplied several
original water-colour sketches, indicating the geological and voleanic

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 30,

features of the district. These are preserved in the library of the
Society, only one of them being now published.

Sketch No. 1, illustrative of the geology of the northern shore of
Auckland Harbour, is here lithographed as Plate XIII., in which
the different volcanic soils are indicated by lighter and darker tints.

Sketch No. 2 is a view of Manukau Harbour, from Pahakura,
looking west. No. 3. Mount Richmond (No. 25 on the Map) and
the neighbouring hills and craters. No. 4. Manukau Entrance.
No. 5. Tarang’a, or “ The Hen,” and neighbouring rocks. No. 6.
Barrack Hill and Mount Eden. No. 7. Castle Hill, Coromandel Har-
bour.—Eprtor Q.J.G.S.

3. On the Guotoey of a part of Soura AvstRALtA between ADELAIDE
and the River Murray. By T. Burr, Esq.

[The following is an abstract of the second of two Reports on the Geology of
South Australia, by Mr. T. Burr, communicated by the Colonial Office in 1847
and 1848. In the first Report were described two sections traversing the coun-
try higher up to the north (one in the latitude of Mount Remarkable, 32° 44'S.;
and the other in that of the Burra Mines, 33°41’). The chief points treated of
in the Reports have been published in some detail in a little book entitled, ‘“‘ Re-
marks on the Geology and Mineralogy of South Australia,” by Thomas Burr,
Esq., Deputy-Surveyor-General of the Province: Adelaide, 1846.]

Tre lowlands about Adelaide on the west and along the River
Murray on the east consist of horizontal beds of limestone and cal-
eareo-siliceous deposits, yellowish and reddish in colour, full of
marine fossils, and of Tertiary age. Sometimes gypsum and ferru-
ginous sand replace the limestone. These plains are arid—except
where granite protrudes from the surface, presenting cavities in
which rain-water collects. The author observed a similar Tertiary
formation on Yorke’s Peninsula, at Port Lincoln, and to the S.E. to
beyond Rivoli Bay; and it probably forms vast tracts in New South
Wales and Western Australia. None of these Tertiary districts
appear to exceed an elevation of 300 feet above the sea.

In describing two volcanos in South Australia, Mount Gambier
and Mount Schanck, Mr. Burr remarked that, coming from the west
or north-west, at about 20 miles from these hills a white “coral
limestone” [ Bryozoan limestone | containing flint or chert takes the
place of the limestones and calcareous sandstones with recent sand-
formation previously passed over. This white limestone is remark-
able for the numerous deep, well-like water-holes in it, within about
twelve miles of the volcanic mountains, and about east or west of
them.

Mount Gambier has a height of 900 feet above the sea (600 feet
above the plain), and has three craters lying- nearly east and west
and occupied with lakes of fresh water. Mount Schanck, at a distance
of about nine miles magnetic south, is circular and has one large and
two small lateral craters.

1859. | WOODS—TERTIARY ROCKS, 253

The author next described the granite, gneiss, and slaty rocks
along a section extending from the River Murray and Kangaroo
Range across Mount Barker and Mount Lofty towards Adelaide,
and noticed the mode of occurrence of the ores of copper, iron, lead,
&e., in these rocks. Lastly, he noticed and explained the occurrence
of calcified stems of trees standing in the position of their growth in
the sand-dunes of the Gulf of St. Vincent, near Adelaide.

4. On some Tertiary Rocks in the Corony of Sourn AvsTRALta.
By the Rev. Junran E. Woops, F.G.8S. With Notes on the Fossum
Potyzoa and Foraminirera, by G. Busx, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S.,
W. K. Parker, Esq., Mem. M.S., and T. Rurert Jonzs, Esq., F.G.S.

I propose to submit to the Society a description of an extensive
Tertiary deposit in South Australia, which has neyer received more
than a passing notice from any who have previously called atten-
tion to it. The beds to be described occupy so great a tract even
of the large colony of South Australia, that they will, I am sure,
eventually call forth a minute examination from those more com-
petent than myself. If there were any probability of a geological
survey of the place, under Government-auspices, I would not step
forward to do what would then be better done in a much shorter
time. But there is no probability of this. Victoria, alone, of all the
Australian colonies, as far as I am aware, employs a geological
surveyor; and of course he will not be permitted to extend his
investigations far beyond the boundaries of that colony. As there-
fore there is no likelihood of any organized scientific inspection of the
country I am about to describe, I venture to submit to the Society
my own imperfect observations on facts which it may prove useful for
science to be in possession of meanwhile.

The formation which is the subject of my observations extends
westward and southward from the River Murray. The line aw
across the map marks the northern boundary of the district with
which I am acquainted (about 290 miles long, by an average breadth
of 70 miles), This is all occupied with the tertiary limestone,
excepting some small patches of post-tertiary deposits. A line of
trap-rocks almost exactly follows the boundary-line of the two
colonies; and then the tertiary beds reappear and continue to Port
Fairy in Victoria, about 60 miles from the boundary.

The whole formation, and indeed the whole country laid down on the
map, is remarkably level and horizontal throughout ; the only excep-
tions being some few ridges, which never rise more than 200 feet
above the plains, four extinct craters, and half a dozen hills raised
by trap-dykes. The latter are in the southern portion of the district.
In the north, on the edge of the Mallee Serub (Hucalyptus dumosa),
there are two or three ranges of porphyry rocks, forming chains of
small eminences, some 50 feet in height, which run about east and

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 30,

Sketch-map of a Part of South Austraha.

[To illustrate the Rev. J. E. Woods’s paper on the Tertiary Strata of that District. |

ADELAIDE

R-Mupeay

“yy,

1, Hills of porphyry.

2-2. Rocks composed of shelly
sand.

3-3, Shells of existing species
are found in the strata
of the hills running par-
allel with the coast.

4. Natural fountain.

5. Trap-dyke.

6. Lake Leake (two craters),

7,7. Caves.

8. Underground river.

9. Mount Schanck.

10. Mount Gambier (with its
two craters).

11. Large caves containing bones
&e,

CLENELG R.

1859. ] WOODS—TERTIARY ROCKS. 255

west for 100 miles, terminating in a volcanic district on the River
Warmon, Victoria, about twenty miles over the boundary. With these
exceptions the country is an immense plain, with a gradual rise from
the sea. In the extreme south of the district are some extinct
volcanos. To the north of these there lies an immense chain of
swamps, the principal of which is called the Dismal Swamp—a
large series of marshes about thirty miles long by ten broad. To
the north of this again is a ridge of limestone (Tertiary), bordered on
each side by swamps or sandy flats, to Penola, where the Mosquito
Plains commence, and then continue right to the edge of the Mallee
Scrub. No change of the level occurs as far as the Mallee is known.
There can be no doubt that there is a continuation of the same flats,
and most probably of the same formations, as far as the River
Murray, a distance of 134 miles; but, as the scrub is nearly impe-
netrable from the tangled nature of the brushwood, and quite so for
want of water, the geographical and geological features are not
known. ‘The cliffs of the Murray to the north are of the same de-
scription of rock as that found lower down near Penola. The Mos-
quito Plains are a series of swamps, which are shallower than those
‘further north, and the water in them dries during the summer. This
makes them available for pasturage, but the land is very inferior.

Before proceeding to describe the tertiary rocks, let me remark, in
reference to the country, that there are two kinds of soil met with.
The more common is a sand-peat, with stringy bark (Hucalyptus
Fabrorum) and a fern (Pteris esculenta) as the only plants, besides
the usual scrub-growth of Australia. The sand is found on examina-
tion to consist of rounded particles of pink felspar and white or
transparent rounded grains of quartz, mixed with carbonate of lime
and black loam. The other kind of soil is generally of a chocolate
or black colour, with limestone-rock cropping out. It generally
supports good grass and trees of the Eucalyptus, Banksia, and Casua-
rina class, besides many beautiful Acacias. Both these kinds of
country pass into another; but, as a general rule, the sandy scrub is
found on very level ground, and the well-grassed soil on that which
is undulating. I shall now proceed to describe the formation which
is universal in the district.

Immediately under the surface-soil, which is always of small
depth, a white limestone is reached, of a compact texture, and con-
taining no fossils. In some places it is only a few feet thick; in
others, some twenty or thirty feet ; and again in other localities it
is entirely absent. Whenever caves are found, such as I shall here-
after have occasion to describe, they are always immediately under
this non-fossiliferous bed; and where this is absent, I do not remember
to have seen any caves.

Immediately under the bed which I have described come the fos-
siliferous limestone; but there is no abrupt line of demarcation
between them, for the one passes insensibly into the other. This
rock is composed of fragments of Bryozoa, sometimes so finely com-
minuted as only to show here and there small fragments of organic
structure, imbedding occasionally the Terebratula compta, and fre-

VOL. XVI,—PART I, U

256 _ PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 30,

quently the Spatangus Forbesu. At other places all organic traces
are lost, and the rock appears like white chalk, of an extremely friable
texture ; or, again, the beds appear composed entirely of Bryozoa,
huddled together in a very confused manner, but always forming
strata. The most common fossils are the Psileschara subsulcata (nov.
gen. et spec.), Busk, Melicerita angustiloba (sp. n.), Busk, Cellepora
Gambierensis (sp. n.), Busk, which must have been, from its constant
recurrence, the prevailing Bryozoan of the period, several Hschare,
Cellepore, Membranipore, Leprahe, and other Bryozoa, of which a
list has been drawn up by Prof. Busk, F.G.S., and appended to this
paper. Two species of Pecten also, and some Echinoderms*, are not
uncommon ; and casts of Univalves also occur. The only fossil which
I am able to identify as occurring in beds at home is the Nautilus
ziczac, Which is frequently met with. The specimens I have sent
with this paper are not all equally abundant in the same strata,—
some prevailing more in the lower, while others are more common
in the upper beds.

In a spot near Mount Gambier, where the falling in of a large cave
has given origin to a deep circular pit, about 100 feet wide and 90.
deep, a complete section of the beds isexposed. It is here seen that,
in addition to distinct lines of stratification which occur about every
14 feet, there are regular zones where particular fossils are
associated. At the first bed (14 feet) little is seen but small
Bryozoa with Terebratule. In the next (10 feet), less Bryozoa and
some Bivalves. The next (12 feet) is almost exclusively composed
of a species of Pecten, and the branched Cellepora Gambierensis.
The beds seem to alternate thus to the water-line (there is water at
the bottom of the pit), except that a Retepora? and the Spatangus
Forbes are more common lower down in the deposit.

I cannot assert that this arrangement is found throughout the
district, but fossils are found in much the same way at the caves on
the Mosquito Plains, seventy miles distant (marked on the accom-
panying map), where a fine section is exposed to view. It appears
to me that the whole deposit has been formed in deep water, from
the detritus of a large reef, which may have existed at some di-
stance from the beds, as these appear to have been slowly spread
out. along the sea-bottom. This would appear from the chalky
texture of the rock, which, when soft, must have been a white pasty
mass, occasionally enclosing some fragmentary fossils which had
escaped the general attrition. The large Cellepora Gambierensis is
never in an upright position, but always broken and interstratified
in the mass.

The general resemblance which the whole formation bears to the
European Chalk is very singular. With the exception of well-defined
strata and a rather more plentiful supply of fossils, the cliffs might
easily be mistaken for chalk-cliffs; and then the usual sand-pipes
(sometimes going to great depths) and rows of flints make the resem-
blance most striking. The flints just mentioned are generally black,
occurring in regular layers, from 14 to 20 feet apart ; and one layer

* Hupatagus, Echinolampas, and Clypeaster.— Ep.

1859. | WOODS—TERTIARY ROCKS, 257

is frequently found immediately over the water-level. Sometimes,
however, the flints are white ; but this is seldom the case; and both
black and white varieties contain fossils, most commonly Bryozoans
and Sponges.

It might naturally be expected that in such loose and soft deposits
water would more or less undermine the rock and cause subterranean
hollows. Accordingly we find that the whole district is more or
less honeycombed with caves. Sixteen, and perhaps more, are
known, of very considerable extent; but the smaller ones abound
in different localities, confined, however, to the higher ground, or
where the country is undulating, for I cannot call to mind a single
instance where they have been found on level flats. The most
remarkable of all are those situated on a high ridge on the northern
side of the Mosquito Plains (see Map, p. 254). There are three very
close to one another, the entrance to which is a round aperture, about
6 feet wide, on the summit of the ridge on which they occur. The
first cave is about 200 feet long, divided into three large halls, from
which there are occasional passages leading into extensive side-
chambers. At the end of the last cave the passage ramifies into
several smaller tunnels, which, though too narrow to admit of actual
examination, are supposed to be continued for a long distance. The
direction of the caves is nearly north and south, that is parallel with
the axes of the ridge. The entrance is at the southern end. At
the termination of the first chamber in the large cave, there is a large
stalactite, which almost entirely blocks up the passage into the next.
At the foot of this, on the side of the entrance, there is a very
extensive deposit of bones. These occupy just such a position as to
lead one to conclude that they had been deposited from a current of
water flowing from the entrance towards the narrow end. To such
a stream the immense stalactite would act as a dam, only allowing
the water to pass through a narrow passage at each side. I must
state, however, that there is but slight internal evidence of such a
stream, excepting perhaps that the walls of the cave are somewhat
undermined all round the first chamber; and a stream running
strongly enough to bring down bones might be expected to leave more
evident marks of its former existence. But, if a stream did hollow
out the caves, there must have been a period during which its flow
was stopped; for the large stalactite bears evidence of having been
formed in small columns at first, and a current of water would have
prevented their formation, and have eroded them away much faster
than the drippings from the limestone could repair the damage
done. Supposing the great stalactite to have been formed during a
time when water was not running, its existence easily accounts for
the deposit ‘of bones at its foot; for it would act as a barrier to the
stream.

The bones in question are mostly of extinct species, closely allied to
those of animals at present inhabiting the locality, but many times
larger. The most common are those of a rodent somewhat resembling,
in the form of the skull, the dentition, and the markings on the
molars, our existing domestic Mouse, though it is many times larger.

v2

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Nov. 30,

I have also identified the skull-bones of nine existing insectivorous ~
Marsupials, and one Bat, all of the size of existing species. There is
one thing more in this cave which deserves notice: it is the body of
a native which lies in a crevice of one of the inner chambers. The
remains are perfectly shrivelled and dry, and the skin tough like
leather, broken through in some places and showing the bones under-
neath. It was partially imbedded in stalagmite some time since ;
but, having been moved by some settlers, there is no such appearance
visible now. At first sight one would imagine the remains to be of
great antiquity, but in reality they are very modern. It is only
fourteen years since the man died in the spot where his body is now
seen. He was shot in a quarrel between the settlers and aborigines,
and was known to have crept to the place where he died, in order to
escape pursuit. I cannot help thinking that the fact of human
remains becoming almost fossilized by being imbedded in stalagmite
is rather a valuable one. Dr. Lund, who found some bodies in a
similar state in caves in South America, took from that circumstance
the idea that the Indian race must have been in America much
longer than we supposed. Would not the fact to which I am drawing
attention modify the supposition of such immense age ?

Close to this cave there are two more; neither of which, as far as I
am aware, have ever been examined. One of them is 30 feet deep, and
the other 60; and there is no means of descending into them without
pulley and ropes, which are not easily procured in the unfrequented
part of the Australian bush in which the caves are situated. Next
in importance to the above are a series of caves in the vicinity of
Mount Shanck, and between that and Mount Gambier. (The two
most southerly craters marked on the map.) Some of them do not
run very deep, but others have never yet been explored. They all
resemble each other in one particular, and that is in the possession
of water at a depth varying from 70 to 100 feet, dependent on the
height of the eminence upon which they are. One is just like a
round hole, about 100 feet in diameter; and the passage to the
bottom is by a winding footpath to the water’s edge, 75 feet below
the surface. The cave then seems to shelve away to a great depth ;
but no more is positively known than that at about 10 feet from the
side the soundings are 60 feet. At another cave very near this the
descent is very sudden, so that the water stops further progress very
near the entrance, and it is so deep as to appear of a deep sea-blue.
The cavern is seen to continue in a fine arched passage, high above
the water-level, to a distance far beyond what has ever been explored.
In a cave at Mount Shanck the water is so deep that no bottom
could be found with 120 feet of line. In every one of the above,
and in many more that I have not described, the water is beautifully
clear, and where deep of a sea-blue.

At certain seasons of the year (I have been informed) a distinct
motion is perceptible ; but I have been only able to verify this in one
instance. This was at a short distance from Mount Gambier, where an
extensive subterranean passage occurs. The opening to it is narrowand
perpendicular, and from above the water is just discernible. Upon one

1859. | WOODS—TERTIARY ROCKS. 259

occasion a boat was lowered down to this, and a party of settlers floated
along the surface for half a mile ; and, though they then turned back,
they alleged that the passage was as wide as ever and could have
been followed to a much greater distance. On this body of water a
distinct current is perceptible after the rainy season, and doubtless
this is one of many underground rivers by which a large tract of
country, unprovided with any other means of drainage, gets rid of
its surface-water. This may be the cause of all the caves; but
why they should always occur on the higher ranges and not upon
the flats, does not appear very clear according to such a theory.

There are other facts which tend to show that some parts of the
country are being drained by underground channels. Thus in
certain localities on the Mosquito Plains all the wells are observed
to have a distinct current to the north-west. Again, I noticed, in
following the current of a large overflowing swamp, that the water
disappeared at the foot of a limestone-ridge (in which there were
only a few crevices) and became lost. Now at a place on the coast,
N.W. of the Mosquito Plains (Lake Eliza, marked on the map), and
at two places near the sea, south of the caves at Mount Gambier,
natural fountains are found, where the water rises from holes in
the rock in a fountain of some height, which must send up many
gallons of water per minute. There may be many others which are
not known, for the coast has been but little explored. Atall events
the existence of a chain of freshwater lakes along the coast, con-
taining much more water than can be accounted for by the annual
fall of rain, would seem to indicate an underground drainage ; for it
is known not to come along the surface. The channels made by the
passage of this water will certainly become caves, should the land be
hereafter sufficiently upheaved to leave them dry.

I have never been able to find bones in any caves but those of
the Mosquito Plains, except in one or two shallow ones, where,
though imbedded in stalagmite, they were all of existing species ;
and the aperture was always in such a position on the roof that
animals, bounding across them, would be most likely to fallin. I
met with one curious instance of how caves of this description might
become full of animal remains. In exploring one near the coast,
which had never been entered before, I crept along a gallery which
led into a large chamber, in the centre of the roof of which there
was a round hole about 2 feet wide. Underneath this was seen
a large heap of Kangaroo bones; and skeletons were distributed
about the chamber. On coming to the surface I found that the hole
was almost perfectly concealed by grass, that an animal might
jump into it without suspecting the existence of an aperture. Some
might be killed immediately, and so leave their bones on the heap,
while others would struggle about the chamber and leave their
skeletons around.

I have now enumerated a few of the remarkable features of this
extensive district, in which, though nearly 10,920 square-miles in
extent, there are only one or two small patches where the deposit
differs from the formation which I am led to believe is of an Eocene

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Noy. 30,

character. These exceptions are,—first, a deposit composed of fine
particles of sand and broken fragments of shells such as would arise
from detritus brought along by a deep sea-current. The rock is
stratified im a manner which fully bears out such a view. I believe
that this formation covered nearly, if not quite, the whole of the
limestone, but has afterwards been washed away by denudation, to
which its friable texture would render it extremely liable. There is
always more of it near the coast, and there in some places it is 200
feet thick. Elsewhere it is only in patches lying on elevated spots
of ground, and apparently much water-worn.

A ridge of coarse limestone follows the line of coast; and in
this, as well as in the limestone some few miles further inland, fossils
abound ; but they are all of species at present inhabiting the coast.
This is the result of upheaval which appears from observation to
continue to this day. It is worthy of notice that volcanic emana-
tions occurred during the period of upheaval; and it would appear
probable, from shocks of earthquakes that are ean es felt, that
the cause of them is yet in existence.

Note on the Fosstz Poryzoa collected by the Rev. J. K. Woops near
Mount Gamsier, Sourn AvsrratiA. By Grorex Busx, Esq.,
F.R.S., F.G.S8., &e.

The Polyzoa included in this collection belong to fifteen or sixteen
genera, of which four are probably new; and the number of species
is about thirty-nine or forty, of which at least thirty-six seem to be
undescribed. Among them are several very peculiar and character-
istic forms, especially in the genus Cellepora. Taken as a whole,
these fossil forms exhibit such generic and specific types as to render
it probable that the formation in which they are found corresponds,
in point of relation to the existing state of things, with the Lower
Crag of England, although the collection contains but one or two
species which can be referred, and those even doubtfully, to any
belonging to the Crag. It is remarkable, however, that it presents
a second species of Melicerita, which genus is peculiar to that deposit.
Of the characteristic Fascicularie and other Theonide of the Crag
no trace exists in the present collection. The most characteristic
form is a large and massive Cellepora, for which I propose the name
Cellepora Gambierensis.

Last of Genera and Species.

I. P. cHEILOSTOMATA.

1. Salicornaria, Cuvier. 3. Onchopora, Busk.

1. S. sinuosa, Hassall. 1. O. pustulosa, n. sp.

2. 8. Parkeri, n. sp. 4. Membranipora, Blainville.
2. Canda, Lama. 1. M. stenostoma, Busk. ?

1. C. angulata, n. sp. 2. M. bidens, Hag.

1859. ]

3. M. appressa, n. sp.
4, M. Cyclops, Busk.

d. ey Johnston.

1. L. ——, sp.?

aT, submarginata, 0. sp.

3. L. subcarinata, n. sp.
4, L. doliiformis, n. sp.

6. een O. Fabr.

fod
4

Sere

. nummularia, n. sp.
6) costata, n. sp.

. C. tubulosa, n. sp.

. C. spongiosa, n. sp. ?

> OR CO bo

3 Es schara, Linn.

1. E. simplex, nl. Sp.
2. E. papillata, n. sp.

. Gambierensis, n. sp.
. hemispheerica, n. sp.

PARKER AND JONES—FORAMINIFERA,

3. E. arcuata, n. sp.
4. E. oculata, n. sp.

5. EH. bimarginata, n. sp.

6. E. hastigera, n. sp.
7. E, inornata, n. sp.
One , sp.?

. Retepora, Imperato.

aie

,8p.?

. Psileschara, nov. gen.

1. P. pustulosa, n. sp.
2. P. subsulcata, n. sp.

. Coeleschara, nov. gen.

1. C. australis, n. sp.

. Melicerita, M.-Edwards.
1. M. angustiloba, n. sp.
. Scutularia, nov. gen.

1. S. prima, n. sp.

Il. P. cycLostomata.

3. Hornera, Lame.
1. H. Gambierensis, n. sp. ?
2. H. rugulosa, n. sp. ?

1. Pustulopora, Blainville.
1. P. distans, n. sp.
2. Idmonea, Lamu.
1. I. Milneana, D’Orbigny.
? 2. I. ligulata, n. sp.

Note on the Foramryirera from the Bryozoan Limestone near
Movunr Gamprer, Sourm Austratia. By W. K. Parker, Esq., and
T. Ruverr Jonzs, F.G.S.

A small portion of the deposit has yielded several Foraminifera,
namely,—

Polymorphina lactea, J. § W. Rather large.

Textularia pygmea, D’Orb. Small. Not rare.
agglutinans, D’Orb. Small.

Globigerina bulloides, D’Orb. Small. Common.

Cassidulina oblonga, Reuss. Small. Rather common.

Rosalina Berthelotiana, D’ Orb. (a variety of Rotalia Turbo, D’Orb.).
Small. Rather common.

Rotalia Ungeriana, D’Orb. Rather large. Abundant. ) Varietiesof Jto-

Haidingerii, D’Orb. Small. Not uncommon. | talia (Planor-
reticulata, Czjeck. Small. Not rare. bulina) fareta,
—— (Anomalina) Rotula, D’Orb. Small. Rare. ] F.& M.

The above-named Rhizopods exist at the present day, and for the
most part live in rather deep water, at from 200 to 300 fathoms. It
would hence appear that the fragmentary Bryozoa forming the mass
of the deposit were washed down from a higher zone of sea-bottom
and mingled with the Foraminifera inhabiting deep water.

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Dec. 14,

Decemser 14, 1859.

John Holmes Bass, Esq., 2 Picton Villas, Holloway, was elected
a Fellow.

The following communications were read :—

1. Note on some Rematns of Poryprycnopon from Dorxine.
By Prof. Own, F.R.S., F.G.S., &e.
[ Abstract. ]

Rererrine to the genus of Saurians which he had founded, in 1841,
on certain large detached teeth from the Cretaceous beds of Kent and
Sussex, and which genus, in reference to the many-ridged or folded
character of the enamel of those teeth, he had proposed to call
Polyptychodon, Professor Owen noticed the successive discoveries
of portions of jaws, one showing the thecodont implantation of those
teeth, which, with the shape and proportions of the teeth, led him
to suspect the crocodilian affinities of Polyptychodon; and the sub-
sequent discovery of bones in a Lower Greensand quarry at Hythe,
which, on the hypothesis of their having belonged to Polyptychodon,
had led him to suspect that the genus conformed to the plesiosauroid
type. The fossils now exhibited by Mr. G. Cubitt consisted of part
of the cranium, with fragments of the upper and lower jaws and
teeth of the Polyptychodon interruptus, from the Lower Chalk at
Dorking, and afforded further evidence of the plesiosauroid affinities
of the genus.

The cranial fragment included the frontal, parietal, and mastoid
bones; and at the overlapping suture between the frontal and pa-
rietal was situated a large oblique ‘foramen parietale’—a part not
present in the order Crocodilia, but characterizing the corresponding
region of the cranium in the Plesiosauroids,—the ‘ foramen parie-
tale’ being likewise present in many Lacertians, in the Dicyno-
donts, the Ichthyosaurs, and Labyrinthodonts.

The temporal fossze were large, and met upon the upper part of
the parietal, with the intervention of a sharp and high ridge. The
nasal bone was narrow, and transversely convex above. Other par-
ticulars of the cranial structure were specified.

Professor Owen further remarked, that, in a collection of fossils
from the Upper Greensand near Cambridge, now in the Woodwardian
Museum, and in another collection of fossils from the Greensand at
Kursk, Russia, submitted to the Professor’s examination by their
discoverer, Colonel Kiprianoff, there were teeth of Polyptychodon,
with plesiosauroid vertebrae of the same proportional magnitude.
In the Cambridge series, one of these vertebra, from the cervical
region, presented the flattened articular surfaces, and the single
transverse process for a simple-headed rib, on each side, closely
according with the plesiosauroid type. The length of this vertebra
was 4 inches 3 lines; the breadth across the articular surface was
5 inches 3 lines; the total breadth, including the transverse pro-
cesses, was 7 inches.

TAX. fel AX TOA

IG OSs) WuMOr Jaren

PUNT AWOL, SNSSOT

(9)

———— ee

]

JI

OL, XV.

Soc. VC

580.

orn. (

Quart. J

Fossils trom Baharia

— _—

TUPI ULOL) SYASS Oxf

AX Te TAX TOA 999 TO9H Wattop yen)

DULY Gan OL) SUS:

MY Tel TAKIOA 905 To99 Tumop 9.1en9

1859. | OWEN—POLYPTYCHODON FROM DORKING. 263

One of the vertebree from Kursk, belonging to the dorsal region,
showing the two venous foramina at the under surface, with other
plesiosauroid characters, measured 4 inches in length, and 5 inches
4 lines across the flat articular surface. No other teeth from the
Russian Greensand agreed in proportionate size with these vertebra,
save those of Polyptychodon. Portions of large imb-bones, without
medullary cavity and of plesiosauroid shape, from the Greensand
beds of Cambridgeshire and Russia, were also believed by Professor
Owen to belong to the Polyptychodon ; and he was now led to refer
to the same genus the large Plesiosauroid paddle, from the Chalk of
Kent, the phalanges of which were figured in his ‘ History of British
Fossil Reptiles,’ Part v. pl. 30, and in the ‘ Monograph on the Fossil
Reptilia of the Cretaceous Formations’ (Paleont. Soc.), pl. 17. Thus
the evidence at present obtained respecting the huge but hitherto
problematical carnivorous Saurian of the Cretaceous period, seemed
to prove it to be a marine one—the rival and contemporary of the
equally huge Maestricht lard. But whilst the Mosasaurus, by its
vertebral, palatal, and dental characters, seemed to foreshadow the
saurian type to follow, the Polyptychodon adhered more closely to
the prevailing type of the sea-lzards of the great geological epoch
then drawing to its close.

Professor Owen also exhibited drawings showing the mode and
degree of use or abrasion to which the teeth of Polyptychodon had:
been subject.

One of these teeth, in the collection of W. Harris, Esq., F.G.S.,
from a chalky deposit with greenish granules, in a tunnel of the »
railway near Frome, Somerset, showed the apical half of the crown
smoothly worn away, and presenting a flattened surface continued
obliquely a little way upon one side of the crown.

Another tooth, from the Cambridge Greensand, measuring 1} inch
across the base, showed, with abrasion of a great part of the crown,
a smooth, slightly concave channel extending from the crown to the
fang, and apparently formed by the gnashing action of an opposite
large tooth.

2. On the Discovery of some Foss. Remarns near Banta in Sour
America. By 8. Attport, Esq.

{Communicated by John Morris, Esq., F.G.S.]
{Pratres XIV.-XVII.]

On referring to a map of Bahia, it will be seen that a line of hills
runs from the Point of St. Antonio in a north-easterly direction.
They form for some distance steep rocky cliffs, skirting the Bay, and
continue in the same direction for several miles. They also form
the seaward exposed edge of an elevated range of country, and
present a steep slope to the N.W.; and are everywhere covered by
red loam or sand, except where exposed to the action of the sea.
These are gneissose rocks, usually exhibiting distinct lines of strati-

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Dee. 14,

fication or foliation, but not unfrequently passing into amorphous
masses (see Map, fig. 1).

Fig. 1.—Sketch-map of a part of the vicinity of Bahia.

Plantaferma ed k
Fossil .
'
F

MOSSUS ....

Fort Montserrate
Fossils ...-..¢¢ :

The direction of the general line of upheaval clearly coincides with
that of the above range of hills, being N.E. and 8.W.; the dip of
the gneiss, where it can be well made out, being always to the N.W.

In Itapagipe Bay, near Cabrito, there is a white sandstone, inter-
stratified with shale, the dip of which is also to the N.W. It forms
a low hill, running nearly parallel with the gneiss hills, at a distance
from the latter of three or four hundred yards in the direction of

Fig. 2.—Section across the Gneiss Hills north of Bahia.

E. Cabrito. Plantaforma. W.

a. Gneiss. 6. Sandstone and shale. ¢. Conglomerate. dd. Fossiliferous shale.

the dip (fig. 2). No organic remains have yet been discovered here ;
but this deposit has not been carefully examined.

At a distance of about two miles from the gneissose range, and
running parallel with it, is the isolated hill of Montserrate (see
Map, fig. 1), which extends for nearly a mile in length, and ranges
in height from about 25 to 150 feet. The rocky cliff forming the

1859. | ALLPORT—FOSSILS FROM BAHIA. 265

S.W. point of the hill on which the fort of Montserrate is built
presents to view several alternations of conglomerate, sandstone, and
shale (see Section, fig. 3). Towards the N.E., these beds pass into

Fig. 3.—Section of the Cliff at Montserrate. (The detached Section

is about 25 yards eastward of the Fort.)
Wa Fort Montserrate. es

a. Conglomerate. 4. Sandstone. ¢. Sandy shale, with fossils.

a gritty shale, of a bluish-grey colour, and full of pebbles ; the latter
gradually disappear, and the upper strata, as far as the seaward
exposed portion extends, consists of beds of shale, alternating with
bands of sandstone, both of which contain the same species of fossil
shells. The entire series of these deposits are covered with the
usual red loam, and have the generai inclination to the N.W.

The seaward exposed portion of the cliff of Montserrate, about
30 feet in height, consists chiefly of conglomerate, with irregular
wedge-shaped bands of shale and clay, and also bands of sandstone.
The conglomerate is composed of more or less rounded pebbles of
gneiss, granite, quartz, and other crystalline rocks, and occasionally
of sandstone ; the whole forming an extremely hard rock. The
pebbles vary in size from the finest gravel to large boulders.

In the shale near the base of the cliff were found the fossils about
to be noticed (see Plates XIV. XVI. & XVII.), consisting chiefly of
scales and other portions of Fish, bones and teeth of Saurians,
together with Lignite, a few Mollusca: and some Entomostraca.

“Two miles from the above hill, in a N.E. direction, is the Planta-
forma (see fig. 1 and fig. 2), another hill of the same formation, but
loftier ; the conglomerates and shales have here the same lithological
character, and in the latter are found several fossils (Plate XV.)
similar to those found at Montserrate.

The geological position of the above formations is undetermined,
as they have not been traced in connexion with other deposits; but
a probable inference may perhaps be made from an examination of
the fossil remains.

Notes on the Fosstrs from Banta.

With regard to the Fish-remains, Sir P. Egerton, Bart., F.G.S., to
whom the specimens have been submitted, states that “the scales
are those of Lepidotus. The species appears to be a new one. The

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Dec. 14,

nearest approach to it is an undescribed species from the Litho-
graphic stone of Pappenheim.”’

Numerous fish-bones were found associated with the scales; and
probably the greater portion belong to Lepidotus also. But these
and the Crocodilian teeth and bones, which are also common in these
clays from Montserrate and Plantaforma, have not yet been system-
atically examined.

Professor Owen, on a cursory view of the large vertebra figured
in Pl. XVIL., suggested that it would prove to be a dorsal vertebra
of a Dinosaurian Reptile allied to the Megalosaurus.

Note on the Motiuscan Rematns from MontTsERRATE.
By Joun Morris, F.G.S.

The fossil shells, from the greenish sandy clay, from Montserrate
are—A cast of a bivalve (1in. by 14in.) apparently belonging to
the genus Unio; a smooth-shelled Neritina (rare); numerous small
Paludine; and several specimens of a larger Paludina, having a
smooth shell, subumbilicate, and showing four ventricose whorls,
deeply sutured ; also several individuals of an apparently new species
of Melania, which may be defined as follows :—

MELANIA TEREBRIFORMIS, spec. nov. Pl. XIV. figs. 3a, 36, 3¢.

Shell subulate, consisting of 7—8 flattened whorls, marked with
numerous oblique, somewhat prominent, rounded ribs, which are in
some specimens stronger towards the anterior part of the shell. In
some individuals the posterior part of each whorl is slightly raised,
making the suture more distinct. The last whorl is somewhat con-
stricted. The aperture is ovate. The lip of the columella is some-
what thickened and reflexed.

Fig. 3 ¢ is a smooth variety, with a less cylindrical shell.

Note on the Fossiu Enromostrraca from MontTsERRATE.
By T. Rurerr Jonzs, Esq., F.G.S.

About seven or eight specimens only of Entomostracan valves,
not well preserved, are to be seen on the fragments of green clay,
containing small Paludine, from Montserrate, submitted to examina-
tion. The hinges of the valves are not exposed; and other import-
ant features are obscure. The following appear to be distinct forms,
as far as the shape of the carapace-valves can serve as means of
judging.

1. Cypris (?) concvLcata, spec. noy. Pl. XVI. figs. 13a, 136, 136.

Carapace suboblong, slightly incurved on the dorsal and ventral
borders, rounded at the ends, narrowest behind; greatest convexity
of the sides at the posterior third. Surface of the valves smooth,
slightly margined (this, however, may possibly be due to pressure in
this specimen), and markedly pinched in at the middle of the dorsal
region, where there is a broad shallow sulcus with a slight swelling
before and another behind it.

1859. | JONES—FOSSIL ENTOMOSTRACA. 267

This somewhat reminds us both of Cypris gibba, Ramdohr*, and
of Cytherideis unicornis, Jonesy, in their young state before the
anterior and posterior tubercles of the dorsal furrow have been
developed into spines. Fig. 13 ¢ is a smaller, smooth, oblong cara-
pace, probably the young of C. conculcata above described.

2. Canpona canpia, Miiller, sp. Pl. XVI. fig. 14.

Cypris candida, Miller, Entom. p. 62, pl. 6. figs. 7-9; Candona
lucens, Baird. Hist. Brit. Entom. p. 160, pl. 19. fig. 1; Candona
candida, Jones, Monog. Test. Entom. p. 19, pl. 1. fig. 8.

Judging from the imperfect materials at command, it is not pos-
sible to separate this fossil Cyprid of Montserrate ‘from Miiller’s
species above indicated.

3. Cypris (?) MonrserraTensts, spec. nov. Pl. XVI. fig. 15.

Carapace having an outline somewhat like that of the blade of a
cheese-knife, strongly arched (nearly semicircular) on the back,
straight on the ventral border ; bluntly curved at one end, obliquely
curved at the other; the greatest convexity of the sides is on the
medial third and ventrade.

In shape, this somewhat approaches Cypris compressa, Baird, and
C. Browniana, Jones.

4, Cypris (?) Attrortrana, spec. noy. Pl. XVI. fig. 16.

Carapace long and narrow, subcylindrical, arched on the back ;
extremities tapering, obtuse, one rather more acute than the other.

This has a form rare among the Cyprides, and, as a Cypris, com-
parable only with C. clavata, Baird. Amongst marine Entomostra-
cans we might more readily find resemblances as to outline; as its
associates, however, were apparently fluviatile or lacustrine (or at
most of brackish-water habits), it is preferable to keep the Cypridal
relationship of this small unique specimen prominent.

The name of the discoverer of the freshwater deposits of Mont-
serrate and Plantaforma is associated with this species; and it is to
be hoped that further research by himself or his friends will supply
us with more abundant materials.

5. Cypris (?). Pl. XVI. fig. 17.

This suboblong, slightly curved carapace has resemblances in its
shape to so many Cyprides and Candone, that, without the aid of
other distinctive characters, it would be vain to regard it as deter-
minable.

The generic relations of these Entomostraca are doubtful, except
in the case of the Candona candida ; and here we are guided merely
by the shape of the carapace. Fig. 13, though having an analogue
among the Cyprides, may be a Cythere or eae (such as often

* Jones, Monog. Test. Entom. p. 15, pl. 1. fig.
+ Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit. (Tert. Isle of W i, 1856, p.158, pl. 7. figs. 24-26.

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Dec. 14,

live in brackish water). The others may be all Candonw, and of
freshwater habits.

It is to the recent and tertiary species that the above-described
Cypridce appear to be allied, as far as the foregoing observations are
concerned.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIV.-XVII.

Prare XIV.
Fig. 1. Neritina. \
2. Paludina. |
3a. Melania terebriformis, spec. nov. Montserrate.
30. 5 uy portion magnified.
3¢. another specimen (Smooth var.).

4. Jaw and teeth of a fish. Plantaforma.
5-8. Scales of Lepidotus, with radiate sculpture. MEAs
9-13. Smooth scales of Lepidotus. ai ets

Puate XV.

Fig. La, 16, 2, 3,4. Scales of Lepédotus, with radiate sculpture

5. Tooth of Crocodile, with coarse riblets. i JOBE.

Puate XVI.

Fig. 1a, 14, 2,3,5. Teeth of Crocodile, with delicately wrinkled \

surface.

4, 6,7, 8. Teeth of Crocodile, with strong continuous
strie and coarse riblets.

9. Sculptured bone of Crocodile.

10, 11, 12. Scales of Lepidotus, with granulate ornament.
(Figs. 11 & 12 show the smooth under side.)

13a. Cypris (?) conculcata, spec. nov. Right valve.

Bien ee 55 Back view.

UB@ op Young. Right valve.

14. Candona candida, Miller.

15. Cypris (?) Monteserratensis, spec. nov.

16. Cypris (2?) Aliportiana, spec. nov.

17. Cypris (2).

Montserrate.

Se

Puate XVII.

Fig. 1, 2. Laterai views of a Dorsal Vertebra of a Dinosaurian |
Reptile. (Half natural size.)
3. Outline of end view of the same. (Natural size.)

| Montserrate.
4. Outline of side view of the same. (Natural size.) |

3. On a TrerrestriaAL Mottusk, a CurtoenatHous Myriapop, and
some New Spsctss of Ruprives, from the Coat-Formation of Nova
Scorra. By J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.G.S., Principal of M‘Guill
College, Montreal.

On revisiting the South Joggins in the past summer, principally with
the view of collecting material for the further prosecution of my re-
searches on the structure of coal, I was informed by Mr. Boggs, the
superintendent of the mine at that place, that a second erect tree
had been exposed by the wasting of the cliff, in the bed which had
afforded to Sir Charles Lyell and the writer in 1851 a fossil stump

SS DAWSON—FOSSILS IN COAL. 269

containing the remains of Dendrerpeton Acadianum and other ter-
restrial animals*. I at once proceeded to the place, and found, still
in situ in the ledge at the base of the cliff, the lower part of an erect
trunk, about fifteen inches in diameter, and much more richly stored
with animal remains than that previously found. It was carefully
removed from the rock, and all the fragments containing fossils car-
ried off for examination. They contain numerous specimens of the
land-shell found in the tree previously discovered in this bed ;
several individuals of an articulated animal, which I believe to be
a Myriapod ; portions of two skeletons of Dendrerpeton, and of seven
small skeletons belonging to another Reptilian genus, and probably
to three species. I propose in the present paper to notice the mode
of occurrence of the remains in this curious repository, to describe
the invertebrate animals contained in it, and to state shortly the
characters of the new Reptilian species.

$1. Mode of occurrence of the Fossils—The reptiliferous tree of
1851 had fallen from the cliff before it was examined ; and though,
by putting together the fragments, it was possible to form a pretty
correct idea of their original arrangement, this could not be ascer-
tained with positive certainty. In the present specimen, the arrange-
ment of the materials filling the cavity of the stump could be distinctly
observed, and corresponded perfectly with that inferred in 1851.
The trunk was enclosed, as usual, in a cylinder of carbonized bark,
and was indistinctly ribbed in the manner of Stgillaria. It was
rooted in arenaceous shale or fine argillaceous sandstone, immediately
over the six-inch coal in group No. XY. of my section of the South
Joggins coal-measurest; and had extended upward into the overlying
sandstone, but the upper part had been removed by the sea. The
bottom of the trunk was floored with a thin layer of carbonized bark.
On this rested a bed of fragments of mineral charcoal, about an inch
in thickness, being probably the fallen remains of the woody axis of
the trunk. On microscopic examination, this mineral charcoal dis-
plays elongated wood-cells, some of them with the pores or discs in
several rows, as in many Sigillaroid trees. Imbedded in the upper
part of the layer of charcoal were a few reptilian bones; and among
the charcoal was coiled up a Sternbergia-cast, perhaps of the pith of
the tree. Above the charcoal, the trunk was occupied, to a height of
about six inches, with a hard, black, laminated material, consisting of
fine sand and carbonized vegetable matter cemented by carbonate of
lime. In this occurred the greater part of the animal remains, along
with many fragments of plants, principally leaves of Neggerathia
(Poacites), Carpolites, and Calamites, also many small pieces of mine-
ral charcoal, showing the structures of Lepidodendron, Stiqgmaria,
and the leaf-stalks of Ferns. The upper part of this carbonaceous
mass alternated with fine grey sandstone, which filled the remainder
of the trunk as far as seen.

The animal remains must have been introduced at intervals, in the
earlier part of the filling of the hollow stump, and the scattered

* Proc. Geol. Soc. 1852, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 58.
+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. x. p. 20.

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Dee. 14,

condition of the bones indicates that the soft parts had time to decay
before the specimens were buried by the addition of new layers of
vegetable matter and sediment. I account for these appearances, by
supposing that this tree, like other erect Sigillarie in this section,
became hollow by decay, after being more or less buried in sediment ;
but that, unlike most others, it remained hollow for some time in the
soil of a forest, receiving merely small quantities of earthy and ve-
getable matter, falling into it, or washed in by rains. While in this
condition it may have served as a place of shelter to the animals
found in it, or may have been too deep to permit their escape when
they fell in by accident. Possibly it was a place of residence for the
snails and myriapods, and a trap and tomb for the reptiles ; though
the coprolitic matter in some of the layers would seem to indicate
that these last in some instances were able to subsist for a time in
this underground prison. The occurrence of so many skeletons,
with probably more than a hundred specimens of land-snails and
myriapods, in a cylinder only fifteen inches in diameter, proves that
these creatures were by no means rare in the coal-forests, though
they have left so few indications of their presence in other beds.
The existence of vertical hollow stumps in such a condition that air-
breathing creatures could reside in or fall into them, implies that
the soils of the Sigillarian forests were not always so low and wet as
we are apt to imagine.

§ 2. Carboniferous Land-Snail—Pupa vetusta, n.s. (Figs. 1-3.)

An imperfect specimen of this shell, found in 1851, was described
by Sir C. Lyell, and its structure figured, in the Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soe. vol. ix. pl. 4. The numerous specimens which I now possess
enable me to present a complete restoration of its form, and to state
that it falls within the limits of the genus Pupa. It may be described
as follows :—

Cylindrical, but tapering towards the apex ; surface shining, mi-
nutely marked with longitudinal rounded ridges ; whorls eight or
nine, rounded, width of each whorl about half the diameter of the
shell ; aperture rather longer than broad ; outer lip regularly rounded
and reflected at the margin; pillar-lip straightish above, rounded
below. Edentulous ; length ;%,ths of an inch, or a little more.

I obtained in all about fifty specimens more or less complete of
this shell from the interior of this trunk, and many others must re-
main concealed in the matrix. There were also numerous frag-
ments of shells that had been broken and partially decomposed, as if
this hollow stump had long served as a harbour for land-snails. It
is very probable that they formed a part of the food of their reptihan
associates, and some may have been introduced by them. I have
found in the stomach of a specimen of Menobranchus laterals not
six inches in length, as many as eleven unbroken shells of Physa
heterostropha. The coal-reptiles and batrachians may have devoured
their contemporary pulmonates in similar quantity.

Where so many examples of one species of pulmoniferous mollusk

1859. | DAWSON—FOSSILS IN COAL. sah!

occurred, I was disappointed in finding no indications of any other.
Two specimens of a minute discoidal shell, which I at first supposed
to be molluscous, proved to be merely examples of the little Spiror-
bis so common in the coal-measures of the Joggins. These may
have formed part of the food of the smaller reptiles, or may have
been drifted in, attached to the vegetable fragments. In neither
case would the occurrence of these shells imply access of salt water
to the deposit ; as I have good-evidence from other parts of the sec-
tion that this little shell, though apparently a Spirorbis, and allied
to, if not identical with, the Spirorbis or Microconchus carbonarius
of the British coal- measures, was not an inhabitant of the sea, but
rather of fresh and brackish water.

Figs. 1-3.—Pupa vetusta from the Coal-measures of Nova Scotia.

\\ ~ 4

‘

Fig. 1. Magnified specimen. The natural size is indicated by the vertical line
at the side. 2. Ridges, magnified. 3. Apex, magnified.

§ 3. Carboniferous Myriapod—Xylobius Sigillarie, n. g. et sp.
(Figs. 4-9.)

I propose the above name for an articulated worm-like animal, of
which numerous flattened specimens were found associated with the
Pupa vetusta, I was at first disposed to regard it as the larva of a

VOL. XVI,.—PART I, x

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Dee. 14,

coleopterous insect; but a careful microscopic examination of the
specimens convinces me that it is a chilognathous Myriapod, allied
to Iulus. It may be described as follows :—

Body crustaceous, elongate, articulate, when recent cylindrical
or nearly so, rolling spirally. Feet small, numerous; segments
30 or more; anterior segments smooth, posterior with transverse
wrinkles, giving a furrowed appearance. In some specimens traces
of a series of lateral pores or stigmata. Labrum? quadrilateral,
divided by notches or joints into three portions. Mandibles two-
jointed, last joint ovate and pointed. yes ten or more on each
side.

I have endeavoured, in figs. 4-9, to represent these characters
as they appear in several specimens. They leave no room to doubt

Figs. 4-9.—Xylobius Sigillanie from the Coal-measures of Nova
Scotra.

4

oy

Fig. 4. Specimen of the natural size. 5. The head, magnified; showing the
eyes. 6. The labrum (?), magnified. 7. The mandible (?), magnified.
8. The anterior part of the body, magnified; showing the lateral pores.
9. The posterior part of the body, magnified ; showing the longitudinal
ridges. ‘

the affinities of the creature ; but I have not the means of comparison
with the various genera into which the Chilognatha have been di-
vided by some modern authors. For this reason, in the hope that
some one who has made these animals a special subject of study will
institute such comparison, I send several of my best specimens with
this paper. i

_ The Xylobius Sigillarie must have burrowed among the vegetable

7 hy

& Ut

1859.} DAWSON—FOSSILS IN COAL. ' 273

matter in the interior of the trunk in which it was found; and the
specimens were probably crushed and buried by the sand with which
it subsequently became filled. The occurrence of such a creature is
another evidence of the similarity of the conditions of the areas of
-coal-accumulation to those of modern forests. The oldest Myriapod
previously known is, I believe, the Geophilus proavus, Minster, of
the Jurassic period *.

§ 4. Reptihan Remains.

The number of specimens entombed in this singular repository is
so great, and the bones so much scattered, that it will require much
skill and care to work out all their relations. In the mean time I
desire merely to describe and figure such parts as may serve distinctly
to characterize the several species y. :

The Dendrerpeton Acadianum is represented by portions of two
skeletons, belonging to individuals of different sizes. In addition
to the parts formerly described by Professors Wyman and Owen, my
specimens exhibit the greater part of the cranial bones, perfect
examples of the lower jaws and teeth, vertebrz, ribs, and phalanges.
We learn from these that the whole surface of the cranium and jaws
was strongly sculptured. There appears to have been a double occi-
pital condyle. The orbits were very large. The teeth were in two
series ; the outer were simple, conical, and either straight or curved,

Figs. 10-13.—Dendrerpeton Acadianum from the Coal-measures of
Nova Scotia.

Fig. 11. Fig. 10. Fig. 12.

Fig. 10. Interior teeth, magn. 15 diam. 11. Exterior tooth, magn. 15 diam.
12. Exterior teeth of a smaller specimen, magn. 15 diam. 13. A scale,
magnified ; the vertical line shows the real length of the specimen.

the inner larger and furrowed longitudinally by the corrugated plates
of dentine (figs. 10-13). There are also indications of a group of

* Pictet, Paléontologie, vol. ii. p. 405. ,
+ Besides the figures given in the woodcuts, the author has sent several drawings
of Reptilian remains, very carefully executed by Mr. H. 8. Smith, Artist to the
Canadian Geological Survey. ;
XZ

=

274 © PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Dec. 14,

teeth on the vomer. The centres of the vertebre are ossified, but
biconcave, and the spinal processes large and flattened. The ribs
are short in proportion to the size of the animal. The bones of the
limbs are short and stout. The body was covered with broad and
thin scales, the usual form and sculpturing of which I have endea-.
voured to represent in fig. 13. These structures are evidently much
in advance of those of Archegosaurus and other genera included in
the Order Ganocephala of Owen, and indicate affinities rather with
the Labyrinthodontia. The bones of the legs and feet also, though
scattered and only in part observed, indicate adaptation for walking
rather than swimming.

Hylonomus, gen. nov.

The other reptilian remains represent three species belonging to
a generic form which, so far as I am aware, has not been previ-
ously observed, and for which, in allusion to its forest habitat, I
propose the above name. As its typical species I shall describe that
of which some remains are represented in figs. 14-18, and which I

Figs. 14-18.—Hylonomus Lyellii from the Coal-measures of Nova

Scotia.
Fig. 14. Fig. 18.
(\ iS
PAN | mine

\
\
\
| \ .
Ui) Dn <
Mi ff Uff Mf

y!

Fig. 14. Teeth, magn. 15 diam. 15, 16, 17. Scales, magnified; the vertical line
shows the real length. 18. Phalanges, magnified ; nat. length shown by
the straight line.

would name Hylonomus Lyell. Its cranial bones are thin and

smooth; the condyle I have not been able to observe, but there is a

parietal foramen, and the parietal bones are arched in such a manner

as to indicate a rounded rather than flattened skull, and a somewhat
capacious brain-case. Its teeth are numerous (about 26 in each

maxillary bone), elongated, conical, closely set in a single series, in a

furrow protected externally by an elevated alveolar ridge. In the

intermaxillaries and extremities of the mandibles the teeth are larger
than elsewhere. Fig. 14 represents a portion of the teeth of the
maxillary bone as exposed by the fracture of the outer ridge. The
vertebrae are imperfectly preserved, but appear to have been ossified,
biconcave, and with well-developed spinous processes. The ribs are

1859. | DAWSON—FOSSILS IN COAL. 275

long and curved ; and there are traces of numerous accessory pieces
which have been attached to their extremities. Only one sacral ver-
tebra can be made out, and it has broad lateral apophyses. The pelvis
is of large size and remarkable form; the ilium long and expanded
below, the ischium greatly expanded ; the pubis expanded and tri-
angular where it joins the ischium, and round and arched toward the
symphysis. The femur is thick and nearly straight, the tibia short
and stout, the fibula slender, the phalanges broad. The hind limb
thus largely developed must have been capable of supporting the
whole weight of the body in standing or leaping. The anterior
extremities appear to have been comparatively slender, with thin and
long fingers. A few scattered vertebrae lying posteriorly to the
pelvis may, perhaps, be remains of a tail. There was a dermal
covering of small ovate bony scales, of which, however, only a few
scattered specimens remain (figs. 15, 16).

This species is evidently quite remote from the ganocephalous and
labyrinthodont types of Batrachians, and in many respects approaches
to Lacertians. It may perhaps be allied to the Telerpeton of Elgin,
but does not appear to resemble any reptile hitherto found in the
coal-formation. Three skeletons of this species appear to have been
entombed in the erect Sigillaria in question. The most perfect of

Figs. 19-23.—Hylonomus aciedentatus from the Ooal-measures of
Nova Scotia. ‘

Fig. 20.
Aj f} iy

Fig. 19. Teeth, magn. 15 diam. 20. Inner tooth, magn. 15 diam. 21, 22. Scales,
magnified. 23, Phalanges, magnified. The nat. length is shown by the
straight line.

these is that represented in Mr. H. 8. Smith’s drawing, fig.3, Pl. LI1.*
The fragment of a jaw in fig. 14 is from a second; and a number of

* Not engraved.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Dec. 14;

the bones of a third are contained in a specimen which I have sent
with this paper, for presentation to the museum of the Society.

A second species is represented by scattered bones belonging to
two individuals. In general form and structure it must have resem-
bled that above described, but it was twice as large, and its teeth are
much more numerous (about 80 in each jaw), and they are flattened
and expanded toward their summits (fig.19). It is also possible
that there was a second series implanted on the palate or pharynx,
as I have found a few teeth of the form represented in fig. 22,
cylindrical, with blunt striated summits. These do not resemble
any of the teeth of Dendrerpeton, and are more likely to have be-
longed to this than to either of the other species of Hylonomus.
There is also a bone which seems to be a sphenoid, having on its
anterior part a number of conical tubercles that seem to have sup-
ported slender teeth. A foot of one individual is well preserved, and
with some other characteristic bones is represented in fig. 1, Pl. III.*
A magnified view of one of the toes is given in fig. 23. The dermal
scales of this species are similar to those of that last described, but
are alittle larger (figs. 20, 21). I propose for this species the name
of Hylonomus aciedentatus.

A third species, much smaller than either of the former, is repre-
sented by bones belonging to at least two individuals. Its teeth
number about 22 in the lower jaw, alternately large and small,
conical but obtuse (fig. 24). Its vertebra are elongated, and the

Figs. 24-26.—Hylonomus.Wymani from the Coal-measures of
Nova Scotia.

Fig. 24. Fig. 25. Fig. 26.

Fig. 24. Teeth, magn. l5diam. Figs. 25, 26. Scales. The nat. size is shown
by the vertical line.

conical cavities at their ends coalesce in the middle of each vertebra,
the centrum haying thus been cartilaginous in its interior. In one
series of these vertebra, there are as many as 26 joints. Only
traces of ribs are seen ; they seem to have been long, but very slender.
The feet of one individual are well preserved, and have four toes.
Its scales are like those of the other species, but very small and thin
(figs. 25, 26). The small vertebre found by Prof. Wyman in the
contents of the former reptiliferous tree, and described in the paper
above cited, must have belonged to this species. For this reason [I
propose for it the name of Hylonomus Wymani. I hope ere long to
be able to place the whole collection in the hands of that able com-
parative anatomist, that the farther details of their structure and
affinities may be more fully worked out.

* Not engraved.

1859. | DAWSON—FOSSILS IN COAL, 277

A very interesting portion of this collection is a quantity of car-
bonized skin, which must have belonged to one of these reptiles, pro-
bably to the last-mentioned species. It is smooth and shining, and
in part still contains the imbricated bony scales, which it covers as
in modern lizards, projecting a little beyond their edges. In one
place, probably at the occiput or shoulders, it contains a transverse
row of broad, striated bony plates, behind which are some projecting
bony tubercles. This part of the skin, which is as perfect asif taken
from a recent specimen, is represented in fig. 13, Pl. IJ.* Other por-
tions of it appear scaleless, with minute pores or punctures; and
attached to it are a number of pointed lobes or processes covered
with minute ovate scales, each having a puncture in the centre.
These must have been large and ornate cutaneous appendages,
similar to those on the back and gular pouch of the Iguanas, unless
they were swimming-lobes like those on the tail of the Crocodiles,
or, which seems less likely, branchial processes like those of some
perennibranchiate Batrachians.

Besides the more perfect bones above referred to, there are some
small patches of broken bones, probably of Hylonomus Wymani,
which have the appearance of being coprolitic; but in the distinct
masses of coprolite, I have seen no distinguishable remains except
those of Xylobius, or some similar Articulate.

I may perhaps be permitted to add to this paper a notice of a
remarkable tooth found several years since by Sir W. E. Logan in

Figs. prog tp adele (?) Tooth from the Coal-measures of Nova
Scotia. (In the Collection of Sir W. E. Logan.)

Fig. 29.
Fig. 27.

Fig. 27. The tooth of the natural size. Fig. 28. Cross section, nat. size.
Fig. 29. Part of the cross section, magnified.

one of the bituminous limestones of the Joggins, and which may
indicate the existence there of another labyrinthodont reptile of
large size, though it is also possible that it may have belonged to a
sauroid fish. It is represented of the natural size in fig. 27, and the
structure of its dentine, which is beautifully preserved, in fig. 29.
It has been broken, both at the base and at the summit, before it
was enclosed in the rock.

* Not engraved. The tubercles mentioned above are not represented in the
figure. They occur almost immediately in front of the large scales, and resemble
the shorter bony tubercles of some species of Phrynosoma.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrETy. {| Dec. 14, 1859.

A. On the Occurrence of Foorstrrs of CHEIROTHERIUM tn the UPPER
Knuper in WARWICKSHIRE.

By the Rey. P. B. Broprs, M.A., F.G.S.

Tue occurrence of certain footprints of supposed Labyrinthodont
animals in the Upper Keuper in the neighbourhood of Warwick has
been long known; and they generally consist of a series of small
casts and impressions, chiefly the former, over a considerable extent
of surface ; but no larger footsteps have been before noticed in the
district. These were obtained from Shrewley and Rowington, where
the Keuper contains also remains of Fish and Plants, though not
exactly in the same bed affording the footmarks.

The specimen to which I now wish to draw the Society’s atten-
tion was met with in a ploughed field, lying loose on the surface,
having been evidently turned up by the plough, of which it bears
the marks, in an extension of the same sandstone at Witley Green.
near Preston Bagot, about a mile from Henley in Arden, where it
occupies high and undulating ground, the surface of which has been
much denuded. The district is traversed by a N. and 8. line of fault.
(See Geol. Survey Map, sheet 54.N.E.) The sandstone crops out in a
lane adjacent, and might easily be quarried ; but I searched in vain for
any other large slabs likely to contain any footprints, although no
doubt they might be discovered along the same horizon if the stratum
containing them were worked. The specimen (of which I have sent
a reduced photograph) consists of two casts in relief on the under
surface of a slab of sandstone, 1 foot long and 9 inches broad, of the
‘large hind and the smaller fore foot. The breadth of the hind foot,
from the thumb to the fourth toe, is 44 inches ; the extreme length,
from the second toe (the longest) to the heel, is 4 inches. The cast
of the front foot is very indistinct and hes in advance, in close juxta-
position to the hind foot. It measures about 2 inches across; and
the length, as far as an approximation can be made, is about 14
inch. As the sandstone of Cheshire, so well known for its fine and
numerous impressions of Chevrothervum, belongs to the upper part of
the New Red series, it may be concluded that it is of the same age as
the Upper Keuper of Warwickshire ; which conclusion is strengthened
by the presence of the Cheirotherium, although this is the first indica-
tion of any large footprints of animals which have been called by
this name in the latter county. i

The specimen above referred to is now deposited in the Warwick
Museum, which contains the finest collection of fossils from the New
Red Sandstone (Upper and Lower Keuper) in the kingdom.

Jan. 4, 1860. | GOEPPERT—PALMOZOIC FLORA. 279

January 4, 1860.

Stephen Harlowe Harlowe, Esq., 2 North Bank, St. John’s Wood ;
The Rev. 8. W. King, Saxlingham Rectory, near Norwich; and
David Llewellin, Esq., C.E., Glyn Neath, Glamorganshire, were
elected Fellows. ie

The following communications were read :—

1. On the Fuora of the Strvrtan, Devontan, and Lower Carsontr-
FEROUS Formations. By Prof. H. R. Gorpprrt, For. M.G.S.
(In a letter to Sir Roderick Murchison, F.R.S., F.G.S., dated Breslau,
Oct. 31, 1859.)
Wau thanking you for your valuable work ‘Siluria,’ which you
have had the kindness to send me, I have the honour of announcing
to you that I have completed my work on the ‘ Flora of the Silu-
rian, Devonian, and Lower Carboniferous Formations.’ It is already
printed, and will be published at the expense of the Imperial
Academy of Naturalists at Jena, accompanied by twelve lithographic
and photographic plates*.
The number of all the fossil plants in the said formations amounts
to 185 species. They are distributed (a) according to the orders or
natural families, thus :—

Ee rake tee eae ae ka tO: eRe 30 species,
Calaming* or aetna fa get fy: A | aS
Asterophy litew i852 Pn. CG ie Gs
MCESS os aL ee a de DD Gao),
OLADINI GOS inst sun eirt 2 Sah Wh ws dO ae seit AQ) is
Gilddpeylen: s/n sys ce me eee eee APA
IN OSE PRT AL DIOR Sette on napstczegasia’e' ana ee Sh. Fs
Ro ATID Wai hoioL bed cea Suet ee S ches Gaiitiss
Goniferttin «03 ta ais eich huts ahid os Gar
Fruits (incerte sedis) ......... 4 7 MS
LRT ae

(4) According to the different formations,

I. Silurian Formation (Murchison),

1. Lower Silurian formation ........ 17 species.
2. Upper Silurian formation ........ 3 Soda
These all belong to the Alga. Aa.

II. Devonian Formation (Murchison).
lL. Lower Devonialiy, §iG.0. cis 6 ocaes 6 species.
Five of these belong to the A/ge ; one to terrestrial plants—Sigil-

* See Nova Acta Acad. Cesar. Leop.-Carol. Germanic. Nat. Curios. vol, xxvii.
pp. 425, &e.—Ep.

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL soclETY. — [Jan.4,

laria Hausmanni, Goepp., found by M. Hausmann in 1807 (Reise
in Scandinavien, vol. v.; Kjerulf, Geolog. der stidlichen Norwegens,
p. 87) near Idre and Sarne. It is perhaps the most interesting plant
of the whole work.

2 Middle Devonian ie sue cree. 1 species.

One terrestrial plant, Sagenaria Weltheimiana, from the schist of
Hamilton County, New York; but you and M. Verneuil consider
that these beds belong to the Upper Devonian formation, in which,
in Silesia, Thuringia, Ireland, and in the so-called Chemung? and
Catskill formations of the State of New York, a much larger number
of terrestrial plants has been found, amongst which this species of
Sagenaria also occurs.

3. Upper Devonian sci. sie 57 species.

This formation contains fifty-seven species, of which seven belong
to the Algw; the others are terrestrial, and belong to the families
which are found up to the close of the Paleozoic period, viz. the
Ferns, Calaminew, Equisetacee, Lepidodendree, Lycopodiacee, Sigil-
lariew, Conifere, and Neggerathiew. The Devonian flora comes in
here with four species, the ‘‘Culm” flora with the same number,
and the flora of the “‘ youngest grauwacke”’ (Murchison) with seven
Species.

1088 Carboniferous Formation.

Here we must distinguish a lower and an upper Carboniferous
formation, the floree of which are different.

1. Lower Carboniferous .......... 108 species.

In regard to the flora, this is very different from the Upper Car-
boniferous formation. It contains the flora of the Mountain-lime-
stone (Bergkalk or Kohlenkalk), the flora of the ‘‘ Culm,” and of the
“ youngest grauwacke ’” (Murchison).

a. The flora of the Mountain-limestone or Kohlenkalk contains
forty-seven species—one Alga and forty-six terrestrial plants, which
belong to the same families as occur in the Upper Devonian for-
mation.

6. The flora of the ‘‘Culm” (Kulmgrauwacke, inclusive of the
Posidonomyenschiefer) contains twenty-three species, of which four
belong also to the flora of the “‘ youngest grauwacke.” Only one
marine plant occurs; the others are terrestrial.

c. The flora of the Grauwacke (“ youngest grauwacke” of Mur-
chison) contains fifty-one species (all terrestrial), of which only seven
have been found in the Upper Carboniferous formation*. One single
species, Neuropterts Loshit, has been found in the Mountain-lime-

* Professor Goeppert (in Nova Acta, loc. cit.) gives 814 as the number of
vegetable species known to him in the Upper Carboniferous formation, and 182
for those of the Permian, making altogether 1181 Paleozoic species of plants.
—Ep.

1860. ] SPRATT—BESSARABIA, ETC. 281

stone, Culm, Grauwacke, Upper Carboniferous formation, and the
Permian formation (Murchison).

Observe :—(a.) All these portions of the flora of the Lower Carbo-
niferous formation have a very great affinity with each other, and all
contain three remarkable species (Calamites transitionis, C. Reemeri,
and Sagenaria Weltheemiana | Knorria imbricata]), which truly de-
serve to be called ‘“ Leitpflanzen ” (characteristic plants).

(b.) The genus Knorria, Sternb., ought no longer to exist. It is
only a form of the genus Sagenaria or Lepidodendron, and the most
common species, Knorria imbricata, belongs to Sagenaria Weltheim-
dana.

(c.) Stigmaria ficoides is in reality a rhizoma of Sigillaria. I
possess a great number of different degrees of development of this
remarkable plant, which ought to be figured and published, but at
present I do not know whence they have come.

Some time ago I had the honour of sending you a memoir en-
titled “‘ Die angeblich in der Grauwacke vorhandenen Kohlenlager,”
&c. (“The Coal-deposits supposed to exist in the Grauwacke ”’), in
which I announced the locality whence I had obtained specimens of
Pterygotus Anglicus with the Graptolites, the first found in Germany.

I have to request that you will have the kindness to communicate
all these observations to the Geological Society, of which I have the
honour to be a Foreign Member.

2. On the Fresmwater Deposits of Brssarasta, Motpavia, Wat-
Lact, and Bunearta. By Captain T. Sprarr, R.N., C.B., F.R.S.,
F.G.8.

In some brief papers recently published in the Society’s Journal*,
I have drawn the attention of geologists to the freshwater deposits
which so extensively form the margin of the Grecian Archipelago
and the Sea of Marmora.

I have also stated, that they seem to me to be connected with
similar freshwater deposits which I have described as existing in the
southern part of the Dobrutchat, between Baljik and Kustenjeh ;
and with others bordering different parts of the Black Sea, such as
those noticed by Hamilton in the valley of the Halys near Sinope ;

and by Pallas, De Hell, and others at Kertch, Taganrok, and Odessa,
All these give fragmentary indications of a great Oriental Lake having
extended over the area of the Grecian Archipelago, the Black Sea,
and Sea of Azof.

From recent observations made whilst employed within the Delta
of the Danube and the adjacent lakes, I am enabled to state that
large portions of the southern parts of Bessarabia, Moldavia, and

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 212.
+ Ibid. vol. xiii. p. 77; and vol. xiv. p. 208.

282. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan, 4,

Wallachia, reaching apparently to the foot of the Carpathian moun-
tains, are composed of lacustrine deposits, purely of freshwater
origin; although, from their containing a peculiar striated bivalve
like a Cardiwn, and from the mistaking of a large fossil Dreissena
for a Mytilus, by some early travellers, some portions of these de-
posits have been considered to be indicative of brackish water
conditions ; there having thus been an apparent admixture of marine
with the freshwater shells of these strata.

Although I thought there was an error regarding the so-called
Mytilus, since I had seen the large-sized Dreissena, much resembling
a Mytilus, in the gravel or drift-deposits of Gallipoli and Rodosto, I
had for a long time no means of solving the doubtful point either
in its case or in that of its associate, the apparently marine Cardiwm ;
for, notwithstanding many dredgings made in different parts of the
Black Sea during the late war, I never could discover either of these
bivalves, or their representatives, living in its water, although a true
Mytilus is the most common living shell in the Black Sea.

When carrying out my researches on the shores of the Danube,
however, I observed numerous valves of a shell resembling this
apparently marine Cardium, cast up together with marine and fresh-
water shells, near every embouchure of the river; and, notwith-
standing that my research was renewed on this account, no living
specimen could be obtained from the brackish waters of the adjacent
parts of the Black Sea. The conclusion to which I then came, in
consequence, was that the loose valves must either be fossils, and
had been carried out by the Danube from some of the deposits
bordering it, or that they were living either in some brackish lagoon
within the Delta, or in the river itself.

The survey of the lakes of Kattabug and Yalpuk following soon
after, I then discovered that these shells were abundant within
them; the mollusc to which they belong living there as a really
freshwater bivalve in depths of 5 and 6 feet and more; and I then
saw that the animal differed from the true marine Cardium in having
two elongated siphons.

It was thus rendered more probable that the Cardium-like shell
in question is truly a freshwater bivalve, which had existed in, and
descended from, the great Oriental Lake period ; probably, however,
with some slight modification of character, since it seems to me to
be nearly identical with one of the so-called Cardiums found in the
Kertch deposits; and with the one in the gravel at Gallipoli in the
Dardanelles, where it is associated with the Mytilus polymorphus of
some authors, the Dreissena of modern conchologists.

It is important to make these preliminary remarks whilst contem-
plating the freshwater deposits of the southern parts of Moldavia
and Bessarabia, and of the Dobrutcha, in which apparently the same
bivalve is abundantly found, in order to remove the impression which
might exist, of its being a Cardium that has by a gradual transition
from a marine to a brackish, and finally to a freshwater medium, be-
come habituated to the latter as its natural element. From my own
observations I am inclined to view it as being originally a purely

1860. ] SPRATT—BESSARABIA, ETC. ~ 283

freshwater creation, as much as the Unio or the Dreissena, its present
associates. But this is a point for the naturalist to determine; my
superficial views and acquirements merely permitting me, and with all
deference, thus to state my opinions, which are the grounds for the
conclusions arrived at in the following detailed description of the
deposits bordering the Danube, and which I hence regard as of a
purely freshwater, and not of a brackish water origin. And I may
be permitted, perhaps, to plead for indulgence relative to any error I
may have committed on this head, from not haying it in my power
to refer to works of modern geologists bearing upon it, more especially
of Professor Abich, who may have already published a similar con-
clusion from researches in other localities prior to, or subsequent to,
mine made in 1856 and 1857 at the Danube.

The southern bounds of the Danubian Valley below Widdin is
remarkable for rather abrupt and high land ; whilst on the north, the
Wallachian, Moldavian, and Bessarabian area rises in such a gentle
slope, that it appears to the eye, in many parts, a dead level for
miles, constituting the Steppe. But nevertheless, it is found to be
slightly undulating, and to increase in elevation as we recede from
the Danube. It is also traversed by several well-marked, although
shallow, valleys, which near the sea-coast, or the Delta of the
Danube, terminate in long brackish lagoons, or freshwater lakes,
bordered by old sea-cliffs, or steep embankments, which exhibit some
sections of the strata constituting the “ Steppe-deposits.”

These deposits seem to be divisible into three distinct series ;
although in reality there may be only two,—namely, Ist, a lower
group of marly strata, whitish, grey, and brown, with indurated
layers of sandstone and marl. 2nd. A middle group of softer marls,
with fossils differing, for the most part, from those in the former, and
in general more closely resembling the shells living in the existing
lakes. It is possible, however, that these two series are not distinct
in geological time, or unconformable. They may be more developed
towards the extremity and lower parts of the Steppe than in the
upper portion, where they may have formerly existed, but have been
since denuded, having had a greater elevation, and consequently
been subjected more readily to the violent degrading effects of some
subsequent disturbance in the condition and limits of the old lake,
whereby the group No. 3 was originated. This is probably a drift-
series. Its deposits are apparently more earthy than those of Nos,
1 and 2, and contain in their lower part some bands of drifted fossils,
which seem to have been gathered together by their gravity at the
cessation of the troubled condition that produced the drift, and
denuded the older lake-deposits. This drift, or deposit formed
between the lacustrine and the present period, filling the hollows in
the denuded surface over a wide extent of the lacustrine area, has
given its smooth and level character to the Steppe.

It is not clear to me that the apparently troubled and turbid
waters depositing this drift were as purely fresh as the waters of the
lake at earlier periods; for there are certain facts which lead to the

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

inference that these deposits are impregnated with salts, either of
mineral or marine origin:—such as the uncertainty of obtaining
drinkable water from wells sunk in many parts of the Steppe; also
the growth, in some localities, of certain saline plants from which an
alkali is obtained; the fact also that only certain trees will flourish
on that part of the Steppe where the earthy marls of the drift
alone form the surface. Several mineral-springs also, of consider-
able medical repute, I believe, are known to exist in the Princi-
palities.

This saline property may, however, not be due to purely marine
salts, but to some mineral solutions that were set free from volcanic
or other subterranean sources during the final destruction of the
great Oriental Lake, the existence of. which is identified by groups
No. 1 and No. 2._ The existence of this old lake, therefore, may be
said to be traceable to a period immediately before the present Black
and Caspian Seas changed from fresh to salt.

This superficial drift, indicating the presence of saline matters,
may indeed be the result of depositions that occurred during that
transition-period, and thus may indicate that during that event there
was a sudden admixture of a large body of sea-water with the lake,
which probably, I think, rapidly subsided to the level of the Medi-
terranean, being now brought into connexion with it by the opening
of the Bosphorus, brought about by the general volcanic disturbance
that apparently then took place. For great upheavals must have
occurred about this period, as shown at Baljik by the high elevation
at which the corresponding freshwater deposits and relics of the drift
are now found, namely, about 600 feet above the sea. From this
height they gradually incline towards the valley of the Danube, or
rather towards the north,—just as the Bessarabian deposits gradually
incline towards the south. But the lake may probably at the latter
period of its existence have stood at a much higher level than the
present sea, as conjectured in former papers.

If this be the true explanation in respect to the origin of the
superficial deposits or drift, then the body of sea-water thus suddenly
thrown into the lake must have come from the north, by the up-
rising of some large portion of Russia, as has before been conjectured
by some of our most eminent geologists in accounting for the origin
of the drift ;—that is, on the supposition that the superficial earthy
marls constituting group No. 3 of the Steppe-series is a real drift,
or a deposit formed during the change of the lake into a brackish or
salt sea; and I have seen no recent deposit, either as a member of
the superficial marls or otherwise, that indicates, by evidence of
fossil shells, a long tranquil period of brackish water conditions.

T lean also to the opinion that the lake was not long at a higher
level with brackish water, or in a transitional state, from the fact
that a communication apparently existed about this time between
the Black Sea and the Sea of Marmora by the Buyuk Tehekmejeh
Valley, which is, I believe, nowhere more than a few feet above the
present level of the Black Sea, and consists of a chain of lakes,
marshes, and alluvial soil.

1860. | SPRATT—BESSARABIA, ETC. 285

I must apologize for commencing my remarks with such specula-
tions ; but, as the contemporary freshwater deposits of other localities
have been made familiar to the Society by my recent papers, I am
induced to keep these ideas prominent whilst the South Russian
deposits are being noticed.

As the shores of the Yalpuk Lake present the best sections for
the study of the Steppe-deposits, I shall here give two or three
sections from its cliffs and banks; first mentioning, however, that, as
the Steppe-deposits have a very gradual incline from north to south,
it is only towards the head of this and the other lakes, and at
distances of from fifteen to twenty miles from the Danube, that the
lower group of freshwater deposits (No. 1 of the series) appears
visible above the level of the lake. The extremity of the Steppe at
the southern part of these lakes is composed of the upper and newer
groups of loose marls, in which there is a change of character and
less evidence of stratification.

The following section (fig. 1) was taken on the west side of the
Yalpuk Lake, two or three miles below Bolgrod; it shows about
100 feet of the lower group of freshwater strata, No. 1.

Fig. 1.—Section of the Steppe Deposits near Bolgrod.

d. 40 feet of yellow, brown, and grey sands and sandy mazrls,.
closely interstratified with detached bands or slabs of indurated
sandstone. The whole contains casts of freshwater shells, and
selenite.

c. 8 feet of marly sandstone, containing freshwater shells.

b. 1 to 2 feet of black peaty marl, overlaid by a band of marl,
about 1 foot thick, with numerous freshwater shells.

a. 40 to 50 feet of sands and marls, containing beds with the
same freshwater shells; and with two species of the striated
bivalves (small Cardium) scattered through the whole group;
but the flattish bivalve is the most numerous*.

* The specimens of fossil shells sent by Capt. Spratt from this locality have

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

Section fig. 2 is also taken from the west side of the lake, but a
few miles lower down, near the village of Inputsitza.

Fig. 2.—Section of the Steppe Deposits near Inputsitza.

a is a stratum, about 12 feet thick, of grey sandy marl. The
striated bivalves (Cardium or Didacna) found in the lower
group of freshwater strata are abundantly dispersed through it,
having their valves closed. In the upper part there is a very
fossiliferous bed, about 1 foot thick, contaming Unio, Planorbis,
Paludina (large and small), Melanopsis (two species, large and
small, and both smooth), also a Limnea (L. peregra, apparently)
and Neritina.

b. A bed of black peaty marl, with lignite and impressions of
leaves and weed. At its base is a thin stratum of ferruginous
sandstone, with a thin band of ochre-like clay beneath.

c. 6 feet of yellow sandy marl, with a few of the same fossils as
those in a.

d is a bed of dark peaty marl, 5 feet thick.

e. A band of black peat; 6 inches.

f. Dark peaty marl, 10 feet thick, with freshwater shells. The
fossils occur chiefly in a bed about 1 foot thick.

g. A fragment of the sands and indurated sandstones shown in d
of section, fig. 1, near Bolgrod. It is similarly composed of
detached bands of gypseous sandstone and indurated sandy marl,
with casts of freshwater fossils upon them. Both g and f have
been subjected to considerable degradation or denudation before

been examined by 8. P. Woodward, Esq., F.G.S., who has kindly supplied the
following list :—

Fossil shells from the Lower Freshwater Deposits of Bessarabia from near
Bolgrod, Moldavia.

Paludina vivipara ? Melanopsis acicularis, Hr.
, young, of a more yentricose Neritina fluviatilis.
form. , Sp.
Valvata, sp. Planorbis corneus.
‘ Rissoa ? exigua, Hichw.?;shellimper- | Limnza peregra.
forate. Cardium (Didacna).

Triton, Hichw.?; shell umbilicate. | Dreissena polymorpha.
Hydrobia ? Conus, Kichw.? ; ; slender, , Sp.
3 lines long.

Fossil shells from the Upper Freshwater Series at the South end of Lake Yalpuk.

Paludina vivipara?; with flattened | Unio pictorum.
whorls. Cardium (Didacna) crassum.

1860. ] SPRATT—BESSARABIA, ETC. 287

being covered by the superficial earthy marls (h, 7), and in
some parts are entirely wanting. The debris of fand gis some-
times found in the lower part of the overlying deposits (A, 7) ;
and appear as groups of shells from f, and fragments of the
sandstones from g, collected together in the hollows formed by
the denuding action.

According to this evidence, therefore, the deposits /# and 7 belong
to No. 3, the superficial series or drift, which here directly overlies
No. 1, or the lower freshwater series, represented by a—q.

Further southward, and on the point above Inputsitza, occurs a
cliff, about 25 feet high, composed wholly of the stratum g of the
Section fig. 2; the subjacent beds being below the level of the lake.
Here the oyerlying beds of the upper series are also somewhat
gravelly, being the rounded fragments of the indurated layers in g.

Below Inputsitza the above group of deposits entirely disappear ;
and a loose marly series occurs, which I have designated as No. 2
(p. 283), from its containing some distinct fossils, as well as differently
characterized strata. No good section was seen showing these marls
in juxtaposition with the beds of the series No. 1; and therefore it
could not be determined whether they were conformable or not; or
whether the former are distinct, indicative of a second period of
change in the general features, and therefore of the deposits and
molluscan fauna, of the lake, as I imagine may be the case.

A cliff under the village of Babel, on the east side of the lake,
presents a good section of this series of deposits forming the extremity
of the Steppe.

Fig. 3.—Section of the Steppe Deposits near Babel, on the east side of
Lake Yalpuk.

a, Brown clay, with bands of fossils. About 25 feet.

The cliff at Babel (fig. 3) is about 130 feet high, and is composed
of loose sands, marls, and sandy marls, but changing so slightly, or
so gradually, as to show no distinct stratification except by colour.
a is about 25 feet of brown clay or marl; containing numerous

fossils, particularly towards the upper part of it, where the
fossils lie in beds in great abundance. Some of the fossil shells
(Dreissena) having both valves, indicate that they lived where
they have been deposited, without any violent transport of the
sediment having taken place. A delicate and minute Valvata
and a small Planorbis also oceur, associated with a very large
VOL, XVI.—PART I, Y

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCTETY. [Jan. 4,

Paludina, a Limnea, and a very large Cardium, somewhat
similar to those found living in the adjacent lake and the
Danube.

This portion of the deposits at Babel appears to me to have been
tranquilly deposited during a second condition of the lake, when
these new and characteristic shells were living in it. Similar fossils
and the same conditions of the strata occur in the cliff on the oppo-
site side of the lake at Bardur*.

The whole of the fossils in this series resemble the living species
more than those contained in the lower group No. 1, which is seen
only in the upper half of this lake; the characteristic striated
bivalves of group No. 1 being wanting in this group No. 2, as far
as I have observed.

This lower and fossiliferous portion of the above section at Babel
is succeeded by about 70 feet of unfossiliferous brown marls or
earthy marls (b) that very much resemble the superficial or drift
series; but I could not clearly define a positive separation between
a and6; although, from some appearances of such division, I think it
may exist, and that we have here a section of both the series No. 2
and No. 3. Fossil bones, much worn, of some large animal were
found at the base of this cliff; and I have been informed that the
remains of fossil Elephants and other large Mammalia have been
procured from the upper series of Steppe-deposits in several localities.

I found the same geological and paleontological characters in the
deposits of the Steppe at Galatz and near Ibrail, as well as more in
the interior of Wallachia. Approaching the Carpathian chain, I
found that they became more gravelly, particularly on the line of
the Seereth.

The foot of the Carpathian mountains between Foksehan and
Rimni is composed of vast gravel-beds, rising several hundred feet
above the Wallachian plateau, of which it forms the abrupt boundary.

These gravelly beds seem to have been deposited under great dis-
turbance, and to be of late origin. They have been derived appa-
rently from the rocks of the Carpathians during some great upheaval,
accompanied by some great water-action operating powerfully and
extensively. This mass of debris, whether of prior or of contempo-
rary origin, must have greatly contributed to the superficial or drift

* The following list has been drawn up by Mr. Woodward on examining
Capt. Spratt’s specimens :—

Fossil shells from under Babel and Bardur, Lake Yalpuk.

Paludina vivipara ? Limnza, sp.; very slender fragment,
Valvata piscinalis. like young of L. stagnalis, var. fragilis.
Lithoglyphus naticoides, Fér. ’ | Planorbis marginatus.
Melanopsis Esperi, /ér. , sp.; slightly keeled.
Hydrobia Caspica, Hichw.? Cardium.
Bithynia variabilis, Hichw. ? Cyclas rivicola.
Neritina fluviatilis (= Danubialis). Pisidium.
, Sp. Dreissena polymorpha.

Limnea auricularia. | Unio (fragment).

1860.] SPRATT—BESSARABIA, ETC. 289

deposits corresponding to No. 3. I found that even at Foksehan, as
at Galatz, the water of the town-wells was often so saline, owing to
its containing some mineral salt, as to prevent its being drunk by
the inhabitants. But I was informed such wells were not universal,
as some penetrated springs of good water.

In no part of the intermediate district were there any evidences
of a late Tertiary deposit of marine origin. The freshwater marls
or the superficial drift cover Wallachia, as also Moldavia, Bessarabia,
and the Dobrutcha; the latter with its earthy marls and gravels,
and without any contained fossils but those which indicate transport
by their fragmentary nature.

Having sent to the Society a few fossils (with those from Moldavia)
that came from the borders of the Danube near Rassova, and com-
prise a peculiar striated bivalve (Cardium or Didacna) that seems to
associate the Rassova deposits as a portion of the freshwater series,
similar to the Bolgrod beds, I may here mention that I am indebted
for these to my friend M. Lefort, commanding the French gun-boat
stationed on the Danube, and who made an interesting trip in his
vessel as far as the Iron Gates. I gladly acknowledge this act of
courtesy on his part in thus so liberally sharing with me these speci-
mens which he had himself procured so high up the Danube, on my
pointing out the interest they possessed in connexion with my geo-
logical researches in other localities.

I shall now briefly notice that the Black Sea seems to me, since
it has become purely a salt sea as at present, to have been limited
to the strait which separates the end of the Moldavian Steppe
at Latanof, from the Isaktcha Hills on the Dobrutcha side of the
river, as the distance is only about 14 mile between; and when the
sea reached it, the distance was no doubt less; as it would now be,
if the delta and river there did not fill much of the intermediate
distance, at a level several feet above the Black Sea. It thus then, I
think, would present a sufficient contraction to form a barrier against
the sea, with the shallow embouchure of such a river as the Danube.
The river itself must have been the agent that opened the channel
which here divides, by only a little more than its breadth in many
parts, the superficial deposits of the Steppe on the Moldavian side
from the same deposits which cover the surface of the Isaktcha
ridges on the Turkish side; thus admitting it to the Black Sea:
the river’s marine delta commencing at this point.

These superficial deposits must undoubtedly have at one time
been united there, and thus enclosed the upper basin within Isaktcha,
as a true Danubian lake. Here the striated bivalves that we found
fossil in the freshwater deposits of the Steppe, and now in part
apparently living in the present lakes, must have been preserved,
only slightly varying in character under some influencing condition
as the lake approached the present time.

I think it probable even that others of these bivalves (as the
Adacna) may still be found living; as I found the large Cardium-

¥2

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

like bivalve, and two or three others, such as the Monodacna Caspica
and Adacna plicata? of Mr. Woodward’s list annexed, in the Yalpuk
Lake*.

As I was not provided with my dredges when in the Yalpuk Lake,
my living specimens were chiefly obtained by diving for them in
different depths beyond 5 and 6 feet. As freshwater shells have a
great permanency of character through geologic time, these may
in all probability be still found in the upper lakes or basins of the
Danube, that must have been in connexion with the Black Sea
basin when the latter was a purely freshwater lake, and perhaps
when at a higher level, as I believe it to have been. The living
Cardium in the Bolgrod Lake could only have been brought there by
the Danube; for this has become a freshwater lake by retaining
the back-water of that river when flooded at its annual rising; the
River Yalpuk being too insignificant to be the real cause of the
freshwater condition of the lake. Prior to the formation of the
delta, this inlet in the Steppe, as well as those adjacent, must have
contained the Euxine shells; as it was then a mere lagoon open to
the Black Sea, just as the Raselm Lagoon now is. Associated with
the purely freshwater bivalve found on the shores of the delta, is a
very pretty flat bivalve (see specimen sent), which at first I thought
must have also been found living in the river, or the lakes adjacent,
like its then doubtful associate, the Yalpuk Cockle (Cardiuwm). But
I at length found it living in the Black Sea, and plentiful also in
the equally salt lagoon of Raselm ; so that this is as purely a marine
shell as the Yalpuk Cockle is purely freshwater.

I shall now briefly notice some sections of the formations bordering
the southern side of the Danube near Tultcha and Besh Tepeh; and
others on the margin of the Raselm Lagoon, where I obtained some
yery interesting geological facts and specimens indicating the age of
these strata.

Fig. 4.—Section on the South side of the Danube near Tultcha.

Fig. 4. Kishla. | Danube.
! |

' ,
‘

1 H
1 )
1 \
! {
4 ‘

1
‘

@ d
a. Trap? . 6. Highly inclined siliceous rocks.

* Mr. Woodward’s list of the recent shells obtained by Capt. Spratt on the
freshwater lake of the Steppe adjacent to the Danube :—

Paludina vivipara. Cardium, sp.

Melanopsis acicularis. , Sp.

Lithoglyphus naticoides. Monodaena Caspica?

Rissoa (Hydrobia), sp. Adacna plicata.

Neritina fluviatilis, var. Danubialis. , Sp.

Planorbis corneus. Dreissena polymorpha, adhering

Limnza, sp. (aff. palustris). to Cardium.

1860. ] SPRATI—BESSARABIA, ETC. 291

c. A mass of stratified calcareous shales. The shale encloses no-
dules of semicrystalline limestone, from which it has the appear-
ance of being a conglomerate. It has perhaps been altered by
heat. These beds incline from the trap-rock (a) at an angle of
75° towards the N.E. by N., and are about 300 feet in thickness.

d. Brown marls, of the superficial or drift series ; between 200 and
300 feet above the Danube.

_ At Isaktcha, rocks similar to a, b, and ¢ in fig. 4, are overlaid by
the superficial marls d, and occasionally appear through them. They

show considerable disturbance, arising from a protruded volcanic

mass which appears to the west of the ruined town of Isaktcha.

Fig. 5.—Section from the Danube to the Raselm Lagoon.

Popin
Island. Raselm Lagoon. Besh Tepeh. Danube.

In fig. 5 we have a section from the Danube across Besh Tepeh to
Popin Island, in the Raselm Lagoon.

a. Stratified schistose rocks, very hard.

b. Dark-veined shales.

c. Calcareous shales and schists; nearly vertical.

d. Brown marly sands of the Steppe; no fossils.

e. A cliff of brown sandy marls over the Danube, with beds of fine
gravel, formed of fragments of rocks similar to those of the
Besh Tepeh Ridge.

Popin Island is apparently an outlying mass of the calcareous
shales and schists a, b, ¢; and is partially flanked with the unfos-
siliferous brown sandy marls of the superficial or drift series.

The calcareous shales here are more calcareous than in the Besh
Tepeh and Tultcha range, and contain abundant fossils, possibly of
the Triassic (?) age.

It has yet to be determined whether the Isaktcha Rocks, which
are all similar, are not of an older period; and these rocks seem to
extend in one continued chain to Matchin. South of Matchin is a
long valley opening into the Raselm Lake at Baba Dagh, or rather at
Yeni Keni, where there was an ancient Greek colony, and where
still exist the picturesque ruins of a Genoese castle. The ancient
name, according to local tradition, was Eraklea. The town no
doubt stood on the Black Sea at the Greek, if not at the latter,
period. On the south side of this long valley, which extends nearly
to Matchin, rises another range of hills, parallel to the Tultcha
range, but of less height. Its extremity juts into the Raselm Lagoon
to the south and east of Baba Dagh and Yeni Keni (or Eraklea); and
the northern coast of this point or promontory presents the following

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

section, which shows rocks and characters entirely differing from
those of the Tultcha range. We have here an upper member of the
same group, if of the same age: or it belongs to a newer formation.

Fig. 6.—Section of the Promontory eastward of Yen Ker (or Yeni
Sel), Lake Raselm.

a. A red conglomerate. The fragments which it contains are of
schists and shales, but there are none of limestone; neither
are they rounded, as if water-worn.

6. Compact limestone, grey and reddish, much veined, and semi-
crystalline; 20 feet thick.

c. Compact calcareous strata, associated with schists and shales,
thinly stratified, and fully 50 or 60 feet thick ; but, bemg over-
laid by the superficial marls (d), they are not fully seen. The
beds ¢ correspond with the thinly stratified grey and yellow
calcareous shales forming the next cape or promontory to the
south, called Dolashina, where they contain Inoceranu. Here
also they lie nearly horizontal, and are again capped by the
superficial drift, which extends thence to Cape Media, where the
dark vertical shales appear, and then the cream-coloured Inoce-
ramus-limestones ; followed by the Chalk at Kanara, described
in my former papers*.

Thus supplying some links in the line of research, it is hoped that
these notes and remarks will, by the aid of the fossils already pre-
sented to the Society, throw some light on the geology of the
Dobrutcha.

3. On the Rutzopopat Fauna of the MEDITERRANEAN, compared with
that of the Irat1an and some other Tertiary Dmposrts.
By T. Ruvert Jones, Ksq., F.G.S. and W. K. Parxsr, Esq., Mem.M.S.

Introduction.—The Mediterranean has been the source whence a
large number of the known species of Foraminifera have been de-
rived. Beccarius (1731), Plancus (Bianchi, 1739), Gualtieri (1742),
Ginanni (1755), Soldani (1780 & 1789), and Fichtel and Moll de-
rived most of the material for their notices of these microscopic
shells from the Mediterranean. D’Orbigny also and later naturalists
have drawn largely from this rich source.

Of late years, we have been favoured with the results of many
dredgings taken in different parts of the Mediterranean by Prof.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xiv. p. 207, &e.

1860. | JONES AND PARKER—FORAMINIFERA. 293

E. Forbes and Capt. E. Spratt, also with shell-sands from Leghorn
and Venice by Mr. W. J. Hamilton, and with other shell-sands from
both sides of Italy by Prof. Meneghini and the Marchese Carlo
Strozzi (throagh the zealous kindness of Dr. H. Falconer), with
sponge-sands from Crete and elsewhere (communicated by friends),
and we have obtained other lke material from various sources. We
have thus been able to work out a very large series of the Mediter-
ranean Foraminifera.

The authors already mentioned, as well as Defrance and others,
have also described a large number of fossil Foraminifera, obtained
from the Tertiary deposits of Tuscany, Piedmont, and other countries
bordering the Mediterranean. These bear a close relation to the
recent forms of the same area; and towards the elucidation of their
affinities, we can now bring forward the results of a careful exami-
nation of an extensive series of the fossil Foraminifera of the Medi-
terranean region, either supplied to us by some of the friendly hands
above referred to, or obtained from the Museum of this Society and
other sources, especially (in the case of the Malaga clays) through
Professor Ansted. We have also been favoured by Dr. Wilhelm
Haidinger with a large quantity of the Nussdorf Marl (Amphistegina-
bed) from the Vienna Basin; and from Baljik (on the Black Sea)
we have received, through the hands of Capt. Spratt, a most inter-
esting sample of a Tertiary deposit which affords marked Rhizopodous
alliances with the so-called Miocene fauna of the Vienna basin and
the Pliocene fauna of Mediterranean Tertiaries.

We propose to arrange in a Synoptical Table the species and
varieties of Foraminifera which we have found in the gatherings,
dredgings, and soundings brought from several (26) localities of
which we have definite information ; and in many cases the shells
obtained at different depths, or in distinct sea-zones, in one locality
will be discriminated, on account of the importance arising from the
variability of a given species under different conditions of depth
and sea-bottom. We follow the same plan with the fossil forms; in
some instances the different beds of the deposits being treated sepa-
rately. In every case where we offer tabulated results we feel
satisfied of having had at our command a sufficient quantity of
material to afford trustworthy evidence.

We prefer to tabulate the fossil Foraminifera of the Vienna basin
from D’Orbigny’s beautiful Monograph, and from the elaborate
Memoirs of Czjeck and Reuss, not yet having had time to do justice
to the valuable Viennese material suppliedgus by Dr. Haidinger.

With respect to the nomenclature adopted in our Table, we have,
in the first place, been careful to eliminate all unnecessary binomial
terms, such as duplicate names, or names given to but slightly varied
individuals; and at the same time we have enumerated many well-
marked varieties in each species, because of their value as indications
of peculiar conditions of habitat; and because, many of them pre-
senting at first sight striking differences of form, size, and orna-
mentation, and being easily mistaken for types of distinct specific
groups, they have acquired an importance in the eyes of zoologist

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

and geologist which makes it convenient to give them a sort of
subspecitic value and a binomial term.

It has been doubted by some whether in this, the most variable,
because simplest, family of the animal kingdom, every variety should
not be distinguished by its own binomial appellation,—a plan that has
been followed almost to the full by many naturalists. In this, how-
ever, we cannot agree, for the unlimited multiplication of quasi-spe-
cific names, linked together by pseudo-generic titles, can only weary
the catalogue-maker, and throw obstacles in the way of the systema-
tist ; forit keeps up a false notion of the value of external characters
which are rarely essential, whilst no clue is thereby obtained to the
morphological law of each real specific type. Evidences of such law,
however, are not wanting when we carefully examine varietal forms
as they diverge, and, as it were, radiate, from a given central type.

Though Linneeus was somewhat parsimonious in giving names to
the microscopic shells which he knew, and though Fichtel and Moll
partially indicated their great variability, and were cautious im
naming them, yet it was not until Dujardin demonstrated the nature
of the Rhizopodous sarcode and its simple, non-differentiated cha-
racter, and until Williamson and Carpenter, taking up the study of
certain species, showed what extreme forms might be connected
together by innumerable gentle intermediate gradations, that any-
thing like a really scientific appreciation of these Microzoa may be
said to have existed. Our own experience of the wide limits within
which any specific group of the Foraminifera multiply their varietal
forms, related by some peculiar conditions of growth and ornamen-
tation, has led us to concur fully with those who regard nearly
every species of Foraminifera as capable of adapting itself, with
endless modifications of form and structure, to very different habitats
in brackish and in salt water,—in the several zones of shallow, deep,
and abyssal seas,—and under every climate, from the poles to the
Equator. Our principles of nomenclature, and the application of
them, may be seen in our papers on Moranwnifera in the ‘ Annals
and Mag. Nat. Hist.’

Remarks on the Materials of the Tabular Synopsis.—In arranging
our synoptical tables of the Mediterranean Rhizopoda, recent and
fossil, and in comparing their numerous specific and varietal forms
one with another, we have not confined ourselves to our collections
from this region, but have necessarily made comparisons of forms
from almost every part of the globe, from the Arctic and the Tropic
Seas, from the temperate zones of both hemispheres, and from shallow,
as well as deep sea-beds. Geologically, also, we have reviewed the
Foranunfera in their manifold aspects as presented by the ancient
faunas of the Tertiary, Cretaceous, Oolitic, Liassic, Triassic, Permian,
and Carboniferous times; finding, to our astonishment, that scarcely
any of the species of the Foraminifera met with in the Secondary
Rocks have become extinct; all, indeed, that we have as yet seen
have their counterparts in the recent Mediterranean deposits. This
is still more clearly found to be the case with regard to the Chalk of
Maestricht and the Tertiaries.

1860. | JONES AND PARKER—-FORAMINIFERA. 295

Taking the recent Mediterranean Moraminifera systematically, we
commence with the littoral fauna, comprising those met with in the
seaweed-zone, and those washed up by the waves and found between
the tidal lines, or occasionally in sand-banks blown up by the wind.
Amongst those obtained under these circumstances are the numerous
specimens found in sponges, when the latter have been thrown on
the shore and trampled or washed about in the sand. Samples of
such littoral shell-sand we have from the Golfo di Spezzia*, Leghornt,
and Crete t, from shores having a western aspect; from the sand-
bank of Lido § (Venice), and from Rimini ||, in the Adriatic. The
equivalent deposits of the Levant, including those off the Nile, we
retain for future description.

Our selected examples from the next stages of sea-depths are
from 40 fathoms at Suda Bay, north side of Crete ¥, from 90 fathoms
off Syra in the Archipelago**, from 170 fathoms off Serpho in the
Archipelagoyt, from 250 fathoms to the north-west of Cretett, from
360 fathoms near Crete §§, from 500 fathoms near Ipsara in the
Archipelago || ||, from 1100 fathoms between Crete and Santorin 4 4,
from 1620 and 1650 fathoms between Malta and Crete #**, and from
1700 fathoms between Malta and the Archipelago +t7.

The fossil Foramimifera of the Mediterranean area will be illus-
trated in our columns by lists of species from the Tejares clay of
Malaga, the shelly beds of Turin, several deposits from Sienna, the
shell-beds of Palermo, the fossiliferous Tertiaries of Malta, those of
the Vienna basin, and lastly, from a shell-bed at Baljik, near Varna,
on the Black Sea. The last three of these deposits are regarded as
being of Miocene age,—the others, with one or two exceptions, as
Pliocene.

The richest of these are the Siennese Subapennine beds, samples
of which have been freely communicated to us by Prof. Meneghini
and the Marchese Carlo Strozzi (through the hands of our friend Dr.
Falconer). The following is the list of these beds from which we
haye specimens (Nos. 1-8 are from Prof. Meneghini; Nos. 9-12 from
March. C. Strozzi).—1. Blue clay, from Cerajolo and Santo Donnino
(see Soldani’s ‘Testaceographia,’ vol. ii. p. 26). 2. Blue clay, from
8. Lazzaro, near Sienna (see Soldani, ‘ Testaceographia,’ vol. ii. p. 42),
3 and 4. Blue clay, from Coroncina, near Sienna (see Soldani, « Tes-
taceographia,’ vol. ii. p. 79). 5. Blue clay, from 8. Quirico, not far
from Sienna. 6. Clay, from Pescaja, near Sienna (rich in Entomo-
straca, but poor in Foraminifera). 7. Sand, from Pienza, in the
Siennese. 8. Clay, from Monte Arioso, near Sienna. 9. “ Sabbie
Gialle di Montopoli,’’ Tuscany (upper Pliocene). 10. Castell’ Ar-
quato nel Piacentino (Pliocene). 11. * Delle Crete Senesi” (Lower

* From Prof. Meneghini.

+ From Mr. W. J. Hamilton and the Marchese Carlo Strozzi.

{ From Mr. Dines. § From Mr. W. J. Hamilton.
| From Prof. Meneghini and the Marchese C. Strozzi.

| From Mr. Huxley. ** From Capt. Spratt.

tt From Capt. Spratt. t} From Capt. Spratt.

§§ From Mr. Hilton. ||| From Capt. Spratt. “* From Capt. Spratt.

*** From Capt. Spratt. ttt From Capt. Spratt.

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

Pliocene). 12. St. Frediano, Colline Pisane (Miocene); this last
and No. 7 resemble the Amphistegina-bed of the Vienna Basin.

Nos. 1-4 will be grouped together in one column, as they contain
but one series of forms, with a great uniformity of mineral matter.

Excepting the Amphistegina-beds, the Italian Tertiaries under
notice yield Horaninifera similar to those of the Mediterranean, both
of shallow and deep habitats.

The next columnized group will be that from Malaga. In the
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xv. p. 597 and p. 600, Prof. Ansted
has described the geological relations of the Tejares clay of the
neighbourhood of Malaga, and has briefly alluded to its very rich
Rhizopodal fauna. ‘This is the richest, next to that of the Siennese
tertiaries, that we know of, and well agrees with that of the present
Mediterranean, especially the Adriatic.

Fossils in the collection of the Society, from the neighbourhood of
Turin, have afforded the shelly sands from which the next column
of species has been arranged. In many respects these are equivalent
to some of those from the Siennese district; especially the more
shallow-water forms.

Palermo gives us the next column; these materials being also
from the Society’s collection. This fauna is more like that of the
recent shallow-water Mediterranean deposits than most of the Sien-
nese or the Malaga clays.

Our Maltese Foraminifera belong to another fauna, characterized
by the abundance of Heterostegine (the reddish fragile limestone
being almost wholly composed of this shell). The recent analogue
of this fauna has to be sought for in the Eastern seas (Philippimes).

The Vienna Basin has afforded, as paleontologists well know, a
large series of Foraminifera to the patient researches of D’Orbigny,
Czajeck, and Reuss. Like the Amphistegina-beds of Italy and the
Heterostegina-rock of Malta, these Viennese Tertiaries are of older
date than the Pliocene beds of the Subapennine series, and are re-
garded as of Miocene age, or Oligocene of the German geologists.
The Viennese species have been so carefully figured and described by
the above-named paleontologists that we gladly use their materials in
our columns of the Mediterranean species and of the fossil faunee
that preceded them in that area and the conterminous regions.

A very important relic of an old fauna closely allied to the Mio-
cene forms of some of the Vienna deposits, and not without some
relationship to the Hocene beds of Grignon, is indicated by a
whitish shelly marl from Baljik, containing also remains of aquatic
mammals. This is referred to in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol.
xiii. p. 77, by Capt. Spratt, who has also kindly supplied us with a
quantity of this valuable material for examination. This affords a
curious and instructive fauna, ailied to that of the Mediterranean,
but having remarkable peculiarities. In mineral character it much
resembles the deep-sea deposits of the Mediterranean, having a large
proportion of greyish-white aluminous matter, and a considerable
quantity of fragments of Molluscan shells, with but a few that are
perfect, and those small. It does not, however, contain the delicate

1860.] JONES AND PARKER—FORAMINIFERA. 297

small Pteropodous shells so common in deep soundings in the Medi-
terranean.

In this instance we have taken in hand the Mediterranean Fora-
minifera and their older relatives found in the neighbouring Ter-
tiary deposits. We propose, if circumstances permit, to present at
another time comparative views of other faunas, such as those of the
Atlantic with the fossil Foraminifera of Bordeaux and the Faluns
—and those of Australia compared with the well-known Grignon
forms, &e,

Notes on the several Columns in the Table-—Columns Nos. 1 to 11,
illustrating the recent Rhizopodal fauna of the Mediterranean, will
require a detailed history of their interesting contents too long for
the present occasion. The value of these columns, as terms of
comparison, will be shown in treating of the fossil forms tabulated
in Columns Nos. 12 to 28.

Column No. 12. Blue Clays from Cerajolo and 8. Donnino, from
8. Lazaro, and from Coroncina.

These Siennese clays (for which we are indebted to Professor
Meneghini) are exceedingly rich in the Nodosarian and Cristellarian
species. They also abound with the Bulimine, Textularian, Rota-
lian, and Nonionine groups; but are poor in Lagene, Polymorphine,
and Polystomelle. The Miliolew are moderately represented, but not
proportionately abundant.

This deposit is amongst the richest of those containing the “ Sti-
chostegian” Foraminifera that we know of; the only comparable
instances being the Malaga and Vienna clays. Several of the Cre-
taceous and Jurassic deposits (chiefly clays) are also extremely rich
in this group. In the recent state we find the Stichostegia generally
rare in littoral deposits. At Rimini they are exceptionally abun-
dant ; the shore-sand there being almost as markedly characterized
with them (though of smaller size) as the Subapennine clays are.
In column No. 4 we have, from ninety fathoms, a fine series of
Stichostegues, nearly equal to those from Rimini; but the minor
varieties have more delicate shape, with thicker shell-walls; con-
ditions obtaining in every group of Foraminifera in deep water.
In abyssal depths of the Mediterranean, as well as of the open
ocean, the Nodosarian group becomes rare, and the specimens are
very small.

As to the Bulimine group, column No. 12 agrees well with No. 4,
and is not very dissimilar from Nos. 5, 6, & 7; but in the two latter
(250 and 360 fathoms) most of these forms are of much diminished
size. The same may be said of the Textularians. The favourite range
of Bulimine and Textularie appears to be (from what we have seen
in the Mediterranean and elsewhere) from 20 to 200 fathoms.

The Cassiduline are represented by varieties that are usually
found, in sands and clays, at from about 50 to 150 fathoms.

Orbulina and Globigerina (with their two allies the so-called
Nonionina spheroides and the Spheroidina bulloides) are faithful
indicators of abyssal depths, though occasionally found in shallow

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

water. In column No. 12 these forms are well represented by full-
sized individuals, though not in a large proportional number.

Of the leading Rotalian forms, we have here some of the varieties
of Rotalia (Planorbulina) farcta that are usual in moderately deep
water; so also of . repanda; the varieties of A. Beccarvi are those
of deep water; the varieties of A. Turbo, which usually affects
shallow waters and sandy bottoms, are feebly represented here.

The Nononne, and their more highly developed relatives the
Polystomelle, seem, by the varieties here present, to indicate a
moderate depth.

Of the opake-shelled Foraminifera we have here a few good
varieties of Miliola, inhabiting deepish water; the truly littoral
forms being almost wanting. Of the rest of the opake group, there
are some large helicine specimens of Lituola nautiloidea, and a few
smallish Cornuspire, none of which inhabit shallow water.

From the evidence thus gathered by a comparison of the contents
of column No. 12 with the Foraminifers of the existing seas and
oceans, we may conclude that these particular Siennese clays were
deposited at a depth of not less than about 40 fathoms, and not more
than about 100 fathoms. We must remember here that an area of
a clay-bed or any other sea-deposit may have a considerable ex-
tension under a gently varying depth of water, within certain limits ;
and that samples of the same clay-bed taken from within a few
miles, or even yards, of each other, may yield somewhat dissimilar
portions of one great well-characterized fauna. Thus we may take
our specimens from the spot where the littoral overlaps the deep zone,
or where the latter is sliding into the abyssal. The wide limit of
from 40 to 100 fathoms, indicated for the Siennese clays, illustrated
by column No. 12, may be thus accounted for.

No. 13. Blue Clay from 8. Quirico (Professor Meneghini).

From the smallness of the specimens, and the proportional abun-
dance of Globigerina, this was very probably formed in a depth of
from 150 to 250 fathoms.

No. 14. Blue Clay from Pescaja (Meneghini).

This yields numerous small specimens of Rotalia Beccarw inter-
mixed with innumerable Entomostraca { Cythere Muelleri, var.). From
the small size .of the Rotalia and the presence of this Cythere, we
may confidently interpret this clay as a deposit of shallow and pro-
bably brackish water. Both R. Beccarti and C. Muellert are found
to range upwards into estuaries and salt-marshes.

No. 15. Sand from Pienza (Meneghini).

This is an Amphistegina-bed. It has a few shallow-water forms
besides the Amphistegina, especially Rotalia Beccaru and Polysto-
mella crispa, which are large and abundant. We best know Am-
phistegina, in the Canaries, West Indies, and Eastern Seas, in shell-
beds at from 20 to 40 fathoms. In the white mud from the Austra-
lian reefs (10 to 20 fathoms), dredged by Mr. Jukes, and rich in
Foraminifers, Amphistegina is large and common.’ We have not
met with a recent Amphistegina in the Mediterranean.

1860. | JONES AND PARKER—FORAMINIFERA. 299

We may suppose the Amphistegina-bed of Pienza to have been
formed at no great depth; perhaps at not more than 10 fathoms, if
we are swayed by the presence of the #. Beccarti and P. crispa, as
indeed we ought to be.

Amphisteqgine form a large proportion of the material of some
other fossil deposits in the neighbourhood of the Mediterranean (as
shown in columns Nos. 17, 18, 20, 21, & 23). It abounds in the
white Nussdorf marl of the Vienna Basin; and is not absent from
the Malaga clay. It may yet be found in some part of the Mediter-
ranean ; but, as it seems to have disappeared from this area, geologists
may be right in setting a value on its abundance in some of the
Tertiary beds, and in regarding it as indicative of the Miocene
period. It abounds in the Miocene Tertiaries of San Domingo.

No. 16. Clay from Monti Arioso (Meneghini).

The fauna here is made up of Rotalia Beccarii with a few other
shallow-water forms.

No. 17. “ Sabbie gialle,” Montopoli (Strozzi).

This yellow sand much resembles in its fauna No. 15; but the
Amphistegina is here accompanied with a larger suite of Rotalie,
Polystomelle, Textularie, &c., with some Miliole. The varieties
here present indicate rather deeper water than that peculiar to the
fauna of No. 15.

No. 18. Castel’ Arquato (Strozzi).

This also has Amphistegina. It contains also Operculina com-
planata, which is, however, feebly developed in the Mediterranean ;
but this is very rare at Castel’ Arquato, and may have been a
*‘ derived” fossil, bemg very much worn. This deposit was formed
in shallow water, and has much agreement with the fauna of column
No. 1, in its many well-developed littoral forms.

No. 19. “ Delle Crete Senesi” (Strozzi).

This, like No. 14, is extremely rich in Rotalia Becearii. It has
also many good-sized specimens of Polystomella crispa, afew Miliole,
and a unique specimen of Dactylopora, which looks worn, like a
“derived” fossil. Dactylopora is a characteristic Eocene Forami-
nifer; it is not found in the Mediterranean; but the subtropical
seas yield some small specimens, exhibiting, as it were, an arrest of
growth*. It occurs also in the Miocene clays of San Domingo.

No. 20. San Frediano (Strozzi).

Another Amphistegina-bed with a few littoral forms besides its
abundant Amphistegine. Polystomella is again large and common,
as in most of the Amphistegina-deposits.

No, 21. Tejares Clay, Malaga (Ansted).

What we have said respecting column No. 12 holds good for the

thizopodal fauna afforded by this Malaga clay. At from 170 to 500
fathoms in the Mediterranean very many of the same group of forms
occur, but the individuals are smaller. At from 1100 to 1700 fathoms
there are fewer, and many of them very small; but Orbulina and

* See Annals of Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. v. p. 475.

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

Globigerina are largest here and most common. In the middle
depth also these two genera present the best developed forms both
in number and size.

One of the Rhizopods in the Tejares Clay particularly deserves
notice, namely the Frondicularia, which we here find very large.
Soldani figures similar large specimens from the Siennese deposits ;
but we have met with small ones only. In the recent sand from
Rimini we find large, worn, and probably “ derived ” Frondicularie,
having their chambers occupied with ferruginous clay, as is the case
with the large fossil Cristellaria of Sienna. D’Orbigny had large
Frondicularie from the Viennese Tertiaries; and we find some in
the Tertiary beds of San Domingo*.

No. 22. Turin (Geol. Soc.).

Characterized by very large Modosariw and Cristellarie, the
Turin deposits which we have examined have the general features
of the Pliocene Tertiary. A considerable number of forms, just as
may be found on the’ western shores of Italy at this day, combined
with gigantic Cristellarie and the largest of known Nodosarice, com-
pose the fauna in this column No. 22.

No. 23. Palermo (Geol. Soc.).

Our specimens from the tertiary deposits of Palermo yield a very
rich fauna of rather shallow-water forms, commingled with some
from deeper zones. -Amphistegina is present here also, and is common,
though not preponderating. The Textularian, Rotalian, and Miliolite
groups are in force; there are a few traces, however, of the Nodo-
sarie and Cristellariw. This fauna has much resemblance to the
large assemblage of forms which Mr. 8. V. Wood, F.G.8., has col-
lected from the Crag at Sutton in Suffolk. With the latter, however,
the existing sea-bed,*at 21 fathomsy, off the north-west of Sicily,
has such close relations, as to the varieties and conditions of the
Foraminifera, that we may regard them as almost identical.

No. 24. Malta (Geol. Soc.).

The Heterostegina-bed at Malta is not without smaller Fora-
minifers (some of which we can identify,—as the Globigerina bul-
loides, Truncatulina lobatula, &c.), but the matrix is too stubborn
to yield all its treasures. The Heterosteginat (which is found also
in the Vienna Basin) appears to be extinct in the Mediterranean.

Nos. 25, 26, 27. Vienna Basin. (D’Orbigny, Czjeck, and Reuss.)
The remarkably rich fauna obtained from different deposits in the

* We have lately met with a long narrow Mrondicularia (like F. striatula,
Reuss) in Commander Dayman’s dredgings, made in July 1859, off Lisbon, at
700 fathoms.—May 26, 1860.

+ Shown by the dredgings made by the Commander of H.M.S. ‘ Queen,’
August 1851.

{ Spratt, Forbes, and Wright, in their notices of the Maltese strata and fossils
(Proc. Geol. Soe. iv. pp. 226 & 230; and Annals Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xv. p. 101, &.),
have misnamed this Foraminifer, referring it erroneously to Lenticulites ( Oper-
culina) complanatus, Basterot. Operculina complanata occurs in a hard white —
limestone at Malta; and for a very fine specimen we are indebted to Lord—
Ducie, F.G.S. al

1860. ] JONES AND PARKER—FORAMINIFERA, 301

Vienna Basin have been elaborately studied by D’Orbigny, Czjeck,
and Reuss. We find in their works figures and descriptions of nearly
every form mentioned in our columns Nos. 12-24, and a large
majority also of the species and varieties that are found living in
the Mediterranean.

One of these deposits (marl at Nussdorf) is abundantly rich with
Amphistegine. Here also Alveolina occurs, as well as at Baden.
These forms are extinct as to the present Mediterranean. Orbiculina,
as a small variety, has been found fossil at Buitur in Transylvania* ;
this also we have not met with living in the Mediterranean, though
others have mentioned it.

The forms figured by Czjeck may be for the most part regarded as
mtermedia between the bolder forms figured in D’Orbigny’s great
work ; at the same time they comprise some very important varieties,
and a few are new varietal types.

Reuss also has figured, besides a few new forms, numerous inter-
media, most of them being delicate varieties of the subspecies so
well shown in the large work by D’Orbigny, and of considerable
value to the zoologist.

No. 28. Baljik. (Capt. Spratt.)

A whitish marl characterized by a few peculiar forms, some of
them extremely rich in individuals. The Polystomelle and Nonio-
nine afford multitudes of minute specimens, and also the beautiful
and rare spinose form termed P. Regina by D’Orbigny; it is the
P. unquiculata, Gmel. sp. D’Orbigny had it from the Vienna Basin ;
Gmelin’s specimen came from the Red Sea. Vertebralina inequalis,
Gmel., obtained by Spengler, and also by ourselves, from the sand
of the Red Sea, and which is common in the Calcaire Grossier of
Grignon, occurs in the Baljik marl, common and large. A few
Miliole and Lagene, and an occasional Rotalia Beccarti and Nube-
cularia complete the list of Foraminifera obtained by the careful
examination of some pounds of this marl.

We have here evidently an old sea-bed of the seaweed-zone (pro-
bably at a depth of from 10 to 20 fathoms), haying relations, it would
seem, rather with the fauna of the Red Sea than with that of the
Mediterranean.

Notes on the Species and Varieties.—Many of the species and
varieties mentioned in the foregoing Table have been named (as
species) by D’Orbigny in the ‘ Annales des Sc. Nat.,’ after figures
published in Soldani’s ‘ Testaceographia’ and ‘Saggio Orittogra-
ficot ;’ and, as we have had the opportunity+ of referring at our
leisure to Soldani’s great work, we have verified and adopted these
names, often to the exclusion of synonyms that have been needlessly
multiplied in works subsequent to those of the authors mentioned.

* D’Orbigny, For. Foss. Vien. p. 142.

+ This appears also in the form of an Appendix to the ‘ Testaceographia,’ vol. ii.

{ Through the kindness and liberality of Dr. Falconer, F.G.8., who for our
sake purchased in Italy a perfect copy of this expensive work, the loan of which
we at present enjoy.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

Some other varieties and species are but little known, and call
for a few remarks as to their structure and alliances. Others are
determined here for the first time, and require a few words of
notice.

1-43. The varieties here enumerated comprise nearly all the best
marked and most distinct forms known of the genus Nodosarina,
including Nodosaria and Cristellaria and all their varieties. The
Flabelline subgroup, however, is not well represented, though some
of the Cristellarie here put on to some extent the essential features
of Flabellina. We have elsewhere stated* our views of the close
relationship of Dentalina, Lingulina, Frondicularia, Dimorphina,
Rimulina, Vaginulina, Planularia, and Marginulina to Nodosaria
on one hand and Cristellarza on the other.

3. Nodosaria ovicula, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vi. p. 252, No. 6; Sol-
dani, Testaceograph. ii. pl. 10. figs. H-M ; WV. longiscata, D’Orb.
For. Foss. Vien. p. 32, pl. 1. figs. 10-12.

4. N. Pyrula, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vu. p. 253, No. 13; Soldani,
Testaceog. ii. pl. 10. fig. B-c; JV. stipetata, Reuss, Denkschr. Ak.
Wien, i. pl. 46. fig. 4.

5. NV. longicauda, D’Orb. Ann. Sc. Nat. p. 254, No. 28; Soldani,
Testaceog. i. pt. 2, pl. 95. fig. Bar; LV. striaticollis, D’Orb. Hist.
Nat. Canar. pl. 1. fig. 2-4.

6. NV. hirsuta, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 252, No.7; Soldani, Tes-
taceog. ii. pl. 2. fig. P; NV. hispida, D’Orb. For. Foss. Vien. pl. 1.
f. 24, 25.

21. Vaginulina striata, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 257, No. 3;
Soldani, Saggio Orittog. pl. 6. f. N.

24. V.marginata, D’Orb. Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 285, No. 7; Soldani,
Mestaceos. 1. pt. 2, pl. 103. 1. Me

28. Marginulina Falx. Newvariety. [Type, Nodosarina Raphanus,
Linn.] Anelegant dimorphous, striated, little Vodosarima, with
the first six or seven cells arranged in the form of a partially un-
coiled trihedral (or Cristellaria Saracenaria of Defrance),and with
the last two, three, or four chambers rectilinear and not distin-
guishable from those of Nodosaria longicauda, with which this
variety 1s always associated in nature. JV. longicauda may be
regarded as the normal form to which this variety belongs, and
is the more prevalent of the two. Soldani has given two or
three figures (Testaceog. i. pt. 2, pl. 95. fig. L; pl. 96. fig. P;
and pl. 102. fig. 6), which, though wanting in definiteness, may
have reference to this variety.

30. Marginulina hirsuta, D’ Orb. For. Foss. Vien. p.69, pl. 3. f. 17,18.
This is not the Marginulina hirsuta of the Ann. Sc. Nat. vu.
p. 259, No. 5, which is Bigenerina Nodosaria, as shown by
Soldani’s figures referred to by D’Orbigny.

* In the ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ 3 ser. vol. i. p. 477.

[ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi., to face page 302. |

»

n, Tuscany, Norraern Sicrty, Marra, tHe Vienna Basin,

‘

. Rather common. R. Rare. VR. Very rare.

LC L ia * we 103.
EC m C ee * * * 104,
tC |\|mCimsB | ... * ok 105.
pit or ec sRC * * 106.
mC | mC pM * * 107.

Ane

| [ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xyi., to face page 302.)

| »

TABLE or Rucen
CENT AND Fosstu Forawmnirera rrom THe MeprrprraNeAN AND Evxine AREAS; INCLUDING THE TERTIARY DEPosITS oF MaLaca, Turw, Tuscany, Norrmern Story, Manra, roe Vienna Basty,
AND Batyix my BureaRrra. ‘
‘

vl. Very large. 1. Large. m. Middle-sized. s, Small. vs. Very small. VC. Very common. C. Common. RC. Rather common. R. Rare. VR. Very rare.

=
bo
co
cs
ox
a
~~
-)
@)
S
=
=
iS}
mt
co
=
cS
=
at
=
a
i
—T

18 |) 19 | 20 | 21 Bs

re)
bo
Co
bo
ot

26 27 28

Genera, SUBGENERA, SPECIES, AND
VARIETIES.

Golfo di Spezzia, Leghorn, and
Crete.
Santorin.
between Malta and Crete.
the Archipelago.
§. Donnino, from §. Lazaro,
and from Coroncina.

Delle Crete Senesi.

2
"da
i)
il. | fossil. | fossil. | fossil.

40 fathoms, Suda Bay, Crete.
250 fathoms, N.W. of Crete.
1100 fathoms, between Crete and
1620 fathoms and 1650 fathoms,
1700 fathoms, between Malta and _.
Blue Clays from Cerajolo and
Vienna Basin (D’Orbigny).
(Czjeck),
— (Reuss)

Lido and Rimini.

90 fathoms, Syra.

170 fathoms, Serpho.

860 fathoms, Crete.

500 fathoms, Ipsara.
Blue Clay from 8. Quirico.
Blue Clay from Pescajo.
Sand from Pienza.

Clay from Monte Avioso.
Sabbie Gialle, Montipoli.
Castel’ Arquato.

San Frediano.

Tejares Clay, Malaga.

Turin.
Palermo.
al

recent. | recent. |recent.| recent. recent, |recont, recont.|recent.|recent. |recent. |recent. | fossil. | fossil. | fossil. | fossil. | fossil. | fossil. | fossil. fossil. | fossil, | fossil. | fossil. | fossil, | fossil.

S
B
eg.
eh

1. Nodosaria Glans, D’O. .
2. Radicula, Linn.
on oyicula, D’O.
4, —— Pyrula, D’O. .
5. —— longicauda, D’O.
6. —— hirsuta, D’O...
7. —— Raphanus, Linn.
8. Raphanistrim, Linn
9. Dentalina acicula, Lam.
10. acuticosta, Reuss .
itil, Adolphina, D’O.
elegantissima, D’O.
13. elegans, D’O.
14, —— guttifera, D’O.
15. —— brevis, D’O. ..
16. —— communis, D’O. .
17. Lingulina carinata, D'O.
18. Frondicularia complanata, Defr.
19. Dimorphina tuberosa, D’O.
20. Rimulina glabra, D'O. .
21. Vaginulina striata, D’O.
22. Badenensis, D’O.
23. —— Legumen, Linn. .
24. —— marginata, D’O. .
25. tricarinata, D’O.
26. Planularia Cymba, D’O.
27. Auris, Defr. .......
28. Marginulina Raphanus,
29. Falx, P.&J...
30. —— hirsuta, D’O.
3l. Lituus, D’O.
32. Cristellaria Cassis, F. & M.
3 Vortex, F. & M.
34. —— costata, F.&M.
35. —— Calear, Linn.
36. —— Crepidula, F.&M. .
3T. lanceolata, D’O. .
38. clypeiformis, D’O. .
39. Italica, Def...
40. reniformis, D’O. .
4], — cultrata, Montf, .
42, —— rotulata, Lam.
—— aculeata, D’O/
ornata, D’O.
45. Lagena suleata, W.&
46. Entosolenia marginata, Montag.
47. squamosa, Montag. ....
48. Polymorphina lactea, W.&J.
49. tubulosa, D’O.
50. —— Thouini, D’O.
51. Bulimina Pyrula, D
52. marginata, D’O. -
aculeata, D’O.
54. —— pupoides, D’O
55. —— elegans, D’O.
56. —— Buchiana, D
57. elegantissima,
58. (Virgulina) squamosa, D’O.
59. (. ) Schreibersii, Czjeck
60. (Bolivina) punctulata, D’O.
61. Uvigerina pygmiva, D'O.
62. angularis, Will
63. —— aculeata, D'O.
64. —— nodosa, D’O..
* 65. Textularia agglutinans,
66. —— Turris, D’O..
67. —— gibbosa, D’O.
68. —— Trochus, D’O
69. abbreviata, D’O.
70. Saggitula, Deft
71. —— Partschii, Czjec!

*

sRC| mC 363 m C bos moi|mC| sR J | mC

Pe KH

mR “VC sR sC | sc mRO| .. . | sRC as 0

2K OK OK KK KK

ow
=)
wad 8.
DO DAR ore Co bo

mO| 10 | 16

mR | mC ae

C
ic aos
7C | wo
tC 388
C

m ©

akZaaa® G22qq

OE Weibel) ceartteas acco. [eons Nabe! heat

_ 828882.

oo
Be:
Q

wC] ... 908 oe 06 Hos on it ic 00

Dok RK kK OK KOK E
=
a

Cc
C
TAO \| oo || |) Oe
sk ton

: 8

by?
g Sth
ag) O
to

|] sRC| mC

Q

eiidd
LD

8

mC) ... .. | mo

pel 2 Vaol 2 | SSW Ge PS Pe CWO WN er cs lee Re |) em. |] el) ae
WO! || ooo TO | coo Ee oy 388 ea a ae 10 os we Be rhe ne 56 boc 58 tC | we
mo)... | mC | me) ... ag oi dos WAC! |) 000 wos a6 ae 09 i too coo |] BO soo

Faerie cee Ageia 22 || CUM EStahl| RSI ees = EST cs ltcricosl Sel eve al ta Memmi nerysch lhe, i Ga all cone ca
oe || 84% |) aC | con ea a fh eo * x0 || a@ #00 20 #08 68 a ae I .. | mC

| sc

mB

mC | md | me as O mR

8
Q
Dk ok KK OK OK ok OK OK kK KE

oo ue te ont Boe eo) s RO ae 585 O08
mC}... os ai || GO || gael) os top 1 7488 |) 00 sC

R cot ee sR |sRt| m@
a ope

S}

a

Q
2 Kk KT
a

)

PAE Ht eencill ee | eo |eeene || een ILS

m RO

TG | coy ee | eat) ae oan | oe}| Ge) mC|mC| mR

we | sC|| sc 503 a8 oe 365 mC} sC 995

aNnNNND..

re ome foe re ee ee] oe oie | ce | oe BO Orcs |] cad] |ce if ae |] G8
aC ||... . | mC} sC Bt as ah ... | SRC] ... .. | mC | mC] ... * * ce * re 60.

‘lm RO

i ai BHaAG? BHaAaaG:
: 8:
: fon

a SIC 5
3 GIS

wand.

EI

Q
*
*

ee Wail ele el eh ee We Weds Wee [OC yf exh cee) Meee NicR Sa eeu a ll at
sR | 7C Fe op 260 «. |m RC ib nen 260 a ong 208

3

4

Q

a
» De nie se
Bree Sees

mC

ate

By

sR mO|wR| sRifsc |. | .. |r| .. | mo mC

* aakvaaa
for)
is}

”
bait

a

i=)

mC -. |m Ro

: 8

AG || as. || o> | SCI) xa |) GO} o@ |] o@ | wz

Reuss
75. (Bigenerina) Nodosaria, D’O.
76. ( ) digitata, D’O..........
77. (Grammostomum) Capreolus, D’O.
78. ( ) Gramen, D’O. .
79. (Verneuilina) tricar
) spinulosa, Reuss
81. ( ) polystropha, Reuss
i ) communis, D’O. ... oa
83. Orbitolina (Patellina) corrugata, Will.
84, levis, P.&J.........0 :
85. Polytrema miniacea, Esper
86. Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenb.
87. Trochammina inflata, Montag.
88. squamata, P. &J.
89. incerta, D’O.

90. charoides, P. &J.
91. clavata, P.&J.
92. Valvulina angulat
93. Orbulina universa, D’O.
94. Globigerina bulloides, D’O.
95. —— helicina, D’O. .
96. hirsuta, D’O..
97. Planorbulina farcta, F.
98. Mediterranensis, D’O.
99. (Truncatulina) lobatula, W. &J.
100. (——) refulgens, D'O. ....
101. Vises variolaria, D’O.
102. ( ) coronata, P.&J..

103. (Planulina) Ariminensis, D’O.
104. Rotalia Haidingerii, D’O.
105. —— Ungeriana, D’O. -
106. —— ammonoides, Reuss
107, reticulata, Czjec’
108. —— Clementiana, D'O.
109. —— Micheliniana, D’O.
110. repanda, F.&M.
111. —— pulchella, D’O..
112. Menardii, D'
113. —— Antillarum, D
114. —— elegans, D’0..
115. Schreibersii, D'O.
116. yermiculata, D’O.
117. —— Auricula, F.& M.
excayata, D’O.
Beccarii, Linn.
ammoniformis, D’O.
nitida, Will.
Soldanii, D’O.
orbicularis, D’O.
124. (Calcarina) rarispina, Desh.
125. (——) armata, D'O......
126. ( ) excentrica, P.&J.
127. Rotalia globularis, D’O.
128. Turbo, D0.
129. rosacea, D’O.
130. —— semistriata, D
131. Bertholetiana, D'O.
132. elegans, D’O....
133. Sphseroidina bulloides, D'O. .
134. Nonionina spheroidés, D’O
13. Scapha, F.& M.
. —— pompilioides, F.
137. —— lxvis, D’O.
138. granosa, D’O.
139, —— limba, D'O. ..
140. asterizans, F.& M. .
141. stellifera, D’O. .....
142. Polystomella striatopunctata, F&M.
—— macella, F. & M.
—— Fichtelliana, D’O. .
— unguiculata, Gmel.
crispa, Linn. .....

wo| ic | ..||7Ro}7RC

Bee |e SERS | SR ce eH cee IL ees cas’ || SCH Mle en Peel eee Meee yores MEO

7A | eee TO | UC | maiimiG, |... ua a es tc oe tee com os Ms wo one aoe || RO | GB) aco * ee ae ni 82.
ae ae 7 en See read ree SR Se IER oy | il ect FICO ee Feces cee ieee eae Ee

sR

RO

oe

s VC

7c | iC sC Cc nes 099 bos
mC |vs VC} sC C | sc |sRC sR
Cc
is

ane

m © |mVC\m RO |mVCt) mC | mC mR| mC
mO|mRB| mo] ic | 10)| 2 oe ae Lael do SSS Sy Se Wee Hl ce | oe | ao] 0@. oe Peel eeaeall) bea dheebes A he eh
mo|mR} C0 Ke} 1C\| mG} mco| ic |zivc|Zvc| mC|svC} ... |sVR] ... TR | sk PPS Ree mO}sC | mC | 10 * el * ae 94.

HON re) |) me | ech |) cla

|| = || ae || an || on || 82

Ses: ;
per & s
Q

70 |m RC sC | sR | sRC|sRC mo|mo| 2. |mRO| «. | sR | mC| mC
TOMY | cs |) KON oe ond oe 568 Abc 20 one on ah 5

al ee ES
mC | sC sC |m RC

xe)
m CO
m CO
xe)

m RC) ... ae xe) mO} ... * * * eee || OE,
*

mC mC waa sR 20
nO 208 ne sRC

SE Ne | aah ren eee eae TR ee ee he Meee Mecano Ile cel reczlf eeetl creme Pec pe PSUS?

FIO oss BEA ES he eh es am Le eae See Ee NS aaich it eealll es Woes We lett ee tes WY es | PAOD es) camel cae ea cca
aN ID ee Ne |i eae a a Tae ellen Peete il ecto lh UM cael, Allee Mecca nee lecera (eee ocr eral ROE
TRC |mRC| mC | mC | mC} sR woe ERNARA! 83 on Z eit l TRC} IC Be 300 See * fod 3 A 114.

aa
~
Q
~
Q

*

*

=

mr

On

sO
led eides| ole beled 2] 2 aol S level ce | cell |) de | aa || S| e@ | eo |] e@ ce foc | ce | = sVR| 119.
ato mC a wi sR ae con tes ase sa 906 cc con «. | 121,

TR | m

fe | 2 2 zellao eel co | & ile | & | os | tite

m¥C|mC|mO|mc)| .. | mc| mR
mC | sC | sC@| sC | sC | s© | we

mO| .. | mO

Bi) 2) |S IeetillRaay) 2 gia a | |) ce aes ee ee ce] Se ce] Se
sR | sR ee i

cae pe Wee ee al Se 2 Nate acl & Jaro} ty) 2 || ce jae | ee] ce ye | ol me |e

sVR| sR |sRC
sVR | mC aa

mo|so |. | 2 | mc|mmol io | i |. | mo] mo} sR

2) Jan ViC)\) 7010) sC | sc ee sR vs mo | ae |) Se noo |) C0}

0 * * .. | mC | 188,
mC} ... 06 ae tee “i290 300 909 a5 oot || HOO ox geo ee sk eh (ie)
mO} ... 35 50 66d oa os of BG ms spi | eee oo oF a con || a) |] che red sk

svc | 149.

1VC | 144.
ZVC | 145.
TVC | 146.

wl |mRC

146.
147. Amphistegina vulgaris,
148. Heterostegina depressa, D'O
149. Operculina complanata, Bas'
50. Nummulina planulata, Lam.

mol we \mvc|am-| .. lem bsve|| .. lsve| . |sve | to |. | 2 |e.) 70 | mo \arel\ ao |\7x0)| mo iG | mo
ae ae on oe ae * |mvol| ... | CO |mRC| | |ivo}sVR| ... | #0 fe

fen

Dok KR ORE
*
*

Fr eae | ie ll ceed Pea Miweeemt meal cae VE cere Ve, za

. Cassidulina lavigata, D’O.
152. crassa, D’O. ..
153. —— oblonga, Reus:
154. Spiroloculina planulata,
155. limbata, D’O.
156. striata, D’O.
157. —— canaliculata, e
158. Quinqueloculina Seminulum, Linn. ... C cou 3
159. agglutinans, D’O. |mC|mC|mC)| mC ... |mRBC) sR
160. vulgaris, D’O. . 10 ae alka
161. —— pulchella, D’O.

162. triangularis, D

163. —— Lyra, D’O. ..

164. tenuis, Czjeck .
165, Triloculina trigonula, Lam.
166. Brongniartii, D’O.
167. —— oblonga, Monta;
168. reticulata, D’O.
169. —— tricarinata, D’
170, Biloculina ringens, Lam.
171. —— elongata, D’O. .
172. depressa, D’O. .
173. Hauerina compressa, D’O.
174. Vertebralina striata, D’O.
175. Cassis, D’O. ....
176. inzequalis, Gmel.
177. Nubecularia lucifuga, Defr.
178. Cornuspira foliacea, Phil.

179. Lituola nautiloidea, Lam.
180. Canariensis, D’O.
181. pelagica, D’O.
182, —— Cenomana, D’O.
183, —— Scorpiurus, Montf.
184. Soldanii, P.&J.

185. Peneroplis planatus, F.
186. cylindraceus, Lam. ..

187, (Dendritina) Arbuscula, D’O
188. Orbitolites complanata, Lam.
189. Orbiculina adunca, F.& M.
190. Alveolina Melo, F.&M.

Saree | aaah ale ee Were ee See ea a We We Wee Selle estoae al Weert lee ot cae cee | int EE
- ie ‘ ce | aes Wea tea eae vee cos || pen | (eeaa heen [ene se oe

sO] | sR a:
rch mR | 156.

SOM eal cleee Weliecs | 26 | ee deans
mRC| mC | mC} ... 26
~~ (tel & | ss | co | x |)

mol 2 | ae|| | | s@ | a |. noe [Lon | 8
mO}| sO
(e)

Dok kK KKK DE
a
fer)
Ss

*
jmRC| ... sR s@ |"sG a sC oon oes ae ee ee oY ic 608 ea who cf t* tR | sk ic a x
en sc con

sc | so | sc | s© Bt es
@0 ach. 506 mRO| mC
mO\|mC|sG}|sR | sCG |u| sc ES a acne sR | sR YA oe Fey eo Ati oo || we

mo|mo|\rve| ic | mo| sc | .. Be (sree eee een ies ti ipeo Weriee lin cca imeelMeetol aes WI-crisie ll dee [egos GDR eee rl) cee Reece eed Meee tat)
7 CO) ree area | eee sO | sC oon ond oe 500 ees Ak geet ve a soy || GeCH |) ee ae oe aS, boo eae Es oe te pee lige
Ot ear 22 OY WGN wes Mt dee Weceeuec| scree IP Cl cell crs Weces lcm lleeces If ceontlfite |] cxf] GHB If cee off m0. Peco PS ee ff ae If

ree Nfs TOTO! acl IMowtolanitel| ee Woy Ieee Ws I ee |) om Il cos | coe We |] co Pc |] coo | See HP om ff oe ff coe oe | US I ees
ACh aol cea ce ht Ao en a ee ee ee erence ieax lesa lat || a0 |), ace |] a8 See hal eel poset ;
sO we | CAG ae |) Gi |) oh .. |mRC) ... bi .- |mRC}... Be ie 664 Pes is ae 20% 300 co gec |} acs bo * ¥ «- | 178,

SA al 21 ae | Sell SMM roud ae naea sees ee ee 1 ES ih Na HIE eel steel nceee acral Sl esate oe | een WS

ON ese | eee a let eNl cecliieea il) etal een se

5 WSIS 4 ge eB
2 CSeCcr 6 oo 38

Some beautiful Calcarine or aculeate varietes. { A single specimen of another variety (7. alternans, P. &J.) also occurs here.
§ Fossil specimens derived from the Tertiaries occur here, and go do fossil specimens of othr Foraminifers (P. crispa, &c.) which exist here recent. | A beautiful circular variety, Sp. rotundata, D’O. 4] Plancus.

|

1860.] JONES AND PARKER—FORAMINIFERA, 303
31. Marginulina Lituus, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 259, No. 11;
Soldani, Testaceog. 1. pt. 2, pl. 106. fig. aa, bb.

43. Cristellaria aculeata, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vu. p. 292, No. 14;
Soldani, Testaceog. i. pt. 1, pl. 57. fig. t; C. echinata, D’Orb.
For. Fos. Vien. pl. 4. f. 21, 22.

51-60. The genus Bulimina comprehends all the forms here indi-
cated. Virgulina is a delicate, compressed, biserial Bulimina, the
chambers not increasing with exact regularity. Bolivina is a similar
form, but more regularly plaited in its growth, being a Textularian
isomorph. All these lie within the limits of an essential species.

53. Bulimina aculeata D’Orb. Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 269, No. 7; Sol-
dani, Testaceog. i. pt. 2, pl. 127. fig. I, pl. 130. f. VV.

64. Uvigerina nodosa, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 269, No. 3; Sol-
dani, Testaceog. 1. pt. 2, pl. 126. fig. aa, yy, zz, A, B.

65-82. Textularie. Varieties of one manifold species, belonging
to one generic type. The shell of Gaudryina commences with three
cells in a coil, before it takes on its biserial Textularian character.
Such as take on a uniserial growth have been termed Clavulina, and
confounded with similar varieties of Valvulina. The arrested tri-
serial growth is Verneuilina. Bigenerina is a Teatularia becoming
uniserial. Grammostomum is a compressed form of Tewtularia, with
a terminal slit-like aperture. This kind of aperture passes gradually,
on the one hand, into the common arched passage of Tevtularia, and
on the other into the round terminal aperture of Bigenerina. Gram-
mostomum also may be dimorphous,—passing from the complex to
the simple arrangement of cells.

82. Verneuilina communis, D’Orb. This is the Clavulina communis,
D’Orb. For. Foss. Vien. p. 196, pl. 12. f. 1, 2. For some re-
marks on the several forms referred to Clavulina by authors,
see Annals Nat. Hist. 3 ser. vol. v. p. 469.

83,84. The characters and relationship of Orbitolina and Patellina,
with their numerous varieties, are explained in the Annals Nat.
Hist. 3 ser. vol. vi. pp. 29-38.

85. Polytrema miniacea, Esper, sp.* Millepora miniacea, Esper,
Zooph. i. pl. 17; Gmel. Syst. Nat. 8784; M. rubra, Lamarck,
Hist. An. s. Vert. ii. p. 202, No.8; Polytrema corallina,
Risso, Europe Méridion. v. p. 340, No. 91; Polytrema miniacea,
Blainville, Actinolog. p. 410, pl. 69. f.4. This is a fixed,
reddish, often branching Rhizopod, related to Orbitolina.

86. Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenb. See Annals Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.
p- 284. This has been often confounded with other Foramini-
fera, similarly shaped, but with sandy and opake shells, and of
distinct relationship. Sp. vivipara is related to Rotalie through
the simple vermiculate varieties of 2. repanda, especially R.
vermiculata.

* We have to thank Dr. J. E. Gray for pointing out the synonymy of this
species.
VOL. XVI.—PART I. Z

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

88-G1. Trochamnuna. We have elsewhere* expressed an opinion
that the Rotaha inflata of Montagu belongs to a subgenus distinct
from the common Rotaliw. The study of more varieties than we
were then acquainted with leads us to regard it as generically
distinct. The sandy structure, great variability of shape, and the
more or less imperfect formation of the chambers, are important
characters of this genus, which we have termed Trochammina.

The shell consists of a dense ferruginous cement filled with small
sand-grains which do not project above the surface. It resembles a
worked plaster-surface. It differs from the shell of Nubecularia, in
which the sand, when present, roughens the surface, but is often
absent ; and from that of Zituola where the sand is in greater pro-
portion than the cement, and is very coarse.

The simplest forms of Z’rochammina belong to a species (7. arre-
gularis, D’Orb. sp.) of which we know three varieties. First, 7’. irre-
gularis proper (Webbinay wrregularis, D’Orb., Prodrome, i. p. 111 ;
Bronn, Leth. Geog. 3rd edit. u. pt. 5. p. 91, pl. 291. f.27; “« Gufs
des Mollusques,” Cornuel, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 2 sér, i. p. 259,
pl. 4. f.37+), which is adherent, moniliform, with more or less oval
chambers, and varying in the relative length of the stoloniferous
connecting tubes, in the number of the chambers, and in the
straightness or curvature of their line of growth.

Secondly, 7. irreqularis alternans, which is adherent and has the
stolons springing from the chambers alternately and towards their
front, giving the shell a loose Textularian character. The chambers
are usually somewhat pyriform.

Thirdly, 7. wregularis clavata, which is another fixed form, and
consists frequently of a single pyriform chamber, tubular at one end,
and bearing a slightly margined and semioval aperture at the other.
The tubular portion frequently gives off another tube and chamber.
This bifurcation is also occasionally seen in 7. erregularis (from the
Oxford clay); nor is it wanting in low forms of Nodosaria (Denta-
lina aculeata, D’Orb.).

The second species, Trochammina squamata, comprises five varie-
ties, which are spiral, and more or less Rotalian, in their growth.

The simpler of these forms, such as 7’. squwamata incerta (Opercu-
lina incerta, D’Orb. For. Cuba, pl. 6. f. 16, 17; Spirillina arenacea,
Williamson, Monograph, p. 93, pl. 7. f. 203), consist of a long spiral
undivided chamber, having the shape of the clear, perforated, dis-
coidal Spirillina vivipara, Khrenb., and of the white, opake, Milioline
Cornuspira foliacea, Philippi.:

T. squamata charoides is a similar undivided tubular chamber ver-
tically spiral (instead of being complanate), and presents a curious
resemblance to the fruit of the Chara.

The third variety, 7. squamata gordialis Com the Indian and |

* Annals Nat. Hist. 3 ser. iv. p. 347.

A The name Webbina was first applied by D’Orbigny to a few-chambered,
uniserial, curved form of Nubecularia (Webbina) rugosa, For. Canaries, pl. 1.
f. 16-18, and For. Foss. Vien. p. 74, pl. 21. f 11-12.

t Fig. 36 is Lituola (Placopsilina) cenomana.

1860. JONES AND PARKER—FORAMINIFERA. B05

Arctic Seas), has more than one chamber, the shell in its early stage
being formed of a few spirally arranged but variable chambers ; and
at a later period being moulded on an undivided, vermiform sarcode,
either discoidal or irregularly elevated ; sometimes passing at nearly
right angles over the disc, or forming sudden loops and twistings*.

7. squamata proper has the shell divided throughout into lunate
and flattened chambers, several in a whorl, and regularly increasing
with the progress of growth. It much resembles those flatter varie-
ties of Rotalia Turbo which are intermediate between f. globularis
and &. rosacea. T'. squamata may easily be confounded with little,
conical, scale-like varieties of Valvulina triangularis; but the latter
(more nearly allied to the Verneuiline Tewvtularia) have never more
than three chambers in a whorl, and are more coarsely sandy.

T. squamata inflata (Rotalia inflata, Montagu) has been already
described (Ann. Nat. Hist. Joc. cit.).

92. Valvulina angularis, D’Orb. Clavulina angularis, D’Orb. Ann.
Se. Nat. vii. p. 102, pl.12. f.7. The chief distinctive feature
of this Clavuline form is the lingual process, or valve, partially
occluding the aperture,—a characteristic of Valvulina.

94. Globigerina helicina, D’Orb. Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 277, No. 4;
Soldani, Testaceog. i. pt. 2. pl. 130. fig. gq, rv, pp, p-

97-108. These are varieties of Rotalia (Planorbulina) fareta, F. & M.
109-118. Varieties of Rotalia repanda, F. & M.

114. Rotalia elegans, D’Orb. Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 276, No. 54;
Soldani, Saggio Orit. pl. i. f.Q, R; Rotalia Partschiana, D’Orb.
For. Foss. Vien. pl. 8. f. 1-3. This is a variety of 2. repanda.

116. Rotalia vermiculata,D’Orb. Planorbulina vermiculata, D’Orb.
Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 280, No.3; Soldani, Testaeeog. i. pt. 3,
pl. 161. fig. ABCD. This flat few-celled Spirilline Rotalia,
resembling the Planorbuline forms of #. farcta merely in
outline and flatness, passes gradually into the 2. repanda by
regular gradations, especially through FR. pulchella ; and differs
in structure and habit very markedly from every variety of
Rotalia (Planorbulina) farcta.

118. Rotalia excavata, D’Orb. Valvulina excavata, D’Orb. For.
Canaries, pl. 1. f. 43-45. The lobular process of the chamber
(common in varieties of 2. repanda), which has nothing in
common with the lingual plate of sandy Valvulina, has caused
this form to be mistaken for a Valvulina. The shell is essen-
tially Rotalian in its structure.

119-123. These are varieties of Rotalia Beccarii, Linn.

120. Rotalia ammoniformis, D’Orb, Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 276, No.33 ;
Soldani, Testaceog. 1. pt. 1, pl. 34. fig. K.

* The Serpula pusilla of Schlotheim (Spirillina pusilla, Jones), from the
Permian limestones of Durham and Germany, is probably closely related to
this form.

z2

306

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 4,

124-126. These are varieties of Lotalia (Calcarina) Sang eP) a

126.

Gmelin.

Calcarina excentrica. This is a peculiar, and not previously
described variety of C. Spengleri, attaining a relatively large
size (that of half a mustard-seed). It commences its growth as
a little Rotalia, scarcely distinguishable from R. armata, which
is a small variety of C. Spengleri. Each cell grows out into a
projecting angle, giving a dentate margin to the shell. At first
spirally discoid, this Calcarina soon begins to grow all on one
side, producing a subtriangular or fan-shaped mass; the apex
consisting of the first few spiral chambers; the base being
notched in outline, and broadening with a cyclical tendency.
Beyond this stage a further growth of cells would produce a
complanate cyclical shell. Planorbulina farcta presents at one
stage of its growth a plan of growth like that of C. eacentrica,
and at a later period such a cylical arrangement as that above

_ referred to.
127-132. Varieties of Rotalha Turbo, D’Orb.

128.

132.

134.

Rotalha Turbo, D’Orb. Here represented by 2. Patella, Reuss,
Denkschr. Akad. Wien, i. pl. 46. f. 22, which is evidently a small
form of R. Turbo.

Rotalia elegans, D’Orb. Anomalina elegans, D’Orb. Ann. Sc.
Nat. vil. p. 282, No.4; Modeéles, No. 42; Rosalina complanata,
D’Orb. For. Foss. Vien. pl. 10. f.13-15. This is a variety of
R. Turbo.

Nonionina spheroides, D’Orb. This differs from the other
Nonionine (which are varieties of Polystomella), and indeed it
appears to be more nearly related to Globigerina than to Poly-
stomella. It has fewer chambers than any common Nonionina,
and its low arched aperture is very much wider; its substance
is dense, clear, finely porous, and highly polished (except at
the margins of the aperture, which are granular). By these
features, and by the setting on of the chambers, it is markedly
distinguished from Nonionina, and probably deserves another
appellation ; but until its relationship to the deep-sea varieties
of Polystomella and to the abyssal species Globigerina and
Spheroidina shall have been worked out more fully, we prefer
leaving it with its present name. Large varieties of WV. sphe-
rovdes occur at great depths (2200 fathoms, Indian Ocean, &c.),
and often present a want of symmetry in the spiral form.

135-146. We have shown elsewhere* that the Vonionine are feebly

developed Polystomellw. The varieties here enumerated present
a fair example of the increase of: complexity in form and struc-
ture from NV. Scapha to P. crispa. Carried still further, the
peculiarities of structure are exaggerated in the typical iB.
craticulata.

* Annals Nat. Hist. 3 ser. vol.v. pp. 101-105.

1860. | PHILLIPS—SECTIONS NEAR OXFORD. 307

154-173. These are Miliole not separable specifically from the type,
Miliola Seminulum, Linn.

155. Spiroloculina limbata, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 299, No. 12;
Soldani, Testaceog. u. pl. 19. fig. m.

160. Quinqueloculina vulgaris, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vu. p. 302,
No. 33; Soldani, Testaceog. i. pt. 3, pl. 152. fig. E; Q. secans,
D’Orb. Ann. Sc. Nat. p. 303, No. 48; Modéles, No. 96; Sol-
dani, Testaceog. i. pt. 3, pl. 152. fig. C.

161. Q. pulchella, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 303, No. 42; Sol-
dani, Testaceog. ii. pl. 18. fig. F; Q. Schreibersii, D’Orb. For.
Foss. Vien. p. 296, pl. 19. f. 22-24.

168. Triloculina reticulata, D’Orb. Ann. Sc. Nat. vii. p. 299, No. 9;
Soldani, Testaceog. i. pt. 3, pl. 159. fig. 6b, ce (by error quoted
ee, ff by D’Orbigny).

170. Biloculina elongata, D’Orb. Ann. Se. Nat. vii. p. 298, No. 4;
Soldani, Testaceog. i. pt. 3, pl. 153, fig. M, Q, p.

184, Lituola Soldanii. New variety. [Type: Lituola nautiloidea,
Lamarck.| This is a relatively large and straight Lvtuola,
having the shape of a Nodosaria. It has a variable number of
chambers, from about four to eight, each much subdivided and
labyrinthic, as is the case also in the large crozier-shaped
variety that occurs in the Chalk. Soldani has figured this
straight subcylindrical Lituola (Testaceog. ii. pl. 3. fig. ce; and
Saggio Orittog. pl. 19. fig. 92 Z), from San Quirico. Our finest
specimens of this variety are from the Miocene sandy clays
of San Domingo. It occurs recent at a depth of 40 and 47
fathoms off the Abrolhos Bank (Lat. 23°07'S.; Long. 41°17’ W.).
The deposits on this bank have peculiar faunal analogies with
the Italian Tertiaries.

Janvakry 18, 1860.

James Poyntz M‘Donald, Esq., Kingsdown Parade, Bristol ;
William Purdon, Esq., C.E., Punjab; and James Winter, M.D.,
Hampstead, were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. Notice of some Secrtons of the Srrata near Oxrorn.
By Jonn Puttures, M.A., F.R.S., Pres.G.S., Reader in Geology in
the University of Oxford.

No. IL. Sections South of Oxford.

Ly England, unconformity between the Cretaceous and the Oolitie
strata is discoverable at almost every part of the range of the junction

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 18,

of deposits, from the coast of Yorkshire to the cliffs of Dorsetshire.
liverywhere evidence can be found of the wasting action of the sea
on ‘the Oolitic strata before the deposition of the superincumbent
rocks, and sometimes evidence of the movement of the sea-bed (to
which, perhaps, the watery agitation was due). In the country near
Oxford, and from this point south-westward, the Portland Oolite
has been thus greatly wasted, so as to remain in only a few detached
masses. ‘There seems reason to suppose that movements of the sea-
bed of considerable extent followed the deposition of the Oxford Clay;
for the Coralline Oolite fails, and the Kimmeridge Clay grows thin,
and hardly traceable far from the Shotover Hills, in a direction to-
wards the north-east.

The deposition of the Cretaceous series on the wasted Oolites was
thus inevitably irregular; but in addition we have the varieties of
littoral, estuary, and fluviatile deposits on the boundary-surface of
the Oolites; great surface-waste, referable to the Postpliocene age ;
and faults which seem to be of great effect, but are not yet traced
out.

Under these circumstances, it is at once a very interesting and a
very perplexing problem of field-geology to trace out the detached,
unconformed, and wasted cappings of sand and ferruginous stone
which, in several places, lie on the Kimmeridge Clay, and are not
themselves covered by strata of more definite character and age.

The conclusions derived from the field-suryeys will not be satis-
factory until fully supported by the evidence of fossils scrupulously
collected by careful hands.

One of the most interesting of the sections near Oxford is seen at
Culham, on the northern bank of the Thames; and this may be
compared with another in the line of railway near Culham Station,
about a mile to the north-east, with a hill-capping at Toot Baldon
and a cliff-section at Clifden. I have been in the habit of taking
my class to some of these localities for several years.

On entering the excavation at Culham we perceive about 40 feet
of level-surfaced clays and sands, under a cover of flint-gravel mixed —
with worn shells of Gryphewa dilatata and other spolia of the adja-
cent country. Nearly the whole mass of the clays and sands exca-
vated here is employed for brick-making; and the digging-operations
mix them much together. A slight glance at the section presents
enough of uniformity to induce the belief that the whole might
belong to one continuous deposit. If, under this impression, a pa-
leeontologist viewing the excavation should pick up Thracia depressa
and Cardium striatuluwm, and obtain from the workmen teeth of Plio-
saurus, he will probably write Kimmeridge Clay on the whole section.
Another geologist, arriving when the clay is not bemg dug, may
examine a different part of the deposit and find Ammonites dentatus
and Belemnites numimus, and may colour on his map, undoubtedGault.
But when, instructed by several visits, the whole section is clearly
made out, we find two clays in the pit, of entirely different geological
age, separated by a bed of sand apparently conformed to each—so
far as this very limited area gives any evidence.

1860. ] PHILLIPS—SECTIONS NEAR OXFORD, 309

Section of the Strata at Culham, South of Oxford.

Mixed gravel of Culham Fields.

Ammonites dentatus ........0008

INGHITHET3 66 Lge anBeGoCGnOOnecortic 2
Sandy and gravelly partings.... {

Basement-bed, pebbly and al 22
ginous.

Gault: blue laminated clay full
of fossils. (20 feet seen.)

-+» Lower Greensand °

| Green sand ; cap of the Kimmeridge

Fine-grained sand, nearly ony
Clay. (9 feet.)

form in composition.

\

Zone of fossils: Ammonites ...... ----=

Brown nodules, with cryrtate : Kimmeridge Clay. (23 feet seen.)

(Bisulph, zine) in the cracks,

ATIATILOTALOH ME ciaiais steteratecn alee ieiaisik he :

In descending from the gravelly surface-deposit. we have about
10 feet of blue laminated clay, with the following fossils :—

Ammonites dentatus. Nucula pectinata.

Ammonites lautus. Tnoceramus concentricus (large).
Belemnites minimus. Plicatula pectinoides.

Solarium conoideum. Pecten quinquesulcatus.
Rostellaria. Balanus.

Dentalium, probably D. decussatum. Cyclocyathus Fittoni.
Coniferous wood.

Below these unequivocal Gault layers, the argillaceous deposits
are striated with short drift lamin of sand and small gravel. In
these, by careful search, I found specimens of the Ammonites men-
tioned above. These layers are about 5 feet thick, and gradually pass
upward into the ordinary Gault*.

Below these sandy layers is a more specially pebbly band, in some
places compacted together, in which | found what seems to be Pecten
orbicularis. This band agrees in position with what may be termed
the basement bed of the Gault or the cap of the Lower Greensand
at Folkestone *.

* In this part of the series, probably, occurred a fine specimen of Osfrea
macroptera, which came into the hands of my friend Professor Walker, who

resides at Culham. .
+ Since the reading of this paper, my friend Mr. Clutterbuck has found in

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 18,

Passing over for the present the bed of greensand, 9 feet in thick-
ness, which les under the pebbly bed, and turning to the subjacent
clay, which is exposed to a depth of 23 feet in the course of the dig-
ging, we find it to contain, especially towards the upper part,—

Phosaurus of Shotover. Cardium striatulum. ~
Ichthyosaurus of Shotover. Thracia depressa.
Asteracanthus ornatissimus. Astarte Hartwelliensis.

Ammonites—one species of the group Cucullea.
of A. polyplocus, A. triplicatus, or Perna.
A. giganteus. Discina Humphreysiana.

Ammonites biplex.

Towards the bottom of the excavation lies a layer of brown cracked
nodules, the cracks partly filled with bisulphuret of zine. The
Ammonites and other fossils occur again below the nodules. No
specimen of Ostrea deltoidea being found here, but the shells of
Aylesbury being abundant, we may infer that it is the upper part
of the Kimmeridge Clay which is here seen.

The bed of greensand, 9 feet thick, which separates these two
clays, may now be considered. The mineral character of such a de-
posit is such feeble evidence, that without injustice to that the sand
may be referred to any part of the series between the Kimmeridge
Clay and the Gault. In appearance, however, it is like some of the
dark-green sand-beds at the back of the Isle of Wight (as at Black-
gang Chine), and it is not like the Portland Sand or the Iron-sands
of Shotover. I find in it none of the fossils of the Gault above,
nor any common fossils of the Portland rock or sands, but a few
examples of the Ammonite like A. polyplocus already mentioned in
the Kimmeridge Clay, Cardium striatulum, Thracia depressa, Pecten
arcuatus, Corbula, and Wood. I do not find a trace of these fossils
in the pebbly drifts above, and do not suppose them to have been
transported from older strata into this greensand. On further
search I discover no sign of unconformity at the junction of the
sand with the subjacent clay, nor any mark of wasting on that clay;
but, on the contrary, a somewhat gradual introduction of the sandy
grains, so as to make an easy passage upwards from clay to sand.
I am therefore induced to believe that instead of this being, as at
first sight it might be thought, Lower Greensand, it is really a sandy
cap of the Kimmeridge Clay—perhaps the first stage of a change
towards the Portland series, but still to be classed with the clay.

The information thus gathered from the section now discussed
may be increased by observing what occurs in the railway-cutting a
mile to the north-east of the Brickyard. According to the working-
section prepared by the engineer, Mr. Ward*, it appears that the
Gault is there found resting unconformably on ferruginous sands

this band a specimen of Hxogyra resembling FL. haliotidea, which somewhat
strengthens my opinion that this thin layer is all that here represents the Lower
Greensand. It thickens towards the westward, retaining its worn sandy and
pebbly character. Possibly other observers may prefer to separate from the
Gault the five feet of sandy and pebbly layers, and call them Lower Greensand ;
but this is not my conclusion.—April 11, 1860.

* Tam indebted to Mr. Clutterbuck for the sight of this section.

1860. ] PHILLIPS—SECTIONS NEAR OXFORD. 311

apparently corresponding with those of Shotover ; and these rest on
the Kimmeridge Clay, but grow thinner and die out to the southward.

Another example of a sandy deposit covering the Kimmeridge
Clay occurs at Toot Baldon, a village elevated above the general
plain of Kimmeridge Clay, and lying four miles north-east of Culham.
Here, some years since, on the very summit I found sandy and
stony beds in small quantity and not well exposed. They yielded
me no fossils; but my friends of the Geological Survey have since
visited the locality, and obtained an Ammonite which they believed
to be of the group of A. Deshayesii*. I lately re-examined the spot,
now less exposed than eyer, without finding anything satisfactory.
But on proceeding down the sloping road to the eastward, I per-
ceived the clay to be there also covered by ferruginous bands, and
commenced a persevering search for fossils. I made a considerable
excavation, and obtained several shells, especially a Mya, Pecten,
Cardium, Trochus, and an Ammonite which appears to be of the
group of A. polyplocus, A. triplicatus, and A. giganteus.

The mass is sand and sandstone with small black pebbles, and
stained very brown by oxide of iron. It rests immediately on the
Kimmeridge Clay, probably on the very top or upper layers. In the
hope of revisiting this place and of obtaining more and better
evidence, I abstain from further remarks.

A remarkable exhibition of a sand-rock with pebbles occurs in
cliffs against the Thames at Clifden. Ferry. It is traversed by oxide
of iron in nests, lamine, and veins running in various directions.
As far as the composition of the mass is concerned, this sand-rock *
resembles somewhat the Shotover irony rocks, and somewhat the
pebbly Lower Greensand of Farringdon; but no fossils have been
found in it.

From what has been said it is evident that I regard as still doubt-
ful and incomplete the evidence according to which Lower Green-
sand deposits have been admitted to occupy large areas on the maps
of the country near Oxford. The evidence from fossils (certainly of
paramount importance in deciding between sands of such variable
types as those between the Kimmeridge Clay and the Chalk) is either
wanting or appears opposed to the claim of large territory for the
Lower Greensand. Dr. Fitton quotes no fossils near Oxford, and only
casts of Siphonia and Coniferous wood from the iron-sands of Bed-
fordshire ; and the Geological Survey has had only a glance at an
Ammonite, which was supposed to be A. Deshayesii, on the summit of
a hill near Oxford, from which I obtained quite a different Ammo-
nite, apparently of an Oolitic group, with other shells not such as
to authorize the adoption of their sandy matrix into the Cretaceous
family.

* Mr. R. Etheridge has obliged me with this notice of his search.

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 18,

2. On the Association of the Lower Members of the Oty Rep SanpstonE
and the Mxtamorpnic Rocks on the SourHERN Maren of the
Grampians. By Prof. R. Harness, F.R.S., F.G.S.

[ Abstract. ]

THe area to which this paper referred is the tract lying between
Stonehaven and Strathearn, including the south-eastern flanks of
the Grampians for about two-thirds of their course. Metamorphic
rocks, trap-rocks, the Lower and Middle members of the Old Red
series (the former being sandstone, and the latter conglomerate),
are the constituent rock-masses of the district, and give it its pecu-
liar physical features. The mode in which these rocks are associated
is well exhibited in the section on the coast (at Stonehaven), and in
the several sections in the interior where streams lay bare the rocks.
Sections at Stonehaven, Glenburnie, Strathfinlass, North Ksk, West
Water of Lethnot, Cruick Water, South Esk and Prosen, Blairgowrie,
Dunkeld, Strathearn, and Glenartney, were described in detail.

Against the north-westerly dipping metamorphic schists (which
sometimes include conformable limestones) come purple flagstones,
but usually separated from them by trap-rocks, haying the same
strike. These flagstones pitch to the south-east, but retain a high
angle away from the schists, and, in many places, are intercalated
with beds of trap. The lower purple flagstones are unfossiliferous ;
but higher up tracks of Crustaceans (Protichnites) have been dis-
covered by the Rev. H. Mitchell. The grey fossiliferous flagstones
of Forfarshire succeed, still with a steep dip. Conglomerates succeed,
in beds having a less inclination, gradually becoming more and more
horizontal as they reach the low country.

The axis of the elevation of the Grampians thus appears to be
along their southern margin, and to be marked by the trap-rocks
separating the metamorphic schists and the purple flagstones of the
Old Red series, and giving the latter their general south-easterly
dip. As the metamorphic rocks of the Grampians have not yielded
any fossils, their relation to the other old rocks of Scotland is diffi-
cult to determine.

3. On the Orv Rep Sanpstone of the Sour or Scorntanp. By
ArcuipatpD Gxrxie, Esq., F.G.S., of the Geological Survey of
Great Britain.

[Prats XVIII. ]

ConTENTS.

Introduction. Pentland Hills.

Lesmahago : East Lothian and Berwickshire.
Silurian. Physical Geography of South Scotland
Lower Old Red Sandstone. during the Old Red and Carbonife-
Carboniferous. rous periods.

Unconformity of Carboniferous and
Lower Old Red Sandstone.

Introduction.—During the last summer, while carrying on the
Geological survey of the Lammermuir Hills, I was particularly

\\

AI
\
iS \

Geological Map
of the

and part of the adjacent destrict,
By Vl jehie; FGA
—Z We. LUjeth: 7 é

Scale of Miles

_ PARISH OF LESMAHAGOW, |

al
Quart. Jom. Geol Soc. Vol_XVI. PL. XVIII.

Sections & wplanatory of the Geology of Lesmahagow, by A. Getkte, FG. S.

L_2_3_ Sections across the Parish of Lesmahagow.

Logan Water, Logan Water, Nethan Water. Black Hdl.
: ‘Clyde River.

therry
Hill . Mickle Auchinstilloch. Hangiishaw Hills.
Pockniaaa-
Burn. $"

=e

&

1860. ] GELKIE—OLD RED SANDSTONE. 313

struck with the number of felspathic dykes by which the Silurian
strata of that region are intersected. It.was my wish to ascertain,
if possible, the probable date of these igneous rocks; and for this
purpose it became necessary to determine the exact relation between
the Old Red Conglomerates and Sandstones of East Lothian, and
the Old Red Sandstone and Upper Silurian in other parts of South
Scotland. I soon perceived, however, that the determination of this
point had a much wider range than at first sight appeared, and that
in truth it bore directly upon the question of the true classification
of the Old Red Sandstone. The district which promised to afford
the most satisfactory results was the Parish of Lesmahago, where,
according to the section by Sir Roderick Murchison*, an ascending
series could be made out from the Upper Silurian, through the Old
Red Sandstone, into the Carboniferous group. I visited Lesmahago,
and mapped the boundary-lines of the Lower Old Red Sandstone
and Carboniferous rocks over an area of from 80 to 90 square
miles. The results of this examination, in so far as they bear on
the Old Red Sandstone, form the first and principal part of the
present communication. I shall next refer to the extension of the
Lesmahago features to the north-east, across the area of the Pent-
land Hills, into East Lothian and Berwickshire, and then point out
some of the bearings of the facts adduced upon the physical geology
of Southern Scotland during the Old Red Sandstone and Carboni-
ferous periods.
LEsMAHAGOT.

Silurian.—The basement-rocks of the Lesmahago district consist
of a series of shales and flaggy sandstones belonging to the Upper
Silurian. They form an anticlinal axis in Nutberry Hill, whence
they strike south-west for six miles to beyond the village of Muir-
kirk in Ayrshire, when they are overlapped by Carboniferous sand-
stones. At Nutberry Hill, notwithstanding the contorted character
of the strata, this axis is sufficiently well-marked. Southwards,
however, its regularity is obscured, partly by a large intrusion of
felstone, partly by faulting, which possibly took place prior to the
deposition of the Carboniferous rocks, and partly by the way in
which these rocks overlap and conceal those of older date.

Another Silurian patch occurs in the Haughshaw Hills as the
centre of another anticlinal axis. In both cases it is plain that the
present exposure of Silurian strata in this region, so far removed
from the great Silurian tract to the south, arises from the flexured
character of the country, and the subsequent denudation of the
ridges. It is interesting to observe that the axis of these flexures

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xii. p. 17.

+ The numerous notes which I made of the details of the geology of Leama-
hago may possibly form the subject of another paper. I need not refer here
to previous writers on the Lanarkshire and Ayrshire rocks, as my present subject
is a special one, which their labours have not anticipated. I may remark, how-
ever, that the general geology of the district is already sketched in Sir Roderick
Murchison’s succinct memoir on Lesmahago Parish, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.
vol. xii. p. 15,

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 18,

is from N.E. to 8.W., that is, parallel to the general strike of the
country. ‘That other Silurian anticlines will be found in other parts
of this district, seems in the highest degree probable ; and hence we
may anticipate fresh harvests of organic remains from the prolonga-
tion of the Pterygotus-bearing shales of the Logan Water.

Lower Old Red Sandstone.—The Silurian strata, as was clearly
pointed out by Sir R. I. Murchison*, graduate upwards into a per-
fectly conformable series of red shales, sandstones, and conglomerate-
bands, which pass by alternations into a higher and very thick group
of purplish-grey sandstones, often pebbly and conglomeratic. The
whole series above the highest of the Silurian shales must be many
thousand feet thick. That it represents the lower, and perhaps part
of the middle Old Red, seems to be indicated with sufficient clearness
by the geological horizon and the petrological aspect of the strata.
Through the kindness of — Brown, Esq., of Lanfine, I am in
possession of confirmatory evidence. He informs me that in the
sandstone-quarry of Lanfine, near Newmills, Ayrshire, several speci-
mens of Cephalaspis have been found, some of which are in his
cabinet. A drawing of one of these was sent me; it is a well-pre-
served buckler of Cephalaspis Lyellu. The Newmills sandstones
form a part of the great series which stretches eastward by Lesma-
hago and the Clyde, towards the confines of Peeblesshire ; and there -
can be no doubt, therefore, that the whole belongs to the Lower Old
Red Sandstone. .

The Lower Old Red strata, as developed in the neighbourhood of
Lesmahago, present many points of interest, into which, however,
I do not enter at present. There is but one feature to which it is
necessary to advert, viz. that both Silurians and Old Red Sandstones
are everywhere traversed by dykes of porphyritic felstone, often of
considerable size. These dykes, so far as I have been able to observe,
never intersect the Carboniferous series. I have seen only a single
instance (that of the Nethan section, near Kerse) where the Carbo-
niferous strata are in contact with a felstone-dyke; and there the
former, in place of showing any trace of metamorphism, present an
unaltered felspathic paste, in which are imbedded fragments of the
subjacent dyke. All the felspathic dykes, therefore, appear to be
older than the Carboniferous, and later than the Old Red rocks of
the district.

Another series of dykes deserves incidental notice here. They
consist of greenstone, and are found traversing all the other rocks of
the district, igneous and sedimentary, as well as several large faults,
without undergoing any deflection. They preserve their course in
parallel lines from 8.E. to N.W., across mountain and valley, at
nearly right angles to the general strike of the country. Of course
they are the latest rocks of the neighbourhood.

The town of Lesmahago stands on a narrow isthmus of Lower
Old Red Sandstone, which expands westward into the bare heathy
uplands of Ayrshire, while to the east it swells out into the fertile

* Loc. cit.

1860. | GEIKIE—OLD RED SANDSTONE. 315

undulating region in which lies the valley of the Clyde. The narrow-
ness of the band at Lesmahago arises from the southward prolong-
ation of the great Lanarkshire coal-field, and from the northward
extension of the smaller coal-field of Douglas. That these two
coal-fields were at one time connected down the valley of the Nethan,
and that thus a continuous band of Carboniferous strata stretched
away north from Douglas to beyond Glasgow, can hardly, I think,
be doubted ; and this circumstance becomes of the highest import-
ance in any endeavour to ascertain the true relation of the Carbo-
niferous to the Lower Old Red Sandstone throughout the south of
Scotland.

In the Birkenhead Burn, the Logan Water, the Blaeberry Burn,
and the Greenock Water, there is a clear passage of the green Silu-
rian shales into the red shales, sandstones, and conglomerate-bands of
the Old Red series. That series dips regularly away from the Silu-
rian axis of Nutberry and Priesthill on the north and north-west
sides. On the east side, however, as already remarked, the succes-
sion is not quite so clear, owing to a fault which throws down the
red sandstones against a low part of the Silurian series. This fault
seems to increase in the amount of throw as it passes to the south-
west. It appears to be overlapped by another tongue of Carboni-
ferous rocks forming the north-eastern prolongation of the Muirkirk
coal-field*. Starting, however, from the section on the Logan
Water, where the whole succession is very clear, and passing north-
eastward by Lesmahago to the Clyde, we find the purplish-grey
sandstones which form the whole of that tract dipping almost uni-
formly E. by N. at from 25° to 45°. There is thus an ascending
series for eight miles, the total thickness of which must be at least
12,000 feet, and is probably more. Again, along the north flank of
the Haughshaw Hills, which consist of the same sandstones, the dip
is still easterly. Their south flank is obscured by another fault,
which has tilted on end both the Old Red and the Carboniferous
beds. In the middle of the hills the Silurian shales come up in an
anticlinal bend as at Nutberry Hill, and are well shown along the
sides of the reservoir at Parishholm, and also in the lower part of
the Parishholm Burn. The axis which they form seems to run on
the east side of that streamlet, and nearly parallel to it. But the
Old Red and Silurian strata in this part of the district are much
disturbed. As we ascend the stream, the sandstones and shales near
the base of the Old Red become twisted, vertical, and broken, and
this character continues until the whole passes under a thick uncon-
formable series of white Carboniferous sandstones forming the crest
of the Cairn Table ridge, and dipping W. by N. at 13°-20°,

Viewed as a whole, therefore, we have in the Lesmahago district
two N.E. and 8.W. Silurian axes, each with an encircling zone of
Lower Old Red Sandstone. Their south-western prolongation is
hidden by Carboniferous strata; while towards the north-east they

* Without a re-examination of this part of the district, I am unable to say

decidedly whether the Carboniferous rocks here overlap the older strata, or are
faulted against them., At present I incline to the former opinion.

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 18,

gradually disappear, and the Old Red Sandstone then begins to form
an ascending series towards the Clyde, the prevailing dip being
KE. by N. :

Carboniferous.—I have referred to the tongue of Carboniferous
strata which diverges from the great Lanarkshire coal-field, and
extends up the valley of the Nethan to within a mile of Lesma-
hago. The Douglas coal-field stretches north to nearly the same
distance from the town, and then bends south-westward between the
channel of the Nethan and the base of the Haughshaw Hills. It
becomes greatly attenuated in the Upper Monkshead Valley, and
appears indeed to thin off entirely for a short distance. But a fault,
which crosses the glen opposite the farm-house, throws the lime-
stones and coals in again along the west flank of Hareshaw Hill,
where the black-band ironstone was once extensively mined. From
this poimt the Carboniferous rocks expand into the Valley of the
Ayre, and up to the summit of the hills by which that valley is
bounded on the south. Here and in the Douglas coal-field, although
the surface often shows little else than a wide expanse of barren
moorland, it nevertheless conceals mineral deposits of great value ;
and hence districts which a few years ago could boast only a few
widely scattered hamlets, are now becoming dotted with chimneys
and traversed by railroads.

A careful working-out of the details of the Carboniferous system
as developed in the Lesmahago district would doubtless amply
reward the labour. Especially full of interest are the alternations
of marine and terrestrial strata, the disappearance of certain beds
over particular areas, and the thickening and thinning of coals and
limestones, as well as shales and sandstones in particular directions.
Some of these appearances obtain, I believe, their true explanation
in the unconformable relation of the Carboniferous to the underlying
Red Sandstones to which I shall immediately advert. My observa-
tions among the Carboniferous strata were almost wholly confined to
the lower limestones and the beds below them—in short, to the base
of the Carboniferous series where it rests on the Old Red. The
features of the junction-line I shall now proceed to describe.

In no part of the district can the junction of the Carboniferous
and Lower Old Red Sandstone be more clearly made out, than along
the southern margin of the Auchenheath coal-field, about a mile
north of Lesmahago. By descending the streamlet called Kerse
Gill, which skirts the south side of some lime-quarries and falls into
the Nethan below Kerse House, we obtain a good section of both
formations. Near the bridge south of Kapeshall, Old Red Sand-
stones are seen dipping 45° E. of N. at 25°-30°. The same series can
be traced down the channel of the stream for fully half a mile, the
general dip being E. by N. At the bridge above the lime-quarries,
the sandstones are mottled, purple, and white, flagey and micaceous,
traversed by two small felstone-dykes. Below this bridge, the sand-
stones continue with the same dip, but are much whiter—so white,
indeed, that at first, I doubted whether they were not Carboniferous.
It was not long, however, before I satisfied myself that they really

1860. ] GEIKIE—OLD RED SANDSTONE. 317

belonged to the Old Red series. Below these pale sandstones, no
rock is visible in the streamlet for some way, until at last we come
to Carboniferous sandstones, shales, and limestones, full of fossils,
dipping northerly at 5°-10°. These occupy the bed of the Burn for
a short distance, when the dip changes to W., and they then sweep
round the west side of the Nethan Valley, as far down as the foot-
bridge, where they cross the river and ascend the valley on the east
side. ‘Their boundary-lne then turns sharply round to the north,
skirting the side of Black Hill, and curving round the north end of
that hill, down into the vale of the Clyde near Crossford. By com-
paring the line now described and its attendant dips with the strike
of the Old Red Sandstones, it will at once be seen that the one is as
nearly as may be at right angles to the other. The Red Sandstones
dip steadily eastward at considerable angles, while the Carboniferous
undulate gently to the north and north-west. It cannot for a
moment be held that any fault intervenes between the two forma-
tions ; for the sinuosity of the junction-line and the undisturbed
position of the Carboniferous beds forbid such an explanation.

There is only one locality in this part of the district where the
actual base of the Carboniferous series is seen. It is in the channel
of the Nethan, below the foot-bridge already referred to, where a set
of Carboniferous sandstones, with large stems of Lepidodendron and
Sigillaria, graduates downwards into a conglomerate, resting on a
porphyritic felstone in the Old Red series. These dykes of felstone,
as 1 have already remarked, never cut through Carboniferous strata.
It is presumable, therefore, that they are older than these. But in
the present instance, not only does the igneous rock not penetrate the
Carboniferous conglomerate, but the conglomerate is really to a con-
siderable extent formed out of the felstone, since its paste in the
lower part is highly felspathic, and contains moreover distinct frag-
ments of the peculiar rock on which it rests. The larger number of
fragments composing the conglomerate consist of the whitish sand-
stone which I have described as occurring at the Kerse Gill. Hence,
though we cannot see here the Carboniferous series actually resting
on Old Red Sandstones, we yet find it formed partly out of the latter
and partly out of igneous rock, which was intruded into the older
series before the deposition of the Carboniferous group.

The evidence from the flanks of Black Hill is very satisfactory.
That hill consists of an enormous protrusion of porphyritic felstone,
having a general bedded form on the great scale, and dipping to the
east along with the Old Red Sandstones among which it has been
intruded. It is underlaid by hard purplish-grey sandstones, which
can be seen at different points towards the south end, dipping
KE. by N. at from 20° to 30°. On the east side of the hill similar
sandstones supervene; they are admirably shown in the channel of
the Clyde, where the dip is still easterly, at from 30° to 45°. It is
on the truncated ends of these sandstones that the sandstones, shales,
and limestones of the Carboniferous series have been deposited.

Nothing can be clearer than the general relation of the rocks
along the west flank of Black Hill. The coals there have been

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 18,

worked up to the felstone ; and the underlying limestones do not for
some distance come to the surface. In short, we cannot but perceive
that when the Carboniferous series was being formed, the west side
of what is now Black Hill existed as a precipitous cliff-line, along the
base of which the deposits accumulated, and that consequently the
Lower Old Red Sandstones must have been tilted up and subjected
to an extensive denudation before the beginning of the Carboniferous
series in this neighbourhood. The section, fig. 1, Pl. XVIIL., repre-
sents the visible relation of the rocks in this part of the district.

The unconformity which I wish to establish is so clearly indicated
in the Kerse section, that this section might be held as decisive for
the entire district. But it may be well to cite another instance,
which occurs at a distance of twelve or thirteen miles S.W. from
Kerse in the parish of Muirkirk in Ayrshire.

The Silurian shales which occupy the higher part of the Nethan
and Pockmair Burn cross over the ridge of hills that divides the two
counties of Lanark and Ayr, and stretch for five or six miles to the
south-west. In the neighbourhood of Priesthill the beds are inclined
at a gentle angle to the north-west. As they strike south-west,
however, the angle becomes greatly higher, and (at least in the bed
of the Greenock Water, below Mansfield) the beds become quite
vertical. This high inclination continues for rather more than a
mile, until, a little below the farm-house of Burnfoot, the vertical
Silurians and a large felstone-dyke which traverses them are over-
lapped by Carboniferous sandstones dipping a little 8. of W., at 8°.
The unconformity here is of the most violent kind; for it consists of
a vertical series overlaid by a nearly horizontal one. These Silurians
form a part of the Nethan series, since as we trace them northward
along the Greenock Water the dip lessens, and they are eventually
succeeded by the red shales of the lower Old Red group. The general
relations of the rocks in the upper part of the Ayr Valley are shown
in the section (fig. 2).

The Cairn Table ridge, part of which is crossed by this line of
section, shows the same superposition of gently inclined Carboniferous
sandstones upon a disturbed and vertical Silurian and Lower Old Red
series.

Again, the boundary-line of the Douglas coal-field corresponds in
its general features to that of the Auchenheath coal-basin north of
Lesmahago. The general dip of the Carboniferous rocks there is
away from the Old Red Sandstones, which, skirting the basin, are
usually inclined to the east. A fault running along the Nethan
Valley from the Trows to Cummerhead has greatly disturbed the
Carboniferous limestones along its course; but the connexion of the
different rocks, after other parts of the district have been visited, is
nevertheless quite apparent. If we could restore the strata here to
their normal position, we should find the same unconformity as in
other parts of the district; for no sooner does the fault die away to
the north-east than the unconformity becomes at once apparent. At
Boghill and Porcheek, for instance, the Old Red sandstones are seen
dipping easterly at 25°; while immediately to the south the Carboni-

1860. | GEIKIE—OLD RED SANDSTONE. 319

ferous limestone is quarried at Auchtool dipping 8. by E., that is,
almost at right angles to, and along the denuded edges of, the Old
Red Sandstone bank to the north.

Sufficient evidence has probably now been adduced to prove that,
in Lanarkshire and Ayrshire, strata belonging to the Carboniferous
Limestone series rest unconformably upon certain sandstones and
shales of Lower Old Red and Silurian age. Some of the features of
this unconformity must be briefly noticed.

One of the first facts which struck me when I began the examina-
tion of this district was the entire absence of the vast mass of strata
below the Carboniferous Limestone, known in the Lothians as the
Lower Carboniferous group and the Upper Old Red Sandstone. I
had traced these strata from Mid-Lothian down into Lanarkshire,
not more than 15 miles distant from the district under review, and
I therefore looked to meet with them below the Carboniferous Lime-
stone of Lesmahago; but they do not exist there.

Another feature which soon presented itself was the fact that,
taking as a line of measurement a certain bed of marine limestone
the outcrop of which is tolerably well known, the thickness of beds
between the limestone and the underlying red sandstones varied
considerably throughout the district. Thus at Auchtygemel, the
section on the Nethan shows a depth of Carboniferous strata below
the limestone of perhaps less than 100 feet ; while along the margin
of the Auchenheath basin generally, the thickness appears to be
always below 200 feet. At the bend of the Nethan below Gateside,
these strata are (I quote from memory) somewhere about 50 or 60
feet. At Hallhill, on the west side of Black Hill, the limestone
comes to rest directly on the Old Red and its associated porphyry ;
and the same seems to be the case at Auchmeden. From this latter
locality, however, as we trace the limestones to the south-east, there
gradually intervenes between it and the Old Red an increasing
thickness of white and reddish sandstones. These are well exposed
in a series of quarries on the top of a wooded eminence called Stone
Hill, in Carmichael Parish. From where the Old Red series is .
covered by the Carboniferous sandstones south of Drumaben, to where
the limestone crops to the west of Stone Hill, is rather more than a
mile ; the angle of dip at the quarries varies from 20° to 25°, while
at Drumaben it is only 8°: but taking it at an average of 15°, the
thickness of strata between the limestone and the Devonians will
probably be more than 1000 feet. I had not an opportunity of
ascertaining how far these beds extend southwards.

The other side of the Douglas coal-field, skirting the south-east
flank of the Haughshaw Hills, is bounded by a marked N.E. and 8.W.
fault, whereby both the Carboniferous and Old Red series are tilted
on end. Though I did not ascend the Carmacoup and Kinnick Waters,
I had little doubt that this fault was thinning away to S.W., and
that the same series of sandstones which occurs at Stone Hill would
be found at the head of these streams stretching westward into
Ayrshire. When on the top of Cairn Table, it seemed to me highly
probable, from the contour of the hills, that the grey Carboniferous

VOL. XVI.—PART I. ZA

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. |Jan. 18

sandstones which cap the Cairn Table ridge also occur along the hill-
tops to the eastward, and hence they would range by Kinnickfoot
into the Douglas coal-field.

It appears, therefore, that the Old Red Sandstone and Silurian
hills to the south are flanked by a thick series of Lower Carboniferous
sandstones, but that a short way northward, as we advance in the
direction of the great coal-fields, this series thins rapidly away to
about 50 or 60 feet in some places. Even at their greatest thickness,
however, these sandstones but poorly represent the enormous depth
of Lower Carboniferous and Upper Old Red sandstones in the Lothians
and Berwickshire.

The lithological aspect of the base of the Carboniferous group in
the Lesmahago district varies considerably in different localities.
Along the soutlrern line, where the thick Lower Sandstone series
occurs, the basement-beds are reddish and conglomeratic. In the
Monkshead Glen they are very red, marly, and sandy, with fronds of
a Sphenopteris. At Glenbuck they consist of hard, reddish-grey, false-
bedded sandstones. Below Kerse on the Nethan, the lowest bed I
have already described as a conglomerate formed partly out of pale
Old Red Sandstone, and partly out of a whitish porphyry-dyke on
which the conglomerate at the point of section rests. In short,
towards their base the Carboniferous rocks assimilate in general
aspect to the Old Red Sandstones below. This resemblance is suffi-
ciently close to lead one at a first glance into the belief that there is
a gradual passage of the one series into the other. But the peculiar
purplish-grey or chocolate colour and the fissile flaggy structure of
the Old Red sandstones never, so far as I have seen, shade into the
brick-red hue and false-bedded character of the Carboniferous rocks.

Finally, from what has been stated above, and from the accom-
panying Map, it will be seen that the base of the Carboniferous series
rests successively upon many different horizons, alike of the Silurians
and the Lower Old Red Sandstones. Such a transgressive line shows
very clearly the unconformable relation of the Carboniferous beds to
. the older strata on which they lie.

Pentland and Lammermuir Hills.—Having ascertained that be-
tween the Carboniferous Limestone series and the Lower Old Red
Sandstone there existed in Lanarkshire and Ayrshire a decided un-
conformity, | knew from previous examination that the same physical
break must occur between the Upper and the Lower Old Red Sand-
stones. With the experience of the Lesmahago sections, I again
visited the Pentland Hills, in company with Professor Ramsay, and
found that the localities mutually explained each other.

In the memoir to accompany sheet No. 32 of the Geological Survey
of Scotland, I have described in detail the structure of the Pentland
Hills. It is only needful to mention here that the richly fossiliferous
shales of the Upper Ludlow rock of that locality are overlaid by
conformable red shales, sandstones, and conglomerate-bands which,
there seems no reason to doubt, correspond to the similar series of

1860. | GEIKIE—OLD RED SANDSTONE. 321

beds which at Lesmahago form the base of the Lower Old Sand-
stone. These Silurian and Old Red-shales are covered unconform-
ably by a thick group of sandstones and conglomerates forming the
Upper Old Red Sandstone, and the Lower Carboniferous or “ Cal-
ciferous Sandstone*”’ series of the Lothians. (Fig. 3.) Here, then,
we find part of the great series of strata which is wanting at Lesma-
hago. We see too that, just as at Lesmahago, there is a strict
stratigraphical succession through the Upper Silurian and the Lower
Old Red Sandstone of that district ; so at the Pentlands there is an
equally perfect sequence through the Carboniferous and Upper Old
Red Sandstone. The line of physical break occurs, therefore, in the
Old Red Sandstone. The upper part of that formation graduates
upward into the Carboniferous series ; the middle and lower portions
pass down into the upper Silurian; and between these two gradua-
ting series there is in the Pentland Hills, as in Ireland, a well-
marked and even violent unconformity.

As the southern districts of Scotland become more thoroughly ex-
plored, more especially to the south-west, the area of Lower Old Red
Sandstone and Upper Silurian strata will probably be greatly enlarged;
and I have little doubt that the same unconformable relation will
everywhere be found to characterize the junction of the Carboniferous
and Upper Old Red Sandstones with the older rocks.

There is, however, one other area of Upper Old Red Sandstone
south of the Forth to which I would advert,—that of East-Lothian
and Berwickshire. The flanks of the Lammermuirs are encircled by
a more or less continuous zone of red sandstone and conglomerate,
resting unconformably on inclined Lower Silurian shales and grits.
These strata pass insensibly upwards into the Carboniferous series ; as,
for instance, along the coast at, Cockburnspath, and in the neighbour-
hood of Dunse. Below the passage-beds, the thickness of this Old
Red series is sometimes very considerable. Thus, along the eastern
end of the hills, the great conglomerate south of Dunbar must be at
least 1500 or 2000 feet thick; and, though the greater part of this
conglomerate is representative of the sandstones and marls of other
parts, there is still a considerable depth of sandstones between its
top and the passage-beds into the Carboniferous series.

In the red sandstones of this district, fossils have been found in
several localities.

The late Dr. Fleming informed me that he had found scales of
Holoptychius in the red sandstones of Siccar Point, that is, not far
from the base of the Carboniferous series. Similar scales and teeth
were found many years ago by Mr. Stevenson in the equivalent
sandstones in the neighbourhood of Dunse+. I have myself found
them in considerable abundance along with much-mutilated remains
of plants ; and Mr. Stevenson informs me that a very perfect specimen
of Cyclopteris was found in the same neighbourhood some years ago.

* Calciferous Sandstones, the name given by Mr. M°Laren to the great sand-
stone series below the Carboniferous Limestone of the Lothians.
+ It seems very certain, however, that these remains are not those of Holopty-
chius. They strongly resemble some which have been assigned to Asterolepis.
2a2

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 18,

There can be little doubt, therefore, that the red sandstones, marls, and
conglomerates of the south-east of Scotland are the representatives
of the «‘ Dura Den Yellow Sandstones,” and the “‘ Upper Old Red”
of Ireland. They differ very widely in aspect from the Lower Old
Red sandstones of Lesmahago ; and if these sandstones were present
in Lammermuir; they would be found to be covered as unconform-
ably by the Old Red conglomerates and sandstones of Kast Lothian
and Berwickshire, as, a few miles to the west, they are by the Old
Red and Carboniferous conglomerates and sandstones of the Pentland
Hills.

In short, throughout the whole of central Scotland the Upper or
Holoptychius-beds of the Old Red Sandstone are found to graduate
by almost imperceptible stages into the Lower Carboniferous series.
The two formations form one great lithological whole ; and we can in
general define their mutual limits on the map only by an arbitrary
shaded line. But they are both strongly marked off from the great
series of chocolate-coloured sandstones of Lanark and Ayrshire, alike
in mineralogical, stratigraphical, and paleontological aspect. That
series graduates downward intdé’ the Upper Silurian, with which it
forms one continuous whole; and between these two formations and
the two former, occurs the great physical break above described. In
fine, the Upper Silurian and the Lower Old Red Sandstone of south
Scotland form physically one connected group, the Upper Old Red
and Carboniferous form another, and the two groups are everywhere
separated by a marked unconformity.

Physical Geography of South Scotland during the Old Red Sand-
stone and Carboniferous periods—The facts presented in this paper
seem to afford some indication of the contour of the southern part of
Scotland during the accumulation of the Old Red Sandstone and
Carboniferous series.

At the commencement of the Upper Old Red period, the Silurian
and Lower Old Red Sandstone had been considerably altered from
their original horizontal position. In the district of the Pentland
Hills the disturbance amounted even to verticality, while in Lanark
and Ayrshire it consisted of a series of gentle anticlinal folds, which,
however, seem to have been materially increased in inclination during ,
subsequent periods. Probably more or less in connexion with this
disturbance are the numerous and often extensive protrusions of
felspathic rocks which intersect the tilted strata. Much additional
light requires to be thrown on these changes, as well as on others
which may have taken place during the interval represented by the
unconformity ‘above described. At present we know little more than
that the disturbing movements had ceased before the commencement
of the Upper Old Red Sandstone.

It was on the uneven surface left by these movements, that the
Old Red conglomerate and sandstones of the Lothians and Berwick-
shire began to be thrown down. I think there is good evidence to
prove that, when this period began, the great Silurian region of South

1860. | GEIKIE—OLD RED SANDSTONE. 323

Scotland stretched away from south-west to north-east as a long
island, indented by narrow inlets and curving bays. Some parts of
the coast-line were low and sandy ; but a large portion seems to have
resembled the existing coast at St. Abb’s Head, and to have risen as
a perpendicular cliff-line worn into clefts and stacks, and deep ocean
caves. The sea probably ran in broad sounds between this island
and the Cumbrian mountains on the one side, and the southern flank
of the great Grampian chain on the other.

From the commencement of the Upper Old ‘Red and onwards
through the Carboniferous, the land underwent a process of sub-
sidence, which, though in its later stages often retarded and even
reversed, yet continued the dominant movement in this part of the
country. ,

As it went on, the long Silurian and Lower Old Red island became
narrowed in outline, the bays on either side advanced nearer to each
other, until by degrees they met, and the main island merged into
an archipelago. The stages of the subsidence, in so far as they can
be made out in the region of Lammermuir, will shortly be described
in the Memoirs of the Geological Survey. What I more especially
wish to point out at present is, that from the facts presented in this
paper we were led to notice that the west part of the island con-
tinued above water long after the eastern part had become submerged.
That area which now forms the southern portion of Lanarkshire and
Ayrshire, perhaps along with much of the adjacent district, continued
to be land when the site of the Lothians and Berwickshire had sunk
below the sea and become covered over with many thousand feet of
sedimentary matter. It was not until the whole of the Upper Old
Red Sandstone, and nearly the whole of the Lower Carboniferous
group had been deposited, that the bases of the Lesmahago Hills
were washed for the first time by the waves of the encroaching sea.
Either, therefore, the south-western district of Scotland must have
stood several thousand feet higher than the south-eastern, or the
rate of submergence must have been greatly more rapid over the
latter area than over the former.

It would be premature, without many more additional details, to
decide which of the two suppositions is the true one, although a
difference in the rate of submergence seems at present best to explain
the facts. There are also other points connected with the ancient
physical geography of southern Scotland on which I much wish to
touch; but I must delay their consideration until I am able to lay
before the Society, the results of another visit to the uplands of
Peebles and Lanark.

324. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Feb. 1,

Fesrvary 1, 1860.

Thomas Pease, Esq., Westbury, Gloucestershire, was elected a
Fellow.

The following communications were read :—

1. On some Fossuis from the Grey CHALK near GUILDFORD.
By R. Gopwin-Avusten, Esq., F.R.S. F.G.S8.

[This paper was withdrawn by permission of the Council. |
(Abstract. )

In the cast of the body-chamber of a large Nautilus elegans, from
the Grey Chalk of the Surrey Hills, near Guildford, the author
found (the specimen having been broken up by frost) some lumps
of iron-pyrites, and numerous specimens of Aporrhais Parkinsoni,
with fragments of Turrilites tuberculatus, Ammonites Coupet, <A.
varians, and Inoceramus concentricus. These species are either rare
in the Grey Chalk or not known to the author as occurring in this
bed; and he believes that the specimens referred to were accumu-
lated in the shell of the Nautilus (possibly by the animal having
taken them as a meal shortly before death) at a different zone of
sea-depth to that in which the Nautilus and its contents sank and
became fossilized. Mr. Godwin-Austen referred to these specimens
as bemg indicative of the contemporary formation of different
deposits with their peculiar fossils, at different sea-zones; of the
transport of the inhabitants of one zone to the deposits of another ;
and as a possible explanation of the abundance of small angular
fragments of Mollusks, Echinoderms and Crustaceans in the midst
of the very finest Cretaceous sediment.

2. On some Cretacrous Rocks in the Souru-Eastrexn Portion of
Jamaica. By L. Barrerr, Esq., F.G.8., Director of the West
Indian Geological Survey.

Brow the thick Tertiary deposits in Jamaica are found thin beds of
fossiliferous Hmestone, underlaid by igneous rocks. These strata
form the subject of the following communication.

The newest bed of the fossiliferous limestones is exposed on the
north side of the Plantain-garden River, three miles west of Bath.
This section shows a bed of compact limestone, 8 feet thick, resting
on a thick bed of conglomerate, and overlaid by shale.

The shale is of a dark colour and without organic remains. The
limestone is compact and grey, with thin veins of cale-spar; it con-
tains numerous fossils, all of them characteristic of Cretaceous or
other Secondary strata, viz. Inoceramus, Hippurites, and Nerinea.

The conglomerate is composed of rounded pebbles of igneous
rocks and a white fossiliferous limestone ; it is succeeded by a great
thickness of unfossiliferous black shale.

1860. ]

BARRETT—JAMAICA. ° 325

A quarter of a mile higher up the river there is a section of some

daloid.

Porpyhry. Amyg-

Conglo-
merate

Porphyry.

Section on the Plantain-garden River, Jamarca,
Conglo-
merate

Shale and vertical bands of Hippuritic limestone.

vertical beds of limestone, probably older than the
series already described. A bed of conglomerate sepa-
rates them from great masses of porphyry. This
section (see woodcut) exhibits thin bands of lime-
stone, alternating with shale, containing limestone-
nodules. Some of the thin bands of limestone are

_ crowded with fossils, principally Jnoceramus, Hip-

purites, and a species of Bulla (?).

These fossiliferous beds are succeeded by a bed of
conglomerate, 12 yards thick, composed entirely of
pebbles of porphyry, identical in structure and colour
with the adjacent mass. The conglomerate is not
altered at its junction with the igneous rock. The
porphyry in contact with the conglomerate is of a
purple colour, and contains small crystals of felspar ;
in some places it is made up of large felspar-crystals
imbedded in a dark cellular base (the cavities being
sometimes filled with kernels of carbonate of lime) ;
and at the distance of an eighth of a mile it passes
into an amygdaloid. The porphyries are divided by
a bed of conglomerate 36 yards wide.

A thick bed of grey limestone crosses the medial
ridge of mountains, at an elevation of 2500 feet above
the sea; and at a distance of twelve miles from the
east coast its strike is N.W.—S.E., and its general

. dip N.E.; it rests on numerous alternations of igneous

rock, shale, and conglomerate. The following is the
descending order at Cold Ridge :—

Grey limestone containing Hippurites, and with
black flints enclosing Ventriculites, &e., resting on
a ragged surface of porphyry (the cavities in the
upper surface of the porphyry sometimes filled with
fossil shells). The porphyry is succeeded by a
thin bed of shale; the shale by thick beds of horn-
blende-rock, divided by a bed of conglomerate en-
tirely composed of rolled fragments of the same ig-
neous rock.

The porphyries and hornblende-rocks of these lo-
calities are evidently interbedded, as they have not
altered the stratified rocks in contact with them, and
are divided by beds of shale and conglomerate (the
conglomerate being composed of fragments of the
lower voleanic rock),

There can be no doubt that the fossiliferous lime-
stones are of Cretaceous age,—the family Jtudistes
being characteristic of the Cretaceous rocks both of
Jurope and America, and Jnoceramus and Nerinwa
being peculiar to Mesozoic strata.

Sir H. De-la-Beche, in his memoir on the Geology

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 1,

of the East of Jamaica *, referred these rocks to the paleozoic series
(<< Transition’’); but he was guided entirely by mineral characters,
not having found any organic remains.

It is also evident that the igneous rocks forming the base of this
series, and interstratified with some of the shales and conglomerates,
were erupted prior to the deposition of the Cretaceous limestones,
and at intervals of time sufficient for the formation of the interbedded
aqueous strata.

The second and third of the above-described sections much re-
semble those of the Penquenes ridge of the Andes (described by
Darwiny), where porphyries, which had flowed as submarine lavas,
alternate with conglomerates, composed of the same rocks, and
overlaid with beds containing Cretaceous fossils.

3. On the Occurrence of a Mass of Coat i the Coax of Kent.
By R. Gopwin-Avsren, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.8.

Tue first notice which appeared in the public papers relative to
the coal found in the Chalk of Kent was the following :—

“* Coal discovered in Kent.—While the workmen employed on the
London, Chatham, and Dover Railway were engaged in tunnelling
between Lydden-hill and Shepherdswell, a few miles from Dover,
they came upon a fine seam of coal, and, what is most remarkable,
the coal is on all sides surrounded with chalk, with the usual seams
of flint as are seen on the cliffs of Dover. The more the seam is en-
tered upon the better becomes the quality of the coal. Altogether
it is an interesting study for geologists, and may probably in a short
time become of vast importance to commerce and the community.”— _
Dover Chronicle.

To this succeeded an account of the visit of Messrs. Malden and
Andrews (of the East Kent Natural History Society) :—

“ The Discovery of Coal im Kent.—In accordance with the arrange-
ment made at the last meeting of the East Kent Natural History
Society, the Rev. B. 8S. Malden and Mr. A. B. Andrews visited
Lydden on Monday, for the purpose of ascertaining the facts with
reference to the alleged discovery of coal. It appears that the sub-
stance found is in reality coal, though its occurrence in the position
in which it lay is difficult to explam. The workmen engaged in
executing Lydden tunnel found imbedded in the chalk, at a depth of
180 feet, a mass of coal weighing about 4 cwt. With the exception
of this lump no other coal has been seen. In their walk through the
tunnel the visitors saw great numbers of flints in the chalk, and also
veins of clay and apparent faults in the formation, but where the
coal was found there was nothing of the kind. The chalk here was
solid, without fault or fissure. The coal is bituminous, containing
veins of ferruginous clay. Mr. Malden having applied alens, it took

* Trans. Geol. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. ii. part 2. p. 143.
+ Darwin’s ‘ Naturalist’s Voyage,’ p. 319.

1860.]} - GODWIN-AUSTEN—COAL IN CHALK. 327

fire in a short time. The visitors brought away a specimen, weigh-
ing about 31 lbs., which Mr. Walker, the sub-contractor, courteously
caused to be sawn off, and which the East Kent Natural History
Society will present to the Canterbury Museum. The discovery of
coal under the circumstances described is, we believe, extremely
unusual.”’—Kentish Gazette, Oct. 6th, 1859.

It was not until after this that I put myself into communication
with Mr. Mills, the engineer in charge of the construction of the line
in question. Writing to me on the 3rd of November, he says,—
«‘ There is no sign of coal in the tunnel now; we found one lump
only, about 4 ewt.”

In December I received from the same gentleman a portion of the
coal so met with. He observes,—*‘ On it you will perceive some of
the chalk-bed in which it was lying. Its immediate bed was chalk
strongly tinged with an iron-rusty colour. There was only one mass
of coal, from about 4 to 10 inches thick and about 4 feet square.”

These particulars are confirmed by inspection of the specimens
here exhibited.

The points of interest which suggest themselves are mainly refer-
able—1, to the age of the coal; 2, to its occurrence in the Chalk.

1. The mass in question is undoubtedly a vegetable product, origi-
nally formed on some terrestrial surface ; and was part of a bed of
Carbonaceous matter, parted by thin seams of ferruginous deposit.

It is bituminous ; burns readily in the flame of the spirit-lamp,
giving off a peculiar smell like that of retinasphalt. In these, as in
its external characters, it resembles some of the Oolitic coal of our
own area and some of that of the Wealden of the Continent. It is
probably of Oolitic age; it is certainly unlike any coal of the true
Coal-measures. .

2. The specific gravity of this coal precludes the supposition that
it could have floated away of itself into the Cretaceous sea.

Considering its friability, I do not think that the agency of a
floating tree could have been engaged in its transport ; but, looking
at its flat angular form, it seems to me that its history may agree
with what I have already suggested with reference to the boulder in
the Chalk at Croydon*. We may suppose that during the Creta-
ceous period some bituminous beds of the preceding Oolitic period lay
so as to be covered by water near the sea-margin or along some
river-bank, and from which portions could be raised off by ice, and
so drifted away, until the ice was no longer able to support its load.

The northern limit of the Cretaceous seas in the European region
reached high enough in latitude to have given the requisite degree
of winter-cold ; and within the same limits there are localities where
Oolitic strata formed the coast of the Cretaceous sea.

We may confidently look forward to the day when, by the aid of
these extraneous masses which have been dropped over the bed of
the sea of the Cretaceous period, we shall be enabled to lay down, as
on our own charts now, the set of the marine currents of that sea.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 252.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 1,

4. On the Propane Events which succeeded the Crose of the Crera-
crous Prerrop. By 8. V. Woop, Jun., Esq.

[Communicated by S. V. Wood, Esq., F.G.S.]
( Abstract.)

THE object of this paper was to show that the close of the Secondary
period was followed by the formation of a continent having a great
extent from east to west, and at that time chiefly occupying low
latitudes ; that this direction of continent prevailed throughout the
Tertiary period ; and that in certain portions of the southern hemi-
sphere, particularly in Australia and New Zealand, there have been
preserved portions of the Secondary continent with isolated remnants
of the Secondary Mammalia and Gigantic Birds.

These conclusions were arrived at by a consideration of the direc-
tion of the principal volcanic axes in the Secondary and Tertiary
periods. The Secondary continent was (the author considered)
mainly influenced by volcanic axes which came into action at the
close of the Carboniferous, and continued through the Secondary
Period. These axes were (in the northern hemisphere) that of the
Oural, that of the north of England prolonged into Portugal, and
that of the Alleghanies, having all a north and south direction ;
and (in the southern hemisphere) those of eastern Australia and
New Zealand, having a similar alignement. From this circumstance
an inference was drawn that the Secondary continents had generally
a trend from north to south, governed by volcanic bands having this
direction ; while, as the Secondary formations indicate a great extent
of sea over the northern hemisphere, the bulk of the Secondary con-
tinent lay in the southern hemisphere.

The elevation of the bed of the Cretaceous sea, it was inferred,
was due to volcanic forces acting from east to west; and the author
adduced evidence of this action having become perceptible during
the later part of the Cretaceous period. He considered that the
direction of all the Post-cretaceous lines of volcanic action governed
the direction of the continent during the Post-cretaceous period, and
pointed out that these were nearly all in an easterly and westerly
direction, coincident with the existing volcanic band which extends
from the Azores to the Caspian, and thence (with an interval of in-
tense earthquake-action between the Caspian and Bengal) extends
to the Society Isles. He concluded that they gave rise to a continent
extending from the Caribbean Sea to the Society Isles,—many reasons
uniting to show a land-connexion between America and Europe at
the dawn of the Tertiary period, the submerged continent of Oceanica
also indicating the easterly extension of Southern Asia; and that,
since this continent receded to the north at the dawn of the Tertiary
period before the inroad of the Nummulitic Sea (which stretched
from the south-east through Western Asia and Southern Europe,
and was, as the author conceives, the oceanic equivalent of the
Focene basins of Europe), the greater portion of the deposits formed

1860. | WOOD—CRETACEOUS PERIOD. 329

in the interval between Cretaceous and Eocene times must be now
under the Southern Oceans.

The author then adverted to the circumstance that the recent
great wingless Birds and the nearest living affinities of all the
Secondary Mammalia yet known occur only in the Southern hemi-
sphere. From this, and from some considerations as to the Vegeta-
tion, he concluded that, while parts of the Secondary continent yet
remain in that hemisphere incorporated more or less into the Post-
eretaceous continent, other parts of it, such as Australia and New
Zealand, have remained isolated up to the present time to an extent
sufficient to preclude the migration of Mammalia and wingless Birds,
the terrestrial fauna of those lands being the isolated remnant of
that of the Triassic or the Oolitic period. He inferred that the
wingless Birds, excepting the swift Struthionide, have been pre-
served solely by isolation from the Carnivora, which do not appear
as an important family until the Pliocene age; and he instanced the
Gastornis of the Eocene (which had affinities with the Solitaire and
Notornis) as evidence that the apterous birds had survived until that
period, at least when the true Carnivora had not appeared.

An inference was then drawn that the remains of the Secondary
continent, accumulated to the southward, caused cold currents to
flow to the southern shores of the Post-cretaceous continent, causing
the extinction of the bottom-feeding and shore-following Tetra-
branchiata, to which Mr. Wood attributes the destruction of the
Cestracionts which fed on them, and that of the marine Saurians
that fed on the Cestracionts. The preservation of the Dibranchiata,
on the contrary, was attributed to their being ocean-rangers. The
extinction of the Megalosaurians he attributed to the effect produced
on vegetation by the alternation of dry seasons during the year,
brought about by a great equatorial extent of land,—the extinction
of the herbivorous Megalosaurians, by this cause, involving that of
the carnivorous.

The author also alluded to the contiguity of voleanos to the seas
or great waters, which he considered to admit of explanation by
every volcanic elevation causing a corresponding and contiguous
depression, which either brings the sea or collects the land-drainage
into contiguity with the voleanic region; and in conclusion he
alluded to the law of natural selection and correlation of growth
lately advanced by Mr. Darwin, in the soundness of which he
asserted his belief.

330

DONATIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

From January 1st, 1860, to March 31st, 1860.

I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS.
Presented by the respective Societies and Editors.

American Geographical and Statistical Society. Journal. Vol. 1.
No. 10.

Coal-trade of Western Pennsylvania, 305.
Produce of English Copper-mines, 306.

america Journal of Science and Arts. Second Series. No. 85.
January 1860. From Prof. B. Silliman, For. M.G.S.

J.D. Hooker.—On the Origination and Distribution of Species, 1

A. Morlot.—Archeology, 25.

F. B. Meek and F. V. ogden —New Cretaceous Fossils from Ne-
braska, 35.

J. P. Kimball.—Sodalite and Eleeolite from Salem, Mass., 65.

S. 8. Lyon and 8. A. Casseday.—New Paleozoic Crinoidea from
Indiana and Kentucky, 68.

M. C. Lea.—Numerical Relations existing between Equivalent Num-
bers of Elementary Bodies, 98.

C. Whittlesey.—Dissolution of Field-ice, 111.

H. St.-C. Deville and Debray.—Platinum and the metals which ac-
company it, 115.

R. Bunsen. —Blowpipe- experiments, 114.

A. Favre’s ‘ Terrains liasique et keupérien de la Savoie,’ noticed, 118.

G. G. Shumard’s ‘Geology of the Jornada del Muerto, New Mexico,
noticed, 124.

J. W. Dawson’s ‘ Archaia,’ noticed, 146.

Art-Union of London. Twenty-third Annual Report of the Council.
1859.

Assurance Magazine. Vol. vii. Part 6. No. 38. January 1860.

Atheneum Journal. For January, February, and March.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, Xc.

J. Fleming’s ‘The Lithology of Edinburgh,’ noticed, 55.
J. S. Henslow.—Flint-weapons in the Drift, 206.
‘Pre-adamite Man,’ noticed, 445. :

DONATIONS.” 331

Bengal Asiatic Society. Journal. New Series. No.99 (1859, No.4).

H. Pratt.—Influence of Mountain-attraction on the determination of
the relative heights of Mount Everest, &c., 510.

Bent’s Monthly Literary Advertiser. Nos. 669-671.

Berlin. Monatsbericht d. k. Preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch. Januar—
December 1859. 1859-60.

Ewald.—Uebher die jurassischen Bildungen der Provinz Sachsen, 347.

Rammelsberg.—Ueber die Oxyde des Cers, und die gelben und rothen
Sulfate seines Oxydoxyduls, 359.

——. Ueber den Magnoferrit vom Vesuy, 362.

II. Rose.—Ueber die Niobsiiure, 439, 527.

G. Ehrenberg.—Ueber Proben des Tiefgrundes im rothen Meere, 569.

Ueber Beissel’s Versuche zur Darstellung kiinstlicher Kiesel-

Steinkerne, 685.

Berlin. . Zeitschrift der Deutsch. geol. Gesell. Vol.xi. Part 2. Feb.—
April 1859. 1859.

Proceedings, 135-148.

C. Lyell.—Ueber die auf Steilgeneigter Unterlage erstarrten Laven
des Altna und iiber die Erhebungskratere. Mit Zusiitzen und
Arnderungen des Verfassers tibertragen yon Herrn Roth, 149 (4pls.).

R. Hensel.— Ueber einen fossilen Muntjac aus Schlesien, 251 (2 plates).

G. Rose.—Ueber die Melaphyr genannten Gesteine von Ilfeld am
Harz, 280.

A. Delesse.—Ueber die Enstehung der Gesteine, 310.

Breslau. Sechs-und-dreissigster Jahres-Bericht des Schlesischen
Gesellschaft fiir vaterliindische Kultur. 1858.

Von Carnall.—Die neue Auflage seiner geognostichen Karte von
Oberschlesien, 21.

——. Theile eines Hirsches gefunden in der tertiiren Ablagerung
bei Kieferstidtel, 37.

I’. Roemer.—Ueber einige Mineralien aus Neuholland, Nordamerika
und Sachsen, 38.

H. Bocnpenec aber die Flora der permischen Formation, 39.

——. Ueber die versteinten Wiilder im nérdlichen Bohmen und in
Schlesien, 41 (8 plates).

Canadian Journal. New Series. No. 25. Jan. 1860.
EK. J. Chapman.—Popular Exposition of the Minerals and Geology of
Canada, 1.

. The Geology of Belleville and its vicinity, 41.

A. C. Ramsay’s ‘ The Old Glaciers of Switzerland and North Wales,’
noticed, 51.

J. W. Dawson's ‘ Archaia,’ noticed, 59,

Prince Albert’s Address to the British Association, 64.

R. Owen.—The Orders of Fossil and Recent Reptilia, and their Dis-
tribution in time, 73.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. iv. Nos. 2-6, April to
December 1859.
E. Billings.—Some new Silurian and Devonian Brachiopoda from
Canada, 151 (figures).
W. E. A. Aikin.—Variable illuminating power of Coal-gas, 136,

332 DONATIONS.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist (continued).

J. W. Dawson.—Microscopic Structure of some Canadian Lime-
stones, 161.

Decades Ist and 4th of the Geological Survey of Canada, noticed, 220.

Leconte.—Correlation of Physical and Chemical Forces, 291.

. Formation of Oceans and Continents, 293.

T. S. Hunt.—Gypsum and Dolomite, 294; Siliceous Rocks, 295.

C. H. Hitcheock.—Lithology of Vermont, 296.

J. W. Dawson.—Devonian and Carboniferous Flora of British Ame-
rica, 297.

FE. Hitchcock.—Devonian Granites and Taconic Rocks, 298.

W. E. Logan.—Laurentian Limestones, 300.

E. Billings. —New Brachiopoda and Cyrtodonta, 301.

J. W. Dawson.—Lower Carboniferous Coal-measures of British Ame-
rica, 305.

A.C. Ramsay. —Glacial Phenomena of Canada, 325.

E. Billings.—Fossils of the Calciferous Sandrock, 345 (figures).

New Silurian Trilobites of Canada, 367 (figures). :

Prince Albert’s Address to the British Association, 388.

T.S. Hunt.—Some Points in Chemical Geology, 414.

E. Billings.—Fossils of the Chazy Limestone, 426 (figures).

J. W. Dawson's ‘ Archaia,’ noticed, 470. .

Canadian News. Nos. 94-100. January to March 1860.

Cape Monthly Magazine. Vol.iv. Nos. 23, 24. 1858. From
Dr. W. G. Atherstone.

W.G. Atherstone.—A Physician’s Holiday [Geological tour from
_ Graham’s Town to the Kasonga], 273, 328.

Carlsruhe. Amtlicher Bericht tiber die vier-und-dreissigste Ver-
sammlung deutscher Naturforscher und Aertze in Carlsruhe im
September 1858. 1859.

Von Jaeger.—Ueber die geologische Bedeutung der Grretilienrenee
kraft, 50.

Walchner.—Ueber Brauneisenstein-Ginge, 51.

Sandberger.—Ueber die officiellen geologischen Aufnahmen Badischer
Bader, 52.

Veiel_—Ueber die fossilen Vogelreste des Canstatter Sauerwasser-
kalkes, 60.

Daubrée.—Formation contemporaine des zéolithes, 61.

Blum.—Ueber Pseudomorphosen von Kalkspath nach Felspath und
Augit, 62.

qSchatl = Beitrige zur physikalischen Geologie des Schwarz-
waldes, 63.

Krauss.—Ueber die Deutung der Schadelknochen der fled Sire-
nen, 63.

Kobell, v.—Ueber das Stauroskop, 63.

Sandber ger.—Ueber die Bohrung auf Kohlensiure haltiges Sool-
wasser zu Soden im Herzog thum N assau, 64.

Carnall, v.—Geognostische Karte von Oberschlesien, 66.

Beyrich. —Ueber einen fossilen Hirsch, 66.

Studer.—Ueber die Hiigel bei Sitten im Wallis, 66.

Gergens.—Ueber einige neu gebildete Mineralien aus einer. roémi-
schen Diingergrube, 68.

Girard.—Ueber ‘Melaphyr, 69.

DONATIONS. 333

Carlsruhe. Amtlicher Bericht (continued).

Nordmann.—Ueber Knochen-Ablagerungen in Kalkstein, 69.

Roemer, F.—Ueber Silurische Spongien aus dem Staate Tennessee,
69,

Volger, O.—Theorie der Gebirgsbildung und Schichtenfaltung, 70.

Platz.—Geognostische Mittheilungen iiber einen Theil des Schwarz-
waldgebirges, 74.

Sandberger.—Ueber die Land- und Siisswasserfauna des Mainzer Ter-
tiirbeckens, 76.

Guembel.—Ueber die Gleichstellung der Gesteinsmassen in den
nordéstlichen Alpen mit ausseralpinischen Flétzschichten, 80.

Walchner.—Ueber die Beziehungen der Porphyre des unteren Kin-
zigthales im Schwarzwald, &c., 88.

Girard.—Gliederung des westphalischen Schiefergebirges, 89.

Fraas, O.—Ueber die Jura-Versenkung von Langenbriicken, 89.

Schill, J—Lagerungsverhiiltnisse der Tertiaér- und Quarterbildungen
am nordlichen Bodensee und im Hoéhgau, 90.

Fischer.—Ueber crystallinische Gesteine des Schwarzwaldes, 93.

Volger, O.—Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Mineralien, 95.

Daub.—Ueber das Galmeivorkommen bei Wiesloch, 94.

Wiebel.—Ueber Erhebungen in Torfmooren, 97.

Bauerkeller, G.—Relief von Heidelberg, 98.

Chemical Society. Quarterly Journal. No. 48. Vol. xii, Part 4.
Jan, 1860.

Titles of Chemical and Mineralogical Papers in British and Foreign
Journals published in the year 1859, 297.

Critic. Vol. xx. Nos. 496-508. January to March 1860.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &e.
R. Owen’s ‘ Paleontology,’ noticed, 332.
S. J. Mackie’s ‘ First Traces of Life on the Earth,’ noticed, 395.

Dijon. Mémoires de l’Académie Imp. Science. Deux. Sér. Vol. vii.
1859.
Nodot.—La Grotte de Fouvent (Haute-Saéne) : Ossements fossiles et
débris de l'industrie humaine, 113 (2 plates).

Dublin. Geological Society of Dublin. Journal. Vol. viii. Part 2.
1859.

A. Gages.—Study of Metamorphic Rocks, 95,

H. J. B. Hargrave.—Geology of the Shore between Balbriggan and
Rush, 100 (plate). :

E. Oca Hawn Diatomace in the Lower Tertiaries of Hamp-
shire, 105, 185.

J. B. Jukes and G. V. Dunoyer.—Geology of Caherconree Mountain,
106,

W. Baily.—Upper Silurian Fossils from Ballyear, 109.

J. Birmingham.—Drift of West Galway and East Mayo, 111 (2 plates).

F. J. Foot.—Posidonomya near Ennis, Clare, 115.

J. R. Kinahan.— Haughtonia peecila, 116.

W. H. Baily.—Fossils found near Drogheda, 120 (plate).

A. Gages.—Lower Limestone Shale of Drogheda, 125,

S. Haughton.—Anniversary Address, 126,

Apjohn.—Electric Calamine at the Silver-mines, Tipperary, 157.

334 DONATIONS.

Dublin. Geological Society of Dublin. Journal (continued).

8. Haughton.—Felspar and Mica of the Granite of Canton, 159.
J.B. Jukes.—Lower Coal-measures Shales i in the Northern parts of

the County of Dublin, 162..

W. H. Baily.—New species of Cliton from the Carboniferous Lime-
stone, 167 (plate); list of fossil Chitons, 170.

A. Gages.—Some Rocks from the Cape of Good Hope, 171.

R. Griffith.—A dditional Permian locality in Tyrone, 173.

A. Gages.—Vivianite, 176.

F.W. ‘Egan and H. Geoghegan.—Section in the Vale of Ovoea, 179.

S. Haughton. —New Carboniferous LenunGe enh 183 (plate).

Coal of Borneo, 106.

France. Société Géologique de, Bulletin. Deuxiéme sér. Vol. xvi.
Feuil. 60-64. 1859.

H. Coquand.—Synopsis des animaux et des végétaux fossiles ob-
servés dans la formation crétacée du sud-ouest de la France, 945.

——. Vol. xvii. Feuil. 1-6. 1860.

Nicklés.—Sur les sources de Plombieres, 15.

W. B. Clarke.—Terrains constatés par lui dans la Nouvelle-Galles du
Sud (Australie), 16.

Alb. Gaudry. elas trouvées dans le diluvyium prés d’Amiens, 17.

Lory. aire cristallin traversé par des filons
de pegmatite, : a ition (loirectnf ), 20.

-_ Sur les grés de la Maurienne et du Briangonnais, 21.

Alb. Gaudry.—Sur la découverte de lOstrea Leymerti & Wissant
(Pas-de-Calais), 30.

Ch. d’Orbigny.—Sur lage véritable des poudingues de Nemours et
des sables d’ Ormoy, 34,

Ch. Horion.—Sur le calcaire dévonien de Visé, 59.

Binkhorst.—Sur la craie de Maéstricht et sur les fossiles de cette
localité, 61.

Ch. d’Orbigny.—Sur le diluvium a coquilles lacustres de Joinville
(Seine), 66.

Buteux.—Sur les silex travailles trouvés dans le diluvium prés d’Ab-
beville et d’Amiens, 72.

R, Pumpelly.—Sur quelques traces de glaciers dans Vile de Corse

Ply) as:

Koh Schlumberger.—Sur le terrain quaternaire de l’Alsace, 82.

C, Puggaard.—Sur les ealeaires plutonisés de la péninsule de Sor-
rento, 93.

Frankfort. Abhandlungen, herausgegeben von der Senckenber-
gischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Vol.ii. Part 1. 1859.
F. Scharff.Ueber den Quarz, 1 (2 plates).
C. Mettenius.—Ueber einige Farngattungen (Chedlanthes und Asple-
nium), 47 (4 plates).

Geneva. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et ae Histoire Naturelle
de Généve. Vol. xv. Part 1. 1859.

A. Favre.—Sur les terrains liasique et keupérien de la Sayoie, 103
(3 plates).

DONATIONS. 335

Geological Survey of Ireland.

Explanations to accompany Sheet 128. 1859.

Sheets 140 & 141. 1860.

—— —— Sheet 145. 1860.

Sheets 150 & 151. 1859,

—— —— Sheet 152. 1860.

—— —— Sheet 162. 1859.

—— Sheet 184. 1859.

Data and Descriptions to accompany Quarter-sheet 156 of the Maps
of the Geological Survey of Ireland. 1858.

—— Quarter-sheet 165. 1858.

—— —— Quarter-sheet 55 N.E. (Sheet 119). 1858.

Geologist. Vol. ii. Nos. 25, 26,27. January to March, 1860.

S. J. Mackie.—Common Fossils of the British Rocks, 1.

G. V. Dunoyer.—Stratigraphical position of the Giants’ Causeway, 3.

T. Davidson.—Carboniferous Brachiopoda of Scotland, 14, 99 (2 pls.).

H. C. Hodge.—Ossiferous Fissures of Oreston, 26.

S. J. Mackie.—Geological Localities: Folkestone, 41, 81.

Morlot.—Archeology in relation to Geology, 45.

G. E. Roberts.—Silurian Corals, 55.

H. C. Salmon.—Current Notes on Mineralogy, 62.

T. Austin.—Lower Silurian Rocks at Duncannon and Newtown
Head, 70. 3

——. Fossil human bones at Waterford Haven, 71.

S. Bevan.—Coal-field of South Wales, 90.

Proceedings of Geological Societies, 30, 69, 115.

Notes and Queries, 36, 70, 117.

Reviews, 40, 79.

Geologists’ Association, Proceedings. Nos.2,3. 1859.
8. J. Mackie.—Geology of the South-east of England, 1.
D. C. Davies.—Coal-tield of North Wales, 4.
E. Charlesworth.—Bones of Mammoth from the English Channel, 5.
K. Cresy.—Cretaceous Echinide, 19, 21.
J. Tennant.—Silica and Flints, 23.

List of Members. 1859.

India. Annual Report of the Superintendent of the Geological Sur-
vey of India, and Director of the Geological Museum. 1859.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey. Vol. i. Part 3. 1859.

W. T. Blanford.—Geology of Bancoorah, Midnapore, and Orissa,
Bengal, 249.

. Laterite of Orissa, 280.

T. Oldham.—Fossil Fish-teeth (Ceratodus) from Maledi, South of

Nagpur, 295 (3 plates).

_——

Institution of Civil Engineers. Proceedings. Nos. 21 & 22.
Lancashire and Cheshire Historie Society. Transactions. Vol. xi.
for the Session 1858-59. 1859.
A. Hume.—Outline of the sea-coast of Cheshire, 219.
Linnean Society. Journal of the Proceedings. Vol. iv. No. 16.

A. R. Wallace.—Zoological Geography of the Malay Archipelago, 172.
VOL. XVI.—PART I. 28

336 DONATIONS.

Linnean Society. Journal of the Proceedings, March 7, 1860, Sup-
plement to Vol. iv.—Botany.

Literary Gazette. New Series. For January—March.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.

J. W. Dawson’s ‘ Archaia,’ noticed, 293.
Rose.—Silica and Granite, 312.

R. Owen’s ‘ Paleontology,’ noticed, 589.

London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. 4th
Series. Vol. xix. No. 124. January 1860. From Dr. W.
Francis, F.GS.

R. P. Greg.—Several new British Minerals, 15.

H. Rose.—The different states of Silicic Acid, 32.

T. W. Atkinson.—Bronze relics in Auriferous Sand in Siberia, 75.
C. Heaphy.—Volcanic district of Auckland, New Zealand, 75.

T. Burr.—Geology of South Australia, 76.

J. E. Woods.—Tertiary deposits of South Australia, 77.

J. Potyka.—A new Mineral containing Niobium, 78.

ae Nos bo. a Hebailis60.

P. G. M. Cavalleri—A_ new Seismometer, 102 (plate).

J. Leconte.—Correlation of Forces, 135.

R. Owen.—Polyptychodon from Dorking, 158.

8. Allport.—Fossils from Bahia, 158.

J. W. Dawson.—Reptiles, Shells, and Myriapod, from the Coal of
Nova Scotia, 159.

P. B. Brodie.—Cheirotherium in the Upper Keuper, 160.

H. Goeppert.—Lower Paleozoic Flora, 160.

T. Spratt.—Geology of Bessarabia, 160.

T. R. Jones and W. K. Parker.—Mediterranean Foraminifera, Recent
and Fossil, 161.

——. No.126. March 1860.
Deville and Troost.—Specific Gravities of Vapours at high tempera-
tures, 207.
J. Phillips.—Sections at Culham, near Oxford, 235.
R. Harkness.—Old Red Sandstone of the Grampians, 236.
A. Geikie.—Old Red Sandstone of the South of Scotland, 237.
Mechanics’ Magazine. New Series. Vol. ii. Nos. 54-66.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
Milan. Atti dell’ I. R. Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere ed
Arti. Vol. i. fasc. 15-16. 1859.

. Memorie dell’ I. R. Istituto Lombardo di Scienzi, Lettere
ed Arti. Vol. vii. fase. 1. 1859.

Mining Review. Vol.iii. Nos. 70-75.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.

Munich. Gelehrte Anzeigen. Herausgegeben von Mitgliedern der
k. bayer. Akad. d. Wissensch. Vol. xxviii. 1859. Januar—Juni.

Kenngott’s ‘ Uebersicht der Resultate mineralogischen Forschunger
in den Jahre 1856 und 1857,’ noticed, 187.

DONATIONS. 337

Munich. Gelehrte Anzeigen (continued).
Von K®échel’s ‘ Die Mineralien des Herzogthums Salzburg,’ noticed,

Von Zepharovich’s ‘ Mineralogisches Lexicon fiir Oestreicht,’ no-
ticed, 145.

Von Kokscharow.—Die Krystallisation und die Winkel des russischen
Diaspors, 569.

H. Schlagintweit.—Ueber magnetische Beobachtungen in Indien und
Hochasien, 281.

Von Kobell.—Ueber die Anwendung des phosphorsauren Mangan-
oxyds in der Titriranalyse und der Phosphorsiiure zur Mineral-
bestimmung, 377.

Neuchatel. Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Neu-
chatel. ‘Vol. iv. 1859.

E. Desor et A. Gressly.—Etudes géologiques sur le Jura Neuchate-
lois (3 plates).

C. Kopp.—Des Variations du Niveau du Lac de Neuchatel pendant
les Années 1855 a 1856.

——. Bulletin de la Soc. des Sc. Nat. de Neuchatel. Vol. v. Part 1.
1859.
E. Desor.—La Grotte prés de Rochfort, 8.
Trilobet, Favre, et Desor.—Recherches dans le Lac de Neuchatel, 16,
24, &e.
E. Desor.—La Géologie du midi de la France, 54.

New Zealand Journal. Nos. 1-3. Feb. 1860.
Palzontographical Society. Report, March 23, 1849,
Report, March 23, 1850.

————. Report, March 22, 1853.

. last of Officers and Members. 1848, 1851, 1853,
1856, and 1859.

Paris. L’Ecole des Mines. Annales des Mines. Cinq. Sér. Vol. xv.
1859, livr. 1 & 2.
Parran.—Sur les gites métalliféres de Palliéres (Gard), 47 (plates).
De Sanarmont.—Extraits de Minéralogie (travaux de 1858), 185.
J. Nicklés, Lan, et Desbief.—Travaux chémiques, 1858, 207.
C. Marignac.—Sur les formes cristallines de divers sels, 221 (plates).
T. Oldham.—Sur la fabrication du fer dans ]’Inde, 337.
Ville.—Sur les Salines de Zahrez et les gites de sel gemme du Rang-
el-Melah et d’Ain-Hadjera, 351 (plates).

Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences.
Table des Matiéres du Tome xlvii.
E. de Beaumont.—Des fragments de deux aérolithes tombés le 9 Dé-
cembre, 1858, dans le Canton de Montrejean, envoyés par M. Petit,
16.
Filhol et Leymerie.—Sur le fossile de Montrejean, 348.
Leymerie.—Sur le aérolithe de Montrejean, 446.
Chancel et Moitessier.—Sur lacomposition de l'aérolithe de Montre-
jean, 267 et 479.
Q2BZ

338

DONATIONS.

Paris. Comptes Rendus des Séances de Académie des Sciences.
Table des Matiéres du Tome xlviii. (continued).

Laroque et Bianchi.—Note sur les pepe magnétiques de l’aéro-
lithe de Montrejean, 578, 798 et 920.

Wolher.—Sur la composition d’une pierre météorique tombée en
Hongrie, 405.

Paquerée.—Sur une substance pulvérulente tombée de l’atmosphére
le 12 Mars, 1859, 597.

Laurent.—Sur un nouveau puits (artésien) foré a Naples, 994.

Petit.—Sur le bolide du 29 Octobre, 1859, 91.

H. G. de Claubry.—Détermination, dans les eaux minérales, des
proportions des acides carbonique ou sulfhydrique, 1049.

Mazade.—NSur la composition des eaux minérales de Nérac, 879.

I. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire.—Des origines des animaux domestiques, des
lieux et des époques de leur domestication, 125.

C. Deville.—Meémoire sur le trachytisme des roches, 16.

Vézian.—Sur le systéme de la vallée du Doubs et de l’Alpe de la
Souabe, 107.

Jackson.—Sur les gisements de lor dans la Géorgie, 638.

> Gaudry.—Géologie de Vile de Chypre; texte et carte, 840 et 912.

Arnoux.—Sur un Anthracite du Cambog ge, 851.

Delesse.—Recherches sur l’origine des roches éruptives, 955.

Pomel.—Sur quelques-unes des révolutions du globe qui ont produit
les reliefs algériens, 992.

P. Gervais.—Sur un Saurien proprement dit des schistes Permiens de
Lodeve, 193.

Elie de Beaumont.—Remarques sur l’Age du terrain d’ou provient ce
Saurien fossile, 193.

H. Ste.-C. Deville et H. Debray.—Recherches sur le platine et sur les
métaux qui ’accompagnent, 731.

Jackson.—Sur la Bornite de Dahlonega et sur les diamants & Vétat
de Géorgie, 850.

Gervais.—Sur une nouvelle espéce d’Hipparion découverte auprés de
Perpignan, 1117.

A. Passy.—Sur une grande ovule du calcaire grossiére, 948.

Ollivier.—Description et figure d’un crane fossile de buffle provenant
de la province de Constantine, 1091.

C. Martins.—De l’Echauffement du sol sur les hautes montagnes, et
de son influence sur la limite des neiges éternelles et la végétation
alpine, 959.

Lettre sur le rayonnement nocturne, 1065.

Boussengault.—Sur le tremblement qui, le 25 Mars de cette année
1859, a detruit la ville de Quito, 939.

P. Laurent.—Tremblement de terre ressenti le 6 Avril, 1859, dans les
Vosges, 752.

Comptes Rendus de Nea des Sciences. Vol. xlix. 1889.

Deux. Semestre. Nos. 16—26.

Vol. 1. Prem. Sem. Nos. 1-6. 1860.

Photographic Journal. Nos. 93-95.
Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. No. 30. January 1860.

G. C. Wallich.—On Siliceous Organisms found in Salpa, and their
relation to the Flint-nodules of the Chalk, 36 (plates).

Royal Asiatic Society. Journal. Vol. xvii. Part 2.

DONATIONS. 339
Royal College of Physicians. List of Fellows, &c. 1859.
Royal Geographical Society. Proceedings. Vol.iv. No. 1.

Royal Society. Proceedings. Vol. x. No. 37.

J. H. Pratt.—Curvature of the Indian Are, 197.
A. Matthiessen.—Specific Gravity of Alloys, 207.

Society of Arts. Journal. Nos. 373-384.

D. J. Macgowan.—Metals of Japan, 182.

G. R. Burnell.—Building-stones, 240.

W. L. Scott, T. Reveley, and F. C. Calvert.—Building-stones, 274,
323.

J. Bell.—Art-treatment of Granite, 281, 308,

Statistical Society. Journal. Vol. xxiii. Part 1. March 1860.

Stuttgart. Wirttemberg. Naturwiss. Jahreshefte. 16 Jahrg. Erstes
Heft. 1860.

D. E. Weinland.—Ueber Inselbildung durch Korallen und Mangrove-
biische im Mexikanischen Golf, 31 (plate).

Von Schiibler.—Ueber Ergebnisse der Bohrarbeiten auf Steinkohlen
in Wiirtemberg, 44.

W. Neubert.—Fihigkeit der Pflanzenwurzel feste oder gebundene
Stoffe aufzulésen, 50,

Leube.—Ueber den Torf bei Séflingen, 52.

Fraas.—Ueber den Schactbau von Friederichshall, 59.

——. Ueber Photographische Bilder yon Steinbriicken, 62.

——. Ueber Diceras im Schwibischen Jura, 126.

H. von Fehling—Chemische Analyse der Wildbader Thermen, 106.

Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. Vol. iv. Part 2.
J. W. Kirkby and T. R. Jones.—Permian Entomostraca, 122 (4 plates),

Vienna. Jahrbuch der k. k. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1859.

No. 2. April-Juni.
T. v. Zollikofer.—Die geologischen Verhiiltnisse yon Unter-Steier-
mark, 157 (plate).

Die geologischen Verhaltnisse des Drannthales in Unter-
Steiermark, 200 (plate).

M. V. Lipold.—Geologische Arbeiten im nordwestlichen Mihren,
219 (plate).

K. Koristka.—Bericht iiber einige in den mihrisch-schlesischen Su-
deten im Jahre 1858 ausgefiihrte Héhenmessungen, 237.

K. M. Paul.—Ein geologisches Profil aus dem Randgebirge der
Wiener Beckens, 257.

J. N. Woldrich.—Die Lagerungsverhaltnisse des Wiener Sandsteines
auf der Strecke von Nussdort bis Greifenstein, 262 (plate).

G. Stache.—Die Eocengebiete in Inner-Krain und Istrien, 272 (plate).

J. R. Lorenz.—Geologische Recognoscirungen im Liburnischen
Karste und den vorliegenden Quarnerischen Inseln, 332.

A. v. Alth.—Neue Hoéhenbestimmungen in der Bukowina, der Mar-
maros und dem Kolomeaér Kreise Galizien’s, 345.

C, vy. Nowicki.—Der neue Kupfererz-Aufschluss im Danielstollen bei
Kibenberg nachst Graslitz in Bohmen, 549.

340 DONATIONS.

Vienna. Jahrbuch der k. k. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1859.
No. 2. April—-Juni (continued).

K. v. Hauer.—Arbeiten in dem chemischen Laboratorium der k. k.
geologischen Reichsanstalt, 351.

Verzeichniss der mit Ende Juni 1859 loco Wien, Prag, Triest und
Pesth bestandenen Bergwerks-Producten-Verschleisspreise, 363.

Verhandlungen der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt, 83-110.

No. 3. Juli—Sept.

I. Jokély.—Der nordwestliche Theil des Riesengebirges, und das
Gebirge von Rumburg und Hainspach in Bohmen, 365 (map).

Von Hauer und von Richthofen.—Bericht iiber die eeolog ische Ueber-
sichts-Aufnahme der IV. Section der k. k. geologischen Reichs-
anstalt im nordéstlichen Ungarn im Sommer 1858, 399.

K. v. Hauer.—Arbeiten in dem chemischen Laboratorium der k. k.
geologischen Reichsanstalt, 466.

Verzeichniss der mit Ende September 1859 loco Wien, Prag, Triest
und Pesth bestandenen Bergwerks-Producten-Verschleisspreise,
477.

W. Haidinger’s Ansprache am 22 Noy. 1859, und Verhandlungen
der k. k. eeologischen Reichsanstalt, 137-185.

Uebersichten : Chemische Analysen, &e., 1-78.

Zoological Society. Proceedings. 1859. Part 3. June—December
1859.

II. PERIODICALS PURCHASED FOR THE LIBRARY.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 3rd Series. Vol. vy.
No. 25. January 1860.
R. Owen.—Polyptychodon interruptus, 68.
S. Allport.—Fossils from Bahia, 69.
J. W. Dawson.—Reptiles, Shells, and Iulus in Coal, 69.

P. B. Brodie.—Chewrotheriwm in the Upper Keuper of Warwickshire,
70.

No. 26. February 1860.
W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones.—Nomenclature of the Foraminifera
(Lamarck’s species), 98.
C. Darwin’s.—‘ On the Origin of Species,’ noticed, 182.
No. 27. March 1860.
J. W. Salter.—New Silurian Crustacea, 155 (figures).
W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones.—Nomenclature of the Foraminifera
(Lamarck’s species), 174.
Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New Series. No. 21.
Vol. xi. No.1. January 1860.
K. Hull.—Glacial Remains in the Lake Districts of Cumberland and
Westmoreland, 31 (2 plates).
J. Tyndall. —Thermometric Stations on Mont Blanc, 117.
J. Nicol.— Geology of the North-east of Scotland, 126.
C. Lyell.—Antiquity of the Human Race, 129.
A. Geikie.—Chronology of the Trap-rocks of Scotland, 182.

DONATIONS. 341

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New Series. No. 21.
Vol. xi. No.1. January 1860 (continued).

H. C. Sorby.—Cone-in-Cone Structure, 132.

D, Page.—Upper Silurian Rocks of Lesmahago, 133.

C. Daubeny.—Certain Volcanic Rocks in Italy, 133.

J. Nicol.—Gneiss, Sandstone, and Quartzite of the North-west High-
lands, 154.

T. H. Huxley.—Reptilian Remains found near Elgin, 134.

W. H. Baily.—Tertiary Fossils from India, 135.

A. Brady.—Elephant Remains at Ilford, 136.

F. A. Weld.—Ege of Dinornis, and Human Skull, 164.

J. Motley, Coal-formation of Borneo, 166.

J. Hall.— Graptolithus, 167.

Hector.—Exploration of British North America, 169.

Leonhard und Bronn’s Neues Jahrbuch f. Min. &e. Jahrgang 1859.
Sechstes Heft.
G. G. Winkler.—Allgovit (Trapp) in den Allgaiuer Alpen Bayerns,
641.
A. Knop.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Steinkohlenformation und des
Rothliegenden im Erzgebirgischen Bassin, 671 fe)
Letters, Notices of Books, Minerals, Geology, and Fossils.

—— | SiebentessEeth.

W. K. J. Gutberlet.—Ueber den Unterschied zwischen scheinbaren
und wirklichen Geschieben, 769.

J. Barrande.—Ueber die organischen Ablagerungen in den Luftkam-
mern der Orthoceraten, 780 (plate).

Credner.—Ueber die Pseudomorphosen von Quarz nach Flusspath
von Bischofsrode bei Schlensingen, 799.

H. Goeppert.—Stigmaria, die Wurzeln von Sigillaria, 804.

Letters, K otices of Books, Minerals, Geology, and Fossils.

——. 1860. Erstes Heft.

C. F. Naumann.—Ueber die geotektonischen Verhiltnisse des Mela-
phyr-gebietes von Ilfeld, 1 (plate).

G. v. Helmersen.—Ueber Diluvial-Erscheinungen in Russland, 36.

H. R. Géppert.—Ueber die Flora der Silurischen, der Devonischen
und der untern Kéhlen-Formation, 48.

Credner.—Ueber den Dolerit der Pflasterkante bei Eisenach und die
in demselben vorkommenden Mineralien, 56,

Letters, Notices of Books, Minerals, Geology, and Fossils.

Ill. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS.
Names of Donors in Italics.
Atkinson, T. W. Oriental and Western Siberia. 1858.
Bell, J. The Art-treatment of Granitic surfaces. 1860. From
Prof. Tennant, F.GS.
Bravard, A. Catalogue des espéces d’animaux fossiles recueillis
dans Amérique du Sud. 1860.

342 DONATIONS.

Bosquet, J. Monographie des Brachiopodes Fossiles du Terrain Cre-
tacé Supérieur du Duché de Lembourg. 1859. From the Minister
of the Interior, Holland.

Burnell, G. R. On Building-stones ; the causes of their decay, and
the means of preventing it. 1860. From Prof. Tennant, F.G.S.

Correspondence between the Government of India and the Asiatic
Society of Bengal, relative to the establishment of a Public Museum
in Calcutta. 1859. From the Government of India.

Dawson, J. W. Archaia; or, Studies of the Cosmogony and Natural
History of the Hebrew Scriptures. 1860.

Delesse, A. Recherches sur l’origine des roches. 1858.

Deslongchamps, E. E. Catalogue des Cirrhipédes, des Mollusques et
des Rayonnés recueillis par M. E. Déplanche, chirurgien auxiliaire
de la Marine Impériale, pendant la campagne de l’aviso 4 vapeur
le Rapide. Années 1854-55-56. 1859.

Mémoire sur les Brachiopodes du Kelloway-Rock ou zone

_ ferrugineuse du Terrain Callovien dans le nord-ouest de la France.
1859.

——. Notes Paléontologiques. . 1859.

Note sur le Serresius galeatus, Bonap., et sur le squelette de
cet oiseau. 1859.

——. Notes sur le Terrain Callovien. 1859.

Forrester, J. J. Companion to Portugal and its Capabilities, or
a word or two more on Port-wine. 1860.

. On the subject of the Material and Chemical changes which
have lately taken place in sundry Port-wines of England. 1858.

Goeppert, H.R. Ueber die fossile Flora der Silurischen, der De-
vonischen und unteren Kohlenformation oder des sogenannten
Uebergangsgebirges. 1859.

Ueber die versteinten Walder im. nordlichen Bohmen und in
Schlesien. 1859.

Haidinger, W. Ausprache gehalten am Schlusse des erstens De-
cennium der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1859.

Hartig, E. Untersuchung tber die Heizkraft der Stemkohlen
Sachsens. 1860.

Hébert, E. Note sur la limite inférieure du Lias et sur la composi-
tion du Trias dans les Départements du Gard et de ’Hérault.

Note sur le Lias Inférieur des Ardennes, suivie de remarques

sur les Gryphées du Lias.

Observations sur les Phénoménes qui se sont passés a la

séparation des périodes géologiques.

Rapports faits 4 la Section des Sciences du comité des Sociétés

Savantes. 1859.

DONATIONS. 343

Helmersen, G.v. Beschreibung einiger Massen gediegenen Kupfers
die aus russischen Bergwerken herstammen und in dem Museum
des Berginstituts zu St. Petersburg aufbewahrt werden.

Die Salzseen Bessarabiens und der Einbruch des Schwarzen
Meeres in dieselben im Jahre 1850. 1859.

Hinde, H.G. North-west Territory. Reports of Progress, together
with a preliminary and general Report on the Assiniboine and
Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition. 1858. From the Governor-
General of Canada.

Hochstetter, F. Lecture on the Geology of the province of Nelson.
1859. From the Colonial Government.

Hérnes, M. Die Fossilen Mollusken des Tertiirbeckens von Wien.
Vol. ii. (Bivalven). 1859.

Hunt, T. S. Contributions to the History of Euphotide and Saus-
surite. 1859.

——. On some points in Chemical Geology. 1859.

On some reactions of the Salts of Lime and Magnesia, and on
the formation of Gypsums and Magnesian Rocks. 1859.

Review of A. Favre’s Mémoire sur les terrains liasique et
keupérien de la Savoie. 1859.

Kirkby, J. W., and T,. R. Jones. On Permian Entomostraca. 1859.

Lamont, J. Untersuchungen iiber die Richtung und Starke des
Erdmagnetismus an verschiedenen puncten des Sudwestlichen
Europa. 1858.

Untersuchungen iiber die Richtung und Starke des Erdmag-
netismus in Nord-Deutschland, Belgien, Holland, Diinemark in
Sommer des Jahres 1858.

MacEnery, J. Cavern-researches. Edited by E. Vivian, Esq. 1859.
From E. Vivian, Esq.

Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at Bombay in 1857.
1858. From the Secretary of State for India.

Meyer, H. von. Zur Fauna der Vorwelt. Vierte Abtheil. 1860.

Murchison, R. J. On the succession of the Older Rocks in the
northernmost counties of Scotland, with some observations on the
Orkney and Shetland Islands, and on the sandstones of Morayshire
(Elgin, &c.) containing Reptilian Remains. 1859.

Nisser, P. On the Geological distribution of Gold, with special re-
ference to some Auriferous Rocks in South America. 1859.

O'Riley, EZ. Journal of a Tour to Karen-nee for the purpose of opening
a Trading-road to the Shan Traders from Mobyay and the adjacent
Shan States, through that Territory direct to Toungoo.

Owen, R. Paleontology, or a Systematic Summary of Extinct
Animals and their geological relations. 1860.
VOL, XVI,—PART I. 2c

344 DONATIONS.

Reeve, L. Elements of Conchology. Parts 11, 12,13. 1859.
Roemer, F. Die Silurische Fauna des Westlichen Tennessee. 1860.

Shumard, B. F. Notice of Fossils from the Permian Strata of Texas
and New Mexico obtained by the United States’ Expedition under
Capt. John Pope for boring Artesian Wells along the 32nd parallel,
with Descriptions of New Species from these Strata and the Coal-
measures of that Region.

Stemdacher, F. Beitraige zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fisch-Fauna
Osterreichs. 1859.

Studer, B. Ueber die naturliche Lage von Bern. 1859.

Tate, G. On the Polished and Scratched Rocks in the neighbourhood
of Alnwick, viewed in connexion with the Boulder-formation in
Northumberland. 1860.

Tennant, J. A description of the Imperial State Crown preserved in
the Jewel House at the Tower of London. 1860.

Weld, C. R. Descriptive Catalogue of the Portraits in the possession
of the Royal Society. 1860. From the Royal Society.

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

PROCEEDINGS

OF

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Frsruary 15, 1860.

The following communications were read :—

1. On the Propasiy Guactan Ortern of some Norwnetan Laxrs.
By T. Coprineron, Esq., F.G.S.

Tue lakes to which attention is called are those so frequently
found situated at a short distance from the head of a fjord on the
western coast of Norway. The fjord and the valley in which such a
lake lies are parts of one mighty chasm bounded by almost perpen-
dicular mountains, which rise often thousands of feet from the water’s
edge. The valley generally shows traces of the former existence of
a glacier, and is now occupied by a rapid river. Instead of at once
emptying itself into the fjord, this river falls into a lake, perhaps six
or seven English miles long, but rarely a mile wide, and very deep.
Between this lake and the fjord, there is a barrier consisting of
rolled stones, shingle, and coarse sand, roughly stratified, through
which an outfall has been cut to the fjord. The distances be-
tween some of these lakes and the fjord are subjoined, from which
the mass of these deposits may be estimated :—

Lakes.
(Sogndals Vand ........ 3} miles from Fjord.
Haslo ‘Vand \-inecaeeneas 32 4 aS ra
Sogue ) Veitstrands Vand ...... AS Sys » Haslo.
Fjord. Skiolden Vand ........ 1 otf oye ORs
‘Aardal Vand... eee i ee os 7
| Grand Vatid anor. en aie ys x ’

VOL. XVI.—PART I. 2D

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 15,

Lakes.
ivanger Vander ss). 3 miles from Fjord.
Hardanger { Hidsfjord Vand ........ 4 5, a a
Fjord. { GravensmViand’ aera ai ye op a

2
(Bredeims Vand -....... 3
Nord Oldens)\ Vandi 2-52 4- De ee ee rer
Fjord. | Bans AYECaH ONG Meee eee ae ee fe 2
Opstryns Vand" iy.) 2-.c.: a

99 99 39

2) 99 3)

The height of this barrier may be as much as 120 feet above the
lake, in terraces one above the other. At the inner end of the lake
a similar terraced deposit frequently occurs. This is the case at
Vasenden, at the inner end of Gravens Vand, and at Sebo at the
inner end of Eidsfjord Vand, which one passes on the way from Vik
to the Voring-foss. This latter lake is 14 mile long and 3 mile
wide, and, according to the peasants, 200 feet deep. ‘The sides rise
from the water to a height of 1000 feet, so abruptly that land-
ing is impossible. They are smoothed, and striated horizontally ;
and these marks of glacial action continue beyond the lake-barrier
for some distance on the sides of the fjord. The rolled pebbles and
coarse sand, of which the barrier consists, are disposed in terraces at
four distinct levels, the highest being about 100 feet; and similar
terraces, to about the same height, exist at the inner end of the lake.

Stratified deposits of a similar character, disposed in terraces, are
very general, and occur not only where there is no evidence of the
existence of a former glacier, but where the presumption is altogether
the other way. Keilhau has traced such deposits, in connexion with
lines of erosion, from Lindesnees to the North Cape, and has shown
that sea-shells of existing species are constantly found in deposits
the formation of which is intimately connected with that of the
terraces. M. Bravais has studied in detail the terraces in Alten
Fjord, and describes them as composed of débris brought down by
the rivers, and deposited in what was then an arm of the sea. Ter-
races frequently line the sides of the wider valleys for a considerable
distance from their present junction with the fjord, and in some cases
appear to be the remains of a lake-deposit, much of which has been
cut away by the river, which now runs perhaps 200 feet below. A
moraine-like look is sometimes given by the occurrence of numerous
angular blocks in the stratified sand; these, however, have come from
the boundary-walls of the valley, whence fragments are detached in
numbers every spring.

But, while bearing in mind these facts, must we not rather attribute
the accumulations, with the deep lakes behind, to glacial action? We
must then suppose that the barrier between the lake and the fjord
represents a terminal moraine deposited beneath the waters of what
was then a fjord, at a time when a glacier filled thevalley and stretched
down part of the fjord. A comparatively rapid decrease in the length

* For some of these lakes the writer cannot answer from personal knowledge ;
but it is believed that all, and many others not named, are of the character under
notice.

1860. ] JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 347

of the glacier must then have taken place, to leave the space now
taken up by the lake ; and then another terminal moraine must have
been formed beneath the water, which exists now as the ter-
raced deposit at the inner end of the lake. Another shrinking of
the glacier would leave the hollow for the second lake (where two
exist in the same valley). The terrace-form must have been given
as the moraine was gradually upheaved above the water-level.

The resemblance between these lake-barriers and the ordinary
terraced deposits containing recent shells is so strong as to render a
more detailed examination and comparison interesting. A practised
observer of moraine-deposits would perhaps detect the usual charac-
teristics ; and if these notes should serve as a point of departure for
any such, their end will be attained.

The river between the lake and the fjord, cutting through the
very heart of the deposit, often affords good fishing-quarters ; and on
a “blank” day a man might with advantage turn his attention to the
banks of the stream, and search for a scratched pebble or other sign
of the origin of the débris around him.

2. On the Drirt and Rotten Graver of the Nort of Scornann.
By T. F. Jamreson, Esq.

[Communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, F.G.S. &e.]

ConTENTs.

1. The Upper Gravel, its distribution blocks from the Ben Muic Dhui
and origin. Mountains.

2. The Marine Drift of the higher | 5. Probability of extensive Glacier-
grounds and Highland glens. action before the Drift.

3. Striated and Polished Rock-surfaces | 6. Extinction of the Land-fauna pre-
beneath the Drift. ceding the Drift.

4. High-lying Boulders—dispersion of | 7. Sequence of events during the Plei-

stocene period.

§ 1. Ly a former communication* I gave an account of some features
of the Pleistocene deposits along the coast of Aberdeenshire, showing
that in certain localities remains of marine animals occur of a cha-
racter similar to those met with in the later tertiary beds of the
Clyde district, and, like them, indicating the presence of a colder sea.
The following pages are devoted chiefly to the Drift of the interior of
the country and of the higher grounds, more especially as regards
that part of Scotland lying between the Moray Firth and the Firth
of Tay.

In ike lower parts of this district we find the drift-beds and brick-
clays covered by a widespread accumulation of water-rolled gravel,
often of great thickness and destitute of fossils. It is powred out in
greatest profusion towards the mouths of valleys, and pervades all

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 509.
2n2

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCTETY. [Feb. 15,

Fig. 1.—Sketch-map of Aberdeenshire and the neighbouring districts,
showing the position of the Fossiliferous Drift, the Crag-beds, the
Chalk-flints and Greensand, and the patch of Lias.

i} A ; CamRie
BAnrey\ 1 3
we MS
$) <a KELINTS &
¢
CHALK ELINTS 4g
gris F ie SeeNcrup
oe Sle oy og penacminer
COLLIESTON.
6) eeLneLvic
NITERANGE 7. MaRVEN WV Wie
Rl I ye 9 Sf
Ss va wes Y M00p oF BINNET. 80 pve ABERDEEN
= AWS. A\Z mAs. ° PBANcHORY ~ »
ZN oe BASE ert oR?
sv aemnn |
pate
avARy vai: WS |=
a) = pl Wee
SSE pas
Dna om eS
Rc a LTC

pili.

<i/—

[LS
Map or tue Nortu-

EASTERN PART oF

SY

CaRAKE Scornanp.
a (fh ToillustratePapers by
~~ ‘ T. F. JAmizson, Hsq.
1860.

Near Gamrie (1) and King Edward (2) Arctic Shells have been found in sandy
strata of the Drift. At Annochie in Rattray Bay (3) Arctic Shells and Fora- ~
minifera occur in brick-clay (see Q. J. G. 8. vol. xiv. p. 520). At Invernetty
Bay (4) broken Arctic Shells occur in brick-clay.. At Auchmacoy (5) the skull
of a Seal and broken Shells have been found in brick-clay (éd¢d. p. 514). The
brick-clay at Black Dog or Belhelvic (6) contains Arctic Shells. The skeleton of
a Bird was found in brick-clay at Aberdeen, and Fish-bones in brick-clay at
Torry near by (7).

1860. JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 349
>)

the river-basins I have examined, decreasing in extent as we ascend
their course.

It is not, however, confined to the neighbourhood of those streams,
but also covers many tracts where no river appears to have existed.

All along the valley of the Dee, from the seaport of Aberdeen to
Braemar, which is situated nearly sixty miles into the interior, this
upper rolled gravel is everywhere to be found, diminishing, however,
greatly in quantity towards the head of the valley.

At Aberdeen it forms large swelling mounds and little hills, on
which a great part of the city and its suburbs is built. In many
places it is spread out in wide horizontal sheets, as at Aboyne, the
Moor of Dinnet, Ballater, and elsewhere. Again, it is met with
tumbled up in tumultuous hillocks or longitudinal mounds parallel to
the strike of the river. But, wherever we find it, it is always clearly
distinguishable from the subjacent drift, Ist, by the absence of the
strize or glacial bwrimage on the pebbles; 2nd, by the highly water-
rolled aspect of the deposit ; and 3rdly, by its looser texture and
different hue,—for the drift in this valley is all of a bluish or brown-
ish-grey colour, while the gravel is of a ferruginous tint. The junc-
tion of the two beds is also in general sharply defined. Nowhere can
it be better studied than at the Moor of Dinnet, which is situated
about thirty-five miles inland, between the villages of Aboyne and
Ballater, and at an altitude of, probably, 600 feet above the sea.

In some of the sections there, I noticed a feature of this gravel
that would seem to indicate the action of a current flowing down the
valley, and not a deposition on the beach of a lake or sea-margin ;
and as I have not seen this character noticed by any one, some
description of it may be useful.

If the pebbly bed of a rapid-flowing river be examined, it will be
found that the stones in it have a tendency to assume a certain
position, which is probably that of greatest resistance to the stream.
Where the stone is of an oval and flattish form (as most water-worn
river pebbles usually are), this position is not horizontal, but deviates
therefrom in this respect, that it dips towards the current, thus :

Fig. 2.—Position of an oval pebble in a stream.

Consequently, if you place yourself on a sheet of such pebbles and
look down the stream, you will observe that the stones, as a rule,

Fig. 3.—Position of oval pebbles in a stream.

present their sloping faces to the view (fig. 3); whereas if you reverse
your position and look up the stream, you will see their ends pointing

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 15,

towards you; and a section through such a bed, parallel to the line
of current, will show the pebbles with a general tendency to that
position. This is best exemplified when the stones are pretty large,
say, from six to twelve inches in length.

Now I observed that the coarse shingle forming the Moor of Din-
net, in some of the fine sections laid open by the river, displayed
this feature,—showing, as I conceive, that it had been lodged by a
rapid current of water flowing down the valley.

This water-rolled gravel I have examined along the Don, the
Ythan, the Deveron, the Findhorn, the Spey, the Tummel, the Tay,
and various other streams, and have found it everywhere to present
similar features. It seems to have been formed out of the pre-exist-
ing drift, being merely the stones and sand of that deposit, the clay
and muddy matter having been washed out. The fragments, how-
ever, have been rolled about so long, that their angularities have been
for the most part ground off and the whole reduced in size. This of
itself would seem to involve a considerable lapse of time, and to for-
bid the supposition of its formation being entirely due to any sudden
rush of water.

It fringes the sides of many of the larger valleys to heights some-
times 200 feet above the adjoining stream, invariably capping all
the drift-deposits, but seems of older date than the submerged forests
and marine beds of the raised beach that lines the coast of Scotland
to a height apparently nowhere much exceeding 40 feet above the
present sea-level.

It is also displayed in many places out of the way of all rivers,
and is frequently accumulated in long mounds behind masses of rock
that present bare and craggy faces on the opposite side. In valleys
the craggy side looks up the stream; and in places where no river
exists it is presented in general to the interior, the tail pointing sea-
ward.

Although much discussion has arisen about the drift and its trans-
ported boulders, less attention has been paid to this upper gravel ;
and as it is not peculiar to any one district, but occurs in all the
lower grounds and along all the lines of drainage of the country,
it deserves more investigation than has been yet bestowed on it.
That it is not the result of ordinary sea-action along the shallows of
former coast-lines is probable from several considerations :—

First. From its position. It does not occur as belts or terraces
along the sides of the hills, but is chiefly developed in the middle
of depressed tracts, as if it had been projected down the valleys.
Now the action of the sea, or of the waters of a lake breaking upon
a shore, is to heave wp sand and pebbles and pile them along its
margin. .

Second. From the arrangement of the pebbles, and the false-bed-
ding,—indicating, as I have already mentioned, the action of a current
flowing in one definite direction.

Third. From this gravel being occasionally thrown together into
dome-shaped tumuli and abrupt hillocks of considerable height, such

1860. ] JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 351

as we do not see on any present coast-line ; and also from its uniform
increase towards the mouths of valleys.

Fourth. From the absence of marine fossils.

In examining the course of many rivers in connexion with this
subject, I observed that where the valley was narrowed by the ap-
proach of the enclosing hills, so as to form a gorge, pass, or ravine,
the sides of such ridges were denuded of all drift to a most remark-
able degree, and in a manner that seemed to me inexplicable by
any mere river-action however prolonged; for this denudation fre-
quently ascends many hundred feet, sometimes even a thousand
feet and more above the present bed of the stream, and has imparted
a bare, stony, washed aspect not visible on the other sides of the hills
even where the slope was of equal steepness. Such appearances are

Fig. 4.—Section across the Valley of the Tay at Birnam, showing the
excavation of the Drift. Distance 24 miles.

War Hill of Newtyle EE.
Birnam Hill, The Tay. . (1047 ft.).

seen on the Tay at the Pass of Birnam, where the west side of the
Hill of Newtyle has its rocky strata laid bare all the way up to the
summit, which is about 900 feet higher than the river at that place.
The denuding agent has in this case evidently flowed over the crest
of the hill; for the rock at the top, which is of a coarse clay-slate,
sticks out in lumpy knobs, the intermediate spaces between which
have been swept clean of all small débris ; while the opposite flank of
the Hill of Birnam has been bared of earthy cover to similar heights.
The Hill of Craig-y-barns, at the north side of Dunkeld, is also re-
markably denuded even to its summit, which is about 1150 feet high.
I met with no polish nor strie on these rocks indicating glacier-action
as the cause of this remarkable denudation, although the texture of
these masses seemed eminently adapted in many cases for taking and
retaining such markings.

What is further interesting in this locality is a long hollow stretch-
ing from Blair Gowrie towards Dunkeld, and terminating at the
Loch of the Lows near the latter town. Now I found by aneroid
measurement that the summit-level of the road, where it crosses the
watershed between this loch and the Tay, is about 302 feet higher
than that river at Dunkeld Bridge. This watershed also presents
great signs of denudation, consisting of masses of rugged gneiss
scoured bare of all drift and débris; and the face of the hill to the
north has also a very bare, washed appearance.

Sir Charles Lyell, writing of this locality in 1840 (see Proceed-
ings of Geol. Soc. vol. ili. p. 342), mentions that a continuous stream,

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Feb. 15,

from three to three and a half miles wide, of boulders and pebbles
is found along this hollow, from Dunkeld, by Blair Gowrie, eastward
to the sea at Forfar, and that, although its course is followed by
no great river, it is marked everywhere by lakes and ponds, sur-
rounded by gravelly ridges 50 to 70 feet high. Sir Charles further
remarks the absence of marine fossils, and admits the difficulty he
found of accounting for the arrangement of this upper gravel of _
Forfarshire, proposing as the most feasible explanation, that an estu-
ary had extended by Blair Gowrie to Dunkeld, and that these over-
lying ridges of sand and gravel might have been formed one after
the other in the same manner as the bar of sand and shingle that
now crosses the mouth of the Tay.

I may here remark that if an estuary had extended up in this
manner, a similar one would have stretched far up the valley of the
Tay, and this watershed would have formed a land-strait between
these two arms of the sea: and Mr. Darwin, in explaining his theory
of the origin of the parallel terraces in Lochaber, has shown that
such land-straits have a tendency to be silted up, the more so in pro-
portion to their narrowness, and on the recession of the sea would
coincide with a terrace or raised beach at corresponding levels.

Now here, instead of a silting up, we find remarkable denudation ;
instead of belts of terraces, we have tumuli and ridges of gravel along
the midst of the depression. Further, in the neighbourhood of the
Kirk of Caputh, to the eastward of the Pass of Birnam, we see tails
of detritus stretching from behind the rocky masses of Stenton, that
present denuded fronts looking up the valley.

About Killiecrankie, in the narrows of the Tummel, the hill-sides
are swept to a remarkable degree; and on other rivers like pheno-
mena will occur to the recollection of most readers.

In tracing the water-rolled gravel up to such narrow passes,
I have observed that its materials become coarser, and its arrange-
ment more tumultuous and irregular as it approaches such points,
until we find it in their immediate neighbourhood containing large
boulders many feet in diameter. I was particularly struck with this
in examining the Moor of Dinnet, before alluded to. This moor con-

Fig. 5.—Section of the Moor of Dinnet.

Ww. Camus-0o-may. EK,

1. Granite. 2. Boulder-drift. 3. Water-rolled gravel.

sists of a wide plain of drift covered by a sheet of this rolled gravel,
which in its eastern portion is spread out in a horizontal manner,
containing many seams of sand interstratified with fine pebbly shin-
gle; but as I approached the rocks of Camus-o-May, where the
valley is narrowed by a ridge of granite protruding from Culbleen
that almost bars the passage, I found (as I expected from similar

1860. | JAMIESON—DRIEFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 303

observations elsewhere) the gravel tumbled into undulating ridges
of extremely coarse material made up of well-rolled boulders, some
of them 4 to 7 feet in length, mixed with large pebbles and shingle,
until at the rocky barrier it thinned quite out, nought being left
but a few large blocks that seemed to have been too heavy to move
further. Likewise the boulder-drift forming the substratum of the
moor seems to get thinner as you approach the rocky barrier, as if it
had suffered more denudation thereabouts than further east. No
difference, however, occurs in its texture; all is of the same quality
from one end of the moor to the other.

Now these features of the gravel seemed to me to indicate that
the water which lodged it must have been in much more violent
motion in the neighbourhood of this contracted part of the valley
than in the open expanse of moor to the eastward; and the whole
features of the locality, the well-washed flank of Culbleen, and that
of the opposite Hill of Pannanich seemed to tell of a large body of
water passing eastward down the valley, sweeping the narrow
gorges bare, and projecting the gravelly débris out into the open spaces
below.

In looking for such an agency, we find several to choose from,
such as—

1. The bursting of lakes higher up the valleys. These may
have been temporary accumulations of water dammed up
by glaciers or landslips.

2. The action of rivers during floods, which may have been
caused either by great rains or the melting of extensive
masses of snow and ice.

3. The retreating action of the sea during the emergence of the
land from the waters of the marine drift.

I have already said that the well-rounded aspect of the pebbles,
indicating long-continued rolling by water, forbids the supposition of
one catastrophe doing the whole by the sweep of a sudden wave or
deluge passing over the country. And further, as this gravel is found
not along a few rivers, but along all that I have hitherto examined,
without exception, and likewise along minor streams, I think the
first of the suppositions enumerated above becomes highly improba-
ble: for it can scarcely be thought that there has been a bursting of
lakes in all the water-courses; and, indeed, with the exception of
accumulations of water dammed up by glaciers and the like, such
bursting or suddenly giving way of a natural lake is an event of the
greatest rarity—indeed, I do not at present remember having read
of an instance of it.

In seeking for a cause, therefore, we must have one of general
application.

Now the long-continued action of the rivers themselves, during
and after the emergence of the land, is just such a universally pre-
sent agent as we are in search of, And the arrangement of the
gravel is, as I have shown, very like what might be expected from
a seaward-flowing current cutting through the previously deposited
drift; while the absence of all marine fossils tends further to enhance

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 15,

the probability of a fresh-water origin. The highly water-rolled
complexion of the pebbles, again, is also in favour of this view. And
then, as to the immense profusion of this gravel being apparently
beyond the power of such streams as now occupy the valleys, this is
a difficulty that vanishes greatly on consideration; for it is a mere
question of time. A stream flowing through stony drift will in a
given time produce a certain amount of gravel; give it long enough,
and what will it not accomplish? During the long array of centu-
ries, when the bed of the Pleistocene sea was heaving up a broader
and broader horizon, the rivers, big and swollen, wandered onward,
bearing to the ocean the rain and snow of countless winters. Their
basins filled with drift, they must have flowed along at heights far
above where we now see them, shifting their channels unchecked by
the hand of man, until they gradually wore them down, deeper and
deeper, into their present grooves. Give them an infinity of time,
and could they not spread out an infinity of gravel ?

It is probable, therefore, that the rivers have had much to do with
the formation of these beds; but still there are some features in con-
nexion with them that river-action alone will scarcely account for. I do
not see, for instance, how any river could so thoroughly scour out the
drift as has been done in the narrower parts of most of the valleys
and even in many of their wider portions, leaving in trough-shaped
hollows not a trace of shingle or débris, and this in localities where,
as I shall afterwards show, the mass of drift must have been immense,
even some hundreds of feet deep. It may, however, be here objected
that this clearing out of the drift has been the result of a later set
of glaciers moving down the valleys after the period of the marine
drift, and ploughing through that deposit. But had this been so, would
not the glacier have pushed the drift before it in a rapidly accumula-
ting hill, or thrown it on either side as is done by asnow-plough? In
the one case we should expect to find some traces of these gigantic
terminal moraines,—in the other, some relics of equally extensive
lateral ones,—neither of which have I met with in those valleys I
have examined. Further, if a glacier had thus ploughed through the
drift, it would have left a ready-made groove for the rivers, so that
we should not expect to find this gravel at the heights of 200 or
300 feet above the beds of the streams, as we often see it. Never-
theless I do not mean to deny the existence of glaciers after the
marine drift, but only to say that I have not hitherto met with any
satisfactory proof of their presence at this later period in the lower
parts of our larger river-valleys, although, as will be subsequently
shown, I do think there are grounds for suspecting their agency in
such localities previous to the marine drift.

At all events there seems to be no trace of glacier-débris above
this gravel; so that its origin is likely to have been subsequent to all
such action, at any rate in the lower grounds.

Other objections which forcibly urge themselves against the supposi-
tion of the present arrangement of this surface-gravel being entirely
due to river-action arise from the fact of its being occasionally piled
up in great undulating mounds and tumuli 40 to 100 feet high,

1860. ] JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 3D0

the internal structure of which sometimes shows that their present
form is not the result of denudation on what had formerly been a
horizontally arranged deposit; but whose inward undulations conform
to the exterior outline. And further, had the excavation of the drift
been altogether owing to fluviatile agency, we should expect to find a
greater concentration of large boulders along their channels, and also
more evidence of river-meadows (or haughs, as they are called in
Scotland) at high elevations, than what we see.

Then take a valley with a chain of lakes. These still sheets of
water would arrest all the stones and gravel brought down by the
stream from the valley above—in short, everything except the finer
impalpable mud, and, where the lake was large and deep, even most
of that. Now I think the signs of denudation in the neighbourhood
of such lakes and in the valleys beneath them are much greater than
we should expect on the supposition of mere river-action combined
with a very gradual, slow emergence, like that supposed to be going
on in Scandinavia at the present day. The ‘‘crag-and-tail’”’ pheno-
menon before mentioned is equally inexplicable on a similar theory.

From these and other considerations which it would be tedious to
dwell on longer, it therefore appears to me that the retreating action
of the sea during the emergence of the land from the waters of the
drift-period has borne a considerable part in the matter. The reces-
sion of this sea, caused by a strong earthquake-shock upheaving the
land, would give rise to an action sufficient to account for many of
those appearances which I have touched upon. Even the records of
modern times show how often (we may say, indeed, how constantly)
nature acts in this way, although, I think, it is going too far to
suppose that the short space of time covered by the roll of history
has afforded a complete insight into the operations of nature in this
respect.

Multitudes of such shocks probably occurred as the land gradually
struggled out of the sea; and the grating effect of the waters as they
rushed back off the land would be sufficient to scour out the narrow
rayines of the valleys, project the gravel out into the open spaces, and
give rise to those appearances of ‘‘crag-and-tail” so frequently seen.

In the valley of the Dee this superficial water-rolled gravel is
very well marked as far up as Invercauld, nearly 50 miles inland,
and fully 1000 feet above the present sea-level. Further up the val-
ley the underlying drift becomes of looser texture and of a more
gravelly character, so that it is less easy to distinguish the two
deposits.

§ 2. With regard to the boulder-drift, I had examined sections of
it at many points between Banchory and Braemar, and found it ex-
tending all up the valley, everywhere possessing very similar features.
No beds of brick-clay nor any great thickness of laminated sand had
presented themselves between these two villages, which are upwards
of forty miles apart, the former situated at an elevation of about 200
feet, the latter about 1130. Everywhere the drift seemed to rest
immediately on the old rocks, and consisted of a hard tenacious mass
of gritty mud, varying in tint from bluish-grey to pale brownish-

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 15,

grey, studded thick with stones of all sizes, from the merest pebble
up to blocks some tons in weight. Many of these (both the large
and the small) are marked with parallel strie and scratches in the
line of greatest length. In these sections a large proportion of the
stones and boulders are evidently water-worn, especially those of
granite, which are sometimes as round as cannon-balls. I saw,
however, but few traces of stratification in the drift between these
two villages, although not unfrequently thin seams* of finely lami-
nated silt did occur in various parts of the mass. I did not fall in with
any clearly marked striz on the rock-surfaces below the drift of this
valley; but near a place called Brathens, in the neighbourhood of
Banchory, I observed some of the humps of hard gneiss ground down
very much on their western exposure.

The side glens frequently contain a great thickness of drift, gene-
rally of a looser and sandier character than that of the main valley;
and the same is the complexion of the deposit along the Dee itself
towards its higher part. ;

There are a multitude of glens that branch off from this river in
the Braemar district, many of which I examined up to their extre-
mities. In these mountain-valleys I found the steep hill-sides ex-
hibiting little save their own rocky débris; but all along the midst
of such depressions there was generally a considerable thickness of
sand and gravel, full of stones and containing many large blocks.

In-Glen Caich (or Glen Candlic, as it is sometimes called), which
is situated on the east side of the granite mountain of Ben-a-Buird,
I found this deposit spread over the whole bottom of the glen, rising
to similar heights on both sides of the stream, its general depth
where I examined it being from 30 to 50 feet. It consisted almost
wholly of stratified sand and gravel, evidently well washed and de-
posited from water. Imbedded in various parts of it were many
boulders of red granite like that of the neighbouring mountain; a
few of them were from 7 to 14 feet in diameter. Some were rounded,
some angular. Grooved or glacially scratched fragments appeared
to be rare; for I noticed but one boulder showing them at all distinctly.
Much of the deposit containing these blocks consists of fine sand, often
laminated and containing along with the granite much deébris of
quartz-rock.

This spot was at an elevation of nearly 2000 feet, and is situated
close beside Caich shooting-lodge at the head of Glen Sluggan. The
same deposit is found all along Glen Caich (which is a branch of the
Quoich), down to the valley of the Dee; it also extends somewhat
further up the glen, but soon thins out; and about the base of Ben
Avon the streams are found running along between bare slopes of
crumbling granite.

There is another glen, which, commencing at Loch Etichan on the
N.E. flank of Ben Muic Dhui, joins Glen Lui at the shooting-lodge
of Lord Fife. ‘This ravine is known as “ the Derry.”

Loch Etichan, by a sympiesometrical measurement of Prof. Dickie,

* These seams are scarcely ever horizontal, and are often curved in an odd
manner.

1860.] JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 357

is 2953 feet above the sea; it is encompassed by bare granite crags
and blocks of the same nature. The stream issuing from it over the
surface of these rocks makes a rapid descent, down a steep slope of
perhaps 400 or 500 feet, into the glen below. Here there is a re-
markable assemblage of mounds and tumuli, some of them reaching
a height of 100 or 150 feet above their base (fig. 6).

Fig. 6.—The Top of Glen Derry.

1. Loch Etichan, 2, 2. Mounds of gravel.

No sections occur at this point to show their internal structure ;
but their steep slopes present shoals of gravelly débris, chiefly of
granite: there are, however, many fragments of gneiss and lami-
nated quartz, and even some of a hornblendic nature. This struck me
as singular, seeing that the whole glen and mountain-group above,
and their immediate neighbourhood, are believed to be exclusively
of granite. If this opinion be correct, it tells strongly against these
fragments being glacier-borne to their present position. Many of the
quartz-fragments are partially water-worn. Some large boulders are
scattered over the surface of these mounds, all of which, without
exception, are of granite similar to that of the adjoining hills.

The deposit forming these mounds rises to corresponding heights
on both sides of the stream, and continues down the glen for about
half a mile or so, diminishing gradually in thickness until it ceases

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Feb. 15,

rather abruptly at the head of a long narrow meadow about 300 to
500 yards wide that stretches down the glen for a mile or two,
bounded on either side by bare hill-slopes destitute of any mounds.
The upper limit of the mounds at the head of the glen is several
hundred feet higher than the point where they cease at the top of
this long meadow. At their termination here, they form a series of
rough heathery hillocks 20 to 40 feet high, with many granite blocks
upon their surface, through which the stream pursues a devious
course.

At this point it had cut into some of them, exposing the internal
structure and showing the upper part to consist for the most part of
fine stratified sand (Qn many places almost as fine as sea-sand),
derived from the disintegrated granite, of which some large boulders
were imbedded in various parts of the mass as well as strewn more
thickly on the surface. Small fragments of quartz-rock and a few of .
hornblende also were noticed.

Another section showed the base of one of these mounds to con-

Fig. 7.—Section of a Mound im Glen Derry.

1, Laminated silt. ' 2, Stratified sand. 3. Peat. 4, 4. Blocks of granite.

sist of a stratum of the finest laminated silt, of which a thickness of
four feet was exposed, the lamin being partly of fine sand and
partly of clay capped by a bed of stratified sand with boulders inter-
spersed, above which lay a stratum of peat with remains of decayed
fir-trees. As these sections therefore showed the mounds to be
evidently of watery origin, I concluded that they were not glacier-
moraines, but the denuded relics of an aqueous deposit that had over-
spread the whole bottom of the glen from side to side, and that the
greater frequency of the boulders on their surface arose from the
washing away of a portion of the gravelly mass, concentrating these
above them; while the termination of the deposit at the head of the
flat meadow seems to indicate that it had been formed at the extre-
mity of a lake whose waters had once extended to the top of the
glen, and into which the mountain-torrent descending from Loch
Etichan had washed down the débris.

Whether this former lake was fresh water or an arm of the sea
may be questioned; but the great height of the mounds, the absence
of any barrier below, and the fact that the upper limit of the deposit
seemed to be higher than the watershed that divides the head
of this glen from that of the Alt-Dhu-Lochan, whose waters de-
scend into the basin of the Spey, seem all adverse to the idea of a
fresh-water lake; while the circumstance of similar accumulations
being general in all the glens of the district, together with the pre-

1860. | JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 359

sence of transported boulders on mountain-tops at still higher levels,
favour the supposition of a sea-loch having been the receptacle. I
searched in vain for traces of Mollusca to decide this interesting
question. Descending the glen, I found that, after reaching the
lower extremity of the long narrow meadow, mounds again made
their appearance; and a section of one of these near Derry shooting-
lodge disclosed coarse stratified gravel containing well-rounded peb-
bles of granite. This second set of hillocks may be conceived to
have arisen by the arm of the sea having retreated to near this point,
when the stream from above would again commence to pour in its
gravel and débris.

No striated or glacially marked stones occurred to me in these
mounds of Glen Derry, not one, although I searched anxiously
for them,—a circumstance that bears strongly against the theory of
their being glacier-moraines.

It would be tedious to describe these things in the other glens of
this district ; suffice it to say that similar accumulations, evidently
deposited from water, are of general occurrence in like situations in
the various ravines of Braemar, up to the flanks of the central mem-
bers of the great granite mountains of the Ben Muic Dhui group. I
do not, however, mean to say that there are not also traces of glacier-
moraines.

In Perthshire I examined some sections of the drift deserving
special notice. Of these the most important was on the flank of a
hill called Meal Uaine, about 2095 feet high, on the east side of the
valley of the Tummel, just below Killiecrankie. It was remarkable
for showing the immense thickness and height that the drift had
attained in that quarter, as well as for the vast amount of denudation
it has undergone.

Fig. 8.—View of a Bank of Drift on Meal Uaine.
w. E.

1, House of Fascally. 2. Bank of Drift. 8. Ordnance station. 4. Top of Meal Uaine,

The channel of the Tummel opposite this section is at an altitude,
probably, of about 290 feet above the present sea-level; and on the base
of the hill, for about 300 feet above this, the drift has been almost
entirely swept away, little remaining on the surface of the rocks
save a few patches of water-rolled gravel of more recent origin; so
that we do not reach the foot of the section in question until we are
at an elevation of about 600 feet above the sea, and 300 feet above

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Feb. 15,

the river. From this point, then, the drift stretches up the slope of
the mountain in one thick continuous mass to an altitude, exposed by
the section, of nearly 1200 feet above the sea, but does not thin en-
tirely out until it reaches an elevation of about 1550 feet. Two small
streams descending the hill have laid open its structure. The north-
ernmost of these ravines is by far the most satisfactory, giving a clean
section down to the subjacent rock and extending through a vertical

Fig. 9.—Section of Drift on Meal Uaine. Depth of a—b, 130 feet.

SSNS
Go

24 ——

1. Coarse stony stratum. 2. The stratified drift. 3, 3. The surface of rock with striz.

height of 500 feet,—showing the mass to be regularly stratified in an
almost horizontal manner, with occasional undulations; while its
composition is seen to be much the same from top to bottom, consist-
ing of numerous beds of the finest laminated silt, alternating with
others, coarser and more stony, that show hardly any stratification-
lines : large boulders from 4 to 5 feet in length are scattered through
the whole. I also ascertained that it rested in all its extent on a
rock-surface of gneiss, mica-slate, and quartz, which was grooved
and polished as if by the passage of a glacier, while multitudes of
both the small stones and large boulders imbedded in it were similarly
marked.

In the channel of the rivulet were great numbers of blocks, that
had, apparently, been derived from the waste of this bank of drift ;
some of them were from 8 to 14 feet in diameter, and many were
grooved and furrowed.

The horizontal arrangement of the beds in this section would seem
to indicate that they had originally occupied the whole width of the
valley, in which case the thickness must have amounted to several
hundred feet. It has been evidently all accumulated under water;
and the great number of seams of fine laminated silt would seem to
show that its deposition had been very gradual and had occupied a
great lapse of time. These loamy layers are rather more numerous

1860. JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 361
3

in the lower part of the section, and are composed occasionally of an
impalpable mud, like putty. No trace of shells. occurred to me,
although I searched for them narrowly in several parts. Some of the
fine sandy matter, when examined through a magnifying lens, was
seen to consist chiefly of small rounded grains of quartz, together
with an impalpable powder of apparently decomposed felspar.

There were no beds of clean-washed gravel or shingle—all was
more or less earthy; neither was there a great thickness of pure
clay in any part; and the general tone of the whole was very similar
throughout, varying from pale yellowish-grey to brown. I observed
that some of the finer loamy seams had been partially washed away
before the deposition of the supermcumbent layers.

The topmost stratum of this bank consisted of a coarser, stonier
mass, 3 to 5 feet thick, which seemed to me to have resulted from
the denuding agency that had swept away the drift; for it differs
from the subjacent beds chiefly in having the finer matter washed out.
The stones so plentifully dispersed in the drift consisted for the most
part of mica-slate and gneiss, together with some of granite, horn-
blende, porphyry, and crystalline limestone.

Now,as this great bank of earth contains probably several thousands
of fine lamine of clay and sand imposed one above another in regular
succession, separated by many beds of a coarser description, I think the
notion of such a mass having been thrown together by any sudden con-
vulsion becomes inconceivable, while the fact of its upper limit over-
topping all barriers between it and the sea is equally decisive against
a fresh-water origin; and, furthermore, that its whole structure be-
longs to the latest tertiary period is shown from its reposing through -
out its entire extent on a glacially polished rock-surface. Here,
then, we have—

1. A gradual formation.

2, A marine origin.

3. A Pleistocene age.
And thus I think there are proofs that in these later times the sea-
waters had assuredly rolled for many centuries over the hills and
valleys of Scotland.

Tf I am correct in assuming, from its horizontal stratification, that

Fig. 10.—Seetion across the Tummel Valley at Meal Uaine.
E. Ww.

a. Top of Meal Uaine. 6, 6. Boulders of granite and porphyry. c. Bed of Drift.
d,d. Strize on the rock. e,e. Water-rolled gravel. (f. The Tummel.

the deposit of which this bank is a portion had originally extended

all across the valley, then it is evident what an enormous denudation

has taken place; for we have here but a patch, which owes its preser-
VOL. XVI.—PART I. 25

362 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Feb. 15,

vation to the sheltered position it occupies in the bosom of the hill
between two projecting buttresses of rock. Not a trace of drift re-
mains on the slopes of mica-slate on the opposite side of the river ;
all has been swept away.

Between Loch Tummel and the valley of the Tay, there lies a great
ridge of mica-slate stretching in an east and west direction, with
numerous peaks reaching from 2000 to 2600 feet high. The drift
on the northern slope of this ridge stretches up to a height of
1500 feet.

Fig. 11.—Section across the Ridge of Mica-slate, showing the Drift

upon its Northern Slope opposite Bonskeid.
s. N.

XG lQl(lg6g5s NG GG SYM

1. Ordnance station (2015 ft.). 2. Boulders.
5. The River Tummel.

I descended the course of a small rivulet that joins the Tummel
opposite the House of Bonskeid, and which has cut through the earthy
covering in such a manner as to afford a good view of its structure.
Having an aneroid with me, I took measurements as I went along,
and found that the upper limit of the drift lay at an altitude of about
1520 feet. At 1494 feet it was 16 feet deep, resting on a smoothed
rock-surface showing grooves and strive pointing N. 20° to 30° W.
At 1424 feet the thickness had increased to 30 feet; and at 1005 feet
the drift reached a depth of 50 to 80 feet, resting on coarse gneiss,
showing parallel furrows and scratches pointing N. 70° W. It con-
tinued of considerable thickness for some distance further down; but
below 700 feet it almost entirely disappeared, as if it had been washed
away; and at 612 feet the loose water-rolled gravel made its appear-
ance, resting on some denuded remains of the drift, of which there
was a patch left some ten feet thick. This was 185 feet above the
bed of the Tummel at the mouth of the rivulet.

It will be remembered that the drift on the flank of Meal Uaine
was cut away at a similar height, and that water-rolled gravel made
its appearance there also a little beneath its lower limit. In these
instances, therefore, I think we have evidence that the drift has been
subjected to great denudation, and that in the water-rolled gravel we
have traces of some of the forces that effected it.

§ 3. At an elevation of 1485 feet, in a small rocky hollow in the
course of this stream, where the drift had mostly been removed, I
found the vertical sides of the rock fluted, grooved, and scratched
almost horizontally, the markings pointing due north.

1860. ] JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 363

These furrows were not quite horizontal, but sloped somewhat
with the inclination of the ridge, the north ends pointing down
towards the Tummel.

Land-ice sliding down the hill might give rise to these markings,
or floating ice coming from the north during the submergence of the
country; but no glacier moving down the Tummel could effect them,
as the direction of that valley is here E. and W.

Fig. 12.—Section across the Bed of the Stream, showing striw on the
vertical surface of the rock.
WwW. Stream, E,

1. The striz.

In the valley of the Tay at Aberfeldy, I noticed strie and grooves
on the gneiss below the drift, a short way up the banks of the stream
that gives rise to the well-known Falls of Moness. Now the direc-
tion of this stream is here almost N. and 8.; whereas the glacial
furrows pointed due W., conforming to the strike of the main valley
of the Tay.

With regard to the striated rock-surface beneath the great Pleis-
tocene bank on Meal Uaine, the direction of the grooves and furrows
also coincided with that of the main valley in that quarter, their
strike being N.W. and 8.E., transverse to the course of the little
rivulet, and also to the strike of the rocky strata, which is here N.
60° to 70° E., dipping almost vertically.

Sometimes these grooves ran horizontally along the face of the
humps of rock, which were much ground down and rounded off.
Where the strata were of coarse quality, the markings consisted of
rude scores and furrows ; while the harder, fine-grained quartz was
polished until it glanced again, with numerous fine, needle-like
scratches, coinciding in their general direction with the scores on the
coarse gneiss,

Now, as the situation of these markings in this case is in a deep
sheltered hollow, protected both to N. and 8. by protruding buttresses
of rock, it struck me forcibly that no floating iceberg could well have
effected them, for it would have grounded on these projecting ridges ;
while it seems further difficult to conceive how any large island of
ice could have approached at all from the N.W., so environed is the
spot by hills in that direction.

Altogether it seemed to me more like the action of a glacier that
had occupied the valley previous to the marine drift, and whose

plastic mass could adapt itself to all the sinuosities of the surface ;
2EzZ

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 15,

and such an agency seemed further indicated by the fact that the
erooves and striz on the vertical faces of the rock are seldom quite
horizontal, but very generally dip somewhat to the southward ; that
is to say, they slope with the valley. Again, it is evident that under
glacier-conditions this is precisely a spot where immense grinding
action would be exerted ; for the two Highland valleys of the Tum-
mel and the Garry here unite, so that there would be a convergence
of two great ice-streams at this point, hemmed into a narrow valley
by high ridges on either side.

Ascending the shoulder of this hill of Meal Uaine above the bed

, of drift previously described, I found the hard quartz-
ose strata along its western side remarkably rounded
off in many places, and ground down into smooth
bosses, while occasional boulders of porphyry and
granite lay here and there on the surface.

But what surprised me still more, on gaining the
top of the hill I found the stamp of the ice there as
vivid as in the ravine below. ‘The coarse, hard,
enarled gneiss that forms the scalp of the ridge
has all its angularities ground off, and is fluted with
long scooping depressions, across the seams of the
strata, and pointing N. 45° W. (N.B. These bear-
ings are all true, and not magnetic.) These fluted
portions are smoother than the rest of the surface,
although all is rounded off. This is on precisely
the highest point of the summit. Thinking that
there was still a possibility of these appearances
being due to structure, or other causes, I searched
about, and soon noticed other scores and furrows a
few yards lower down, pointing N. 40° W. Again,
60 feet below the summit, on the southern brow of
the hill, I came upon some surfaces showing the
most unmistakeable polish, strize, and scratches, to-
gether with scores and larger furrows, all parallel,
and also pointing N. 40° W. ‘The rock is here of
an extremely hard and tough nature, to which is
doubtless owing the preservation of these markings.

It thus appeared that the whole flank of the hill
is marked from top to bottom; for I had detected
these impressions at altitudes varying from 750 feet
up to the summit, which by aneroid measurement I
made 2095 feet high.

I have already said that the polish on the flank
of this hill underneath the drift strongly suggested
the idea of glacier-action; now as the striz and
furrows on the crest of the mountain are precisely
coincident in their direction, there is a presumption
that both are due to the same agency. If, then,
we adopt the instrumentality of a glacier, we are
driven to the admission that it must have been of

5. Level of the top of Meal Uaine.

Distance 10 miles.

MMMM

2

4. Ben Bhrackie (2800 ft.).

‘ig. 13.—Section along the Ridge of Mica-slate.
3. Meal Uaine (2095 ft.).

. Bed of the Tummel.

2

1, Farragon.

1860. | JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 365

altogether gigantic dimensions ; for after deducting 300 feet for the
bottom of the valley, we still have left 1800 feet to reach the top of
this Meal Uaine. If, again, we take refuge in the supposition of
floating ice, we must invoke a submergence of at least 2100 or 2200
feet ; for our iceberg must have some depth of water to swim in.

Here then is a dilemma, either raise the coast-line 2200 feet, or
fill up the valley with an ice-stream 1800 feet deep.

It is possible however that a glacier may have caused the markings
low down the hill, and floating ice those on the top ; although in this
case the coincidence of direction in the moving agent is singular, and
the fact of markings on the south brow of the hill also curious. It
is clear, however, that immense force must have been in operation ;
for the rock on the top is one of the most obdurate to be met with,
being a rugged gneiss full of quartz-veins. No force of water alone
could, I think, have left such a handwriting on stuff of this adaman-
tine texture.

The adjoining mountain, Ben Bhrackie, reaches a height of about
2800 feet ; and over its summit the rock is not thus rounded, but has
disintegrated into numerous blocks, that lie thickly all about.

This may perhaps be partly due to the different quality of the
strata, which are very hornblendic. However that may be, I did not
remark any smooth bosses of rock until I had descended the N.W.
slope to an elevation of about 2220 feet; but no grooves or glacial
furrows occurred to me.

Several miles to the west of this, near Hioch Vore, on the mica-
slate ridge before mentioned, I had observed, on one of its northern
slopes, at an altitude of about 2220 feet, a hump of the rock remark-
ably smoothed and ground down, and covered with parallel strize and
furrows pointing N. 70° to 80° W. and transverse to the laminie of
the strata.

§ 4. All along the northern slope of this ridge, from Meal Uaine at
one extremity, westward for ten miles to Hioch Vore at the other, I
had remarked many boulders of granite and porphyry at heights ex-
ceeding 2000 feet, the highest being one of granite, that lay at an
elevation of 2390 fect (by. aneroid). "These boulders seldom exceeded
two fect in diameter, and were generally smaller. The highest which
Thad noted on Meal Uaine was ‘at 1960 feet. They are also not un-
frequent in the high-lying drift along the north slope of these hills.

Now I examined the greater part of that ridge, crossed it at
several points, and walked along its crest for miles, but saw no indi-
cation anywhere of this granite or porphyry 7m situ. I think there-
fore I am justified in concluding that they have been carried to their
present position from a considerable distance; and knowing that
such rocks occur in the high mountains situated to the northward
(as, for instance, in those of Glen Tilt), I think it is further probable
that there lies the source from whence they have come.

But it is not at 2000 or even 2400 feet that we cease to find such
transported fragments, for in the Braemar district I met with them
much higher.

A remarkable instance of this occurred on the Hill of Morven, a

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, [Feb. 15,

few miles to the north of the village of Ballater. The average of
four different measurements makes the height of it 2953 feet above
the sea, the highest value being 3048. It stands many miles apart
from any hill of like elevation ; in fact, there is none so high within
ten miles; and it greatly surpasses any eminence to the N. and E.
between it and the sea. All the upper part of the mountain, so far
as I could ascertain, is composed of one sort of rock, which seems to
be a mixture of greenish hornblende and white felspar, showing no
stratification-lines. No gneiss, quartz-rock, or granite came under
my notice, although the last-mentioned rock occurs about its base.
The late Professor Macgillivray had, I find, examined the hill, and
pronounced it to be of hornblende-rock. It was therefore with no
small degree of wonder that I remarked several rounded boulders of
granite, together with some of quartzose gneiss or laminated quartz,
lying here and there on the western brow of the mountain ; and 1
traced them up to the very summit: one or two of them, indeed, are
built into the prop or cairn that marks the highest point. The
largest of these fragments did not exceed two feet in diameter.

This then is surely a most remarkable fact: for if we assign the
agency of floating ice for the transport of these boulders, perched up
here amongst the mist and Ptarmigan, we must admit a submergence
to the extent of 3000 feet ; and yet no other feasible theory has been
offered that can account for such facts.

Again, there is a hill close to the village of Braemar named Cairn-
a-Drochet, reaching an elevation of 2703 feet, according to Mr.
Robertson, author of a large map of Aberdeenshire ; while an aneroid
measurement of my own made it 2655. Seventy yards to the north
of the cairn that marks the summit, and at a level 20 feet lower,
there sits a block of coarse red granite 12 feet in length; while
many boulders of the same kind are scattered all around. Now the
upper part of this hill is chiefly composed of quartzose gneiss, inter-
sected with dikes and masses of felspar-porphyry ; and although
granite also occurs 7 situ a short way down the hill, yet it is of a
different quality from this block, containing a much smaller propor-
tion of quartz, while the felspar is of a paler tint ; and upon the whole
J think it likely that this block and many of the other boulders near
it have been derived from the mountains to the north, the granite
of which is identical in character. Still I do not mean to press this
too strongly, but would only remark that the fragments of quartz,
felspar-porphyry, and granite on the flat top of this hill are mingled
together in such a way as to indicate exposure to some shifting
agency, as if they had been washed about together while under water.
The felspar-fragments are mostly small and angular, the quartz often
partially rounded, and those of the granite frequently quite rounded.

The only other instance of high-lying fragments, apparently trans-
ported from a distance, that I shall here adduce, relates to a moun-
tain called Ben Uarn More (3589 feet). It forms the culminating
peak of the great ridge that divides the shires of Aberdeen and Perth,
and is composed of quartz-rock, showing a laminated structure. No
other rock oecurred tome as I clambered up the steep northern slope ;

1860. ] JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE, 367

but I observed here and there, as I went along, fragments of a
peculiar kind of porphyry that I had met with 7m situ on a lower
ridge to the northward. ‘These fragments continued to occur,
although very sparingly, high up on the shoulder of the mountain ;
but on the very top I looked some time for them in vain. A prop
or cairn on the summit, apparently the work of the Ordnance
Surveyors, showed nought but quartz, the sharply angular débris of
which strewed the protruding edges of the strata, clothed here and
there with a carpet of fine soft moss, the last stunted patch of heather
having failed considerably lower down. A single Alpine Hare was
the only living creature I saw on this lone mountain. Searching
about amongst the quartz-débris I did, however, find, on the very top
of the hill, a small lump or two of the same porphyry ; and other frag-
ments of it occurred as I descended the shoulder of the mountain.
Although a dike of this porphyry may run through some part of the
hill, yet I think I may safely say it does not appear on the very crest ;
for, owing to the absence of vegetation on the sterile siliceous rock,
the strata are so bare that I could scarcely have missed seeing it:
and if any vein of it did occur, its fragments ought to be much more
numerous ; for, as I have mentioned, it was only after some scrutiny
that I could detect some two or three pieces. I question, indeed,
whether any such porphyry now exists at so high an elevation in this
part of Scotland.

Perhaps the most probable supposition with regard to these and
other like cases is, that ridges of the absent rock may have originally
existed at greater heights, and that such fragments have been
scattered about during the denudation that has gone on in earlier
geological periods. Still, looking at the numerous instances of high-
lying boulders that have undoubtedly been transported during the
Pleistocene epoch, we cannot help speculating on the probability of
these also having been lodged where they now lie during the same
period.

And in connexion with this I may here remark that I found no
foreign fragments on the tops of the granite mountains of the Ben
Muic Dhui group that attain elevations approaching 4000 feet and
upwards. Some of these I examined narrowly with this especial
view, particularly the extensive table-like summit of Ben-a-Buird,
where I thought, if anywhere, they might be found. But nothing
met the eye save granite blocks and granite sand, with occasional
pieces of white quartz, veins of which are common in these mountains,

§ 5. One circumstance struck me as worthy of notice in reference to
the dispersion of blocks from these granite hills. They le in a great
cluster on the north side of the River Dee; while to the south of its
valley rises a chain of quartz mountains of considerable magnitude,
intersected by numerous glens. On the theory, then, of a transport
due to floating ice urged by a current from the north, it was to be
expected that many of these granite blocks would pass across the
valley on their ice-rafts, and be arrested on the higher parts of this
quartz chain immediately opposite. Accordingly, in traversing some
of the principal members of the group, viz. the Glas Meal, Cairmn-na-

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Feb. 15,

Clasha, Ben Uarn More, and Gelly Cairn, I kept a constant look-out
for granite boulders, and was much surprised to find none (not even
one) on any of these hills, nor, as far as I remember, in the glens
between them, of which I traversed Glen Cluny, Glen Ey, Glen
Conny, and Glen Kristy. On the large mass of the Glas Meal I
noticed many boulders that presented a reddish granitic aspect ; but
on breaking them up, found them to be of a felspathic porphyry
quite different from the coarse red granite of the Ben Muic Dhut
group. It was only towards the mouth of Glen Ky that I noticed
some of granite. Now this is very remarkable on the supposition
that the blocks have been transported by floating ice, but would be
quite intelligible on a glacier-theory ; for large boulders from these
mountains are numerous in the valley of the Dee, and in the glens
and hills on the north side of that valley to the eastward of the
eranite-masses. It is possible then, and perhaps probable, that the
land-ice has played a considerable part in the conveyance of the
larger erratic blocks from many of our mountains, although I am far
from restricting their transport entirely to such means.

That there had been an extensive development of glaciers and
land-ice previous to the marine drift is, I think, likely from various
considerations. The absence of all earlier tertiary deposits, and the
fact of the drift resting so generally on the polished and striated
surface of the old rocks, without the interposition of any other beds,
bespeaks something singular in the previous history of the surface.

No trace of lacustrine mud, fluviatile gravel, or buried forests,
testifies the pre-existence of ordinary land-conditions; and it is
almost inconceivable that any advance of the sea, whether gradual
or sudden, could have so utterly annihilated all trace of these, espe-
cially in the inland valleys, where the waters would have assumed
the character of quiet sea-lochs, such as now indent the west coast of
Scotland. But if we assume a long period of land-ice, with glaciers
grinding down along the valleys for ages, and sludgy sheets of ice, like
those of Greenland, overspreading the rest of the surface, the absence
of all such remains becomes more intelligible. And when we further
consider that the character of the Mollusea of the English Crag-
formations indicates clearly a progressive diminution of temperature
previous to the marine drift (as is so well brought out by the
abstract of Mr. Wood’s labours drawn up by Sir Charles Lyell in
the Supplement to the last edition of his ‘ Elements of Geology’), we
have some warrant for concluding that such may have really been
the case.

The unstratified boulder-earth that occurs beneath the marine beds
of the Clyde and other districts may therefore, under this view, be
glacier-débris or moraine-matter levelled by the advancing sea-waters
of the drift-period. The immense profusion of transported blocks
and striated pebbles in many localities is more favourable to the idea
of glacier-action than of floating ice (for in some localities almost every
pebble is striated), as is also the pell-mell and hodge-podge mixture
of the fragments in the earthy mass. I have likewise shown that
the polished rock-surface beneath the drift is in certain cases almost

1860. | JAMIESON—DRIFT, ABERDEENSHIRE. 369

inexplicable by floating ice, but perfectly accordant with glacier-
action. Again, there are localities where the blocks have been carried
northwards, as was shown by Sir R. Griffith with regard to those
proceeding from the Ox Mountains in Iveland (Brit. Assoc. Report,
1843, Sect., p. 41),—a circumstance opposed to the idea of a south-
ward-drifting marine current. And in districts where the marine
drift is charged with remains of Arctic Mollusca, it would appear that
there is very often a considerable thickness of unstratified boulder-
earth beneath it, which is quite destitute of the slightest trace of
marine fossils, but studded thick with striated boulders and pebbles,
like the matter of a moraine.

The many instances I have adduced of high-lying stratified drift
and transported boulders at elevations exceeding 2000 feet, indicate
an almost total submersion of the country; and the observations of
geologists in many other parts of Britain tend to the same conclusion.

The late My. Trimmer, who had paid much attention to the English
Pleistocene, inferred from his many observations that almost all
England had been covered (Journal of Geol. Soc. vii. p. 26); while
the researches of Professor Ramsay in Wales point to a similar result
for that region (¢bid. vill. p. 372). Mr. Darwin, likewise, reasoning
from the presence of a large syenitic boulder on the top of Ashley
Heath in Staffordshire, and from other facts, decided that the whole
of that region was, at the period of floating ice, deeply submerged
(Ed. New Phil. Journ. xxxii. p. 3852). Professor Phillips, in like
manner, finds proof that every part of Yorkshire below the level of
1500 feet was covered by the waters of the same glacial sea (Brit.
Assoc. Report, 1853, Sect., p. 54). And I might go on to quote the
many instances of high-lying boulders in the south of Scotland ad-
duced by Maclaren, Chambers, Nicol, and others: while in the west
the same occurs ; for Mr. Darwin, in his account of the Parallel Roads
of Glen Roy (Phil. Trans. 1839), mentions haying observed boulders
of granite on Ben Erin up to an altitude of 2200 feet. And I may
here mention, generally, that in the Highlands of Perthshire and
Aberdeenshire I found the presence of far-travelled boulders at
heights exceeding 2000 feet by no means uncommon,—that, indeed, it
was rare to find any extensive ridge without them. The above
shows that this great submergence was not local, but general over
Great Britain.

§ 6. There are only some dozen or so of hills in England, Wales,
and Ireland that rise above 3000 feet; and the highest of them all,
Snowdon, falls short of Ben Uarn More, where I noticed the trans-
ported fragments of porphyry. Without, however, meaning to lay
much stress on such isolated cases, I think the tendency of the
evidence points to an extent of submergence during the drift-period
that must have quite extinguished all the larger Mammalia ; and, as
no upper limit has yet been established, perhaps it may have been
so complete as to annihilate all terrestrial life in these islands,

In the central Highlands of Braemar the higher mountains are
generally remarkable for tremendous precipices on their sides, most
frequently on their eastern flanks. Some of these stupendous cliffs

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 15,

rear a perpendicular front of 1000 or even 1500 feet, as at Lochnagar
and Cairntoul; and it will be found that their base is frequently at an
altitude of 2200 to 2500 feet. Wandering along these lofty walls
of granite, the thought sometimes struck me that in them I saw the
ancient sea-cliffs of this glacial sea, and that here its chill waves were
staid. Afterwards, on looking over the beautiful plates of Professor
Forbes’s book on Norway and its Glaciers, I was impressed with the
resemblance of some of the scenes along that iron-bound coast to the
rocks and corries of these Highland mountains.
In order to obviate the objections that naturally arise against such
a change of level as I have hinted having taken place in a geo-
logical period comparatively so recent, I may call to mind that the
marine Pliocene of Sicily rises 3000 feet above the present coast-line ;
and further, that Sir Roderick Murchison and other eminent geologists
invoke a like change of level for the Alps (Geol. Journ. vi. p. 66).
The conclusions which I have above drawn might lead to a very
interesting inquiry as to how the present flora and fauna overspread
the country ; for there can be little doubt that their introduction, as a
whole, dates from the close of the marine-drift-period. But this would
be quite beyond the scope of the present paper ; and I shall only point
out how highly desirable it is that a clear distinction should be made
between the group of Mammalia of the period antecedent to the
drift from that of the period which followed it in this country: for it
would seem to be the case that the two assemblages, although both
geologically of recent date, are yet severed by a long stretch of time.
§ 7. Combining the observations of this and my former paper,
I am inclined to think that the following course of events may be
descried in the Pleistocene history of Scotland.
1st. A period when the country stood as high, or greatly higher
than at present, with an extensive development of glaciers and
land-ice, which polished and striated the subjacent rocks, trans-
ported many of the erratic blocks, destroyed the pre-existing
alluvium, and left much boulder-earth in various places.
2nd. To this succeeded a period of submergence, when the sea
gradually advanced until almost the whole country was covered.
This was the time of the marine drift with floating ice. The
beds with arctic shells also belong to it; and some of the brick-
clays are probably but the fine mud of the deeper parts of the
same sea-bottom.
8rd. The land emerged from the water, during which the preceding
drift-beds suffered much denudation, giving rise to the extensive
superficial accumulations of water-rolled gravel that now over-
spread much of the surface. This movement continued until
the land attained a higher position than it now has, and became
connected with the continent of Europe: its various islands
were probably also more or less in conjunction. The present
assemblage of animals and plants gradually migrated hither
from adjoining lands. Glaciers may have still formed in favour-
able places, but probably never regained their former extension.
4th. The land sank again until the sea in most places reached a

1860.] JAMIESON—CRAG, ABERDEENSHIRE. 371

height of from 30 to 40 feet above the present tide-mark.
Patches of forest-ground were submerged along the coast. The
clays and beds of silt, forming the “‘ carses ”’ of the Forth, Tay,
and other rivers, were accumulated, as well as the post-ter-
tiary beds described by Mr. Smith of Jordanhill (Trans. Geol.
Soc. vol. vi. p. 153), the shells of which agree with those of our
present seas. -

5th. An elevation at length took place, by which the land attained
its present level. As Mr. Smith has shown (see Werner. Soe.
Memoirs, vill. p. 57), this probably occurred before the Roman
invasion ; but that Man had previously got into the country
appears from the fact of the elevated beds of silt near Glasgow
containing overturned and swamped canoes with stone imple-
ments (see Brit. Assoc. Report, 1855, Sect., p. 80).

On the Occurrence of Cra Srrara beneath the BoutpEr-cLay in
ABERDEENSHIRE, By T. F. Jamreson, Esq.

; (Communicated by Sir Roderick I. Murchison, V.P.G:S., &c.]

[Read June 13, 1860, but, by permission of the Council, printed here in asso-
ciation with the foregoing paper, which has reference to the same district. ]

In the parishes of Slains and Cruden (see Map, p. 348) we have beds
apparently of the same age as the English Crag formation. They
consist of stratified sand and gravel underneath the boulder-clay,
and reposing upon the old rocks of the district. I need not enter
into any description of the locality in which these deposits occur, nor
of their general character, as these will be found detailed in a paper
on the Pleistocene of Aberdeenshire, which the Geological Society
did me the honour of printing in the 14th volume of their Journal
(see pp. 522-525).

I had even at that time some suspicion of their Crag character,
from their position below the boulder-clay, and, further, from the
total absence of any glacial striee or polish upon the pebbles: but I
have since then made a close search amongst the comminuted shell-
fragments that are everywhere sparingly scattered through the mass ;
and it is from the character of these, combined with the geological
position of the strata, that I infer the age to be probably that of
either the Red or the Mammaliferous Crag of England.

I have upwards of a score of hinge-fragments which I can safely
refer to the Cyprina rustica or Venus rustica of Sowerby’s ‘ Mineral
Conchology ’—a shell which is unknown in the drift-beds, and which,
so far as | am aware, has been found only in the Crag; likewise a
few fragments of the Fusus contrarius, another Crag form.

The prevailing species of Pecten, so far as T can judge from the small
pieces I have collected, is the Crag variety of P. opercularis, viz. P.
opercularis, var. Audouini. Some of the species of Astarte appear
also to belong to A. Omaliv; and the only specimen of Purpura is
a Crag variety of P. lapillus (viz. P. lapillus, var. incrassata of 8.

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Wood), allied in appearance to P. tetragona (otherwise Murex alveo-
latus).

The following is a list of the shells, so far as I have been able to
decipher them from their broken and water-worn fragments :—

Cyprina rustica. Not very uncommon.

C. Islandica. Very common, being the most plentiful shell of the

deposit.

Astarte. Apparently several species; but the condition of the
fragments renders their identification difficult.

Venus. Apparently of more than one species; but, judging from
the hinge-pieces, V. casina is the most common.

Artemis lincta. A few fragments.

Cardium. Not uncommon, and of more than one species, some of
them of large size.

Pecten. Several species. The most common, so far as I can
make out from the remains, seems to have been P. opercularas,
var. Audouint. One small bit looks ike P. maawimus, while
the ribbing of another is more lke that of P. princeps.

Pectunculus glycimeris. Common; and it seems to have attamed
a good size.

Tellina solidula. Of some specimens sent to Mr. 8. P. Woodward
two years ago, he wrote me, “ There are two specimens of the
Tellina of unusual thickness. Mr. M‘Andrew would scarcely
believe it this species (7. solidula) ; but it is like no other.”

Mya, apparently M. truncata. One or two pieces.

Fusus antiquus. Not very uncommon.

F. antiquus, var. contrarius. Three or four fragments.

Mangeha, like M. turricola, but distinct. One specimen.

Purpura lapillus, var. incrassata of 8. Wood. One specimen.

Besides these, I have fragments of other species which I have not

yet been able to identify. The whole of those above enumerated are
found in the Crag of England; while the character of the group is
different from the usual assemblage met with in the drift-beds of
this part of Scotland. For instance, Pecten Islandicus is the only
Pecten | have found in the drift; and none of the fragments from’
these supposed Crag beds appear to belong to it. We miss also
Tellina proxima, Natica, and other common drift-shells.
_ The materials of the strata are all very much water-worn, and
indicate long rolling about in ashallow sea. The shells have suffered
similar treatment, and are accordingly so broken and worn as to
render their identification very difficult. I have gathered hundreds
of fragments, but have never yet got one perfect specimen. Some of
the pieces are filled with a hard stony crust ; and occasionally indu-
rated calcareous nodules are met with full of comminuted shells.
Owing to the covering of drift, however, the beds are very badly
exposed; but the mass in many places reaches a thickness of 30 or
AO feet, and in some cases a good deal more.

If I am right in referring this sand and gravel to the age of
the Crag, it will throw some light upon the origin of our chalk-flints ;

JAMIESON—CRAG, ABERDEENSHIRE. 373

for, as flints are common in these beds, it would show that they could
not have been drifted hither during the glacial period, but must haye
existed in the district before.

In addition to the flints, these so-called Crag beds contain great
quantities of imestone-fragments, apparently derived from secondary
strata, and unlike any rock I have seen hereabouts. Some of them
are of a yellow, others of a smoke-grey colour; they are of a tough,
compact, earthy texture, and often finely laminated. Organic remains
are rare in them, but do occur. A day or two ago I struck open a
cast of a Terebratula m one, and asmall elongated species of Mytilus,
and have seen the impression of a little Fish inanother. The aspect
of the Terebratula suggests a Permian age; and the general character
of the fragments altogether seems to resemble that of the Magnesian
limestone. Where they came from, however, is a mystery.

There are also many fragments of red and grey sandstones—all
whispering, as it were, of some great denudation that has taken place
in the surrounding region.

P.S. [September 24th, 1860.|—Since the above was written, Mr.
Searles Wood, whose monograph on the Mollusca of the Crag has
associated his name so indissolubly with that subject, has done me
the favour of examining the fragments which I had collected from
these beds. He agrees with me in thinking that, altogether, they
have decidedly a ‘“‘ Crag” aspect; and, ‘on the whole,” he says,
“7 think you are justified in assuming that the Red Crag sea ex-
tended itself into your neighbourhood.”

Mr. Wood has also identified the following additions to the above
list of Mollusca :-—

Nassa reticosa, var. rugosa. ‘ A truly characteristic fossil of the
Red Crag.”

Pholas. Several fragments.

Glycimeris? Two fragments.

I would fain say a word or two as to the probable cause of the
.preservation of this patch of Crag; for the thickness of the mass
shows it to be the remnant of a more widely spread deposit ; and it
is remarkable that not a trace of it is seen in the adjoining valley of
the Ythan. There must, therefore, have been some peculiar reason
why it was left here only and nowhere else. Now, I have fre-
quently remarked that the locality is one that during a glacial epoch
would be singularly out of the way of the movement of land-ice
under the most frigid climate that could be supposed, and one also
remarkably secure from the destructive effects of off-rushing water
during movements of upheaval. I cannot, therefore, avoid thinking
that its preservation may have been due to this favourable position
during the vicissitudes of the Drift-period.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[ Feb. 29,

Frsruary 17, 1860.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
| For the Reports of the Council, &c., see the commencement of this volume. |

Fersrvary 29, 1860.

William Smith, Esq., C.E., Salisbury Street, Adelphi; and C. A.
Sanceau, Esq., F.C.8., Blackpool, Lancashire, were elected Fellows.

The following communication was read :—

On the Zone of AvicuLs contorta, and the LowrrR Lias of the Sourm
oF Enetanp. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D., F.R.S.E., and F.G.S.

CONTENTS.

§ I. Introduction.

Boundary of the Avicula contorta beds and the Lower Lias.

§ II. The Zone of Avicula contorta.

Section at Garden Cliff.
Section at Wainlode Cliff.
Section at Coombe Hill.
Section at Bushley.
Section at Aust Cliff.
Section at Penarth Cliff.
Section at Uphill.

Section at Watchet.
Section at Beer-Crocomb.

§ ILI. The Lower Lias.

1. The Zone of Ammonites pla-
norbis.

Sections in Somersetshire, at
Street, &c.

Sections in Worcestershire, Glou-
cestershire,and Warwickshire,
at Brockeridge, Strensham,
Binton, &e.

Lithology of the Am. planorbis
beds, at Brockeridge, Up-
Lyme, Pinhay, &e.

Localities of the Am. planorbis
beds.

Fossils of the Am. planorbis
beds.

2. The Zone of Ammonites Buck-
landi, or Lima-beds.

In Gloucestershire and Somer-
set, at Saltford, &e.

At Lyme Regis.

On the coast of Glamorganshire.

§ IV. Conclusion.

Section at Culverhole.

Section at Abbot’s Park, Staf-
fordshire.

Sections in Warwickshire, at
Wilmcote, &e.

Fossils of the Avicula contorta
zone.

Equivalent of the Bone-bed in
the North of Ireland.

Fossils of the Am. Bucklandi
zone.
3. The Zone of Ammonites Turnert.
In Gloucestershire and War-
wickshire.
In Dorsetshire.
Fossils of the Am. Turner? zone.

. 4. The Zone of Ammonites obtusus.

In Gloucestershire and War-
wickshire.

In Dorsetshire.

Fossils of the Am. obtusus zone.

5. The Zone of Ammonites oxy-
notus; in Gloucestershire,
Dorsetshire, and Yorkshire.

Fossils of the Am. oxynotus
zone.

6. The Zone of Ammonites raricos-
tatus; at Cheltenham, Lyme
Regis, and Robin Hood’s Bay.

Fossils of Am. raricostatus zone.

§ I. Introduction—Although the Liassic formation of England
and Wales attains a development equal in many respects to that of

1860. ] WRIGHT-——LIAS AND BONE-BED. 375

the Lias in any other land, both as regards the sequence of its different
zones of life, the richness of their faunas, and the fine preservation of
the animal remains contained therein, still the stratigraphical rela-
tions of these subdivisions, with the range and distribution of the
species in time and space, have not received from English palzonto-
logists that measure of attention bestowed by the geologists of
the Continent on the Lias of their respective countries. In conse-
quence of this neglect, the correlation of many of our Liassic beds
with others of the same age on the Continent of Europe has not been
satisfactorily made out, and requires re-examination.

Having during the summer of 1859 made excursions to several of
the most typical localities in the counties of Warwick, Gloucester,
Glamorgan, Somerset, and Dorset, with the view to determine the
stratigraphical relations of certain beds of the Lower Lias containing
Echinodermata, I had the satisfaction of discovering, in this search,
the true position of the Saurian-bearing beds at Street and their
relation to the Ammonitiferous beds of the Lias, and finding the
Avicula contorta beds,—the equivalent of the Upper St. Cassian
beds and “ Késsener Schichten,’’ which have so long engaged the
attention of foreign geologists, thus establishing important paleeonto-
logical correlations with a series of Continental deposits,—the Késsen
strata, of great interest in both Triassic and Jurassic geology.

Boundary of the Avicula contorta beds and the Lower Lias.—In
the zone of Avicula contorta I include all the black shales with
their interstratified sandstones, limestones, and Bone-beds which lie
between the grey, green, and red marls of the Keuper, and the lowest
Ostrea beds in the zone of Ammonites planorbis ; and in the Lower
Lias I include all the marls, clays, and limestones lying between the
Ostrea beds at the base of the zone of Ammonites planorbis, and the
clays containing Ammonites raricostatus, and the upper beds of the
same zone, charged with Hippopodium ponderosum, Gryphea ob-
hiqua, and Cardinia Listeri.

In the Table at p. 376, I have arranged the zone of Avicula contorta
with the different zones of the Lower Lias, and, in parallel columns,
have added the designations by which some of these groups are
distinguished by British geologists.

|TABLE, over.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

The Avicula contorta beds and the Subdivisions of the Lower Lias
proposed in this Memoir, compared with the Classification of the
same strata adopted by other British geologists.

Sir H. De la lev Ww. Cony-
Beche’s ‘ Section! beare’s ‘ Geo-

Ammonite-zones Sir R. Murchison’s at Lyme Regis,’ | logy of En-
adopted in this ‘Geology of Cheltenham.’ Geol. Trans. 2 ser.) gland and
Memoir. vol, ii. | Wales.” Wales.’

Zone of Hippopodium- ) \
AMMONITES bed.
raricostatus.| | Cardinia-bed. |
Zone of
_| AMMONITES
&| OXYNoTUus. Lower Lias| | Upper Marl | | Upper
A Shales (in (in part). | } Marls.
Zone of part).
eS Ammonites | } Ammonite-bed.
| OBTUSUS. | |
(e)
4 Zone of
m| Ammonites | |
| Turner. |) )
SI
Zone of Plagiostoma- | Blue Lias.
ae beds. Limestone. liqnesaianae
: Beds
Zone of Saurian-beds. Lower Lias} White Lias.
AMMONITES Insect-lime- \ Limestones
PLANORBIS, stone. and Shales.
Zone of Bone-bed. Lower Marl.}| Lower

=e AVICULA CON- Marls.
Ai} TorTA (wpper
= part of the
t¢| Krurer).

New Red
Red or Keuper Marls. Red Marl. Sandstone.

§ Il. Tue Zone or AvicvLA ConToRTA.

Von Buch, “Schicht mit Gervillien auf der Gruber Alp am Setz-
berge in den bayr. Alpen,”’ Denkschr. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin,
Jahrg. 1828, p. 82. Alberti, “‘ Versteimerungsreicher Sandstein von
Tibingen,” 1834. Strickland, “ Caleareous Sandstone with Pectens,
and White Micaceous Sandstone with bivalve shells,” Proceedings of
the Geological Society, 1842, vol. iii. p.586. Portlock, “ Shale ’’ with
Avicula contorta, and “loose gritty marl” containing Pecten Valoni-
ensis, Report on Geology of Londonderry (1848), pp.126,127. Brodie,
“«« Pecten-bed,”’ Fossil Insects of the Secondary Rocks (1845), p. 58.
Quenstedt, ‘“‘Gelbe Sandsteine,” Flozgebirge Wiirttembergs, 1846.
Emmerich, “ Gervillien-Schichten,” Neues Jahrbuch, 1849, p. 437,

1860. ] WRIGHT—LIAS AND BONE-BED. 377

Schafhiutl, “Schiefergebilde der Wetzsteinformation mit Gervillien,”
Geognost. Untersuch. siidbayrischen Alpengebirges, 1851. Von
Hauer, ‘ Koéssener-Schichten,” Jahrbuch der k. k. geologischen
Reichsanstalt, 1853, p. 733. Escher, “‘ Oberes St. Cassian,”’ Geolo-
gische Bemerkungen iiber Voralberg, 1853. Giimbel, ‘Gervillien-
(Kossener-) Schichten in der Griinten,’’ Geognostische Skizze, 1856.
Oppel and Suess, ‘‘ Kossener-Schichten,” 1856, Sitzungsber. Akadem.
Wissenschaft. Wien, vol. xxi. p. 535. Oppel, “‘ Késsener-Schichten,”’
1857, ibid. vol. xxvi. p. 7; “ Bone-bed,”’ Juraformation (1856),
pp. 16 & 290. Winkler, ‘‘ Die Schichten der Avicula contorta inner-
und ausserhalb der Alpen,” 1859. Oppel, “Die Zone der Avicula
contorta,’ Wirttemberg naturw. Jahreshefte, 1859, p. 315. Lyell,
“ Infra-lassic Strata of Austrian Alps,” Supplement to the Manual
of Geology, 5th edit.,1857. Suess, “‘Késsener-Schichten,’’ Ueber die
Brachiopoden, &c., 1854. Jules Martin, “ Infra-Lias” (pars), Pa-
léontologie stratigraphique de I’ Infra-Lias du Département de la Cote-
d’Or, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 2° série, vol. vil. 1860.

The Avicula contorta beds, as proved by the list of synonyms pre-
fixed to this section, haye for thirty years engaged the attention of
geologists, who, after much discussion as to their true place in the
series, are still divided in opinion as to whether they ought to be con-
sidered the upper portion of the Keuper or the basement-beds of the
lias. It is now generally admitted that the facies of the fauna of the
Avicula contorta beds has more affinities with the Késsener-Schichten
of the Tyrol and the Upper St. Cassian beds of Germany than with
the true Lias; and I shall demonstrate that most of the species of
Radiata, Mollusca, and Fishes found in the Avicula contorta beds are
special to them, and do not pass into the Lias.

At one time the Upper St. Cassian beds were considered to belong
to the Trias, and the Fishes found therein were registered by Agassiz
as Triassic; whilst the Conchifera were remarked to have many affi-
nities with species found in the Muschelkalk. <A better acquaint-
ance with the fauna of the St. Cassian and the Késsen beds has
proved, however, that most of the leading species in these formations
are found in the Avicula contorta beds, and that in fact they all
belong to one zone of life which lies upon the confines of the Keuper
and the Lias formations, having a common boundary-line in the
sandstones and shales below that remarkable stratum the Bone-bed,
which has been found to occupy the same relative position in the
Avicula contorta series of England, France, Luxemburg, Germany, the
Tyrol, and the Jura,

In all these countries it contains portions of the same species of
Fishes, and probably of Reptiles, under similar fragmentary con-
ditions, forming a true Bone-breccia,

Section at Garden Cliff—The following section of Garden Cliff on
the Severn, near Westbury, affords the best exposition of the Avicula
contorta beds in Gloucestershire ; and as each stratum rises 1n succes-
sion by the river-bank, it can be examined and measured with great
exactness, ‘This section differs in many important points from others
which have been published by previous observers, as those of De la

VOL. XVI,—PART I. 2F

378

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[Feb. 29,

Beche and Brodie; but, as I have had the pleasure of examining this
section lately in company with my friends Messrs. J. Jones and Lucy,
of Gloucester, whose observations entirely agree with my own, I feel
more confidence in the accuracy of the details here given, after their
having been tested by three different observers.

Section of the Avicula contorta beds at Garden Oliff near Westbury-
on-Severn.

No

ot

12.
13.

16.

from 2° to 4°.

. Greyish shaly clay...from.1 ft. to 2
. The Estheria-bed; a light-grey

. Dark shaly clay ;

. Dark shale; containing many

) Black shales)... .ccedasccusesecoeee

yep lacksshall oy meecncceeekceere reer 2
. A band of grit resembling No.

(The beds are described in descending order.)

: Lirnooey. ft. in.
. The Ostrea-bed; a hard, dark-
grey, argillaceous Lias lime-
stone ; many shells on the sur-

PACER SAU tise kenoeesetiseisesiiiasige 0 4

. Greyish clay ...... from | ft. to 2 0

3. The Monotis-bed; a cream-co-

loured,
limestone

argillaceous, fissile
aeabaatios from 4 in. to 0

nodular limestone, in parts
shelly ; forming a prominent
band in the cliff’

. Dark friable shale; containing

many fossiliferous seams: 8 ft.
to 10

containing

many compressed. shells

seams of compressed shells ... 4

. The Pecten-bed; a dark argil-

laceous limestone

ob

. The Bone-bed; a thin band of

greyish calcareo-siliceous rock;
containing osseous débris and
much pyrites. A true bone-
breccia

Dark-grey micaceous sandstone ;
ripple-marked on the upper
surface ; forming a prominent
bed in the cliff; large slabs lie
on the shore ............ 9 in. to 1

13; containing scales and teeth

and much pyrites ...............
Hard black shale...............605
Grey marls of the Keuper.

4
0

OreGanic REmAIns.
Ostrea liassica, Strickl., Modiola mi-
nima, Sow., Cardium, n.sp.
(This bed is one of the lowest of the
Ammonites planorbis series.)

The Monotis-bed contains Monotis
decussata, Goldf., in great profu-
sion in the upper lamin; and in
the lower, Myacites musculotdes,
Schl.(?), Cardium Rheticum, Mer.,
Modiola minima, Sow., Monotis
decussata, and Ostrea liassica.

The Hstheria-bed contains in some
part nests of Lstheria minuta,

Bronn. In the shelly portions I
have found Pectcen Valoniensis,
Defr.

Many small compressed Conchifera,
which have not been determined.

Pullastra.

Pecten Valoniensis, Defr., numerous
and compressed.

Fossils rare: bodies resembling Co-
prolites.

Bones of Saurians and Fishes, teeth
of Reptiles, teeth of Fishes, as
Saurichthys, Acrodus, Hybodus,
and Ceratodus, with many Copro-
lites.

Avicula contorta, Portl., Cardium

Rheticum, Mer., Pullastra areni-
cola, Strickl., and Modiola minuta,
~ Goldf.

Bones, scales, and teeth of Fishes,
Puilastra arenicola.

Bodies resembling Coprolites.

The beds are all conformable, and dip to the S.E. at angles varying
The Keuper Marls are well exposed in the Cliff, with

1860. } ; WRIGHT—LIAS AND BONE-BED, 379

a thickness of above 80 feet. When this section is lit up by the sun’s
rays, and seen at a distance of two miles, it has a most beautifully
picturesque appearance from the varied colouring of its different
beds.

Section at Wainlode Cliff—W ainlode Cliff on the Severn, between
Gloucester and Tewkesbury, affords a similar section of the same
beds, the details of which have been already published by the late
Mr. H. E. Strickland in his paper on the Bristol Bone-bed*, and by
the Rev. P. B. Brodie in his work on Fossil Insects?. The following
abstract will enable the reader to correlate the strata at Wainlode with
those at Garden Cliff.

Section at Wainlode Cliff.

ft. in.
1. Thin beds of Lias-limestone, alternating with beds of clays
and marls, and having quite near the top a band of hard
las-limestone; the Ostrea-bed, with Ostrea liassica,

Strickl., and Modiola minima, Sow. .............. 22 0
2, Hard, greyish, slaty bed, containing scales and teeth of

Fishes (Gyrolepis, Hybodus, and Saurichthys) ...... Oeruk

ao: Wark-coloured slaty clay “fsi.0) foes eles eee ean 1-76
4, The Pecten-bed; a dark-coloured, pyritic, calcareous
sandstone, containing Pecten Valoniensis, Defr., in con-
siderable numbers, Avicula contorta, Portl., and two

Guier Species Of shells 7 c5 so cs ote os bel Heele's oe 0 4

Poe Darks lnmminaied clay vi sou arvc ks Wiser s Sree eared a @
6. The Bone-bed; a dark, hard, pyritic sandstone, contain-
ing bones, scales, and teeth of Gyrolepis, Hybodus, and
Saurichthys, imbedded in a light-coloured sandstone, in
which are abundance of Pullastra arenicola, Strickl.,

BUC AU CONLOTHE, EOFs tae se ee ee eee ne aks 3

Pa EIACRARALGN sy eect cir inuil Suet ertet easly a > 0

8. Light-greenish marl, breaking into angular fragments.. 23 0

9. Red marl, with bands of a greenish colour .......... 42 0

[The beds dip very slightly to the south. |
100 2

Coombe Hill_—On lowering the road to the canal which passes
through the low escarpment formed by the junction of the Lias and
Red Marl at Coombe Hill, near Cheltenham, and 34 miles north-east
of Wainlode Hill, the Avicula contorta beds were cut through, and
a considerable quantity of the Bone-bed was obtained. The late
Mr. Dudfield of Tewkesbury made a large collection of specimens of
the Bone-bed from this cutting, and the late Mr. H. E. Strickland
gave a detailed section in his papert on this subject. Beneath
22 feet of Lias-clays, the following beds were found :—

ft. in.

Dark, impure, pyritic limestone 0 6 With Pecten Valoniensis and Pul-
lastra.

* Proc. of the Geol. Soe. vol. iii. p. 586.
+ Fossil Insects of the Secondary Rocks, p. 58.

t Proc. of the Geol. Soc, vol. iii. p, 585. us
aF 4.

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

ft. in.
Black laminated clay ............ 8 0 Apparently unfossiliferous,
Hard, greyish, pyritic limestone 0 2 With bivalve shells, undetermined.
Black laminated clay ............ 1 O Unfossiliferous.
Greyish sandstone ............... 0 2 With Pullastra arenicola.
Black laminated clay ............ 1 6 Unfossiliferous.
Bonle=bede 2. ste csseuhavecseacsesss 3 0 1 With teeth of Saurichthys, Acrodus,
and Hybodus; scales of Gyrolepis;
Saurian bones; and Coprolites.
Black laminated clay ............ 3.6
Greenish, angular, Keuper
MNATIGE sengecscansasce arenas ace 25 0

Bushley.—Another intersection of the low escarpment, formed by
the junction of the Lias with the Red Marl, on the Ledbury Road
near Bushley, exposed a similar section to the preceding. The
Pecten Valonensis bed was underlain by 9 feet of black shale, which
rested on a light-coloured micaceous sandstone containing Pullastra
arenicola and Avicula contorta.

It is evident from these details that the Avicula contorta beds in
Gloucestershire and Warwickshire are very similar in their strati-
graphical character.

Aust Cliff—lf we proceed from Garden Cliff down the Severn, the
next section of the Avicula contorta beds is met with at Aust Cliff,
so long famous for its Bone-bed and the large number of Ceratodus
teeth which from time to time have been collected therefrom. My
friend Mr. William Sanders, of Bristol, measured this section some
years ago, and the results of his observations were published by Sir
Henry De la Beche in his valuable memoir on the Geology of the
South-west of England*. Buckland and Conybearey had previously
published a section of Aust Cliff in their memoir on the South-
western Coal-district of England.

In the upper part of the section we find about 2 feet 6 inches of a

grey argillaceous limestone, containing Ammonites angulatus, Schith.,
lima gigantea, Sow., Lima antiquata, Sow., and Modiola Hillana,
Sow., representing the bottom-beds of the Zima series. Below these
are nine beds,, consisting of grey marls and argillaceous limestones,
representing the zone of Aimmonites planorbis ; the lowest lime-
stone-bed of that set contains scales of Fishes, elytra of Insects, with
Modiola and Terebratula.

This rests upon

ft. in.
(bes shaleshsme idee ra 6 O
Grey argillaceous limestone 0 8 With Fishes’ scales, abundant.
WenCoE Black laminated shale ...... 3 O : :
Te is Calcareo-arenaceous bed ... 0 2 With Saurian bones and Fishes’

ales.
contorta. scale

Black laminated shale ...... 0 8
Bone-bed ............ lin. to 0 8 With Fishes’ teeth,Saurian bones,
and Coprolites.
r, 0
Keuper Greenish marls ............ 2 0
marls. 0

Variegated red marls...... 120

{ors arenaceous marls ... 1
M
Gi

emoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, vol. 1, p. 253.
eol. Trans. 2nd series, vol. i. pl. 37.

t

1860.] WRIGHI—LIAS AND BONE-BED. 381

Pecten Valoniensis is found in blocks on the shore, and likewise
slabs of sandstone with Pullastra arenicola. The Bone-bed abounds
with the teeth of Ceratodus and other Fishes ; and the yertebree and
other bones of Saurians and Fishes are strewed, together with Copro-
lites, abundantly throughout this remarkable rock, which here forms
a conglomerate composed of rounded portions of an argillo-arenaceous
and calcareous rock, with which are mingled the bones, teeth, and
coprolites of Reptiles and Fishes.

The Bristol Museum contains a series of fossils from the Aust
Bone-bed; but the finest collection of Ceratodus teeth from this
locality has been made by Mr. Higgins of Birkenhead, who reckons
that he has found 140 different forms of the teeth of this singular
genus,

Section at Penarth Cliff—On the opposite side of the Bristol
Channel at Penarth Head, near Cardiff, a magnificent section is
exposed, showing the Lower Lias and Avicula contorta beds resting on
the variously coloured marls of the Keuper. The lower half of this
cliff may be considered as a roll of the same beds which I have
already described as occurring at Garden Cliff, 44 miles higher up the
River Severn. At Penarth the relative position of the zone of the
Ammonites Bucklandi, the zone of Ammonites planorbis, and the zone
of Avicula contorta, with the red and grey marls of the Keuper, are
all seen in situ in this fine and instructive coast-section.

The upper part of Penarth Head is composed of alternate beds of
limestone and shale which represent the zone of Ammonites Turneri,
with Pentacrinus tuberculatus, Mill., Cardinia ovalis, Stutch., and
Gryphea incurva, Sow. These attain a thickness of from 10 to
15 feet, and overlie the Zima-beds or zone of Ammonites Bucklandi,
which, in like manner, consists of alternate beds of limestone and
shales, having a thickness of 50 or 60 feet. They are well seen
in the cliff, forming a vertical wall, and may be examined in the
quarries behind the church. I collected here Lima antiqua, Sow.,
Lima gigantea, Sow., Lima punctata, Sow., Lima pectinoides, Sow.,
Cardinia hybrida, Stutch., Unicardium cardioides, Phil., two or three
species of Pecten, and a large-ribbed Lima. Beneath the Lima-
series are beds of laminated clay, containing Ammonites planorbis,
Sow., and alternate beds of marly clay and courses of limestone, with
an abundance of Ostrea liassica, Strickl., on the surface of some of the
slabs. These beds attain a thickness of about 10 feet or more, and
are underlain by a bed of stiff clay containing Ostrea liassica and
Modiola minima.

The Avicula contorta beds form an important feature in the cliff,
consisting, as they do, of blackish shales interposed between the light-
coloured marls of the Keuper, below, and the light-coloured lime-
stones and shales of the A. planorbis bed above. By measurement I
found the thickness of the Avicula contorta series to be 18 feet ; and I
could see them distinctly in the section some miles out in the channel.
The uppermost bed consists of 5 or 6 feet of a dark marly clay, with
Myacites and Arca, of undescribed species, which lie in seams; in

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL socrety. [Feb. 29,

the bed beneath the marl is a band of hard calcareous rock, which
appears to be very persistent; on its upper surface he immense
numbers of Pecten Valomensis, Defr., closely compressed together,
but in a bad state of preservation. With these are associated a fine-
ribbed Anomya, and other shells in a fragmentary state. Beneath
this Pecten-band le many feet of dark shales, and then another
stony band with Pecten Valoniensis, underlain by shales and layers
of ripple-marked micaceous sandstone, with Avicula contorta, Portl.,
and Pullustra arenicola, Strickl. The Bone-bed occurs likewise in
this section, although I failed to find it 7m situ, from the weather
having been unfavourable during the previous day. Between the
sandstone and the Keuper is a black shale 2 feet thick. The upper-
most bed of the Keuper, on which the shales repose, is a very hard
rock. The greenish-grey marls of the Keuper, with a few purple-
coloured bands, measure about 30 feet. Beneath these is a band of
pure white gypsum, succeeded by other variegated, red, and greenish
marls, of which 30 feet or more is seen.

Section at Uphill Cutting, near Weston-super-Mare, on the Bristol
and Exeter Railway.—The Avicula contorta beds in Somersetshire
are exposed by a railway-cutting at Uphill near Weston-super-
Mare, and on the coast at Watchet. At the former locality I ob-
tained a section of the Lias resting conformably on the marls of the
Keuper; but it has been suddenly upheaved and inclined to a high
angle by the intrusion of Carboniferous Limestone, which has been
thrust upwards by a mass of igneous rock seen im situ near the level
of the railway. The disturbance has been quite local, as the red
marl is only slightly disturbed at a short distance from the Car-
boniferous Limestone.

a. Alternate beds of light-coloured Lias ft. in.
limestone and shales, inclined at an
angle of 40°, much fractured and dis-
turbe djs Rie eines nan ere ee 10 O
b. Dark-greyish laminated shales, inter-
stratified with thin bands ef limestone ;
between the lamine of the shales are
found Ammonites planorbis, Sow., com-

pressed, and having the shell white... 14 0

e>) (Bandof Wiasdimestone) 5s ee eres 0 6

Zone of d. Dark shale, with Ostrea lassica, Strickl. 3 6
Ammonites < ¢. Band of Mias limestone 7... -. 2-5. .: 0 4
planorbis. | f. Dark shale, with Ostrea lassica, Strickl. 3 0

g. Beneath the preceding bed are from
twelve to fourteen beds of limestone
and shales or marl (a bed of limestone
and a bed of marlalternating). Ostrea
hiassica and Modiola minima are found
sparingly in the beds...........+-- ZO)

—

1860.] WRIGHI—LIAS AND BONE-BED. 383

(h. Thin band of dark grit, containing ft. in.
seales and teeth of Fishes .......... 0 i
fon Wark-orey siaby marl 0). 20. wn. 3 «* 4 6
j. Upper Pecten-bed; a dingy-coloured
pyritic limestone, containing Pecten
Valonensis, Defr., Cardium Rheticum,
Mer., and other shells undetermined... 0 2
Bp cOrey- mars spas seem Ce pet ee Nh an. 02
1, Band of limestone with Pectens and
SY PSMA 5. Leyes ae ealenaea tees 0 2
ik! Darke wn arlis ahs Sir eens ane Ses 4 0
n. Lower Pecten-bed; a dark pyritic lime-
Zone of stone, containing Pecten Valoniensis,
Avicula — Defr., Avicula Sean ior ia: Portl., and
contorta. PAN OMY CL Siu eh uetenetn tac g so) o'ese le 5.s OPEC
Obs Dark Manign erin ern emia aite as 4 wise 3.0
‘pe laminated shialet years siete ee lle « 0 3
Ge Dandsavarl yee Le vrdeias ie apckar need ayees ls eo
y. Stony band or impure limestone ...... 0 3
s. Coprolite-bed (Bone-bed) ; teeth, scales,
AIG COPLOMbES te shen «1 ois) seers tsi e al 072
too Datkshaly aman ii err ae ee sate ees a6
Nise DanGoty StOWCaNe sere gee tele alte ery oe» Gris
ww. Varlkeandiratedmarliach 1. cess 2s 2 0
Lay Bangor stoner shi suet caiane teva vie Neto 0 6
y. Dark indurated marl, resting on a pebbly
\ conslomerateums wc ioe nase eke eae

Green Keuper marl,

[I am indebted to my friend Mr. Day, of Weston-super-Mare, for
assisting me to complete the details of the lower beds of the above
section. |

In this cutting the uppermost portion of the grey marls of the
Keuper are overlain by a thin bed of conglomerate, formed of small
round quartz-pebbles (7) ; on this the first bed of black shale rests.
The Bone-bed is now with difficulty found in situ; portions of it,
however, are among the spoil on the bank. In blocks of sandstone
I found the teeth of Saurichthys, Hybodus, Gyrolepis, and fragments of
bones and coprolites. This thin band of dentiferous sandstone is
interstratified with the black shales.

The Lower Pecten-bed is a dark, slate-coloured, pyritic, semi-
indurated shale, containing several compressed Conchifera. The
only species that I could determine was Pecten Valoniensis, Defr.
The dark shales (m) above this bed contain few, if any, fossils ;
but impressions of shells are seen sometimes between the laminee,

The Upper Pecten-bed (7) consists of a band of hard, greyish, argil-
laceous limestone, from 8 to 10 inches in thickness ; it is traversed by
veins of crystallized carbonate of lime, and contains many fossil shells.
I collected from two or three blocks Pecten Valoniensis, Defry;
Cardium Rheticum, Mer., Modiola, Myacites, Avicula contorta,
Portl., and Anomya. As small blocks of this bed can now only be

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

obtained with difficulty, the list is consequently very limited; some
of those, however, which I broke all contained fossils in moderate
numbers. Could this bed be worked, I have no doubt other species
might easily be added to our list. The Upper Pecten-bed is overlain by
about 5 feet of dark laminated shales (7), in which I found no fossils.

The greyish limestone and shales (g to a), containing Modiola
muuma and Ostrea liassica, which succeed the <Avicula contorta
beds, attain a thickness of from 18 to 20 feet. I regard this series
as the equivalent of the Lower Saurian beds at Street. These beds
will be described in detail under that section.

The Am. planorbis bed (6) is represented by dark-greyish la-
minated shales containing compressed shells of Ammonites planorbis,
Sow., which are inclined at an angle of 45° high up in the cutting,
and have been very much disturbed by the upraised limestone.

The alternate beds of light-coloured limestone and shales (qa),
highly inclined and much fractured, appertain to the zone of
Ammonites Bucklandi, as in them I found portions of Lima gigantea,
Sow. These beds very much resemble similar strata of the A.
Bucklandi series seen in situ at Up-Lyme, and which will be de-
seribed in the sequel.

Watchet.—The Avicula contorta beds are exposed in a coast-sec-
tion at Watchet, where the zone of Am. planorbis has been long
known from its haying yielded shales containing the original speci
mens of Ammonites planorbis and Am. Johnstoni, first figured by
Sowerby in the ‘Mineral Conchology.’ The nacreous layer of the
shells is beautifully preserved in these Ammonites from Watchet.

The Bone-bed here consists of a hard, bluish-grey, sandy lime-
stone, about an inch in thickness, containing fragments of bone, with
teeth and scales of Fishes. In the bands of sandstone small shells
(Pullastra arenicola) are found in the state of moulds.

Beer-Crocomb.—My friend the Rev. P. B. Brodie informs me
(September 25, 1860) that at Beer-Crocomb, about five miles from
Ilminster, in Somersetshire, he found several years ago the Insect-
limestone, which contained wings of Orthophlebia, elytra of Coleo-
ptera,afew small Ammonites, Aptychus, &e. There were several thin
beds of limestone divided by layers of clay, but not so thick as those
in Warwickshire. Near the quarries, on the banks of the Bridge-
water Canal, the Red marl with gypsum is seen, which was dug out
in forming the tunnel some years previous to 1847. On the spoil-
banks were blocks of a light-coloured limestone, which lithologically
resembles the “ Cypris-bed,” between the Insect-limestone and the
Bone-bed, in Gloucestershire and Warwickshire. It contained a
considerable number of small univalve and bivalve shells in good
preservation. The exact position of this fossiliferous band could not
be seen in situ; but it probably lies beneath the Insect-bed, between
that band and the Red marl. Mr. Brodie has kindly sent me the spe-
cimens which he collected at Beer-Crocomb ; and I have found them
to resemble the fossils that I collected from the same stratum at
Uphill. The Beer-Crocomb shells are in fine preservation: besides
several forms unknown to me, I haye found the following species :—

1860.] WRIGHT—LIAS AND BONE-BED. 385

Natica. (A very small shell.) Anomya. Small.

Gervillia precursor, Quens¢. Cardinia. Small.

Lima precursor, Quenst. Cardium Rheeticum, Wer.

Neoschizodus (Trigonia) posterus (?),| Cardium. (Resembling the Westbury
Quenst. shell.)

Avicula contorta, Porti. Leda.

Myacites musculoides (?), Sch7. (The| Cypricardia. (Small.)
same form as at Westbury.) Mytilus minutus, Goldf.

Quenstedt’s specimens (Der Jura, Tabl. i. pp: 27 & 28) were col-
lected from beds which he describes as “ Die Vorliufer von Niir-
tingen,” which le below the Bone-bed; they are consequently the
equivalent of the stratum now under consideration.

Culverhole—The Avicula contorta beds are represented at Culver-
hole, near Axmouth, by a series of black shales, interstratified with
limestone-bands, and having the Bone-bed at their base, in the fol-
lowing order, from above downwards :—

No. ft. in. No. ft. in.
[eoBlack:shalGmscescess cence. 3.0 bi Blacls/ahale:ieiceceisss sessecc ess Me
DP PAMEStOUC! sitsacs eee eteenncaes 0 10 OG. diimestoneWees.ceeseteietes ae 0 10
a plack shale! ise. csecsleeseen ae ne) de pplackishal ai ssussee ee anenes ook 7 O
Ae TAMESLONE': osessiccseciet reese: 0 10 SBone-hedi pa vesnes aecanesaaet eas 0 2

My notes on the contents of the limestone-bands and shales are
too imperfect for publication. The Bone-bed, however, contains
Coprolites and the teeth and scales of Fishes; of these I have seen
remains of Gyrolepis, teeth of Hybodus and Saurichthys, as well as
bones of Saurians in masses of this bone-breccia.

Staffordshire.—The sandstone of the Bone-bed has been found,
by Mr. H. Howell, of the Geological Survey, at Abbot’s Park, near
Abbots Bromley, Staffordshire, at the base of an outlier of the Lower
Lias. In a section which is exposed in the road at Buttermilk Hill,
on the northern escarpment of this outlier, Mr. Howell found some
beds of impure limestone, above which is a thin bed of micaceous sand-
stone containing Pullastra arenicola, Strickl., and what appear to
be Estherie, all of which are in moulds and casts.

This bed is about one foot thick; and there can be no doubt that
it is the representative of the Bone-bed of the Lias, for it occupies
the same position, and is in every respect similar to the bed of
sandstone which occurs at the base of that formation near Tewkes-
bury*.

Warwickshire-—The Avicula contorta beds are exposed in several
localities in Warwickshire, as at Wotton Park near Alcester, and at
Church Lench near Evesham; sections of these beds are seen like-
wise in the Stratford-on-Avon Railway near that town, and at the
western extremity of the Harbury Cutting of the Great Western
Railway. They have also been exposed near Binton; and lately
their thickness and contents have been ascertained by a sinking made
at Messrs. Greaves and Kershaw’s quarry at Wilmcote, of which the
following detailed sectiont affords all the particulars, at the same

* See Mem. Geol. Survey: Explanation of Section, No. 2, across the New Red
Sandstone, Horizontal Section, Sheet 57, p. 6, 1859.

t In introducing this valuable and instructive section, it may not be out of

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

time showing the relation of these beds to the zone of Ammonites
planorbis, which overlies them.

Section of Messrs. Greaves and Kershaw’s Quarry at Wilmncote, near
Stratford-on-Avon.

No. Litio.oey. Thickness. OrGANic REMAINS; AND THE
ft. in. Locau Names or Tux Beps.
1. Yellowish clay .........:.se000 2 6
2. Light-coloured limestone ...... 0 9 “Top Blocks.” (Dapedius ?)
3. Dark laminated shales ......... 1 8 Ammonites planorbis, Sow.
4, Light-coloured limestone ...... 0 8 Bottom Blocks.”
_ | 5. Dark finely laminated shales.. 1 6 Ammonites planorbis, Sow.
4 | 6. Greyish limestone............... 0 4 ‘Fine course.”
| 7. Dark finely laminated shale... 1 0 Ammonites planorbis, Sow.
2 8. Greyish limestone............... O 4 “ Mawms.”
> | 9. Dark laminated shale ......... 1 O
S | 10. Greyish limestone ............... 0 4 “Top Whites.”
S 411. Dark laminated shale ......... P10
~ | 12.. Greyish limestone............... O 4 “ Bottom Whites.”
2 | 13. Dark laminated clay............ 0 8
S | 14. Greyish limestone, irregular
S any tihiCkWesseaseeencseeeedse-cers 0 2 “Livery Beds.”
= | 15. Dark laminated clay............ 0 9
16. Grey limestone ...............64 07 Sa) coRibsh2
17. Dark laminated clay............ ORG
18. Greyish limestone............... 0 3 “ Hoges.”
19. Dark laminated clay............ 4 2
20. Fragmentary shelly bed ...... 0 3 “Grizzle-bed.”
21. Dark, hard, stony clay ......... 0 7 “Ruskins.” Plestosaurus mega-
cephalus, Stutchb. (Warwick
Museum.)
22. Dark-blue limestone and clay 0 9 “Blue Blocks” or ‘“ Fire-stone
blocks.”
23. Dark clay, laminated ......... 1 0
24, Dark greyish limestone ...... QO 44 “Pendle and Jackets.” Ostrea

. Hard crystalline limestone...

. Hard crystalline limestone...
1
27. Hard crystalline limestone...

Ostrea liassica and Saurian Beds.

liassica, Modiola minima, and
Cardium.
Fire-stone, top bed.
2 Fire-stone, middle bed.
Fire-stone, bottom bed.
eens of the quarry :
shaft sunk below this.

28. Hard, dark, slaty shale ......... 1
29. Hard shelly limestone ......... 0 1 “The Guinea-bed.”’
(30. Green clunchy shale ............ 3

place to state the economic uses of these valuable beds, as few persons appear to
be aware of the many purposes to which they are applied. The upper beds of
limestone, which are usually of a light colour, are polished, cut into squares, and
employed for paving; the grey limestones are prepared in the same manner, and.
likewise used for paving ; hence they are called in Warwickshire the ‘“ paving-
beds.” In flooring halls, the light and grey squares of these beds, laid diagonally,
produce a very good effect and form a durable pavement. The shales are
burned in kilns, and ground between cylinders to a fine powder; by this means
a first-rate cement is prepared, which is largely used in the Midland Counties,
and is sold at the works for one shilling a bushel, or at the rate of four shillings
per barrel.

1860.] WRIGHT—LIAS AND BONE-BED. 387

No. Lirno.oey. Thickness. OrGanrc RemAtns; AND THE
lity “1a Locau Names or THE Beps.
31. Fine-grained greenish marl... 0 3 Estheria-bed. Ls¢heria minuta,
in clusters.

32. Blackish shales, notlaminated 12 6
33. Close, laminated, micaceous,
greenish-black shale ......... ie)
34. Closely laminated shale ...... 0 6
35, Laminated shale ............... 1 6 Upper Pullastra-bed. <Avicula

contorta, Pullastra arenicola,
and Cardium.

Westbury Beds*.
eo
rer)

. Hard, close shale, not laminated 2 6
37. Dark clay and shale ............ 0 6
38. Strong laminated clay, with

ROP LANA Ha certs dastensssnnes te 3 Pecten-bed. Pecten Valoniensis.

39. Clay, with shells ............... 14.8
40. Black, hard, laminated clay... 4 0
41. Pyritic stone, with shells ...... O 1 Lower Pullastra-bed.
42. Black clunchy clay ............ 0 8

43. Light, soft, brown clay.

The Bone-bed has been found at Temple Grafton; but it is re-
presented in some of the other sections by a pyritic sandstone, in
which no true bone-breccia has been found.

Fossils of the Avicula contorta Zone—The Bone-bed has yielded
of Reptiles—Jchthyosaurus ; femur at Garden Cliff; vertebre at
Frethern, Aust, and Wainlode.. Plesiosaurus ; vertebrae at Garden
Cliff and Aust.

Besides these determinable bones, there are a great number of
Saurian bones which cannot be named, on account of their frag-
mentary condition.

In 1841 Sir Philip Egerton read a paper before the Geological
Society on the occurrence of Triassic Fishes in British strata, and
enumerated several species of Placoids and Ganoids, obtained from
the Bone-beds of Aust and Axmouth, which, in conjunction with
M. Agassiz, he considered as Triassic species. In his conclusions from
this Ichthyologie evidence, Sir Philip stated that ‘he feels justified
in advancing from the facts adduced in this communication, that the
beds in question (the Bone-beds) hitherto considered as belonging to
the Lias must be removed from that formation, inasmuch as they
present a series of Fishes not only specifically distinct from those of
the Lias, but possessing in the ganoid genera the heterocerque tail,
an organism confined to the Fishes which existed anterior to the
Liast.”

In the following Table I have given lists of the species of Fishes
hitherto found in the Bone-beds of England, and I have added from
Bronn’s ‘Index Paliontologicus,’ the rock and locality where the
same species are said to occur on the Continent.

* Lithology and thickness obtained by sinking.
t Proc. Geol. Soe, vol. iii. p. 409 (1841).

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

Table showing the localities of the Fishes of the Bone-bed of England

and the Continent.

|

Genus and species.

Bone-bed at
Garden Cliff.
Bone-bed at
Coombe Hill.
Bone-bed at
Aust Passage.
Bone-bed at
Axmouth.
St. Cassian
beds
Knochen-
breccie of
Wiirttemberg,

|
|

Acrodus minimus, Ag....... %
BYOUUREIG, AG, cononcoooao.

Nemacanthus filifer, 4g. ...

monilifer, Ag. ......... + et
Hybodus minor, dg. ...... 2% * xt *
leviusculus, Ag. ......
plicatilis, Ag. .........
raricostatus, Ag. ...... sed dn
Gyrolepis Albertii, dg...... “fe ¥
tenuistriatus, Ag....... * %
Ceratodus altus, Ag..........
emarginatus, Ag.......
gibbus, Ag. ............

>
latissimus, Ag.......... ao: ne *
x
+
3

KK Kk

kK KK sk kK ok

> “
+k
% ok

IK He HK SK Ok se kK

—— obtusus, Ag.............

trapezoides, Ag. ...... ne

Saurichthys apicalis, 4g....) * %
longidens, Ag. ......... 160 500 *

7K
Me
ay 8
ye oe

mK >t

[Some of the species of Fish are also represented by teeth and
scales in other beds of the Avicula contorta series, as at Wainlode. |

The Molluscan remains obtained from the Avicula contorta series,
including the Bone-bed, are :—

Pullastra arenicola, Strickland. Myacites musculoides (?), Schlotheim.
Cardium Rheeticum, Merian. Myacites, n. sp.

Area, n. sp. Monotis decussata, Goldfuss.
Anomya, n. sp. Avicula contorta, Portlock.

Modiola minima, Sow. Pecten Valoniensis, Defr.

Modiola minuta, Goldf. Ostrea liassica, Strickland.

The little bivalved Crustacean Estheria minuta, Bronn, and Copro-
lites of Fishes and Reptiles, complete the list of the organic remains
of this zone.

Equivalent of the Bone-bed im the North of Ireland.—General
Portlock* found in the North of Ireland, at Lisnagrib and Derry-
more, ‘ alternating beds of red and variegated marl, and of red and
whitish sandstones, all more or less, but most of them highly, calca-
reous,” of which he says—

«Towards the summit the light-coloured marly and highly cal-
careous gTit....... prevails, and is succeeded by shales and calca-
reous grits, which form the transition-member between the New
Red Sandstone and the Lias, and therefore, in part at least, corre-
spond, as their fossils do, to the Muschelkalk.” And again, ‘“ Pass-
ing upwards from the sandstone, greyish and partly indurated marls

* Report on the Geology of Londonderry, &¢. pp. 105 & 107 (1843).

1860. ] WRIGHT—LIAS AND BONE-BED, 389

or clays are met with, which form a connecting link between the New
Red Sandstone and the Oolitic systems. These are about 17 feet
thick. To them succeed alternating beds of dark shale and calcareous
grit.

1. “Compact blackish even shale, or clay, the bottom of which is
not seen.

2. Seam of calcareous grit, about half an inch thick.

3. Black shale, nine inches.

4. Seam of calcareous grit, about half an inch thick, but variable ;
with impressions of bivalves on one side, and on the other the teeth
and scales of Fishes, viz. Saurichthys apicalis, Gyrolepis Albertii,
Gyrolepis tenuistriatus, and Acrodus minimus (Muschelkalk fossils).

5. Black shale, seven inches. -

6. Calcareous gritty shale, in some parts a calcareous grit, with
Bivalves on the faces of lamination ; five inches.

7. Black shale with Avicula contorta (n. s.) and impressions of
Cardium striatulum.” [C. Rheticum, Mer. |

The correlation of these strata with those at Garden Cliff and else-
where does not admit of the shadow of a doubt.

§ ILL. Tae Lower Lias.

1. Tue Zone or AMMONITES PLANORBIS.

Synonyms.—< White Lias,’” Wiliam Smith, Memoir to the Map,
p. 47,1815. “ White Lias,” De la Beche, Geol. Trans. 2nd series,
vol. ii. p.26. ‘ Saurian Beds,” Murchison’s Geology of Cheltenham,
2nd ed., by Buckman and Strickland, p. 49, 1845. ‘ Psilonotenbank,”
Quenstedt, Der Jura, Table, p. 293,1857. “Die Schichten des Am-
monites planorbis,” Oppel, Juraformation, p. 24, 1856.

This division of the Lower Lias is well developed in the South of
England. In general it consists of a series of thin, greyish or bluish,
argillaceous limestones, with alternating beds of laminated shale ; or
sometimes the entire series forms a thick-bedded, argillaceous, cream-
coloured limestone, called “ the White Lias’’ by Wiliam Smith. In
the upper half of this group of beds Ammonites planorbis, Sow., is
found in great numbers, compressed in the shales, with its white
shell more or less preserved; in the lower portion of the series
Ostrea liassica, Strickl.*, appears in great numbers; and beneath
these strata are three or four beds of hard limestones (or “ Fire-
stones ’’), in which the finest skeletons of Hnaliosawria have been
discovered. As this distinction, by means of Am. planorbis, Ostrea
liassica, and Saurians, is a practical and useful one in the inyestiga-

* Ostrea liassica, Strickland, is a very characteristic shell of the lowest Lias
beds. It resembles Ostrea irregularis, Minster (Goldfuss, Petr. Germ. pl. 7-9.
fig. 5) and Ostrea rugata, Quenstedt (Jura, pl. 3. fig. 17). Dunker in the ‘ Pale-
ontographica’ (pl. 6. fig. 27) has figured a small Oyster from the Lias of Halber-
stadt ( Osfrea sublamellosa, Dunker), which appears to be identical with our spe-
cies. ‘These small, thin, ragose Oysters are found in great abundance in the
lowest beds of the Lower Lias in England and Germany. They are probably
only varieties of one species, which had a wide geographical distribution in the
seas which deposited the basement-beds of the Lias,

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

tion of this zone of life, I shall adhere to it on the present occasion,—
premising, however, that Ammonites are very rare in the lower beds,
although abundant in the upper; and that Ostrew are abundant
below, but rare above, whilst Saurian remains are found throughout
the entire series.

Somersctshire.—The best sections of the zone of Ammonites pla-
norbis are those afforded by the extensive quarries at Street, in
Somerset, and at Binton and Wilmcote, in Warwickshire. I purpose
to give a detailed description of the most typical section in each
county. In both, the strata are nearly horizontal and undisturbed,
and therefore admit of accurate measurement.

The following section of Mr. Cree’s quarry at Street I have com-
pared with the sections afforded by the quarries of Messrs. Seymour,
Underwood, and Talbot in the same parish; and find that the varia-
tion in all these sections is so inconsiderable that any one may be
said to represent the others, both as regards the sequence of the beds
and the fossils they contain.

Section of the Zone of Ammonites planorbis at Street, Somerset.

LitHooey. OrGANIC REMAINS ; AND THE LOCAL
No. ft. in. Names or Beps.
1, Light-coloured marly clay ... 3 O “Top bed.” Saurian bones and Am-
monites planorbis.
2. Light-coloured Lias limestone 0 9 Ammonites planorbis in moulds.
3. Yellowish laminated shale, Ichthyosaurus interinedius, Ammonites
splitting up into thin layers 3 0 = planorbis, Lima punctata, and Isa-
strea Murchisoni.
4, Light-coloured shaly lime- Ammonites planorbis, compressed.
SOI) o4500n0s00000000000 00000008
5. Hard grey limestone ......... O 7 “Building-stone.” Ammonites plan-
orbis, on the top of the bed, Lima
punctata and Lima gigantea.
6. Dark-grey shale ............... 0 3 Ammonites planorbis, and muricated
spines of Cidaris.
7. Dark-grey limestone ......... 0 6 ‘“Corn-sized building-stone.” Spines
of Cidaris and bones of Ichthyo-
saurus tenutrostris.
8. Dark laminated shale ......... 0 4 Ostrea liassica.
9. Dark-grey limestone ......... O 5 “F¥ive-inch building-stone.” Ostrea
liassica.
1S Werele ANG) sodnoseacaoaqce0s0000 0 3. Ostrea liassica.
11. Dark-grey limestone ......... 0 6 ‘Six-inch building-stone.” Cardinia
crasstuscula, Lima punctata, and
Ostrea liassica.
IP, IDE NIG) © nos coSeqnses060090000 0 6
13. Greyish hard limestone, con- “The White stone.” Best paving-

sisting of two 4-inch beds... 0 8 bed. Fossils rare; Ostrea lassica
and Modiola minima.

14, Hard dark marl ............... O 9 ‘Saurian bed.” Many Saurians have
been obtained here. Jchthyosaurus
intermedius and Plesiosaurus Haw-
kinsii (British Museum). Jaws of
Saurians and Fishes.

“The Cream-bed.” —_Fine-grained
paving-stone. Ostrea and Modiola.

16. Brownish limestone............ O04 * ee Paying-stone. Few

ossils.

Go

15. Greyish fine-grained limestone 0

1860.] WRIGHT—LIAS AND BONE-BED. ‘ 391

Litnoxoey. OrcGanic REMAINS; AND THE LOCAL
No. ft. in. Names or Bens.
17. Dark-coloured limestone...... 0 4 The “Black stone,’ used for large

paving-slabs; some of them 10 ft.
by 5 ft. Modiola minima, Ostrea
liassica, Myacites, and Rhynchonella

variabilis.
18. Dark-blue shale ............... 0 2 Ostrea liassica and Modiola minima.
19. Hard greyish limestone ...... 0 6 Six-inch building-stone.” Ceromya,
Modiola minima, and Ostrea liassica.
20. Soft bluish shale ............... 0

2
4 “Four-inch building-stone.” Fossils
as in No. 19.
22. Dark-grey laminated shale... 0 4 Ichthyosaurus intermedius and I. tenui-
rostris.

QO “The Blue Clog,” or “One-foot build-
ing-stone,” used for steps. Ceromya,
Ostrea, Modiola, and Rhynchonella.

24. Grey laminated shale ......... 1 3 Saurians abundant; /chthyosaurus in-
termedius and J. tenuirostris, now
in Mr. Seymour’s possession. Pho-
lidophorus leptocephalus, Agass.

25. Greyish limestone ............ 1 O “Grey Clog.” A valuable building-
stone, and used for steps, troughs,
&e. Modiola minima.

23. Hard blue limestone ......... 1

Pie Dark ABI... .<0sc.+>00cesasdevees 0 2
27. Thin-bedded limestone ...... 0 3 “Three-inch blue bed.’ Fish-remains,
Modiola minima, and Otopteris acu-
minata, L. & H.
28. Thick blue limestone ......... 0 5
29. Hard fine-grained limestone. 0 4 ‘“ Fire-stone.”
30. Hard, grey, fine-grained lime- Plesiosaurus Etheridgii. (In the Jer-
BUONO saeca deste el dnraostaesecvas 0 4 myn Street Museum; and another
is now in Street from this bed.)
31, Hard grey limestone, forming “ Fire-stone, bottom bed.” Plesiosau-
the bottom bed ............... The rus Hawkinsii. [The large Ples. me-

gacephalus, Stutch., now in the Bris-
tol Institution, was obtained from
the lower beds near Street. }

The Saurian beds near Langport have likewise yielded Reptilian
remains. I have obtained two fine specimens of Jchthyosaurus in-
termedius and an imperfect specimen of J. tenuirostris from this
locality, which are now in the collections of private friends. In con-
nexion with these Saurian beds of Somerset, it is important to note
that the oldest Lnaliosauria of the Lias are Plesiosauri, for Plesio-
saurus Hawkinsii, Owen, and Pl. Etheridgii, Huxley, were both
exhumed from the 4-inch firestone, forming the bottom bed of Mr.
Cree’s quarry at Street. The remarkable Plesiosaurus megacephalus,
Stutch., now in the Bristol Museum, was found likewise in the
firestones of a quarry near Street Foss ; and it will be shown in my
section of the correlative beds of this zone at Wilmcote, in Warwick-
shire, that the fine skeleton of Plesiosaurus megacephalus contained
in the Warwick Museum was exhumed from the “ firestones ” of that
locality,—beds which are the precise equivalents of the “ firestones ”
of Street.

The small number of Conchifera hitherto found in these beds is
very remarkable. Ostrea liassica, Strickl., O. irregularis, Quenst.,

392 “PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

Modiola minima, Sow., M. psilonoti, Quenst., Gervillia, n. sp., Ano-
mya, n.sp., Myacites, n.sp., Arca, n. sp.,and Cardium, n. sp., are the
only species that I have as yet collected from the firestone-beds.

This section likewise settles a point which has been often discussed,
namely, what is the age of the Saurian beds of Somerset? It has
been generally supposed that they belonged to the same horizon as
the lower Saurian beds at Lyme Regis; but this is a mistake, inas-
much as the Saurian beds at Street belong to the zone of Ammonites
planorbis, most of the reptiles having been contemporaries with that
Cephalopod. Iam aware that this conclusion is somewhat in oppo-
sition to the generally received opinion upon the subject; but there
cannot be a doubt of its truth, as it admits of the clearest demon-
stration. The Saurians of Lyme Regis, on the contrary, are for the
most part found in beds above the zone of Ammonites Bucklandi, as
we shall learn when I describe the fauna of that zone (see page 402).

Worcestershire and Gloucestershire-—The Am. planorbis, Ostrea,
and lower Sauriun beds, so well developed at Street, are likewise
found in different parts of Worcestershire and Gloucestershire, where
they present the same stratigraphical relations, and yicld the same
organic remains.

The neighbourhood of Tewkesbury affords several good exposures
of the infra-ammonite beds. I have obtaimed Lchthyosaurus tenw-
rostris, Conyb., and Ichthyosaurus intermedius, Conyb., from a bed of
light-coloured Tias at Haselgrove near ‘‘the Folly ;” and the late
Mr. Dudfield, of Tewkesbury, collected several very fine skeletons of
Ichthyosaurus tenuirostris, Conyb., I. intermedius, Conyb., and I. com-
munis (?), Conyb., with bones of Plesiosaurus Hawkinsii, at Brocke-
ridge Common, and from similar beds at other localities around
Tewkesbury ; and I possess several vertebrae of Plesiosawrus rugosus,
Owen, which were obtained from a bed of White Lias at Woolridge
near Hartpury.

The junction of the Lower Lias with the red marls of the Keuper
in the Vale of Gloucester is, in general, indicated by a low escarp-
ment, which faces the west. At Brockeridge and Defford Commons
this natural boundary is exceedingly well marked, and between
these two localities there are several quarries which expose to a
greater or less extent the beds now under consideration. The pre-
sence of Ammonites planorbis in the upper strata of several of these
sections has enabled me to correlate the beds beneath with the cor-
responding strata at Street, in Somerset, and at Binton, Grafton, and
Wilmeote, in Warwickshire.

1860. ] WRIGHT—LIAS. 393

Section of the Ammonites planorbis beds, Ostrea beds, and Lower
Saurian beds at Brockeridge and Defford Commons.

& =
nS a
se Strata and Organic Contents. 3 2
x
a |
ft. in. | ft. in.
- Le Weni-eglonred clay... .cassemerstavedecapaesvaqssts) venanes cea A ea
§ 2. White laminated limestone. “ First rub,” Brockeridge;
Ee @haneée Tub,’* StrensHAMh sve ssees seen dee destees steels 0 4/10 4
£8 J 3. Brown laminated clay, with compressed white shells
‘3.2 Of Ammonites planorbis .avessescissersvssasescsevenrinsseap a O20
= | 4. Blue argillaceous limestone ] “‘ Double rub,” Brocke- |0 3/0 2
= >| 5. Brown shaly clay ............ ridge; “ Double nurf,”} 0 2/;0 2
iN 6. Blue limestone ............... Strensham. 0 3/0 2
rane Dark clay, with Saurian remains. “Yard clay” ...... 3 0!13 0
8. Hard blue limestone. Ostrea liassica. On the surface
J of the rock this bed is called “ Red nurf” at Brocke-
4 ridge, “ Kings nurf” at Strensham ..................645 Me Oci Ge a
| 9. Dark clay. The second bed of “ Yard clay” at Stren-
5 BHAT se dee Ocoee se aeh tons ceetc droevsces dco stentes oop ccowale LG koa O
-= | 10. Blue limestone. The “ Queen’s nurf,” Strensham...... Oss |On 3
ep Me RPEMNIG) CUBY ces nucuigeece ve auc out vaeaas andip castes tenen grav anaopt oe 0 0;0 3
m | 12. Hard blue limestone, with Modiola minima ............ 0 0/0 6
% | 13. Paving-stone, separated by an inch-band of clay ...... 00/0 4
2414. Darkshale. Vertebre of Zchthyosaurus, test and spines
an of Cidaris Edwardsii, Hemipedina, sp., and Fishes’
S ROPE aaah strane. cata c actu yee tot puonciiees se nroe oes 0 0/0 6
= 115. Hard blue limestone, in square blocks. “ Brick-bed.”|0 0|0 5
aeRO A PAE RIM Ce lan «css caca pos armtunct ass anens eaurcsscy os ues O07 Ones
> | 17. Insect-limestone ; a hard argillaceous limestone, con-
S taining the elytra and other remains of Insects ...... Oo Oh.Og
BOG S10 Gil: Fe oe eee a aen, Soo ie, Coen PUR pene alee ne ees Bere OC Oiek.
19, Light-blue limestone, with Cardinia, sp., Arca, sp., and
ASME, BD soahcuiaduet sendeudrince ds avwewacvancumeybesbagsaee 0 0;0 4

I have placed the above sections together for the purpose of com-
parison: they were first made by my friend the Rey. P. B. Brodie,
and have been subsequently examined by myself with similar results.
These sections show the uniformity which prevails in the lower
Saurian beds of Gloucestershire and Worcestershire, and how much
they resemble their correlative strata at Street.

The late Mr. James Dudfield, of Tewkesbury, obtained from the
infra-ammonite Lias beds at Brockeridge enumerated in the pre-
ceding sections, and from other strata occupying the same horizon in
the vicinity of that town, a very fine series of Saurian remains, which
were all sold and dispersed in June 1843. From my notes of that
collection, I find there was a specimen of Ichthyosaurus intermedius,
about 8 feet in length; the two fore-paddles and a portion of the
scapular arch were tolerably complete ; and there were upwards of 100
vertebree and ribs nearly all in place. J. tenuirostris; 4 feet in
length; the skulls, jaws, and teeth well preserved, the vertebral
column tolerably complete ; and likewise one fore-paddle. J. com-
munis; very fine paddles. J. platyodon ; large skull with orbital

VOL. XVI.—PART I. 2G

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feh. 29,

plates in position. Plesiosaurus Hawkins ; the vertebral. column,
ribs, and-humeri; and fifty vertebre in position.

The Ostrea and lower Saurian beds at Binton, Brockeridge, and Street
are overlaid by clays and laminated shales, containing Ammonites
planorbis. As these beds form a most important horizon in the Lias-
formation, and have a wide geographical distribution in England,
France, and Germany, they require to be defined with accuracy,
especially as some authors are of opinion that the true Lias com-
mences with this zone of life.

The relation of the Am. planorbis shales to the Saurian beds
below is extremely well exposed in the Railway-cutting at Uphill, in
the quarries at Street, in the Binton and Wilmecote quarries in War-
wickshire, at Brockeridge Common in Gloucestershire, and at Stren-
sham, Worcestershire, aad tothe Am. Bucklandi or Lima beds above
in the sections. at Saltford near Bristol, Penarth Head near Cardiff,
and Pinhay Bay near Lyme Regis.

The following section of the beds at Binton was made by Mr.
Robt. Tomes, of Welford Hill, near Stratford-on-Avon, from a quarry
now abandoned. A similar exposition, however, is seen in the quarry
worked near the former, and the various beds. of which I examined
with Messrs, Tomes and Kershaw.

Section of the Zones of Ammonites planorbis and Avicula contorta, at
Binton, Warwickshire.

Lirnonoey. Thickness. OrcAnic Remains; AND Locan
No. ft. in, Names oF THE BeEps.
1. Light-coloured limestone...... 0 6 “Top rock’ or “ Whites.”
2. Light-coloured clay ............ 2 6
3. Argillaceous limestone......... 0 3 “Top Liveries.” Ichthyosaurus; on
the upper surface Insects.
4, Light-coloured clay............. ¢
5. Argillaceous limestone......... 0 34 “Top Liveries” (lower). Insects; Am-
monites Johnstont, Sow.
asi OL WORE aRAa ROME MEN Od anna eas el
7. Greyish limestone ............ 0 6 “Extra rock.’ “Thick paving-bed.”
No fossils.
fal: (CIE N NAAN SRB GAU SAU aa Aas 0 33
9. Greyish limestone. Thin and “ Quarters.”
irregular when covered by
the preceding ......... 2in.to 0 3
LOM Clayiohieccteunsscsnedessuet sees O 8
11. Greyish limestone. A con- “ Ribs.” Insects.
Bhambabedbeeennscuteccmeeeeeenere 0 33
TOS Clare ereesecaeicecsennaaenenoe. O 53
i Saplbimestomeas. ss -eeececeeeseeeeee: 0 35 “Paving-stone.’ A few Insects and
Pholidophorus Stricklandi, Ag.
IZ EEX CHEK vile Gen aa SHRM OR RE REE SaG Ae cecorons 0 103
oy Wumestone nsec. sso eeeee: 0 32 “Bottom rock.” More Insects here
than in all the other beds collectively.
UGS Clay eres ks once aia kane 0 8
17. Limestone ............ 3in.to 0 6 “Hoggs.’ Tetragonolepis angulifer,
Ag. (Warwick Mus.)
18. Strong hard clay ............... 0 3
19. Argillaceous limestone; im- “Ruskin.” No fossils in this quarry.
perfect stone ................. 0 38

1860. | WRIGHT—LI1AS, 395

Litnonoey. Thickness. Orcanic Remains; anp Loca
No. ft. in. Names or Tue Beps.
20. Laminated clay ..............-. We

21. Fragmentary shelly limestone 0 14 “Grizzle bed.” Saurian bones, Fishes’
teeth and scales, Ammonites pla-
norbis, Lima punctata, Cardium,
and Ostrea liassica; spines of Cidaris
and other Echinide abundant.

22. Stony shale.

23. Hard limestone ............... 0 6 “Blue stone” or “Blocks.” Myacites
and elytra of Coleoptera.

DAPEPAYG C1BY i024 cacti ddinss odtia! 1. 38
tat MUEMESPONO ; nadstenivw sed cwestesass 0 34 “Grave-stone rock.’ Ichthyosaurus
and Ofopteris acuminata, L. & H.
26. Clay. Thin hard plates of
stone lie in this clay......... 0 11

27. Limestone, underlain by clay.
(The clay frequently want-

IN) Elsa taeicngeied scusass seas 0 0
28. Limestone; inconstant ...... 0 6 “Gummerals.” Ostrea liassica.
29. Clay.
30. Hard grey limestone .......... 0 6, “Fire-stone beds.” Saurian remains
and Cardium.
OMA oA ose cite iactecncanchxsiauce’s 0 2| Modiola minima, Myacites, and Ostrea
liassica.
ae PEMMCALONG, «<02:00c0scag-scateoens 0 3 { In these limestones and clays only one
SVL. Wi cucd acc vswets eavatasere sree 0 2 small Ammonite has been found.
Bae ENMPSIONS: L73sivse 5c dedived. ates 0 3
IAW, a Mae seocPlides Fuousbacaswtns 0 3
36. Hard dark limestone, 1 in. to 0 10 ‘The Guinea-bed.’’ Saurian bones,
(This is the bottom bed of the Avicula longicostata, Stutch., Mo-
quarry.) notis decussata(?), Lima punctata,

Myacites, n.sp., Ostrea liassica, and
Hemipedina, sp., in numbers ; Coral,

37. Thick clay-bed; yellowish [Belonging to the zone of <Avicula

blue; breaking in angular contorta. |
RAG M ONG ised Seas <hdve cd estas 8 0

38. Dark ferruginous clay, with Estheria-bed. Estheria minuta.
conchoidal fracture ......... 0 4

My CHEN gent pedal | Si ARR re error ? ~~ Clear blue blocks.”’

40. Laminated clays ............... 3 0

41. Light-coloured sandstone ; Pullastra arenicola, Strickl.
TOICACOOUB ir cidu dati eens vas dese Dal

AZ BLOW GIBY Sveves vacvacebenesas 0 2

45. Sandstone; micaceous,........ 0 2 Pullastra arenicola, Strickl.

44. Dark shaly clay ............... 0 6

45. Soft sandstone ...............465 oO |

46; -Black clay, .i0css<dadeviisdesssne 0 3

47. Ferruginous vein, sandy......
48. Grey Keuper marls.

The beds from No. 37 to No, 48 were found in situ in an escarp-
ment at a short distance from the quarry at Binton. It must be
understood that the “‘ Guinea-bed ” is the lowest bed seen in situ in
the pit, and that No. 37 occupies its natural position relatively to that
bed, although it is not exposed in the Binton section.

Lithology of the Ammonites planorbis beds.—The Am. planorbis
beds at Brockeridge (p. 392) consist of dark laminated shales, with
interstratified beds of marl and limestone. The shales split into very

oa 2

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29

thin laminze, between which innumerable shells of Ammonites pla-
norbis lie closely compressed; the white decomposed pulverulent
matter of the shell forming a strong contrast to the dark shales which
enclose them. In Somersetshire the rock consists, at Uphill, of shales
which greatly resemble those at Brockeridge; at Watchet, of dark
clays which are more indurated and have preserved better the shell-
structure: here Ammonites planorbis and Am. Johnstoni are found
with the iridescent nacreous layer of their shells beautifully pre-
served. At Street the rock is a light-yellowish clay, with bands of
greyish limestone and marl beneath, and in Worcestershire at Stren-
sham, and in Warwickshire at Binton, similar lithological conditions
prevail.

The White Lias series of the Section at Saltford (see p. 400) repre-
sents the Am. planorbis beds: here also the relation of that zone
to the Saurian beds below, and to the Am. Bucklandi beds above are
well shown. In Dorsetshire the Am. planorbis beds are represented
by the White Lias which is so well exposed in the large quarries at
Up-Lyme, and in the coast-sections at Pinhay Bay and Axmouth.
The White Lias is raised at Up-Lyme for caustic lime ; it consists of
a fine-grained cream-coloured limestone, apparently fit to be used as
a lithographic stone. The two principal quarries afford the neces-
sary details. Mr. Webb’s quarry shows :—

1. (Uppermost.) The ‘ Wetstone ” (8 feet); consisting of thin
bands of light-coloured limestone, interstratified with beds of clay.
I collected Lima gigantea, Sow., and Lima antiquata, Sow., from the
limestones.

2. The “Grey Bur” (14 inches); a good building-stone, con-
sisting of two beds.

3. The “ Rotten Bur” in two beds (6 inches); valueless, falling
to pieces when exposed to the air.

4, The “ Fire-stone ” in two beds (6 inches) ; forming good flag-
stones.

5. The “ Cliffage ” (4 inches); worked for paving-stone; the
surface of the rock is covered with many small Oysters (Ostrea
liassica).

6. The “ Half foot” (6 inches); 7. the “ One foot ” (12 inches) ;
8. the “ Red Size ”’ (7 inches); and 9. the “Anvil-edge” (18 inches)
—are all employed for building-stones.

10. The “ White Lias ” (20 feet exposed) ; a compact earthy lime-
stone, with a conchoidal fracture, cream-coloured and fine-grained ;
many of the beds are so hard and close-grained that it might be
employed for the purposes of lithography. It contains very few
fossils ; sometimes specimens of Ammonites Johnstoni, Sow., are
found in the marl-seams. The White Lias and its intervening marls
measure from 18 to 20 feet in thickness in Mr. Webb’s quarry.

In Mr. Fowler’s quarry, about half a mile distant from thepreceding,
the White Lias is more fully exposed; it has here a thickness of
from 18 to 20 feet and is underlaid by 18 inches of black shale,
beneath which is a coarse blue Lias limestone. The beds above the
White Lias are likewise here well exposed.

1860. | WRIGHT—LIAS, 397

In these two sections the White Lias represents the zone of
Ammonites planorbis, and the beds above, from the “Red size”
upwards, the zone of Ammonites Bucklandi, consisting of alternate
beds of limestone and marl, which have received special names from
the workmen. Fragments of large Ammonites are sometimes found
in these beds. I collected Lima gigantea, Sow., Lima antiquata, Sow.,
and an Ostrea,

At Pinhay Bay the clays above the White Lias contain numerous
spines of Sea-urchins, and some tests with spines attached. I know
the following Hchinodermata from this bed: Cidaris Edwardsii,
Wright, Pseudo-diadema lobatum, Wright, Hemipedina Bechei, Bro-
derip, Hemipedina Bowerbanku, Wright.

Nearly all the Echinide of the Lias at Lyme are found in this bed
of marl at low-water, after its surface has been exposed at spring-
tides.

Localities of the Ammonites planorbis beds.—In Gloucestershire
this zone is well exposed at Brockeridge Common. My friend Mr. J.
Jones informs me that he has found it at Wainlode, in a quarry on the
right- hand side of the road to Gloucester, ascending the hill from the

inn ;—between Hartpury and Ashelworth, where he found Am. pla-
nor eis in a brownish-blue clay, which split into thin laminz and
contained numerous impressions of this shell ;—at Elmore, in quarries
near the Old Kennel, in a light-coloured clay, and in one of the lower
bands of claystone.

In Glamorganshire, it is seen in the fine coast-section at Penarth
Head (see page 381). In Somersetshire, in the cutting of the Great
Western Railway at Saltford (p. 399); in the Uphill Cutting on the
Bristol and Exeter Railway (p. 382) ; in the coast-section at Watchet
(p. 384); and in all the quarries at Street (p. 390), where it forms
the top beds.

In Worcestershire it is found at Strensham (p. 393); and in War-
wickshire at Binton (p. 394), Grafton, and Wilmcote (p. 386).

It is likewise found at Robin Hood’s Bay on the coast of York-
shire; the beds here lie below low-water mark; but large blocks,
frequently washed up by the tide, are literally crowded with Ammo-
nites planorbis, known at Scarborough and Whitby as Am. erugatus,
Bean.

The coral-bed at Lussay, Isle of Skye*, probably represents this
Am. planorbis zone, as I found the same species as the Hebridean
coral in the light-coloured clays with Am. planorbis at Street.

This lowest Ammonite-zone has, therefore, a wide geographical
distribution throughout the Lower Lias of the Northern, Midland, and
Southern Counties of England, and it retains the same relative posi-
tion in the Lower Lias of France, Germany, and Switzerland.

Fossils of the Ammonites planorbis beds.—The fauna of this zone
is very limited ; at present I know only the following species :—

Ichthyosaurus intermedius, Cony). Plesiosaurus Hawkinsii, Cony?.
tenuirostris, Cony?. —— Etheridgii, Hurl.
communis, Cony?. ; ——rugosus, Ow.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. pp. 4 & St.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

Plesiosaurus dolichodeirus, Conyd. Cardinia crassiuscula, Sow.
megacephalus, Stztch. Unicardium cardioides, Phil.

Dapedius. Rhynchonella variabilis, Schloth.

Pholidophorus leptocephalus, 4g. Cidaris Edwardsu, Wr.
Stricklandi, Ag. Pseudo-diadema lobatum, Wr.

Ammonites planorbis, Sow. Hemipedina Bechei, Brod.
Johnstoni, Sow. —— Bowerbankii, Wr.

Lima punctata, Sow. Tomesii, Wr.

gigantea, Sow. Tsastreea Murchisoni, Wr.
—— pectinoides, Sow.

2. Tue Zone or AMMONITES BUCKLANDI, OR THE LIMA-BEDS.

Synonyms.— ‘Blue Lias,” William Smith, Memoir to the Map,1815.
‘< Blue Lias Limestone,” De la Beche, Geol. Trans. vol. 11. 2nd series,
1829. “Gryphiten-Kalkstein,” Alberti, Die Gebirge des Konig.
Wiirttemberg, p. 121, 1826. “ Liaskalk,” Mandelsloh, Geol. Profile
der schwiibisch. Alpen, p. 28, 1834. <“‘Calcaire 4 Gryphée arquée”’
(pars), Dufrénoy et de Beaumont, Mém. Soc. Géol. de France, 1830.
“ Grés de Luxembourg (pars sup.),”’ Omalius d’Halloy. ‘ Grés de
Luxembourg,” Dewalque, Descrip. du Lias de la Luxembourg, p. 28,
1857. “ Plagiostoma-beds, Lower Lias,” Murchison, Geol. of Chel-
tenham, 2nd ed. p.49, 1845. “ Arietenkalk,’’ Quenstedt, Der Jura,
Table, p. 293, 1857. “ Die Schichten des Ammonites Bucklandi,”’
Oppel, Juraformation, p. 35, 1856.

The zone of Ammonites Bucklandi (or Lima-beds) forms an im-
portant subdivision of the Lower Lias. This series attains a great de-
velopment in the Midland Counties, in Glamorganshire, Somerset, and
Dorset. This zone of life is characterized throughout by the preva-
lence of a number of large Ammonites belonging to the natural group
Arietes (von Buch), and by many Conchifera of the genera Zima and
Gryphea. In England it everywhere consists of beds of bluish argil-
laceous limestone, interstratified with beds of marl, shale, and clay of
a similar colour. In some parts of Warwick, Somerset, Dorset, and
Glamorgan, this series attains a thickness of 80 feet.

Gloucestershire and Somersetshire.—In Gloucestershire it has been
chiefly exposed by the deep cutting of the Dean Forest Railway near
Gloucester, in the Lias limestone-quarries near Tewkesbury, and in
the natural escarpments at Frethern and Purton-on-the-Severn. In
Somersetshire it was admirably exposed in making the Great Western
Railway between Bristol and Bath, and probably at no point were
the several beds of the Zima series better shown than in the cutting
at Saltford, seven miles from Bristol. My friend Mr. William San-
ders made the following section during the executiou of the works,
which, together with his notes on the fossils contained in the different
strata, has been kindly communicated by my friend Mr. Etheridge.
This section is of great value, inasmuch as the beds are now partially
concealed by débris and vegetation, and the characteristic fossils can
no longer be found in their respective beds.

1860. ]

WRIGHT—LIAS. 399

Section of the Lower Inas Beds at Saltford, seven miles from Bristol,
on the Great Western Railway*.

No.

Lirnonoey. Thickness. OrGANIC REMAINS.
feet.
Brown gravelly mar] ...... 120

Beds of laminated shale

and cla’

Dark clay, with boulders,

and with

taria at the top and bot-

layers of sep-

tom of the bed, and in
the clay between.........

58. Dark shale

48.

47.

Dark shale

Dark shale.

59. Grey Lias limestone ......

ee es

eee e eee ewes

. Grey Lias limestone ......

. Thin limestone-band.

Dark limestone ............

. Grey Lias limestone ......

Dark limestone.

Dark shale.

. Grey Lias limestone.

. Grey Lias limestone.

Dark laminated shale.

Dark shale

Dark shale.

Dark shale

. Dark-grey Lias limestone...

: oy Lias limestone ......
. Grey Lias limestone ......

eee eee ee eee!

Grey Lias limestone ......

Dark shales

Grey Lias limestone.

Dark shales

Dark shales

. Grey Lias limestone ......

110

Seales of Tetragonolepis and Belem-
nites acutus, Mill.

Rhynchonella variabilis, Schl.
Belemnites acutus, Mill.

Ostrea leviuscula, Sow., Avicula, and
Pecten.

Ammonites Conybeari, Sow., and Be-
lemnites acutus, Mill.

Nautilus striatus, Sow., Am. Cony-
beari, Sow., and Belemnites acutus,
Mill.

Lima gigantea, Sow., and Spirifera
Walcotti, Sow.

Vertebree of Ichthyosaurus, Am. Buck-
landi, and Spirifera Walcott.

Am. Bucklandi, Nautilus striatus, and
Spirifera Walcotti.

Hybodus curtus, Agass.

Pholadomya glabra, Agass.

Nautilus striatus, Sow. (large), Am.
Brookii, Sow., and fossil wood.

Am. Conybeari, Sow., and Am. Buck-
landi, Sow.

Pleurotomaria similis, Sow., and Lima
gigantea, Sow.

Am. Bucklandi, Sow., and Pleuroto-
maria similis, Sow.

Ammonites Conybeari, Sow.

Nautilus striatus, Sow. (large).

Pentacrinus eer? and Pecten texto-
rius, Goldf.

* This section shows the relative position of the zones of Ammonites Buck-
landi and Am. planorbis and the Avicula contorta series in this part of the
county of Somerset, and affords a good type for comparing these zones in
Somersetshire with the same groups in other parts of the South of Mngland

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Feb. 29
Litnonoey. Thickness. OrGANIC REMAINS.
No. feet.
45. Dark-grey limestones ...... Ichthyosaurus communis, Conyb.
Dark shales ...............+0: Gryphea incurva, Sow., and Penta-
crinus tuberculatus, Mill.
44, Grey limestone.
Dark shales.
43. Grey limestone ............ Ichthyosaurus communis and Am. Co-
nybeart.
ID Ries SINE 5. 5q5an546nca0908c Pinna Hartmanni, Ziet., and Gryphea
incurva, Sow.
42. Bluish limestone............ 80

41. Thirteen or fourteen lime-
stone-bands, with irregu-
lar surfaces ; some nodu-
lar, with partings of clay
and shale

. From six to eighteen beds,
comprising 20 inches of
BOING booccdvsconovcesbo00000¢

70
39.
pravel GEK7: “sesgosdsonad0D0000
. Hight beds of limestone
and clay
37. Thirteen beds of limestone
and clay ; the limestones
irregular, water-worn,
and nodular...............
Dark laminated shales ...
36. Grey limestone.
Dark shales.
35. Greyish limestone
34. Ten beds of shales and
limestone; septaria in
the lower beds.
33. Thin grey limestone.
Thick dark clay.
32. Thin band of limestone.
Dark clay.
31. Thin band of limestone
Thick dark shales.

30-25. Six beds of limestone,
alternating with six
thicker beds of clay ...

( 24. Light-coloured limestone.

Dark-coloured shale.
23. Light-coloured limestone.
Dark shale.
. | 22. Thick White Lias ......
21-12. Twelve bedsof White
Lias, separated by thin
bands of clay Es
11,10. Four beds of lime-
stone, becoming thin
and rubbly beneath,

60

43

thickness

and nodular at the base
9. Cotham marble

White Lias Series, 32 feet in

eocossene

Pholadomya glabra, Ag., and Lima,
n. sp., with large ribs, Gryphea in-
curva, Sow., and Rhynchonella va-
riabilis, Schl.

Pholadomya glabra, Ag., and Lima
gigantea, Sow.

Pecten textorius, Schl., Pholadomya
glabra,Ag., and Pleurotomaria simi-
lis, Sow.

Lima pectinoides, Sow., and Cardinia
ovalis, Stutch.

Pholadomya glabra, Ag., Rhyncho-
nella variabilis, Schl., and Ostrea.

Ostrea.

Pinna Hartmanni, Ziet., and Unicar-
dium cardioides, Phil.

Pecten textorius, Goldf., and Phola-
domya glabra, Ag., Modtola Hil-
lana, Sow., and Avicula (small).

1860. ] WRIGHT—LIAS, 401

Litnotoey. Thickness. Oraanic REMAINS.
No. feet.
Black shales.
| 8. Band of limestone ...... 20
he 7. Nodular limestone.
2 Black shales..........2.0<¢ 15 Fishes’ scales; layers of compressed
1D Pullastra arenicola, Strick.
or 6. Dark limestone ......... 10 Pecten Valoniensis, Defr., and Avicula
Se contorta, Portl.
So Dark shale.
2 Ae 5. Dark limestone ......... Pullastra arenicola.
=A Dark shale.
£* | 4. Greenish brown soft ?
S Marlstone.
8 3. Pale-bluish clay, with
> plant-like fibres ...... 5
$s 2. Buff-coloured clay.
a 1. Grey sandy marlstone,
with ferruginous spots.
New Red Marl.

Lyme Regis —The zone of Ammonites Bucklandi is admirably
exposed in the coast-section at Lyme Regis in Dorset, both in the
Church Cliffs and at Pinhay Bay, where the beds consist of a series
of grey limestones, from 2 to 10 inches in thickness, varying from
earthy to compact, and alternating with marls and shaly beds,—
either seams of a few inches, or beds of many feet in thickness.
The following section, from the lowest bed on the shore to Broad
Ledge, which may be considered as the uppermost bed of the Am.
Bucklandi or Lima series, affords a correct view of the stratigra-
phical order of these strata and of the fossils they contain.

Section of the Ammonites Bucklandi or Lima beds from Broad Ledge
to the shore at Lyme Regis.

a. Lirnonoey. fe ae Oraanic Remains.
. ( 1. Dark-grey limestone. Rhynchonella variabilis, in masses.
aril Brey y
Zz “Broad Ledge” or
_ *Mable-bed.” ..........+. 3 6
is | 2. Dark marls and shales, Ichthyosaurus communis, I. platyodon,
x { with bands of clays ....15 0 | Ammonites semicostatus, Y. & B.,
& and Rhynchonella variabilis, Schl.
‘ | 3. Grey limestone ............ 0 4 Ammonites Turneri, Sow., and Am, se-
§ micostatus, Y. & B.
\ 4. Dark slaty marls ......... 4 0
~ { 9. Dark-grey limestone...... 1 O Lima gigantea, L. antiquata, and
z Rhynchonella variabilis.
fF | 6. Black shales, with part- Ichthyosaurus communis (in the “ fire-
ings of gypsum ......... 2 6 stone-beds”’ west of the Cobb).

& Gs Darkneeis 1 limestone .010 Lima gigantea, L. antiquata, and
my Rhynchonella variabhilis.
© 4. 8. Dark shale...;...ces.cssecas 2 0 Gryphea incurva, Sow.
= | 9. Hard ery limestone. Fin-spines of Hyhodus, Rhynchonella
& “ Grey Ledge” ......... j eee variabilis, and Pentacrinus (stem).
s 10. Dark shai al 2 0 Ichth latyod.

S . Dark shaly marls ..., .... 2 chthyosaurus platyodon.
& | 11. Grey limestone ............ 0 6 Spines of Pseudo-diadema, and other
i Echinide.
= | 12. Dark indurated shale ... 3 6 Ichthyosaurus platyodon.

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

No. Litnooey. eee OrGanic REMAINS.

13. Bluish limestone ......... 1 O Gryphea incurva, Rhynchonella vari-

abilis, and Lima antiquata.

14. Dark shales, containing Ichthyosaurus communis, I. platyodon,
ue indurated —_ imperfect Pentacrinus tuberculatus, Mill., and
3 IbTVESONIN): © Goosbedboodoone 6 Lima gigantea, Sow. —

x | 15. Bluish limestone ......... 0 10

S$ | 16. Dark indurated clay...... 1 3 Gryphea incurva and fragments of

Ss) | Pentacrinus tuberculatus.

& | 17. Grey limestone, with the Otopteris obtusa, L.& H., and Arau-

RS plant-bed at the top ... 0 6 carites peregrinus, Sternb., in the

S plant-bed.

= | 18. Dark-bluish limestone ... 1 6 Ammonites Conybeari and Rhyncho-

S nella variabilis.

RQ | 19. Dark shale.................. 0 8 Gryphea incurva, Sow.

$ } 20. Dark-greyish limestone . 0 10 Ammonites Bucklandi, Sow., and Am.

‘$ rotiformis, Sow.

S| 21. Dark shale). .2.....<...---+. 0 8

& | 22. Grey limestone ............ oO 4

oe Darkishales coe cneen 1 O ILchthyosaurus tenuirostris, Conyb.
24. Dark-greyish limestone . 1 4 Ichthyosaurus communis, skulls and

bones of other species, and Rhyn-
chonella variabilis.

25. Hard shale, forming Ichthyosaurus communis and I. inter-
“ Quick Ledge”’......... I @ medius,

26. Blue limestone ............ 0 6 Ammonites Bucklandi and Lima gi-
| gantea.

| hee Warlcishalern-seesncrsce see. 0 8 Gryphea incurva and Rhynchonella

variabilis.

28. Concretionary limestone
(surface mammillated) 0 4
29. Dark-grey shale............ 0 8 Ammonites angulatus, Schl.
30. Greyish limestone......... 0 6 Lima gigantea and L. antiquata.
31. Dark indurated shale .... 0 9 Ammonites Bucklandi (large speci-
mens on the shore).
Ss Hard grey limestone...... 0 7 Lima gigantea and L. antiquata.

The shingle of the shore covers the lower beds.

Coast of Glamorganshire.—In Glamorganshire there is an exten-
sive exposition of the Am. Buckland: and Lima series for the distance
of sixteen miles along the coast, from Penarth Head by Barry Island,
Aberthaw, and Dunraven Castle to the mouth of the River Ogmore,
where the Lower Lias rests on upturned beds of Carboniferous Lime-
stone. The strata chiefly laid bare by the sea are those containing
Lima gigantea and Gryphea incurva. At Cowbridge the same litho-
logical relations are observed ; the Lower Lias here rests on Carbo-
niferous Limestone.

At Penarth Head, however, the relation of the Am. Bucklandi series
to the Am. planorbis and Avicula contorta beds below is much better
seen than at any other part of the Glamorganshire coast.

Fossils of the zone of Ammonites Bucklandi—The fossils of the
zone of Ammonites Bucklandi are numerous, andin general in a good
state of preservation.

Ichthyosaurus communis, Conyd.
intermedius, Conyb.
platyodon, Conyb.

—— tenuirostris, Cony).

Ichthyodorulites of Hybodus.
Ammonites Bucklandi, Sow.
Conybeari, Sow.
rotiformis, Sow.

1860. | WRIGHT—LIAS, 403

Ammonites angulatus, Schloth. Modiola Hillana, Sow,
Greenoughii, Sow. Avicula Sinemuriensis, d’ Ord.
tortilis, d’ Ord. Pinna diluviana (Zieten, pl. 55. fig. 6).

Nautilus striatus, Sow. Pholadomya glabra, Agass.

Pleurotomaria similis, Sow. Terebratula psilonoti, Quenst.

Ostrea irregularis, Miinst. Rhynchonella variabilis, Sch/oth.

Grypheea incurva, Sow. Spirifera Walcotti, Sow.

Unicardium cardioides, Phi/. Pseudo-diadema (spines).

Pecten textorius, Schloth. Cidaris Edwardsii, W7.

Lima gigantea, Sow. Pentacrinus tuberculatus, M7//.
antiquata, Sow. Tsastrzeea Murchisoni, W7.

—— pectinoides, Sow.

3. Tue Zone or Ammonites TURNERI.

Synonyms. Hauptpentacrinitenbank des untern Lias,’’ Quen-
stedt, Flozgeb. p. 152, 1843. ‘ Lumachelle de Pentacrinites basalti-
formis,” Marcou, Jura salinois, p. 47, 1846. <* Die Schichten des
Pentacrinus tuberculatus,” Oppel, Juraformation, p. 44, 1856.
“ Tuberculatus-bed,” Wright, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xv. p. 25,
1858. ‘Marne de Strassen,’’ Dewalque et Chapuis, Fossiles de
Luxembourg, 1853. ‘Marne de Strassen,” Dewalque, Descrip. du
Lias de Luxembourg, 1857.

This subdivision of the Lower Lias forms a well-marked zone of
life. The beds consist of light-coloured argillaceous limestone, of
hard greyish limestone, or of deep-blue, shelly, indurated shale, in-
terstratified with beds of dark-coloured clay. Many of the slabs of
limestone are covered with shells and portions of the stem and side
arms of Pentacrinus tuberculatus. From one of these slabs, collected
at Frethern or Purton in Gloucestershire, Miller’s original specimen
of this Crinoid was obtained.

Gloucestershire and Warwickshire-—The zone of Ammonites Tur-
neri was exposed at Bredon, in the deep cuttings of the Midland
Railway, from whence many of my specimens were obtained. Por-
tions of these beds are sometimes laid open in the Vale of Glou-
cester in making drains, as at Badgeworth and Hardwick ; and many
fine slabs are occasionally procured from the river-section at Purton.
I know of no locality in Gloucestershire, however, where the entire
series is exposed. My friend Dr. Oppel referred the Saurian beds
of Brockeridge Common to this series, supposing them to be the equi-
valent of the Saurian beds at Lyme, which appertain to the zone of
Ammonites Turneri ; but the description which I have already given
of the Am. planorbis beds and their correlations have demonstrated
that the beds at Brockeridge Common represent the Am. planorhis
series. In Warwickshire the Am. Turneri beds constitute the base
of what is called in that county the “ Cardinia-series,’’ which in-
cludes all those strata of the Lower Lias extending from the Am,
Turneri to the Am. raricostatus beds, and which are characterized by
different forms of Cardinia Listeri, Sow.

Dorsetshire.—At Lyme Regis the Ammonites Bucklandi or Lima
series is overlain by thick beds of clay and slaty marls containing
many Enaliosaurian skeletons, with numerous fishes, in fine pre-
servation ; these strata are known to local collectors as the Fish- and

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Feb. 29,

Saurian-beds. The magnificent specimen of [chthyosaurus platyodon,
Conyb., now in the British Museum, came from this clay, as proved
by the impressions of Am. semicostatus, Y. & B., which are seen on
the matrix. This thick clay-bed is underlain by a thin band of
greyish limestone, in which Am. Turnert is found. The following
section of this zone at Lyme Regis shows the sequence of the Am.
Turnere beds at that locality.

Section of the Zone of Ammonites Turneri at Lyme Regis.

No. LitHoLoey. ee Organic REMAINS.
a 1. Thick limestone. ‘“ Broad
Xx hed gee esc eisesecenanne 3
S 2. Black shales, with bands Ichthyosaurus platyodon, TI. com-
8. | of brown clay. ‘“Sau- munis, Amimonites semicostatus,
aS rian- and Fish-bed”’...... 18 0 Am. Turneri, and Fishes.
ak 4 3. Greyish, hard, shelly lime- Ammonites Turneri and Am. semi-
ES Some ce Aron paiiansienenes 0 4 ~— costatus.
a 4. Dark shales, with indu-
3 rated bands of imperfect
= limestone ..........0-++000 3
Greyish limestone ............ Lima gigantea, L. antiquata, and

Rhynchonella variabilis.
Beds with Am. Bucklandi and Lima. (See page 398.)

Fossils of the Zone of Ammonites Turneri *.

Ichthyosaurus platyodon, Conyd. Cardinia ovalis, Stutch.
(British Museum). Ostrea.
— intermedius, Conyb. (Warwick Avicula,
Museum). Pecten textorius, Schloth.
communis, Conyd. (Brit. Mus.). —— glaber, Heh.
Ammonites Turneri, Sow. Astarte consobrina, Dewal.
semicostatus, Y. f B. Crenatula.
— Bonnardi, d@’ Ord. Plicatula.
Turbo. Gervillia lanceolata, Sow.
Lima punctata, Sow. Gryphea obliqua, Sow.
gigantea, Sow. Cidaris Edwardsii, Wr.
pectinoides, Sow. Pentacrinus tuberculatus, Miller.

4, Tuer Zonet or AMMONITES OBTUSUS.

Synonyms.—‘ Marston-Marble,” Sowerby, Min.Con. Suppl. Index,
vol. i. 1812. ‘Ammonite-bed (Lower Lias),’’ Murchison, Geol. of
Cheltenham, 2nd edit. p. 42, 1845. ‘Turneri-Thone,” Quenstedt,
Flozgeb. Wirttembergs, p. 540. ‘Sable d’Aubange (pars infer.),”
Dewalque et Chapuis, Luxembourg, p. 12. “ Grés de Virton (pars
infer.),’’ Dewalque, Lias de Luxembourg, p. 48. “ Die Schichten
des Ammonites obtusus,” Oppel, Juraformation, p.50. << Indurated
marl and limestone-beds,’’ De la Beche, Sections, &c., Geol. Trans.
2nd ser. vol. 11.

Gloucestershire and Warwickshire.—The beds constituting this
zone are well developed in the Vale of Gloucester, and were exposed
in the deep cuttings of the Bristol and Birmingham Railway, espe-
cially near Bredon, from whence the best collection of the fossils of

* T have omitted the fossil Fishes found in the Lias at Lyme Regis, as I was

unable to ascertain with correctness the beds from which the different species
were collected : a-large majority of them, I believe, come from this zone of life.

1860. ] WRIGHT—LIAS, 405

these beds was obtained. The rocks consist of dark-grey or bluish
shales and clays, with irregular and inconstant beds of dark-grey
argillaceous limestone, the shales being in parts nodular or lami-
nated, the clays thick and tenacious; the nodular portions of the
shales were very fossiliferous. This zone forms part of the Cardinia-
bed of the local geologists in Warwickshire, where it appears to be
exposed in several localities. I saw in Mr. Tomes’s collection some
very fine specimens of Ammonites obtusus, Am. multicostatus, Am.
Brookvi, and Am. Sauzeanus, VOrb., collected by him from the Am.
obtusus beds ; and in Mr. Kershaw’s collection I saw a series of Am.
Sauzeanus, d’Orb., from Darlingstoke near Shipton-on-Stour.

Dorsetshire.—At Lyme Regis the zone of Ammonites obtusus attains
a considerable thickness, and is well exposed in the coast-section.
The beds rise on the shore about half a mile east of Charmouth, and
consist of thick beds of dark marls, which rest upon the Table-bed,
formed by Broad Ledge. The lower part of these marls contain
numerous compressed Ammonites and layers of nodules forming
cement-stones. Above these succeed shales and clays, thin bands of
limestone, and thick beds of shale and marls with mudstones. Above
these are inconstant bands of limestone containing septaria, in which
gigantic examples of Am. obtusus, Am. stellaris, and Am. Brookii are
found. The following section shows the relative position of these
beds.

Section from Broad Ledge to Cornstone Ledge, near Charmouth,

ie Litnovoey. ais Oreanic Remarns.
1. Dark-grey limestone. “ Corn-
stone Ledge.”
2. Dark-bluish marls_ ............ 20 0
3. Dark-greyish limestone ...... 010 Lchthyosaurus platyodon and I. inter-
medius.
4. Dark clays.
5. Dark limestone, with septaria. Nautilus striatus, Ammonites Brookii,

and Am. stellaris (very large).
6. Dark shale.
7. Dark limestone. ‘“ Upper Ce-
ment-bed.”

8. Dark shales, containing mud- Inoceramus. Saurian remains,
stone nodules.
9. Thin band of limestone. “The Extracrinus Briareus.

Pentacrinite-bed.”’
10. Dark shales. |
11. Dark limestone, | «ps podge?
12. Dark shale. Fire-ledge.
13. Dark limestone.
14. Dark shale. “ Split-ledge.”
15

By Daxk ‘limestone: ;.i.s0ssresscrees Ammonites planicosta, Sow., and Am.
Smithii, Sow.
EC VAT: BURION: . ceancndpnisdvephnankar Saurian skeletons.
17. Greyish limestone.............+. Ammonites obtusus, Sow., and Am.

Birchii, Sow., crystallized, forming
the “ Tortoise-ammonites.”’
18. Dark marls, with nodular The nodules of these lower cement-
RRR ee Lbs slap eee wal 20 0 beds contain Saurian remains.
19, Dark indurated shale and
limestone. ‘“ Broad Ledge.’ + O Overlies the Lima-beds east of Lyme.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Feb. 29,

The zone of Ammonites obtusus probably attains a thickness of from
80 to 100 feet; but its actual measurement would be a matter of
difficulty, from the manner in which the marls have covered over the
bands of limestone: hence the imperfection of our estimate.

In the lower slaty marls are numerous compressed Ammonites
Birchit, which fall to pieces when removed from the matrix. Higher
up (No. 17) the same species is found in fine preservation, with Am-
monites obtusus. Here the shells are replaced, and the septa filled,
with crystallized carbonate of lime. These beautiful specimens are
the ‘‘ Tortoise-ammonites ” of the local collectors. About 40 or
50 feet above these beds is an irregular band of limestone (5), pro-
jecting from the cliff, containmg nodules with very large specimens
of Ammonites obtusus, Sow., Am. stellaris, Sow., and Am. Brookii,
Sow. Most of the nodules have a septarian structure, the veins of
spar intersecting and distorting the shape of the Ammonite.

Below the Ammonitiferous nodules (5 of the section) other bands
of clay and marl (6 to 14) succeed. In one of these (9) are thin
layers of Crinoidal limestone, on the surface of which magnificent
specimens of Hvtracrinus Briareus, Mill., are found, with their plant-
like arms laid out in all directions, and generally coated with sul-
phuret of iron.

Fossils of the Zone of Ammonites obtusus.

Ammonites obtusus, Sow. Ammonites Smithii, Sow.
— Brookii, Sow. Nautilus striatus, Sow.
stellaris, Sow. Belemnites acutus, M7d/.
—— planicosta, Sow. Pleurotomaria Anglica, Sow.
—— Dudressieri, @’ Orb. Extracrinus Briareus, W/27/.

5. Tue Zone or AMMONITES OXYNOTUS.

Synonyms.—<‘ Oxynoten-Schichte,” Fraas, Wirttemb. naturw.
Jahreshefte, 1847, p. 206. “ Oxynotenlager,’’? Quenstedt, Der Jura,
p- 293, 1858. “ Die Schichten des Ammonites oxynotus,” Oppel,
Die Juraformation, p. 54, 1856. “ Oxynotus-bed,” Wright, Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 25, 1858.

This zone consists of beds of dark clays, often containing much
sulphuret of iron, or iron in the state of peroxide, all the fossils
found in the clay being either highly pyritic, or charged with per-
oxide of iron. The bed was exposed in the cuttings of the Bristol and
Birmingham, and Great Western Railways, at Lansdown near Chel-
tenham, and likewise in excavating the new docks at Gloucester ;
and I have collected its characteristic fossils at other localities in the
Vale of Gloucester.

In Dorsetshire a variety of Ammonites owynotus, Quenst., is found
in a thin bed of dark pyritic marl between Charmouth and Lyme
Regis, near Black Venn. It is here collected with other species,
which properly belong to a higher bed: the falling down of the marl,
by the decay of the bank, makes it difficult to separate the beds.

At Robin Hood’s Bay, on the Yorkshire coast, the relative position
of this zone to the beds with Ammonites obtusus, Sow., below, and

1860. ] WRIGHT—LIAS. 407

Ammonites raricostatus, Ziet., above, are seen in the cliff near the
point where the road leads up to the Alum-works. At this locality
the Am. oxynotus bed is about 20 feet above the clays with Am.
obtusus.

Ammonites oxynotus, Quenstedt.

s ; Wit i } Y
‘ aun Wi i
cimaeamellnilt )
ii i

" van NA WT |
Within NN

Hil
i ' :
Lath

Fossils of the Zone of Ammonites oxynotus.

Ammonites oxynotus, Quenst. Plicatula ventricosa, Miins*,
bifer, Quenst. Modiola minima, Sow.

— lacunatus, Buck. Area.

Nautilus striatus, Sow. Leda.

Belemnites acutus, M7//. Acrosalenia minuta, Buck.

Pleurotomaria Anglica, Sow. cidaris ; spines.

6. Tur Zonr oF AMMONITES RARICOSTATUS,

Synonyms.—* Hippopodium-bed (in part),’? Murchison’s Geology
of Cheltenham, 2nd ed., by Buckman and Strickland, p.44. “ Rari-
costatenschichte,” Fraas, Wirttemb. naturw. Jahreshefte, 1847,
pl. 3.“ Raricostatenbank,” Quenstedt, 1856, Der Jura, p. 292.
** Die Schichten des Ammonites raricostatus,”’ Oppel, 1856, Die Jura-
formation, p. 56.

The beds forming this zone are exposed in several brick-fields in
the vicinity of Cheltenham. They consist of dark-coloured clays, more
or less impregnated with the peroxide of iron. In an excavation
recently made near Marle Hill, for the purpose of obtaining clay to
make bricks for the town-sewers, the following section was obtained.
The beds are enumerated in a descending order.

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 29,

No. ft. in.
1. Gryphea-bed; a hard ferruginous clay, which broke
into fragments, and contained many specimens of
Gryphea obliquata, Sow.........-....4+ 3ft.to 4 0
2. Ooral-band ; a thin seam of lightish-coloured unctuous
clay, containing a great many small sessile Corals
(Thecocyathus), most of which appeared to have been
attached to the valves of Gryphites ...... linchto O
3. Hippopodium-bed ; a stiff dark-coloured clay, in some
parts ferruginous, and containing Cardima Listeri,
Sow., and Hippopodium ponderosum, Sow., in con-
siderable mumibers) 7) 2 ve oe ea from 8ft.to 10 0
4, Ammonite-bed ; a dark ferruginous clay, containing
selenite and the peroxide and sulphuret of iron, and
a great number of the brood of Ammonites, highly
pyzitic, likewise Am. raricostatus, Am. armatus, and
the other/speciesio£ thelist ae soe eee ee

In the parish of Cleeve near Cheltenham the same beds were
formerly worked for brick-earth, and the finest specimens that I
have collected of Cardinia Listert, Sow., Hippopodium ponderosum,
Sow., Ammonites raricostatus, Ziet., and Pleurotomaria Anglica,
Sow., were obtained therefrom. In the railway-cutting at Bredon
the same beds were likewise cut through, and yielded a rich series of
the characteristic fossils. In Warwickshire the railway-cutting at
Honeybourne exposed the same beds; and here likewise the coral-
band contained a considerable number of Thecocyathus rugosus, Wr.

At Lyme Regis in Dorsetshire this zone is found near Black Venn.
Some of the beds contain a considerable quantity of pyrites, so
much so, that during the winter months they are worked for that
mineral, when their characteristic Ammonites are collected in con-
siderable numbers ; unfortunately they are so much charged with
pyrites that they are preserved with difficulty.

At Robin Hood’s Bay, on the coast of Yorkshire, this zone is seen
resting on the underlying clays with Ammonites owynotus, and over-
lain by thick clays containing Ammonites Jamesoni, Sow. In all
these localities there appears to be an absence of limestone-layers ;
clay, more or less impregnated with iron, constitutes the entire beds.

Not ascer-
tained.

Fossils of the Zone of Ammonites raricostatus.

Belemnites acutus, M7UU. Gryphea obliquata, Sow.
Nautilus striatus, Sow. Cardinia Listeri, Sow.
Ammonites raricostatus, Zzet. Hippopodium ponderosum, Sow.
armatus, Sow. Anomya pellucida, Zerg.
armatus densinodus, Quenst. Unicardium cardioides, Phil.
—— nodulosus, Buck. Myacites, sp.
— Guibalianus, a’ Ord. Rhynchonella variabilis, Schloth.
muticus, @’ Orb. (?) Terebratula numismalis, Lam.
Pleurotomaria similis, Sow. Pentacrinus scalaris, Goldf.
Trochus imbricatus, Sow. Thecocyathus rugosus, W7.

Ostrea, n. sp.
SIV. Conclusion.—From the preceding observations it appears

1860.] WRIGHT—LIAS AND BONE-BED. 409

that the AvIcuLA conrorTA BEDS, which lie at the base of the Lias,
contain a fauna of a special character; several of the Conchifera are
identical with species found only in the Upper St. Cassian beds and
Kossener-Schichten of continental geologists. These remarkable
strata are grouped by one class of observers with the Trias, by
another with the Lias; the difference of opinion among continental
geologists has arisen from the circumstance that the majority of the
species have a Triassic facies, whilst a few only are said to pass into
the Lias.

In England, on the contrary, our grouping of the Avicula contorta
beds has been based chiefly on their lithological character ; and in
part likewise from their being fossiliferous, and resting on the upper-
most part of the unfossiliferous Red Marl; the fossils they were
found to contain being assumed to be Liassic, from their proximity to
the fossiliferous beds of the Lias.

It has been stated by Sir Philip Egerton and Professor Agassiz,
that the Fishes of the English Bone-bed are either special to that
breccia, or belong to species which are well known in the Muschel-
kalk of Germany. General Portlock, who found these beds in the
North of Ireland, stated that they contained Muschelkalk fossils ; and
Sir Charles Lyell, in his ‘Manual,’ from the determination of the Fish,
placed the Bone-bed in the Trias. Lastly, I have now shown that
the Conchifera are special to this zone, and that none of them ap-
pear to pass into the true Lias.

The Avicula contorta beds occupy a considerable area in the Mid-
land Counties, the South of England, and South Wales, and through-
out present very uniform lithological and paleontological characters ;
General Portlock having found them in the North of Ireland, and
Mr. Howell at Bagots Park in Staffordshire, whilst I have traced
them through the counties of Worcester, Warwick, Gloucester, So-
merset, Glamorgan, and Dorset.

Whatever may be determined regarding the true grouping of the
Avicula contorta beds, there can be no doubt that the Zonz or AmMo-
NITES PLANORBIS belongs to the Lias, and forms the base of that for-
mation, should the Avicula contorta beds be hereafter removed to
the Trias. This zone is remarkable for the first appearance of Am-
monites under the simple form of Ammonites planorbis in some of its
lowest beds, where they appear sparingly. They are abundant in the
upper shales, where the species become extinct. The Am. planorbis
beds may be described as the first Saurian zone of the Lias, if the
Bone-bed be removed from this formation. Plesiosaurus megacephalus,
P. Etheridgii, P. Hawlkinsii, and P. dolichodeirus are found in the
Lower “ Fire-stones ;”’ and Jehthyosaurus intermedius and J. tenui-
rostris in the shales and limestones above these. Insects are found
in different beds in this zone in some localities, and only in one or two
limestone-beds in others. The thin laminated shales are often much
marked by rain-spots. These facts attest the marginal nature of
these deposits. ‘The numerous Sea-urchins of the ‘* Guinea-bed ”
and the corals of the other strata prove that marine life there pre-
yailed,

VOL, XVI,——PART I, 2H

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, [Feb, 29,

The Zone or Ammonites Buckzanpi is remarkable for containing
a great number of large Ammonites belonging to Von Buch’s group
Arietes, such as Am. Bucklandi, Am. rotiformis, Am. Conybeari, Am.
angulatus, &e., which everywhere characterize this stage where it is
developed in Europe. Saurian remains are not so abundant in this
as inthe Am. planorbis zone; but Lima gigantea, L. antiquata, and
other congeneric forms, with Gryphea arcuata, prevail in abun-
dance throughout. In the uppermost beds only Belemnites acutus
occurs, and that in small numbers.

The Zonr or Ammontres TurneErti is characterized by the appear-
ance of several species of Ammonites, as Am. Turnert and Am. semi=
costatus, and the abundance of a remarkable crinoid, Pentacrinus
tuberculatus, Mill. The Ammonites which prevailed in the Am.
Bucklandi zone are mostly all absent from this. The second Lias
Saurian zone belongs to this subdivision, for the beds richest in
remains of Fish and Saurians at Lyme Regis (containing Ichthyo-
saurus platyodon, I. intermedius, and I, commwmis) belong to the
zone of Am. Twrneri. Unfortunately the beds yielding the different
species of fossil Fishes have not been noted with sufficient accuracy
to enable me to state what species belong in particular to these becs.

The Zorn or AMMONITES oBTUSUS contains many species of Am-
mowites which here appear for the first time. Ammonites obtusus,
Am. Birchii, Am. Brookit, Am. Smithti, Am. Dudressiert, and Am.
planicosta, with Nautilus striatus and Belemmites acutus, form the
group of Cephalopoda here. Saurian bones occur sparingly in these
beds ; and a remarkable thin bed of limestone, characterized by im-
mense numbers of Hvtracrinus Briareus which are presezved on the
surface of the slabs, belongs to this zone.

The Zone or AMMONITES OxYNoTUs contains three or four species of
Ammonites which have a yery limited range in time, as Ammonites
oxynotus, Am. bifer, and Am. lacunatus; with a number of small
Conchifera belonging to the genera Arca, Leda, Asiarte; and small
Urchins, as Acrosalewia minuta, and fragments of Crinoids.

The Zone or AMMONITES RARICOSTATUS possesses a remarkable
assemblage of Mollusca. The Ammonites are all special to this zone:
of these, Am. varicostatus, Am. armatus, Am. densinodus, Arr. nodu-
losus, and Am. Guibalianus are the most abundant. Cardinia Listeri
is found in great numbers, with Gryphea obliquata and Hippopo-
dium ponderosum, together with a thin band of small Corals, and
Beleniutes acutus. The clays forming this zone and that of Am. owy-
notus are largely charged with the sulphuret of iron, and lkewise
with the peroxides of that metal, so much so that the fine fossils
found therein fall to pieces in the bed, or rapidly decompose when
exposed to the atmosphere.

The following Table shows at one view the geographical distribu-
tion of the different zones of the Lower Lias.

1860, | _ WRIGHT—LIAS AND BONE-BED. 411.

TABLE SHOWING THE ZonrESs oF THE LoweER Lis.

Counties) | 8|2| 5] 3] €
| 2] 8) S| 4
S|Elalale
Clay with Ammonites Jamesoni, Sow.
a. Dark clays and shales, often ferruginous,
" Zone of containing Hippopodium ponderosum,
Ammonites Gryphea obliqua, Cardinia Listeri, The-
raricostatus, cocyathus rugosus, Am. raricostatus, Am.
armatus, and Am, densinodus.......20++.00 %
6. Dark clays and shales, much impregnated
Zone of with iron, containing Ammonites oxyno-
Am. oxrynotus, tus, Am. bifer, Am. lacunatus, and Acro-
salenia Minuta....... Ae Pore EOC TLE | *
¢. Greyish argillaceous limestone, in thin
a Zone of beds alternating with beds of clay ana
3 Am. obtusus. marl, and containing Ammonites obtusus,
ae Am. Birchii, and Am. Dudressieré ........- | *
5 d, Hard, dark, slaty clays, or light-coloured
aS Zone of shelly limestone, with Cardinia ovalis,
6 Am. Turneri. Pentacrinus tuberculatus, Ammonites Tur-
EI nert, Am. semicostatus, and Saurians...... | *] *
8 e. Bluish-grey limestones, with beds of clay,
§ Zone of containing Lima antiqua, L. gigantea,
Am. Bucklandi. Ammonites angulatus, Am. Bucklandi,
Am. Conybeari, and Am. rotiformis ...... * |x|
f. Greyish or light-coloured limestones, in
thin beds, interstratified with finely lami-
nated shales; the limestones forming the
Paying-beds of Warwickshire and the
White Lias of Dorsetshire; and contain-
ing Ammonites planorbis, Am. Johnstoni,
Zone of Lima punctata, L. gigantea, L. pecti-
Am. planorbis. noides, Hemipedina Tomesit, and spines
a OL CICO Gast adn oigipae de bie evar chaxnaaeey’ * | «| +
z g. Hard dark-grey limestone, containing
a) Onteal Ostrea liassica in great abundance, with
3 Bed skeletons of Plesiosaurus megacephalus,
z aii P. Hawkinsit, Ichthyosaurus intermedius,
= andl, CUI OSUIER sci cisscodasckccccsces exc’ x lal
oe h. Dark shales, with thin bands of lime-
a° Zone of ( stone, often pyritic, and thin beds o
sg a8 ¥ light-coloured micaceous sandstone, with
< Avicu sap a thin band of bone-breccia near the base.
z torta. These contain Avicula contorta, Pecten
7, Valoniensis, and Pullastra arenicola....... * lx) *

Red Marls of the Keuper.

In concluding these observations on the different zones of the
Lower Lias, I would remark that nearly all the species contained in
these beds differ from the species of the Middle Lias, which, in like
manner, can be divided into several distinct zones by the Ammonites
contained in them. I must reserve my observations on this subject
to a future communication, in which I propose giving a table show-
A the stratigraphical distribution of all the Invertebrata of the Lias.

2u2

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 14,

Marca 14, 1860.

The Rey. T. G. Bonney, M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cam-
bridge, and the Rey. Henry Eley, MLA. , Broomfield Vicarage, Chelms-
ford, were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1, On the occurrence of Linevta Crepynert, Geinitz, in the Coat-
MEASURES Of DurHAm; and on the Claim of the Purmtan Rocks to
be entitled a System. By J. W. Kirxsy, Esq. —

[Communicated by T. Davidson, Esq., F.G-S. ]

Tue recurrence of Carboniferous species in Permian strata is not new
to paleontologists; for recurrent species from the Carboniferous
fauna, and such as were supposed to be recurrent, have been noticed
by several observers. Messrs. Lonsdale*, Jonest, HowseZ, King,
and Davidson ||, as well as others, have identified Permian with Car-
boniferous species, or vice versd, though it may be remarked that in
some cases their determinations have been undoubtedly erroneous.

The discovery of another species which had long been thought
characteristic of the Permian period, in Carboniferous strata, is there-
fore not so novel a fact as might appear at first sight. At the same
time, I deem it well to record its occurrence, which is not without
importance. It is of interest merely as the discovery of another
species which is common to the faune of the two later palaeozoic eras;

_and it is of consequence as a fact which assists in illustrating some
of the physical conditions which prevailed during the deposition of
the Upper Coal-measures of the North of England.

In the Permian formation, Lingula Credneri is confined to the
lower strata. In England it is restricted to the “‘ Marl-slate,” and
the lower beds of the “Compact Limestone. It is not common in
these members, haying been found only at Ferry Hill, Thrislington,
and Thickley.

As a Carboniferous shell it only occurred to me during the summer
of last year (1858), at the Ryhope Winning, near Sunderland. I
first observed it in a thin bed of dark shale, at a depth of 951 feet
from the surface, or 592 feet from the base of the overlying Permian
strata. In this bed it was exceedingly rare; but I found it more
plentiful in a thick stratum of grey shale just above the bed already
mentioned.

From the first I was struck with the resemblance of these Lin-
gule to the Permian species Z. Credneri ; and my opinion was only

* Lonsdale on Corals, in ‘Silurian System ’ (Fenestella antiqua).

Jones on Entomostraca, in Prof. King’s Mon. Perm. Foss. pp. 61, 62 (Cythere
[Bairdia] curta, &e.).
j t a of Fossils in Perm. Syst. of Northumb. and Durh. p. 40 (Spirorbis glo-
sus

§ Cat. Org. Rem. of Perm. Syst. p. 13 (Loxonema rugifera); see also Mon,
Perm. Foss. p. 150 (Zerebratula SURETY.

|| Mon, Carb. Brachiopoda, pp. 14, 38.& 58 (Terebratula Sacculus, &e.) ; also.
in ‘Geologist,’ vol. i, pp. 19 & 21.

1860. ] KIRKBY—PERMIAN FOSSILS. 413

strengthened by the acquisition of a full suite of specimens. Not
to rely solely upon my own judgment, however, I have submitted
some of the finest examples to the inspection of Messrs. R. Howse,
A. Hancock, and T, Davidson, who quite agree in referring them to
L. Credneri.

There is no essential difference between the Permian and Carbo-
niferous specimens. The form of both is nearly oval. Each show
similar slight modifications of outline—occasionally becoming some-
what oblong, and having the posterior end more acuminate. The
lines of increment are alike in both; and there is no difference in
the thickness of the shell, which in both cases is extremely delicate.
The Carboniferous specimens have the median elevation more promi-
nent than those from the marl-slate ; but in this respect they only
approach more closely to the Permian examples from the Kupfer-
Schiefer, the German equivalent of the Marl-slate. In no respect
do the Permian differ from the Carboniferous specimens more widely
than do individuals of the same series from each other.

The intervening space between the Marl-slate and the Lingula-
shale at Ryhope is 680 feet : 96 feet of this is occupied by the Roth-
liegende, or Lower Red Sandstone, which, with Murchison and others,
I consider to be Permian* ; the rest is true Coal-measures, and in-
cludes seventy-one changes of strata. The predominating mineral
character of the latter is argillaceous; the arenaceous and carbona-
ceous beds occupy less than a third of the whole. Twelve seams of
coal are included in these strata, the most being unworkable ; they
give an aggregate thickness of 8 feet 2inches. With one exception,
these coal-seams appear to have resulted from growth on the spot ;
for in eleven instances they rest upon <“thill”—a term of the
Durham miners for the underclays containing Stiymarice, which are
now generally supposed to have been the soils of the Carboniferous
forests. In one instance a seam, 13 inches thick, rests upon a white
sandstone, in which case the coal may be the result of vegetable
driftt. These facts seem to indicate that, even as a Carboniferous
a Lingula Credneri enjoyed a range in time of no mean length ;

* Some geologists refer the Rothliegende, or Lower Red Sandstone, to the
Coal-measures. Mr. Howse quotes its conformability to, and the identity of its
fossils with those of the Coal-measures as sufficient evidence for classing it with the
latter strata. On the other hand, it is contended by Sir Roder ick. “Murchison
that a more comprehensive view leads to the conclusion that it be ‘longs to the
Permian group. The question is of some interest; and I would refer those who
wish for further information to Mr. Howse’s paper in ‘Annals and Mag. Nat.
Hist.’ 2nd ser. vol. xix. pp. 37 & 88; and to ‘Siluria,’ 2nd edit. p. 347.

t+ In the majority of cases, when coal rests upon sandstone, I believe this sur-
mise to be correct. But I have observed Stigmaria ficoides, Brongn., in white
argillaceous sandstone, with its rootlets well preserved, and apparently in their
original position. In this instance the Sigi//aria may possibly have grown on
a sandy soil; or its roots (Sfigmaria) may have penetrated through a more suit-
able but thin soil, into an arenaceous stratum below. As a rule, however, it is
not unlikely that seams of coal resting upon sandstone may be the result of vege-
table drift.

I am informed by a friend, that in the coal-field of the Forest of Wyre, Stig-
maria, with the rootlets in position, occwrs in white fine-grained sandstone,
beneath a seam of imperfect coal.

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 14,

for it is difficult to suppose that all these alternations of strata, and
the growth and accumulation of twelve distinct stages of vegetable
matter, could be otherwise than slowly effected. Comparatively
speaking, however, and so far as we know, its advent was towards
the close of the Carboniferous period.

In the stratum of shale in which the first Lingule were found,
there occur the remains of Fish, Entomostracans, and Plants, as well
as those of a species of Anthracosia, which are very numerous on one
horizon of the bed*. The piscine remains consist of Ganoid scales,
some of which are beautifully coated with brown cnamel ; Sauroid
teeth resembling those of Holoptychius Hibberti ; and spines and iso-
lated bones. These remains are always ina detached state,—the
scales never being connected, nor the bones in juxtaposition. The
Entomostraca belong to two species, one of them bearing some simi-
larity 10 Cypris inflata, Murchison. The association of Hntomostraca
with Fishes may, perhaps, assist in explaining the fragmentary con-
dition of the latter, as has been suggested before in a similar instance.
Among the vegetables is a small species of Lepidodendron, and appa-
rently a Sigillaria and a Calamites. On one horizon of the stratum,
the vegetable matter seems to form a layer of bituminous coal; and
it is in this that the fish-remains are the most numerous. The Mol-
lusca and Entomostraca are not found in the coal, but only where the
stratum is more argillaceous. The Lingule and Anthracosie, though
in the same stratum, are not associated. The remains of Fishes are
in close contiguity with the former; and sometimes all the remains,
Lingule excepted, are to be seen on one plane, as though individuals
of the different species had lived and died together. In the grey and
more argillaceous shale above the first- mentioned bed, and where the
Lingule are more common, the only other remains which occur are
a few Ganoid scales and bones of Fishes.

It is not my intention at present to enlarge on the peculiar cha-
racter of this assemblage of species, further than to notice how the
occurrence of the Lingule establishes the fact that marine conditions
must occasionally have prevailed in the Durham area during the
accumulation of the Upper Coal-measures. The discovery of L.
Crednert (an unquestionably marine shell) is, I believe, the first indi-
cation of marine conditions in this coal-field. Hitherto the Durham
Coal-measures have always been referred to as a series of freshwater
stratat, and pre-eminently lacustrine. It is therefore well we
‘should know that, though the general character of these measures is
decidedly lacustrine, or, rather, fluviatile, yet that in rare instances
there are intercalations of strata which contain marine remains.

In commencing these remarks, the existence of other Carboniferous
species common to Permian rocks was generally alluded to. It may

* Tam storied by Mr. G. Tate, F.G.S., that in the mountain-limestone there
is a similar group of organisms in a shale connected with a coal-seam at Brunton
in Northumberland, where there are Lingula squamiformis, Entomostraca, An-
thracosia, remains of Ganoid Fish, and Plants.

T See Lyell’s ‘ Elements of Geology,’ 4th edit. pp. 325, 826; and Phillips in
Encyc. Metrop., art. “Geology,” p. 592.

1860. ] KIRKBY—-PERMIAN FOSsILs. 415

not be out of place to mention those species which are now allowed
to be common to the Carboniferous and Permian faune.

Through the critical and most elaborate researches of Mr. Thomas
Davidson, several of the Permian Brachiopoda have been proved to
be recurrents from the Carboniferous fauna. Some of these had long
been suspected by other paleontologists to be very closely related tb,
if not identical with, Carboniferous species*. In his Monograph of
the Carboniferous Brachiopoda, Part I., Mr. Davidson has already
shown the identity of the Permian species Terebratula sufflata, Spi-
rifera Clannyana, and Spiriferina cristata with the Carboniferous
species 7’. Sacculus, S. Uri, and S. octoplicata; and in the forth-
coming Part of that valuable work, it will be seen that there are also
two other Brachiopods in Carboniferous rocks which are essentially
the same as species occurring in the Permian strata of Durham?.
By the courtesy of Mr. Davidson, I am allowed to mention that these
species are Camarophoria crumena and C. rhomboidea, which are
identical with the Permian species C. Schlotheimi and C. 4 globulina.
{ [It is also the opinion of Mr. T. Rupert Jones that three species of
Permian Hntomostraca are identical with the Carboniferous species
Oythere elongata, C. mornata, and C. (Bairdia) gracilist. These
determinations are certainly not so conclusive as those of the Bra-
chiopoda, as the comparative examination which the species have
undergone has not been so rigorous, owing to the greater scarcity of
specimens ; but, so far as may be judged from the existing materials,
it is the opinion of Mr. Jones that the Permian specimens belong to
the species to which he refers them.

And in regard to the flora of the British Rothliegende, the species
either appear to be identical with such as occur in the Coal-measures,
or to belong to genera characteristic of these strata. The researches
of Mr. Howse in the Rothliegende, or Lower Red Sandstone, at
Tynemouth, resulted in the discovery of Pinites Brandlingi, Trigono-
carpum AEE Sigillaria reniformis, Calamites approximatus,
and CO. ineequalis?, all of which are found in the Coal- -measures §.
Gyracanthus formosus, a Carboniferous Placoidean, also occurs in this
deposit.

To recapitulate, the following species appear to be common to
both Carboniferous and Permian strata. The names marked with
asterisks have the right of priority.

Carponirerous NAME. PrrmrAn Name.
1. *Zerebratula sacculus, Martin, T. sufflata, Schloth., 1816, Denksch.

1809. Conchyliolithus Anomites Saccu- Akad. Miinch. vol. vi. pl. 7. fig. 10.
lus, Martin, Petrif. Derbiensia, pl. 46,

* See Prof. King’s remarks on Terebratula sufflata, Mon. Perm. Foss. p. 150,
also in the Introduction, p- Xxv.

+ See also in ‘ Geologist,’ vol. iii. p. 19 note, and p. 21.

{ See Jones in King’s Mon. Perm. Foss. pp. 62 & 63; also Jones and Kirkby
on Permian Entomostraca in Trans. Tynes. Nat. Field-Club, vol. iy. p. 122.

§ Howse, “on Perm. Syst. of Northumb. and Durh.,” Ann. and Mag. Nat. vans
Ind ser, vol. xix. p. 38; also Tans. Tynes. Nat. Field Club, vol. iii. p. 23!

416

CarBonirerous NAME.

figs. 1 & 2; Davidson’s Carb. Brach.
p. 14, pl. 1. figs. 23, 24, 27, 29, 30.

2. *Spirifera Urii, Fleming, 1828.
Sp. Urit, Flem. Hist. of British Anim.
p- 876; and Day. Carb. Brach. p. 58,
pl. 12. figs. 13, 14.

3. Spiriferina octoplicata, J. de C.
Sowerby, 1827, Min. Con. p. 120, pl.
562. figs. 2-4; and Dav. Carb. Brach.
p- 31, pl. 7. figs. 37-47.

4. *Camarophoria Crumena, Martin,
1809. Conchyliolithus Anomites Cru-
mend, Martin, Petrif. Derb. pl. 36. fig. 4.

5. Terebratula rhomboidea, Phillips,
1836, Geol. of York, vol. 1. pl. 12. figs.
18-28.

6.

7. Cythere elongata, Minster, 1830,
Jahrbuch f. Min. p. 65. n. 19.

8. Cythere inornata, M‘Coy, 1844,
Syn. Char. Carb. Foss. p. 167, pl. 23.
fig. 18.

9. Bairdia gracilis, M‘Coy, 1844,
Syn. Char. Carb. Foss. p. 165, pl. 23.
fig. 7.

10. Gyracanthus formosus, Agassiz,
Poissons Fossiles, vol. iii. p. 17, pl. 5.
figs. 4-8.

ll. Pinites Brandling?, Lindley.

12. Trigonocarpon Neggerathi, Br.
13. Sigillaria reniformis, Brongn.
14. Calamites approximatus, Brngn.
tnequalis (?), Lindley.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[Mar. 14,

Permian NAME.

Martinia Clannyana, King, 1848,
Cat. of Organ. Rem. Aug. 19th, 1848 ;
and Mon. Eng. Perm. Foss. p.134, pl.10.
figs. 11-13.

*Sp. cristata, Schloth., 1816. Sp.
cristata, Sch. Beitr. z. Naturg. d. Verst.
in Akad. der Wissensch. zu Munchen,
pl. 1. fig. 3.

Terebratula Schlotheimi, Vou Buch,
1834, Ueber Terebrateln, p. 37, pl. 11,
fig. 32.

*Camarophoria globulina, Phillips,
1834. TZ. globulina, Phillips, Ency.
Met. (Geology) vol. iv. pl. 3. fig. 3.

*Lingula Credneri, Geinitz, 1848,
Versteinerungen des Zechst. p. 11, pl. 4.
figs. 23-29.

C. elongata, Miin., Jones in King’s
Mon. Perm. Foss. p. 62, pl. 18. fig. 5 ;
and Jones on Perm. Entom. in Trans,
Tynes. Field-Club, vol. iv. p. 159, pl.11.
fig. 2.

C. inornata, M‘Coy, Jones in King’s
Mon. Perm. Foss. p. 63, pl. 18. fig. 9;
and Jones on Perm. Entom. in Trans.
Tynes. Nat. Field-Club, vol. iv. p. 160,
pl. 11. fig. 6.

Cythere (Bairdia) gracilis, M‘Coy,
Jones in King’s Mon. Perm. Foss.
p- 62, pl. 18. fig.’7 ; and Jones on Perm.
Entom. in Trans. Tynes. Nat. Field-
Club, vol. iv. p. 163, pl. 11. fig. 15.

G. formosus, Ag., King’s Cat. Org.
Rem. p. 14; and Mon. Perm. Foss.
p. 221 ; also Howse in Trans. Tynes.
Nat. Field-Club, vol. iii. p. 259.

See Howse on Perm. Syst. of Nor-
thumb. and Durh. in Trans. Tynes.
| Nat. Field-Club, vol. ii. p. 239.
y)

In this list of species common to the Carboniferous and Permian
rocks, I have only included those which have been pronounced re-
currents by careful paleontologists. There are other species which
appear to be such, but which as yet have not been proved to be iden-
tical with the Carboniferous forms which they resemble. Among
the most prominent is a Polyzoon called Fenestella retiformis by
Permian paleontologists, which bears so strong a resemblance to a
species in the Mountain Limestone (namely, /etepora membranacea)
that I almost believe them to be the same; but as I have not yet
been able to examine a good celluliferous face of the Carboniferous
species, I cannot decide whether they are identical or not. ~

It is not unlikely that some geologists may question the authenti-
city of the identifications already made; for there are those who hold

1860. ] KIRKBY—PERMIAN FOSSILS, 417

that no species ranges beyond its own sy
system in which it first appears*. But if there be any veracity in
paleontology, it establishes the fact that species are not confined to
systems of stratar. So, if we even assume that the Permian rocks
form as sound a system as the Silurian, there are still no reasons for
denying upon principle the identifications made. The rules applied
to the determination of these species are those which are used in the
determination of species belonging to one system. ‘The same prin-
ciples which are followed in resolving a fauna or flora into species
ought to guide paleontologists in their more comprehensive studies
of the life-groups of adjoining systems; and these I believe to be
the principles which have controlled the decisions of Messrs. David-
son, Howse, and Jones in the determination of these recurrent spe-
cies. Of course the possibility of error is not denied; but so far as
the existing materials supply information, their conclusions appear
to be legitimate, and the only ones at which they could philosophi-
cally arrive.

From the preceding list of Carboniferous species found also in the
Permian strata of Durham, we are able to see at a glance the specific
relationship (so far as at present known) which exists between the
life-groups of the later paleeozoic periods. The generic affinity of
these groups has long been noticed. The latter feature, and other
apparent indications of the absence of a systematic difference, have
originated a proposal that the Permian strata should be included in
the Carboniferous system ; and it is not to be denied that the exist-
ence of so many Carboniferous recurrents in the Permian fauna and
flora lends support to the suggestion. In admitting thus much, I
have no wish to abandon the term ‘“ Permian” as the distinctive title
of those rocks which now rank under that name; but I certainly do
doubt whether they ought to be classed as a distinct system.

There appears to be a general want of importance about the
Permian rocks as a group, that is opposed to their classification as
a separate system. They possess not the vertical range of other
systems of strata. Their life-groups are chiefly based upon Carboni-
ferous types; and the development of species is exceedingly meagre
compared with species-development in other systems. Consequently
there appear to be no reasons for considering that they represent a
period of ancient time that possesses anything like equivalency of
value to the periods which other paleeozoic systems apparently indi-
cate. It is true, certainly, that the bulk of the Permian species are
distinct ; but itis just as true that 15 recurrent Carboniferous species,
in the comparatively small fauna and flora of Britain, form a much
greater percentage than recurrent species usually occupy in the faune
and flor of other systems ; indeed the percentage is much greater
than that which obtains in some of the subdivisions of the Silurian

* See Bigsby on Paleozoic Rocks of New York, in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.
vol. xv. p. 289, where Angelin, Pictet, D’Orbigny, and Agassiz are quoted as being
of this opinion.

t See some interesting remarks on recurrency by Dr. Bigsby in Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. vol. xv. p. 288-292.

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THH GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, [Mar. 14,

system. As an instance, I may refer to the Trenton Limestone of
the paleozoic basin of New York, which contains 250 species, only
6 of which are received from underlying strata*. On the most liberal
estimate, the Permian species of Britain do not form so large an agere-
gate ; andon an estimate which appears more in harmony with truth,
they only number 136 speciest. It will be seen, therefore, that Car-
boniferous recurrents form about 11 per cent. of the British Permian
species. As yet, nothing is known of the recurrency of Carboniferous
species in the Permian faunse of Germany and Russia. It may be that
these faunse contain no recurrents from an earlier era, in which case
the general percentage of such recurrents in the Permian fauna at
large may not appear so great; but from analogy we should imagine
otherwise. Our knowledge of the Russian fauna can at the best be
but elementary ; and we may rest assured that, notwithstanding the
valuable researches of Sir Roderick Murchison and his coadjutors in
Perm, there cannot but remain a large mass of information to work
out. It is possible to get more or less correct ideas of a life-group
by a cursory examination of the rocks containing it; but to acquire
a full and complete knowledge demands long-continued researches #,
for such a knowledge is the aggregate of a multiplicity of details
which can only be collected by years of observation.

In respect to the appearance of new generic types during the
Permian period, I may add that the only genera of Mollusca which
are apparently met with for the first time are Myoconcha and Theci-
dium, which are likewise accompanied by the subgenera MJonotes and
Aulosteges: the rest of the Mollusca belong to genera which appear
earlier. A genus of Crustacea (Palceocrangon) appears for the first
time, and, so far as is known, the only time. The Polyzoa§, Echino-
dermata, Zoophyta, and Rhizopoda are all of Carboniferous or more
ancient genera. It seems questionable whether any new generic
forms of Fish appear during Permian time; certainly none in Britain.
Indeed the only class of animal life that assumes generic characters
which appear to be peculiarly Permian are the Reptilia. Some stress
has been attached to the specific distinction of the Permian flora in
Germany from that in Britain ; and attention has been drawn to the

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. pp. 344 & 345, also table, p. 420.

+ In this estimate of the Permian fauna and flora as distributed in Britain, the
number of species in each class are as follows: Reptilia 3, Pisces 17, Cephalo-
podon 1, Gasteropoda 20, Conchifera 20, Pteropodon 1, Brachiopoda 17, Poly-
zoa 7, Crustacea 22, Annelida 4, Echinodermata 2, Zoophyta 2, Amorphozoa 6,
Rhizopoda 5. Between this enumeration and one based on the views of Prof.
King, there would be a difference of about 30 species,—the latter authority regard-
ing as species about 30 forms which I believe to be only varieties at the most.

{ It is not, of course, assumed that we can ever attain a full and perfect ac-
quaintance with any ancient fauna or flora, but only so far as its remains have

-been preserved, and so far as it may be possible to examine them. In thissense
our knowledge of one fauna may be full and complete, owing to more elaborate
_researches, in comparison to what we know of another fauna which has not been
so well investigated.

§ It was supposed by Prof. King (Mon. Perm. Foss. p. xix) that his genus

_ Synocladia was confined to the Permian rocks; but a Polyzoan occurs in the
Mountain Limestone of Settle, which undoubtedly belongs to the same group.

1860.] KIRKBY—PERMIAN FOSSIrs, 419

genus Psaronites as being particularly distinctive of the Rothliegende.
From the sight acquaintance T possess with this flora, T am not aware
that it differs generically from the preceding flora of the Coal-mea-
sures; and with respect to Psaronites, itis undoubtedly a Carboniferous
genus, having occurred in the coal-fields of France and the United
States*. It is for those who have studied paleozoic rocks and or-
ganic remains to decide whether so subordinate a development of
generic types can be compatible with the systematic distinction of
the Permian strata.

It is undoubtedly difficult to define the precise amount of value
attached to the term “ system” ; and perhaps it is not to be expected
that perfect uniformity of value can be adhered to in systematic
groups of strata; still it is highly desirable to appreximate to this
for sound classification. At any rate it seems practicable to observe
a greater degree of consistency in the division of the paleozoic strata
into primary groups than exists in the quaternary system now
adopted. For, if we are to consider the whole of the Silurian rocks
and the various phenomena they express as only sufficient to consti-
tute one system, upon what principles of classification are we to
grant the same value to the Permian rocks, the importance of which
in every respect is less than that of cither the Upper or Lower Silu-
rian groups? Ifthe one merely suffice to establish a system, surely
the other must fall greatly short. Or if the latter suffice, does not
the former more than suffice ?

It may be contended that magnitude is not the only element in
constituting systems, nor yet, perhaps, the character of organic re-
mains, but that conformability, or the converse, is of more import-
ance than either, or both. Now it scarcely comes within the scope
of this paper to discuss the merits of the Permian system in this light.
My remarks are based on the paleontological aspects of the question,
which I hold to be of infinitely greater consequence in the grouping
of strata than the relative position which strata occupy. Conform-
ability of strata does not prove that they were deposited with regu-
larity, or that they do not belong to widely separated periods of
time ; nor does unconformability demonstrate the close of one period
and the commencement of another; for it has vet to be proved that
a general disturbance of strata ever took place—that unconformability
is ever more than local. I therefore maintain that it is chiefly upon
life-phenomena that we must rely in the classification of rocks, and
that, in all attempts to arrive at an approximation to the relative
value of ancient periods of time, the evidence afforded by organic re-
mains must be of greater importance than that of the rocks contain-
ing the remains.

In thus attempting to show the close relationship that exists
between the Permian and Carboniferous life-groups, I speak only
according to the present state of paleontology. The later advances
of this science seem to tend towards the abrogation of all natural
systems ; and it is not unlikely that ultimately geologists and pale-
ontologists will have to admit, as some perhaps admit now, that all

* Lyell’s Elements of Geology, 4th edit. p. 307.

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 14,

classifications of rocks must be artificial. Therefore, in arguing for
the close affinity of these life-groups, I have no intention of main-
taining that even the two united indicate a natural and distinct group
or system. In some respects the Permian fauna is related to that of
the Triassic period ; but this relationship appears to be more remote
than that with the Carboniferous, though perhaps less than is gene-
rally supposed. All that I wish and try to prove is, the compara-
tively intimate connexion which exists between life-groups of the
two periods—a connexion which seems to be more intimate than that
existing between the Silurian and Devonian, or between the Devonian
and Carboniferous systems, so far as is yet known. At the same
time I do not deny the probability that the paleeontogical connexion
between these systems may at last be found to be much closer than
now; for I would rather refer all sudden changes in the distribution
of fossil species to breaks in the continuity of preservatory agencies
than to breaks in the continuity of ancient existences.

In conclusion, I must add thatin making these somewhat cursory
remarks I have no intention of speaking authoritatively, or without
due respect to those who hold different opinions. The sentiments ex-
pressed are certainly based on the results of several years’ researches
in Permian paleontology ; but still they are merely those ofa student,
not of a professor.

P.S. Since writing the preceding remarks, I have had the oppor-
tunity (through the kindness of Mr. Davidson) of reading a paper by
M. Marcou, entitled “‘ Dyas and Trias; or, the New Red Sandstone in
Europe, North America, and India,” in which an attempt is made to
prove that the Permian strata should not be classed as a paleeozoic
formation at all, but rather with the New Red Sandstone as mesozoic.
In this paper M. Marcou maintains that the Permian formation has
been classed with other paleeozoic groups solely on the strength of
the facies of its Molluscs and Plants. On this point I may be allowed
to remark that the facies of the whole of its fauna, as well as those
of its flora, are in favour of such a classification. And though M.
Marcou has quoted the Vertebrata and Crustacea as being corrobora-
tive of his views, yet when we remember that the bulk of the Ver-
tebrates belong to genera so pre-eminently palseozoic as Palwoniscus,
Acrolepis, Pygopterus, Celacanthus, and Gyracanthus, and that, with
one exception, the Crustaceans belong to genera which existed in pree-
Permian eras, and that among them is a genus of Hntomostraca
(Kirkbya) which is intimately related to Beyrichia, besides a Trilo-
bite of the genus Phillipsia, it is difficult to see where the corrobo-
ration lies. But, without going into further details, it may, I think,
safely be said that the facies of the Permian fauna is decidedly
paleeozoic—that, besides generic types so paleozoic as Productus,
Strophalosia, Aulosteges, Spirifera, Streptorhynchus, Athyris, Cardio-
morpha, Orthoceras*, Bellerophon*, Conularia among the Mollusca,
there are Fenestella, Synocladia, Cyathocrinus, Kirkbya, Phillipsia*,

* Those genera marked with asterisks have been added to the Permian fauna
by the researches of American palxontologists in New Mexico and Texas.

1860.] THOST—BREADALBANE MINES. 421

Paleonscus, &c. among the other classes, the facies of which is equally
antique.

M. Marcou does not, however, rely altogether upon the argument
just noticed for the support of his views ; he advances another, which
I believe to be equally erroneous. Apparently under the impression
that the Permian strata should be referred to the Trias on account
of their lithological and mineralogical relationship, he maintains, after
depreciating the importance of paleontological evidence, that the
ensemble of the purely geological characters of a group of strata is
of the chief consequence, and suffices alone to determine the age and
relative position of the group in any part of the world. Now, as
M. Marcou has specialized the Carboniferous and Cretaceous systems
as being highly illustrative of the truth of this, | would ask, how we
could have determined the age of the Cretaceous rocks of the United
States if we had not been assisted by paleontology ?—and who
could have told us the age of the Virginian Coal-field, which is de-
scribed by Sir C. Lyell as being composed of * grits, sandstones, and
shales exactly resembling those of older or primary date in America
and Europe, and even rivaling the latter in the thickness of its coal-
seams,” if we could not have availed ourselves of paleontological
tests? And if we refer to the investigations of Dr. Geinitz on the
Coal-measures of Saxony, we find that by paleontological evidence
he has been able to separate a Permian deposit from those truly Car-
boniferous, and also to show good reasons for supposing the lower-
most coal-strata of the same country to be of Devonian age.
Other instances are to be found in formations of all periods. In
arguing for the superior importance of paleontological evidence, I do
not, as I have before stated, deny the value of other evidence (indeed,
it is highly requisite that all characters should be consulted in settling
the age of strata), but I argue against coming back to the old doc-
trine of the universality of deposition of one kind of sediment during
certain periods; for the study of organic remains has proved its un-
soundness,

2, On the Rocks, Ores, and other Mrnerats on the Property of the
Marquess or BreaDALBANE in the Hicuianps of Scornanp. By
C. H. Gustav Tuost, Esq.

{Communicated by Prof. James Nicol, F.G.S.]

[Abridged. ]

Mica-schists, §c.—On the property of the Marquess of Breadalbane
(measuring in a curve nearly 100 miles from east to west, through
Perthshire and Argyllshire) mica-schist predominates. The high
mountains (Ben More, Ben Lawers, and others) forming the nucleus
of the Grampians consist of the same rock, which throughout the
property exhibits its many varieties of mineral character, and in-
cludes tale-schists, chloritic schist, and hornblende-rocks, often to a
great extent. In juxtaposition to the mica-schist, in the northern

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Mar. 14,

and north-western part of the district, gneiss and granite appear.
Among the more useful subordinate rocks is a calcareous variety of
the mica-schist (limestone), in beds and in lenticular masses, con-
taining as much as 90 percent. of carbonate of ime. Another stra-
tified rock found in close connexion with the mica-schist is clay-
slate, lying on the north side of Ben Lawers, and at a great elevation.
The difficulty of access is the only cause why it is only rarely used
as roofing-slate. These subordinate strata participate in most cases
in the general bearing of the mica-schist, which is nearly east and
west; while the dip of the mica-schist, though in general low,
appears as often exceptional as conformed to rule. While in special
cases the underlie surrounds the several axes of elevation, sloping
from them on all sides, both the strike and dip are not unfrequently
altered by the appearance of eruptive rocks and other disturbing
masses, as, for instance, by intersecting veins and ridges of quartz.
The latter mineral in general seems to have played a considerable
part in metamorphosing and silicifying the adjacent mica-schist,
haying in many instances made its appearance after the formation of
the aires Although those disturbing causes have exercised a
ereat influence upon the original beds of the rock, as may often and
very clearly be observed, they nevertheless leave suffidaent traces of
the strata having had originally a horizontal position.

Tomnadashan Mines—Among the igneous rocks, porphyries and
ereenstones deserve particular notice, on account of their frequency
throughout the district. As a special case, probably illustrating all
the others, the rocks near the middle of the south side of Loch Tay,
opposite Ben Lawers, at the Tomnadashan Mines, invite close inspec-
tion; for in that place mining-operations have extensively aided
observation. All the facts there obtained support the supposition,
that, after the mica-schist had been broken through by the green-
stone, a powerful vein of porphyry was erupted ; for the greenstone,
while remaining unchanged in position and character on the east and
west sides of the porphyry-vein, has near its middle part not only
been deranged by mechanical force, but has also been often altered by
chemical agency into a substance exhibiting the mixed charaeters of
ereenstone and porphyry, with transitions from one to the other. It
is not difficult to arrive at a probable estimate of the period when
the mineral ingredients—silver-ore, copper-pyrites, grey copper-ore,
iron-pyrites, and molybdenite—have made their appearance, if the
porphyry be considered as the matrix ; for, while the porphyry-vein,
although about half a mile wide, and extending about three miles
towards the south, is nowhere destitute of one or other of the above-
named minerals (particularly iron-pyrites), the greenstone, when in
its original condition, nowhere contains a trace of those substances.
The only question remaining would be, whether those ores belong to a
later formation than the porphyry itself, or whether they are contem-
poraneous deposits. The general dissemination of these minerals
through the porphyry appears to prove the latter view. Closer in-
spection shows that the greenstone exercised a particular influence
upon the deposition and accumulation of the minerals named, which

1860, | : THOST—BREADALBANE MINES, 423

not seldom, and in marked richness, surround fragments of the
greenstone. This probably arose from the fluid mass cooling sooner
in these places, so that the metallic minerals suspended in the por-
phyry adhered to and fastened themselves in greater abundance on
and near the cooler surfaces of the broken greenstone; whilst the
main stream of the porphyry, loaded with the same minerals, con-
tinued its way, and both rock and mineral particles had*to harden
together. During this process the particles of ore easily penetrated
the smallest crevices of the greenstone, where they soon cooled down
and solidified, as can be observed on innumerable specimens, and in
many varieties.

Not only has the greenstone partaken, partly at least, of a change
as regards its absolute situation and its chemical composition, but
parts. also of the mica-schist, though to a less extent and less fre-
quently.

If mica-schist came in contact with the porphyry, the formation of
slickenslides or surfaces of friction took place. In the mines of
Tomnadashan several such divisions, which have received the general
name of * clay-yeins,” may be seen, forming very regular courses
both in perpendicular and horizontal directions, They are of some
importance to the miner, because they are leaders through the hard-
ness of the rock to be opened, and they are receptacles of the more
valuable minerals, in the same way as the greenstone.

Besides the above-mentioned metallic ores, carbonate of lime, in
scalenohedron-macles and in other crystallographic combinations, as
well as dolomite, quartz, and sometimes sulphate of baryta, have
been found near the richer deposits of ore, especially where the grey
copper-ore predominates.

Molybdenite is met with as an accessory mineral everywhere, In
all other respects the valuable minerals are deposited apparently in
a casual arrangement.

Relation of ‘the Valley ys to the lines of fractwre.—The same rocks,
greenstone and porphyry, appear in many other localities of the
valley of Loch Tay; and there is little doubt that to these igneous
masses the formation of the now water-coyered valley itself is
attributable. The same conclusion may be drawn in reference to
Loch Awe, Loch Tulla, and Loch Etive, in the western and north-
western part of the district, where, however, granites and granitic
porphyries have produced the same results that the greenstones and
porphyries have effected at Loch ‘Tay, It is thus probable also that
very many valleys have received their forms from similar agencies. It
is a remarkable fact, that the highest points of the Highlands, like
Ben Lawers, Ben More, Ben Nevis, Ben Lomond, Ben Conachan, and
many others of less height, have at their feet the deepest valleys,
which have sank. lake,

allanaig, only a mile distant from the
aioe: mentioned mines, similar geological features reappear; and
the mica-schist has been repeatedly intersected by igneous ane
thereby rending asunder a vein or yeins, and intermixing the frag-
ments from different masses, so that the constituent members have

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 14,

been thrown into perfect confusion. Hence the veins throughout
have a fragmentary character; and the portions remaining give
proof that they originally contained, besides quartz, several kinds of
the common spars (particularly heavy-spar), together with a con-
siderable admixture of galena, blende, and copper, and iron-pyrites.
Moreover they either frequently contain porphyry and greenstone,
or these rocks have intruded as disturbers of the veins. Muining-
operations in such broken strata are very precarious.
Correbuichill.—In a southern direction, ascending from the Tomna-
dashan Mines, and at a distance of about three miles, the mica-schist
at Correbuichill is overlain by a horizontal calcareous stratum. In
this rock two systems of veins have been discovered, chiefly by means
of surface-trenches. The one system, consisting of three veins
which run nearly east and west, is of small importance, on account
of their barrenness. But the other is the more interesting system.
In a straight line of about 200 yards, eighteen such veins have been
met with ; and it is more than probable that a far greater number
remain undiscovered under the shallow turf. These veins have
_almost a mathematical parallelism, and run as nearly as possible due
north and south, in nearly a vertical position. Their width varies
from 4 inches to 3 feet. The contents are chiefly quartz, with
galena very rich in silver. The veins vary as to this valuable metal,
between 85 and 600 ounces per ton of lead-ore. The elevation of
the hill may be about 2000 feet above the level of the sea, and 1600
feet above that of Loch Tay. The veins mostly crop out in fine
gossan ; and in such cases the produce of ore has been favourable for
a certain distance downwards. As far as the field has been opened
by mining, experience shows that the valuable lead-ore quickly and
considerably diminishes in sinking, so that in about 100 feet below
the outcrop the veins only consist of compact white quartz. It has
not been ascertained what is the condition of the veins at the depth
where the limestone rests upon the mica-schist. In the upper parts
of the veins the galena not unfrequently envelopes the crystals of
quartz completely, thereby indicating that the galena and quartz are
not contemporaneous members. Copper-pyrites is rare, and still
more so are blende and iron-pyrites; hence the lead-ore is of a very
pure and rich character. In one part of the hill a large deposit of
dolomite, in the form of a vein, has been met with, accompanying
one of the veins. Twice in the course of mining operations (which
some years since were suspended) the interesting and casual dis-
covery of native gold was made when the ore was being crushed
under the hammer. The veins have been repeatedly dislocated, both
in the horizontal and in the vertical projections. In consequence of
this, the veins sometimes approach quite close to each other, and it
becomes difficult to discover in the network of veins the identity of
each individual vein. The dislocations have been effected by the
sliding and uplifting of the strata, which, in the absence of other
apparent causes, and as the veins and strata have both been dislo-
cated together, may,be ascribed to the disturbances at Tomnadashan,
in the neighbourhood, Though mining-operations in such elevated

1860. } THOST—BREADALBANE MINES. 425

localities become very incommodious, this mineral field abounds with
interesting matter.

Laymouth—The most eastern hills on Loch Tay, in the neigh-
bourhood of Taymouth, literally swarm with veins containing copper-
pyrites, iron-pyrites, and galena, either singly or together ; and the
lead-ore has always a tolerable admixture of silver. A common
characteristic of all the veins is, that they are almost exclusively
quartzose.

Iron-ore of Glenqueich.—Six miles south of Taymouth, at Glen-
queich, a large deposit of decomposed iron-ore has been found. The
whole arrangement of the slope of the hill shows that the mica-
schist has been impregnated with numberless crystals of iron-py-
rites, which by paragenesis became transformed, along with the still
quite distinct strata of the original rock, into a homogeneous mass,
haying the nearest resemblance to hematite.

Corycharmaig: Serpentine, §c.—Four miles west from the upper
end of Loch Tay, at Corycharmaig, the mica-schist contains serpen-
tine, passing in some parts into syenite. As is almost always the
case where serpentine appears, it contains chromate of iron. The
distant situation of this ore-deposit, which covers about half a square
mile, the uncertain prices given for the ore, and the expensive land-
carriage have prevented the exploration of that otherwise valuable
mineral-field.

In the same vicinity the mica in the mica-schist is more often
than usual replaced by graphite, of which beds of tolerable dimen-
sions have been discovered. Furthermore, in the same neighbour-
hood rutile has been found, enveloped in quartz, and in the shape of
thin plates or of fine long needles.

Further west from the serpentine, several veins of a quartzy
structure have been found; but they are all of small importance for
mining-purposes, being only of value as enabling us to observe the
great number of fissures existing in almost every place where the
rock allows of inspection.

Loch Earn Head.—At Loch Earn Head several galena-veins, of
inferior importance, have been discovered in a stratum of calcareous
schist. Their outcrop is overlain by gossan, in which particles of
native gold appear to have been found. Certain it is that arsenical
pyrites, which was at one time met with as an accessory mineral,
contained six ounces of gold per ton. As it has been observed above
that proofs of the presence of igneous rock accompany a loch, so here
also, though few and scattered fragments only have been found.

Glen Fallich.—At the head of Glen Fallich, near Crianlarich, a
galena-vein, of about 3 feet in width, and striking from N.N.E. to
S.S.W., has been discovered. The vein is in all respects of the same
structure as the other veins, to be described presently.

Tyndrum.—The two veins intersecting the mica-schist at Tyn-
drum, at the head of Glen Dochart, are of importance. The first of
these veins runs through a stratum of granular quartz; and the other
lies close to the junction of this quartzose mica-schist and the true
mica-schist. While the former follows a north-north-eastern and

VOL. XVI.—PART I. 21

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 14,

south-south-western direction, the latter approaches nearer to a
north-east and south-west line. In consequence, both veins should
unite into one,—as has actually been observed, though without in-
crease of the ores. Furthermore, while the first vein dips in its
higher parts towards the north-west, but soon changes to the
opposite direction at a very acute angle, and later with the constant
angle of 68°, the second vein steadily and regularly dips to the
‘south-west at an angle of 75°. In consequence of their respective
dips, both veins meet below. Therefore, and on account of their
respective bearing and dip, their junction is effected in a gently
sloping line ascending from north-east to south-west. Underneath
this line the lead-ore evidently is on the decrease ; and the mines
therefore are only explored in the higher parts.

In reference to the geological age of both veins, the first is the
older, and the second the later formation. The first vein above the -
line of junction is intersected and slightly dislocated by two cross-
courses, which terminate distinctly at the most regular westerly
wall of the second vein. Underneath the line of junction, beth
veins, being closely linked together, are traversed and considerably
dislocated by the third cross-course. By means of these facts, five
geological periods became discernible, viz. :—

a. The formation of the first vein.

6. Its intersection by the first cross-course.

c. Its intersection by the second cross-course.

d. The formation of the second vein; and

e. The intersection of the united veins by the third cross-course.

It is self-evident that such powerful and repeated changes, ex-
tending over only about 600 square yards, or about 1-500th of a
square mile, lead to the conclusion of powerful agencies having been
at work, thereby seriously affecting the surrounding rock-formation.
And such evidence, if transferred, by way of analogy, to the many
unexplored square miles, offers sufficient material for geological cal-
culations, particularly relative to the formation of valleys of eleva-
tion, and the peculiar features of the Highlands in general.

Besides the above-mentioned cross-courses, there exists at Tyn-
drum a cross lead-ore vein, combining the first vein with the second
one, from east to west. The respective widths of these three veins
are from 2 to 34 feet, from 4 to 18 feet, and from 1} to 24 feet.
The first vein contains solid galena; the second one has fine-grained
lead-ore and silicate of lead; the third vein contains both varieties.
The first vein is the most mineralized, contaiming mainly solid
quartz, several of the common spars, copper-pyrites, and blende,
seldom cobalt-ore, titanic iron-ore, and iron-pyrites. The second
vein contains many fragments of soft mica-schist, intermixed with
frangible quartz, copper-pyrites, and blende. The third vein par-
ticipates in the nature of both the others.

The vein first named is characterized by its extent ; forit may be
traced through valleys and over hills for a distance of more than
eight miles.

The mines of Tyndrum haye, with intervals, been worked at

Land

1860. ] THOST—-BREADALBANE MINES. 427

different times; and records tell that they have been extensively
worked for more than a hundred years. As an evidence thereof,
it may be mentioned that a sinking on the main vein had been cut
out, measuring 350 feet in length and 72 feet in depth, thus form-
ing an underground lake which was tapped only some months ago,
whereby the richer part of the ore-field became accessible. -

About half a mile from those veins a powerful quartz-vein, of
nearly the same bearings, attracts attention. It stands out like a
parapet, running for a great distance over declivities and eminences ;
and it has produced great changes in the adjacent strata. It may
be observed that its influence has towards the east been very sud-
denly and distinctly stopped at the fissure of the second vein ; but it
is more difficult to define that influence in the western direction,
where the alteration of the rock appears to die gradually away.
The stratum at this place consists chiefly of granular quartz, inter-
mixed with much felspar, and with minute scales of mica, together
with small specks of iron-pyrites. The strata on the east and west
walls of the quartz-vein have been altered from a horizontal posi-
tion to considerable though variable inclinations with various con-
tortions. Its width is often more than 4 feet, in which case the
quartz is quite compact and pure. When the vein is smaller, a
tendency towards crystallization begins, and at the same time traces
of lead-ore appear. Not only at the very top of the hill, where the
quartz-vein intersects the rock, but also at its foot in the valley of
Glenlochy, hollows filled with water have been formed, almost as if
to verify beyond doubt the theory of elevation and sinking. The
former lake is situated at an elevation of about 1500 feet, and the
latter, Lochnabuie, at about 800 feet above the sea-level. This
quartz-vein, though here and there not outcropping, is traceable for
about ten miles.

Southern Slope of Glenlochy.—At the opposite (the southern)
slope of the valley of Glenlochy many more such quartz-veins, of
similar structure and producing similar appearances, intersect the
east-and-westerly course of the mountain-ridge. Among them, one
is distinguished by being loaded with more minerals than the rest ;
so that it forms almost a middle member between the two perfect
lead-ore veins and the barren quartz-veins.

Igneous Rocks at Tyndrum.—tIn the neighbourhood of the district
under consideration only a few traces of intersecting rocks have
been found. These traces relate to syenite and greenstone. Close
to the bridge of the village near Tyndrum a trap-vein intersects the
mica-schist ; its width is 40 feet. It may be mentioned that iron-
pyrites is of the most frequent occurrence in all parts of the district.

Conclusion.—The foregoing remarks on this mountainous country
afford proofs that a great variety of minerals, mostly as regular
formations, may be found,—and that, too, in nearly all parts which
have been or could be examined. By far the most discoveries have
been made by the Marquess of Breadalbane, who, by his attachment
to geological researches and to the exploration of useful minerals,

became the discoverer of the silver- and copper-mines at Loch Tay.
919
212

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 28,

It is remarkable that the Highlands of Scotland, taken as a whole,
have afforded so few opportunities for mining operations. Is it that
the rocks, having been so often disturbed, have not allowed the quiet
settling down of larger mineral deposits? or have the mineral de-
posits been broken up and scattered about by those more or less
evident eruptions? If such be the main causes, then a fair com-
parison may be drawn between these highlands and others on the
Continent,—namely, Switzerland, where, as here, a great variety of
minerals is found, but seldom in such abundance as to invite mining-
undertakings.

Finally, in this communication I have studiously avoided any
reference to the details published about eighteen years ago by
the Highland Society. What I have here stated confirms in their
essential parts former observations. The additional facts brought
to light since that time, and some alterations in the cenclusions
arrived at, help us partly to generalize, and partly to illustrate in
detail the views formerly published. -

Manrcs# 28, 1860.

The Duke of Marlborough, and W. P. Jervis, Esq., Northwick
Terrace, Maida Hill, were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1. Notes about SprrzBERGEN in 1859.
By James Lamont, Esq., F.G.S.

[With AppEnprix. |

Havine passed upwards of two months last summer (1859) on the
coast of Spitzbergen, and amongst the great fields of floating ice in
the surrounding seas, I beg to offer the few following observations.

T left Leith on the 6th of June; reached Hammerfest on the 23rd,
left Hammerfest on the 26th, and arrived at Spitzbergen on the 2nd
of July. .

We found a large quantity of heavy drift-ice off the south-eastern
end of Spitzbergen and amongst the ‘“ Thousand Islands.” At the
mouth of Stour Fiord (“‘ Wybe Jan’s Water” of the charts) we met
two small sealing-vessels, the masters of which told us that the
north coast was unapproachable this summer, on account of the ice
being jammed against the north-western corner of the island, about
Hakluyt’s Headland ; and we therefore proceeded to coast around the
edges of the ice towards the east side of the country.

On the 8th, during a dense fog, we passed the last of the Thousand
Islands, and lay-to off the S.E. corner of Edge’s Land. The coast
from here to Ryke Yse Islands is frightfully barren and desolate,
and the mountains are quite destitute of vegetation; these moun-
tains are limestone, and descend abruptly into the sea without the

1860.] LAMONT—SPITZBERGEN, 429

intervening flat muddy plain so usual in other parts of Spitzbergen*.
There are three glaciers on this part of the coast, all protruding into
the sea. The two southernmost ones are of no great size ; but the third
is one of the largest and most remarkable glaciers in Spitzbergen,
or, I should think, in any part of the world. It has a frontage towards
the sea of upwards of thirty English miles, and protrudes into it in
three great semicircular divisions; its protrusion beyond the coast-
line seems to be about three or four miles. At the inland side it seems
to blend into the sky, and is (like nearly all the Spitzbergen glaciers)
connected with one vast interior glacier, which I imagine to occupy
about nine-tenths of the surface of the country.

The middle division of this great glacier (of which I annex a
rough sketch) seems to have undergone, and to be still undergoing,

Fig. 1.—Seaward edge of the Great Glacier (about thirty miles wide)
on the South-Eastern Coast of Spitzbergen.

Smooth
Glacier.

ii} \\
\

Miah
} inh

bef
ith
\

Land.

some great disturbance,—probably from rocks or some inequalities
underneath it, as for seven or eight miles of its frontage it is in-
describably rough and jagged, so that at a little distance, and espe-
cially when it is seen dimly through the fog, it resembles more than
anything a forest of pine-trees covered with snow. It has, of course,
no visible terminal “‘ moraine ;”’ but an extensive submarine bank,
extending for about fifteen miles to seaward and along the whole
length of its face, may possibly have some connexion with the
glacier: the soundings on it seem to average about fifteen fathoms,
with a muddy bottom. This bank seems to afford good feeding for
the Walruses, as it is well known amongst the hunters as one of the
best places for these animals around Spitzbergen; we saw immense
numbers (on one occasion a herd of about 400) on the floating ice
over this bank.

We lived for about a month within sight of this huge glacier, and
had ample opportunities of observing it in all weathers, as we fre-
quently rowed close along its face in the boats. Its seaward face
presents an inaccessible precipice of ice along its entire length,
These ice-cliffs vary from 20 to 100 feet high; and it is very dan-
gerous to row too near them, as pieces, from the size of a church
downwards, are continually being precipitated into the sea: many
of the larger fragments ground in this shallow sea,

The rough central division of this glacier continually (and more
especially in bright sunny days) emitted a series of loud roaring

* Quart. Journ, Geol, Soe. vol. xvi. p. 151.

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 28,

explosions, exactly resembling loud and prolonged thunder. ‘These
tremendous sounds appeared to be caused by the smooth parts of the
glacier falling in at the edges towards the disrupted part, as nu-
merous vast cracks and fissures existed all along the edges of the
smooth parts towards where they joined the rough parts. The ice
which became detached from the rough part of this glacier appeared
to have undergone enormous twisting and squeezing, and I could not
previously have believed ice to be a substance of sufficient viscosity to
sustain such rough pressure without being crushed into powder.

Much of the ice which floated away from the cliffs of all these
glaciers was heavily charged with clay and stones, imbedded into it ;
and the sea for miles around is sometimes discoloured from the
quantity of mud which is washed off this floating land-ice by the
waves.

This part of the coast is more subject to fog than the west side.
This is probably generated by the cold caused by the proximity of
this glacier and the quantities of floating ice detached from it.

A very powerful current from the N.E. runs down this coast. It
seems never less than three miles an hour; and I have found it as
much as six or seven, judging from the impossibility of making head
against it in a six-oared boat. As of course ice and boat alike go
with the current, one is apt not to discover it until you approach
the land or a grounded iceberg. Towards the end of August this
north-easterly current became perceptibly very much stronger.

About the end of July we ran southwards into Deeva Bay to ob-
tain shelter from a gale of N.E. wind; we anchored behind Black

Point, a promontory which divides Deeva Bay from the sea to the
eastwards. ‘This promontory is formed by a flat-topped mountain of
about 1200 feet in height; it consists of mud-coloured limestone*
and sandstone*, with veins of black stuff resembling coal*, These
rocks are stratified with singular horizontality, and the layers or
strata are very minute and numerous; only in two or three places
have I observed slight bends or deflections from the horizontal in the
stratification.

The sides of this mountain form slopes of about 45°, without a
particle of vegetation, and are closely and deeply furrowed by water-
courses from top to bottom. Enormous quantities of mud and shaly
rubbish appear to be carried down these furrowed water-courses ;
but the base of the mountain is so exposed to the EK. and N.E. that
no accumulation can take place at the foot of it; on the contrary,
it seems to be undergoing very rapid disintegration, as well from
the lashing of the winter storms and currents at its foot as from
the action of frost and avalanches above.

All the lower hills of South-east Spitzbergen seem to be of the
same formation and same configuration as the above, with the ex-
ception that inside the gulfs and fiords, where there is shelter from
storms and currents, there is generally a flat or gently sloping plain
between the hills and the sea, obviously formed by the washings and
débris of the hills. Itis very curious and instructive to observe how

* Specimens sent. (See Appendix, p. 436.)

1860. ] LAMONT—SPITZBERGEN. 431

the mountains appear to melt and crumble away like mole-hills
under the gigantic force and pressure of frost and glacier; and I
can imagine nothing better calculated to give one an idea of the
appearance Scotland must have presented during the glacial epoch
than a visit to Spitzbergen. I have observed many appearances in
the glens of the Highlands, and particularly in Glen Turrit in Perth-
shire, which were enigmas to me at the time, but which are very
plain reading after observing the action of ice and glaciers in Spitz-
bergen.

Deeva Bay is marked in the charts as being unexplored at the
top; but we hunted all over it in the boats. It is very shallow and
very muddy, and had five or six square miles of “fast ice” of one
winter’s growth at the extreme end. We killed three Bears and
a good many Seals about this sheet of ice.

There are several extensive glaciers on both sides of the Bay.
One of these glaciers has a curious detached “ moraine,” something
like a breakwater, in front of it: I annex a sketch showing its posi-

Fig. 2.—Glacier in Deeva eee

x i) i) WW ( ee pale oo

Hit

Ni \\
A

a ar

tion and shape. This “ moraine” is formed entirely of mud or
earth, more or less consolidated ; it extends three or four miles in
length, by 200 to 400 yards in breadth, and is 20 or 30 feet in
height. The glacier does not appear to have been in contact with
it for many years, as the earth appeared to have been long undis-
turbed, and many Mosses and Saxifrages were beginning to grow
upon it. The glacier and this ‘“‘ moraine” are distant at least two
miles, and were divided by a sheet of water mostly covered by
“‘ fast” ice. The glacier blended so insensibly into this “ fast’’ ice,
that at first I thought the latter actually formed part of the glacier,
until with my glass I discovered some loose pieces moving about, and
several Seals lying upon it and diving into the interstices. I could
not form any idea quite satisfactory to my own mind as to how
this ‘“‘ moraine” had come to be separated so far from the glacier
which had obviously occasioned its existence by great immediate
pressure. I picked up some shells * on the “ moraine.”’

The lower hills of South-east Spitzbergen very much resemble
the long dreary ranges of limestone hills which hem-in on both sides
the valley of the Nile from Cairo to Assouan ; and this resemblance
exists both in their colour, size, shape, inclination, and general ap-
pearance, as well as in their almost total solitude and the absence

* Labelled specimens sent. (See Appendix, p. 457.)

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 28,

of life and vegetation. The higher range of mountains (always
perfectly inaccessible) in the mterior of both the main islands is
apparently of granite—and, judging by the occasional pieces which
somehow or other find their way to the shore and islands, of red
granite.

After killing or frightening all the bears and seals to be found in
Deeva Bay, we dropped down to the Thousand Islands, and on the
first one we approached we discovered and killed a Bear occupied in
gathering and swallowing the eggs of thousands of Kider-ducks and
other birds which had their nests on the land. On this island I first
observed the phenomenon called “ red snow,” of which a description
is familiar to all readers of Arctic voyages. I may remark that it
seemed to me that in this case it was attributable to nothing but the
droppings of the millions of Little Auks (Alcea Alle), which feed
almost entirely on shrimps, and consequently void a reddish sub-
stance.

These islands are most absurdly named “ the Thousand,” as there
are not in reality 100 of them: they are also put down in the charts
as if they were thickly and regularly clustered together ; whereas they
are often out of sight of one another, and twenty or thirty miles
apart. I nowhere observed more than five or six in a cluster, even
by including rocks or skerries of small size. Hope Island is also
most erroneously marked in all the charts as lying far to the south
of the Thousand Islands; it is in reality about forty-five miles due
east from Black Point: this error is notorious to all the Norwegian
seal-hunters who frequent the coast, and I quite satisfied myself of
it by observation.

The Thousand Islands are all composed of coarse-grained green-
stone, in some places assuming the form of indistinct hexagonal
columns. These columns appear very much shaken, as if ready to
fall to pieces. The top of the columns and all the corners are much
rounded and worn, as if they were half-formed into boulders already.
This I suppose is the case, as millions of boulders, very smooth and
rounded, and formed of the same rock, lie strewn on all the islands.
The average size of the boulders is a cubic foot or so, and I saw none
bigger than about 3 feet in diameter. They are curiously packed
in some places, as if laid level, for walking on, by the hand of man;
I presume this appearance has been caused by the pressure and
grinding of icebergs when the islands lay under the sea. I was a
little surprised to find on some of these islands, amongst the native
boulders, a few very round boulders of red granite*, from a cubic
foot downwards in size. I am certain there is no granite in situ
nearer than the tops of the Spitzbergen Mountains, distant from
forty to sixty miles and bearing W. to N.N.E. There are also
occasional small water-worn boulders of limestoney,.and of a hard
reddish stone like porphyry ¢.

There are great quantities of drift-wood (evidently Pine of some
sort) on all these islands, as well as on the south coasts of the Spitz-

* Small specimens coo (See Appendix, p. 436.)
tT Specimens. { Specimens. (See Appendix, p. 436.)

1860.] LAMONT—SPITZBERGEN. 433

bergen mainland: some of it is much worm-eaten*. The sealers
say it is floated from the rivers of Siberia, which I believe to be the
case, as there is little or no Pine-wood on the opposite coast of Nor-
wegian Lapland. Ihave seen some few very large trees with the
roots on; but the wood is mostly small and a good deal broken up,
also very much bleached and water-worn. Much of it lies at least 30
feet above high-water mark. I nowhere observed any wood in situ.

On all parts of Spitzbergen and its islands which I have visited,
I have found numerous bones of Whales far inland and high above
the sea-level; I send several specimens labelled. Some of these
were discovered and brought to me by the sailing-master of my
yacht, so that I cannot personally vouch for the accuracy of the
heights and distances marked on all of them; but one large piece
of a jawbone (sent in October 1859) was discovered by myself at
40 feet above the sea. It was part of an entire skeleton, which lay
half-buried in moss at about half-a-mile distance from the sea in
Walter Thymen’s Straits, North-east Spitzbergen. There was also
a terrace of trap-rocks higher than the moss, intervening between
the latter and the sea.

In one of the Thousand Islands I counted eleven very large jaw-.
bones, along with many bones forming other parts of the Whale’s
skeleton, all lying close together in a slight depression about 10 feet
above the sea-level.

On this same island I observed what I take to be a further proof
of the recent upheaval of the land; this was a sort of furrow or
trench about 100 yards long, by 3 to 4 feet deep, and 3 or 4 feet
broad, ploughed up amongst the boulders: I presume this was caused
by an iceberg grazing along the surface while yet the island lay
under water. It was on a gentle slope about 20 feet above the sea,
and extended from N.E. to 8.W.,—exactly the run of the current-
borne ice at the present day.

These islands are a favourite haunt of the Walrus; particularly
towards the autumn, when they assemble in vast herds, and lie
heaped up on.dry land without moving or feeding for weeks at a time.
On these occasions, if they are discovered by the hunters, immense
numbers are sometimes slaughtered, as their numbers impede their
escape ; and they are also said to be sometimes so lethargic as to
allow themselves to be killed almost without resistance. In 1858 I
visited an island on which six years previously 900 walruses had
been slain in a few hours by sixteen men with lances. There were
said to be 8000 or 4000 walruses on the island at the time. The
men had not been able to remove the skins and blubber of more than
300; and the 900 carcases still remain putrefying on the island,
The smell is horrible even at two miles’ distance, the carcases lying
two and even three deep in places.

I frequently opened the stomachs of both Walruses and Seals,
and found the food of the Walrus to consist principally of shells,
sandworms, and shrimps; that of the Seals, of shrimps and small

fish.

* Specimens.

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 28,

Nothing connected with the geology of Spitzbergen is more
striking than the absence of pebble-beaches. Nowhere along the
whole 8., S.E., or S.W. coasts, nor amongst the Thousand Islands,
nor up the great sound called “Stour Fiord,” did I anywhere observe
what can be called a pebble-beach. The coast everywhere consists
of either mud, or cliffs of ice, or rocks. In some places, indeed,
principally amongst the Thousand Islands, I have found small quan-
tities of what might be called gravel; but it is very coarse, the
fragments being seldom less than a cubic inch* in size, and invari-
ably almost wholly composed of the same coarse trap-rock which
forms the islands. It is generally mixed with very coarse blackish
sand, evidently formed by the disintegration of the same rocks. I
send several bags of gravel labelled*, obtained both from different
points of the coast-line, and from different elevations inland. Num-
bers of shells abound, both on the shore and far inland. I send a
bag of specimensy.

Towards the end of August, the weather got very wild amongst
the Thousand Islands,—there being perpetual gales of N.E. wind
with snow, and a tremendous current from the same direction bring-
ing down quantities of heavy ice. We then sailed up Stour Fiord to
shoot Reindeer, about twenty or twenty-five miles to the north of
Thymen’s Straits. This Sound makes a turn abruptly due E., instead
of continuing N. as marked in the charts. I followed the shore in
a boat about fifteen miles from this angle, going E. all the way, until
at last the Sound abruptly narrowed to a sort of gut about two miles
broad. Such a very strong stream ran down this gut that we found
it impossible to row up it, and the shore was impracticable for walk-
ing; so that I was reluctantly obliged to give up its exploration.
None of my Norwegian crew had ever been so far up before; and
no one seems to know whether this gut communicates with the sea
to the east or not.

I am, however, very strongly of opinion myself that 2 does, and
that we were then within a very few miles of the East Sea—pro-
bably at Henloopen Straits. I found this opinion on the fact of.
such a very strong current setting down the gut, and also because,
although the day was unusually bright and clear, we could see no
land in that direction higher than the rocks we stood on—20 or 30
feet. These rocks were all low, flattish, and very rugged hills of
coarse reddish trap (or porphyry ?), and were very much smoothed
on the tops, as if by quantities of ice having travelled over them in
by-gone times. Numerous small glaciers lay here and there amongst
them ; and the whole country to the E. and N.E. looked gloomy,
sterile, and desolate to the last degree.

There are some beautiful mossy flats and valleys on the east side
of Stour Fiord, abounding with Reindeer. From their excessive
tameness, some of these deer appeared never to have seen a human
being, nor anything that could hurt them, in their lives.

In the upper part of this Sound, I observed two very remarkable
mountains: one was a long hill of about 1500 feet high, and seem-

* Specimens. t Specimens. (See Appendix, p. 438.)

13860. | LAMONT—SPITZBERGEN. 435

ingly composed of the same grey, shaly, sandy limestone as almost
all the lower hills of East Spitzbergen ; but it had a perfectly flat top,
and the upper stratum, as well as another band about half-way up,
seemed to consist of coal or some other black substance. This moun-
tain was a long way off; but I think these black bands were each 20
or 30 feet thick ; and they seemed to be of harder substance than the
rest of the mountain, as the edges of both of them stood up perpen-
dicularly instead of participating in the 45° slope of the mountain.
At one side, where the mountain turned inland, I could perceive
that the lower of these two black bands thinned away gradually to
nothing.

Of the other hill, I can hardly hope to give a description which
will convey an idea of its singularly grand and picturesque appear-
ance. It was a small hill, apparently not more than three or four
miles in circumference at the base, and about 600 or 700 feet high.
The lower two-thirds of its height consisted of a steep talus of
débris, thickly covered with a carpeting of brilliant mosses of every
imaginable tint. The upper third of the hill was composed of
bright-red or russet-coloured rocks, arranged in rough perpendicular
columns, looking exactly like a number of enormous half-decayed
trunks of trees standing on end in a huge faggot or bundle. The
detritus of this hill seemed to afford very rich pasture for the Rein-
deer: I shot nine around the foot of it.

The last parts of Spitzbergen which I visited were Bell Sound
and Ice Fiord, on the west coast. These are both fine, large, well-
sheltered harbours, surrounded by high mountains, and are the first
and the last bays which are clear of drift-ice. We remained in Ice
Fiord until the 4th September, when the weather was still very
much milder than we had found it on the E. and S$. coasts in July
and August.

The hills around these bays are limestone, but not nearly so com-
pact and plainly stratified as in Eastern Spitzbergen. They are ex-
traordinarily full of fossils ; in some places it appears as if the hills
were actually composed of fossils*. Quantities of recent shellst also
lie about the watercourses and muddy flats. The rocks here appear
to be crumbling away very fast. In Bell Sound I obtained a piece
of siliceous limestone+ which was sticking out of the face of a lime-
stone cliff like a sign-post, about 2 feet long.

In Ice Fiord I observed three well-defined ancient beaches, rising
one above the other, at intervals of about 20 feet.

In the bed of a torrent in the same bay I found some round
stones exactly resembling rusty cannon-shot of different sizes.

I met a small vessel which in July touched at the land to the
N.E. of Spitzbergen, marked in the charts as Gillies Land; but I
could obtain no information from them respecting it, except that ‘ it
was very like Spitzbergen, and contained no Walruses nor Rein-
deer.”

* See Mr. Salter’s Appendix. t+ Many specimens sent.
t Sent. (See Appendix, p. 436.)

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 28,

APPENDIX.

Specimens sent by Mr. Lamont, only generally noticed by him in the
above commumeation.

Black Point.—Greyish, fine-grained, laminated sandstone, some-
times micaceous.

——. Brownish, fine-grained, micaceous, shaly sandstone, weather-
ing white.

——. Pebbles of hard coal.

——. Brownish-grey limestone, with Nucula, Aviculopecten, and
Spirifer.

——. Grey limestone with calcareous veins. With a trace of a

Calamite ?

. Fossil wood, with attached coaly matter.

Thousand Islands.—More or less rounded fragments of—
Compact red syenitic rock.
Grey compact siliceous limestone with Corals, <Aviculopecten,
Streptorhynchus, &c.
Brownish argillaceous rock.
Yellowish fossiliferous siliceous limestone.
White fossiliferous limestone.
Black flint with chalcedonic vein,
White flint or chert.
Purplish semitransparent quartz-rock.
Greenstone.
_ Thin-bedded, grey, compact, siliceo-argillaceous rock, with a large
Aviculopecten.
Hard compact sandstone.
Red, highly siliceous limestone.
Greenstone, coarse-grained, with weathered face.

Ryke Yse Islands.—Rounded fragments of grey compact limestone
with Fenestelle and Corals.

Ice Sound.—Fine-grained, compact, dark-grey sandstone, weather-
ing ferruginous.

. Ferruginous nodules (exfoliating) of the size of cannon-balls.

Island, Bell Sound.—Weathered fragment of argillo-siliceous dark-
grey rock, with Fenestella and Corals.

——. Hard reddish ferruginous rock with pebbles of Lydian stone.

—. Fossils, from 200 feet above the sea, and 350 yards inland.
(See Mr. Salter’s Appendix.)

——. Brownish-grey, micaceous, compact, fine-grained sandstone
pebbles, with trace of the cast of an Aviculopecten ?

Bell Sound.—Fossils, from 400 feet above the sea-level. (See Mr.
Salter’s Appendix.) ~

Moraine in Deeva Bay.—Brown claystone, weathering reddish-
purple.

1860. ] LAMONT—SPITZBERGEN, 437

Without Localities.—

a

2.

Ferruginous nodule, small.

Hard ferruginous sandstone with small ferruginous nodule.

Siliceous conglomerate.

Boulder of conglomerate, or coarse pebbly grit; pebbles of white
and dark-grey quartz and Lydian stone, cement calcareous.

White quartz-rock.

Stem-lke piece of brownish fine-grained sandstone (? cast of a
ripple-mark).

Light-grey friable sandstone.

Dark-grey mudstone (calcareo-argillaceous) with impression of
shell,

Water-worn fragment of tortuously laminated calcareous slate.

Pebble of grey argillaceous limestone with cale-spar vein.

Bouldered piece of grey siliceous limestone with Productus and
Corals.

Grey siliceous limestone with Orthis and Productus, with wea-
thered surface.

White crystalline limestone with Spirifer cristatus and Corals,
having a weathered surface.

White siliceous limestone with Corals, Encrinites, and Shells.

Black siliceous limestone with calcareous veins.

Weathered fragment of white Encrinital chert with Corals,
Bryozoa?, and Productus.

Black flint with whitish mottlings, splinters.

Red siliceous limestone with a rounded, weathered surface. Pro-
bably from the Thousand Islands.

(Islands to the South-east?) Weathered fragment of white lime-
stone with Productus, Spirifer alatus, and a large foliaceous Coral
(Stenopora).

Recent SHeEtts (detefmined by 8. P. Woopwarp, Esq., F.G.S.).

From the Thousand Isles.
Buccinum undatum, var. (cyaneum? ?).

From Bell Sound, at about high-water mark.

Fusus despectus, L., var. (= F. borealis, Philippi).

Buccinum glaciale, L. (= B. angulosum= B. polare, Beck).

Margarita undulata (= Grenlandica) inside a Buceinum.

Buccinum scalariforme?

Balanus crenatus, var. Scoticus, probably.

Fusus Kroeyeri, Moller.

Oardium Islandicum (=ciliatum).

Cardium Grenlandicum (broken).

(very fine).

Sawicava arctica,

Mya Uddevallensis (truncata, var.).

Astarte borealis, Chemn., var. (=semisuleata, Leach ; =lactea,
Broderip).

438

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 28,

Mya truncata, var. Uddevallensis.
Pecten Islandicus.
Nullipore, with Saaicava.

3. From Bell Sound, at about 14 to 2 miles inland and 400 or 500

feet above the sea-level.

Buccinum glaciale (14 to 2 miles inland, 400 and 500 feet high).

4, From the Moraine of a glacier in Deeva Bay.
Astarte borealis (var. semisulcata).

compressa, Mont., var. striata.

Mya truncata, var. Uddevallensis.

Specimens of Bonzs obtained by Mr. Lamont in SprrzpEreEn.

ie

Fragment of vertebra of Whale, rotten. Bell Sound. Half
a mile from the sea. 100 feet above the sea.

Fragment of bone. Half a mile from the sea at Bell Sound.
100 feet above the sea.

. Cranium of a small Delphinopterus leucas (White Whale or

Beluga). Bell Sound. 300 yards from the sea. 80 feet above
the sea.

. Anterior rib of a Whale. Bell Sound. 500 yards from the

sea. 80 feet high.

. Small lumbar vertebra of Beluga(?) Bell Sound. Nearly

buried at 70 feet above high-tide mark.

. Fragment of bone of Whale. Bell Sound. Buried in bank

50 feet above the sea.

. Half of a caudal vertebra of Whale. Balena mysticetus (?)

Bell Sound. A little above high-water mark.

. Caudal vertebra of Whale. Found among the boulders at

high-water mark. Coloured ferruginous.

. Small cervical vertebra of Beluga ?

. Tibia and fibula of hind left leg of a Walrus.

. Large caudal vertebra of Whale.

. Part of lower jaw of Whale. Walter Thymen’s Straits. Half

a mile from the sea, and 40 feet above sea-level.

Description of the Gravets from SpitzBercEn collected by Mr. La-

mont. Ry J. Presrwicn, Esq., F.G.S.

1. Gravel from Bell Sound, 60 feet above high-water mark.
Grey gravel of small subangular fragments of dark-grey argillaceous
and quartzose slaty rocks, some portions calcareous, and a few frag-
ments of grey sandstone, mixed with a small proportion of earth.
None of the fragments are above two ounces in weight, the bulk
being of small size (seventy to the ounce). Amongst these suban-
gular fragments there are, however, a few small round pebbles of a
dark-grey limestone, and a few perfectly angular fragments of slate.

There are no shells, nor any characters on any of the fragments in
the gravel to indicate a beach-origin. The mass, in fact, looks much

1860. | LAMONT—SPITZBERGEN. 439

more like the smaller fragments of a moraine. None of the fragments,
however, are scratched or striated.

2. Gravel from Bell Sound, 20 feet above high-water. Dark-
coloured grit, clean and uniform in texture, consisting of small
subangular fragments of a black hornblende-slate (like that of No. 4)
about the size of cress-seed, with a very few flattish pebbles of the
size of peas, and still fewer rounded pebbles of the size of marbles.
There are no fragments of shells.

3. Gravel from an island in Bell Sound, a little above high-water.
Small greyish-green gravel of flat angular fragments of greenish
mica-slate, with a few pieces of quartz. None of the fragments are
an ounce in weight. The bulk consists of pieces of about thirty to
the ounce. No matrix of any sort. No fragments of shells. This
gravel has the appearance of rock-débris i situ.

4, Gravel from Bell Sound, half-way between high- and low-water.
Ordinary clean and well-worn small beach-shingle, the smaller
fragments being more or less subangular, and the larger ones more
or less rounded: no fragments above three-quarters of an ounce
in weight ; and the bulk 117 to the ounce. It is composed mostly
of compact black hornblende-slate (like that of No. 2), compact grey
sandstone, and some grey limestone and a very little quartz. There
are no shells, nor scratched pebbles. It is much like the shingle of
parts of our own coast.

5. Gravel from Bell Sound, low-water anchorage. Subangular
small fragments of micaceous slates, with a few flat angular frag-
ments of limestone. Not one well-rounded pebble; few even of the
fragments are much worn. There are no shells. This looks much
like the small débris in an old slate-quarry.

Note on the Fosstzs from SprrzBERGEN.
By J. W. Satter, Esq., F.G.S.

The specimens of fossils brought by Mr. Lamont are chiefly from
three localities, viz. :—

1. Bell Sound (at 400 feet above the sea-level), western side of
the island ;

2. Island in Bell Sound (at 200 feet above the sea, and 350 yards
from the shore) ; and

3. Black Point, near the 8.E. angle of Spitzbergen, close to which
are the Thousand Isles.

From Bell Sound only a few species were collected ; and these are
the same as those from the small island in the same Sound. One is
a large Productus, which I cannot identify completely with any Bri-
tish species. It may be a large variety of one of our common shells,
P. semireticulatus, or even a form of P. costatus. In any case it is
of a Carboniferous type.

The specimens from the island in Bell Sound are much more
numerous ; and in a grey limestone we haye—
1. Athyris or Spirifer, a large smooth species, nearly 3 inches

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 28,

across, without any definite hinge-line, and with very strong ventral
muscular impressions. The shell is much depressed.

2. Productus costatus, Sowerby, very large, and deeply bilobed.—
Abundant.

3. Productus, the large striate species above mentioned.

4, P. Humboldt, D’Orbigny, two or three specimens.

5. P. mammatus, Keyserling ?, or an allied species, without large
scattered spines. This species occurs in Arctic America, having
been brought by Capt. Belcher from the point opposite Exmouth
Island. It is the P. Leplayit of De Koninck’s paper on the Fossils
from Spitzbergen, but not, I think, of De Verneuil, who described
that species in ‘ Russia in Europe.’

Von Buch quotes the Productus giganteus from the South Cape
and from Bell Sound; this is not noticed at all in Prof. Koninck’s
list (1849, op. cit. p. 633).

6. Camarophoria, a large species, not unlike in shape to the
Rhynchonella acuminata of the Carboniferous limestone, but ribbed
throughout.

7. Spirifer Keilhavii, Von Buch. Several specimens. This, more
than any other shell, tends to connect the Spitzbergen formation
with surrounding districts. Sp. Keilhavii was described in the
Berlin Trans. for May 1846. The specimens were brought home by
Keilhau, from the rocks of Bear Island in 74° 30’ N. lat., half-way
between Norway and Spitzbergen. In the same paper Von Buch
notices that the locality of Bell Sound had been visited by French
naturalists (M. Robert and the Scientific Commission which explored
these seas in 1839), and that the same Producti and Spirifer (S.
Keilhavit) were found there which occurred at Bear Island. And,
inasmuch as the Product: are the common British species P. giganteus
and P. Oora, there can be no doubt whatever of the formation to
which Spirifer Keilhavit belongs. Count Keyserling described a
variety of it from Petschora Land, under another name; and in the
Appendix to Belcher’s ‘ Last of the Arctic Voyages’ I have figured
and described this shell from the Carboniferous rocks of North
Albert Land—Captain Belcher’s furthest point. Numerous Producti
occurred with it, two of which, if not more, are identical with the
Spitzbergen species. I notice this more particularly, because in two
communications to the Royal Academy of Brussels (Bulletin, vols. xiii.
and xvi.) Prof. de Koninck has described the Bell Sound fossils as
Permian, and not Carboniferous species, and has given figures of
several of them. In a short résumé of the Arctic Geology read by
myself to the British Association, 1855, I have used this fact as
illustrative of the regularity of the Great Arctic basin of paleeozoic
rocks (Trans. Sect. p. 211).

One species only which appears to me of Permian date occurs in
a loose block (without definite locality) and will be presently noticed.
It would be somewhat remarkable if all the specimens brought home
by M. Robert should prove to be Permian, while those from the same
locality before us are mostly of Carboniferous type. The larger and
more conspicuous shells do not seem to have been met with by
M. Robert in his voyage.

1860. ] LAMONT—SPITZBERGEN. 441

8. Fenestella, two species, one with very large meshes.

9. Sponges (?); large, stem-like and cake-like in shape.
Specimens without definite localities :—

10. Sprrifer cristatus, Schloth. S. octoplicatus of the Mountain-
limestone is now regarded as the same species.

11. Streptorhynchus crenistria, or an allied form.

12. Zaphrentis Ovibos, Salter (?). Probably an Arctic species.

13. Stenopora; a large branched species, like S. Tasmaniensis of
Lonsdale. This occurs at Bell Sound also.

_ 14. Syringopora, large fragments.

15. A new genus, in all probability of the Fenestellide, consisting
of thick stems branching regularly from opposite sides, the smaller
branches also opposite, and coalescing with their neighbours so as to
form a quadrangular network. But for this coalescence, it might be
a gigantic Thamniscus or Ichthyorhachis. As the poriferous face is
not seen, it is better not to give a new generic name.

From Black Point, in shaly beds, which seem to be associated with
the coal, slabs were obtained with numerous shells and some frag-
ments of plants.

16. Nucula, abundant ; and amongst these is a small

17. Aviculopecten, and a Spirifer with broad ribs.

18. Aviculopecten. A large species (looking like the A. papyraceus
of our own coal-shales magnified), found in the gravel among the
Thousand Isles; it probably came from these beds.

A weathered block of white limestone, probably from the islands
on the south-eastern side of Spitzbergen*, contains the only truly
Permian species which I have seen among these specimens, viz.,—

19. Spirifer alatus, Schloth., a common fossil of the Zechstein.

20. Productus, a small species. (P. horridus of De Koninck’s list,
but apparently too deeply lobed.)

21. Stenopora, a large foliaceous flattened species.

Spirifer octoplicatus (cristatus), above mentioned, also occurs in
similar whitish limestone. These may possibly have all come from
the locality whence M. Robert’s original specimens were found ; but
it would appear that they are not by any means the prevailing fossils
of the island.

The general aspect cf the fossils collected by Mr. Lamont is un-
questionably Carboniferous; and some of the species have a wide
diffusion. Productus costatus ranges from India to the Mississippi,
and P. semireticulatus (which I think is only a variety of the same
species) has even a wider ranget. P. Zumboldtii is found in Russia

* With regard to this specimen, the author, in reply to an inquiry on the sub-
ject, states—‘ The loose block of white limestone to which you refer as ‘having a
Permian aspect’ was, if I mistake not, picked up on one of the islands to the 8.B.
of Edge’s Land. It is unlike any rock I saw in situ; and, as it is evidently a
travelled block, I think it not improbable that it does not belong to Spitzbergen
at all, but may have been transported by the drift-ice from Commander Gillies’s
Land or some other unknown country to the north-east.”"—April 21, 1560.

t To Australia (M‘Coy).

VOL, XVI,—PART I, ; 2k

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 28,

and South America. Our P. mammatus? is probably distinct from
the Russian species, but it is at all events the same as one in Captain
Belcher’s collection*.

The size of the fossils, both of the Shells and Bryozoa, is remark-
able, and, taken in conjunction with the presence of large land-plants
in the coal, would seem to indicate a great decrease of temperature
in the Arctic region since the Carboniferous period. The shells are
larger, too, than the corresponding species in our own mountain-
limestone.

Notes on the Rocx-sprctuens from SprrzpercEn, collected by Capt.
Parry and Lieut. Foster. By L. Horner, Esq., Pres. G.S., &e.

Captain Edward Parry, in his yoyage to the North Pole, visited
the coasts of Spitzbergen in the summer of 1827; and in January
1828 this Society received from him, and from Lieutenant Foster
who accompanied him, a collection of specimens of rocks, which
they had collected there ; but no description of the specimens exists,
either in the ‘Transactions’ or in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society,
nor can any manuscript description of them be found among the
archives of the Society. It has therefore been thought advisable to
take advantage of the opportunity afforded by Mr. Lamont’s com-
munication, to give an account of the specimens in the possession
of the Society presented by the above-named officers, prefacing those
descriptions by a few extracts from the geological observations con-
tained in Captain Parry’s ‘ Narrative.’

The ‘ Hecla,’ surveying ship, first reached the north-western coast
of Spitzbergen, and then, stretching eastward, along the low point
of Verlegen Hoek, they made sail to the N.N.E. towards the Seven
Islands, passing Low Island. They found the whole of the coast,
from Low Island to Black Point, and apparently as far as Walden
Island, inaccessible by reason of one continuous and heavy ice-floe,
everywhere attached to the shores. Sounding in lat. 80° 16’ 40”,
five leagues north of Verlegen Hoek, they found the bottom at 90
fathoms.

On the 14th of June they reached lat. 81° 5’ 32”, long. 19° 34’ E.,
Little Table Island bearing S. six or seven leagues; and here they
found the depth of water 97 fathoms, with a bottom of greenish
mud. Little Table Island is described as a craggy rock, rising from
400 to 500 feet above the sea-level, haying a low islet at its northern
end,—both together occupying an extent of about a third of a square
mile. They landed on the islet, naming it after Lieutenant Ross of
the ‘ Hecla’ (the present Sir James Ross), and found it to rise about
100 feet above the sea-level, and to consist of gneiss, haying im-
bedded garnets in some parts.

Specimen from Ross Islet.
1. Grey foliated orthoclase-granite, with a gneissic tendency,

* Tt is closely and finely striate, and has spines along the hinge-line only.
t Narrative of an Attempt to reach the North Pole in the year 1827.

1860.] LAMONT—SPITZBERGEN. 443

They next landed on Walden Island, on the south-eastern or
lowest part, and found it composed of coarse-grained red and grey
granite with much mica. They ascended to a height of from 200
to 300 feet, and found the same granite. On the face of the rock
they observed veins of a finer grey granite, from 12 to 20 inches
wide, bordered by a ribbon of whitish felspar, about 3 inches wide
on each side. Large rounded masses of granite in regular horizon-
tal beds were lying at the height of 30 or 40 feet above the present
sea-level, giving the idea of their haying once been washed by it.
At a distance of four miles from the shore, they found bottom at
25 fathoms.

Specemens from Walden Island.

2, 3. Grey orthoclase-granite, similar to that of Ross Islet.

4, Granite ; the orthoclase-felspar of a pale red colour, with much
silvery mica.

5. Orthoclase-porphyry.

6. Compact greenstone, or diorite.

8. Scoriaceous laya,

They landed on Low Island, and found the low beach principally
composed of rounded fragments of limestone intermixed with some
of clay-slate, and several rounded fragments of pumice*; the beach
was also lined with drift-wood. The west point of the island is
composed of a schistose quartz-rock dipping 70° S.E. with a fine
smooth beach of small pebbles of quartz and clay-slate. Beds of
clay-slate occur further inland, on the §.W. shore, of a blue, red,
and yellow colour, dipping in various directions.

Specimens from Low Island.

9, 10. White granular quartz-rock, with a bedded structure, pro-
bably a compact sandstone, without mica.

11. Granular quartz, similar to 9 and 10, but of a red colour.

12. Schistose grey limestone, with paillettes of mica.

13. Compact white dolomitic (?) limestone.

14. Compact grey limestone.

15. A purple calcareo-argillaceous sandstone,

16. A red argillaceous sandstone, highly calcareous.

Landing on the shore opposite to the south coast of Low Island,
they found the rocks to be different from any they had yet met
with; they consisted chiefly of a black marble with white and red
veins intersecting it. In some places there were beds of clay-slate,
of considerable extent. They found one piece of bituminous wood-
coal, which burned with a bright flame and emitted a pleasant
odour. A great number of small rounded pieces of pumice were
also found on this part of the coast. They named the spot Marble
Point.

Specimens from Marble Point.

37, Grey compact limestone, with veins of calcite.

* Probably floated from the volcanic Island of Jan Mayen to the 8.W.—T H,

2K 2

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar, 28,

38. Crystalline calcite, a portion of a vein.
39. Thinly laminated calcareo-argillaceous sandstone.

In Mussell Bay, ten miles south of Verlegen Hoek, they found
mica-slate with an eastern dip generally 70°, but sometimes more.
At Red Beach, further west, they found a clay-slate of a brownish-
red colour.

Specimen from Red Beach.

36. A red argillaceous sandstone with scales of mica.
Eastward from Verlegen Hock they entered Beverley Bay.

Specimens from Beverley Bay.

18. Granite, with flesh-red orthoclase-felspar.
19. Granite, with white orthoclase-felspar.
20. Granular quartz-rock.

They then entered Waigatz Strait, and moored in an extensive
Bay, called in an old Dutch chart Treuenberg Bay, where they
wintered, on the eastern shore, at a spot to which they gave the
name of Hecla Cove. The depth of water was 13 fathoms, with a
bottom of very tenacious blue clay. On the east side of the bay,
they found beds of schistose quartz, nearly approaching to sand-
stone, and chiefly of a pale-red colour. Beds of clay-slate also occur,
of a greenish-grey and brick-red colour.

Specimens from Hecla Cove.

21. Grey fine-grained quartz-rock with lamine of silvery mica.

22, 23. Quartz-rock.

24, Granular quartz with mica.

25. White saccharoid limestone.

26. Laminated quartzose rock, interstratified with clay-slate.

27. Mica-slate with garnets.

28. Grey compact quartzose rock with a few scales of mica.

29, 30. Quartzose argillaceous slate, the lamine having a shining
surface, and exhibiting cleavage nearly at right angles to the
bedding-planes.

31, Quartzose siliceous slate with much mica.

32, 33. Greenstone or diorite.

34. Red and grey variegated argillaceous sandstone.

35. A crust of peroxide of iron.

A specimen (No. 7) was sent, labelled “‘ Foster’s Island, Beachey
Bay ;” but no place by that name is mentioned in the ‘ Narrative.’
It is a crystalline rock composed of hypersthene and felspar.

On every part of the northern coast on which they landed, they
found drift-wood. Some of the trees had their roots attached, and
were not less than 18 inches in diameter; all were of the Pine tribe.

1860. ] MOORE—LINKSFIELD SHALES, 445

2. On the So-called Weatpren Beps at Linxsrretp, and the Reprii-
FEROuS Sanpstones of Exern. By Cuartes Moors, Esq., F.G.8.

(Abstract. )

Waen visiting the section at Linksfield, near Elgin, in the autumn
of 1859, the author recognized a similarity of appearance between
the shales and thin limestone-bands at Linksfield and those of the
Bone-bed series (at the base of the Lias) at Pylle Hill, near Bristol,
at Aust Passage and at Penarth, on the Severn, and at the Uphill
cutting on the Great Western Railway. Giving in detail the sections
at Pylle Hill, at Uphill, and at Linksfield, the author pointed out
some close lithological resemblances, and stated that he recognized
the “White Lias,” the “‘ Cotham Marble,” the “‘ Bone-hbed,” and the
gypseous clay-bands of the south in the quarry at Linksfield. Cyprides,
Estherve, remains of Hybodus, Lepidotus, Acrodus, and Plesiosaurus,
Mytilus, Modiola, Unio, Cyclas, Astarte, Ostrea, Paludina, &c., from
the Linksfield beds, were among the paleontological evidences which
the author brought forward as supporting his correlation of the beds
in question. The following are the detailed Sections.

1. Section at Pylle Hill, on the Bristol and Exeter Railway, near

Bristol.
ft. in, ft. in.
Close-grained grey stone, with Grey marl, passing into blue... 5 0
Modiola ( White Lias”’), the “ Bone-bed,”’ with Fish-teeth,
lowest band being the “ Cot- Modiola Hillana, Avicula,
ham Marble” or “ Landscape- OSETEON COOL eae cae aoe 0 38
stone.” iB nepmarleee ee seecee oe cee ee ee 0 10
Grey marl, passing into blue... 4 O | Greenish-grey stone............... 3.0
BONG case sce atousses sue sessuiecsone OFS) utBluewmar ioe ees ico ras sean ea 2 0
SRD YASUREL ses o case adie aneanatecnts ORIG BGrey stonem cesar case sccermceeees 0 4
DOUG. cecatcpcesnaccdsons sveemecccsens OP7Gr | PBlueimarl cc. sccecse cdecsesee asec 3 0

The last graduates into red sandstone and marls, which in this
cutting are exposed to a depth of 30 feet.

2. Section at Uphill, on the Great Western Railway, near Weston-
super-Mare.

ft. in. ft. in.
Lower Lias, about ...........sss008. HO) Oi leiduvated marl iy. cse.ce.ase tects LQ
( Trias.) Blue gritty sandstone ............ 0 3
SB ONO MOGI de steve as sapeeyin sae cs O22 Gree Mahle: cocaseccnexcvecessghasant 2 0
Tid urated anaes tccnsseeesWee av een 1 3 | Soft gritty sandstone ............ Leg
Gritty, grey, micaceous stone ... O 7 | Dark marl, passing into grey... 1 4
Marl, with large nodules ......... 5 0} Thin course of green stone...... 0 5
BLOUGE epee puuteensesmstedNnennd clang CUP Aas en eves euts ay aie ss oveosNen'ece ed 1
War ooccccacecotth ss acapetererasscosns 2 O| Dull-blue tufaceous marl ...... ised
Nodular Bt0nes, cc. .csscecsecceveavies O G| Light-grey stone .............:.66 0 4
Wiarlistrscs counts sdevevaseaemanssteacses URED CNC? ae es Ti ne eC es |
INOGULAD SEONG: oc sacs ctestvyeevsseas 0 3] Conglomerate ............:0-seerss 0 14
WEAN ince, cnt~s'oksouasareanseeeevansnen Oe Gi RRP a ey raid censnceswao'sn've oe eveealy SD
RIOTIORT tee iis asap acu aee exenneeenmoeder 0 2} Grey stone, with traces of Fish-
Variegated marl...........-sessesee lV BCAOi ses cs sscccoshacsckrsavut teats 0 6

Rubbly stone ...csisecsecscersenssere O 3 Grey slaty marl .........csseeeees 2 6

446
ft. in,

Concretionary grey stone, with

small pebbles and probable

traces of vegetables ............ OR.
Grey and yellow marl............ 0 6
Band of carbonate of lime ...... O 04
Indurated grey marl ............ 0 10
Compact grey limestone ......... 0 il
Grecamarl itiekseieesseosee 1 0
Coarse green limestone ....:.... 0 3
Green marl] 22...........000.s0000%0 1 0
isvers Waaieand dase dcasedeennadsconesccead 0 7%
DAMUSLONG eieecascsensteecseosssseaee 2 10
ce] Bb Tv Vg bane iar daasuaeoiddaosdasdd 68 ues

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

(Mar. 28,

ft. ins

Red marl and thin courses of
stone
Green and variegated marl......
Red laminated marl
Red sandstone .............000c008-
Variegated marl, with concre-
tions of cale-spar ..... . acoddade
Sandstone ........c..sscecesseesesens
Red marl
Dandstone sisisic..cisecceteccseeesds

CO i ier i ir iy

Aono !_ooo

85
£

Red marls, with layers of gypsum, succeed, and continue to the

base of the section.

3. In descending order, the section at Linksfield * shows (under

the upper Till or Drift)—
ft, in.
1. Green clay... Cypris (vather
sparingly). Teeth of Hybodus,

ft. in.
tebree of Plestosaurus, &e.
Small Univalve and Bivalve

and scales of Lepidotus ...... 1 shells. Remains of Plants... 0 3

2. Grey stone. Small Modiola. 5 0} 9. Blueclay. Cypris, abundant.

3. Blue, variegated, and green’ Fish-remains, rare ............ 4 0
clay. Cypris (rare). Hybo- LOM Stone Siise.cossecuenettenseneecs ii eret
dus. Lepidotus ....s.0.cseves 1 6] 11. Green marl (Estheria occurs

23s ISROIN® » Jossndscobusddosndo9 3902060 178 in some of these lower beds) 0 9

5. Green clay. Cypris. Estheria. 1D. Stone. vergeceoctestiueateseceeee 0 10
Tiepedotus, CUCs ven s.- <stees ane O 10%) 13. Green marl 232.5. .0.teccteeeee 2 10

GiiStone We ee sc saeecsoseoneeee © LO) 14. Stone fe rae hee tee ee 0 10

7. Dark clay. Cypris. Lepido- 15. Green marl .................00+. 2 0
GUS, ELYOORUS) ns... 02. cco ene OP EMO) PUGH RSIKoy1 2) = Gacesonpadadédaadaccdonadad 0 8

8. Stone (=‘ Bone-bed”’) ft. 7s Green marl ie. se seseseee eee 0 5
Teeth and spines of Hybodus 18. Boulder-clay .................. 5 0
minor. Teeth, jaws, and scales IGS (Oa ONS “Gacaoapnp0as00cade0% 12 0

of Lepidotus. Sphenonchus . Reptiliferous Sandstones (?).

Martini, Ag. Teeth and ver-

The author next offered some observations on the red layer of clay,
sand, and stones intercalated between the Linksfield shales and the
cornstone ; and, not accepting Capt. Brickenden’s opinion? of its
having been thrust in by the action of ice against the escarpment
during the formation of the Boulder-clay, he suggested that an early
glacial period, contemporaneous with the Lower Lias, destroyed
some of the lower shales and limestone of Linksfield, leaving their
remnants imbedded in a red drift to be covered by the succeeding
undisturbed deposits of the bone-bed series.

Mr. C. Moore next remarked that the Cornstone at Linksfield, on
which all the above-mentioned beds rest, might possibly be of
Triassic date, as he had observed on the flanks of the Mendips and
elsewhere a stone, of a similar aspect, belonging to the Trias, and

* See also Mr. P. Duffs Section in his “ Sketch of the Geology of Moray,” pl.3.
t See Mr. P. Duff’s ‘‘ Geology of Moray,” p. 64, pls. 4 & 5.
t Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. vii. p. 289.

1860. ] PILBROW—WELL-SECTION NEAR GOSPORT. 447

occasionally yielding remains of Reptiles and Fishes ; to this rock the
author refers the “ druidical” stones of Stanton Drew.

Some observations on the discovery of reptilian and mammalian
teeth near Frome, by the author, in a fissure containing a probably
Triassic deposit,—on the possible relations of some of these to the
Reptilia found in the Lossiemouth sandstone,—and on the probable
Secondary age of the latter, concluded the paper.

Arrit 18, 1860.

SPECIAL. GENERAL MEETING.

It was resolved that the Kvening-meetings of the Society on
May 2nd, May 16th, May 30th, and June 13th be held at Burlington
House, Piccadilly.

ORDINARY GENERAL MEETING.

Edward Brainerd Webb, Esq., C.E.,34Great George Street, Spencer
Herapath, Esq., 19 Sheffield Terrace, Kensington, and Owen Bowen,
Esq., 4 Great Queen Street, Westminster, were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—
1. On a Wett-Secrion near Gosport. By James Puprow, Esq.
[In a Letter to the Assistant-Secretary. |

Tue following is a section of the deep well and boring recently
made under my direction (1858) for the Gosport Water-works Com-
pany, at Bury Cross, about one mile and a quarter west of the town.
It is, I believe, the most carefully observed, as well as one of the
deepest wells executed in that district, where the strata vary so much
that the same stratum will scarcely be found with like characters
at two places, though only a few hundred yards apart; and frequently
the omission altogether of one or other of the strata shows that very
considerable disturbing causes must have been in operation either at
the period of the formation of these deposits or subsequently.

In the upper and middle portions of the stratum of sand noted in
the section at from 33 feet 1 inch to 67 feet 3 inches, the fine series
of perfect fossils occurred, of which a note is appended. Others
occurred in the lower portion of this bed; and where it merged into
the green sand below, which was dry and hard, the specimens became
much fractured and very rotten.

Fossils were not again met with until the depth of 84 feet was
reached, and from that to 95 feet. These were similar to the fore-
going, but mostly fragmentary and mixed in masses with the sand,
At from 95 feet to 104 feet, a few other fossil shells were also
found,

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCInTY. [April 18,
A Section of the Strata near Bury Cross, Hampshire.
ve yi Notes.
ft. in.) ft. in.

NMhoayTE, oN 5 spo55d0bsoodne0suens6 09030006 Loy lo
(CEN TEls “obenansaobasopadueaseaudoanoosnodons 8 0} 9 6
Mottled clay ...........-.s0s.sacssoresess: 2 3} ll 9 :
Blue clay, with some sand and pyrites) 15 6] 27 3) Water at 25 ft.
Light sand, with pyrites and small 5 10| 33 1 12 gallons of water per

BUNS sdogcdooodounasodobabononba0c0000 minute.
Sand and shells................:2c00s0000- 34 2} 67 3) Water increasing at
Greensand Ondine: denen sGerceemene sions 2 9) 70 O| 45ft. lin. At 52 ft.
Green sand (lighter)..................068 5 0} 75 O| more loamy and full
Light green sand ...............cececeees 5 O} 80 O| of shells*.
TOHEH at EERIE), soccssasndoossbbnooroneaonuesnne 3 0] 8 O
Clayvandisandin-eeesueessseasace sere i Oy cub ©
Sandvandgshell sien csneeeneraseccsecens 11 0} 95 0} Compact and full of
Sand, shingle, and shellst ............ 9 01104 O shells at 86 ft.
Laminated clay............csceeceeesee ees 2 9)106 9
Blue clay and sand .................0665 ll 6/118 3
Black peat (woody) .............0.s0008- 4 6/122 9
Stiff blue and green clay ............... 16 0)188 9
Blue clay and sand ...............00.06. 12 6}151 3
Dark sand and water ...............+6- 2 0/153 3
Blue clay and sand .................055. 8 1;161 4
Careein SAVACL .cancsonen6c00090n0d00BAGa0000 1 0/162 4
Stittiblue clayey nmcsnsecrctieecuesscecer 21 5)183 9
Dark green sand, intermixed with

mle: peat, and pyrites............ Us) 10) 20h
Green sand and water ...............66. 20 6/222 3
Blue clay and sand ..................08. 49 3/271 6
Sandland shell sheer rcemsseisisereciscteser 1 0/272 6
Blue clay and sand .................006. 27 6/300 O} At 290 ft. 6 in. hard
Blue clay and black pebbles ......... 1 0/|301 O| blue clay; no trace
Blue clay. crusty ...............ceseeeees 0 9/801 9] of sand.
Light sand and water ...............+5. 26 0}3827 9
Sandy clay and black pebbles......... 1 3/829 0
JeleIRel GEN? ascoscnovoncee0s000g00000n0G005 2 3/331 3

The yield of water from this well is very copious, supposed to be

little short of a million gallons per

diem; but the means at present

have only been equal to testing this to about 500,000 gallons at

about 70 feet from the surface.

The water rises and stands, when

the engine is not pumping, at 9 feet from the surface of the ground.

* The following list of these fossils, exhibited to the Society by Mr. Pilbrow,
has been drawn up by Prof. Morris, F.G.S.:—

Nummulina levigata, Lam.
Turbinolia elliptica, Brongn.
Ostrea, small.

flabellula, Sow.
Anomia lineata, Sow.
Vulsella.

Pecten corneus, Sow.
Corbula Pisum, Sow.

costata, Sow.

Nucula similis, Sow.

Sanguinolaria Hollowaysu, Sow.

Cytherea elegans, Lam.

Cardita planicosta, Zam. Several spe-
cimens of different stages of growth.
The largest has a group of small
Ostree attached to it.

Natica.

Buccinum.

Turritella imbricataria, Lam.

terebellata, Lam.

t Solen obliquus, Sow., occurs in this bed.

1860.] PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY IN NORFOLK. 449

The water has been analysed by Dr. Letheby, and reported to be
remarkably pure; and, among other qualifications, to be superior to
the Artesian well waters in the London Basin—even the best, such as
the Royal Mint well, or that at Holt’s Brewery, having only 3° of
hardness after boiling: and it has no communication with the sea.
The sinking of this well occupied two years. Brickwork, with a
bore of 10 feet in diameter, was carried to a depth of 25 feet. Cast-
iron cylinders, with a bore of 7 feet in diameter, were carried to
a depth of 110 feet. A bore-pipe with a diameter of 18 inches was
carried to a depth of 326 feet 9 inches; and 25 feet was perforated.

2. On the Presence of the Lonpon Cray in Norrorx, as proved by a
Wett-normne at Yarmours. By Josern Presrwicn, Ksq., F.R.S.,
Treas. G.S., &e.

Tue northward extension of the London Clay has hitherto been con-
sidered to have its limits in the southern part of Suffolk. Its lower
beds outcrop near Ipswich ; at Harwich it is only 23 feet thick; and,
as from thence to Bawdsey near Orford, the rise is to the north-
ward, the impression is given that the Eocene series ends under the
Coralline Crag somewhere about Orford or Aldborough, and that
further north the Pleiocene series reposes directly on the Chalk;
such being in fact their superposition throughout North Suffolk and
Norfolk wherever the base of that series is visible.

An exception, however, to this order has been proved by a well-
boring at Great Yarmouth, which was brought to my notice by the
Rey. John Gunn, F.G.S8., of Irstead.

It appears that in the year 1840, the firm of Sir E. Lacon and Co.,
being desirous of obtaining a larger supply of water, had a shaft
dug to the depth of 22 feet, and then a boring carried down to the
depth of 597 feet, by Messrs. Clark of Tottenham. Unfortunately
this spirited undertaking was not successful so far as the water-
supply was concerned ; but geologists are nevertheless indebted to
Messrs. Lacon and Co. for having preserved a full record of the
boring, and specimens of the strata penetrated, which have brought
to light some geological facts of interest.

On either side of Yarmouth the cliffs consist of Boulder-Clay, with
underlying sand- and gravel-beds, ranging for miles in a compara-
tively horizontal position. The town is situated on a bank of sand
and shingle at the angle formed by the sea and the River Yare,
the valley of which interrupts the cliffs for a distance of about five
miles. Judging by the thickness of the beds between the Boulder-
clay and the Chalk elsewhere in Norfolk, it might have been inferred
that the latter passed under Yarmouth at a depth of from 30 to 40
feet, unless any unusually great scouring-out of the valley had worn
a deeper channel at some very late geological period.

Specimens of the boring were taken with great care at every
10 feet or less of depth, and were duly noted and preserved ; whilst
a well-executed coloured section of the well records the general

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [April 18,

features. Iam indebted to Sir E. Lacon and Co. for the opportunity
of inspecting this, and the interesting series of specimens. The
following description of them I made on the spot, in company with
Mr. Gunn and Mr. Rose.

One column gives the specimens as read off previous to my having
formed any definite conclusion; and in another column is added the
geological structure which the examination of the specimens in con-
junction with the coloured section led me to surmise. From the
nature of the work, the shells are necessarily small or fragmentary.

Depth. Nature of Specimens.
ae B
LOWN
to peeches Se canou uct tivctcasaneaueuaes weuceual worsens annomeemeaneacces ta: | SAND AND pee
50 SHINGLE. ;
58 1. Coarse light-coloured sand, with 1 specimen of )
Ostrea edulis,2 of the Cardiwm edule, 1
each of Corbula nucleus, Tellina Balthica, and
: T. planata.
109 2. Light-grey clay with a few pebbles of quartz,
fragments of Cyprina Islandica, 1 Tellina,
and 1 fragment of Pecten operculart 7s.
111 3. Yellowish shelly sand with fragments of small
Telline. R ;
113 4, Fragments of comminuted shells, none perfect. AIS 20
123 5. Light-coloured shelly sands. recans le
150 6. Light-grey shelly sands. DHEORUTS:
156 7. The same, coarser, with concretions and a few
flints.
158 8. Laminated micaceous grey clay.
160 9. Light-brown clay.
161 10. Grey clay and sand, with shells; Teldina (same
as in No. 2), 1 fragment of Mytilus edulis.
166 11. Grey clay, with undeterminable fragments of
shells; 1 valve of Balanus.
170 12. Light-brown clay and small light-coloured con-
cretion (like those in the London Clay).
180 13. The same, one concretion.
190 14. Tough brown clay.
200 15. The same, slightly greyer.
210 16. The same, one concretion.
220 17. The same, slightly variegated*.
230 18. Brownish-grey clay.
240 19. Dark-grey clay.
240-50. 20. The same, with 2 lumps of iron-pyrites and
2 small calcareous concretions.
250 21. Grey clay.
260 22. The same, darker and more compact.
270 23. The same, 4; 5
280 24. The same, 3 ‘
291 25. The same, browner ; iron-pyrites.
294 26. The same, with wood and decomposing iron-
pyrites.
300 27. Brown clay. Lonpon ) 310
309 28. Light-grey sandy clay. Cuay. J feet.
320 29. Greenish sandy clay.
330 30. Streaked brown clay.
340 31. Greyish-brown clay.

* Possibly caused by the boring tool.

1860.] PRESTWICH—LONDON CLAY IN NORFODK. 451°

Depth. Nature of Specimens.

Feet. ;

350 32. Micaceous sandy clay.

358 33. Same as 31.

BIO oO ' GB" ~ Bh

880 35. Brown sandy ee

389 36. Grey clay, with decomposing iron-pyrites.

390 37. Brown clay. Loxpon | 310
400 38. The same. Cay. } feet.
410 39. Brown micaceous sandy clay.

420 40. Brownish sandy clay.

430 41. The same.

440 42. Dark-brown sandy clay.

450 43. The same, with soft green grains.

460 44. Tough brown clay.

470 = 45. The same.

475 46, Fragments of soft septaria.

480 47. Grey clay, with lignite.

499 48. Tough brown clay.

500 49. Streaky dark-grey clay.

505 60. Grey clay and green sand. Wootwicn

510 51. The same, more mixed. AND 46
515 52. The same, with more green sand. Reavine | feet.
520 53. The same, with less green sand. Series.

525 54. Pure dark-green sand.
526 655. The same, more clayey and with small dark-
een-coated flints.
527-97. 56. Chalk with flints. : Chalk 57+

This section is of interest for more reasons than one. In the first
place, it shows how recent the immediate ground is on which Yar-
mouth stands, it being nothing more than blown dune-sands and
beach-shingle.

2nd. Beneath the sand and shingle we have the opportunity
(rarely offered) of tracing a complete section of a very recent estua-
rine deposit. It consists of 120 feet of tranquilly deposited sand and
silt in alternating beds. Unfortunately, the shells being in such a
fragmentary state, few species can be determined. I have been
aided in these by Mr. Rose, of Yarmouth, who has carefully gone
through all the specimens again, and made the necessary comparisons.
A considerable portion of the fragments have evidently been washed
out of the adjacent Crag, which at that time probably extended in
exposed banks on either side of the old river-estuary. I do not,
however, believe that any portion of the 120 feet belongs to the Crag
itself; there is too much uniformity throughout the mass, and it is
too argillaceous. The level of the adjacent Crag is higher; and there
is no reason to suspect a depression in the London Clay anterior to
the Crag-period coincident with the depression in the recent surface,
or in the Chalk; and all the fragments are of such shells as might
be washed out of the Crag, or are living as well as Crag species.

3rd, At the depth of 170 feet the beds change so suddenly, and
the hand-specimen, with its small light-brown concretion, is so
like an ordinary specimen of London Clay, that I at once noted its
resemblance, but without at all suspecting the London Clay to be
there. When, however, I passed from specimen to specimen with

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [April 18,

like or very similar characters through a thickness of above 100 feet,
I began to suspect that it was a mass of London Clay; and the
examination of the remaining specimens strengthened that convic-
tion. There were, it is true, no fossils (that, however, often happens
in borings of the London Clay in the London district itself) ; but the
characters of the beds were so uniform and so closely resembled the
ordinary London Clay, and the small calcareous and phosphatic
nodular concretions were so identical with specimens common in the
London Clay of Essex and Kent,—and the whole is underlain by a
seam of septaria, so usual in the Essex wells,—and these by a series
of beds of green sand and clay with lignite, so characteristic of the
beds between the London Clay and the Chalk (although they here
present a modified type), that I have not the shghtest doubt of this
being a mass of true Lower Eocene strata i situ.

Such a circumstance renders it probable that a bed of variable
thickness of London Clay may extend beneath the Crag between
Orford and Yarmouth, and may possibly range as far north as Mun-
desley or Bacton.

This mass cannot extend far inland, as the Chalk comes at places
to or near the surface along a line about ten to fifteen miles distant
from the coast. From this line, as the Chalk dips eastward, the
Eocene strata may probably set in, and, dipping also eastward, pass
out under the bed of the adjacent German Ocean.

—S

3. On some Fosstt ForaminiFrera from CHELLAston nea Dersy. By
T. Rupert Jones, Esq., F.G.S., and W. Kircnen Parker, Hsq.,

Memb. Micr. Soc.
[Plates XIX. XX.]

SrverAL months ago, some clays (probably of Upper Triassic age)
which had been brought to Messrs. Cubitt’s Works from Chellaston,
three miles south of Derby, were submitted to examination, and
yielded some unexpected results, affording us a fine series of Fora-
minifera. The clays examined were red and blue in colour, and were
obtained from the pits in which the alabaster occurs. The blue clay
yielded abundance of Foraminifera; the red was barren.

About a pound of the blue clay was washed down. It yielded a
considerable residuum (somewhat under ten per cent.) of fine sand,
chiefly siliceous and subangular, together with some minute pyritic
globules. There were two or three Otolites met with, some valves
of Entomostraca (a species of Cythere), and several fragments of Echi-
nodermata (minute plates and spines).

Of the Foraminifera, nearly one half consists of a variety of Rotala
repanda (R. elegans, Pl. XX. fig. 46). The individuals are very
small, and are similar to those found living in the Mediterranean,
in different places, at about 700 fathoms depth. Indeed itis a variety
very common in warm seas, and ranges from 100 to 2000 fathoms. It
is the Rotalia Partschiana of D’Orb. (For. Foss. Vienn. pl. 8. figs. 1-3),

Quart. Journ. Geal Soc. Vol XVI PL.XTX

3 { » « («)

ae
=
&
- Poe
: »
Pome
/
tS
®

6 ¢ . E

“> 15

20

23 24 25

W A Parker del. Geo Weat lth

WK Parker del. Geo West hth

W West ny

1860.] JONES AND PARKER—FOSSIL FORAMINIFERA. 453

and is identical also with 2. elegans, D’Orb. (Ann. Se. Nat. vol. vii.
p- 276. no. 54) and Soldani (App. Test.[or Sagg. Orit. ] pl. 2. figs. @.r).

The next most numerous group comprises the well-known forms
which have been distinguished by the designations Nodosaria, Den-
talina, Marginulina, Vaginulina, Planularia, Frondicularia, Flabel-
lina, and Cristellaria (Pls. XIX. & XX. figs. 1-43). These are the
chief members of the great Nodosarine genus.

The genus that is next in numerical force is Nubecularia (P1. XX.
figs. 48-56), a genus that has not yet been well worked out. Besides
the varieties comprehended under the name of N. lucifuga by De-
france (Dict. Sci. Nat., Zool. pl. 44. fig. 3), we have here several
long jointed forms, such as occur under certain conditions in company
with tortuous and scale-like varieties in the mud of the Indian and
other seas.

Polymorphina (Pl. XX. fig. 44), Bulimina (fig. 45), and Lituola
(fig. 47) are represented ‘in this clay by a few individuals of very
familiar varieties, such as occur plentifully both recent and fossil.

Nodosarina (genus).—Individuals belonging to the subgenus No-
dosaria occur fossil at Chellaston in a very simple state of growth;
and others present us with numerous stages of development, so that
we have two-celled, three-celled, four-, five-, and more-chambered
individuals ; straight and curved; smooth and ribbed; circular in
section, oval, and compressed ; of straight growth and oblique, with
central and with lateral aperture. Indeed we can recognize amongst
the many varieties, shells corresponding to those which have been
named Nodosaria (Glandulina) Glans (Pl. XIX. fig. 7), N. Radicula
(figs. 1-5), NV. humilis (fig. 6), NV. Badenensis (figs. 8, 9), NV. Raphanus
(fig. 10), and WV. lineolata (figs. 11, 12).

Amongst those with more or less oblique chambers, we recognize
Dentalina brevis (P1. X1X. figs. 23, 24), D. pauperata (fig. 22), D.com-
munis (figs. 25, 26), Vaginulina Legumen (figs. 27, 28), V. strigillata
(figs. 29-35), V. Dunkeri (fig. 36), and Planularia reticulata (fig. 38).
The compressed form of Nodosaria humilis, constituting a Lingulina
(figs. 13-15), is abundant here, as it is also in the Lias, as we know
from our own collections, and from Bornemann’s “ Lias-Formation
von Gottingen.” The form we refer to is the Lingulina carinata
(D’Orb.), both smooth and striated. The gradations between these
Linguline forms and Frondicularia are striking and abundant here,
in both smooth and striated shells. The Frondicularian variety
found here is chiefly the /’. striatula of Reuss (figs. 16-18), together
with a variety of /. complanata of Defrance (fig. 19). The gradations
from Frondicularia to Flabellina, with a more or less spiral arrange-
ment of the older part of the shell, are remarkable, and produce
Flabellina rugosa, D’Orb. (figs. 20, 21), The chevron-chambered
Nodosarine are subject to much irregularity of growth as regards
the lateral extension of the chambers; nor are the Dentaline exempt
from similar distortion of growth.

It is impossible to mark the exact boundaries which limit the
Vaginuline, Planulariv, and Cristellarie of this fauna. Minute

flattened individuals of Cristellaria Cassis (fig. 41) are linked by

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [April 18,

various graduating forms with Marginulina Sublituus (fig. 37)an d
Planularia Bron (fig. 40), on the one hand, and with Planularia
reticulata (fig. 88) and Pl. pauperata (fig. 39) on the other.

Pl. pauperata is here indicated as a variety not previously recog-
nized. It is a minute, subtriangular, flattened shell, consisting of
six chambers, four of which are transversely broad; the two others
(the oldest) are subglobular, and resemble the early cells of a Nodo-
saria. The shell is smooth, the septa are gently curved and sulcate ;
the aperture is distinctly marginal and produced. This is one of
the simplest forms of the Cristellarian type. Although very minute
(about 54, im. in diam.), it closely assimilates in outline to the large
Planularian Cristellarie of the Subapennine tertiaries, which some-
times attain to ;4, im. in diam.

At first sight it might appear difficult to suppose that all the
varieties, ranging from the simple Nodosaria to the nautiloid Cristel-
laria (figs. 1-43), should belong to only one species; but such an
exceedingly wide range of variation is the rule in Poraminifera—a
group of creatures extremely low in organization, and showing a
licence as to their morphological laws, as great as any possessed by
the lowest animals and plants.

Similar in shell-structure, the Nodosarinw differ amongst them-
selves in their mode of growth chiefly as to the rectilinear or spiral
arrangement of the chambers, as to the more or less excentric¢ posi-
tion of the aperture, and as to the flattening of the shell. In every
gathering of Foraminifera rich in this group, the gradations of form
are endless, presenting, however, certain more or less conspicuous
varieties, which are conveniently separated as subspecific or varietal
groups, and which have been considered by some to be of generic
and specific value. Moreoyer each local fauna has its own set of
varieties, which are often sufficient to serve as characteristic features
of the fauna.

With the exception of Plabellina rugosa, Vaginulina strigillata,
Planularia reticulata, Pl. pauperata, and Pl. Bronni, all the above-
named yarieties of Nodosarina occur more or less abundantly in the
recent seas, as well as in tertiary and secondary deposits: nor are
the excepted varieties without their representatives ; for they do not
differ in any essential character from many recent forms with which
we are acquainted.

Polymorphina.—The well-known species Polymorphina lactea is
represented in the clay from Chellaston by a very minute but charac-
teristic individual (Pl. XX. fig. 44). Itis a short tear-shaped shell,
being of the variety known as Gluttulina communis (D’Orb.). Poly-
morphing occurs also in the Lias, where it is represented by Mr
Strickland’s rather more elongate variety, P. hassica* ; and it is con-
tinued to the present day in great varietal abundance.

Bulimina.—A cast of a minute Bulimina (fig. 45) resembling B.
Pyrula of D’Orb. also occurs. It is not unusual to find the very
thin-shelled small individuals of this species indicated by casts only

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ii. p. 30.

1860, | JONES AND PARKER—FOSSIL PORAMINIFERA, 455

in clays. ‘This is the oldest-known of the Buliminw: the genus ex-
tends to the recent time, and still presents similar varieties.

Rotalia.—In this clay we also find, as we haye already stated, a
very minute Rotalia (Pl. XX. fig. 46) in considerable abundance.
It is of a conical form, its umbilical base varying from being flat, or
eyen concave, to a conyexity almost equal to that of the spire. The
umbilicus is usually marked with a raised umbo, from which radiate
five or six slightly curved limbate septal lines. The far more nu-
merous short septal lines on the upper or conical surface are also
limbate, as well as the margin of the whorls. Of the numerous ya-
rieties of Rotalia wearing these features, most of which belong to the
R. repanda species, we select, as the closest representative of this
fossil form, the Rotalia elegans of D’Orb., figured by Soldani, We
have already mentioned that this is a deep-sea variety (p. 452).

Lituola,—A minute individual of the genus Lituola (Pl, XX.
fig. 47), of the form that has been named Spirolina agglutinans by
D’Orbigny, and Spirolina irregularis by Roemer, occurs in the Chel-
laston clay. This is the oldest-known specimen of the genus; it is
an attenuate, crozier-shaped, simple-chambered, one-mouthed yariety
of the Lituola nautiloidea of Lamarck,

Nubecularia.—Of the curious Miliolitic genus Nubecularia, we haye
here numerous very minute individuals (Pl, XX. figs. 48-56). This
genus has not hitherto been well studied. Blainyille and Defrance
grouped it with the zoophytes, and gaye several characteristic figures
in the Dict. Se. N.(Zooph. pl, 44. fig.3). Soldani has depicted numerous
individuals in his great work ‘ Testaceographia,’ placing them with
the Serpule. We have found Nubecularie associated with other
Foraminifera in yery many recent sea-sands from shallowish water,
and have been enabled to recognize their relations with the Miliolite
group. These are very protean shells: in deep water they are neither
common nor large, but in the Algz-belt they attain the size of hemp-
seeds and even of split peas; and, growing attached to sea-weeds,
shells, and other bodies, they become scale-like, or resemble lichens,
or, winding about stalks and fronds, they form ring-like incrusta-
tions, shooting off into irregular processes and forming grotesque
cervicorn figures (NV. luwcifuga). Similar forms oeeur in abundance in
some of the French tertiaries, From the Clam-shells of the East
Indian seas, and from the Strombus gigas of the West Indies, we get
minute rectilinear individuals of Nubecularia, with a spiral commence-
ment (VV. Jihia, var. noy.). An allied yariety, without a spiral be-
ginning, is shown by D’Orbigny’s Webbina rugosa (For. Canar, pl. 1,
f. 16-18; and For. Vien. p. 74. pl. 21. f. 11, 12), In several clays
of the Oolitic formations, we have met with these elongate varieties
attached to Gryphaw, &e.

All these Nubecularian forms have an opake shell, frequently
arenaceous, and are composed of minute, tent-like, plano-convex
chambers, the base often being more or less imperfect; the aperture
is produced, oval, and often lipped, and becomes enveloped in the
base of the new chamber, as in the true Miliola.

The foregoing varieties of Nubecularia, however dissimilar among

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [April 18,

themselves, are all referable to the same specific type, which is suffi-
ciently well represented by the WV. lucifuga, Blainy., above referred to.

The specimens from Chellaston comprise about a dozen individuals
(all very small), both of the rectilinear and the scale-like varieties.
The latter (IV. lucifuga, Pl. XX. figs. 52-56) are perfect, and from
the extreme thinness of the shell on the flat or attached side allow-
ing the pyritous casts to be seen, well exhibit the form and arrange-
ment of the chambers. Of the straight specimens (NV. Tibia) we have
only fragments, the spiral portion being absent (figs. 48-51); they
appear to have been attached by flattened portions of the dilated
proximal end of the chamber, the long distal end being tubular.

Comparison with other Faune.—Taking the above-described group
of Foraminifera, from the Alabaster-pits of Chellaston, as a fair
sample of the marine microzoic fauna of the latest Triassic period, we
have to compare it with the Rhizopodal faunse of the Liassic and
later periods, and with that of the present seas. The Upper Lias of
Ilminster and the Lias of Gottingen are known to be rich in Nodo-
sarine; at Stockton in Warwickshire the Lias clay, several pounds
of which we have worked out with great care, yields abundance of
the Nodosarine of the same species as, but of different varieties to,
those of Chellaston, associated with Quinqueloculina, Trochammina,
Rotalia ammonoides, and a variety related to ZR. elegans.

In some of the clays of the Oolites we find not dissimilar faunse.
This is the case with two clays of the Middle Oolite (from near
Peterborough), in which, besides the Nodosarine, Nubecularia, Tro-
chammina, Lituola, and Rotalia elegans, we have fine specimens of
Verneuilina equal in size to those of the Chalk. In the Oxford clay
a similar group of Nodosarine occurs together with Lituola, Nube-
cularia, Trochammina, Orthocerina, and Rotalia elegans. The Kim-
meridge clay yields also the Nodosarine in abundance, Nubecularie,
Trochammine, Polymorphine, and Rotalia elegans, with Bulimina
and numerous small forms of Tewtularia. The Gault and the Chalk
abound with the Nodosarine and all the other forms above mentioned,
with the addition of Globigerina, Valvulina, and some others.

Among the Tertiary deposits, a Phocene clay from 8. Quirico, Tus-
cany, presents a fauna most nearly allied to that of the Chellaston
clay in hand; but it differs characteristically by the great abun-
dance of Gilobigerine and Nonionine. The recent deposits most lke
that of Chellaston are grey muds from the western part of the Medi-
terranean at about 750 fathoms, haying abundance of minute Rotahe
elegantes, small thin-shelled Bulimine, and delicate Nodosarine of
various conditions of form; but these species are almost masked
by the extreme abundance of well-developed Orbulinw and Globi-
gerine, and other Rotalie besides R. elegans. A sounding off Lisbon
at about 700 fathoms, and one off Cape Finisterre, yielded some-
what similar results, the former presenting us with a form very
rare in the recent state, namely, a Hrondicularia.

The annexed Table gives a synopsis of the different Faunz, and
serves as an explanation to Plates XIX. and XX., in which the
specimens are highly magnified.

457

JONES AND PARKER—FOSSIL FORAMINIFERA,.

KKK KK KOR KD KR KKK

KHRHHHHHRHEH EH HH

e

: *

[HR HH KH HE

K*eKKHHR EH KK KK KK

*faeiay,

*

Kee KHR KH KK KK KKK KK KK

*sn0200}019

[HHH KK HH

* xx #

“oIsswIn e

DH KK KK KK kK KKK KH HHH RH HHH

KKeHRK HK KKK KKK KKK K KH

*O1SsULT]

ke

ee aeereeeesesereeeressseces ¢ ¥ pF ‘jd *ydooz yen Og ‘puy micas ‘einyrony “90-70 wie
eee ee eeeereeeeeeeessecseeseese Cecp sd ‘aaoqu oag) 7 y f WIQLT, BLIBTNOEGn “| C-RF

ee SI-OL FL 1d “LET “d “ory ‘ssog “Oy “O,p ‘suvuyN|SFe vonyry “LF
tee e een et eee eesseereseeenes UW . J % ‘td UO “aang “pros “O.p ‘suudayo vIywyOy “OF
Aten ee neeeeee Or 6 4 TT ‘T . 21 “‘d “UOT A, "S80 97 OWT ‘O.P ‘opty pUTUTTN Ch
eee eee eee eee eee eee eee e 4 7 ‘T v4 “d “UY 489], “HTP RO}OU] wurydiomAjog tb
Herne eeeeeeeeeeens Il T TAN qd “TTA fe SRT “A ‘SnIV Tuy UlPT ‘eyUTNyOI
ere rrer errr rrr rs "1-D Tt “LT qd CG “dl OUT ‘480, Wr wa ‘Sissup ULIUTOSA "It
set ee eee eeeenreeeeceeres FI y ‘CT ‘1d Ce “d “ploay “ppaon “ULOOY *TuUHOd OF
wee ee ere eerceseseseeeseueeeseeeesess (pCR “cd ‘aaoqn aeg) a y t ‘eyerodn :
F-T3 1d "goad “Mt “aps Z TTOPH og "MAP "WAOD ‘VIWMANAT VIANNUNTA “gE
stew eee neces eerne 9) “ia . FOT “d “OB189T, "pros “O.p ‘snngiyqng eUTMULaE PY “Le
Oe eee weer enee ty 70 4 “ELI “d a ‘vor deasoyuoayeEg poy ‘Oyun (yT “oF

Shoe Ro ee hs 3 FO 14 901d “TT “precy “wyog “sey ‘vyMTTUIEAs —— -op-og Si XX ‘Id

*MOpsETIIYD

ny (uourte 8 peMoqstp pues eTqnop) “Sy “‘eyUTTLILys “BS —
a Sere meee ee eset eeeseeeeeeneee RZ FOTT JUN qsig “uUryT ‘uomnseT BUITNUTaE A "RE UZ
errr reer reer Ty t as Sy yd ‘e] *( “Al “Lil "Joan 00g “WO TT ‘O.”P ‘STUNUIUIOO “Oz, ‘GZ
eer ereeesesseessecseces Ol ‘eg y 4 yd "OF “cd “UOT A *S805T "107 ‘OP ‘SLAQIq <a ‘CG
eeeceeesesee ge We 4 4 ‘id ‘OF “d “UOT A "S807 “LOST ‘O.P ‘eyerodned vUryey UAT SG
oe as L$3 TIM "EG "A “At “ay “PON “og “WATT “OP ‘wsoFNA wUITPEqUET *1Z ‘OG
tee eeeeeeeeeee ft y +I “td *youog “WON 0g pr (‘awA) yoy ‘wyuunydaroo
8 F814 “LOL “TT ‘Og “d“T “precy “unyog ‘ssnoy ‘upyuEys vLYMOrpUOLT “gT-9T
erererrer rire rere al ‘eT J ‘Td 0% “d “avUBO 10 ‘O.P “e}BUTIEO eurnsury “Cl-£1
ae eee eet ere eeeeeseees g y *g qd OY 4 “d ‘| ‘pray “UnYog ‘ssnoyy “eyBpOoUry “71 ‘Il
Peano eee e eens eens eeeneseesesseens ERT *POLT "JUN qsdg “UUy ‘snunydeyy ‘Ol
se eceeeesseeee ’ GF ‘OF J | yd ‘tt "A “UOT A "S807 “1057 ‘O.P ‘stisuotepEg, SS 6 ‘8
Steet ee IPP eee | A "GGG “TEA “N “Og ‘UUW *O,P ‘sunpy ct A
oeee eee Cee eee eee eee eres 9 rs eC] yd C6 4 ‘play “ppson “ULOOY ‘STP 9 pee =e
eee eee CSCO OCCOCOOCOOCCOCCeOO OOS C9G POLL WN ‘qsig “UUT “anorpey BLIBSOPON c = I Soy Tre. lad

a al a

"JUMRT pup pissog ‘wunny 19y}30 Jo esoy; yin posvduroo
‘uopsnayg Mout duafurunsog pssaq ayy fo sayin 4 pun snoody ay fo 2190],

VoL, XVI,—— PART I,

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, [May 2,

Conclusion.—Having thus pointed out that, judging from these
specimens obtained. at Chellaston, the minute Nodosarime and other
Foraminifera of the Triassic period have continued to exist through
the intermediate ages to the present day without losing any of their
essentially specific features, we will observe that the Nodosaric
are present in rocks of still greater age than the Trias—namely, the
Permian and Carboniferous, and probably even the Lower Silurian,
Nodosarice and Dentalinw abound in some of the Permian limestones
of Durham and the Wetterau in company with Teatulariw. Nodo-
saria occurs also in the Carboniferous Limestone of Ireland, according
to M‘Coy; and the green sand of the Lower Silurian series near
St. Petersburg has yielded to Ehrenberg casts of chambers something
like those of Dentalina, together with unmistakeable casts of Tex-
tularian and Rotalian shells. We may remark, too, that the Fusulina
of the Russian, North American, and Arctic Mountain-lmestone
carries back the pedigree of the Nonionina-group to the paleeozoic -
periods, and that it is accompanied with other Moranunifera of known
types, amongst which the Vwmmulina is not absent. This last-named
type has rare representatives in the Lias and the Oolite; it acquired
great potency in the Tertiary seas, and is not extinct now.

Altogether we have here some remarkable instances of the per-
_ sistency of life-types among the lower animals, Though the specific
relations of the Paleozoic Foraminifera require further elucidation,
we feel certain that the 6 genera represented in this Upper Triassi¢
clay of Chellaston by about 30 varieties stand really in the place of
ancestral representatives of certain existing Foraminifera, that they
put on their several subspecific features in accordance with the con-
ditions of their place of growth, just as their posterity now do, and
that although we have in this instance met with only the minute
forms of a 700-fathoms mud-bottom, yet elsewhere the contempo-
raneous fuller development of these specific types may be found by
careful search in other and shallower-water deposits of the Trias
period.

May 2, 1860.

The following communications were read :—

1. On the Puysican Retarions of the Repritrrerous SANDSTONE near
Exner. By the Rev. W. 8. Symonps, F.G.S.
[This paper was withdrawn, by permission of the Council. |
(Abstract. )
Rersrerine to Sir R. Murchison’s sections of the Elgin district, pub-
lished in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. No. 59, pp. 424 and 428,
which show a conformable sequence of strata from the Old Red
Sandstone of Foths to the yellow sandstone and cornstone of Lossie-
mouth and Burgh Head, the author first stated that the siliceous
marly rocks, or so-called * cornstones”’ of Glassgreen, Linksfield,

1860.) , ANCA——-BONE-CAVES IN SICILY, 459

Spynie, Inverugie, and Lossiemouth are in reality very dissimilar to
the cornstones of Foths and Cothall; and he then pointed out the
improbability of the so-called cornstone of Glassgreen continuing to
dip north-westwardly under the sandstone of the Quarry-wood Ridge,
especially as near Linksfield it is, at different spots, seen to dip away
from that ridge. Evidence also of a break in the strata at the Bishop
Mill quarries was advanced to show that the sandstone beneath
this *‘ cornstone”’ (presumed to be the Reptiliferous sandstone) is
probably brought by a fault against the lower or Holoptychian sand-
stone, which latter towards Spynie the author thinks is surmounved
by the Reptiliferous sandstone, and this last conformably by a marly
siliceous rock or so-called ‘ cornstone.”’

Beyond Spynie Loch, northward, the author supposed that another
fault had again brought up the sandstone with Stagonolepis and
Hyperodapedon at Lossiemouth. Beyond this a cornstone-like rock
is again seen to cover the sandstone.

The author then referred to the probable Liassic and Triassic cha-
racter of the shales at Linksfield, and dwelt upon the suggestion
that had been offered as to the probability of the layer of boulder-
clay beneath the shales having been due to the mass of shales beng
a portion of a cliff in the glacial period, and haying then slipped
from a higher level. Regarding these shales as having been remoyed
merely by a slip from their original site, and as conformably over-
lying the calcareo-siliceous rock and sandstone beneath, Mr. Sy-
monds expressed his belief that this sandstone, shifted by a fault
against the Holoptychian sandstone at Quarry-wood, must be the
Reptiliferous sandstone and of Triassic age. Lastly he remarked that
the pebble-beds and sandstone, track-marked and rippled, of Burgh
Head are far more like the Triassic conglomerates of England than

like the Old Red rocks of Cothall and Foths.

2. Notice of the Discovery of Two Bone-caves in Nortwern Sicrxy,
By Francors Anca, Baron pe MANGALAVITI,
(In a Letter* to Dr. Falconer, F.G.S8.)

Styce you left Sicily, I have continued my paleontological re-
searches, and I am happy in having discovered two bone-caves
previously unknown. One of these is at Monte Gallo, at the western
extremity of the Bay of Palermo, and is situated at an elevation of
160 feet above the sea-level ; the other is situated near the village of
Acque Doleci, at the foot of Monte San Fratello, in the north of Sicily,
and is 214 feet above the sea-level.

These caves, especially the last, are very rich; and, what will
astonish you, they contain a prodigious quantity of bones of Car-
nivora, including perfect jaws armed with molars and canines. I
have collected also two molars and a tusk of Z/ephas, teeth and bones

* Dated “ Palermo, March 12, 1860,”

2142

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

of Hippopotamus (of the two species, I believe, determined by your-
self). Altogether, remains of the following were met with :—

Hippopotamus ; two species. Cervus (two species ?).
Elephas antiquus. Canis.
Africanus. Ursus.
Sus scrofa ? Hyena.
Equus. Felis.
Bos; two species. Lepus. And others.

Having this large group of genera, we may say that we have
recovered in this cave an entire fossil Sicilian fauna.

I have also found in these two caves a large quantity of flint im-
plements (“de silex en armes”’); and it is remarkable that we do
not generally see them but where there are great deposits of bones of
Deer,—never otherwise. Lastly there occur coprolites of Carnivores,
and another kind of coprolite, which, I suppose, belonged to Her-
bivorous animals.

I have been fortunate also in detecting teeth of Carnivora in the
Cave of Olivella (“1a grotte de l’Olivella’’).

The necessity of having means of comparison at hand induces me
to prosecute the study of these cave-bones at Florence, where I shall
have the assistance of M. Meneghini. Afterwards I hope to publish
the results of the exploration of these caves, and to describe them
and the more interesting of the objects obtained.

May 16, 1860.

Frederick Wollaston Hutton, Esq., Lieut. 23rd R. W. Fusileers,
Staff College, Sandhurst ; John James Lundy, Esq., Primrose Bank,
Leith ; R. Farmer, Esq., The Hill, Hornsey ; William Drury Lowe, °
jun., Esq., Locko Park, Derby; Arthur Beevor Wynne, Esq., of the
Geological Survey of Ireland ; and James Wyatt, Esq., Bedford, were
elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1, On the Guotocy of a Part of Venezueta and of Trrxman.
By G. P. Watt, Esq.

[Communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, V.P.G.S.]
[Plate XXT.]

For our earliest distinct notions of the physical conformation and
geological structure of this portion of the South American continent,
we are indebted to the researches of that illustrious observer,
Humboldt, who, on his visit to equinoctial America (1799), first
landed on the coast of Venezuela, and prosecuted during a period of
sixteen months a series of investigations in several departments of
that State, thus rendering the most essential service to all sub-
Sequent travellers ; for whilst some of his conclusions must be mo-

:

CW ie aml mi i mgs mR mt msi /

Sen hes eye

Ps i
Bier re

Ls to

Py

Seek MEM) er Bo
hee aye:
“La fi

Re Lee

U

even Cv

| : | Pe NSS
Paiiustso . me

Pedr ih Cae Fo iieied =
a

a ind a , ; “ A ; ~-
Pi nde: (se yo. ee nmrtade 4: tate ogy | phat

en eae ar RAPE eT Peente amare
See eee ot Oe eee a

} Cernastegyy eal

<a

Leathe Rade

yf a ry ‘
rate faa

che wut |
‘OC EV
ViPVRa

> .- Pi. jot. mate ‘’

yee

North S.7°W. ——

North Coast
near Madamas

SN

, witly, occastonal bands

ig Ee ease! t b- b ne Ne w

a

Lae ection through Trinidad [

River Caroni

a a = : 5
' or blue crystalline Limestone Detritus of Caribbea: roe = ae —— ies —<——= = a ee ee = —— == Ss ==
} i TV , & 5 > ; ;
' See : Sumas, Wales Ge Uy ay § aw a& ca@aleawreoaows. Swwids we ue We C..o ag VTL
ie
N 2 Ww @ vr Ie a vr L a ue
f } NTE, South
eg : : River Ortoire i
7 \\ a eee Newer Parva ZANT
PENNER SSS LSS Se eee Sea = Sess ee EI
SSS Sa ee Se IA ET ATER

Indwrated Sandstone

_Calcareous

adarie micaceows. Shales.

Caleareous Sands, & Marls with

Sands, Shales and calcareous Sandstone ;the Shales ave

Sands, Taghly fossiliferous d } |
gidy F with Loose Sands & $f a Z 3
; a e wales , ti of } bn
; | Sr beds OT ee, ales rormang the bastiv of the’ Ortotre. frequently associated, willy carbonaceous matter, and
NCE en Caaara GE Co MaRT Tel MAN ET | (6) 1h a @ v We av tr LU ae W N ¢ sometimes pass tnto ligiites.
al = y a . : é , a % m 5 & ‘ f i :
: \ Ww e ua Je Ce 7 y a W . O Ww Gh 2 Re EE WGP I UATE G) AIRC a RCT UA TY.
LL. Sechtion throné iy bs ae wks. idee : cae Soe a :
Bayes oS Q through the Hastern division of the Littoral Cordillera (about 122 miles in length. / |
Margarita <——_NW28°W. |ST#E. is
<——_ws7er.| 5.208 : Baranguin Vian oo
Wy ¥ ‘ t a Va
\\ KM Coche © W a a
ye Bee Ze : Camana wv?
0 SSSI = is - SSS ee Kee = Wa : Be 3 VUE: g
Caribbeauv Small bast of Sandstone. : Boulders pebbles, and detritus Caleareous Shales 77} / | Rees ands & Clays. eee Cal - Ag eBEAs re ey ee ae a 7 7; Gis ais rai ; "i. id : ioe a 5 |
and Shale (age unknoww } of the ripen poe : Cora DEIED oly Pie. LYS) « Cae aang 5 eas { es) Alternations of contact Limestone ant indurated Sandstone details
: Limestone, & Shale ..S § oo On,
| = NTEW NS 162, ow )
: ~ San Augustin ¢ Pca 0 L a @ r i a t 7 a Ww
TN. Valley of
ly Hiroen Sasastn aS
[ 7 ~ ra |
ieee Ce Cerro of Aragua 7 Woe, South East

Omoeeaatura m

ZZ LZ

es ish i Z EEE “i SS
of stwatification unknown. Sandstone, and Shale. Alternations of Argilin

a ; and tndurated

O y 0: @

‘
:
}

a
\ )
aN

- Argiline, with thin pepe
with occastonal beds of Argiline.

Sandstones and Shales. divided mito beds

of variable hardness.

“ :
ui Tie Q r Dy wV W JS t r a

Il. Section through the Western divistow of the Littoral Cordillera (about 124 mites in length. )

\

Massive Sandstone ,

)

Cong Lonverates , with Ferrugt@ous cement ,coarse and

TIndurated Sandstone, & ¢
fine Sandstone, Sands,and Shales.

conwpact Lijrestone.

t a. NEUE Ome Chega Nie FPO ial

Villa |

Iw

a \\
\ ORV
\\\ \\\ a

North West =
: NN? a
Caribbean. R ROOE'G NS
Bees CY SSSR DN ASSESSES PDS LARP INNIS LEIS
. Pez, Gnetss , and gneisste Slate CI bedded
co Pte, ! the former ts sometimes haghly foliated , a
é : at other times vesembling grarate.
C a
a N.47° W. SL OE came
Morros

of San Juan.

San Juan

occastonal crystalline Limestones . .

, with

A NN

ive S\\\

s\.) NEEL Py Mkcll \ i hesete A :
va Shales with augutic, diabasic, 9, . Shales with eaugite See ty a OP
“32% and quartzose beds. § § beds and nodules hee 7
ae Rie _. of Chertine
ea RES
Pi eee Oe 1
“ne xb
oe S85
& &
|
6/8 6/6 |
L t
i

yah A

a e v iP a Tr U oo Wace TV Se ie via

Pamp atar S E A

Tortuga / Coral /

a ot\—
he LAPUp arco —— Lipaiite
& c= ——
iaco Ks Pilati =
= =

ap Gulf souk
wi TL O

(Paige! alba

we

10

ACT RANGE 1 C

OCHAN

Piaca
(2b gut e reported here. )

a

id. 0 §
N ge

T tocar \

WLM)

Slates and Shales, wit beds of
diallage, and with veins, lamimnse,
and nodules of quarty.

. dlates and Shales ,micaceous .

IN 268 Wi, South East
Lianos of Calabozo

Morocoyes
Conglomerates

of Shales, Badetores , and Clave,

Alternations vu iG
New er
Pariaw, |
a G a =
f
{
ON ad
| er,
Ss Marta 6 as We,
. AW oO nS
arataybo Q we Ser ice Piiaag |
Peed by : : He SGanakas) Omens 4
< Valencia. ©) i
x Baredona
Vv
@ Q
i © fi. Ovineco
Merida o : Ze \|
UY |
@e }
lona vi |
i}
1¢
R.Negro
Mountain-Sy stem uv Venezuela, New Granada’, &e.

y GaN 4 iit ees 5 a G4 we
Maps I, aoe f MheZ

NORTHERN PART OF SOUTH AMERICA
to lustrate M'C.P. Walls paper

ON THE VG EOLOCY. 0F

1860. :

EY i}
0 | Of pyrogenic origuy,
the base usually itic,
more rarely of Dia 1.
Upper Sates Sandstone of N \
( /Arenaceous / Margartta \
| oe as ET
Allium Newer i Mica States &.
Paras Lewer Series Lower Getaceous
[Miocene ?/ {Caleareous | or Neocomacn
Older Caribbean ;
Parian Gneiss
eT Heaeee | a
West Longitude 64 6|2

Ke ‘ Engraved by. JW.Lowry.

1860.] WALL—VENEZUELA AND TRINIDAD, 461

dified or rejected in accordance with the advance of science during
the last sixty years, yet many of the results at which he arrived
form a permanent addition to our knowledge, and will be verified by
each of his followers.

A quarter of a century later, the French chemist Boussingault
visited the same territory, and execated a number of researches, less
general, but more detailed, and relating especially to the composition
of the thermal waters and the distribution of the natural asphaltum.

The year 1841 witnessed the publication of the labours of Colonel
Codazzi on the physical geography of Venezuela*, including a series
of maps prepared from the topographical surveys and measurements
conducted by him during more than ten years, ‘This is an especially
important work for the geological inquirer, furnishing him with
many of the data so essential to the accuracy of his observations.
It is not only the execution of these maps, though numerous and
faithful, but also the precision with which the external features,
the resources, and capabilities of the various regions are determined,
that confers so high a value on this summary,—a value only to be
duly appreciated by those who have traversed the country, and can
realize the difficulties attending the performance of such labours,
which, at the date of their publication, were quite exceptional, no
similar compendium then existing for any other South American
province.

Although that continent, possessing a magnificent system of rivers,
and colossal mountain-chains, and a vegetation of the most varied
and interesting description, presents unsurpassed attractions to the
scientific explorer, yet it is to be apprehended that many years must
elapse before our knowledge will partake of that precise and posi-
tive nature which already attaches to the investigations conducted in
several much more recently settled countries. The constant political
disturbances which agitate the South American Republics keep the
various States in such an impoverished condition as to render their
governments unable to support any regular scientific organization,
Under these circumstances, we may long be dependent for the exten-
sion of our information respecting these regions on the mere casual
visitor or resident, who, having but limited resources in a field so
vast, finds himself reduced to contend with difficulties frequently
beyond the power of individual effort to control or overcome.

North of the Orinoco, the principal inequality in the surface of
Venezuela consists of a massive and elevated mountain-range known
as the Littoral Cordillera.

To ascertain the origin of this striking physical feature, it is
necessary to refer to the main chain of the Andes, which, a little
north of the frontiers of Ecuador and New Granada, divides into
three great ranges (see Pl, XXI.). Of these, the western follows the
contour of the coast towards Panama; the central continuing to the
north in the direction of Carthagena; whilst the eastern, assuming
a north-eastern course after passing Bogota and originating a power-

* Geografia Fisicade Venezuela: Paris, 1541.

.

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

ful branch which terminates in the snowy mountains of Santa Marta,
enters the territory of Venezuela by the mountainous region of
Mérida, which comprises elevations of over 14,000 feet. On ap-
proaching the coast, under the tenth parallel, the direction changes
to east, and so continues for 8 degrees, forming the southern boun-
dary of the Caribbean Sea, and terminating at the eastern extremity
of Trinidad.

The observations on which this notice is founded only extend to
that portion of the Republic north of the 8th degree (corresponding
for a considerable distance with the position of the Orinoco) and east
of the 69th meridian, including, consequently, merely that section of
the Cordillera last enumerated, and adjacent to the sea (Pl. XXI.).

In this distance the mountain series is twice interrupted: first by
the great indentation of the coast in the province of Barcelona,
dividing it into an eastern and western range; and secondly, by the
Bocas or exit of the Gulf of Paria, which separates the third or insular
portion.

The most ancient rocks the existence of which has been esta-
blished comprise a series of micaceous and siliceous schists, the
former especially presenting a great multiplicity of aspect, the mica
passing from silvery white to the darkest shades, and from an
extreme abundance to an almost entire suppression ; secondly, of
sandstones, in which the grains are coarse and accompanied with
flakes of mica, or fine and free from the latter mineral; thirdly, of
shales, occasionally ferruginous, sometimes micaceous, and often car-
bonaceous. (See Sections, Pl. XX.)

These various rocks seem to have experienced a segregation or
concentration of part of the siliceous material originally disseminated
throughout the strata, since the silica occurs in layers—in lenti-
cular or nodular forms, usually of great irregularity, but with a con-
stant tendency to occupy the directions of bedding and foliation.
The thickness of these quartzose masses (often only equalling the
slightest film) may attain from 4 to 6 feet of thickness, evidencing
the magnitude of the scale on which this process has operated.

White or blue limestones, generally crystalline, more rarely com-
pact, are also members of the same series. By the association of
argillaceous matter and mica, they become calciferous schists. The
thickness of the limestones varies from a single inch to hundreds of
feet ; but the more massive beds are probably restricted to Trinidad,
as they were not observed on the mainland.

A much rarer mineral aggregate, consisting of a base of smaragdite
with crystals of garnet (and consequently a species of eklogite), occurs
near Caracas and at Cambure, N.W. of Porto Cabello. It is distinctly
stratified, and by the association of mica (scarcely ever entirely sup-
pressed) passes into granatiferous schist.

An important variation in the nature of the series arises from the
presence of gneiss, which prevails especially at the Point of Paria (the
Scylla of Caracas) and between the lake of Valencia and the coast.
It is difficult to establish any relations of age or sequence with the
schists. The circumstances are rather those of alternation—a number

1860.] WALL—VENEZUELA AND TRINIDAD. 463

of schistose beds succeeding a series of gneissic, which are again
replaced by the latter. The transition, occasionally gradual, is more
usually sudden or abrupt. Generally the conditions may be defined
as those of a schistose region traversed by gneissic zones. The
latter rock is ordinarily foliated, but also occurs without the slight-
est parallelism of the constituent substances, or tendency to cleave
in any particular direction. yen where the arrangement of the
minerals is as irregular as that of granite, it is still bounded at certain
intervals by distinct planes, the equivalents of the surfaces of the
different beds.

Amongst the rarer substances existing in this group, garnets are
the only earthy minerals not highly exceptional; and even these
were merely observed in the more crystalline portions,

Gold is disseminated in the gneiss west of Valencia, but in
quantities quite inappreciable to the senses. On treating the débris
proceeding from the degradation of this rock, the yield, in extreme
cases, has amounted to an ounce per week for one person.

At Las Tegues, 20 miles west of Caracas, the schists are impreg-
nated over a considerable area with the sulphuret and carbonate of
copper, which are associated in small quantities with the masses of
quartz, or spread out between the laminee of the strata. Nothing
resembling an accumulation or mineral deposit appears to exist.

Argentiferous lead-ore has been worked on a small scale near
Cartipano, and offers deposits of two different descriptions: the first
of a bunchy irregular nature, with a slight proportion of silver (30
to 40 oz. in the ton); and secondly, where the metallic substances
seem to be located in true veins of no great width, the ore is much
rarer, contains a higher percentage of silver, and is associated with
a ferruginous gangue.

The whole formation exhibits great disturbance and contortion,
- and constitutes the northern portion of the Cordillera. Forming
for so great a distance one of the boundaries of the Caribbean Sea, it
may be provisionally distinguished as the ‘ Caribbean System.’ The
strike is ordinarily E. and W., or parallel with the coast, but with
local variations of 30°-40° N. of KE. and $. of W. In the western
range it occupies a band having a breadth of thirty miles, rising to
a height of 8000 feet, and furrowed by longitudinal depressions ;
whilst in the eastern portion the valleys are transverse, and the
breadth of the chain is restricted to ten or twelve miles, and the
elevations to 3500 feet.

Another group of strata contributing still more largely to the
formation of the Serranfa, or hilly region, is on many accounts
highly interesting and remarkable.

The most important members consist of sandstones varying from
a mere layer to many hundreds of feet, and presenting permanent
mineral and physical characters. It is often difficult to distinguish
the separate clements, a condition which is accompanied with a
high degree of induration,—properties evidently due to a siliceous
cement precipitated around the constituent grains, a process which
must haye very generally operated in the consolidation of these

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

strata*. The limestones are hard and compact, containing in cer-
tain localities vast quantities of fossil remains, the substance of which
is often replaced by crystalline spar, the form more or less obliterated,
and so intimately associated with the mass of the rock as rarely to
admit of separation. Occasionally limited to a few feet, the thickness
may attain 100 feet, and amounts to even 700 or 800 feet for the
great bed of Caripe, in which the grotto so minutely described by
Humboldt is situated. Shales are largely represented, generally
dark, containing a few flakes of white mica, and thin seams or layers
of the sandstone above-described. In the western division of the
mountains they experience a great development, and, assuming a
partial induration accompanied by a fissile structure, often closely
resemble clay-slates. A species of rock prevailing extensively in
some localities, especially at Caripe and in Trinidad, has been pro-
visionally termed Argilline, since it contains 85 per cent. of clay, and
only about 3 of carbonate of lime : the colour is white or light-yellow,
and the specific gravity usually slight, on account of the porous
structure. It is sometimes jointed, producing a division into rhom-
boidal fragments, and presents a certain degree of induration. The
beds are often of considerable vertical extent, and contain thin layers
of the sandstone, or, more rarely, of the limestone.

The term Chertine is applied to strata presenting a sufficient
resemblance to chert, but, in place of occupying lamine in the lime-
stones, forming independent beds 70 to 80 feet in thickness and
divided into layers not exceeding 15 inches each: the texture is at
times quite vitreoust. They are especially prevalent in the more
shaly portions of the series (west of Barcelona).

The sequence of the members of this great system would probably
be determined without difficulty by an observer possessing sufficient
leisure ; but the data on which these remarks are founded can only
furnish obscure indications on this subject. Thus, from Aragua, in
an ascending order (Pl. X XI. Sect. 2), we have the sandstones of the
adjacent Cerro; alternations of limestone, sandstone, and argilline;
then powerful beds of the latter, and finally the Caripe limestone,—
representing on the whole certainly not less than 7000 or 8000 feet.

Probably the sandstones of Aragua and Baranquin, on opposite
declivities of the Cordillera, are the same, as the thickness is about
_ 1200 feet in either case, and they exhibit a similar succession of

* According to M. Cordier and some of the French geologists, the siliceous
cement of sandstones is hydrated, soluble in acidulated waters, and, when the
pores are entirely filled, may amount to one-third of the mass, then forming the
variety known as grés lustré. If this view is correct, it will conveniently explain
several facts observed in Venezuela.

t Since the text was written, we find that this rock and the slaty shales have
already been mentioned as occurring in the Cretaceous formation of Northern
Venezuela (Senft, ‘Die Felsarten,’ pp. 155 & 160, who quotes Karsten),—the first
as siliceous schist (Kieselschiefer), and the second as clay-slate. We regard M.
Cordier’s term of “ phyllade”’ for argillaceous slate of whatever age, as a happy
invention and quite applicable in the case in question. The other substance
belongs to the series which he classes as “‘ phthanite,”’ consisting of extremely fine
siliceous with a little foreign matter.

1860. ] WALL—VENEZUELA AND TRINIDAD. 465

hard and softer layers. A massive limestone forming the heights
south of Cariaco, may correspond to the Caripe stratum; this sup-
position, however, did not admit of verification.

With regard to the distribution, west of the province of Barcelona
this formation forms a hilly band, rarely less than 30 miles in width,
not comprising elevations of more than 4000 feet, and consisting of
a great repetition of thin layers or beds. To the east, on the contrary,
the members are frequently of colossal proportions, and the principal
summits much more elevated, attaining, for the Cerros de Srimni-
quiri, de Tionia, de San Augustin, and del Bergantin, respectively,
7149 feet, 7146 feet, 6000 feet, and 5784 feet. The extreme breadth
varies from 35 to 40 miles.

In Trinidad a narrow belt of the system traverses the centre, and
small fragments occur in the southern localities of the island. The
elevations are limited to 900 feet.

The sections attached to this notice will suffice to express how
intensely the formation has been disturbed. The trend is usually
E. and W., or parallel with that of the “ Caribbean System ;” but
there are frequent exceptions, the deviation amounting even to 45°,
with a N.E. strike ; in Trinidad it is almost constantly 20° N. of E.

As already stated, the fossils can rarely be separated from their
matrix ; fortunately a few specimens sufficiently characteristic were
obtained at Bourdones, near Cumand, and are considered by Mr.
Etheridge as certainly belonging to the Cretaceous period*. Whe-
ther this formation, like the extensive deposits of New Granada, is
of Neocomian age, must be determined by future researches. First
observed near the gulf dividing Trinidad from the main, and the
geological position being uncertain, it was distinguished in the
‘Survey of Trinidad’ as the ‘ Older Parian System,”—a term which
is retained in the present notice.

The relations of junction of the two preceding formations remain
extremely obscure. In Trinidad they are completely concealed by
more recent deposits; in the eastern chain the Gulf of Cariaco inter-
venes for a considerable distance; and between the village of that
name and Caripano the surface is covered with so dense a forest,
that no proper sections could be found, In the western Cordillera
an entirely new element is introduced, greatly complicating the
problems of junction, and consisting of beds and matter of pyrogenic
origin,—apparently interstratified with the members of the two
systems, and assuming either a crystalline aspect or affecting a
granular form, as though derived from the previous trituration of
the component material, and finally so associated with the particles
of the regular sedimentary members as essentially to modify their
appearance, and to invest them with the most embarrassing characters.
In the southern portion of the district the nature of this material is
augitic, with an uncertain equivalent of felspar, and consequently
forming, according to the subordinate properties, varieties of the
diabasic type ; whilst in the northern section the base is more
generally diallage, thus originating aggregates often closely resem-

* Zrigonia, somewhat like that of D'Orbigny's 7. Boussingaultii,

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

bling serpentine. The siliceous strata of this region seem to have
been especially affected, since they are frequently veined with
vitreous quartz and present their joints coated with crystals of that
substance, indicating the solution and re-precipitation of silica. The
result of this intercalation of foreign elements is to obliterate the
distinctive characters of the two formations, and to render it difficult
to determine where one commences and the other ceases. The ten or
twelve miles over which this uncertainty prevails was twice ex-
amined, but without satisfactorily solving many of the difficulties.
In Pl. XXT. Sect. 3, the circumstances are represented as accurately
as could be ascertained ; the place of junction is probably at the point
marked J, a short distance north of Villa de Cura,—as the position,
hitherto inclined, becomes suddenly vertical, which is accompanied
by a variation of aspect, slight indeed, but still perceptible on minute
inspection.

The Morros of San Juan, so named from their castellated ap-
pearance, are formed of a grey limestone, compact or subcrystalline,
of considerable thickness, and, from the almost obliterated vestiges of
fossils, evidently a member of the ‘‘ Older Parian” formation. It is
perfectly vertical in position, and, rising suddenly in the centre of
the igneo-sedimentary district from the rounded surface of the sub-
jacent hills, in rugged, rocky precipices, and traversing the country
in a narrow elevated ridge, offers a natural object of considerable
interest.

At the south-eastern extremity of the Island of Margarita, there
is a small basin of sandstones and shales, 600 to 800 feet thick, in
which no fossils were detected, nor do they present any mineral fea-
tures serving for identification with either the preceding or following
series,—forming, perhaps, an intermediate term, of which other frag-
ments may be discovered on further investigation. The sandstone
is sufficiently indurated to have formed a good material for the con-
struction of the old Spanish fort at Pampatar. An angle of 35°
indicates the limit of the disturbances experienced.

The “‘ Newer Parian’’ formation has been more completely studied
in Trinidad*, where it consists of a lower (calcareous) and an upper
(arenaceous or shaly) series, by no means clearly distinguished one
from another, and rarely presenting the entire development in the
same locality. The inferior portion is sometimes composed of lime-
stone, often with crystalline texture, or of marls containing sub-
ordinate calcareous beds, which are succeeded by calcareous sands
and shales. The superior section comprises an alternation of loose
sands with carbonaceous shales and occasional conglomerates. On
the mainland the calcareous series was only noticed at Cumand, and
on the peninsula of Araya; the superior division, on the contrary,
occupies an enormous space, as the llanos or grassy plains of Venezuela
are entirely formed of conglomerates, sandstones, &c. referable to
this group. The former are especially prevalent, and include
numerous rolled fragments of the indurated meiabers of the “ Older
Parian,” which forms the northern limit of the U/anos, and which,

_* See Memoir, No. 1, of Geological Survey of the West Indies.

1860.] _ WALI—VENEZUELA AND TRINIDAD, 467

already elevated into the great range, was undergoing extensive
degradation during the tertiary epoch. The carbonaceous matter
associated with this upper group of the formation sometimes becomes
so abundant as to afford a fuel, admitting of exploitation: lignitie
deposits of this nature exist on the eastern coast of Trinidad, near
Piaco on the Orinoco, and in the provinces of Barcelona and Coro.

The only reliable data for estimating the thickness (viz. the coast-
sections in Trinidad) indicate not less than 4000 feet. The same
fossils seem to traverse the entire series, some of them belonging to
existing species. The antiquity of the formation possibly ascends to
the mid-tertiary period, as the analogies with the fauna of the Basin
of Vienna, and of the Faluns, seem to refer it to the Miocene horizon.
A striking contrast between the conditions prevailing in Trinidad
and on the main exists in the positions of the strata, which on the
continent are invariably horizontal or not exceeding 5°, whilst in
Trinidad they are almost constantly highly inclined, often vertical,
and exhibiting the numerous violent but partial accidents which
have affected the system.

Those singular substances termed porcellanites by the Germans
(thermantides of Cordier) are of common occurrence in the shaly
and carboniferous portions of the series in Trinidad, and are unques-
tionably attributable to the natural combustion of the lignite and
vegetable débris diffused so generally in this formation. The result
of this process is to bake and indurate the contiguous strata for a
vertical extent of sometimes 70 to 80 feet, converting them into
substances widely varying from their original condition. Thus the
clays present a material resembling extremely compact brick, and
are brilliantly coloured by the anhydrous peroxide of iron. The
shales are still fissile, but brittle and crowded with the impressions
of leaves and woody fragments sharply defined, whilst the siliceous
beds are usually transformed into a species of porcelain-jasper.

The asphalt of Trinidad is almost invariably disseminated in the
upper group of the “ Newer Parian.” When in situ, it is confined
to particular strata, which were originally shales containing a cer-
tain proportion of vegetable débris. The organic matter has under-
gone a special mineralization, producing bituminous, in place of the
ordinary anthraciferous, substances. This operation is not attribu-
table to heat, nor of the nature of distillation, but is due to chemical
reaction at the ordinary temperature and under the normal condi-
tions of the climate. The proofs that this is the true mode of
generation of the asphalt repose not only on the partial manner in
which it is distributed in the strata, but also on numerous specimens
of the vegetable matter in process of transformation and with the
organic structure more or less obliterated. After the removal by
solution of the bituminous material, under the microscope a remark-
able alteration and corrosion of the vegetable cells becomes apparent,
which is not presented in any other form of the mineralization of
wood*, A peculiarity attending the formation of the asphalt results

* For the details of this subject, see, in the ‘Report on the Geology of Trinidad,’

Appendix G, on the asphaltic x som and Appendix K, containing Mr.
Cruger’s contribution on the fossil plants. *

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

from the assumption of a plastic condition, to which property its
frequent delivery at the surface is partly referable; where the
latter is hollow or basin-shaped, the bitumen accumulates, forming
deposits such as the well-known Pitch-lake. Sometimes the emis-
sion is in the form of a dense oily liquid, from which the volatile
elements gradually evaporate, leaving a solid residue.

Mineral pitch is also extensively diffused in the province of Ma-
turin, on the main (the other districts of the Llanos were not suffi-
ciently examined to determine its existence, which, however, is
generally affirmed), and in still larger quantities near the Gulf of
Maracaybo, on the northern shores of New Granada, and im the
yalley of the Magdalena, where it probably is a product of the
same tertiary formation.

The phenomenon of salses or mud-volcanos, consisting of the
solution of inflammable gas accompanied by the discharge of a
muddy fluid and asphaltic oil, is perhaps closely related to the
activity just described, as carburetted hydrogen may be disengaged
in the direct formation of asphalt*, Several of them occur in Tri-
nidad also, in the “ Newer Parian.”” They were likewise observed in
the province of Maturin, presenting similar characters. At'Turbaco,
near Carthagena, precisely the same action is manifested, but on a
much larger scale. This is further confirmatory of a great extension
of the above formation to the westward.

The thermal waters of Trincheras, near Valencia, issuing from
mica-schist, contain merely traces of silica, sulphuretted hydrogen,
and nitrogen, and possess a variable temperature, as shown by the
following determinations :—

am pold tens Om ae see 194°
Boussingault, in 1823 ...... 206°
ivevaubhors in WSO) tre 1982

The hot springs of Chaquaranal, near Pilar, in a limestone of the
‘«¢ Older Parian,” are of a highly interesting nature, presenting the rare
phenomenon of waters discharged at, and even over, the boiling-
point. ‘There are several centres of issue, situated in adjacent
ravines. Sometimes the fluid is delivered under pressure, rising in
a jet, continuing in a state of ebullition for several feet from the
point of discharge, accompanied by a forcible evolution of steam,
and depositing abundance of calcareous matter. The fissures of the
adjacent rock are lined with spathose crystallizations, and the
acicular forms of sulphur. The vapours escaping from these fissures
consist principally of steam.

A species of Souffriére, termed the “ Azufral grande,” only half a
mile distant, comprises several orifices, from which heated vapours,
strongly impregnated with sulphuretted hydrogen, are evolved; the
sides of the cayities are coated with quantities of large crystals of
sulphur ; and the adjacent surface, for an extent of a quarter of an
acre, is covered by a variety of purely siliceous deposits, sometimes

* A detailed description of the salses of Trinidad is contained in Appendix
H. of the ‘ Report.’

1860. ] WALIL—VENEZUELA AND TRINIDAD. 469

resembling sinter, often agatiform or chalcedonic. Probably a
solution is occasionally discharged in which the hydrate of silica is
dissolved by carbonic acid and sulphuretted hydrogen: on arriving
at the surface the excess of these gases would be volatilized, and
the siliceous matter precipitated in more or less hydrated forms.
There was no evidence of the silica having been combined with an
alkaline base, a condition under which it has often been supposed that
that substance passed into solution. The surface, quite devoid of
vegetation, is occupied by a sandstone, also of the “ Older Parian”
series; instead of the usual reddish shade, however, it is of the purest
white, evidently from the bleaching action of the acid waters. The
mode in which the various tints are communicated to the siliceous
substances can be very distinctly traced, since the only sources of
colouring matter proceed from the sulphur deposited from the water,
and the carbon and mineral principles of the decaying leaves which
are blown from the adjacent woods. The yellow colours are due to
the sulphur, and the brown and other shades to the vegetable matter.
Additional manifestations of the same nature are stated to exist in
the vicinity ; but the opportunity for their inspection was not afforded.
These phenomena, including the thermal waters, may be due to the
same chemical activity, producing different results according to the
nature of the strata traversed by the vapours and fluids. The
derivation of the dissolved silica may perhaps be attributed to the
cementing substance of the sandstone, the more or less hydrated
condition of this cement rendering it susceptible of solution in heated
acidulated waters.

These suppositions also readily explain how, in two adjacent cases,
the deposits should be exclusively calcareous in one, and equally
siliceous in the other, thus corresponding with the mineral character
of the rock in which the agencies occur.

The respective areas occupied by the three groups constituting
the territory embraced within the 8th and 10th parallels, and the
61st to 69th meridians, may be approximately estimated as—

square miles.

CRPIONONN Go nar iE eee ak ek hens 7,600 ida te
Older Parian (Lower Cretaceous). 9,900 { ' ,
Newer Parian (Miocene?) ...... 36,500 Llanos,

Total.. 54,000

Several memorable earthquakes have agitated the northern littoral
of Venezuela, destroying Cumand in 1797 and Caracas in 1812,
A severe convulsion affected the former town and a large extent of
the adjacent surface on the 15th August, 1853. The shock, which
occurred at 2 p.m., with a duration of more than 50 seconds, is de-
scribed as proceeding from north-east to south-west with a horizon-
tal progression, and terminating by vertical oscillations. In Cumand
scarcely a house remained uninjured, and the larger buildings, such
as the fort, bridge, college, and churches, were entirely demolished,

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

Notwithstanding the constant restoration, even in 1859 every quar-
ter of the town was still encumbered with masses of ruin.

From the researches hitherto prosecuted in South America, it would
seem that the earlier systems of the Secondary epoch, viz. the Triassic
and Jurassic, are very partially represented* in the deposits of that
continent. Formations referable to the Cretaceous era are, on the
contrary, much more general, and seem to occupy vast spaces in New
Granadat, Peruy, Chili, Brazil?, and near the Straits of Magellan 7.
The organic remains from the first-mentioned region have been
shown by Von Buch and D’Orbigny to correspond very closely with
the Neocomian fauna of Europe, and even to offer a considerable
number of identical species. According to Mr. Darwin, the same
is the case with the deposits of Chili, whilst those of the Straits are
referred by M. d’Orbigny to his Upper “ Néocomien”’ or “ Aptien.”

It is interesting to find this period again represented in another
province of the same great geographical region, since the “ Older
Parian ”’ formation, described in this notice, must also be associated
with the Lower Cretaceous horizon. <A parallel may be suggested
between the mineral nature of the series east of Barcelona and the
hard dark limestones, the marls, and sandstones described as per-
taining to the formation in New Granada ; whilst the shaly slates of
the western range seem to resemble the indurated schists observed
near Port Famine, in the Straits.

Although equivalent to the older or Neocomian period of the Cre-
taceous epoch, yet we should vainly search in Europe for any corre-
spondence with the vast development presented by this great forma-
tion in the northern part of the South American continent. We
have seen how in North-eastern Venezuela it constitutes a great
mountain-series, including summits of over 7000 feet, assuming,
according to the statements of observers, in New Granada more
colossal forms, and prevailing at elevations of upwards of 12,000 feet.
Nor is even that, perhaps, the final limit, since there is a high pro-
bability of the “‘ Older Parian ” extending along the great arc of the
eastern chain uniting Valencia and Bogota, and, consequently, of its
contributing to the structure of those still loftier heights of the
province of Mérida, which attain or even surpass 14,000 feet.

These considerations may suffice to express how deep an interest
must attach to an extension of our knowledge respecting the forma-
tion in question, of which the proper exploration and description
are amongst the most important and attractive subjects awaiting the
future investigators of South-American geology.

* Bayle et Coquand, ‘“ Fossiles du Chili,” Mém. de la Société Géologique de
France, t. iv.

t D’Orbigny, Voyage en Amérique, Géologie et Paléontologie, Part iu.
Von Buch, Pétrifications recueillies par Humboldt. Darwin, Voyage of the
‘Beagle,’ Geology, Part iii. pp. 151, 180, &e. Pictet, Paléontologie, ii. p. 54.

1860.] LARTET—FOSSIL INCISED BONES. 471

2. On the Corxistence of Man with certain Extinct Quaprupeps,
proved by Fosstt Bones, from various Piuisrocenn Deposits, bearing
Iycistons made by sharp Instruments. By M. E. Larrer, Foreign
Member of the Geological Society.

[In a Letter to the President. |

You have been good enough to offer to communicate to the Geological
Society of London the observations which I have for some time past
made upon fossil bones exhibiting evident impressions of human
agency. ‘The specimens of them which I showed to you yesterday
were those only whose origin is authentic, and which were obtained
from deposits well defined in regard to geological relations. Thus
the fragments of the Aurochs exhibiting very deep incisions, apparently
made by an instrument having a waved edge, and the portion of the
skull of the Megaceros Hibernicus, in which I thought I recognized
significant marks of the mutilation and flaying of a recently slain
animal, were obtained from the lowest layer in the cutting of the Canal
de lOureq, near Paris. These very specimens are figured or men-
tioned by Cuvier (Oss. Fossiles, 4to. 1823, tom. iv. pl. 6. fig. 9, M.
Hibernicus) ; and Alex. Brongniart (Descr.des Environs de Paris, 4to.
1822, p. 562, pl. 1 4. fig. 10) has given a detailed description of the
deposit, consisting of distinct layers, which he considers to be of
higher antiquity than those of the valleys. The bones of the Aurochs
and the Megaceros were found in the same layer as the remains of
the Elephant (Zlephas primigenius) of which Cuvier has given figures
of two molars, which, according to that author, had not been rolled,
and were found under circumstances which showed that they were
in an original and not in a remanié deposit. I have said that the
deep incisions on the bone of an Aurochs from the cutting of the
Canal de ’Oureq (which you may remember I showed you in the
Gallery of the Jardin des Plantes) appear to have been made by an
instrument with a waved edge. By this I meant an instrument
having an edge with slight transverse inflections, so as to produce,
by cutting obliquely through the bone, a plane of section somewhat
undulated. The cut seems to have been made by a hatchet not
entirely finished—a state in which the greatest part of the flint im-
plements from St. Acheul, near Amiens, seem to be; but in the
marked bones of Abbeville and other ancient localities the incisions
must have been made by rectilinear edges. ‘These considerations
would lead us to think that, independently of the case of the hatchets
simply chipped and roughed out, the place for the manufacture of
which might be near that where they are now found, those primitive
people must have been provided with more perfect instruments, such
as would be more suited to their ordinary wants. I should there-
fore hesitate to adopt the system (too absolute, in my opinion) of
Mr. Worsaae, who distinguishes the first subdivision of the “ Stone
Period” by hatchets that are merely chipped, to the exclusion of
those that are polished, which he assigns to the second subdivision,
It is to be presumed that the want of instruments with polished sur-
faces and having a fine cutting edge must have been felt from the

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

earliest time, when the people had learned to fix, by a much more
difficult process, to flints and other rocks intentional forms so well
defined.

Among the bones with incisions obtained from the sands of Abbe-
ville, there is a large antler of an extinct Stag, referred to the Cervus
Somonensis, or the grand Daim de la Somme of Cuvier, together with
several horns of our common Deer, which I was not able to show you.
The bones of the Rhinoceros (Rh. tichorhinus) which I laid before
you were found at Menchecourt, a suburb of Abbeville, where there
are gravel-pits which formerly afforded many fossil bones of Elephants,
&c., and where M. Boucher de Perthes, at a later period, obtained the
flints worked by human hands. ‘The incisions that may be observed
on those bones are neither so deep, nor do they afford evidence so
striking, as those in the bones of the Aurochs from the Canal de
VOureq; but the shallow cuts and the incisions of the bony surfaces
which may be observed upon them, especially in the articulations, have
in my eyes not less value; for I have satisfied myself, by comparative
trials on homologous portions of existing animals, that incisions pre-
senting such appearances could only be made in fresh bones still
retaining their cartilage. As to the fragment of the horn of the
Megaceros Hibernicus, which Cuvier had received from England with-
out any indication as to where it came from, you may have observed
that it bears the marks of several blows, which have made incisions of
a depth that it would be impossible to produce in the present state of
mineralization of that fragment: further, the blow which detached
that piece from the rest of the horn must have been given before
that immersion in the sea which caused its fossilized condition ; for
in the internal cayity of this fragment there was found the valve of
an Anomia (preserved with the specimen), which could not have found
its way there except at the place of fracture. I have observed very
significant marks, evidently produced by a sharp tool, on the horn of
a young Megaceros which the late M. Alcide d’Orbigny had received
from Ireland some years ago.

I would call to your recollection that the Rey. John Cumming, in
his geological description of the Isle of Man (Quarterly Journal of
the Geological Society, vol. i1. p. 345), notices the occurrence of the
remains of the Megaceros imbedded in blue marl “ with implements
of human art and industry, though of an uncouth and ancient cha-
racter ;” and in a note at the foot of page 344, alluding to a submarine
forest, to which he is inclined to assign a more ancient date, he says,
« Tt is singular that the trunk of an oak tree, which has been removed
from the submerged forest at Strandhall, exhibits upon its surface
the marks of a hatchet.” With regard to the historical existence of
the Megaceros, after referring to what is to be found in the works of
Oppian, of Julius Capitolinus, and 8. Miinster*, I have found nothing

* For the text of Oppian I have consulted the French translation of the poem
“dela Chasse’ by Belin de Ballu (1787), chant second, p.42. Julius Capitolinus
is quoted by Aldrovandus, ‘de Quadrupedibus bisulcis,’ lib. i. ¢. xxviil. p. 857.
Aldrovandus explains why he has changed his opinions after having received
from an English physician the head of (Megaceros) Euryceros, which he has

1860.] LARTET—FOSSIL INCISED BONES, 473

which appears to me to justify in this respect the opinion put forth
by Dr. Hibbert, and since then accepted by other palontologists,
except Professor Owen, who, speaking of the Megaceros of the Bri-
tish Isles, entirely dissents from the opinion of Dr. Hibbert. All
the remains of that animal found on this side of the Channel, which
I have examined, belong to deposits of greater antiquity than that of
the peat-bogs.

M. Delesse has shown you fragments of bone that have been sawn,
which he recently obtained from a deposit in the neighbourhood of
Paris, where he had previously collected remains of the Beayer, the Ox,
and the Horse. From an examination of these fragments, I have
satisfied myself, by experiments on recent bones, that the action of
a metallic saw would not produce the transversally striated plane of
section which you must have observed on those ancient bones collected
by M. Delesse ; but I have obtained analogous results by employing
as a saw those flint knives, or splinters with a sharp chisel-edge, found
in the sands of Abbeville.

If, therefore, the presence of worked flints in the diluvial banks of
the Somme, long since brought to light by M. Boucher de Perthes,
and more recently confirmed by the rigorous verifications of several
of your learned fellow-countrymen, have established the certainty of
the existence of Man at the time when those ancient erratic deposits
were formed, the traces of an intentional operation on the bones of
the Rhinoceros, the Aurochs, the Megaceros, the Cervus Somonensis,
&c., supply equally the inductive demonstration of the contempora-
neity of those species with the human race.

It is true that certain of those species, the Cervus elaphus of
Linnzeus (the same as your Red-deer or Stag) and the Aurochs, are
still represented in existing nature: but although it be exactly the
bones of the Aurochs which exhibit the most evident proof of human
action, the fact is not of less value as regards the relative antiquity ;
for the remains of the Aurochs have been found associated in the
same beds with those of Zlephas and Megaceros, not, as I have already
said, by the effect of a remaniement, but in an original inhumation.
Moreover, fossil remains of the same Aurochs have been found in
England, in France, and in Italy, in preglacial deposits (that is,
in deposits anterior to the most ancient pleistocene formations im-
bedding bones of Elephas primigenius and Rhinoceros tichorhinus). I
would add, that the more rigorous observation of facts tends clearly
to demonstrate that a great proportion of our living Mammifers have
been contemporaneous with those two great extinct species, the first
appearance of which in Western Europe must have been preceded by
that of several of our still existing quadrupeds.

figured. There is another citation, and some conclusions interesting to read, at
page 742 of the same work.

With regard to S. Minster, I have not taken notice of more than plate 9.
fig. 2. of his ‘ Cosmographia Universalis.’ But you will find his text reproduced
and interpreted by Dr. Hibbert in the ‘Edinburgh Journal of Science,’ 1830,
vol. ii. p. 307. Dr. Hibbert has likewise given the figures of Minster, which are
peidently fantastical, as admitted by the most eminent men of science in Germany.

VOL, XVI,—PART TI. 2M

474. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

In endeavouring to connect those proofs of the antiquity of the
human race with the geological and geographical changes which
have since taken place, I have not met with any more precise induc-
tion than that offered by M. d’Archiac, viz. the relative epoch of
the separation of England from the Continent. The former con-
nexion of the two is a fact generally admitted; it is proved by the
similarity in structure of the opposite sides of the Channel, by the
identity of species of terrestrial animals, the original intermigration
of which could only have been effected by the existence of terra
jwma. M.dArchiac (Bull. de la Soc, Géol. de France, lére série,
t. x. p, 220, and Histoire des Progrés, &c., t.u. pp. 127 & 170)
has been led, by a series of well-weighed inductions from stratigra-
phical considerations, to consider the epoch of the separation of the
British Islands as occurring after the deposition of the diluvial rolled
pebbles, and before that of the ancient alluvium, the Loess of the
North of France, of Belgium, the Valley of the Rhine, &c. The in-
ference to be drawn from that hypothesis is self-evident; it is this,
that the primitive people to whom we attribute the hatchets and
other worked flints of Amiens and Abbeville might have communi-
cated with the existing land of England by dry land, inasmuch as
the separation did not take place until after the deposit of the rolled
diluvial pebbles, from among which the hatchets and worked flints
have been collected. On the other hand, M. Elie de Beaumont
having assigned the production of the erratic phenomena existing in
our valleys to the last dislocation of the Alps, we should be author-
ized to conclude from this second hypothesis, that the worked flints
carried along with the pebbles in that erratic deposit in the bottom
of the valleys afford a proof of the existence of Man at an epoch when
Central Europe had not yet reached the completion of its present
great orographie relief.

While it has been held that no change has taken place in the great
lines of level since the formation of the erratic deposits in the lower
parts of our valleys, and although such changes cannot be distinctly
traced in the central parts of the continents, from the absence of stand-
ards of comparison, they are not the less easy to be recognized as
haying occurred, even since the existence of Man, throughout the
whole extent of the European coasts, from the Gulf of Bothnia to the
very eastern extremity of the Mediterranean. ‘They have been ob-
served by different authors on a considerable number of points of the
coast, where they have verified the existence of objects of human
industry in deposits of marine origin, raised up at different elevations
above the sea-level. Such changes, be they the result of action more
or less violent, of movements more or less sudden, have not amounted
to catastrophes so general as to affect to a sensible degree the regular
succession of organized beings,

We find incontestable proof of this in the British Islands, whither
the most considerable number of terrestrial species must necessarily
have immigrated prior to the separation of those islands from the
Continent, and where they have established themselves and have
continued by successive generations to the present day. The same

1860.) LARTET—FOSSIL INCISED BONES, 475

thing has occurred on the Continent, where the same terrestrial fauna
has continued without any other modifications than the geographical
displacement of certain species and the final disappearance of some
others—disappearances that have resulted, not from a simultaneous
destruction, but rather from a series of successive extinctions which
appear to have been equally gradual as regards space and time,

I may add to what I have stated above, that the finding of
worked flints in the diluvium of Amiens and Abbeyille is by no
means an isolated fact. M. Gosse of Geneva, a young medical stu-
dent in Paris, has recently discovered in the sands of the Parisian
suburb of Grenelle, of the same age as those of Abbeville and of
other parts of Europe, a flint hatchet of a most distinct form,
together with knives or thin plates split in a longitudinal direction.
I myself have had an opportunity of yerifying these facts in the col-
lection formed by that skilful explorer. He has shown me an Ele-
phant’s tooth, a canine tooth of a large Feline animal, and bones of
the Aurochs, Horse, &c., all obtained from the same sands and from
the same bed in which the flint hatchet was found,

I may add that, among the bones obtained in Switzerland under
the lacustrine habitations of the Stone Period (in the lakes of Moos-
dorf, Bienne, and others), there never have been found any remains
of the Megaceros, although the remains of the Elk, the Aurochs, and
the Bos primigenius are by no means rare. In Denmark, where
still more ancient stations have been carefully examined with the
same object, Prof, Steenstrup has assured me that he has never
discovered the smallest fragment of the Megaceros in the midst of the
most abundant remains of the Reindeer, Elk, Aurochs, and other
species of animals which from time immemorial have not existed in
that region. Nevertheless these primitive stations in Denmark are
referred back to a period when no other domestic animal existed in
that country except the Dog. No remains have been found either of
the Horse, Sheep, or Goat,—not even any kind of dwarf Ox.

If, Sir, you are of opinion that the above notes, drawn up in haste,
are likely to prove interesting to the Geological Society of London,
I should be happy if you would submit them to the enlightened
judgment of your learned associates, and if they will receive them
at the same time as a mark of my deference, and as a feeble ex-
pression of the profound gratitude I feel for the honour conferred
upon me by my name having been inscribed among the Foreign
Members of that Society.

Addition by the Prestpent.

In the foregoing communication, M. Lartet has referred to my friend
M. Delesse having shown me some fragments of bone bearing inci-
sions made by a sharp instrument, which he had recently discovered
in the neighbourhood of Paris. He presented me with one of those
which he had submitted to the examination of M. Lartet, and which
I now lay before the Society, together with the following copy of a
note I received from M. Delesse describing this specimen :—

2u 2

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

“T send you a fragment of a rib which I recently found at Ver, in
the department of the Seine et Oise, about nine leagues from Paris,
at the depth of three métres (nearly ten feet), in a kind of cleft filled
by the diluvial soil (le terrain dilwvien), occurring with the sandstone
and sands belonging to the étage denominated les sables de Beau-
champ. It was associated with divers bones of the Stag and Horse,
and also of an animal no longer existing in the country, namely, the
Beaver. I have submitted this fragment to M. Lartet, with whose
profound scientific attamments you are well acquainted ; but he has
not been able to decide whether it belongs to a species of quadruped
still living, or to one now extinct. But he considers this small frag-
ment of a rib very interesting, from its having at one extremity traces
of a rude operation of sawing, and presenting an appearance very
different from that which would be produced by a metallic blade or
by asaw. M. Lartet did not rest satisfied with a mere conjecture,
but ascertained by experiments on a fresh rib of an Ox that a me-
tallic blade produced a uniform and almost a smooth cut. Hence he
concludes that the rib in question had been sawn by a flint with a
jagged edge. Taking a splinter of fiimt with a chisel-edge from the
sands of Abbeville, he easily sawed a fresh rib, but always obtained
an uneven, irregular cut (des surfaces de resection avec reprises nom-
breuses), such as may be observed on the specimen I send you. There
is therefore every reason to believe that this rib had been sawn by
a flint, and it affords proof of Man having lived in France at the
same time as the Beaver, an animal no longer existing with us; and
M. Lartet has thus supplied a new and elegant demonstration of the
contemporaneity of Man and quadrupeds during the period of the
Terrams diluviens.” L. H.

Subsequent addition by the PRESIDENT.

The day after the above communication was read, on showing the
fragment of bone given to me by M. Delesse above referred to, it
was observed that it had a remarkably fresh appearance, that it did
not adhere (happer) to the tongue as fossil bones usually do, and
that thus a doubt might exist as to its assumed antiquity. After
hearing this remark, I exposed a minute fragment to the flame of a
candle, when it gave out the odour of burnt animal matter; and on
immersing another fragment in hydrochloric acid, after effervescence,
a soft gelatinous substance, nearly the size of the original fragment,
was left. Knowing full well that M. Delesse and M. Lartet would
cordially agree on the importance of the most scrupulous investiga-
tion of every fact produced in evidence on this recently-agitated
question of the antiquity of Man, I communicated to both of them
what I have stated above respecting this bone. I received immedi-
ately answers from them; and these, with their leave, I now give,
not only because of their confirmation of the opinions they formerly
expressed, but as containing some additional remarks of much
interest.

1860.] LARTET—FOSSIL INCISED BONES. 477

M. Delesse, in his letter dated the 19th instant, says :—

“ The specimen of the rib which I gave you was incontestably
found in a sand-pit (sabloniére), where it was associated with the
bones of animals no longer existing in the country—as, for example,
the Beaver. I would observe that the presence of gelatine can in
no way be opposed to the antiquity of that rib. I have only just
now brought to a conclusion a long series of researches by which I
have shown that bones even of a high antiquity still retain a notable
proportion of organic matter. If you tuke the bones of an IJchthyo-
saurus from the Lias, or of reptiles from the Muschelkalk, you will
easily satisfy yourself that, in spite of their great antiquity, they still
contain a very notable proportion of organic matter. Coprolites from
the oldest formations contain it. On the other hand, bones compa-
ratively recent, such, for instance, as those found in caverns or in
travelled materials, haye no great amount of organic matter. In
brief, the preservation of organic matter in bones is yery irregular ;
it depends on the nature of the rock in which they are found at
least quite as much as on their antiquity.

‘**T pronounce no opinion as to the nature of the instrument that
had been employed in sawing that rib, for I made no experiments on
the subject ; but M. Lartet, whose caution and sagacity are known to
you, made a special examination of the question along with eminent
physiologists ; and they had no doubt that the rib had been cut by
a sharp flint.” A.D.

M. Lartet, in his letter dated the 22nd instant, states as follows :—

**T am sorry to learn that a somewhat hasty objection has been
made to the paleontological value of the fragment of bone which you
exhibited. I have no right to give any opinion regarding the lo-
cality where it was found, because I have not visited it; but the
opinion of M. Delesse, who had an opportunity of examining all its
geological features, is deserving of all confidence. Among the other
fossil remains which he found in that locality, there is a fragment of
bone of a Horse, having also traces of human agency, and which is in
a much more altered condition than that of the bone he gave you;
but there is another fragment, also bearing the mark of a saw, the
appearance of which is quite as fresh as the specimen in your posses-
sion ; nevertheless, when we endeavoured to authenticate this frag-
ment specifically, we were unable to do so by comparing it with the
homologous part in the skeleton of our living animals.

“Tt is moreover important to remark that, in any given locality,
all the bones collected do not present the same degree of organic
change. That depends, first, on their anatomical structure being
more or less compact according to the species, and again, chiefly
on the composition and physical condition of the mineral matter in
which they have been in immediate and prolonged contact. Mr.
Hart, in his description of the Megaceros Hibernicus (Dublin, 1830),
states that a fragment of a rib analysed by Dr. Stokes yielded 42°87
per cent. of animal matter; and Dr. Apjohn, who analysed another

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 16,

portion of a rib, states as follows :—‘ The bone was subjected for two
days to the action of dilute muriatic acid; and when examined at
the end of this period, it had become as flexible as a recent bone
submitted to the action of the same solvent. The cartilage and
gelatine had not been perceptibly altered by time.’ It is long since
the observation was made by many other persons, and especially by
Schmerling (Recherches sur les ossements des cavernes de la pro-
vince de Liége, 4to. 1833, leére par. pp. 18-52) ; and the remarkable
researches on this subject recently made by M. Delesse, and which
he is about to publish, have demonstrated that the organic change
in bones by no means bears a relation to their paleeontological an-
tiquity. For example, he has found that the teeth of the bone-bed
in the Upper Keuper at Oberbronn contain more azotized organic
matter than most of the tusks of the Mastodon and Elephant found
in tertiary or diluvial deposits. The amount of azote which they
yield is even almost double that in the tusks of the Mastodon in the
Miocene limestone of Sansan or in the Miocene deposits of the Upper
Garonne. Thus it is evident that, if the amount of organic matter
generally diminishes in proportion as the age increases, there are,
nevertheless, exceptions to that general rule.

«“ As to external appearance, that depends also on the circum-
stances of the locality. It is not long since a large number of bones
of the Hyena spelea were sent to me, which had been obtained from
an ancient alluvial deposit in the centre of France. They were in no-
degree changed in weight or colour, and in external appearance they
were quite as fresh, if not more so than the fragment given to you
by M. Delesse. I have some of them now in my possession; and
they are still so much impregnated with animal matter, that [ was
able with the utmost ease to saw and cut them with a flint knife.
On the other hand, I have now before me a statuette made of stag’s
horn, obtained from a grave at the external base of a barrow, cer-
tainly not older than the 12th century, the substance of which is so
much altered thatit might be said to be fossilized, in a certain sense
of the term, as much as the greater part of those found in caverns or
diluvium. Hence we perceive that the greater or less amount of
alteration in bones is not a character from which we can absolutely
determine their paleeontological antiquity.

- With regard to the mode by which the fossil bones of M. Delesse
have been sawn, I must confess that at first sight I thought, as M.
Desnoyers did, that the operation must have been performed with a
metallic plate ; but upon a more attentive examination of recent bones,
I became convinced that the peculiar appearance presented by the
section of one of the bones in the possession of M. Delesse must have
been produced by the employment of a sharp tool of flint, rather than
by a metallic plate, which has always given me a section with a very
different surface. I send you the extremity of a tooth of Hyena
spelea, which has been sawn by a flint. If you examine with a
magnifying glass the plane of the section, you will find the same
system of striw as are observed in the bones collected by M. Delesse,

1860.] _- LARTET—FOSSIL INCISED BONES. 479

sawn with the same kind of tool. You may further satisfy your-
self that in this fragment nearly all the organic matter remains,
although the tooth comes from ancient deposit.’

In my letter to M. Lartet I had said that when his communica-
tion was read, Dr. Falconer observed that, a considerable time ago,
M. Marcel de Serres had given an account of a fossil Stag’s horn that
had evidently been cut. On this M. Lartet observes—“ It is very
true, as Dr. Falconer remarked, that M. Marcel de Serres gave a
figure in 1839 of a Stag’s horn cut and fashioned by human hands,
I had occasion to remark that, a long time before, M. Tournal
in 1829 (Ann. des Sc. Nat. 1829, t. xviii. pp. 242 et seq.) and
Schmerling in 1833 (Joc. cit.) had made similar observations. I
might myself have stated that among the bones of caverns I had
seen those of ‘the Rhinoceros and the Reindeer bearing marks that
must have been made by man; but I was on my guard against
bringing forward those facts, because they would only have afforded
opponents an opportunity of bringing forward anew their favourite
objection, viz. ‘ that nothing that had been observed in caverns was
deserving of any confidence, and that the traces left by man on fossil
bones might have been made a long time after the introduction of
the bones into the caverns.’

* What constitutes the whole yalue of my observations on the
impressions or marks of human agency on the fossil bones found in
the diluvial deposits of Abbeville, and in the cutting of the Canal
de l’Ourcgq, is this, that, once admitting the reality of those marks,
their relative antiquity becomes rigorously demonstrated by the
geological circumstances of their locality being clearly defined. At
Abbeville the marked bones, as well as the flint hatchets, were found
in the diluyial gravel, which is itself covered by the Loess deposit.
In the cutting of the Canal de l’Oureq, the bones of the Awrochs and
those of the Megaceros Hibernicus were found at a depth of 7 métres
(23 feet), in a bed of earth (/imon) and under other beds in normal
stratification. They were not rolled (as Cuvier has said), and were
mixed with the remains of an Elephant, and evidently under the
conditions of an original deposit.

* At the meeting of the Geological Society of France yesterday
evening, M. de Verneuil exhibited a worked flint hatchet and an
Elephant’s tusk found in the gravel-pit of Précy, near Creil, in the
valley of the Oise. Thus these worked flints have been found in the
diluvium of three of our valleys—of the Somme, the Seine, and the
Oise.” —E. L. (L, Horner, May 31, 1860.)

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 30,

May 30, 1860.

Mark Fryar, Esq., Lecturer on Mining, &c., at the Andersonian
University, Glasgow, and Francis Duncan, Esq., Lieut. R.A.,
Halifax, were elected Fellows. Dr. Henry Milne-Edwards, Professor
of Zoology &c., Jardin des Plantes, Paris, was elected a Foreign
Member.

The following communications were read :—

1. On certain Rocks of Miocenr AcE in Tuscany, including Srr-
PENTINE, CoppER-oREs, LignitE, and PURE ALABASTER, used im
Sculpture. By W. P. Jervis, Esq., F.G.S.

[ Abstract. ]

Tue geology of Tuscany is peculiarly interesting, though presenting
many difficulties to the paleontologist and field-geologist, owing to
the diversified changes which have been produced on the sedimentary
strata since their consolidation.

These metamorphic agencies are still at work in Central and
Southern Italy, either in the form of simple hot vapour-emanations,
or the more extended and allied voleanos whence solid matter is also
ejected. On the other hand, no such phenomena are seen N. of the
Arno, where nature has been comparatively quiescent since the close
of the Miocene period.

Most of the metamorphoses of the Italian rocks appear to be of
comparatively recent origin; nor can I find any proof of their exist-
ence at all previous to the close of the Mesozoic period or the be-
ginning of the Eocene. Serpentinous rocks then first upheaved the
littoral of Piedmont and Tuscany, where they formed the eastern
barrier of the Maremme,—probably producing an archipelago of
little islands surrounded by an iron-bound coast, many of them
rising to the height of several hundred feet, covered by a peculiar
flora in certain portions where soil was formed by the disintegration
of the magnesian rocks. Jour consecutive and allied eruptions are
distinguished by Italian geologists. Three are considered as having
occurred during Tertiary times; the fourth, during the Mesozoic
epoch, is the oldest, and must be first spoken of.

The geography of the Serpentine-eruptions has been described by
Savi, who enumerates four series, lying more or less parallel to the
chain of the Apennines. Throughout the whole of Italy, the litho-
logical appearance of each successive eruption is so typical that it
may be easily borne in mind, arising from the fact that the elements
of which they are composed have a widely different chemical consti-
tution—probably due to the then molten matter having been ejected
from different depths, perhaps even from different foci. In order to
describe the Miocene eruptive rocks, we must first refer to the pre-
existing eruptions to which I have just alluded; otherwise the phe-
nomena which present themselves will not be so well understood.

I. Diallagic Serpentine.—Never enclosing fragments of Tertiary

1860. ] JERVIS—MIOCENE ROCKS OF TUSCANY. 481

rocks; piercing the Upper Cretaceous beds; prevailing colour deep
olive- or leck-green, with metallic-looking grey or blackish crystals
of bronzite, generally not exceeding a quarter of an inch in length ;
extremely compact and difficult to cut; susceptible of a fine polish
(whence its employment in architecture); never accompanied by ores.

Il. Euphotide or Granitone-—Typical form a very dense rock,
with large crystals of diallage and milk-white or shghtly steel-grey
crystals of felspar of the hardest kind. The latter are replaced in
some localities wholly or in part by steatite—as at Impruneta, where
the diallage is easily cleaved by the nail: this is fawn-coloured, and
when in large crystals, from its softness, renders the rock unfit for
building-purposes, the constituent parts having very unequal hard-
ness. In contact with the diallagic serpentine it produces a meta-
morphism of that rock, originating the “ Ranocchiaja.” The latter
is only found within a few yards of the contact of the two eruptive
rocks, and is therefore difficult to procure in considerable quantities.
It is streaked over with green and yellow markings, which anasto-
mose like capillary blood-vessels. The margin of the euphotide in
contact with the serpentine is often even and smooth, as if friction
had taken place : frequently a space of an inch or two may be seen
between the surfaces, evidently produced during the act of cooling,

Near Matarana (Liguria), within a few yards of the serpentine the
euphotide contains crystals of diallage half an inch in length, their
size diminishing to a quarter of an inch at the junction with the older
rock—whence also it is proved to be the newer of the two. In
receding in the contrary direction, the crystals of diallage are per-
fectly developed, and 14 inch long.

Ill. Diorite (Greenstone).—Penetrating the former; like it, of
Eocene origin; may be seen in the neighbourhood of Miemmo, at
the bottom of the copper-mine of Monte Catini, &e.

The diorite and serpentine acting on the Eocene “ macigno,” a
micaceous sandstone, has produced the ‘ gabbro rosso,” a brick-red
schistose rock, in which the ancient stratification is sometimes clearly
visible, though the rock is often broken up into fragments, rendering
it very difficult to obtain specimens a foot long without flaws. The
strata are extremely contorted, and in some places have evidently
been so altered by igneous action in contact with neighbouring rocks
as to have the appearance of having been themselves erupted.

LV. Serpentine without Diallage (locally termed “ gabbro verde”).
—This rock is at once distinguished from the older serpentine, as it
never contains diallage—-silicate of magnesia preponderating. White
steatite is frequently found in it in such large quantities as to impart
a soapy feel: the absence of bronzite causes it to be wanting in the
hardness and strength of the older serpentine.

Being the first of a series of phenomena of the Miocene period, I
will describe it more fully. This “‘ gabbro” is sufficiently soft to
be quarried with a pickaxe, while the diallagic serpentine requires
to be blasted with gunpowder. Exposed to the great vicissitudes of
Italian climate, the gabbro becomes very friable, the surface readily
crumbles, and it weathers to a considerable depth: a kind of steatitic

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCTETY. [May 30,

clay is produced by its disintegration. The colour varies in different
places, though in general consisting of yellow and green, imperfectly
mixed. The colouring matter is oxide of iron or manganese; in
some cases, as much as 2 per cent. of oxide of chromium.

The surface of the rock has frequently a polished greasy appear-
ance, though the form is not so regular as our “slickensides,” which
are perfectly flat. Here the margin does not present any planes,
but has followed the sinuosities of the rock against which friction
has taken place. Its structure is so incoherent that a blow with a
hammer shatters a mass into small fragments; though in subterranean
galleries much pervaded with water it appears to acquire much
tenacity. Gabbro seems to me to be in many places a decomposing
rock.

The topographical appearance of the serpentine-eruptions is very
characteristic: there is an entire absence of those undulating chains
or eminences, melting insensibly into one another, which enable us
to classify hills into groups. These rocks form dykes, but more
generally constitute whole hills of conical form, rising abruptly to a
considerable height, and terminating in rugged, sharp summits. The
older rocks have been much upturned and elevated, and are thrown
off in every direction,—the serpentine, forming the nucleus of the
mountains so abundant along the west coast of Tuscany, Modena,
and Piedmont, generally reaching the surface somewhere near the
centre, forming (if I may be permitted the expression) a “ pericli-
nal” axis.

The older rocks, nearer the focus of action, are the most disturbed.
No feature regarding this serpentine is more important than that of
its being almost invariably accompanied by rich ores of copper at its
junction with the metamorphosed schists or gabbro rosso. These
two rocks, similar in name, are entirely distinct m most other
respects: one is an aqueous, the other an igneous rock.

Many minerals are peculiar to the junction of the gabbro rosso
and the Miocene serpentine; they are chiefly zeolites. The com-
monest is caporcianite, a white crystalline mineral, tinged with
pink, in structure resembling analcime. These zeolites all contaim
magnesia, They are,—

Magnesia Magnesia

per cent. per cent.
Savite.contaminow eee lS som ORDICC. «an ss irene 4:87
Schneiderite ........ Osan Sloanttecas so ee 2:67 ©
Picranaleime ........ 10257)" Humboldtité 2.2... 2°12
Picrotomsonite ...... G27 |Caporcianiter s~y- 40. Bais

Miemmite (dolomite) contains 42-5 per cent. of magnesia; ‘ gab-
bro,’’ from La Spezia, 24:4.

Calcareous spar also occurs in limpid and extremely obtuse rhom-~
bohedral crystals; it probably owes its origin to the metamorphosis
of the limestones. I consider all these minerals to have been pro-
duced at the period of the intrusion of the Miocene serpentine, from
whence they doubtless derived their magnesia. It is also interesting

1860.] JERVIS—“MIOCENE ROCKS OF TUSCANY. 483

to find that large quantities of the limestone in the neighbourhood
have been altered into dolomites,—the miemmite, a delicate greenish
rock of the same colour as aquamarine, being a double carbonate of
lime and magnesia.

The copper from the serpentine is not associated with galena and
blende as with us, but is accompanied by many asbestiform minerals.

The action of the serpentines on the limestones which they have
traversed is yery varied. Near Matarana I noticed the action on a
mouse-coloured limestone, where peroxide of iron had imparted a
brick-red tinge to various parts of the mass. Within a yard or two of
the serpentine the rock had been apparently broken into fragments,
which had been cemented by delicate veins of serpentine flowing
into and filling up the cracks. This beautiful metamorphic rock,
called “ Ofiocalce,” is, in fact, calcareous serpentine: it forms a rich
combination of colours—deep red and dark green, with interlacing
veins of pure-white calcareous spar. I would offer this explanation :
total decomposition of the limestone was prevented by the pressure ;
the carbonic acid was partially expelled; the heat decomposed the
carbonate of iron which was present in minute quantities, and com-
pletely peroxidized its protoxide of iron, which, being no longer iso-
morphous with the pure carbonate of lime, was rejected as the latter
erystallized out in various parts. If I am not mistaken, this would
prove that the crystallization of carbonate of lime in prisms (as
arragonite) only takes place within limited degrees of temperature,
above and below which the crystalline system is the Hewagonal.

The copper-mine of Monte Catini is found at the junction of the
gabbro rosso and the Miocene serpentine; the ore is invariably in
the latter. It is one of the finest to be seen anywhere, and dates at
least from the Florentine republic: Cosmo I. reopened it in 1562 ;
but it was not regularly worked, and, from want of experience, little
was done until 1837. The indications appear to have been very
favourable at the outset; but the successive proprictors failed to
realize their desires, until the present company sunk to a depth of
400 feet, following the indications of ore or ‘‘ vein” lying E. and W.,
dipping at an angle of 45°.; they then found an immense mass
of copper-ore, from whence they extracted 330 tons: about 100 feet
lower a second deposit has lately been reached, the breadth of which
I should estimate at 60 feet. The various ores of copper are met
with in rounded masses, enveloped in serpentine ; these nodules con-
stitute a species of conglomerate,—some of the masses being ore, others
boulders of serpentine, dispersed through a matrix of steatitic clay,
The nodules on being broken open are found to contain chaleopyrites,
or bornite, more rarely oxide of copper, grey copper, and native
copper. In physical appearance the chaleopyrites differs entirely
from that obtained from our mines: thus it is not lamellar or ery-
stallized, but hard, compact, and massive, and has precisely the same
structure as bornite, into which it insensibly passes in the same
nodules. This pyrites is not mixed up with gangue, but perfectly

ure, which can be accounted for by the expulsion of impurities,
‘avoured, as it must have been, by the nodular condition of the

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [May 30,

masses. The friction has produced a considerable quantity of frag-
mentary pyrites of the size of gravel, which is all washed and em-
ployed. I believe I am correct in asserting that iron-pyrites is
nowhere found with the serpentine, even along with the ores of
copper. One of the greatest advantages in working these mines
is the softness of the steatitic rock. Other mines are established at
Libbiano, Monte Castelli, &c. : they are newer, and have been hitherto
less fortunate. Most probably, as Prof. Pilla observed, the deposits
whence the rich outlying indications proceeded will be met with
further down.

Closely associated with the serpentine, chalcedony is found in large
quantities north of Monte Verdi; it occurs in regular veins, of consider-
able size. The mineral is found in blocks smooth at the surface and
mammillated internally—often cavernous. I saw some remarkable
masses, several feet long, in which small pieces had been cemented
together by a fresh development of chalcedony, resulting in a com-
pact siliceous conglomerate without any flaw. The pebbles were
principally buff-coloured or green, the cement colourless. The
neighbourhood affords specimens showing every gradation between
opaque black flint, jasper, agate, chalcedony, and waxy opal.

Alabaster.—Pure-white alabaster is, I believe, peculiar to Western
Tuscany, where it occurs in the Val di Marmolajo, twenty-five miles
from Volterra, and eighteen trom Leghorn. It is found in smooth
ovoidal masses, sometimes attaiming three feet in diameter,

The general section is :—

ili: 6 feet light-blue bituminous marl.
2. 6 ,, greyish marls with selenite.
3. 6 ,, bituminous marls. :

4. 5to10 ,, marls and clays containing masses of alabaster,
irregularly disseminated.

5. 6 to 10 ,, marls and clays, and gypsum-beds with bitu-
minous odour. Beds like No. 1.

6-10. Alternations of strata like the above; three of them
containing alabaster.

Pure alabaster is not found in direct contact with the surrounding
strata, but enclosed in an envelope of ochrey-yellow selenitic marl, at
least an inch thick, firmly adhering to the surface ; it is worked by
pits, entrance being effected laterally, or by wide shafts. The distance
between the lumps is frequently many yards ; four or five rows occur
irregularly disseminated. None but the pure white is extracted in the
Val di Marmolajo. In the numerous interstices or fissures between
the marly strata, often an inch or two wide, are found splendid
limpid crystals of selenite attaining nine inches in length.

Pure alabaster is confined to the Miocene in Tuscany; but the
coloured varieties extend into the Pliocene beds, and are even being
produced at the present day. The heat to which the alabaster-beds
have been subjected was very inferior to that of the soffioni, whence
boracie acid emanates, as I have elsewhere pointed out*, and where

' * See Journal of Soc. of Arts, May 23, 1860, and several successive papers in
the same periodical.

1860.] JERVIS—-MIOCENE ROCKS OF TUSCANY. 485

anhydrite is occasionally produced. Gypsum is widely distributed
where serpentine is found to pierce limestones. I chiefly noticed it
at Matarana and Jano.

Lignite—The Italian peninsula presents no “ Carboniferous” coal,
with the exception of isolated plants converted into anthracite, as at
Jano; Miocene lignites, on the other hand, are abundant. Their
area is limited, the beds being often much upturned. At Sarzanello,
Piedmont, they lie at an angle of 65°: the first bed is 7 inches thick ;
then follows 6 feet of highly bituminous schists, which undergo
spontaneous combustion on exposure to the air; lastly 64 feet of an-
thracite-looking coal, employed by the Sardinian steam-navy.

I made the following section of the pit of Castiani in the Ma-
remme :—

54-00 metres of clay.
3°30 a lignite.
9°00 5 clay.
1-00 “8 good lignite.

Fossil fish-remains and leaves of exogenous trees are found in the

shales accompanying the lignite.

The famous colliery of Monte Bamboli is the most extensive in
Tuscany. A section gave the following :—

Pit No.1. Pit No. 2.

feet. feet.
Conglomerate ........
Calcareous blue clay.... } 220 113
Tamestone < os0 5's 0 0c a»
ft. in.
Wat bed Of Dignite:: fice cece ees 4 2
Limestone containing Mytilus Brardi 3 4
and bed of Ligmite’ ss. Geen sc 2 0

under which comes Alberese breccia.

Besides leaves of exogenous plants, I procured remains of Anthra-
cotherium ; more rarely the carapaces of Tortoises have been found in
the shales. It would be out of place here to speak of the economic
advantages of using this lignite ; however, it is so thoroughly mine-
ralized as to resemble our Newcastle bituminous coal, and, as such,
has been used in several steam-vessels, and in the arsenal at Genoa,
as well as for the manufacture of rails and gas: it is said to produce
excellent coke.

In conclusion, the following is a list of the principal minerals
found in the Tuscan Miocene rocks :—

In the Marls.
1, Alabaster ; Gypsum; Selenite.

In veins with Serpentine.

. Jasper ; Siliceous breccia ; Chalcedony.

. Opal.

co to

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL society. [May 30,

In Serpentine,

4, Serpentine rock, common and noble (never contains diallage) ;
Metaxite; Picrolite.
5. Asbestos; Amianthus ; ‘* Mountain-wood.”
6. Cale-spar, in places converted into Miemmite (Dolomite)—
(CaO.Mg0)CO?,
7. Quartz.
8. Native copper Cu.
9. Red oxide of copper Cu’0O.
10. Grey copper Fe* Cu’ Sb* 8).
11. Bornite FeS+ 2Cw’S.
12, Chalcopyrites FeS+CuS.
13. Chrysocolla CuO. 2810° + HO
14. Malachite 2Cu0. CO?+ HO } only superficially.
15. Azurite 3Cu0.2C0? + HO

In “ Gabbro rosso ;” apparently metamorphosed minerals.
16. Caporcianite— , Thame
3(Mg0. Ca0)2810? + 3AT?O*, 2810? + 9HO.
17. Savite—
3(MgO. NaO)28i10? + Al’O*, 810° +4 2HO.
18. Schneiderite—
3(MgO, CaO)2810° + 3AP’0’. 2810? + 3HO.
19. Picranalcime—
3Mg0, 2810°+ 3Al0’. 28i08 ee 6HO.
20, Sloanite—
3(CaO. Mg0)2810° ats 5ALO®. 810° + HO,
21. Picrotomsonite—
2| 3(MgO. Ca0)Si0°]+5Al0*, SiO’ + 9HO,
22. Portite—
} 3(CaO. MgO)2810° + 4(A1’O*, 2810°) + 7HO.
23, Humboldtite (Datholite)—
2(3Ca0, 4810’ +3Ca0. BO*)+4Mg0 + 2HO.

2. On the Osstrrrovs Caves of the PrntnsuLa of Gower, in GLAMOR-
GANSHIRE, SoutH Wates. By H. Fatconer, M.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.
With an APPENDIX, on a RatseD Brac in MewstapeE Bay, and
the OccuRRENCE of the BouLpER-cLAy on CEFN-Y-BRYN; by J.
Prestwicu, Esq., F.R.S., Treas. G.S,

[The reading of this-paper was commenced. |

1860, ] _ PALCONER——BONE-CAVES OF GOWER. 487

JunE 13, 1860,

SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING.

It was resolved that the future Meetings of the Society shall be
held in the Hall of Burlington House.

ORDINARY GENERAL MEETING.

George Angus, Esq., 3 Harcourt Buildings, Inner Temple; Her-
bert T. James, Esq., Drumkeeran, Co, Leitrim; and Henry Ward,
Esq., Oaklands, Wolverhampton, were elected Fellows.

The following communications were read :—

1, On the Osstrernovs Caves of the Penrysuxa of Gower, in GLAmor-
GANsHiRE, Sourn Wares. By H. Fauconer, M.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.
With an Aprenvrx, on a Ratsep Brac in Mewstave Bay, and the
Occurrence of the BoutpeR-cLay on CerN-x-brxn ; by J. Prest-
wicH, Esq., F.R.S., Treas, G.S,

(The reading of this paper, begun at the last Meeting, was concluded. ]
[Lhe publication of this paper is unavoidably postponed.}
[ Abstract. ]

Tux object of this communication was to give a summary of re-
searches made during the last three years by the author and Lieut,-
Col. E. R, Wood, I'.G.8., the latter of whom has carefully explored
at his own charge, since 1848, some of the caves previously known,
as well as several discoyered by himself, The known bone-cayes of
Gower (of which Payiland, Spritsail Tor, and Bacon Hole have
already supplied Dr. Buckland and others to some extent with ma-
terials for the history of the Cave-period) are in the Carboniferous
Limestone; and, with the exception of that of Spritsail Tor, which
is on the west coast of the peninsula, they all occur between the
Mumbles and the Worm’s Head, The most important are “‘ Bacon
Hole,” ‘Minchin Hole,” ‘ Bosco’s Den,’’ “ Bowen’s Parlour,”
‘Crow Hole,” Raven’s Cliff Cavern,” and lastly the well-known
‘«Payiland Caves.’ Bone-caves at the Mumbles, in Caswell Bay,
and in Oxwich Bay formerly existed; but the sea has destroyed
them. One cavern named “ Ram Tor’ between Caswell Bay and
the Mumbles, presumed to be ossiferous, remains unexplored,

Before proceeding to describe the bone-caves and their contents,
the author briefly noticed a raised beach and talus of breccia, which
Mr. Prestwich had lately traced for a mile along Mewslade Bay,
westward of Paviland ; and he pointed out their important relation-
ship to the marine sands and overlying limestone-breccia found in
several of the Gower Caves. Dr. Falconer also referred to Mr.
Prestwich’s recent discovery of some patches of Boulder-clay on the
highland of Gower, and in Rhos Sili Bay,

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 13,

«‘ Bacon Hole” was first treated of. It has been worked out by
Colonel Wood, and described by Mr. Starling Benson. On the lime-
stone-floor of the cave are—(1) a few inches of marine sand, abound-
ing with Litorina rudis, L. litoralis, and Clausilia nigricans, with
bones of an Arvicola and Birds; (2) a thin layer of stalagmite ;
(3) 2 feet or less of blackish sand, containing a mass of bones of
Elephas antiquus, with remains of Meles tavus and Putorius (vul-
garis?); (4) 1 to 2 feet of ochreous cave-earth, limestone-breccia,
and sandy layers, with remains of Hlephas antiquus, Rhinoceros hem-
techus, Hyena, Cams Lupus, Ursus speleus, Bos, and Cervus; (5)
irregular stalagmite, partly enveloping a huge tusk of an Elephant
imbedded below it; (6) limestone-breccia and stalagmite, from 1
to 2 feet thick, with bones of Ursus and Bos; (7) irregular bed of
stalagmite, 1 foot or more, with Ursus; (8) dark-coloured super-
ficial earth, kept soppy by abundant drip, with bones of Bos, Cervus,
Canis Vulpes, horns of Reindeer and Roebuck, together with shells
of Patella, Mytilus, Purpura, Iatorina (probably brought into the
cavern as food by birds), and also pieces of ancient British pottery.
The marine sand at the bottom of ‘‘ Bacon Hole” was analogous to
that on the rocky floor of the San Ciro Cave, near Palermo, but
contained fewer species of Mollusca. The uppermost layer of sta-
lagmite is about 30 feet above high-water. The Elephant-remains
belonged to at least three individuals, one of which was adult, and
one young with milk-dentition.

“Minchin Hole” is the grandest and most spacious of all the
Gower Caves, being 170 feet long, by 70 feet where widest, and
35 feet high at the entrance; here the section gaye—(1) loose
limestone-breccia, 3 feet; (2) yellow cave-earth, 9 inches; (3)
sand, 1 foot ; (4) blackish sandy loam containing abundant remains
of Rhinoceros, Hlephas, and Bos, 24 feet; (5) greyish-yellow ma-
rine sand, varying in thickness from 1 to 4 feet, and resting on the
rocky floor. Some of the lower jaws of Rhinoceros from this deposit
exhibit Zitorinw and comminuted shells imbedded in the incrusting
matrix ; and the black sand yielded Heliw hispida similarly attached.
In the interior, the cave-earth was thicker, and the black sandy
loam more unctuous. The mammalian remains were closely analo-
gous with those from Bacon Hole; but the Elephant-remains (Z.
antiquus) were fewer, and those of fthinoceros hemitechus were more
numerous and better preserved, including two skulls. No remains
of Hlephas primigenius or of Rhinoceros tichorhinus were met with
in Bacon Hole or Minchin Hole.

“ Bosco’s Den” is a cavernous fissure, of great interest, between
‘Bacon Hole” and “Minchin Hole.” It is about 70 feet high,
and has been worked out by Colonel Wood, who, having succeeded in
reaching a hole called (by the quarrymen) ‘“ Bacon’s Hye,” found it to
be an angular opening (24 feet in diameter) at the top of one of the
great vertical fissures in the limestone, and leading into a fine cavern.
Beneath it the fissure was filled up with a mass of angular fragments
of limestone (with bones, teeth, and land-shells) impacted in ochreous
loam, about 20 feet in height, resting on a solid platform of breccia,

1860. | FALCONER—BONE-CAVES. 489

beneath which the fissure had to a great extent been washed out by
the sea, On enlarging the aperture, by undermining the projecting
mass of loam and breccia, a cavity was found extending 76 feet
backwards, with a width of from 7 to 16 feet, and a general height
of about 15 feet. A line of fissure runs along the angle of the roof,
and towards the outer part of the cavern the crack widens into an
irregular flue, which had evidently communicated with the surface :
here the cavern rises to a height of 40 feet. When first opened,
the eastern wall only of the cavern was found to be coated with
stalagmite. The floor was tolerably smooth, and shelved down gra-
dually from the mouth to the extremity, the deposits being thicker
outwards. The floor having been excavated down to the hard brec-
cia, there were observed:—{1) at the top, a bed of sandy peat or
turf, formed. chiefly of bits of sticks and comminuted vegetable mat-
ter, about 1 foot thick, except under the flue, where it formed a low
conical heap. In or on this peaty covering were bones of Ox and
Wolf, and bones and broken shed antlers of Deer, of species or
varieties allied to the Reindeer (Cervus Guettardi and Cerv. priscus).
(2) Stalagmite, regular, but usually less than a foot thick. At
one spot it rose into a boss 2 ft. 3 in. high, which was found in a
shattered condition, the fragments being loose, but still in place.
This must indicate,—I1st, the operation of some shock since the for-
mation of the stalagmite, and even since the peat began to be
formed; and 2ndly, the absence of drip in the cave since the shock
took place. (3) Sandy loam, 1 ft. 4 in., with fragments of rock and
without bones ; (4) sand, 2 ft. 6 in. ; (5) a bed of loose stony breccia,
4 feet, without bones ; (6) ochreous loam, or the usual cave-earth,
6 to 7 feet thick, resting on the solid cemented breccia, which forms
a floor or diaphragm between the upper and lower chambers of the
fissure. Ursus speleus, Canis Lupus, C. Vulpes, Bos, Cervus, and
Arvicola occur in the loam, the latter in abundance. The most re-
markable circumstance about these remains was the great excess of
Deers’ antlers above the others. Upwards of one thousand antlers,
mostly shed and of young animals belonging chiefly to Cervus Guet-
tardi, were collected. The lower chamber was penetrated by Colonel
Wood, Dr. Falconer, and a friend, last September, and found to be
washed out by the sea to a depth inwards of 31 feet; and at its ex-
tremity they met with a compact mass of marine sand and gravel,
about 9 feet thick. The solid breccia forming the roof of the lower,
and the base of the upper cave, increases in thickness from 6 feet at
the outside to a greater depth inwards. Its materials correspond
with the bed of angular débris observed by Mr. Prestwich on the
raised beach of Mewslade Bay.

‘** Bowen’s Parlour,” or “ Devil’s Hole,” is also a cavernous fissure
in the limestone cliff, situated between Bosco’s Den and Crow Hole.
It has been washed out by the sea,—portions only of its cave-deposits
remaining, especially a diaphragm of cemented breccia, which divides
the fissure into an upper and lower storey, the former about 20 feet
high at the mouth, the latter 14. Thin tabular aggregations of
sand adhere to the lower surface of the partition, showing that it

VOL. XVI.—PART I. 2N

+b

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 13,

was deposited on a bed of sand. The same phenomena are repeated
in “ Crow Hole” with modifications,—the cave-deposits being still
in situ: here remains of Ursus, Meles, Rhinoceros, and some other
forms have been found by Colonel Wood.

“‘ Raven’s Cliff” presents a cavernous fissure, broad and high ex-
ternally, contracted within. Here a thin crust of stalagmite formed
a floor upon sand 9 feet thick, which filled the fissure close up to the
roof, leaving only an empty angular chamber about a foot high above
the stalagmite. Upon the latter, remains of Mustela foina, Canis
Vulpes, and some Fish-bones and Bird-bones were found. In the
sand, large coprolites of Carnivores, some fine remains of Felis spelwa,
bones of Rhinoceros, and the vertebra of a Fish were discovered.
Below the sand, as usual in the Gower Caves, there was a sandy
breccia cemented by stalagmite, about a foot thick. Upon it a large
block of limestone, smoothed and polished, probably by the rubbing
of passing cave-animals, was discovered ; and patches of polished sur-
face were seen on the walls of the cave. Remains of Hlephas, Rhi-
noceros, Bos, and Cervus were met with above the breccia. Below
the breccia was a bed of dark-grey gritty sand, indurated by cal-
careous infiltration, and attainmg a maximum thickness of about
8 feet. In this sand, and close upon the rock-floor, teeth of Hip-
popotamus major, young and old, and remains of Ursus, Cervus, and
Arvicola were met with. There was evidence, on the cliff beyond
the aperture, of the cave and its contents having formerly been con-
tinued further seawards.

The author pointed out that im all these caves the bottom appears
to have been first filled with sea-sand or shingle, with which were
occasionally intermingled the bones of pachyderms, ruminants, &c.,
then living on the emerged land of Gower; that when this deposit
was elevated above high-water mark, stalagmite and angular débris
of limestone rock formed a floor, on which subsequently cave-earth -
or other common alluvial materials, with bones and antlers, often
in profusion, were accumulated through the fissure above, during a
long lapse of time after the rise had been accomplished. At last,
by a converse action, of comparatively modern date, the level of the
caves was depressed. The raised beach at Mewslade Bay, which
appears, according to the evidence of Mr. Prestwich, to be of later
date than the Boulder-clay, has without doubt partaken of changes
of level similar to what the caves and their contents have under-
gone, although, the marine deposits in the caves not being at a uni-
form level, either in relation to each other or to the raised beach, it
is probable that there have been locally unequal depressions of level
in comparatively modern times. The author thinks that the sea
has effected but a comparatively slight inroad on the cave-deposits
and raised beach ; and hence he infers that they belong to a rela-
tively modern epoch,—seeing also that they are probably of later
date than the Boulder-clay period, and rest on marine sands con-
taining existing species of shells.

Paviland Cave was next referred to; but the author restricted his
remarks to the remains of Hlephas primigenius and human bones that

1860. ] LARTET—ARROW-HEADS. 491

were found in it, and argues that the latter (7. ¢. the skeleton of the
“Red Lady”) are of more recent date than the former.

In the cave at Spritsail Tor (cursorily examined by Sir H. De la
Beche, and thoroughly explored by Colonel Wood), under a stalag-
mitic bone-breccia, the irregular fissure of the rocky floor was im- ~
pacted with ochreous cave-earth full of bones and teeth of Hlephas
antiquus, EH. primigenius, Rhinoceros tichorhinus, Equus, Sus, Bos,
Cervus, Lepus, Arvicola, Mus, Ursus speleus, U. priscus(?), Felis spelea,
Hyena spelea, Canis Lupus, C. Vulpes, Meles taxus, and Mustela.
Coprolites of Hyena, gnawed bones of Bos, Equus, and Cervus, and
a great abundance of the detached molars of Horse, gave the cave the
undoubted character of having been a Hyena’s den. In the super-
ficial sand on the stalagmite, the antlers of a Reindeer and some
human bones were found.

General remarks on the distribution of the Mammalian remains in
the different caverns were offered, and the special anomalies pointed
out; and, after a comparative review of the fauna of the Gower
bone-caves in relation with that of other cave-districts of England
in particular, and of Europe in general, the author arrived at the
following conclusions as being consistent with the existing state of
our knowledge :—

1. That the Gower Cayes have probably been filled up with their
mammalian remains since the deposition of the Boulder-clay.

2. That there are no mammalian remains found elsewhere in the
ossiferous caves in England and Wales referable to a fauna of a
more ancient geological date.

3. That Hlephas (Loxodon) meridionalis and Rhinoceros EHtruscus,
which occur in, and are characteristic of, the “ Submarine forest
Bed” that immediately underlies the Boulder-clay on the Norfolk
coast, have nowhere been met with in the British caverns.

4, That Hlephas antiquus with Rhinoceros hemitechus, and E. pri-
migenius with Ith. tichorhinus, though respectively characterizing
the earlier and later portions of one period, were probably contem-
porary animals; and that they certainly were companions of the
Caye-bears, Cave-lions, Cave-hyenas, &c., and of some at least of
the existing mammalia.

2. On some ARRow-HEADS and other InstruMENTS found with Horns
of CERVUS MEGACEROS mm a CAVERN in LANGUEDOC.
By Mons. EH. Larrer, For.M.G.S.

[In a Letter to the President. |
[ The publication of this paper is deferred].
[ Abstract. ]
In a cavern of the limestone at Massat, near Tarascon in Lan-
guedoc (Department of the Ariége), examined by M. A. Fontan,

the floor was found to consist of a blackish earth, with large rounded
2n 2

492. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 13,

pebbles, among which were mixed, in great disorder, bones and
horns of a Chamois, Cervus pseudovirginianus, C. megaceros, and Bos,
together with implements of stone and bone, to which MM. Isidore
Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire and E. Lartet have referred in the ‘ Comptes
Rendus’ of May 10, 1858.

M. E. Lartet, in his letter, has furnished drawings and descriptions
of some barbed arrow-heads of bone, some having indented grooves,
probably for the appliance of poison ; also needles, and a fiute-bevelled
tool of bone, a splinter or knife of hard flint, and the horn of an
Antelope hacked at the base, probably when the animal was flayed.

3. On the Occurrence of CRAG Strata beneath the BouLDER-CLAY in
ABERDEENSHIRE. By T. F. Jaminson, Esq.

Communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, V.P.G.S.
My
[See above, page 371.]

4. On some small Fosst, VERTEBRE from near FRomE, SoMERSET-
sHirE. By Professor Ownn, F.R.S., F.G.S., &c.

I was favoured a short time since by receiving from My. Charles
Moore, F.G.S8., the discoverer of teeth like those of Microlestes mm a
probably Triassic deposit near Frome, an additional series of speci-
mens, including, together with teeth unequivocally mammalian and
having the characters of those of Microlestes, some vertebra, more or
less mutilated, of corresponding size, and similar mineral condition.
These were discovered in a fissure containing derivations from the
‘«« Bone-bed”’ and from earlier (Mountain-limestone) and later (Oo-
litic) deposits.

A small glass tube, numbered “5,” was stated in Mr. Moore’s list
to contain “two little vertebre.”’ These I first examined. One
(and the most perfect specimen, figs. 1-5) is a dorsal, the other a
caudal vertebra ; both are biconcave (7. e. the artieular ends of the
centrum are cupped); and in both the neural arch is confluent with
the centrum.

The body of the dorsal vertebra is laterally concave both vertically
and lengthwise (fig. 3,¢), the lower surface (fig. 5) being narrow,
prominent, like a smooth obtuse ridge, slightly concave lengthwise,
expanding somewhat, like the rest of the centrum, at the articular
extremities, c: these are deeply cupped, of a circular figure, with a
smooth, almost polished surface. A narrow parapophysis begins very
near the fore part of the side of the centrum, and is continued up-
ward and a little backward, contracted and ridge-like, to the di-
apophysis on the side of the neural arch, figs. 1, 2, 4,d; or, the par-
and di-apophyses are connected by an intervening ridge. On one
side there is a continuous abraded surface, which might have afforded,
when entire, a single articular surface to a rib; on the other side of

1860. | OWEN—VERTEBR& FROM FROME. 493

the vertebra there appears to be a smooth non-articular short tract
between the two expanded par- and di-apophysial surfaces, indica-
ting that a bifurcate head of a rib had been attached to the side of
this vertebra.

The neurapophyses are anchylosed to the whole length of the
centrum, and incline outward, as they ascend, before bending to-
ward and blending with each other above the neural canal, figs. 1
& 2,”. The arch, in breadth and height, shows diameters much
greater than hose of the centrum itself; the width of the neural
canal is more than double that of the body of the vertebra, indica-
ting, therefore, either a spinal chord of mammalian proportions, or
one which, as in certain lizards and fishes, was surrounded by a
largely developed arachnoid and wide venous sinuses. Both the
anterior and posterior margins of the arch are concave, the latter,
fig. 3,n, most so, indicative of very wide “ conjugation-holes ” for
the exit of the spinal nerves and blood-vessels.

The anterior zygapophyses, figs. 1, 3, 4, z, ridge-like at their origin,

Figs. 1-5.—Different views of one of the small Vertebra: found by
Mr. C. Moore in a Triassic (2?) Deposit in a Fissure of the Moun-
tain-limestone near Frome. Magnified 8 diameters.

Fig. 1. Anterior view. Fig. 4. Superior view.
Fig. 2. Posterior view. Fig. 5. Inferior view.

Hig. 3. Lateral view.

extend obliquely outward and forward, as far as the vertical parallel
of the fore part of the centrum: they form the anterior angles of the
neural arch, and have their articular surfaces at the upper part, of an
oblong shape, looking upward and a little inward, being very slightly
concave. The anterior margin of the arch between them makes a
slight projection near the process, and there describes a subangular
concavity, the apex of which is at the fore part of the base of the
neural spine. This spine rests on the anterior two-thirds of the mid
line of the arch; its summit is broken off; behind it is a low but
distinct sharp ridge, between the posterior zygapophyses. ‘These
(figs. 3, 4, z') diverge, and slightly descend, projecting a little beyond
the posterior surface of the centrum, The area of the neural canal

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 13,

is a wide transverse ellipse, with outlets encroached on below by the
convex upper border of the articular ends of the centrum. This en-
croaching part of the centrum contracts as it extends into the canal,
and then again expands to the opposite end; so that the floor of
the neural canal shows a median low rising of bone expanded at both
ends, the curved depressions on each side indicating the original
separate bases of the neurapophyses.

I subsequently received from Mr. Moore a few fossils from the
mixed deposits of the fissure above-mentioned, including the cen-
trum of a similar vertebra, rather smaller in size, with the median
part of the lower surface less ridge-hke, the part convex across being
broader than in the preceding vertebra. ‘The terminal articular cups
were deep. The bases of the neural arch span outwards, as far as they
are preserved, indicating the same expanse of the neural area as in
the more perfect vertebra above described. The floor of the canal
shows two lateral curved lines or slight depressions, with the con-
vexities turned towards each other, and which indicate the original
suture between the centrum and neurapophyses.

In the same collection was the fore part or half of a centrum with
the anchylosed bases of the neurapophyses, showing a longitudinal
canal on the under part of the centrum, formed by two nearly pa-
rallel, longitudinal, low but sharp ridges, which shghtly diverge
near the articular end. This presents a deep hemispheric cup, smooth,
with sharp margins. The transverse process begins at the lower or
hemal ridge, in the form of a narrow ridge, and ascends obliquely
forward to the side of the neural arch, where it becomes thicker ; but
the arch is broken away at this part, so that no articular surface is
preserved on the transverse process, if such existed. It most pro-
bably projected as a free process; for the modification of the lower
surface would indicate an anterior caudal vertebra.

With the above portion of vertebra was preserved a cupped arti-
cular end of a centrum, which may have belonged to the same ver-
tebra.

Of the above three vertebra the second is certainly, and the third
most probably, of the same species as the first and most perfect spe-
cimen, above figured.

No known Mammal, recent or extinct, has hitherto presented the
biconcave structure shown by these little vertebrae from the ossiferous
fissure near Frome. But such structure is known, as a very rare
exception, amongst existing Saurians ; and it might be asked, since
the biconcave structure was the rule among Secondary Saurians, why
it may not have prevailed with the Secondary Mammals ? ~

Hitherto we know nothing of the vertebral characters of the rare
Oolitic and Triassic Mammalia; and unless the problematical ver-
tebrae above described do belong to the little Mammal with whose
teeth they are associated, we have still to learn the vertebral cha-
racters of Microlestes, Amphitherium, Spalacotherium, Triconodon, &e.

The only approach (and it is a sight one) made by Mammals to
any of the Saurian characters in the vertebrae above described is,
so far as I know, to be met with in the Monotremes, which offer in

1860. | OWEN—VERTESR FROM FROME. 495

the structure of their scapulo-coracoid arch so significant a departure
from the Mammalian rule, and so close a resemblance to certain Se-
condary Reptiles. The vertebral modifications, in the Ornithorhyn-
chus and Echidna, to which I allude, are the “slight concavity of
the terminal articular surfaces” and a construction of the uniting
soft parts which I discovered in 1840, and which is described and
figured in the article «‘ Monotremata,” in the ‘ Cyclopedia of Ana-~
tomy,’ vol. iii. (1841) p. 375, fig.174. The structure is as follows :
—‘ The articular surfaces of the vertebrae, which are slightly con-
cave, are joined together by a thick circular band of ligamentous
fibres, attached to the circumference of the articular surface, en-
closing a central oblate spheroidal cavity, lined by a synovial mem-
brane and filled with fluid.”

Now, if one should look on the figure of the section of the ver-
tebree there given, he will see that, were ossification to extend into
the fibrous basis of the synovial cup, the biconcave or amphicochan
type of vertebra would be established.

But it may be objected, in regard to another character of the little
fossil vertebree, that they show a mode of rib-articulation agreeing
with the Saurian and not the Mammalian type. In Mammals, as a
rule, the free rib, which has both head and tubercle, joins by the
former to an articular surface common to two centrums and their
intervertebral ligament. In those rare abnormal cases, however,
where the ribs of the last cervical vertebree have not coalesced as
usual, but show an abnormal size as well as freedom, they articulate
by both parts of the bifurcate end to the same vertebra; and here,
again, the Monotremes come to our aid in an approximative appre-
ciation of the nature of the triassic vertebra in question. The ribs
of the neck remain longer unanchylosed in the Monotremes than in
other Mammals. In a young but nearly full-grown Echidna I found
them, as regards bony union, “ detached from all the cervical ver-
tebre except the atlas. The vertebral end of the cervical rib is bi-
furcated ; the lower branch, representing the head, is articulated to
the transverse process or tubercle [parapophysis | developed from the
body of the vertebra; the upper branch, representing the costal
tubercle, is articulated to a transverse process [ diapophysis | developed
from the side of the base of the neural arch” (vol. cit. p. 375).
Such a condition of rib-articulation agrees with that indicated by the
structure above described in the first and most perfect of the little
vertebre discovered by Mr. Moore.

Although the neural canal is relatively more capacious in the small
Lizards than in Crocodiles, I have met with no cold-blooded air-
breathing animal with anchylosed neural arch offering so large a
proportionate size of the canal as in the fossil vertebrae in question.
Had I known only this character of those vertebrae I should have
suspected their being Mammalian, that character haying served to
distinguish between fragmentary specimens of large Saurian and Ce-
tacean fossil vertebra.

The anchylosis of the neural arch to the centrum is as common,
almost, in recent Lizards as in Mammals. The vertebree transmitted

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [June 13,

by Mr. Moore, and above described, agree in size with that of the
little mammal indicated by the unequivocally mammalian teeth.
Nevertheless the depth and form of the terminal articular cups in
those vertebrae, the sharpness of their margin and smoothness of
their surface, accord very closely with the Reptilian structure, and
hitherto have only been met with in cold-blooded Vertebrates.

Moreover, unquestionable parts of small Saurians and Fishes are
mingled with the Microlestes teeth in this ossiferous deposit, and,
indeed, predominate there.

In fact, in the last set of specimens which I received a few days
ago from Mr. Moore, seven, more or less perfect, are of the partially
ossified vertebree of a small cartilaginous fish. The following is the
result of the examination of these seven specimens :—

They are rings or short cylinders of bone, with a circular area
having a diameter about four times the length of the cylinder, that
length being from four to six times the thickness of the cylinder-wall.

This wall is of unequal length—one side, in some, being twice that
of the opposite side. The first specimen shows two parallel rough
surfaces, for the articulation of processes or lamelle, either bony or
gristly, bounding a probably neural canal. The cavity of the cylinder
in this specimen is blocked up by matrix.

A second specimen, with the area empty, shows, besides the (neura-
pophysial ?) surfaces on the broader part of the ring, an opposite
pair of narrower, parallel (hemapophysial ?) tracts on the narrower
part of the ring.

A third specimen shows part of the apophysis adhering to one -
of the parallel surfaces on the broader part of the cylinder, and ex-
tending outward as well as upward (or downward), indicating that it
has bounded the side of a canal with a diameter wider than that of
the centrum.

One of the broken specimens (a half-cylinder) includes the
broader half, with the parallel longitudinal tracts on the outer sur-
face, to one of which adheres the base of an apophysis extending
outward.

The fifth is an entire ring, and shows the parallel longitudinal
apophysial tracts on the two opposite (broader and narrower) parts
of the cylinder, which is, however, a little broader where it supports
the surfaces on the narrower side than at the proximity of that part.

Another entire ring has a more uniform length, or breadth, of wall
than the others, and shows a small single apophysial surface at op-
posite sides the of ring.

The seventh specimen (a fragment) shows the ring to be a very
little thicker at its ends than at its middle ; and, like the others, it
is quite smooth on the flattened inner surface.

There is no character of a cervical or other vertebra of a Mamma-
lian animal in any of these specimens. Were it not for the apo-
physes or apophysial surfaces, they might pass for the bony rings of
a windpipe, as in Birds and some Rodents. But they more closely
resemble the ossified vertebral cylinders in Heptanchus and Chimera,
in which the neur- and hem-apophyses are so far ossified as to

1860. | OWEN—VERTEBR® FROM FROME. 497

undergo the same conservative petrifactive change as the portions of
such processes preserved in the above vertebree.

Should the first-described cupped or amphiccelian vertebree prove
to be Reptilian, they indicate a small Saurian resembling Cladeiodon
or Belodon, Palceosaurus, and other triassic Thecodontia, m certain
anterior ribs being articulated by a bifurcate head to par- and di-
apophyses.

498

DONATIONS
TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

From April 1st, 1860, to June 30th, 1860.

I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS.
Presented by the respective Societies and Editors.

American Journal of Science end Arts. Second Series. Vol. xxix.
No. 86. March 1860. Krom Prof. Silliman, For.M.G.S.
C. Darwin’s ‘ Origin of Species,’ noticed, 153.
A. D. Bache.—The Gulf-stream, 199.
J. D. Whitney.—Pectolite, 205.
J.S. Newberry.—Fossil Flora (Cretaceous ?) of North America, 208.
H. Schlagintweit.—Salt-lakes of the Himalayas, 245.
J. M. Safford. —Calceola Americana of Tennessee, 248.
T. S. Hunt.—Some Igneous Rocks of Canada, 282.
——. Dolomites of the Paris Basin, 284.
J. H. M‘Chesney’s ‘ New Paleozoic Fossils,’ noticed, 285.
F. V. Hayden’s ‘ Explorations in Nebraska,’ noticed, 286.
B. F. Shumard’s ‘Geological Survey of Texas,’ noticed, 287.
F. S. Holmes’s ‘ Post-pliocene Fossils of South Carolina,’ noticed,
288.
C. D.—Varying Level of the Lake Ontario, 300.
R. C. Haskell and T. Coan.—E ruption of Mauna Loa, 301.
J. D. Hooker.—Origination and Distribution of Vegetable Species,
305.
M. C. Lea.—Equivalent numbers of Elementary Bodies, 349.
R. Field.—Reptilian Foot-tracks in the Sandstones of Connecticut,
361.
G. J. Brush.—Eighth Supplement to Dana’s ‘ Mineralogy,’ 363.
F. V. Hayden. —Geology of Nebraska and Utah Territory, 433.
L. Lesquereux.—Some North American Fossil Plants, 434.

Assurance Magazine. Vol.ix. Part1. April 1860.

Atheneum Journal. Nos. 1693-1705. April-June, 1860.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
R. Owen’s ‘ Paleeontology,’ noticed, 478.

DONATIONS. 499

Atheneum Journal (continued).

S. J. Mackie’s ‘First Traces of Life on the Earth,’ noticed, 760.

G. Wilkinson.—Remains of Man in Caves, 791.

T. A. Davies’s ‘Answer to Hugh Miller and Theoretic Geologists,’
noticed, 793.

Lord Wrottesley’s Address to the British Association, 886.

Bengal Asiatic Society. Journal. New Series. No. 101 (1859,
No. 5).

Bent’s Monthly Literary Advertiser. Nos. 672-674. April-June
1860.

Berlin. Abhandlungen der k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Aus dem Jahre
1854. Zweiter Supplement-Band. 1859.

Aus dem Jahre 1858. 1859.

Miiller.—Ueber die Thalassicollen, Polycystinen und Acanthometren
des Mittelmeeres, 1 (11 plates).

G. Rose.—Ueber die heteromorphen Zustinde der kohlensauren
Kalkerde, 63 (3 plates).

Dove.—Ueber die nichtperiodischen Verinderungen der Tempera-
tur-Vertheilung auf der Oberfliiche der Erde, 113.

Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine Erdkunde. New Series. Vol. viii.
Parts 1-3. January—March 1860.

Von Maack.—Das urgeschichtliche Schleswig-Holsteinische Land,
1, 2.

W. D. Alexander.—Ein Besuch des Mauna Loa wihrend seines
Ausbruchs im Jahre 1859, 265.

Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club. Proceedings. Vol. iv. No. 3.
From G. Tate, Esq., F.GS.
G. Tate.—Fauna of the Mountain-limestone of Berwickshire, 149.

Bogotdé. Boletin de la Sociedad de Naturalistas Neo-Granadinos.
Nos. 1, 2. , 1860.

Bonn. Amtlicher Bericht iiber die drei-und-dreissigste Versamm-
lung deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte zu Bonn in September
1857. 1859. From T. R. Jones, F.GLS.

G. Jiger.—Regular forms of Rock-masses, 91.

O. Voleer.—Development of mineral bodies, 91.

A. Pichler.—Geological Map of part of the Tyrol, 92.
Plieninger.—Dentition of Microlestes antiquus, 94.

V. d. Borne.—Geology of Pomerania, 94.

V. Hingenau.—Sandstone-metamorphoses in the Carpathians, 95,
Nauck.—Tin in Brown-ironstone, 95,

A. vy. Strombeck.—Pliine of the Harz, 95.

Merian and vy. Hingenau.—The granite of the Buch Memorial, 98.
G. Rose.—Gneiss and granite of the Riesengebirge, 98.

V. Carnall.— Geological Map of Upper Silesia, 99.

500 DONATIONS.

Bonn. Amtlicher Bericht (continued).

G. Jiiger.Saurians from the Bausandstein of Heilbronn and Stutt-
gart, 99.

O. Volger.—Native iron in a fossil tree, 100.

Nauck.—Belemnites in the Tertiary Sands of Crefeld, 100.

Daubrée.—Copper-pyrites and apophyllite from the mineral springs
of Plombiéres, 100.

O. Volger.—Earthquake of Vallis, 101.

H. Abich.—Mud-volcanos, 101.

I. Beissel—Chalk-formation of Aix-la-Chapelle, 101.

Gerhard.—Dolomite and rock-salt, 104.

V. Panhuys.—Geological Map of Limburg, 108.

V. d. Marck.—Chalk fossils of Westphalia, 108.

Schnitzler.—Specific gravity of crystalline bodies, 108.

H. Heymann.—Basalt and trachyte of the Siebengebirge, 108.

M. Braun.—Blende at the Wetternsee in Sweden, 111.

R. I. Murchison.—Silurian rocks and fossils, 111.

Ste.-Cl. Deville.—Map of Guadaloupe and its Volcano, 112.

Volcanos of Italy, 112.

Nauck.—Secondary faces on artificial crystals, 112.

F. Roemer.—Jurassic rocks of the Wesergebirge, 112.

British Association for the Advancement of Science. Report of the
Twenty-ninth Meeting, held at Aberdeen in September 1859.
1860.

R. Slimon, &c,—On the Upper Silurians of Lesmahagow, Lanark-
shire, 63.

A. Gages.—Report on the Results obtained by the Mechanico-
chemical Examination of Rocks and Minerals, 65.

R. Owen.—On the Orders of Fossil and Recent Reptilia and their
distribution in time, 153.

C. Lyell.—On the occurrence of Works of Human Art in Post-
pliocene Deposits, 93.

Anderson.—On Human Remains in superficial drift, 95.

——. On Dura Den Sandstone, 97.

W. Hi. Baily.—On Tertiary Fossils from India, 97,

——. On Sphenopteris Hookeri, 98.

W. Beattie.—Notice of a Bone-cave near Montrose, 99.

A. Brady.—On the Elephant-remains at Ilford, 100.

J. Cleghorn.—On the Submerged Forests of Caithness, 101.

C. Daubeny.—On certain Volcanic Rocks in Italy which appear to
have been subjected to metamorphic action, 102.

J. Dingle.—On the Constitution of the Earth, 102.

G. Garner and W. Molyneux.—On the Coal-strata of North Staftord-
shire, 103.

A. Geikie.—On the Chronology of the Trap-rocks of Scotland, 106.

G. D. Gibb.—On Canadian Caverns, 106.

W.S. Gibson.—On some Basaltic Formations in Northumberland,
108.

R. Harkness.—On Sections along the Southern Flank of the Gram-
pians, 109.

On the Yellow Sandstones of Elgin and Lossiemouth, 109.

C. Hodge.—On the origin of the Ossiferous Caverns at Oreston,

T. F. Jamieson.—On the connexion of the Granite with the Strati-
fied Rocks in Aberdeenshire, 114.

DONATIONS. 501

British Association for the Advancement of Science. Report of the
Twenty-ninth Meeting (continued).

T. F. Jamieson.—On the Drift-beds and Boulders of the North of
Scotland, 114.

J. Miller.—On the Age of the Reptiliferous Sandstones of Moray-
shire, 115.

On some new Fossils from the Old Red Sandstone of Caith-
ness, 115.

J. Nicol—On the Geological Structure of the vicinity of Aberdeen
and the North-East of Scotland, 116.

On the Relations of the Gneiss, Red Sandstone, and Quartz-
ite in the North-West Highlands, 119.

C. W. Peach.—On Fossil Fish new to the Old Red Sandstone of
Caithness, 120.

W. Pengelly—On the Ossiferous Fissures at Oreston, near Ply-
mouth, 121.

J. Price.—On Slickensides, 123.

H. C. Sorby.—On the Origin of Cone-in-Cone, 124.

W. 5S. Symonds.—On some Fishes and Tracks from the Passage-
rocks, and from the Old Red Sandstone of Herefordshire, 125.

C. G. Thost.—On the Rocks and Minerals in the Property of the
Marquis of Breadalbane, 125.

J. Bryce.—On the discovery of Silurian Fossils in the Slates of
Downshire, 260.

T. H. Huxley.—On the newly discovered Reptilian Remains from
the neighbourhood of Elgin, 261,

Longmuir.—On the Section of the Coast between Girdleness and
Dunnottar Castle, 261.

——. On the Remains of the Cretaceous Formation, &c., in Aber-
deenshire, 265.

On the Restoration of Pterichthys in ‘The Testimony of the
Rocks,’ 263.

Morrison.—On Fossil Remains found at Urquhart, Elgin, 263.

Caen. Mémoires de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. Années
1854-55. Vol. x. 1856.

i. E. Deslongchamps.—Brachiopodes du Lias moyen et supérieur,
xly.

—. Ossements d’un grand Plésiosaurus; avec une note sur les
Carriéres des Ocrets, xlvi.

Perrier.—Coquilles fossiles du Lias moyen, xlviii.

i. E. Deslongchamps.—Coupe géologique de la Carriére de Vieux-
Pont (Calvados), 1.

Coupe de terrain 4 Amayé-sur-Orne, li.

Terrain carbonifére dans le Département de la Manche, liii.

De Caumont.—Sur le phosphate de chaux des sous-soes, lvi.

Ei. Deslongchamps.—Sur des Empreints ou Traces d’Animaux ex-
istant 4 la surface dune roche de grés, prés Argentan, 19, 294
(2 plates).

E. Suess et E. E. Deslongchamps.—Sur l'appareil brachial des Thé-
cidées, 45 (2 plates).

T. Davidson.—Les Brachiopodes vivants et fossiles, 69 (9 plates).

E. Deslongchamps.—-Nouveau genre de coquilles bivalves fossiles,
Eligmus, 272 (2 plates).

502 DONATIONS.

Caen. Mémoires de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie (con-
tinued ).

E. E. Deslongchamps.—Deux nouvelles Térébratules du Lias moyen,
302 (plate).

F. A. Tabard.—Sur la Botanique et sur la Géologie de l’Arrondisse-
ment de Saint-Lo, 323.

Canadian Journal. New Series. Nos. 26,27. March and May
1860.

K. J. Chapman.—Minerals and Geology of Canada, 168.

H. Y. Hind’s ‘Geology of the North-West Territory,’ noticed, 187.

J. Hall and J. D. Whitney’s ‘Geological Survey of Iowa,’ noticed,
195.

i. J. Chapman.—Agelacrinites Billings, 204.

J. W. Dawson.—Fossils from the Coal-measures of Nova Scotia, 205.

Von Reichenbach.—Classification of Meteorites, 206.

E. Billings.—Devonian Fossils of Canada West, 229.

T. S. Hunt.—Canadian Wolfram, 303.

E. J. Chapman.—Geology of the Blue Mountain escarpment, Ca-
nada West, 304.

J. W. Dawscon.—Vegetable structures in coal, 305.

L. Barrett.—Hippurites and Ventriculites in Jamaica, 307.

Safford.—Calceola in the Upper Silurian Rocks of Tennessee, 307.

R. Field.—Fossil Reptilian Foot-tracks in Connecticut, 307.

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. v. Parts 1 and 2. Fe-
bruary and April 1860.

J. W. Dawson.—Fossil Plants from the Devonian Rocks of Ca-
nada, 1.

E. Billings.—Some new species of Lower and Middle Silurian Fos-
sils in Canada, 49 (figures). ‘

—. A new paleozoic Starfish (Paleaster parviusculus) from
Nova Scotia, 69 (figure).

C. Lyell.—Antiquity of the Human Race, 70.

Notices of Books, 77.

C. Darwin’s ‘ Origin of Species,’ noticed, 100.

J. W. Dawson.—Silurian and Devonian Rocks of Nova Scotia, 132.

J. Hall.—New Fossils from the Silurian Rocks of Nova Scotia, 144
(figures).

Canadian News. Nos. 101-105. April-June.

Chemical Society. Quarterly Journal. Vol. xiii. Part 1. No. 49.
April 1860.
R. Warington.—On refining Gold when alloyed with Tin or Anti-
mony, 31.
Christiania. Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania.
Aar 1858. 1859.

Copenhagen. Det Kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrif-
ter. Femte Rekke. Naturv.-Math. Afdel. Vol. iv. Part 2.
1859.

Volver alin amelioa gs

DONATIONS. 503

Copenhagen. Oversigt over det Kongel. danske Videnskabernes
Selskab Forhandlinger, i Aaret 1858.

Critic. Vol. xx. Nos. 509-511. April.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, Xe.

——. ——. Nos. 512-521. AprilJune 1860.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
N. 8. Maskelyne.—Diamonds, 811.

Darmstadt. Notizblatt des Vereins fiir Erdkunde und verwandte
Wissenschaften zu Darmstadt und des Mittelrheinischen geolo-
gischen Vereins. Nos. 39, 40. Januar und Februar 1860.

F. Scharffi—Die Quarzgiinge des Taunus, 115, 123.
Seibert.—Die Buntersandsteinformation im O6stlichen Theile der
Section Erbach, 126.
. ’ Tertiire Meeresandstein von Weinheim, 128.

Edinburgh Royal Society. Proceedings. Session 1858-59.

Allman.—Fossil Seal at Portobello, 190.

F’, Stevenson.—Destructive effects of the Waves of the Sea on the
North-east Shores of Shetland, 200.

A. Bryson.—The preservation of F oot-prints on the Sea-shore, 208.

——. Transactions. Vol. xxii. Part 1. For 1857-59.
Falmouth. The Twenty-seventh Annual Report of the Royal

Cornwall Polytechnic Society. 1859.

R. Q. Couch.—Mortality of Miners, 30.
T. B. Jordan.—Drainage of deep mines, 105.

France, Bulletin de la Societe Géologique de. Deux. Sér, Feuill.
7-12. 1860.

C, Puggaard.—Sur les calc. plutonisés de la péninsule de Sorrento,
97.

Delanotie et Hébert.—Sur les silex taillés trouvés en Picardie, 102.

Triger.—Sur la craie de Maéstricht, 103.

Ed. Hebert et C. @ Orbigny.—Sur ‘la position réelle de la couche
marine d’Ormoy, 107.

Parran.—Sur les sondages du Gard, 115.

G. de Mortillet.—Sur 1’ age des sables A silex et des marnes bigarrées
de la Perte- du-Rhéne, - 119.

Ebray.—Sur les silex en forme de haches, 123.

. Sur la coincidence des sources minérales de la Niévre avec
les failles, 124.

Ch. Martins.—Sur quelques lois géométriques de Vostéologie des
membres, applicables a fe paléontologie des mammiferes, des
oiseaux et des reptiles, 152

L. Grandeau.—Sur l’analyse ‘dune roche métamorphique du grand
Saint-Bernard, 154.

KE. Goubert.—Quelques mots sur l’étage 6éocéne moyen dans le bassin
de Paris (plate), 157.

Sandberger.—Sur lage des couches tertiaires du bassin de Mayence,
153.

504 DONATIONS.

France, Bulletin de la Société Géologique de (continued).

P. Naranjo y Garza et LL. Penuelas.—Sur la Phosphorite de Logro-
san (Estramadure), 157.

Ebray.—Etude des modifications de étage callovien, et preuve de
Vexistence de cet étage aux environs de Chatel-Censoir, 161.

Ch. Lory.—Sur les grés de la Maurienne et des Hautes-Alpes, 177.

Goeppert.—Sur la flore des terrains silurien, dévonien et carbonifére
inférieur, 187.

Hochstetter.—Recherches géologiques faites & Tapaipoumamoa, ile
moyenne de la Nouvelle Zélande, 189.

Geologist. Vol. ii. Nos. 29,30. May and June 1860.

G. D. Gibb.—Canadian Caverns, 161, 218.

T. Davidson.—Carboniferous Brachiopoda of Scotland, 179, 219
late).

S. F Gale of Folkestone, 201.

F, E. Edwards.—Pitharella Rickmanni, from Dulwich, 208 (figures).

C. Rickman.—Cyrena Dulwichiensis, from Dulwich, 211 (figures).

Notes and Queries, 184.

Reviews, 200.

Geologists’ Association. Proceedings. No. 4.

J. Brown.—Fossil Mammalia found in Essex, 29.

J. Curry.— Withdrawal of heat from the Earth, 36.

M. Norman.—Whitecliff Bay, 38.

L. H. Mordacque.--Stalactite from near Haslingden, 46.

Heidelberg. Verhandlungen des naturhistorisch-medicinischen Ver-
eins zu Heidelberg. Vol. ii. Part 1.

Blum.—Ueber die geognostischen Ergebnisse des Bohrversuchs bei
Neuenheim, 3.

Carius.—Ueber die Zusammensetzung der Quellen aus dem Bohr-
loche bei Neuenheim, 4.

Bunsen.— Ueber die Entstehung des Granits, 6.

Pagenstecher.—Ueber den mikroscopischen Bau einiger fossilen
Schwamme, 6.

G. Leonhard.—Ueber das Vorkommen des Minette genannten Ge-
steins an der Bergstrasse und iiber Stylolithen in dem Zechstein-
Dolomit von Schlierbach bei Heidelberg, 7.

Blum.—Ueber Umbildung des Glaubersalzes zu Thenardit, 11.

Ueber gediegenes Kupfer vom oberen See, 26.

Horticultural Society of London. Proceedings. Vol. i. Nos. 9-13.
February—June 1860.

Institute of Actuaries. List of Members. 1860.

Jena. Nova Acta Acad. Cas. Leop.-Carol. Germanice Nature Cu-
riosorum. Vol. xxvii. 1860.
Hi. R. Goeppert.—Ueber die fossile Flora der Silurischen, der Devo-
nischen und unteren Kohlenformation, 425 (12 plates).

E. Reichardt.—Das Steinsalzbergwerk Stassfurth bei Magdeburg,
607 (2 plates).

DONATIONS, 505

Lausanne. Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles.
Vol. vi. No. 45, Décembre 1859; No. 46, Mars 1860.

_H. de Saussure.—La formation du Volcan du Jorullo, 195.

E. Renevier.—Le gisement des Unio, aux Brilées, sur Lutry, 197.

Perey et Traxler.—Le jaugeage du Rhone & Genéve, 220.

J. et P. Delaharpe.—EHsquisse géologique de la chaine du Meuvran,
231.

L. Gonin.—Le desséchement des Marais de l’Orbe, 247.

C. T. Gaudin.—Lignites d’Algérie, 255.

A. Morlot.—Etudes géologico-archéologiques en Danemark et en
Suisse, 263.

Linnean Society. Proceedings. Vol.v. No.17. June.

literary Gazette. New Series. Vol. iv. Nos. 93-104. April-
June 1860.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
Vol. v. No.105. June 1860.

Notices of Scientific Societies, &c.
R. Owen.—Fossil Mammalia, 530,

London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. 4th
Series. Vol. xix. Nos. 127-129. April-June 1860. From
Dr. W. Francis, F.G.S.

J. H, Pratt.—Fluidity of the mass of the Earth, 274.

R. P. Grego.—Luminosity of Meteors, 287.

J. W. Mallet.—Physical relations of Osmium, 295.

L. Barrett.—Cretaceous rocks of Jamaica, 318.

R. Godwin-Austin.—Coal in Chalk in Kent, 318.

——. Fossils of the Grey Chalk of Surrey, 318.

S. V. Wood, jun.—Land and sea during the Cretaceous period, 319.

W. H. Miller.—Crystallographic Notices, 325.

F, A. Abel.—Composition of Water from the Coal-strata, Bradford
Moor, Yorkshire, 330.

W. K. Sullivan.—Some Prismatic forms of Calcite from Luganure,
Wicklow, 333.

J. J. Waterston.—Heat engendered by the possible fall of a Meteor
into the Sun, 338.

J. H. Jellett.—Crust and nucleus of the Karth, 343.

Debray.—Artificial phosphates and arseniates, 380.

J. Thomson.—Theories and experiments regarding Ice, 391.

T, Codrington.—Probable glacial origin of some Norwegian Lakes,
399.

T, F. Jamieson.—Drift and gravels of the North of Scotland, 399.

T. Wright.—Lower Lias of the South of England, 400.

J. W. Kirkby.—Occurrence of Lingula Credneri in the Coal-mea-
sures, 401.

C. H. G. Thost.—Breadalbane Mining-district, 402.

J. P. Cooke.—Crystalline form and Chemical composition, 405.

S. Haughton.—Thickness of the Harth’s crust, 444.

J. Lamont.—Spitzbergen, 467,

C. Moore.—Linksfield Shales, 468,

Longman’s Monthly List, No, 208. April 2, 1860.
VOL, XVI,—PART I. 20

eee
e

506 DONATIONS.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society. Memoirs. 2nd
Series. Vol.xv. Part 2. 1860.

Proceedings. Nos. 1-16, Session 1858-9; and Nos. 1-14,
Session 1859-60.

E. W. Binney.—Toadstone of Doveholes, 74.

——. Lias deposits near Carlisle, 96.

W.S. Jevons.—Australian Gold- fields, 134, 166.

J, Atkinson.—Fossil sun-cracks in the New Red Sandstone near

Runcorn, 164.
E. W. Binney.—The Building-stones used in Manchester, 190.
E. Hull.—Ancient Glaciers in the Highlands, 204, 212.

Mechanics’ Magazine. New Series. Vol. iii. Nos. 67-79. April-
June 1860.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.
Melbourne. Transactions of the Philosophical Institute of Victoria
from January to August 1859. Vol.iv. Part1. 1859. .

P. Nisser.—Geological Distribution of Gold, 15.

J. Cairns.—Silver-mines of the Cerro de Pasco, 61,

P. Nisser.—First technical use of Gold by the Aborigines of South
America, 69 (plate).

Milan. R. Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. List of
Members.

Mining Review. Vol. iii. Nos. 76-78, 80-88. April-June 1860.
Notices of Scientific Meetings, &e.

Paris. Annales des Mines. Cing. Sér. Vol. xv. 3° Livr. de 1859.

Ville.—Résumé des études géologiques faites en 1857 dans la sub-
division de Dellys, 445 (geol. map).

Jutier.—Sur la géologie de Plombiéres, 547,

L. Fleury.—Sur le commerce de la houille en 1858, 583.

Bibliographie.

Vol. xvi. 4° Livr. de 1859.

H. Sainte-Claire Deville et H. Debray.—Du Platine et des métaux
qui ’accompagnent, 1 (plate).

L’Académie des Sciences. Comptes Rendus. 1860. Prem.
Semestre. Vol. 50. Nos. 7-18.

« Mémoires de V’Acad. Sc. de l’Instit. Imp. de France.
Vol. xxv. 1860. ;
Vol. xxvii. Deux. Partie. 1860.
Flourens.—Eloge historique de Marie-Henri Ducrotay de Blainville, I.
Vol. xxxi. Prem. et Deux. Parties. 1860.
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings. 1859.
Nos. 20-27, and Index, &e.
W. J. Taylor,—-Clayite, 8306; Stromeyerite, 308; Polybasite, 809, -

——_
.

DONATIONS, 507

Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences (continued). Proceed-
ings. 1860. Nos. 1-5.

T. A. Conrad and W. M. Gabb.—Carboniferous and Triassic Shells,
55 (plate).
—. Journal. New Series. Vol. iv. Part 3. 1860.

T, A. Conrad.—New species of Cretaceous and Eocene Fossils of
Mississippi and Alabama, 275 (8 plates).

W. M. Gabb.—New species of Cretaceous Fossils from Alabama,
New Jersey, &c., 299.

—. New species of fossils, probably Triassic, from Virginia, 307
(plate).

Photographic Society. Journal. Nos. 96-98. April-June 1860.
Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. No. 31. April 1860.

Royal Society. List of Officers and Subscribers for 1859.
Proceedings. Vol. x. No. 38.

Royal Geographical Society of London. Proceedings. Vol. iv.
Nos. 2,3. 1860.

G. Buist.—The Curia Maria Islands, 50.
W. Spottiswoode.—Typical Mountain-ranges, 97.
—. Journal. Vol. xxix. 1859. 1860.

R. I. Murchison.—Anniversary Address, cii. ;
R. F. Burton.—Lake-regions of Central Equatorial Africa, 1 (map).

St. Petersburg. Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences
de St.-Pétersbourg. VIIe Série. Vol.i. Nos. 1-15. 1859.

T. F. de Schubert.—Sur la véritable figure de la Terre (plate).
N. v. Kokscharow.—Ueber den Russischen EKuklas (plate).
——. Ueber den Russischen Zirkon (plate).

——. Bulletin de l’Acad. Imp. Se. Vol. i. Feuill. 1-9.
C. Claus.—Sur les métaux qui accompagnent le Platine, 97.

Verhandlungen der Russisch-kaiserlichen mineralogischen
Gesellschaft zu St. Petersburg. Jahrgang 1857-58.

H. Struve.—Ueber die Zusammensetzung des Vanadinits, Pyromor-
phits und Mimetesits, 1.

E. Hoffmann.—Simmtliche bis jetzt bekannte Trilobite Russlands,
21 (7 plates). :

A. Gadolin.—Eine einfache Methode zur Bestimmung des specifischen
Gewichts der Mineralien, 56 (plate).

Geognostische Beschreibung der Insel Pusu (Pusun-Saari)

im Ladoga-See, 68 (map).

Geognostische Skizze der Umgebungen von Kroneborg und
Tervus am Ladoga-See, 85 (map).

8, Antipoffi—Die Kreideformation des siidlichen Ural, 97 (map).

B. de Marny.—Ueber die Diluvialerscheinungen in ve

)

508 DONATIONS.

St. Petersburg. Verhandlungen der Russisch-kaiserlichen mine-
ralogischen Gesellschaft zu St. Petersburg (continued).

A. vy. Volborth.—Ueber die Crotaluren und Remopleuriden, 126

(plate).

N. Lean Bachapiee und Megalaspis, Trilobiten des untersilu-
rischen Kalksteings des Gouvernements von St. Petersburg, 146
(plate).

G. v. Stephan.— Ptylopora, Korallen in dem Bergkalke an der Msta,
148 (plate).

H. J. Holmberg.—Ueber die Fortschritte der Mineralogie in Finn-

land, 149.
Th. Lwoff.—Silberhaltiges Kupfererz des Bergreviers Werchneu-
dinsk, 156.

S. Kutorga.—Ueber die Fortschritte der mineralogischen Wissen-
schaften in Russland, 158.

Society for the Suppression of Mendicity. 42nd Report. 1860.

Society of Arts. Journal. Vol. vii. Nos. 385-397. April-June
1860.

W. E. Newton.—Employment of Peat in the useful arts, 433.

J. F. Watson.—Fibre-yielding plants of India [Cotton-soils, &c. ],
448,

W. P. Jervis.—Marbles of Tuscany and Modena, and the Boracic
Acid Lagoons of the Maremme, 536, 567.

D. T, Ansted.—Decay and Preservation of Building-materials, 600.

Statistical Society. Journal. Vol. xxii. Part 2. June 1860.

Teign Naturalists’ Field-club. Report of the Proceedings for 1859,
with List of Members. 1860.

Truro. Forty-first Annual Report of the Royal Institution of
Cornwall, 1859. 1860.

W. J. Henwood.—Changes produced by the deepening and extension
of Mines on their temperatures, 21.

N. Whitley.— Undeveloped Natural Resources of Cornwall, 24.

R. Edmonds.—Shocks in Mount’s Bay on the days of the Great
Earthquakes of Lisbon, 28,

Vienna. Almanach der k. Akad. Wissensch. Neunter Jahrgang.
1859,

Denkschriften der kais, Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-Nat.
Classe. Vol. xvii. 1859.

Reuss.—Zur Kenntniss fossiler Krabben, 1 (24 plates). ;
Debey und Ettingshausen.—Die urweltlichen Acrobryen des Kreide-
gebirges von Aachen und Maestricht, 183 (7 plates).

Jahrbiicher der k. k. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und
Erdmagnetismus. Von Karl Kreil. VI. Band. Jahrgang 1854.
1859.

DONATIONS. 509

Vienna. Jahrbuch der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. 1859.
X. Jahrgang. No.4. October-December 1860.

J. Barrande.—Schreiben an Herrn W. Haidinger, Director der k. k.
geol. Reichsanstalt u. s. w., 479.

E. Suess.—Schreiben an Herrn W. Haidinger, M.K.A., k. k. Hofrath
u. 8s. w., 481.

K. Peters.—Geologische Studien aus Ungarn, 483.

H. Tasche.—Das Braunkohlenlager von Salzhausen mit Riicksicht
auf die Entstehung der Braunkohlen in der Wetterau und im
Vogelsberg, 521 (plate).

F. vy. Andrian.—Bericht uber die Uebersichts-Aufnahmen im Zipser
und Gémorer Comitate wihrend des Sommers 1858, 535.

Hi. Wolf.—Barometrische Hohenbestimmungen im nordlichen Un-
garn, 555,

M. Hantken.—Die Umgegend von Tinnye bei Ofen, 567.

A. Kulezycki.—Geologische Notiz iiber die Insel Tahiti und die
Halbinsel Taiarapu, 570.

K. vy. Hauer.—Arbeiten in dem chemischen Laboratorium der k, k.
geologischen Reichsanstalt, 572.

Verzeichniss der mit Ende September 1859 loco Wien, Prag, Triest
wad Pesth bestandenen Bergwerks-Producten-Verschleisspreise,

85.

——. Sitzungsberichte d.k. Akad, Wissensch. Vol. xxxy. Nos.
10-12. April 1859.

F. Rolle.—Ueber einige neue Acephalen-Arten aus den unteren
Tertiar-Schichten Oesterreichs und Steiermarks, 193 (2 plates).
W. Haidinger.—Die grosse Platin-Stufe im k. k. Hof-Mineralien-
Cabinete, 345 (plate).

F, Hochstetter.—Ueber einige fossile Thierreste und deren Lager-
statten in Neu-Holland, 349.

W. Haidinger.—Der Meteoreisenfall yon Hraschina bei Agram am
26. Mai 1751, 361 (plate).

F, Unger.—Sylloge Plantarum Fossilium, 415.

A. E. Reuss.—Ueber einige Anthozoen aus den Tertiirschichten des
Mainzer Beckens, 479 (2 plates).

A. v. Perger.—Ueber die Lichtempfindlichkeit des Asphalts, 489.

L. H. Jeitteles.—Ueber das Erdbeben am 15. Jiinner 1858 in den
Karpathen und Sudeten, 511 (map).

Vol. xxxvi. Nos. 13-16. May and June 1859.

F. Rolle.—Ueber die geologische Stellung der Horner Schichten in
Nieder-Oesterreich, 37.

F. Hochstetter.—Schreiben an Alexander v. Humboldt [Vulkane
von Java, von Luzon, &c.}, 121 (map).

V. vy. Lang.—Monographie des Bleivitriols, 241 (27 plates).

Vol. xxxvii. Nos. 17-22. July—October 1859.

A. Kauer.—Chemische Analysen einiger Mineralwisser, 27.

I. Hochstetter.—Ueber geologische Untersuchungen in der Provinz
Auckland (Neu-Seeland), 123.

E. Suess.—Ueber die Wohnsitze der Brachiopoden, 185.

Schmidt.—Das Elen mit dem Hirsch und set H6hlenbiiren fossil
auf der Grebenzer Alpe in Obersteyer, 249 (plate).

G. Sandberger.—Ueber den Nautilus umbilicatus, Chem. genabeltes
Schiffboot, 286.

——
.

———

510

DONATIONS.

Vienna. Sitzungsberichte d. k. Akad. Wissensch. Vol. xxxvii.
(continued).

A. Boué.—Ueber die wahre geognostische Lage gewisser in Wien
als Reibsand gebrauchter dolomitischer Breccien-Sande, 356.

A. Weiss.—Die Krystallformen einiger chemischen Verbindungen,
371 (plate). :

V. yv. Lang.—Bestimmung der Hauptbrechungsquotienten von
Galmei und unterschwefelsaurem Natron, 379.

A. Handl.—Die Kvystallformen einiger chemischen Verbindungen,
386 (plate).

F. Keil.—Physikalisch-geographische Skizze der Kreuz Kofel-
Gruppe nachst Lienz in Tirol, 398 (plate).

F. Stemdachner.—Zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fisch-fauna Oester-
reichs, 673 (7 plates).

J. J. v. Tschudi.—Ueber ein meteorisches Phinomen, 787.

J. F. J. Schmidt und W. Haidinger.—Ueber Feuermeteore, 803.

; . Vol. xxxvill. Nos. 23-28. November and De-
cember 1859.

R. Niemtschik.—Ueber die directe Constructions-Methode der
vertical-axigen Krystallgestalten aus den Kantelwinkeln, 231
(3 plates).

R. Molin.—Un altro cenno sulla dentatura del Pachyodon Catulh,
326 (plate).

L. vy. Farkas-Vukotinovie.—Die Diorite mit den iibrigen geognos-
tischen Verhiltnisse des Agramer Gebirges in Croatien, 333
map).

F. Sites vere einer der Kreideformation angehorige Siiss-
wasserbildung in den nordostlichen Alpen, 482 (plate).

J. J. Pohl.—Chemische Analyse der Heilquelle und der Amazon-
quelle des Kaiserbades zu Ofen in Ungarn, 497.

F. Steindachner.—Zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fische Oesterreichs,
763 (3 plates).

A. Schrauf.—Ueber die Krystallformen des Kieselzinkerzes, 789
(6 plates).

Stur.—Ueber die Késsener Schichten im nordwestlichen Ungarn,
1006.

Register zu den Banden 21 bis 30 der Sitzungsberichte der

Math.-Naturw. Classe der kais. Akad. Wissenschaften. 3. 1859.

Wiesbaden. Jahrbiicher des Vereins fiir Naturkunde im Herzog-
thum Nassau. Dreizehntes Heft. 1858.

R. Fresenius.—Die Mineralquelle zu Geilnau, 1,

—, R. Suchsland, und W. Valentin.—Untersuchung der heissen
Mineralquelle im Badhaus zum golden Brunnen in Wiesbaden, 28.

, A. Lindenborn, und J. Schuckart.—Untersuchung der Mine-
ralquelle im Schiitzenhof zu Wiesbaden, 53.

C. Koch.—Paliozoische Schichten und Griinsteine in den Herzog-
lich Nassauischen Aemtern Wissenburg und Herborn, 85.

W. Giebeler.—Die Tietbohrung auf Kohlensiurehaltiges Soolwasser
zu Soden, 330.

Bericht tiber die Sitzungen, 348.

DONATIONS, 511

Yorkshire Philosophical Society. Annual Report for 1859.
Procter.—Ancient Metallurgy of Lead among the Romans, 30.

(West Riding) Geological and Polytechnic Society. Report
of the Proceedings for 1859. 1860.

Drayign and W. Thorp.—The Secular Expansion of the Crust of the

arth, 1.

H. C. Sorby.—Temperature of the Springs near Sheffield, 40.

H. Denny.—Geological and archeological contents of the Victoria
and Dowkabottom Caves in Craven, 45 (2 plates).

C. W. Bingley.—Fire-clays, 75.

S. Baines.— Differences in the Deposition of Coal, 77.

II, PERIODICALS PURCHASED FOR THE LIBRARY.

Annals of Natural History. 3rd Series. Vol. vy, Nos. 28, 29, and
30. April, May, and June 1860.

W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones—Nomenclature of the Foraminifera
(species enumerated by Lamarck), 285, 466.

S. J. Mackie’s ‘ First Traces of Life,’ noticed, 321.

T. H. Huxley, J. O. Westwood, W. H. Harvey, and J. D. Hooker,
on Darwin’s Theory of Development, 344.

S. Haughton.—Cyclostigma, a new genus of fossil Plants from the
Old Red Sandstone of Kiltorcan, Kilkenny; and on the general
law of Phytaxis in the Lycopodiacee, Equisetacee, Filices, &c.,
433.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New Series. No. 22.
April 1860. Vol. xi. No. 2.

J. Hoge.—Geology of Eastern Syria, 175.

C. Darwin’s ‘ Origin of Species,’ noticed, 280.

R, Owen.—Fossil and recent Reptilia, 294.

J. F. Bateman.—Bore-well in the New Red Sandstone at Shiffnal,
Salop, 311.

A. Gibb.—Granite-quarries of Aberdeen and Kincardineshire, 311,

L. Playfair—Numerical relations between the specific gravities ot
the Diamond, Graphite, and Charcoal forms of Carbon and its
atomic weight, 325,

W. S. Symonds.—Post-pliocene gravel and fossils, 339.

Institut, ’. Journal universel des Sciences et des Sociétés savantes.
Prem. section: Sciences Math. Phys. et Naturelles. Nos. 1357-
82. Deux. section: Sciences Hist. Archeol. et Philos. Nos. 289-
291.

Notices of Scientific Meetings, &c.

512 DONATIONS.

Leonhard und Bronn’s Neues Jahrbuch f. Min. u.s. w. Jahrgang
1860. Zweites Heft.

A. Streng.—Die Quarz-fiihrenden Porphyre des Harzes, 129.

H. C. Weinkauff.—Septarien-Thon im Mainzer Becken, 177.

Berger.—Die Versteinerungen des Schaumkalkes am Thiiringer-
Walde, 196 (plate).

Letters: Notices of Books, Mineralogy, Geology, and Fossils.

Palzontographica. Vol. vii. Part2. 1860.

H. vy. Meyer.—Salamandrinen aus der Braunkohle am Rhein und in
Bohmen, 47 (plate).

Lacerten aus der Braunkohle des Siebengebirges, 74 (plate).

——. Rhamphorhynchus Gemmingi aus dem lithogr. Schiefer in
Bayern, 74 (plate).

—. Melosaurus Uralensis aus dem Permischen System des west-
lichen Ural’s, 90 (plate).

—. Osteophorus Roemert aus dem Rothliegenden von Klein-
Neundorf in Schlesien, 99 (plate).

—. Delphinus acutidens aus der Molasse bei Stockach, 105

ea:

rinoideen aus dem Posidonomyen-Schiefer Deutschlands,
110 (2 plates).

a WOL wnt, » Paya a ~ INSYG0);

R. Ludwig.—Fossile Pflanzen aus der altesten Abtheilung der
Rheinisch- Wetterauer Tertiar-Formation, 73 (14 plates).

—_———
°

III. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS.
Names of Donors in Italics.

Adhémar, J. Revolutions de la Mer. Déluges périodiques. 2ieme
édition. Texte et planches. 1860.

Ansted, D. T. On the Decay and Preservation of Building-ma-
terials. 1860.

Barrande, J. Dépot organique dans les loges aériennes des Ortho-
ceres.

Binney, E. W. Gases found in Coal-mines, and on Mining-Lamps.
1859.

Observations on the Fossil Shells of the Lower Coal-mea-
sures. 1860.

Bjerknes, C. A. Ueber die geometrische Reprisentation der Gleich-
ungen zwischen zwei véranderlichen, reellen oder komplexen
Grdssen, 1859.

DONATIONS. 513

Caporale, G. Dell’ Agro Acerrano e della sua condizione sanitaria ;
ricerche fisiche, statistiche, topografiche, storiche. 1859. From
Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

Christ, W. Von der Bedeutung der Sanskritstudien fiir die griech-
ische Philologie. 1860.

Dawson, J. W. On the Silurian and Devonian Rocks of Nova
Scotia.

Delesse, A. Untersuchungen iiber die Entstehung der Gesteine.
1860.

Desnoyers, J. Sur des empreintes de pas d’animaux dans le Gypse
des environs de Paris, et particulicrement de la vallée de Mont-
morency. 1860,

Doue, J. M. de B. Quatriéme Mémoire sur la fréquence et la capa-
cité pluvieuse des vents supérieurs et inférieurs sur la station du
Puy. From Sur C. Lyell, ViP.GS.

Duckworth, H. Arte-facta Antiquissima: Geology in its relatio®
to primeval Man. 1860.

Duff, P. Geology of Moray. 1860.

Eichwald, E.v. Beitrag zur geographischen Verbreitung der fos-
silen Thiere Russlands. Alte Periode. 1857.

——. Dritter N achtrag zur Infusorienkunde Russlands, &c.
1852.

——. Zur Naturgeschichte des Kaspischen Meeres. 1835.

Gruner, M. L. Description des anciennes Mines de Plomb du
Forez. Deuxiéme Partie, 1857. From Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

Description géologique et minéralogique du Département de
la Loire. With Atlas. 1857. From Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

. Essai d’une classification des principaux filons du plateau
central de la France, suivi de la description spéciale des anciennes
Mines de Plomb du Forez. Premiére Partie. 1856. Prom Sir
C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

Texte explicatif de la nouvelle carte du Bassin Houiller de
la Loire. 1847. From Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

Haidinger, W. Die Meteoriten des k. k. Hof-Mineralien-Cabinetes
am 30. Mai 1860. 1860.

Hartung, G., and H. G. Bronn. Die Azoren in ihrer iiusserer
Erscheinung und nach ihrer geognostischen Natur. ‘With 4to
Atlas. 1860.

514 DONATIONS.

Henwood, W.J. Note on changes produced by the deepening and

extension of Mines on the Temperatures at their previous bottoms.
1859.

Hogg, J. On Gebel Hauran, its adjacent districts, aiid the Eastern

Desert of Syria, with remarks on their geography and geology.
1860.

Jeitteles, L. Auszug aus einem Schreiben an Herrn Dr. Ami Boué.
1859.

Bericht tiber das Erdbeben am 15. Janner 1858 in den
Karpathen und Sudeten. 1859.

Jenzsch, G. Beitriige zur Kenntniss einiger Phonolithe des béhmi-
schen Mittelgebirges. 1856. rom Str C. Lyell, V.P.G.S.

Bemerkungen iiber optisch zweiaxige Turmaline. from
Sir QO. Lyell, V.P.GS.

Considérations relatives & la partie Minéralogique des in--
structions pour l’expédition scientifique Brésilienne, 1857. From
Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

. Die krystallisirte Kieselsiiture ist dimorph. 1858. rom
Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

——. Die Verbreitung des Melaphyr und Sanidin-Quarzporphyr.
1858. From Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

——-. Lithologie, die Basis der rationellen Geologie. From Sir C.
Lyell, V.P.GS.

Neugebildete Sanidin- (glasige Feldspath) Krystalle. From
Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

—. Ueber die Krystallform des Kupferoxydes. From Sur C.
Lyell, V.P.GS.

Jervis, W. P. On the Marbles of Tuscany and Modena, and the
Boracic Acid Lagoons of the Maremme. 1860. From ZL. Horner,
Eisq., Pres.G.&.

Kirschbaum, 0. L. Die Athysanus-Arten der Gegend von Wies-
baden. 1858.

Lea, I. Observations on the genus Unio, together with descriptions
of New Species, their soft parts, and embryonic forms, in the
family Unionide. Vol. vil. 1860.

——. On the Unionide of the United States, &c. 1860.

Le Puy (Haute-Loire). Tableau général météorologique. 1857.
From Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

DONATIONS. 515

Liebig, J. von. Rede in der offentlichen Sitzung d. k. Akad. d.
Wissensch. am 28. Marz 1860.

Marcou, J. Lettres sur les roches du Jura et leur distribution géo-
graphique dans les deux hémisphéres. 24 Livraison. 1860.

Martins, C. Du froid thermométrique et de ses relations avec le
froid physiologique dans les plaines et sur les montagnes. 1859.
From Sir C. Lyell, V.P.GS.

Meigs, J. A. Description of a deformed fragmentary human skull
found in an ancient quarry-cave at Jerusalem. 1859.

Merton, G. H. On the basement-bed of the Keuper formation in
Wiural and the south-west of Lancashire. 1860.

Mining Surveyor’s Reports, furnished by the Mining Surveyors of
Victoria to the Board of Science. Nos. 1-8. 1859 and 1860.
From hh. B. Smyth, Esq., L.GS.

Munch, P. A. Chronica Regum Mannie et Insularum. The Chro-
nicle of Man and the Sudreys. 1860.

Observations made at the Magnetical and Meteorological Observatory
at St. Helena. Vol i., 1844-1849, 1860.

Oldham, T. Notice sur la fabrication du fer dans l’Inde. (Extrait
par M. Delesse.) rom M. Delesse, For.M.GS.

Parker, W. K., and T. R. Jones. On the Nomenclature of the
Foraminifera. The species enumerated by Von Fichtel and Von
Moll. 1860.

Pictet, F, J. ‘Sur VOrigine de VEspéce,’ par Charles Darwin.
1860.

Quaritch, B. A. Catalogue of Books. 1860.

Ramsay, A. C. The Old Glaciers of Switzerland and North Wales.
1860.

Ramsay, A. C., H. W. Bristow, H. Bauerman, and A. Geikie. A
descriptive Catalogue of the Rock-specimens in the Museum of
Practical Geology. 2nd edition. 1860. From the Director of
the Musewm of the Geol. Surv. Great Britain.

Raulin, V. Description physique de l’Ile de Crete. 1** Partie.
1859,

Résumé des Observations recueillies en 1859 dans le bassin de la
Saone par les soins de la Commission Hydrométrique de Lyon.
From the Hydrometric Commission of Lyons.

Roberts, G. E. The Rocks of Worcestershire; their mineral cha-
racter and fossil contents. 1859.

516 DONATIONS.
Riitimeyer, I. Untersuchung der Thierreste aus den Pfahlbauten
der Schweiz. 1860.

Sars, M., and Th. Kjerulf. Jagttagelser over den postpliocene eller
glaciale formation i en del af det sydlige Norge. 1860.

Scharff, F. Ueber die Ausheilung verstiimmelter oder im Wachsen
behindert gewesener Krystalle, mit vorzugsweiter Beriicksichti-
gung des Quarzes.

Schwartz, G. Ueber die Familie des Rissoiden und insbesondere
die Gattung Rissoma. 1860.

Steindachner, F. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fische Oester-
reichs. Zweite Folge. 1860.

Stoliczka, F. Ueber eine der Kreideformation angehorige Siisswas-
serbildung in den Nordostlichen Alpen. 1860.

Suess, E. Schreiben an Herrn W. Haidinger, M.K.A., k. k. Hof-
rath,u.s.w. 1859.

——. Sur le Waldheimia Stoppanii des pétrifications d’Esino.
1860.

——. Ueber die Wohnsitze der Brachiopoden. II. 1860.

Vernewil, E. de, Collomb, Triger, et G. Cotteau. Note sur une
partie du pays Basque Espagnol. 1860.

Victoria. Board of Science. Second Annual Report. 1860.
From R. B. Smyth, Esq., F.GS.

THE

QUARTERLY JOURNAL

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

EDITED BY

THE ASSISTANT-SECRETARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

VOLUME THE SIXTEENTH.

1860.

PART II. MISCELLANEOUS.

AGE BAS NC AGL: IN DEX

TO THE

~ PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

| The fossils referred to are described, and those of which the names are printed
in italics are also figured. |

ABBEVILLE, fossil bones and flint im-
plements from, 472.

Aberdeenshire, crag strata beneath the
boulder-elay, 371.

, pleistocene deposits of, 347.

Aberfeldy, section at, 363.

Africa, reptilian remains from, 49.

Alabaster of Tuscany, 484.

Allport, S., Esq., on the discovery of
some fossil remains near Bahia in
South America, 263.

Alt Ellag, section east of, 225.

Amiens, flint-implement from the
gravel near, 190.

Ammonite-bed of Dundry Hill, 23,

Ammonites Humphriesianus, zone of,
on the Yorkshire coast, 17, 19;
Murchison, the zone of, in Glou-
cestershire, 5; in Yorkshire, 14;
oxynotus, 407 ; Parkinsoni, the zone
Gi, Oe

, table of distribution of, by W.
Smith, xi.

Ammonite-zones of the Inferior Oolite,
Dr. Wright on the, 5; of the Lower
Lias, 359.

Anca, Baron de M., on Bone-caves in
Sicily, 106, 459.

Anderson, Rev. Dr. J., on the yellow
sandstone of Dura Den, and its fos-
sil fishes, 136.

Anniversary Address of the President,
xxvii-ly. See also Phillips, Prof. J.

Annual Report, 1.

Anomalina elegans, 306.

Anomia Katerunsis, 178.

Arca striatula, \79.

Ardtallanaig, veins at, 425.

Argilline or phyllade, 464.

Arnoboll, seetion at, 235.

Arrow-heads found with Cervus me-
gaceros In a cavern in Languedoc,
491.

Asphalt of Trinidad, 467.

Asterolepis and Pterichthys, 121, 127.

Atkinson, T. W., Esq., on some bronze
relics found in an auriferous sand
in Siberia, 241.

Auchenaspis-beds at Ledbury, 196.

Auckland, New Zealand, Mr. C. Heaphy
on the volcanic country of, 242;
Mr. Weekes on coal-beds near, 197.

Auriferous sand in Siberia, bronze re-
lics found in an, 241.

Australia, South, the geology of, 252,
253.

Avicula contorta zone, Dr. T. Wright
on the, 374.

Award of the balance of the Donation-
fund, xxvi; Wollaston medal, xxv.

Aymestry rock at Ledbury, 193.

Baeon Hole, 488.

Bahia, South America, Mr. 8. Allport
on the discovery of some fossils re-
mains near, 263.

Baljik, fossil foraminifera from, 301.

Barrett, L., Esq., on some Cretaceous
rocks in the south-eastern portion of.
Jamaica, 324.

Batrachian(?) tooth from the coal of
Nova Scotia, 277.

Bauerman, H., Esq., on the geology of
the south-eastern part of Vancou-
ver Island, 198.

Bell Sound, Spitzbergen, 455, 436.

Ben Arnoboll, section across, 254.

Ben More of Assynt, section of, 222.

Bernal, F., Iesq., on the so-called mud-
volcanos. of ‘Turbaco, 197.

Bessarabia, freshwater deposits of, 281.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Beverley Bay, Spitzbergen, 444.

Biloculina elongata, 507.

Birdlip Hall, Gloucestershire, section
of the Inferior Oolite at, 43.

Birnam, section across the Valley of
the Tay at, 351.

Black Point, Spitzbergen, 430, 436.

Blue Wick, Yorkshire, the Cepha!o-
poda-bed at, 3.

Bone-cave at Brixham, 189; in Lan-
guedoe, 491.

Bone-caves in Sicily, 99, 459; the ter-
tiary basalt of Victoria, 148 ; South
Australia, 257, 259; South Wales,
487.

Bones obtained by Mr. Lamont m
Spitzbergen, list of, 438.

Bosco’s Den, 488.

Boulder-clay of Vancouver Island, 202.

Boulders in Scotland, 369.

Breadalbane mines and minerals, Mr.
C. H. G. Thost on the, 421.

Brixham, Bone-cave at, 189.

Brodie, Rev. P. B., on the occurrence
of footsteps of Cheirotherium in the
Upper Keuper in Warwickshire,
278.

Bronze relics found in an auriferous
sand in Siberia, Mr. T. W. Atkin-
son on some, 241.

Bryozoa, fossil, from South Australia,
260.

Bryozoan limestone of South Australia,
252, 255.

Buckman, Prof. J., on some fossil
reptilian eggs from the Great Oolite
of Cirencester, 107.

Bulgaria, geology of a part of, 281.

Bulimina aculeata, 303.

Bulimus Oldhamianus, 181.

Bunbury, C. J. F., Esq., note on the
flora of the Oolite by, 115.

Bunter sandstone in the north-west
district of Cheshire, 67, 69.

Buprestide, fossil, from Nagpur, 183.

Burr, T., Esq., on the geology of a
part of South Australia between
Adelaide and the River Murray,
252.

Burton Bradstock, section near, 47.

Bury Cross, Hampshire, section of the
strata near, 448.

Busk, G., Esq., on fossil Po!lyzoa from
near Mount Gambier, South Austra-
lia, 260.

Calcarina excentrica, 306.

Cambrian rocks of the
coast of Scotland, 218.

Cambridge, Po!yptychodon from near,
262.

Candona candida. 267.

north-west

Carboniferous and Permian series, fos-
sils common to the, 415.

Carboniferous (Lower) flora, 280.

Carboniferous series, south-easter'y at-
tenuation of the, 78; rocks of Les-
mahago, 316; of Nova Scotia, fos-
si!s from the, 268.

Cardita? pusilla, V79.

variabilis, 179.

Caribean formation, 462, 469.

Caves in South Australia, 257.

Cephalopoda-bed at Blue Wick, York-
shire, 3.

Cerithium Leithi, \77.

multiforme, 176.

—— subcylindraccum, 177.

— Stoddardi, 177.

Cervus megaceros coexistent with Mam,
491.

Chalk of Kent, Mr. R. Godwin- Austen
on the occurrence of a mass of coal
in the, 326.

Cheirotherium in the Upper Keuper
in Warwickshire, 278.

Che'laston near Derby, Messrs. T-.
R. Jones and W. K. Parker on
some fossil Foraminifera from, 452.

Cheltenham, sections of the Inferior
Oo'ite near, 6, 8, 18; the Bone-bed
near, 579; the Lias near, 408.

Chertine or phthanite, 464.

Cherwell, Prof. J. Phillips on the
Great Oolite in the Valley of the,
115.

Cheshire, the Bunter Sandstone in
North-western, 67; the Lower Keu-
per sandstone and Red Mar: in the
north-west district of, 67.

Chiracanthus grandissimus, 125.

lateralis, 123.

pulverulentus, 125.

Chirolepis curtus, 123.

macrocepha'us, 123.

ve'ox, 123.

Cirencester, some fossil reptilian eggs
from the Great Oolite of, 107.

Classification of the Inferior Oolite,
Dr. Wright on the, 4; of the Lias,
374.

Cleeve Hill, section at, 18.

Coal in the Cha’k of Kent, Mr. R.
Godwin-Austen on the occurrence
of a mass of, 326.

Coal-measures, probable extension of
the, from Warwickshire to the
Thames Valley, 74; southerly at-
tenuation of the, 74; under Oxtford-
shire and Northamptonshire, Mr.
E. Hull on the probable depth of
the, 64.

Coal of Nova Seotia, Dr. J. W. Daw-

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

son on some fossils from the, 268;
of New Zealand, 197; of Tuscany,
485; of Vancouver Island, 199.

Coccosteus, Hugh Miller on, 129, 136.

decipiens, 128.

—— microspondylus, 128.

—— Milleri, 132.

—— pusillus, 128, 131.

trigonaspis, 128.

Codrington, T., Esq., on the probably
glacial origin of some Norwegian
lakes, 345.

Colliery, Shireoak, near Worksop. 137.

Comparative sections of the Oolite,
Lias, and Trias, 81.

Conchodus, 126.

Copper-mines of Tuscany, 485.

Corbicula ingens, 179.

Corbis elliptica, 179.

Corbula Oldhami, 181.

sulcifera, 181.

Cornbrash of the Yorkshire coast, 27.

Correbuiehill, mineral veins at, 423.

Crag strata beneath the boulder- -clay
in Aberdeenshire, Mr. T. F. Jamie-
son on, 371.

Cretaceous period, Mr. $. V. Wood,
jun. on the probable events which
succeeded the close of the, 328.

Cretaceous rocks in Jamaica, 324; of
South America, +70; of Vancouver
Island, 199.

Crickley Hill, section of the Inferior
Oolite at, 8.

Cristellaria aculeata, 303.

Crocodile, fossil remains of, from
Bahia, 266, 268.

Cuiham, section of the strata at, 309.

Curculionidx, fossil, from Nagpur,
184.

Cynochampsa laniartus, 61.

Cypride, fossil, from Nagpur,
trom near Bahia, 266.

Cypris(?) Allportiana, 267.

——— cone uleata, 266.

-— cylindrica, 186.

—— Hislopi, 187.

—— Hunteri, 187.

—— (?) Montserratensis, 267.

— ES 187.

subglobosa, 186.

Cytherea “elliptica, 180.

— Hunteri, 180.

—- Jerdoni, 18).

orbicularis, 180.

—— Rawesi, 180.

—— Wapsharei, 180.

-—— Wilsoni, 180.

Dawson, Dr. J. W., on a terrestrial
mollusk, a chilognathous myriapod,
and some new species of reptiles

186 ;

from the coal-formation of Nova
Scotia, 268.

Deeva Bay, Spitzbergen, glacier in,
431.

Delesse, M. A., on fossil incised bones,
476.

Dendrerpeton Acadianum, 273.

Devonian fishes, Sir P. G. Hgerton on
the nomenclature of the, 119.

flora, Prof. Goeppert on the,

279.

Dicynodon (Ptychognathus) declivis,
49.

Dicynodont reptiles, admeasurements
of skul s of, 58.

Dinnet, section of the Moor of, 352.

Dinosaur, fossil vertebra of, from
Bahia, 266, 268.

Diorite of Tuscany, 481.

Diplacanthus gibbus, 123.

perarmatus, 123.

Diplopterus gracilis, 123.

macrolepidotus, 124.

Dipterus brachypygopterus, 125

macropygopterus, 125.

Vaienciennesi, 125

Distribution of Ammonites, by W.
Smith, xli; of land and sea at the
lower Permian period, 65; of ma-
rine Invertebrata in time, xlv.

Dogger at Blue Wick, 15.

Dolomites, Mr. T. 8. Hunt on the
formation of gypsums and, 152.

Donations to the Library, x, 82, 203,
330, 498 ; to the Museum, ix.

Dorking, Poiyptychodon from the
lower chalk at, 262.

Dorsetshire, Inferior Oolite of, 36.

Downton sandstone at Ledbury, 1995.

Drakenberg Mountain, South Africa,
reptilian remains from, 61.

Drift and roiled gravel of the north
of Scotland, T. F. Jamieson, Esq.,
on the, 347.

Drift-wood of Spitzbergen, 151, 452.

Dundry Hill, section of, 21.

Dura Den, the Rev. Dr. J. Anderson
on the Yellow Sandstone of, 136.

Durness, the tract of, 227.

Harthquakes in Venezuela, 469.

Hast Indies, tertiary deposits asso-
ciated with trap-rock in the, 154.
Egerton, Sir P. G., pa.ichthyologic
note, No. 12, on the nomenclature

of the Devonian fishes, by, 119.

Wephant remains in Eneland and
Waes, 491. ;

iigin, Mr. C. Moore on the reptiti-
ferous sandstones of, 445; Rey. W.
8. Symonds on the reptiliferous
sandstones near, 458.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Equisetites columnaris, A. de Zigno
on the, 115.

—— Keenigii, 113.

Eriboll and Hope, sections across
Lochs, 326.

Eriboll House, section of the quartz-
rock and gneissose beds above, 231.

Eruptive rocks of the north of Scot-
land, Sir R. I. Murchison on the,
215.

Estuarine deposits at Yarmouth, 450.

Etheridge, R., Esq., note on Dundry
Hill by, 21.

Euphotide of Tuscany, 481.

Falconer, Dr. H., on the ossiferous
Grotta di Maccagnone near Pa-
lermo, 99; further observations on
the ossiferous caves near Palermo,
189; on the ossiferous caves of the
Peninsula of Gower in Glamorgan-
shire, South Wales, 487.

Fimbria-bed of Gloucestershire, 12.

Fishes, Sir P. G. Egerton on the no-
menclature of the Devonian, 119.

Fish-remains from Bahia, South Ame-
rica, Sir P. Egerton on some, 265.

Flint implements in bone-caves in Si-
cily, 104, 460; from the gravel near
Amiens, 190; of the Valley of the
Somme, lii.

Flora of the Oolite, Baron A. de Zigno
on the, 110.

Flora of the lower paleozoic forma-
mations, Prof. H. R. Goeppert on
the, 279.

Flower, J. W., Esq., on a flint-imp'e-
ment recently discovered at St.
Acheul, near Amiens, 190.

Foraminifera, fossil, from New Zealand,
251; from South Australia, 261.

Foraminifera of the Mediterranean,
292.

Fossil and recent Foraminifera, 292.

Fossil Cypridz from Bahia, 266;
from Nagpur, 186.

Foraminifera from
near Derby, 452.

— — fishes of the Yellow Sandstone of
Dura Den, 136.

—— insects from Nagpur, 182.

reptilian eggs trom the Great

Oolite of Cirencester, Prof. J. Buck-

man on some, 109.

reptilian remains from South
Africa, Prof. Owen on some, 49.

Fossil shells from the bone-cave of
Maccagnone, 106; the freshwater
strata of Central India, description
of, by the Rey. Stephen Hislop, 166.

Fossil vertebree from near Frome, So-
mersetshire, 492.

Chellaston

Fossils from Auckland, New Zealand,
251; near Bahia, in South America,
263; near Gosport, 448 ; Spitzber-
gen, 442; the coal of Nova Scotia,
268 ; the grey chalk near Guildford,
324.

Freshwater deposits of Bessarabia,
Moldavia, Wallachia, and Bulgaria,
Captain T. Spratt on the, 281.

Freshwater strata and fossils of Cen-
tral India, 154.

Frocester Hill, section of the Inferior
Oolite at, 9.

Frome, Somersetshire, Polyptychodon
from near, 263; small fossil yer-
tebree from, 492.

Fuller’s earth, limited extension of
the, 72.

Fusus pygmeus, 176.

Gabbro of Tuscany, 481.

Galesaurus planiceps, 58.

Gault at Culham, 309.

Geikie, A., Esq., on the Old Red
Sandstone of the South of Scotland,
312.

Geological time, 1.

Geology of South Australia, Mr. Sel-
wyn on the, 252, 253; of Spitz-
bergen, Mr. J. Lamont on the, 150;
Vancouver Island, M. H. Bauer-
man on the, 198.

Gisborne, bone-cave in the tertiary ba-
salt near, 148.

Glacial origin of some Norwegian lakes,
Mr. 'f. Codrington on the, 345.

Glacier in Deeva Bay, Spitzbergen,
431; on the south-east coast of
Spitzbergen, 429.

Glastonbury Tor, section of, 34.

Glen Derry, 357.

Glenqueich, iron-ore at, 425.

Globigerina helicina, 305.

Gloucestershire and Yorkshire, the In-
ferior Oolite of, 1.

Glyptolemus Kinnairdii, 137.

Glyptolepis, 125.

Gneiss, fundamental, of the north of
Scotland, 215.

Gneissose rocks of Sutherland and
Ross, 237.

Godwin- Austen, R., Esq., on some fossils
from the grey chalk near Guildford,
324; on the occurrence of a mass of
coal in the chalk of Kent, 326.

Goeppert, Prof. H. R., on the flora of
the Silurian, Devonian, and Lower
Carboniferous formations, 279.

Gold-bearing quartz-veins of Victoria,
145; rocks of Venezuela, 465; sand
of Siberia, 241; veins at Loch Karn,
425,

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Gold-drifts of Victoria, 150.

Gosport, Mr. J. Pilbrow on a well-sec-
tion near, 447.

Gower, in Glamorganshire, Dr. H.
Falconer on the ossiferous caves of
the Peninsula of, 487.

Grampians, Prof. R. Harkness on the
Old Red Sandstone and metamor-
phic rocks of the, 312.

Granitone of Tuscany, 481.

Gravel, rolled, of Aberdeenshire, 347.

Gravels from Spitzbergen, Mr. J.
Prestwich on the, 438.

Great Oolite in the Valley of the
Cherwell, Professor J. Phillips on
the, 115; Mr. #. Hull on the zones
of the, 72; of Cirencester, Prof. J.
Buckman on fossil reptilian eggs
from the, 107.

Grey chalk near Guildford, 324.

Grey limestone of Yorkshire, fossils of
the, 29.

Gristhorpe Bay, Yorkshire, section
from the Cornbrash to the Mille-
pore-bed in, 25.

Gryphite-grit of Gloucestershire, 7,
39, 44.

Guildford, Mr. R. Godwin-Austen on
some fossils from the grey chalk
near, 324.

Gypsums and dolomites, Mr. T. 8.
Hunt on the formation of, 152.

Gyroptychius angustus, 126.

diplopteroides, 126.

Harkness, Prof. R., on the association
of the lower members of the Old
Red Sandstone and the metamorphic
rocks on the southern margin of the
Grampians, 312; sections by, in the
North-western Highlands, 221, 223,
230, 235.

Heaphy, C., Esq., on the volcanic
country of Auckland, New Zealand,
242.

Hecla Cove, Spitzbergen, 444.

Henuitoma? multiradiata, 178.

Hippurite-rock of Jamaica, 320.

Holoptychius Andersoni, 126, 136.

Flemingi, 126, 186.

princeps, 126.

Sedgwicki, 126.

Hislop, Rey. 8., description of fossil
shells from the freshwater strata of
Nagpur and neighbouring parts of
Central India, by, 166; on the
tertiary deposits associated with
trap-rock in the Hast Indies, 154.

Hislopite, 160.

Horner, L., Esq., note to M. Lartet’s
paper on fossil incised bones, 470 ;
on the rock-specunens from Spitz-

bergen, collected by Capt. Parry
and Lieut. Foster, 442.

Hot springs of Venezuela, 468.

Hull, E., Esq., on the south-easterly
attenuation of the lower secondary
formations ot England, and the
probable depth of the coal-mea-
sures under Oxfordshire and North-
amptonshire, 63.

Hunt, T. 8., Hsq., on the formation
of gypsums and dolomites, 152.

Hunterite, 161.

Hydrovia Bradicyi, 178.

Carteri, 178.

Ellioti, 178.

Hylonomus aciedentatus, 275.

Lyellit, 274.

Wymani, 276.

Hyoid apparatus of Oudenodon, 56.

Ice Sound, Spitzbergen, 435, 456.

Igneous rocks of Sutherland, 232;
of Tyndrum, 423, 427; of Van-
couver Island, 198.

Incised bones, fossil, M. Lartet on,
471.

India, freshwater strata and fossils of
Central, 154.

Tnferior Oolite m Gloucestershire, at-
tenuation of the, 71.

of Gloucestershire and York-
shire, Dr. T. Wright on the, 1.

Insects, fossil, from India, 182.

Tron-ore of Glenqueich, 425; in the
Shireoak Colliery, 140.

Ttaly, fossil foraminifera of, 297.

Jamaica, Mr. L. Barrett on some cre-
taceous rocks in the south-eastern
portion of, 324.

Jamieson, T. I., Hsq., on crag-strata
in Aberdeenshire, 492; on the drift
and roled gravel of the North of
Scotland, 547; on the occurrence of
crag-strata beneath the boulder-clay
in Aberdeenshire, 371.

Jervis, W. P., Hsq., on some miocene
rocks and minerals of Tuscany,
480,

Jones, T. Rupert, Esq., and W. K.
Parker, Esq., on some fossil fora-
minifera from Chellaston near
Derby, 452; on the foraminifera
from the Bryozoan limestone near
Mount Gambier, South Australia,
261; on the rhizopodal fauna of the
Mediterranean, compared with that
of the Italian and some other tertiary
deposits, 295.

Jones, T. Rupert, Esq., reply on re-
ceiving the balance of the proceeds
of the Wollaston-fund, xxvi; on
some fossil Entomostraea from Mont.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

serrate, South America, 266; on
fossil Cypride from Nagpur, 186.

Jurassic flora, 110.

Jurensis-bed of the Upper Lias, 8, 10.

Kent, coal in the chalk of, 326.

Keuper and Bunter sandstones, un-
conformity of the, 77.

of Warwickshire, footsteps of
Cheirotherium in the, 278.

Killamarsh, section from the Shireoak
Colliery to, 142.

Kimmeridge Clay at Culham, 510.

Kirkby, J. W., Hsq., on the occurrence
of Lingula Credneri, Geinitz, in the
coal-measures of Durham, and on
the claim of the Permian rocks to
be entitled to be a system, 412.

Kirtlington, section of the strata at
the,-117.

Knorria, 281.

Kursk, Russia, Polyptychodon from,
262.

Lakes in Norway, Mr. Codrington on
some, 340.

Lammermuir Hills, Mr. Geikie on the,
320.

Lamont, James, Esq., notes about
Spitzbergen in 1859 by, 428; re-
marks on the geology of Spitzbergen
by, 150.

Lancaster, J., sq., and C. C. Wright,
Esq., on the sinking at Shireoak
Colliery, Worksop, to the ‘Top
Flard Coal” or ‘‘ Barnsley Coal,”
137.

Land and sea, distribution of, in the
secondary period, 65, 74.

Land-shell, fossil, from Nova Scotia,
270.

Languedoc, arrow-heads found with
Cervus megaceros in a cavern in,
491.

Lartet, Mons. E., on some arrow-
heads and other instruments found
with horns of Cervus megaceros in
a cavern in Languedoe, 491 ; on the
coexistence of man with certain
fossil bones, from various pleisto-
cene deposits, bearing incisions made
by sharp instruments, 471.

Leckhampton Hill, section of the In-
ferior Oolite at, 6, 39.

Ledbury, Rev. W.S. Symonds on the
section at, 198.

Lepidotus, fossil, from Bahia, 266, 268.

Lesmahago, Mr. A. Geikie on the
geology of, 315.

Lias and Oolite, junction of the, north
of Oxford, 115.
Lias in Gloucester,

Oy 2s

sections of, 8,
Yorkshire, section of the

Upper, 33; Lower, of the South of
England, 374; south-easterly thin-
ning-out of the, 70.

Library Committee, report of the, iv.

Life, distribution of, xlv; succession
of, xlyiii; zones of, xxxviil.

Lignite of New Zealand, 197; Tus-
cany, 485; Vancouver Island, 199.

Lima-beds of the Lower Lias, 398.

Limnea attenuata, 172.

oviformis, 172.

spina, 172.

subulata, \72.

Telankhediensis, 172.

Lingula-bed at Blue Wick, 4.

Lingula Credneri in the coal-measures
of Durham, 412.

Linksfield, near Elgin, Mr. C. Moore
on the so-called Wealden-beds at,
445.

Lituola Soldanii, 507.

Llanos of Venezuela, 466; Loch Hri-
boll, section across, 229.

Loch More, section on the south bank
of, 226.

Lomatus Hislopi, 182.

London Clay at Great Yarmouth in
Norfolk, Mr. J. Prestwich on the
presence of the, 449.

Lower Keuper sandstone and red marl
in Cheshire, 67, 69; in East War-
wickshire, 69.

Lower Lias, attenuation of the, 70; of
the South of England, Dr. T-Wright
on the, 374,

Lower Old Red Sandstone, Mr. Geikie
on the, 314.

Lower palozoic flora, 279.

Lower Permian beds of Central Eng-
land, 64.

period, distribution of land and
sea at the, 65.

Lower secondary rocks, Mr. E. Hull
on the south-easterly attenuation of
the, 67.

Low Island, Spitzbergen, 443.

Lucina (Kellia) nana, 179.

parva, 179.

Ludlow rock at Ledbury, 195.

Lycett, Dr. J., note on Trigonia com-
posita, 16; Trigonia formosa, 41 ;
note on Trigonia producta, 45.

Maccagnone near Palermo, Dr. H.
Falconer on the ossiferous Grotto
di, 99.

Malaga, fossil foraminifera from, 299-

Malta, fossil foraminifera from, 296,
300.

Man, M. E. Lartet on the coexistence
of, with certain extinct animals,
471, 491.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Mansfield, the Permian rocks and
Trias near, 79.

Marb!e Point, Spitzbergen, 445.

Marginulina hirsuta, 302.

Lituus, 303.

Marlstone of the Cotteswold Hills, 70.

Meal Uaine, drift on, 359; section
across the Tummel Valley at, 361 ;
section along the ridge of mica-slate
at, 364.

Mediterranean, Messrs. T. R. Jones
and W. Kk. Parker on the rhizopodal
fauna of the, 292.

Melania Hunteri, 166.

quadrilineata, 166.

terebriformis, 266.

Meristos Hunteri, 184.

Metamorphic rocks
Isiand, 198.

Mica-schists of Breadalbane, 421

Miliola Seminulum, 307.

Millepore-bed, fossi!s of the, 32.

Miller, Hugh, extracts of letters re-
ceived by Sir P. G. Egerton from,
129-136.

Minchin Hole, 488.

- Mineral veins of Breadalbane, 422;
of Venezuela, 463.

Miocene rocks and minerals of Tus-
eany, Mr. W. P. Jarvis on some, 480.

Moldavia, freshwater deposits of, 281.

Montserrate, South America, fossils
from, 265.

Moore, C., Esq., on the so-ca'led Weal-
den-beds at Linksfield near Elgin,
and the reptiliferous sandstones of
Elgin, 445.

Morris, Prof. J., list of fossils from
near Gosport by, 448 ; on some fossil
shells from Montserrate, 266.

Mosquito Plains, 255, 257.

aia Gambier, 252, 258; Schanck,

52, 258 ; Wellington, New Zealand,
a6

Mud-voleanos of Turbaco, near Car-
thagena, 197.

Murchison, Sir R. I., swpp'emental ob-
servations on the order of the ancient
stratified rocks of the north of Scot-
land, and their associated eruptive
rocks by, 215.

Murray, A., oe notes on some fossil
insects from N Nagpur by, 112.

Murray River, tertiary strata near the,

ms . 53.
2H” 253

ot Vancouver

Mineohelieade, subaérial conditions du-
ring the formation of the, 76.

Museum Committee, report of the, ii.

Myriapod fossil from Nova Scotia,
2

Néigpur, Mr. A. Murray on some fossi!

insects from, 182; Mr,S8. Hislop on
the freshwater strata and fossils of,
154; Mr. T. Rupert Jones on fossil
Cypride from, 186.

Nanaimo River, strata and fossils of,
199.

Narbadda, freshwater fossils from, 131.

Natica Stoddardi, 176.

New Zea‘and, coal in, 197; the vol-
canic phenomena of, 242.

Nodosaria hirsuta, 302.

longicauda, 302.

ovicula, 302.

— Pyrula, 302.

Nodosarina, 453.

Nomenclature of the Devonian fishes,
Sir P. Egerton on the, 119.

Nonionina Scapha, 306.

—— spheeroides, 306.

Norfolk, London Clay in, 449.

Northamptonshire, the probable depth

of the coal-measures under, 64.

North of Scotland, Sir R. I. Murchi-

son on the order of the ancient stra-

tified rocks of the, 215.

Norwegian lakes, Mr. T. Codrington

on the probably glacial origin of

some, 345.

Nova Scotia, Dr. J. W. Dawson on
some fossils from the coal of, 268.

Nubecularia lucifuga, 453, 455.

Tibia, 455.

Nucula pusilla, 179.

Nussdorf, fossil foraminifera from, 301.

Ofiocalce, 483.

Old Red Sandstone and the meta-
morphic rocks of the Grampians,
312.

O'd Red Sandstone, fishes of the, 119.

of the South of Scotland, Mr. A.
Geikie on the, 312.

Oolite, attenuation of the, 71; Baron
A. de Zigno on the flora of the, 110;
Great, near Oxford, 116; of Ciren-
cester, fossil eggs from the, 107.

Oolithes Bathonice, 108.

Ossiferous Grotta di Maccagnone, near
Palermo, the, 99.

Osteolepis arenatus, 124.

brevis, 12+.

Ostrea Pa angadiensis, 178.

Oudenodon, hyoid apparatus of, 56.

Oudenodon Bainii, 5d.

Greyii, 56.

prognathus, 5d.

Owen, Prof. R., on some remains. of
Po'yptychodon from Dorking, 262 ;
on some reptilian fossils from South
Africa, 49 ; on some smal! fossil ver-
tebr: ti) fone near FE rome, Somerset-

eo »
Salre, 492.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Oxford, probable section under, 80;
Prof. J. Phillips on some sections of
the strata near, 115, 307.

Oxfordshire and Northamptonshire,
Mr. E. Hull on the probable depth
of the coal-measures under, 64.

Paleozoic flora, 279 ; period, land and
sea in the later, 74.

Palermo, fossil foraminifera from, 300 ;
ossiferous cave near, 99.

Palichthyologie notes, No. 12, by Sir
P. G. Egerton, 119.

Paludina acicularis, 167.

—— conoidea, 169.

—— Deccanensis, 167.

-—— normalis, 166.

—— Pyramis, 167.

—— Rawesi, 169.

—— Sankeyi, 168.

— soluta, 169.

—— subcylindracea, 168.

—— Takliensis, 169.

—— Virapat, 170.

Wapsharei, 167.

Parian formation, newer, 466, 469 ;
older, 465, 469.

Parker, W. K., Esq., and T. R. Jones,
Esq., award of the balance of the Do-
nation-fund to, xxvi; on fossil fora-
minifera from South Australia, 261 ;
on the rhizopodal fauna of the Me-
diterranean, 293.

Parry, Capt., and Lieut. Foster, rock-
specimens from Spitzbergen, brought
by, 442.

Passage-beds from the Silurian to the
Old Red Sandstone, 193.

Paviland Cave, 490.

Pea-grit of Gloucestershire, 7, 11.

Peak, Robinhood’s Bay, section at the,
14.

Pebble-bed, formation of a, 349.

Pentland and Lammermuir Hills, Mr.
A. Geikie on the, 320.

Permian sand-rock near Worksop, 142; °

rocks and trias near Mansfield, 75 ;
Mr. Kirkby on the claim of the, to
be entitled a system, 412.
Perna-bed of the Cotteswolds, 42.
Perna meleagrinoides, 178.
Phaneropleuron Andersoni, 137.
Phillips, John, Esq. (President), Ad-
dress on presenting the Wollaston
Medal to Searies V. Wood, Hsq,.,
xxv ; address to Mr. T. Rupert Jones
and Mr. W. Kitchen Parker on giving
them the residue of the Wollaston
Donation-fund, xxvi; Anniversary
Address, February 17, 1860, xxvii ;
Notices of deceased Fellows :—My.
William Anstice, xxvii; Mr. William

John Broderip, xxvii; Mr. John
Brown, xxvii; Mr. Joseph Carne,
xxviii; Harl Cathcart, xxvii; Dr.
J. G. Croker, xxviii; Sir I. L. Gold-
smid, Bart., F.R.S., xxviii; Mr.
Wiliam Kennett Loftus, xxviii ; Mr.
David Mushet, xxix; Sir G. T.
Staunton, F.R.S., xxix; Mr. Samuel
Stuchbury, xxix; Prof. Cleveland,
xxix; Alexander von Humboldt, xxix;
Archduke John of Austria, xxx;
progress of geology and palonto-
jogy, xxxi; paleontological data,
XXXli; provinces in space, XXxv ;
provinces in time, xxxvi; zones of
life, xxxviii; the distribution of am-
monites, with a table of their dis-
tribution, drawn up by John Phil-
lips, under the direction of William
Smith, in 1817, xli; beds below the
Cha'k, xli ; palzeontological periods,
xliii; table of the distribution in
time of certain classes of marine in-
vertebrata, xlv; physiological rela-
tions, xlv; succession of life, xlvii;
geological time, 1; conversion of
geological into historical time, li;
the gravel of the Valley of the Somme
with worked flints, li; conclusion,
ly.

Phillips, Prof. J., on some sections of
the strata near Oxford, 115, 307.

Physa Prinsepii, 173.

Physical geography of the Trias, 74.

Pilbrow, J., Esq., on a well-section
near Gosport, 447.

Pisidiwnm Medlicottianum, 181.

Placodermata, 127.

Planularia pauperata, 454.

Platygnathus Jamesoni, 126.

Polyptychodon interruptus, from the
Lower Chalk at Dorking, Prof. Owen
on some remains of, 262.

Polyptychodon, remains of the, from
near Frome, Somerset, 263; from
the Upper Greensand near Cam-
bridge, 262, 263; from the Green-
sand of Kursk, Russia, 262, 263.

Polystomella craticulata, 306.

crispa, 306.

Polytrema miniacea, 303.

Porcellanite or thermantide, 467.

Prestwich, J., Esq., description of some
eravels from Spitzbergen, 438; on a
raised beach in Mewslade Bay, and
the occurrence of the boulder-clay
on Cefn-y-bryn, 487; on the bone-
cave at Brixham, 189; on the pre-
sence of the Londen Clay in Nor-
folk, as proved by a well-boring at
Yarmouth, 449.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS,

Provinces in space, xxxv; in time,
XXXVI.

Psammobia Jonesi, 180.

Pseudoliva elegans, 176.

Pterichthys and Asterolepis, 121, 127.

Ptychognathus declivis, 51.

verticalis, 54.

latirostris, 51.

Pupa vetusta, 270.

Pylle Hill, section at, 445.

Quartz-reefs, gold-bearing, of Victoria,

Quinqueloculina pulchella, 307.

Schreibersii, 307.

secans, 307.

—— vulgaris, 307.

Rajimandri, estuarine fossils from, 176.

Rangitote Island, New Zealand, 269.

Raven’s Cliff Cavern, 490.

Ravensgate Hill, section of the Inferior
Oolite at the, 39.

Recent and fossil Foraminifera, 292.

Recent shells from Spitzbergen, list of,
437.

Red Marl in Cheshire, 68, 69; in
East Warwickshire, 69.

Report, Annual; of the Library and
Museum Committee, ii.

Reptilian eggs, fossils from the Great
Oolite, 107; fossils from South
Africa, Prof. Owen on some, 49;

remains from Bahia, 268; from the —

9r9

coal-measures of Nova Scotia, 273.

Reptiliferous sandstones near Elgin,
the Rey. W. 8S. Symonds on the,
458; Mr. C. Moore on the, 445.

Rhinoceros remains in England and
Wales, 691.

Rhizopodal fauna of the Mediterva-
nean, Messrs. T. R. Jones and W.
K. Parker, on the, 292.

Robin Hood’s Bay, section of the
Inferior Oolite near, 14.

Rock-specimens from Spitzbergen,
collected by Capt. Parry and Lieut.
Foster, 442.

Rodborough Hill, Gloucestershire,
section of the Inferior Oolite at, 44.

Ross and Sutherland, geology of, 215.

Rotalia ammoniformis, 305.

Beccarii, 305.

—— (Calcarina) Spengleri, 306.

elegans, 305, 506, 452, 455.

excayata, 30D.

Patella, 306.

—— (Planorbulina) farcta, 305.

repanda, 305.

— Turbo, 306.

vermiculata, 305.

St. Acheul, flint implements
the gravel at, 190.

from

Salter, J. W., Esq., on the fossils
brought from Spitzbergen by Mr.
Lamont, 439.

San Ciri, bone-cave of, 100.

Scotland, Old Red Sandstone of, 312 ;
Sir R. I. Murchison, of the geology
of north-western, 215; the drift of
northern, 347.

Section across the gneiss hills, north
of Bahia, 264; the Permian rocks
and Trias near Mansfield, 75; at
Aust Cliff, 880; Binton, Warwick-
shire, 394; Brockeridge and Det-
ford Commons, 393; Coombe Hill
near Cheltenham, 379; Culham,
South of Oxford, 302; Garden
Cliff near Westbury-on-Severn, 378 ;
Linksfield, 446 ; Montserrate, South
America, 265; Penarth Cliff near
Cardiff, 38; Pylle Hill, 445; Shire-
oak Colliery, Worksop, 138, 143 ;
Street, Somerset, 390; Takli, 158 ;
the Piantain-garden River, Jamai-
ca, 325; Uphill, 445; Wainlode
Cliff on the Severn, 379; Wilm-
cote near Stratford-on-Avon, 386;
Yarmouth, 450; from Broad Ledge
to Cornstone Ledge near Char-
mouth, 405; the Cornbrash to the
Millepore-bed in Gristhorpe Bay,
Yorkshire, 25; the Shireoak Co--
liery to Killamarsh, 142; near Bur-
ton, Bradstock, 47; near Bury
Cross, Hampshire, 448; Ciren-
cester, 197 ; Te'ankhedi, 156 ; Wes-
ton-super-Mare, 382 ; Dundry Hi!',
21; of the Inferior Oolite near
Robin Hood’s Bay, Yorkshire, 14;
of the junction of the Lias and
Oolite, north of Oxford, 116; of
the Lias near Cheltenham, 408;
Lower Lias at Sa'tford, 399; the
Passage-beds at Ledbury, 194;
Steppe Deposits near Babel, Bessa-
rabia, 237; Steppe Deposits near
Inputsitza, Moldavia, 286; straia
at Kirtlington, north of Oxford,
117; on the south side of the Da-
nube near Tultcha, 288.

Sections at Lake Raselm, 291, 292:
at Lyme Regis, 400, 404; in Van-
couver Island, 200; near Nagpur,
156, 158; of Lesmahago and the
Pentland Hills, 3822; the drift
and gravel of Aberdeenshire, 351,
352, 357, -3859, 361; the eneiss
and overlying rocks of the North-
west of Scotland, 217, 226, 234;
Inferior Oolite in Gloucestershire,
6, 8, 9, 18, 40, 42, 43, 44; Somerset-
shire and Dorset, 34; Steppe De-

INDEX TO THE PROCTEDINGS,

posits in Moldavia, 285, 286; strata
near Oxford, 307.

Selwyn, A. R. C., Esq., Notes on the
Geology of Victoria by, 145.

Serpentine of Corycharmaig, 425; of
Tuseany, 481.

Serpula-bed at Bluc Wick, 4.

Serrania of Venezuela. 463.

Shargan River, gold-mines near, 241.

Shireoak Colliery, Worksop, Messrs.
J. Lancaster and C. C. Wright on the
sinking for coal at, 137.

Siberia, T. W. Atkinson, Esq., on some
bronze relics found in an auriterous
sand in, 241.

Sicily, bone-caves in, 99, 459.

Silurian flora, 279.

Silurian rocks of Lesmahago, 313;
South Australia, 149; the North-
west Highlands, 220.

Smith, W., a table of the distribution
of Ammonites by, xl.

Somme, gravel and flints of the Valley
of the, li, 190.

South Africa, Professor Owen on some
reptilian fossils from, 49.

South America, fossils from, 263.

South Australia, Mr. Burr on the
geology of, 252; the Rev. Julian
E. Woods on some Tertiary rocks
in the colony of, 253.

South-easterly attenuation of the Lower
Secondary rocks, 67.

South of Scotland, the Old Red Sand-
stone of the, 314.

South Wales, bone-caves of, 487.

Spirillina vivipara, 303.

Spiroloculina limbata, 307.

Spitzbergen, Mr. J. Lamont on the
geology of, 150, 428.

Spratt, Captain T., on the freshwater
deposits of Bessarabia, Moldavia,
Wallachia, and Bulgaria, 281.

Stigmaria ficoides, 281.

Stonehouse, Gloucestershire, section of
the Inferior Oolite near, 9.

Stour Fiord in Spitzbergen, 151, 434.

Strata, causes of variations in the per-
sistency of, 78.

Striated rock-surfaces in Scotland, 365.

Succession of life, xlviii; of the rocks
in the North-west of Sutherland
and Ross, 217.

Succinea Nagpurensis, 171.

Sutherland and Ross, geology of, 215.

Symonds, Rev. W. 8., on the passage-
beds from the Upper Silurian rocks
into the Lower Red Sandstone at
Ledbury, 195; on the physical re-
lations of the reptiliferous sand-
stones near Hlgin, 458.

Table of recent and fossil Forami-
nifera from the Mediterranean and
Huxine areas, 3802; of the fishes of
the bone-bed, 388; fossil forami-
nifera from Chellaston near Derby,
457; zone of Avicula contorta and
Lower Lias, 376; showing the zones
of the Lower Lias, 411. °

Tabular synopsis of the Mediterranean
Rhizopoda, recent and fossil, 297 ;
view of the Inferior Oolite in the
south of England, 5.

Tay at Aberfeldy, section across the,
363.

Taymouth, mineral views of, 425.

Tellina Woodwardi, 180.

Tertiary beds of Vancouver Island,
199; with Trap-rock, in the Hast
Indies, Rev. 8. Hislop on“the, 1545
of Victoria, 147; fossils of India,
154; rocks of South Australia, 252,
253.

Thames Valley, probable extension of
the Coal-measures from Warwick-
shire to the, 74.

Thinning-out of the Secondary For-
mation of England, 63.

Thost, C. H. G., Esq., on the rocks,
ores, and other minerals on the
property of the Marquess of Bread-
albane in the Highlands of Scotland,
421.

Thousand Islands near Spitzbergen,
152, 482. -

Time, provinces in, xxxvi; geological, 1.

Tomnadashan Mines, 422.

Tordleadh, section at, 250.

Trap-rock in the East Indies, the Rev.
S. Hislop, on the Tertiary deposits
associated with, 154.

Trias, Mr. E. Hull on the, 69; near
Mansfield, 75; physical geography
of the, 74.

Trigonia composita, 15.

formosa, 41.

producta, 45.

Trigonia-grit of Gloucestershire, 7, 40,
45, 45,

Tri’oculina reticulata, 307.

Trinidad, Mr. G. P. Wall on the
Geology of, 460.

Trip!opterus Pollexfeni, 124.

Trochammina alternans, 304.

charoides, 304.

clavata, 304.

gordialis, 304.

incerta, 304.

— inflata, 305.

—— irregularis, 304.

squamata, 30D.

Tofa-craters in New Zealand, 246.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Tummel Valley, section across the,
361.

Tunnel, section of the, at Ledbury,
193.

Turbaco, salses of, 197.

Turin, fossil foraminifera from, 300.

Turritella prelonga, 177.

Tuscany, fossil foraminifera of, 295, 297,
456; Mr. W. P. Jervis, on some
Miocene rocks and minerals of,
480.

Tyndrum, mineral veins of, 425.

Unconformity of the Keuper and
Bunter Sandstones, 77.

Unio Carteri, 175.

Deccanensis, 174.

— Hunteri, 174.

— imbricatus, 175.

— Maicolmsoni, 174.

mamillatus, 175.

Uphill, near Weston-super-Mare, sec-
tion at, 445.

Upper Lias, attenuation of the, 71.

Uvigerina nodosa, 303.

Vaginulina striata, 302.

Falx, 302.

marginata, 302.

Valley of the Somme, gravel and flints
of the, li.

Valvata decollata, 171.

minima, 170.

—— multicarinata, 170.

unicarinifera, 170.

Valvulina angularis, 305.

Vancouver Island, geology of, 198.

Venetian Alps, Jurassic fiora of the,
110.

Venezuela, Mr. G. P. Wall on the
geology of, 460.

Verneuilina communis, 303.

Vicarya fusiformis, 177.

Victoria, Mr. A. R. C. Selwyn on
the geology of, 145.

Vienna Basin, the fossil foraminifera
of the, 296, 300.

Volcanic country of Auckland, New
Zealand, Mr. C. Heaphy on the,
242,

Wa'den Island, Spitzbergen, 443.

Wallachia, freshwater deposits of, 281.

Wall, G. P., Esq., on the geo!ogy of a
part of Venezuela and of Trimidad,
460.

Walrus in Spitzbergen, 433.

Warwickshire, cheirotherian footprints
in the Upper Keuper of, 278 ; Lower

Lias and Bone-bed in, 394; pro-
bable extension of the Coal-measures
from, to the Thames Valley, 74;
Red Marl in, 69.

Weekes, H., Esq., on the Coal forma-
tion at Auckland, New Zealand, 197.

Well-section at Yarmouth, 449; near
Gosport, 448.

Whales, bones of, high and dry in
Spitzbergen, 433.

Wood, Searles V., Esq., award of the
Wollaston Medal to, xxv; reply on
receiving the Wollaston Medal, xxv.

Wood, 8. V., Esq., jun., on the pro-
bable events which succeeded the
close of the Cretaceous Period, 328.

Woods, the Rey. J. E., on some Ter-
tiary rocks in the colony of South
Australia, 253.

Woodward, 8. P., Esq., list of recent
shells from Bessarabia, 290; list
of recent shells from Spitzbergen,
437; list of the fossil shells from
the lower freshwater deposits of
Bessarabia, 286, 288.

Wotton-under-Edge, section of the
Inferior Oolite at, 9.

Worksop, sinking for coal near, 137.

Worton, section at, 116.

Wright, C. C., Esq., and J. Lancaster,
Esq., on the sinking for coal at
Shireoak Colliery at Worksop, 137.

Wright, Dr. T., on the subdivisions of
the Inferior Oolite in the South of
England compared with the equiva-
lent beds of the formation on the
Yorkshire coast, 1; on the zone of
Avicula contorta, and the Lower
Lias of the South of England, 374.

Aylobius Sigillarie, 272.

Yarmouth, section of a well-boring at,
450.

Yellow Sandstone of Dura Den, 136.

Yeovii, sections near, 35.

Yorkshire, the Inferior Oolite of, 1.

Zeolites of Tuscany, 482, 486.

Zigno, Baron A. de, some observations
on the Flora of the Oolite by, 110.
Zone of Ammonites Bucklandi, 398 ;
Am. Humphriesianus, 17, 19; Am.
Murchison, 5; Am. obtusus, 404;
Am. oxynotus, 407, 410; Am. pla-
norbis, 389; Am. raricostatus, 407 ;
Am. Turneri, 405 ; Avicula contorta,
Dr. T. Wright on the, 374.

Zones of life, xxxviii.

Me

fc oan
Nd Ay

CONTENTS OF PART IL.

Alphabetically arranged—the Names of the Authors in capital letters.

P

Austria, STEINDACHER on the Fossil Fishes of .................. 16
Basaltic Rocks, Fr. von Haver on Metallic Lead in ............ 16
Bohemia, H. von Mryer on the Fossil Salamandride of ........ 16
———, JoKELY on the Geology of ......... cece cece cee e cece 15

, Lipotpd on the Red Sandstone and Cretaceous Strata of
errr aes sheli aicoo sche yaioh ot < arcsaliorens. eee MARE ORM chorea cote erettae 38
SEWER LOU bie, COal=plats Ot waste see etre ee eine acres 40
Carinthia and Istria, SracHE on the Geology of ................ 12
@oal=plauts of Bohemia, STUR on the 5.7.02: 4naenee soe tee cae 40

Comén, Istria, HzermMaNN VON MryER on a New Fossil Saurian from 35
Congerian and Cerithian Strata in Hungary and Austria, Srur and

EEAVoLm on somerscenons of ther... aac ane ee eee eas 30
Congerian Strata in the Austrian Empire, Fr. von Haver on the

WM siriOMIOle Chee certenals sc ciesisre craton atta halen e eeetnetee eee ieee 21
Cretaceous Strata of Central Bohemia, Lirotp on the Red Sand-

BLOG PAT par ott rene ee ora crates’ o nai sia wo ev c-viatenoremetaie: sr aneee ere ome te are 38
Dachstein Mountains, Upper Austria, E. Surss on some Eruptive

Ihenomenar Seon ieut acciecs, say sols onebstalee ss dee oye siaecere meres aie 36
Detxrssr, A. Researches on the Origin of Rocks................ 1
Eruptive Phenomena seen in the Dachstein Mountains, Upper

PAUSE NE pe SULSS) Ol SOMO!) aie orelsr asics ¢ stats cieiclente se sce nen oie 36
Fossil Fishes of Austria, STFINDACHER on the ...............00. 16

Saurian from Comén, Istria, HerMANN voN MEYER ona New 38

Greenstones of Neutitischein (Moravia) and their Secondary Mine-

Aa Soy AES CRTICENNE ARs QT SOMIG ayer are eyeteltty ens eiatelici ny cisieiers ol aa « abetslet a ales alate 20
EEAIDINGER, WV, Ong Meteorites:. oy cies aiveult se sir fais’ oly oaicieiehs 37
and KENNGoOwT On LOSrneSsIbe <i ay avereieie om ie nid Hata ien 17
Halstatt, Franz von Haver on New Triassic Cephalopoda from .. 19
Haver, Franz von. On Metallic Lead in Basaltic Rocks........ 16
——. On New Triassic Cephalopoda from Halstatt.............. 19
On the Distribution of the Inzersdorf or Congerian Strata in
EGP USEITA NY EAM PING. .ca)eis «acs, s osisra Sia eemee late ine «eet eile a ohana 21
Toernesite; a New Mineral Species, KeNNGoTT and W.Haipincrron 17
Horpye, J. C. On the Phenomena of Erosion in Norway........ 19
Hungary and Transylvania, RicuTroreN on the Tertiary Eruptive
ROCKS; OL Te ritg cake Mie co ie cera Sains Cae tase anaes, Scone aim TE 38

Inzersdorf or Congerian Strata in the Austrian Empire, Fr. von
EAR on tie MIStrIOUGrONNOl BOs sir hie aaa cie anes e slates eraleirie eee 2)

1V

Page
JoxELy. On the Geology of Bohemia .................-.:».-- 15
Kenneorr and W. Harpinerr. On Hoernesite; a new Mineral
SPECIES aN an eM Mittal Ja Wate alk ua algo ec at ee ga ie
eee Strata in North-western Hungary, Srur on the .......... 17
Kuxiczycxi. On the Geology of Tahiti and Taiarapoo............ 18
Lignite of Schénstein, Styria, ROLLE on some ................-. 39
Lirorp. On the Red Sandstone and Cretaceous Strata of Central
Bohemia Hols oe, GUAT aus Paehiatagie eae te ar GLU nga) hea gsc avon ea aia gee 38
Metallic 1 ead in Basaltic Rocks, Fr. von HAVER on ............ 16
Meteorites, We) ELATDINGERTON fis 5a0 as nee sec ein one ae 37
Meyer, HerMann von. On a New Fossil Saurian from Comén,
HES Ro ane SSC ae SEM S CMS aie rman am ANAS Gg 30
On the Fossil Salamandride of Bohemia .................. 16
Norway, J. C. HOrByx on the Phenomena of Erosion in.......... 19
Red Sandstone and Cretaceous Strata of Central Bohemia, Lrroip
OMT ois hat eas aire sso Ge aie eke ap CEN TSR eS pea acme 38
Ricuroren. On the Tertiary Eruptive Rocks of Hungary and
Tey VOTED. jltccetc oh sideorage leanincnuecee denver ita tee estave Nig Na cae ep aan 30
Rocks, A. DELESSE, researches on the Origin of.................. 1
Route. On some Lignite of Schonstein, Styria ................ 39
——. On the Lignite of Schonstein, Styria .......... LPO Do Ne 20
Salamandridee of Bohemia, H. von MryeEr on the Fossil ........ 16
Schonstein, Styria, RoLLE on some Lignite of................ 20, 39
StacHE. On the Geology of Carinthia and Istria................ 12
STEINDACHER. On some New Tertiary Fishes.................. 36
ul iB SANSA Ab 95. 16
Srur. On the Coal- “plants of ohemiay seaside esc aen 40
——. On the Kossen Strata in North-western Hungary.......... 17
and H. WotFr. On some Sections of the Congerian and Ceri-
thiany Strata ine cpmyand AMIStta eye cele ete eee 30
Styria, TH. ZoLLIKOFER on the Tertiaries and Porphyries of the
Sann Ravers ower y ween cn whee sete oat te cuclelolers Sica 14
Surss, E. On some Eruptive Phenomena seen in the Dachstein
Mountains’ UppervAustriay i memiom seine ictal aca tack vere ee 36
Tahiti and Taiarapoo, Kunczycxi on the Geology of ............ 18
Tertiary Eruptive Rocks of Hungary and Transylvania, RicHToFEN
Cop A SLSR ri CSU Ra AIAN i Jo i Guan lal MVEN AraC onsia-a ds 33
Tertiary Fishes, STEINDACHER on some New...................: 36
Tertiaries and Porphyries of the Sann River, Lower Styria, Tu. Zou-
TeRU CON NOU TMCOY CLA AVS A Rae Nan Ata the Sil qiammcine DOD. 6 Olamobia ig o.0) 14
TscHERMAK. On some Greenstones of Neutitischein (Moravia), and
themsSecondeny, Mameralls pyr, teeastre steer leit cetera eer ner 20

ZOLLIKOFER, TH. On the Tertiaries and Porphyries of the Sann
River, Tower Sty We cars: car seen aoa sceemii ne Ges eigen aaa 14

TRANSLATIONS AND NOTICES

OF

GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

ResearcuEs on the Ortein of Rocks. By M. A. Detussz.
[Bulletin de la Soc. Géol. de France, 2° Sér. vol. xv. p. 728 &e., 1858.]

§ 1, Resrarcuns on the origin of the rocks which compose the crust
of the globe date from the birth of Geology itself. Based, however,
on very incomplete ideas, they necessarily led to error; hence the
most extreme doctrines have prevailed in turn. Whilst Leibnitz,
Descartes, Buffon, Hutton, Playfair, Sir James Hall, Dolomieu, and
Desmarets attribute to the eruptive rocks an igneous origin, Bernard
de Palissy, Werner, Kirwan, Mohs, and Jameson assign to them an
aqueous origin. ‘The volcanic rocks alone are, by common consent,
placed without the pale of discussion, their origin being regarded as
evident. In these exclusive systems, an eruptive rock is of necessity
formed either by water or by fire; it seems no other alternative
can be admitted.

The investigations on rocks in which for a long time I have been
engaged have naturally led me to the consideration of their origin.
This subject, so delicate, has been treated in our own time by eminent
geologists, amongst whom I may specially cite Humboldt, Elie de
Beaumont, Lyell, Murchison, Naumann, G. Bischoff, Dana, Daubeny,
Poulett Scrope, Sedgwick, Phillips, Hopkins, von Leonhard, B. Cotta,
Burat, Sorby, Studer, Hausmann, Boué, Keilhau, Fournet, Angelot,
Virlet, Durocher, Scheerer, Bunsen, and Rogers.

The most opposite systems are still in vogue as in the first days of
Geology, in a way that leaves the field entirely open to conjectures ;
it was easy for me then to set aside every preconceived idea, and to
adopt the different hypotheses which accorded best with facts. I
purpose now to give summarily an exposition of the results at which
I have arrived.

§ 2. When we go back to the origin of rocks, it is necessary to
investigate in the first place the different causes which have con-
curred in their formation. We must study, then, those which, in the
interior of the earth, render rocks plastic, and in general all those
which tend to develope minerals.

These causes are: heat, water, pressure, and molecular actions.

§ 3. Heat.—lIt is very evident that heat has contributed to the
formation of eruptive rocks. The burning volcanos which eject their
lavas in a state of igneous fusion give us an incontestable proof.

VOL. XVI.—PART II. B

2 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Even when the heat is not sufficient to render a rock completely
plastic, it may, however, permit the substances of which it is com-
posed to combine amongst themselves, and hence it determines the
development of minerals.

When the different eruptive rocks are submitted to a strong heat,
experience teaches us that they are softened and often even liquified.
But in cooling they become vitrified, or at least they put on characters
very different from those they displayed at first. There is no excep-
tion in this respect, any more than there is with the volcanic rocks.

Moreover, the heat necessary to melt them is higher than that of
lavas. Many of the eruptive rocks are only merely agglutinated
by an amount of heat which would be more than sufficient to reduce
all the lavas to a complete fusion. This is the case notably in
serpentine, and rocks rich in magnesia, as also in granite and rocks
formed essentially of orthose and quartz.

But it is specially necessary in this preliminary study to call
attention to the characters presented. by the rocks which have incon-
testably an igneous origin. These characters are in reality well
defined, and imprint on the volcanic rocks an indelible stamp.

We distinguish first of alla cellular structure, which, whether more
or less visible to the eye, is always apparent when we examine a
voleanic rock with the lens, and is never completely wanting. This
may result either from a disengagement of gas, or it may be from a
contraction of the molten matter.

We observe also that the minerals of volcanic rocks, and above all
‘of lavas, have generally a vitreous glance. ‘They may be, moreover,
splintery, and traversed by a multitude of fissures. This may be
readily verified in the felspars, amphigene, peridote, augite, and
hornblende.

Now, although lavas may sometimes be very crystalline, they are
generally much less so than the rocks which apparently have not
been brought inte a state of fusion; and even when they present
very evident tr: ces of fusion, there is always to be distinguished a
residue of crystailization which envelopes their minerals, and forms
what is termed their paste.

Lavas have otherwise characters which it is very difficult to define,
but which will not permit them to be confounded with any other
eruptive rocks. Of all the rocks, they are the most easily recog-
nized. Hence, when an eruptive rock presents the cellular structure
and traces of fusion, whilst at the same time its minerals have a
vitreous fracture, we must necessarily assign to it an igneous origin,
that is to say, that heat was the principal cause of its formation.

I would further remark that the eruptive rocks require generally
a much greater heat than that of lavas, to be, not molten, but
simply softened; that, on the other hand, rocks presenting in a very
evident manner traces of igneous fusion are somewhat rare in the
terrestrial crust ; consequently it is only under exceptional aircum-
stances that heat has played a principal part in the formation of
eruptive rocks.

It becomes then necessary to pass under review the other causes

DELESSE—ORIGIN OF ROCKS. 3

- which contribute to the formation of rocks; and first we come to the
consideration of water, which claims very special attention.

§ 4. Water.—When we penetrate into the interior of the earth
we usually meet with water. This subterranean water forms
sheets which often occur in stages one below the other, and which
continue to very great depths. It represents assuredly a very
notable portion of the water which exists on our planet. It is
otherwise concealed ; and it is without doubt for this reason that

-it has not attracted attention, and that geologists have not accorded
to it all the importance which it deserves. Itis evident, however, as

Bischoff has remarked, that it must interfere in all the phenomena
which take place in the interior of the earth.

Let us seek, then, to appreciate the effects of this subterranean

.water. In the first place, im proportion as we penetrate into the
earth, its temperature becomes successively elevated; the materials
which it holds in solution augment little by little with the depth ; and
when its temperature is very high, it ought to exercise very energetic
chemical reactions on the rocks with which it is in contact. At all
depths the materials which it penetrates would easily obey the mole-
cular actions which incite them. The most favourable circumstances
here, then, are found combined for the development of minerals.

The following topics are then discussed :—
~§ 5. A rock contains water when it is im the mterior of the earth.

§ 6. A rock, fusible or fusible, can become plastic by the agency
of water.

On this latter subject the author observes: When a fusible or
infusible rock is impregnated with water, it always experiences a
certain softening, and sometimes even becomes entirely plastic. Re-
ciprocally, when it loses its water it becomes on the contrary more or
less lithoid.

This action exercised by water on the physical properties of rocks
is extremely important, and it ought not for a single instant to be
lost sight of in researches like those with which we are now occu-
-pied; for in the interior of the earth all rocks are humid, and con-
sequently very different from what they are at the surface. The con-
dition in which we know them in our collections is also in some sort
exceptional. Ata little depth, the water is moreover aided in its
effects by heat and pressure; consequently these three causes combined
ought to assist each other in reducing the rocks to a plastic state.

. § 7. Pressure.—Pressure, as Naumann rightly observes, has neces-

sarily exerted an influence in the formation of minerals and of the
rocks which compose the terrestrial crust. One comprehends indeed
that in the interior of the earth the rocks are subjected to a very
considerable pressure, owing to the thickness of the strata which
cover them.

If one considers now the eruptive rocks, they must have sustained
considerable pressures resulting from the force itself which elevated
them to the surface. They have also been compressed by the lateral
pressures produced upon their walls by the enclosing rock,

B2

4 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

The upheaval of mountains, which has taken place sometimes on
a gigantic scale, and which has brought up to the surface rocks from
a very great depth, has above all developed enormous pressures.

Whether the pressure may have been permanent or casual, it is
certain that it has changed the characters of the rocks upon which it
has been exercised ; it has altered their physical properties. On the
other hand it has produced similarities in contiguous rocks; it has
permitted the play of molecular actions and the development of
minerals; consequently it has modified also the mineralogical compo-
sition of rocks.

In researches upon the origin of rocks, it is necessary, then, to take
it into account, and its effects are to be added to those of heat and
water.

§ 8. Molecular actions—The molecular actions have also contri-
buted, it may be, to form the rocks, or it may be to metamorphose
them. However, it is proper to’ consider them only as secondary
causes ; for they appear to be principally brought into play by heat,
by water, and by pressure. Electricity itself, which accompanies
and incites molecular actions, appears to result from those primary
causes.

It is the molecular actions which engender the minerals composing
the rocks. They are exercised moreover whether the mineral sub-
stances are in a gaseous, liquid, or solid state.

§ 9. A similar mineral may have an aqueous or an igneous origin.
—Great importance has been attached, and rightly, to the artificial
production of minerals; and by means of very ingenious methods it
has been attempted to make them crystallize with the characters
which they present in nature.

It ought to be remarked, however, that it is not by any means

“necessary to reproduce a mineral to be assured that it had an aqueous
or an igneous origin. Thus when minerals, such as quartz and cal-
cite, have crystallized in stratified rocks enclosing fossils which could
have lived only in water, one cannot refuse to them an aqueous
origin ; similarly minerals, such as augite and peridote, which are
developed in the lavas ejected now by active volcanos, have incon-
testably an igneous origin.

Since the clever experiments of Sir James Hall, researches on the
artificial production of minerals have been greatly multiplied, and
often crowned with success. Amongst the savans who have under-
taken them of late, I may mention specially, Hausmann, Mitscher-
lich, Berthier, Fuchs, von Leonhard, Becquerel, Ebelmen, de Sénar-
mont, Daubrée, G. Bischoff, Wohler, Bunsen, Percy, Durocher,
Manross, B. Cotta, Charles Deville, Damour, Caron, and especially
Henry Deville.

But the bearings of the results obtained have been frequently ex-
aggerated ; for from the fact that a mineral had been obtained by the
dry way, or by the wet, it has been generally concluded that it had an
exclusive mode of formation.

It is easy to see, however, that a similar mineral may have had
at one time an aqueous, at another time an igneous origin.

DELESSE—ORIGIN OF ROCKS. 5

It is otherwise easy to comprehend why it is so; for the chemical
and molecular actions which give rise to the mineral are exerted it
may be in the presence of heat, or it may be in the presence of water.

But, by a fortunate circumstance, an identical mineral presents
great differences in its characters according to the rocks in which it
has been developed.

It suffices, to appreciate these differences, to compare the vitreous
orthose of trachyte with the orthose of granite; the augite of vol-
canic rocks with the pyroxene-diopside, or sahlite; hornblende of
basalt and of phonolite with the amphibole-tremolite, or actinote ;
the peridote of lavas with batrachite.

The decidedly special characters that each mineral takes, according
as it is formed in the presence of heat or in the presence of water,
will thus reveal its origin.

§ 10. The order of solidification of the minerals which compose a
rock is not that of ther fusibility, is then considered.

- § Ll. The characters of a rock depend on its chenucal composition
and its origin.—When one studies the eruptive rocks, it is easy to
discover that their chemical composition is simple, and moreover but
little varied. They contain generally silex, alumina, oxide of iron,
magnesia, lime, potash, soda, and water. Other substances are pre-
sent, but in a very slight proportion.

The comparative examination of analyses of rocks teaches that,
when they have the same chemical composition, they may notwith-

standing present very different physical characters.

Thus the composition is sometimes the same in trachyte and
granite, in basalt and trap, and in granite and eurite. But if
trachyte encloses the minerals of granite, it is well distinguished from
it by its cellular structure and by the vitreous lustre of its felspar.
Well-marked differences exist equally between the other rocks which
I have cited; and although their composition might be identical, no
geologist would ever confound them.

It is necessary to go back to the very origin of these rocks to find
the explanation of their differences. At the same time that heat,
for example, accounts for the cellular structure and vitreous lustre of
trachyte ; water, pressure, and molecular actions give, on the other
hand, to other rocks the characters which distinguish them.

The differences presented by rocks having the same elementary
composition are due, then, to their origin. Consequently if the chemi-
cal composition of a rock exerts a great influence upon its characters,
the causes which have presided at its formation exercise apparently
a still greater.

§ 12. An eruptive rock which contains water is not necessarily de-
composed.—When an eruptive rock is decomposed, it generally con-
tains water. Thus it is easy to see that the granitic or trappean
rocks pass first into a state of sand; afterwards, proportionately as
the decomposition of their felspathic parts progresses, they take up
a greater quantity of water; and lastly, they become changed either
into clay, more or less i impure, or into kaolin. It thus is certain that
their quantity of water is augmented. If they contain carbonates,

6 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

the inverse takes place, and the quantity of these carbonates
diminishes.

But is it permissible to conclude from these facts that whenever an
eruptive rock contains water it has been thereby decomposed? I
think not, and I regret to find myself in disagreement on this point
with some eminent French and German geologists.

§ 13. An eruptwe rock has most commonly a complicated origin.—
The study of volcanic rocks shows that the definition of zgneous or
aqueous rocks cannot be exact. It is necessary to give to these words
a different signification from those which they have im ordinary
language. Thus, when we say of a rock that it had an zgneous
origin, it is not meant that it had been brought to a state of fusion
by heat alone: similarly of a rock of aqueous origin, that it will
only become plastic by the action of water. It must be understood
that these expressions have regard only to the principal agent in the
formation.

T repeat, that although heat or water may well play a predomi-
nant part in the formation of an eruptive rock, in no case is this
agency exclusive; it is accompanied by other agents, especially by
pressure, and in general by the very various forces which can incite
molecular action.

Rocks assuredly present very different characters according to the.
causes which have presided at their formation; but when these
causes are multiple, the characters become intermediate and much
less defined. The principal causes—heat, water, and pressure—are.
usually found combined.

It is then very certain that an eruptive rock can have a mixed
and very complex origin. Is it then astonishing after this, that
interminable discussions have been raised amongst geologists when
they have tried to explain the origin of rocks? and is it not evident
that the problem was not always to be solved on the terms within
which it was restricted ?

§ 14. Hruptive Rocks—The preceding general considerations per-
mit us now to examine the origin of different rocks.

Heat imprinting its peculiar mark upon those rocks which it has
contributed to form, it is natural to group rocks according to the
importance of the part it has played. They may be thus divided
into three classes, according as they are igneous, pseudo-iqneous, or
non-1qneous.

I. Igneous Rocks.

§ 15. The igneous rocks have been reduced to a state of fusion, or
at least rendered plastic, by heat. They are almost always anhydrous.
They have a cellular structure, and to a certain degree are rough to
the touch. The minerals they contain have a decided and character-
istic vitreous glance. They form the rocks which are considered as
eminently volcanic; they often occur as lavas, and have preserved
traces of fusion.

Their extreme types é are trachyte and dolerite, ao represent oe
their qualities.

DELESSE—ORIGIN OF ROCKS. 7

§ 16. Trachyte—This is a rock which, according to M. Naumann,
contains orthose, anorthose, ferro-magnesian mica, and hornblende.
Quartz also occurs in it. These minerals are disseminated in a
cellular and rough paste, which is generally of a grey, white, or
reddish colour. The orthose is splintery, transparent, and has a
bright vitreous fracture which gives it a peculiar character ; it con-
tains numerous fissures parallel to the length of the crystals. It
differs so much from the nacreous orthose of granite, that mineralo-
gists consider it as a distinct mineral, and have given it the name of
vitreous orthose, or of ryakolite, or sanidine.

The ferro-magnesian mica occurs in well-defined crystals of a
brilliant black, or very dark brown colour. It is never accompanied
by the silvery white aluminous mica which is found in granite,
gneiss, and raica-schist.

The hornblende is black, and rarely of a blackish-green colour.
Its crystals are well formed, elongated, and even complete at both
extremities ; they have a bright glance, and their lamellar structure
is very characteristic.

The quartz is rare when the trachyte is very cellular, viz. when
it bears evident traces of fusion. On the other hand it is abundant
when the trachyte has a more compact structure, and approaches
more nearly to quartziferous porphyry. Moreover the examination
of trachytic districts shows frequent passages between quartziferous
porphyry and trachyte containing quartz.

The fissures of trachyte are often covered with crystals of specular
oligist-iron; sometimes the rock is completely impregnated with
them. It also contains chlorhydric acid, sulphur, and sulphuric acid,
It is important to note the presence of these substances, as we see
rocks thrown out by modern volcanos impregnated with them.

Some trachytes also contain zeolites: those of Hungary are also
often traversed by veins of opal; they are then not quite anhydrous,
and consequently water has not been altogether absent in their
formation.

With regard to its chemical and mineralogical composition, trachyte
is closely connected with granite, from which it differs principally
by its cellular structure and the vitreous glance of its constituent
minerals ; but in proportion as these characters disappear, a group of
intermediate rocks is produced which contain more and more quartz,
and in which the influence of heat appears to have been gradually
diminishing.

Some writers, as Desmarets, de Saussure, Dolomieu, and L. von
Buch, have supposed that the action of the volcanos of Auvergne on
the granitic rocks amongst which they have burst forth might have
produced trachyte. According to this hypothesis, trachyte would be
to a certain extent the product of granite re-heated and metamor-
phosed,

After observing (p. 754) that pressure is not essentially necessary
to the formation of trachyte, and that it is often accompanied by
thick beds of conglomerate on a large scale, he sums up his observa-
‘ions on this rock thus :—

8 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Trachyte presents all the characters of an igneous rock; it has
been melted, or at least softened, and rendered plastic by heat. When
it is filled with quartz, we see its distinctive characters gradually
disappear, and it passes insensibly into porphyry: there is every
reason to believe that heat, then, plays a less and less active part in
its formation.

§ 17. Dolerite.—Dolerite, if we give this name to the lavas with
anorthose and anhydrous ejected by volcanos, offers in a still more
decided degree the characters of an igneous rock.

It is formed of anorthose and augite; sometimes it contains
peridote, mica, and amphigene (or leucite). These minerals are
disseminated in a grey or blackish anhydrous paste, more or less
magnetic, and cellular. When this paste predominates and is very
cellular, the dolerite passes into a scoria.

The anorthose has a vitreous lustre; it is white, translucid, and
laminated. It never assumes a greenish colour and a fatty lustre,
as in basalt. Consequently there is the same difference between the
anorthose of dolerite and that of basalt, as between the orthose of
trachyte and that of granite.

The augite is black or blackish-green, in crystals terminated at
both ends. It has also a glassy lustre, as is likewise the case with the
peridote and amphigene.

The author further on observes: There can be no doubt respecting
the mode of formation of the rock to which I here give the name of
dolerite ; for it is actually ejected by several existing volcanos. Thus
the lava of Etna contains labrador and augite; that of Vesuvius
contains amphigene, augite, and peridote. Dolerite has therefore been
reduced to the liquid state by the action of heat. To this therefore
the word “lava,” by which several kinds of volcanic rocks are de-
scribed, should be specially applied.

§ 18. Trachyte and dolerite offer us two types of igneous rocks,
the origin of which is well known, since we can see them formed in
existing voleanos. They contain no appreciable quantity of water ;
for that which they may have contained has escaped by means of
fumarolles at the moment of their solidification. This water more-
over has spread itself through the cavities and fissures of the eruptive
rock itself, and to a certain distance in the neighbouring rocks. It
has produced chalcedony, opal, hyalite, quartz, carbonates, zeolites,
and generally all the minerals which fill the cavities of the amygda-
loidal rocks. Thus the effects of heat may be complicated by those
of water, even when the eruptive rocks are igneous and anhydrous.

Il. Psevpo-1enxzous Rocks.

§ 19. Pseudo-igneous rocks have been reduced to a state of fusion
partly igneous, partly aqueous. Water, heat, and perhaps also
pressure, have all helped to make them plastic. They are always in
the state of hydrates. They have often also a cellular structure ; but
their minerals have only a very slight vitreous lustre. They separate
into prisms, or rather spheroids. They are generally associated with
igneous rocks, and they are chiefly met with in volcanic districts.

DELESSE—ORIGIN OF ROCKS. 9

The types which I shall describe in the two felspathic series are
retunite and basalt.

§ 20. Retinite—Retinite contains vitreous orthose, ferro-mag-
nesian mica, and also quartz. ‘These mimerals are disseminated in a
paste which is itself entirely vitreous, and which forms the greatest
portion of the rock.

The paste has a glance at once vitreous and resinous, which is
characteristic of retinite (pechsteim) ; it is often cellular, and the
colour varies from red and brown to green and dark black. It always
contains a large proportion of water, sometimes as much as 10 per cent.

Obsidian may also be considered as a variety of retinite, in which
there are only slight traces of water and bituminous or organic
matter: im a complete classification of rocks it ought therefore to be
placed at the extreme limit of the hydrated igneous rocks.

The minerals enclosed in retinite are the same as those found in
the cavities of trachyte. There is especially much silex in the state
of opal, chalcedony, and quartz. Zeolites also occur.

The absence of carbonates in retinite, which deserves special notice,
is doubtless owing to the fact of the retinite being in a vitreous state.
Carbonates are generally wanting in those eruptive rocks which are
rich in silex, even when they are hydrated.

Retinite is frequently found in volcanic regions, where it is often
associated with trachyte and also basalt. It forms well-characterized
veins; and it is evident that it was completely plastic at the time of
its eruption.

After describing the different positions and modes of occurrence of
retinite, the author continues :—

Phonolite differs much from retinite in its physical properties ;
nevertheless these two rocks contain vitreous orthose, and are hy-
drated; they are moreover associated with trachyte, so that they
represent two different states of hydrated trachyte.

The study of retinite and all the rocks belonging to the class of
vitreous trachytes shows us that these rocks are of mixed origin, and
result from the combined action of heat, water, and probably also of
pressure. They preserve, it is true, the characters of the igneous
rocks, but, instead of being anhydrous, are hydrated; water, then,
has played an important part in their formation.

§ 21. Basalt.—Basalt is then considered; and the author comes
to the conclusion that all the properties of basalt distinctly show its
mixed origin, and that heat and water have contributed to its forma-
tion. It has really undergone an “ aqueous fusion.” Its temperature
was sufficiently high to permit the development of peridote and augite,
but not sufficient, however, to completely disengage the water and
volatile substances. We can understand thence why basalt is so
often associated with lavas, and why we observe it at great distances
from all kinds of voleanos. It should not be inferred, however, from
the water it contains that its eruption was submarine; it was
formed, on the contrary, in the interior of the earth.

§ 22. Trap.—aAt the end of the pseudo-igneous rocks is trap,
Closely as it is allied to basalt, I think it differs from it in having

10 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

had a less elevated temperature. Thus has resulted the absence of
peridote, the presence of a great quantity of carbonates and zeolites,
and, above all, that the metamorphism exerted was less energetic.

On the other hand, as the trap was completely fluid, I am led to
believe that it formed at the moment of eruption a kind of mortar or
miry paste.

It is probable that it then contained a much greater quantity of
water than the water of crystallization which it has retained: to this
water it owed its great fluidity. It was only when its crystalline
structure was developed that it became lithoid, and that it took on
thus its hardness as well as its cohesion.

I would remark, however, that the veins of trap may very well be
more or less argillaceous. There are some even haying all the charac-
ters of true clays ; it has been always considered that these had been
decomposed and changed into a kind of kaolin. But to me it seems
that the trap has been preserved also in the state of muddy paste ;
for the characters taken by this paste must necessarily depend much
on its chemical composition : consequently whenever it was rich in
alkalies, for example, it became felspathic and very hard; whilst in
the contrary case it could not well be solidified, but would remain
always in the state in which it was erupted.

Ill. Non-1entous Ervrrive Rocks.

§ 23. The igneous and pseudo-igneous rocks represent those which
we ordinarily term volcanic. The non-igneous rocks which we now
study correspond to the plutonic rocks of Lyell. Their component
minerals have no longer the vitreous glance peculiar to igneous rocks.
Their structure is no longer cellular, usually even it is very compact.
Lastly, they are not associated with volcanic rocks, and consequently
they ought to have altogether another origin. It is really water and
pressure which has rendered them plastic ; for heat has only played
a secondary part in their formation.

§ 24. Granite—After giving in detail his views of granite, the
author sums up: It seems to me that granite presents none of the
characters of igneous rocks. For the development of its minerals
it was sufficient that it formed a magma slightly plastic, the study
of the granites of some localities showing even that it could erystal-
lize in nearly a solid state. Water, assisted by pressure, has most
probably contributed in the most efficacious manner to render granite
plastic. Heat has likewise assisted ; but it was very moderate in
degree, and certainly much below redness. If we suppose the granite
to have attained a sufficient state of plasticity, it is evident that in
other respects the crystallization of its minerals has been determined
by chemical and molecular actions.

§ 25. Diorite——Opposite the granitic rocks it is proper to put the
trappean rocks, in which the felspathic anorthose is associated with
mica and with hornblende, that is to say, with those minerals which
we find in granite. I shall consider specially diorite, which is one
of the most widely spread and most important rocks.

After noticing its characters, the author says: “ Diorite approaches

DELESSE—ORIGIN OF ROCKS.’ 1L

closely to granite in its mineral composition; for its constituent
minerals occur in granite, and moreover its accessory minerals are
also there met with. It has sometimes a well-developed crystalline
structure ; its metamorphism is analogous to that of granite; and it
sometimes passes insensibly into that rock, with which it is very often
associated.

“1 think then that diorite is formed under conditions interme-
diate between those producing trap and granite; but in the gene-
rality of its characters it is essentially allied to granite, and conse-
quently it has been chiefly engendered by water and pressure, the
part played by heat beg very subsidiary. Kersantite and euphotide
may have had a similar origin ; whilst hypertite and melaphyre tend
towards trap, and even basalt, conducting thus the transition into
the volcanic rocks.”

§ 26. Serpentine.—More inexplicable than all other eruptive rocks,
serpentine remains to the present hour a perfect enigma.

The preceding investigations have completely familiarized us with
the idea that an eruptive rock may be hydrated. If in the pseudo-
igneous rocks, such as retinite and basalt, water and heat have played
the principal parts ; in serpentine the effects due to heat have nearly
disappeared, so much so that the plasticity of the rock can hardly be
otherwise attributed than to water and pressure.

In conclusion, serpentine is.very tender and highly hydrated ; it is
associated with diorite and euphotide, into which it passes insensibly.
I think then that its origin is the same as with these.

§ 27. Résumé.—The chemical composition of rocks having very
different external features may be the same ; for the characters which
are proper to them not only depend on their composition, but still
more on the agencies which were exerted at the period of their for-
mation. We can thus understand how rocks having the same com-
position, and yet different from each other, have been produced at the
same geological epoch. One comprehends also why, reciprocally, a
like rock has been erupted at different epochs.

The origin of rocks has given rise amongst geologists to inter-
minable discussions, in which the most opposite doctrines have appa-
rently triumphed in their turns. These fluctuations, sometimes very
abrupt, are explained by the exclusive importance attached to one or
other of the agents which have combined in the formation of rocks.
It is assuredly very difficult to make out the part which each agent
has played; but it seems to me that the developments into which I
have entered lead one to repeat, with M. Agassiz*: ‘ After all, the
truth, as it so often happens, is here found to be between the different
systems. The different agencies to which each party refer the results
have all exercised their influences.” [W. J. H. and T. R. J.J

” ite

* “Systeme Glaciaire. Nouvelles études et expériences, partie, p. 572.

12 ’ GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On the Grotoay of CArtnrHia and Istria, By Dr. Stacue.
[Proe. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, Jan. 11, 1859.]

TE portion of these provinces surveyed by Dr. Stache during the
summer of 1858 comprises the territories of Cosina, Concedo, Pin-
guente, Castua, and San Stefano, Inner Carniola between the Valley
of Wippach, the River Poik, the Lake of Zirknitz, and the bogs
around Laibach. Observations made in excursions between Gorice
and Trieste, along the Laibach-Trieste Railroad, and into the Karst,
are also added. The geological formations constituting this region
are :—

I. Alluwvia and present deposits in the extensive peat-bogs near
Laibach, along the Isonzo and its affluents, in the large plain 8. W.
of Gradisca, and on the western shores of the Gulf of Monfalcone
and Trieste. In the valleys on the western banks of the Recca,
the small rivulets, when transitorily swollen by continuous rain or
melted snow, accumulate cones of materials torn from the sand-
stones and marls through which they take their course.

II. Diluvia.These acquire some importance in the gravels ex-
tensively deposited along the Isonzo, between Gorice, Cormony, and
Gradisca, and in the loams of Copriva, Massan, and Bigha. They
are represented in the rest of the territory by—1, sporadic deposits
of red ferruginous loams, originating in the destruction of Werfen-
strata, and filling the clefts and caves in more ancient limestones ;
2, by pisiform iron-ores, derived from the detritus of pyritiferous
Kocene marls; and 3, by secondary deposits of alum-ores in the
cavities of Upper cretaceous limestones.

III. Hocene Deposits.—A. Superior or Tassello Group. This-consists
of alternations of thick-bedded solid sandstones associated with thin
layers of marl, and thick beds of marl or marl-slates, including
seams of sandstone. The strata are frequently folded and rolled up,
and so appear thicker than they really were in their normal hori-
zontal position. Except Fucoids, indistinct remains of carbonized
plants, and local accumulations of carbonized stems and branches,
this group shows no traces of former organic life. It is well deve-
loped on the banks of the Rivers Recca, Poik, and Quieto in the
Wippach valley, and along the shore between Trieste and Pirano.

B. Middle or Nummulitic Group.—This occurs rather constantly
between the upper group A and the Lower Nummulitic group, in
the shape of a conglomerate of solid Nummulitic limestones, of large
fragments of older Nummulitic deposits, or of Nummulitiferous
nodules, imbedded in a soft marly cement. Where they overlie the
Tassello group it is only in consequence of local disturbances, the
effects of which are visible in the frequent and various foldings of
the whole group. Nuwmmulites and other Foraminifera, and casts of
Bivalves, Univalves, and Hcehinide are of frequent occurrence. The
lowermost persistent stratum is a narrow zone of bluish or yellowish,
somewhat slaty limestone, with Fucoids (Trieste-Optschina) and
Crustacea (Sterna). This group is most conspicuous on the margins
of the Recca Valley, around Pinguente, and near San Stefano.

STACHE—GEOLOGY OF CARINTHIA AND ISTRIA. 13

C. Inferior or Great Nummulitic Group. This is composed of
limestones in strong bedded masses, or in thinly foliated calcareous
slates, sometimes of considerable hardness. Their colour is white or
light-yellow, or grey passing into dark-grey and black in the thicker
layers. Their development throughout the whole of Istria is very
conspicuous ; and they may be subdivided, according to the nature of
their organic remains in general (Corals, Terebratule, Alveoline,
Echinodermata), and the species of Nummulites included in them, into
several subgroups, each of them constantly keeping a fixed horizon.

D. Lowermost or Freshwater Group. Its strata are interposed
between the group C and the uppermost Rudista-limestones. Their
lowermost horizon is marked by grey or brown bituminous lime-
stones, with lenticular coal-beds, large freshwater shells, and fruits
of Chara, most constantly overlain by hard smoke-grey limestones,
containing small freshwater Gasteropods, and, in some localities, an
enormous quantity of Chara. Dr. Stache gives to these strata the
name of “ Cosina-Vrem Strata,” from the places where they occur
most conspicuously, and he thinks them to be old Tertiaries, cor-
responding with certain portions of D’Orbigny’s ‘‘ Suessonien in-
férieur”’ (Calcaire lacustre de Rilly).

IV. Cretaceous Rocks.—These are very prevalent within the terri-
tory in question, and may be subdivided, although with some diffi-
culty, into three more or less distinct groups :—

A. Superior Rudista-group, comprising limestones, of compact or
slaty texture, and calcareous breccia, generally of white or clear
colours, and including Hippurites and Radvolites, throughout their
range in Istria, as a nearly constant narrow zone on the margin of the
Nummulitic deposits. Near Kaal they are almost entirely composed
of fragments of Cidarites and other Echinoderms.

B. Middle or Radiolite-group, comprising generally dark-coloured
limestones, dolomitic limestones, and dolomitic breccia, with some-
times a strong bituminous smell. They admit again of subdivision
into—1l. An upper series, in which prevail limestones, alternating
with dolomitic arenaceous strata, and including in enormous quan-
tities a long and slender species of Radiolites. 2. A lower series of
breccia and sandstones, of essentially dolomitic character, rarely in-
cluding organic remains, or subordinate limestone-beds. These two
series together constitute the plateau of the Schneeberger-Wald,
the Schneeberg itself (5673 ft.), the N.E. portion of Istria, and all
the Karst region.

C. The Inferior Rudista-group; with two subdivisions :—

1. Upper series composed of limestones in laminz, with corneous
silex, and marly, dark-coloured, bituminous, calcareous slates, known
long ago to yield a few remains of Fishes near Comen and in some
other localities.

2. A lower series of undoubtedly Neocomian origin, which may
be also called Caprotina-limestones, on account of a species of these
bivalves (probably Capr. ammonia) occurring very frequently in
the yellow or grey limestones composing it. This group may be
distinctly traced along the railroad from Laase to Loitsch.

14 ' GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

The group A may be parallelized with D’Orbigny’s ‘ Senonien ; ”
the group B with his “‘ Turonien;” and the group C with the Upper
Neocomian.

V. Trias.—This is wanting in Istria, but is conspicuously deve-
loped in Inner-Carniola, bordered by the Cretaceous group in a
direction nearly parallel to the line of fracture running through the
Planina, Zirknitz, and Baha Valleys. It may be divided into three
subgroups :—

A. The Upper Trias, with prevailing greyish limestones and sili-
ceous and sometimes striped dolomites, with traces of repeated
disturbances. Its fossil remains are Chemnitziw and (especially in
the intercalated reddish marl-strata) numerous individuals of Mega-
lodus Carinthiacus, Corbula Rosthorni, and other forms charaec-
terizing the “ Raibl-beds.” The lmestones, nearly everywhere
associated with the Megalodus-strata, are full of the shells of a large
bivalve (Ostrea), so solidly impasted in the limestone that specimens
sufficient for generic determination are scarcely to be obtained.

Bb. The Middle Trias, consisting in descending order of—1. Black
limestones, full of Pentacrinites, with some few small Brachiopods.
2. Fine-oolitic limestones, with numerous small Gasteropods and
Bivalves, characterizing them as analogous to the St. Cassian strata.
3. A series of dolomitic strata, of considerable thickness.

C. The Lower Trias, exhibiting in descending order—l. Dolo-
mite, in thin strata, alternating with corneous silex and variegated
marls. 2. Variegated marl-slates and red sandstones, with thin
strata of dolomite, yellowish and grey sandstones and slates, bearing
the paleontological features of the Werfen-strata.

VI. Carboniferous Group.—(Gailthal-beds : conglomerates, slates,
and sandstones) ; confined to some few localities, and nowhere ex-
tensive. [Count M. |

On the Tertrartes and Porpuyrtss of the SAnn River, Lowrr Sryria.
By M. Tu. ZoLirKoFer.

[Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, January 25, 1859.]

Tuesr Tertiaries, deposited in the depressions of rocks of more
ancient date, are remarkable as including a great quantity of Brown-
coal, and as being intermediate in age between the Hocene and Neogene
periods. Besides the impressions of leaves bearing an Eocene
character, as those of Potzka, no fossil species occurring in them is
decidedly Eocene or Miocene, some of them (as Cerithium margari-
taceum) being rather indicative of an Oligocene origin.

In connexion with these Tertiaries, solid porphyries and porphy-
ritic tuffs make their appearance, which, although known long ago,
have been the subject of many controversies. M. de Morlot sup-
poses them to be partial"metamorphoses of the sedimentary rocks
with which they are sometimes alternate. Dr. Rolle admits the
eruption of solid porphyry, subsequently destroyed and regenerated
into tufaceous layers. According to M. Zollikofer’s local observa-

JOKELY—GEOLOGY OF NORTH-WESTERN BOHEMIA. 15

tions, the porphyries are contemporaneous with the Werfen-strata.
The tuffs are either tufaceous sandstones intimately connected with
the porphyries themselves, and therefore contemporaneous with
them, or of an aspect resembling silex, and evidently Tertiary beds
metamorphosed by the contact, or at least the proximity, of the por-
phyries, in a way still unexplained. Near Tiiffer the Tertiary marl-
slates next to the porphyries are abruptly metamorphosed into
corneous silex or tufaceous sandstone. [Count M. ]

On the Grotocy of NorrH-weEsTERN Bonmmia. By M. Joxéty.
[ Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, January 25, 1859.]

Tue mass of the Iser-Gebirge, representing the central nucleus of
the Sudetian mountains, is granitite, a compound of oligoclase and
interspersed binary crystals of constantly pale-reddish orthoclase.
Granite is but of secondary occurrence, either as fragments impasted
in granitite, or distributed in irregular masses among the gneiss sur-
rounding the southern slope of the granitite, or rising as so many
islands above the diluvial deposits.

The Jescken Mountain-group joins the Iser-Gebirge on the south-
east. Its chief constituents are argillaceous slate, with local beds
of quartzite, granular limestone, amphibolic rocks, and greywacke-
like slates with intercalated gneiss, probably of eruptive origin.
Manifold irregularities in the stratification of these rocks may be
ascribed to a pressure which has acted on them in the direction from
N. toS.

Granite, with two distinct species of felspar, mica, and a dichroit
quartz (Prof. Cotta’s ““ Rumburg-granite’’) is the essential consti-
tuent rock of the Rumburg-Hainspach Mountain-group. Another
variety of granite, with pale-reddish felspar, resembling imperfect
granite, forms local masses within the prevailing variety. Grey-
wacke and gneiss, with veins of galena and pyrites, like those of the
Jescken, and here and there amphibolic slates, are locally included
in the granite, being probably large fragments torn away from the
Jescken schistaceous masses, and essentially different from the veins
of massive diorite-like amphibolites running locally through the
granitic rocks.

From the circumstance of crystalline slates and gneiss everywhere
conformably overlying the granitite, this rock may well be supposed
to be the efficient cause of the last upheaval in the Sudetian moun-
tains. Granite, far less diffused, and having evidently taken but a
very secondary share in this convulsion, is undoubtedly of more remote
date than the granulite. The steep upheaval of the Old Red of
Liebenau and of the Cretaceous deposits (‘* Quader ”’) along the border
of the Jescken, and further off, may be of still less remote date,
being confined to a very limited space ; rolled fragments of granite
moreover occur in the Old Red conglomerate, lying between mela-

phyre and porphyry. [Count M. |

16 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Fossin Satamanprip# of Bounmra. By Dr. H. von Mrynr.
[ Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, March 29, 1859.]

M. Joxfty found in the summer of 1858 in the basaltic tuff of Alt-
Warnsdorf (N. Bohemia) the remains of a Batrachian (belonging to
the Salamandride) nearly approaching to the Triton opalinus, H.
v. Meyer, from Leschitz (Bohemia). The head and anterior part
being wanting in the Alt-Warnsdorf specimen, the generic deter-
mination remains still uncertain. This specimen (77. basalticus, H.
v. Meyer) differs from Zriton opalinus by its stronger tibiee, by the
proportions of the vertebral and caudal processes, and by the pre-
sence of a tail, wanting in 7%. opalinus; and from Salamandra
basaltica, from Markersdorf (N. Bohemia), by the proportion of its
tibia and femur. The Rhenish Brown-coal yields two species of
Salamandride (Salamandra Ogygia and Triton Noachicus), both un-
known in the analogous Tertiaries of N. Bohemia. Palwobatrachus
Goldfussi, however, occurring plentifully both in the Rhenish and in
the Markersdorf Brown-coal, it may be considered that these deposits
are coeval. [Count M. }

Meratiic Leap in Basattic Rocxs. By F. Rrrrer von Haver.

[ Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, March 29, 1859. ]
Prorrssor ReprenzacHpr and Baron Ch. Reichenbach found in a
specimen of greywacke-like basaltic tuff from Rautenberg (N. Mo-
ravia), intended for chemical analysis, one larger and five or six
smaller metallic grains, firmly adhering to the stony mass and offer-
ing all the physical and chemical characters of metallic lead. Dis-
solved in nitric acid, this substance gave perfect crystals of nitrate
of lead; andsulphuric acid produced in the solution a copious white
precipitate, blackening with sulphuret of ammonia, but not soluble
in it.

The occurrence of native lead is extremely rare; the only authen-
ticated instances of it are a specimen with oxide of lead, from Perote
(Vera Cruz), brought to Europe by Mr. Stein, some minute scales
and globules, discovered by Dr. Ferrenner in 1853, in the auriferous
sands of Olah Juan (Transylvania), and a similar occurrence in the
gold-sands of Leontjewsky (Ural mining district). [Count M.]

On the Fossit Frsuus of the Austrian Empire. By M. Srernpacner.
[Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, July 14, 1859.]

Srx new species have been described by M. Steindacher. The first
of them, Atpichthys pretiosus, a new genus of the (at present tro-
pical) family Vomeridw, occurs in the dark slates of Camen in
Istrian Karst. The second, Strinsia alata, from the tertiaries of
Szakadat (Transylvania), is the first known fossil species of a genus
the only known recent species of which (Str. Tinca) lives on the
Sicilian coast. Of the four others, all from the Tertiaries of Pod
Sujed, near Agram (Croatia), one is a Scomber, the first fossil repre-
sentative of the genus, and whose nearest recent ally lives in the
Indian Seas; and the others belong to the genus Chetoéssa, hitherto
unknown in a fossil state. [Count M.]

TRANSLATIONS AND NOTICES

OF

GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On the Kossnn Strata in Norta-western Huneary. By M. Strurr.
[ Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, December 1, 1859.]

Suess, Oppel, and Rolle have already treated of the Késsen Strata,
the parallelism of their Alpine representatives with their Extra-alpine
‘“‘ Bone-bed,” and their geological position with respect to the Keuper
and Lias. The parallelism between, and contemporaneity of, the
Kossen-beds and the Bone-bed have been well proved. Their geolo-
gical position, however, is still controverted. The geologists of
Vienna have considered the Késsen Strata to be Liassic; whilst others,
especially of late, regard them as being the uppermost subdivision of
the Keuper-series. This question, unimportant or not to be solved in
some cases, may be easily answered as respects the Kossen Strata.
If, indeed, the Acephala occurring both in them and in the sand-
stones of the Bone-bed bear a greater resemblance to those of the
Trias ; their Brachiopoda, which are of greater geological import-
ance and specifically recognizable, are referable only to those of the
lias. Ammonites planorbis, a genuine Liassie form, occurs in the
Kossen Strata. Other species are known to pass from the Késsen-
beds into the overlying Lias; the strata always have such markedly
transitional characters, that the former could not be regarded as
Keuperian without doing violence to well-established facts.

In Hungary the Koéssen-beds rest immediately on the Red Sand-
stone of the Carpathian Mountains ; this sandstone, like the analo-
gous deposit in N.-E. Bohemia, includes masses and interstratified
layers of melaphyr and amygdaloid. The Werfen-slates occur only
at one place in the eastern portion of the district. The Upper Trias
is wanting in N.-W. Hungary. It may hence be inferred that the
Carpathians formed a continental area, and remained so for the whole
interval from the deposition of the Red Sandstone to that of the first
of the Késsen-beds ; and that previous to the formation of the latter
some convulsive movement must have newly exposed a portion of
the land to the action of the sea. This disturbance gave a new
direction to the subsequent deposition of inorganic matter and deve-
lopment of the organic forms; which also affords an argument in
favour of the Liassic relation of the Késsen Strata. [Count M. |

On HorrnesitE; a New Mrnerat Species. By Prof. Kenneaorr
and Director Harpryerr.
[ Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, March 8, 1860.]

When at the Vienna Imperial Museum, Prof. Kenngott (now at
the University of Zurich) had recognized this new species and
proved it, by blowpipe, to contain magnesia and water and an acid
of a doubtful nature. Lately he transmitted to Dr. Hérnes the

VoL. XVI,.—PART 11, C

18 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

preliminary results, leaving to him and Dr. Haidinger the denomi-
nation of this new species. Dr. Haidinger chose the denomination
of Hoernesite, indicative of the friendly and scientific intercourse
between the discoverer and his former collaborator at the Imperial
Museum.

Hoernesite ranks among the “ Haloids” of Mohs’s system, and
appears in spheroidal groups of crystals, developed within the free
interstices into small rhomboid lamelle, with an acute angle of 36° ;
which Dr. Haidinger regards as belonging to the Augitic (Mohs’s
«‘ Hemiprismatic”) system. The crystals are white and flexible,
with a single cleavage-plane of pearly lustre, parallel to the longi-
tudinal surface. The hardness is equal, or perhaps inferior, to that
of tale (1:0 of Mohs’s scale): specific gravity=2'474. According
to Chev. Ch. de Hauer, the electro-negative element is arsenic acid,
and the chemical formula is 3MgO.AsO’ + 8HO (arsenic acid, 46°33 ;
magnesia, 24°54; water, 29:07; loss, 0:06).

The only specimen at present known came to the Imperial
Museum with the celebrated collection of Van der Null, and has
been mentioned by Mohs, in the description of this cabinet, under
the denomination of tale, to which, and especially to its variety
with stellar fracture (known as “ pyrophyllite”), it bears indeed a
striking resemblance. This specimen is said to come from the Banat,
probably from the environs of Oravicza. The new species 1s particu-
larly interesting as filling up a blank in the series of the hitherto
known native arseniates of copper, iron, cobalt, and lime.

[Count M.]

Cn the Guotocy of Tanrrr and Taiarapoo. By M. Kuuczycxt.
[ Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, December 13, 1859. }

Dr. Scuerzer sent to Director Haidinger a note from M. Kulezycki,
Director of the Native Department at Tahiti, on the geological
structure of this island and of the peninsula of Taiarapoo. The author
recognizes the existence of the three regions, distinctly marked out
by their botanical features, so well described by Dr. C. Darwin,
and undoubtedly essentially connected with the geological history of
the island and its gradual rise above the level of the sea. The two
crateriform systems of Tahiti and Taiarapoo belong to the first, or
eruptive period. During the second period the solidified crust was
upheaved to its present level, and torn into radial fissural valleys.
The level of the sea during the first period may probably still be
traced by means of a corallian girdle running round the whole island
below its present summits (3800 ft.). The fossil madrepores men-
tioned by Mr. Stutchbury (Sir C. Lyell’s ‘ Geology’) may probably
belong to this girdle, the existence of which, however, may still
remain pr oblematic for a long time, on account of the inaccessibility
of some part of the island.

Basalt, compact, with olivine, or irregularly columnar,—porose
zeolitic lavas,—and trachytes (on the southern portion, and at the
east point of Taiarapoo), sometimes decomposed into impure kaolin,

HORBYE—ON EROSION IN NORWAY. 19

are the prevailing rocks. Conglomerates of volcanic fragments and
ashes, with coralline detritus and shell-sand, sometimes more or less
istinctly stratified, occur along the coast. The sea-beach is covered
either with white coralline or with black volcanic sands, brought
there by marine and freshwater currents. At one place there are
saturated ferrugineo-carbonic springs. The average atmospheric
temperature of Tahiti is 26-1° C. ; the normal temperature of springs
is 20-21° C. [Count M. |

On New Triassic CepHanopopa from Hatsrarr.
By Franz Rirrer von Haver.

[ Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, March, 8, 1860.]

Curvy. Fr. pe Haver, by describing twenty-four new species of
Cephalopods from the Halstatt strata, has brought the total of species
known to occur in this formation (one of the most abundant in this
order at present known) to the number of ninety-two. The majority
of these twenty-four new species belong to the genera Ammonites
and Nautilus. A group among them, however, differing from Am-
monites by their non-dentated lobes and saddles, and from Gonia-
tites by their siphonal funnel directed forward, required the estab-
lishment of new genera, of great importance as respects the gradual
development of the Cephalopods i in general, and their relation to
other genera of this order. These new genera represent the sim-
plest forms of the Ammonitean family-type, and consequently obtain
their full development in the Triassic Period, during which this
family makes its first appearance; and they are of but scarce oc-
currence in the subsequent deposits. [Count M.]

—

On the Phenomena of Eroston in Norway. By J. C. Horsye.
[Observations sur les Phénoménes d’Erosion en Norveége, recueillies par J. C.

Horbye, Intendant du Musée Minéralogique de l'Université Royale de Chris-

tiania, et publiées avec l’autorisation du Sénat Académique par B. M. Keilhau,

Professeur de Minéralogie, &c. &c. &e. Avec trois cartes et deux planches.

(Programme de l’Université pour le 1° semestre 1857.) 4°. Christiania,

1857. ]

Tnis work is the result of a large number of observations on the
glacial phenomena extending over the whole of the Scandinavian
peninsula. These observations are embodied in maps and plates ;
but are also described in detail in the fifty-six pages of letter-
press.

The large map, embracing the southern portion of the peninsula,
is coloured, showing at a glance the tabular summits of the moun-
tain-chain, with their deep fiords and gorges ramifying into the heart
of the country from the coasts. The directions of the glacial striz
are indicated by arrows at the points of observation. Of the two
smaller maps, one shows the direction of the striz over Norway,
Sweden, and Finland; the other (by Th. Rérdam) indicates the
lines of striation along the Gulf of Christiania.

M. Horbye’s observations lead to the result—that the ice, either
as glaciers or floating bergs and floes, had a general tendency to
radiate from the central chain. Thus, along the western and

20 GROLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

northern coasts, the strize point westward and northward. Along the
Gulf of Christiania there are two systems of striations crossing at a
small angle; but, on the whole, pointing southward. Along the
eastern and southern slopes the striae range in the direction of
North Germany and Russia, being continued across the plains of
Finland ; confirming (if any confirmation were necessary) the general
belief of the Scandinavian origin of the erratic blocks which are
scattered over those countries.

M. Horbye gives many interesting local details on the subject of
strie and Roches moutonnées, and the means for determining the di-
rection in which the ice has moved at given points. [E. H.]

On some GREENSTONES and their SECONDARY MINERALS.
By Dr. Tscomrmax.
[ Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, March 8, 1860. ]
Tur Greenstones of Neutitischein (Moravia), varied as they are,
may be brought under three distinct classes: diorites, simple dia-
bases, and calcareous diabases. The diabases give origin to only a
small number of secondary minerals; the diorites are more pro-
ductive in this respect. The most interesting among them is the
serpentine, the origin of which may be traced through the whole
series of gradual decompositions undergone by the diorite. The
presence of lime in the diorites has had but little influence on the
nature of the secondary minerals produced by their decomposition.
Misch AAAS: [Count M. |

On the Lientre of Scuonstern, Styrta. By Dr. Rozz.

[ Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, February 3, 1860.]

Tue geological and paleontological characters of this small ligniti-
ferous basin are those of a secluded lacustrine deposit. The chief
materials which have undergone the process of lignitization are, ac-
cording to Prof. Unger’s determination, stem-fragments of Peuce
acerosa, frequent also in other lignitiferous beds of Styria. Two
others of the fossil species from Schonstein agree with some from
the Swiss Molasse ; whilst two others are undescribed, and not as
yet met with in any other locality.

The molluscan remains seem to indicate a less remote geological
age than may be inferred from the consideration of the plant-remains
alone. Undescribed species of Bithinia, Hydrobia, and Valvata, not
known to occur in any other locality, are the prevailing forms.
Some few individuals of other species, still living and partly known
in the post-tertiary period, may be obtained by washing the fossi-
liferous marls. None of the Schonstein species are found among
the now well-explored molluscan fauna of the Vienna Basin.

From all this Dr. Rolle infers that the hgnitiferous beds of Schon-
stein correspond to a certain group of strata, paleontologically ascer-
tainable only at very few localities, which have been considered
either uppermost tertiary or lowermost diluvial, and the most an-
cient known type of which is represented by the ossiferous strata of
the Arno Valley in Tuscany. [Counr M. }

TRANSLATIONS AND NOTICES
OF

GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On the Distrisutio0n of the Inzersporr or ConcERIAN Strata in the
Austrian Empire. By Fr. Rirrer von Haver.

[Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, Jahrbuch, xi. (1860) p. 1, &e.]

Hieuty interesting results have been obtained by the recent inyesti-
gation of the freshwater deposits of South-eastern Europe, undertaken
by British officers, especially by Captain Spratt, chiefly during the
Crimean war. Captain Spratt had previously given notices of the
freshwater deposits near Smyrna, and in the Isles of Samos and
Eubcea*, followed by his papers “on the geology of Varna and the
neighbouring parts of Bulgaria,” “on the freshwater deposits of
Eubcea, the coast of Greece, and Saloniki,” ‘on the geology of the
North-east part of the Dobrutcha,” and << on the freshwater deposits
of the Levant.”

- In 1858 also Mr. W. H. Baily described a series of organic re-
mains brought from the Crimea by Captain C. F. Cockburn, R.A.,
with a note by the latter ‘‘on the geology of the neighbourhood of
Sevastopol,” &c.

The facts stated in these memoirs, and derived either by the ob-
servations of the authors themselves, or on trustworthy authority, are
unanimous in proving the existence of freshwater deposits, of the late
Tertiary period, throughout 8.E. Europe, on the islands and the
coasts of the Grecian Archipelago, along the coasts of Thrace and
Macedonia, on the Western coasts of the Black Sea, and in the
Crimea, and likewise on the opposite coast of Asia Minor. These
deposits are considered by Capt. Spratt to indicate the existence of
an enormous freshwater lake, or of a series of freshwater basins,
during a period immediately preceding the present state of things, so
that at that time inland fresh waters filled up the hollows at present
for the most part occupied by the salt water of the A®gean, the Sea
of Marmora, and the Black Sea.

Capt. Spratt had enounced these views (although somewhat modi-
fied by the then existing incertitude as to the age of these isolated

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 156, and vol. iii. p. 65 & p. 67.

+ Ibid. vol. xiii. p. 72 & p. 177, and vol. xiv. p. 203 & p. 212.

} Ibid. vol. xiv. p. 133 & p. 161. This memoir has been followed by another
paper by Mr. Baily, descriptive of Crimean Fossils, in the Journ. Roy. Dublin
Soc. for January and April 1859, p. 233, &c., with 3 plates.

VOL. XVI.—PART II. ; D

22 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS,

Tertiaries) some years ago; but Vicomte d’Archiac* doubted the
deposits in question to be really of Eocene age, as the late Prof. E.
Forbes had believed them to be on account of some of their organic
remains. Capt. Spratt himself subsequently regarded the freshwater
deposits described by him to be probably of Miocene date ; neverthe-
less his own investigations and those of other geologists indicate
them to possess an extraordinary range of diffusion.

Ina paper? ‘“ On the Freshwater deposits of Bessarabia, Moldavia,
Wallachia, and Bulgaria,” by Capt. Spratt, read before the Geological
Society of London on January 4th, 1860, the author mentions the
existence of freshwater deposits on the banks of the Yalpuk Lake in
South Bessarabia, containing organic remains similar to those from
other localities of the sediments of the great Middle Tertiary fresh-
water lake. Among them are freshwater species of Cardium, occur-
ring also (together with Dreissena polymorpha) in the freshwater strata
of the Dardanelles and elsewhere. After some search, Capt. Spratt
_ found similar forms living in the Yalpuk Lake, and was thereby
confirmed in his conviction of the above-mentioned tertiary basin
having really been occupied by fresh water. He supposes a bar (the
Isaktcha hills, now broken through by the Danube) to have separated
the level of the Black Sea from that of the lake then existing in
Bessarabia and the Danubian provinces. The conditions of the ~
enormous freshwater plains in Eastern Europe and in Asia Minor may
have been disturbed, he thinks, by volcanic eruptions establishing a
communication between the Black Sea and the Mediterranean, alter-
ing the level of these regions, and probably in connexion with the
‘formation of enormous gravel deposits along the foot of the Car-
pathian chain.

It has appeared desirable that the Geologists of the Vienna Imp.
Institute should collect the facts recently obtained with respect to the
occurrence of freshwater strata in Hungary and Transylvania, and
bring them in connexion with those observed by Capt. Spratt. This
subject becomes still more interesting when considered in relation with
the Caspian Sea and the Aral Lake. ‘These two enormous lakes, with
water very poor in salt, may indeed afford some idea of the freshwater
basins of 8.E. Europe, as supposed by Capt. Spratt to have existed
during the Middle Tertiary period. According to the statements of
MM. Walmer, Gobel, Rose, Abich, and others, in the water in the
north portion of the Caspian Sea, where the rivers Ural and Volga fall
into it, there is not above 0°16 to 0:6 per cent., and in the other por-
tions not above 1:2 to 1:4 per cent. of salt ; while Pisani has found a
per-centage of 1-6 to 1:7 in the water of the Bosphorus near Bujuk-
dere; and Erman has recently stated the per-centage of salt in the
Mediterranean to be 3:72 in the harbour of Marseilles, 3-79 between
Port Vendre and Barcelona, 3:81 between Barcelona and Valencia,

* Hist. Progrés Géol. ii. p. 907.

+ For the printed abstract of this and the other papers read before the Geolo-
gical Society, the author and his colleagues are indebted to the Officers of the
Society, who forward them promptly and regularly to Count Marschall.

FR. VON HAUER—CONGERIAN STRATA. 23

3°83 near Carthagena, and 3°77 near Malaga,—these numbers repre-
senting an average proportion of 3-78.

The Molluscan fauna of the Caspian Sea is remarkable for its ex-
treme scarcity of genera and species, and for the predominance of
peculiar forms of Cardium (the types of the subgenera Adacna, Mono-
dacna, and Didacna in Prof. Kichwald’s ‘ Fauna Caspio-Caucasica’),
as also by its characteristic forms of Dreissena and Mytilus. Pallas
long ago pointed out the far greater extent of the Caspian in ancient
times, and its former connexion with the Aral and the Black Sea ;
and his views have been fully corroborated by subsequent observers,
especially by Sir R. I. Murchison, Count von Keyserling, and M. de
Verneuil, in ‘ Russia and the Ural Mountains,’

Tf we take into consideration the Tertiaries of the plains of the
Danube and its affluents, as far as they fall within the limits of
the Austrian Empire, beginning with the most thoroughly known
among them (namely, those of the Vienna basin), an impartial ob-
server will scarcely have any doubt as to the analogy of the fauna
preserved in our Inzersdorf or Congerian plastic clay (“‘ Tegel ”) with
the recent Aralo-Caspian fauna. The deposits just mentioned are
very poor in species, but contain very numerous individuals of Con-
gerie (Dreissene), together with plenty of Cardia (some of them
scarcely distinct from Prof. Kichwald’s species) and Paludine, of which
one has been identified by M. Frauenfeld* with the recent Paludina
- pusilla, Kichw. Nevertheless the fauna of the Inzersdorf strata is
distinct from that of the Aralo-Caspian beds by the presence of
Melanopsis and other species, connecting them with the other Mio-
cene deposits of Europe.

Prof. Edw. Suess was the first who succeeded in fixing the true
position of these Inzersdorf Clays, in relation to the rest of the de-
posits filling up the Vienna basin. This distinguished paleonto-
logist has proved them to be of newer date than the whole of the
marine strata, and to have been deposited above them, in the lowest
localities of the basin, at a period when the level of the ancient
Miocene sea had already notably decreased, and the per-centage of salt
in its water had nearly fallen down to zero by the influx of fresh
water. This observation is quite concordant with the fact sig-
nalized by the celebrated authors of the above-mentioned work on
Russia,—of the Aralo-Caspian freshwater deposits resting on marine
Miocene beds; while Capt. Spratt expressly asserts that his fresh-
water strata rest immediately on Eocene deposits.

The extensive range of the Inzersdorf Clays within the Vienna
basin, their occurrence in its lowest portions, the appearance of their
organic remains at very many isolated localities (as proved by local
occurrences of the characteristic Melanopsis Martiniana, enumerated
in Dr. Hornes’s ‘Tertiary Mollusca of the Vienna basin’), leave
no doubt of their having been deposited within this basin in an
extensive and continuous lake, the diameter of which from §,S.E.
to N.N.W. (from Oedenburg in Western Hungary, to Gaya in Mo-
ravia) has a length of 20 Austrian (about 90 English) miles. The

* Hornes, Die fossilen Mollusken des Tertiarbecken von Wien, . p. 587.

D

94 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

extent of this lake may have been still greater from east to west, as
indicated by the occurrence of Inzersdorf fossils in the Hungarian
basin, of which (as the late P. Partsch first proved) the Vienna
basin was only a bay. Most probably the waters of both basins
were still connected while the deposition of the Inzersdorf strata was
going on; at least, these are well developed and very fossiliferous at
certain places within the strait between the Leitha and the Rosalia
mountain-regions,—that is, in the triangular space between Neu-
stadt, Hisenstadt, and Oedenburg.

Turning from Oedenburg southward to the plain along the margin
of the mountain-range, the strata in question are again met with
near Schlaning and Rothen-Thurm, §.W. of Giins cw. Hungary),
where M. Tener r* has noted the occurrence of Congeriw. They dis-
appear, however, within the Styrian bay; at least MM. Andrae and
Rolle, who have lately most carefully investigated these regions as
the Geologists of the Styrian Geologico-mining Society, could nowhere
find the organic remains peculiar to the Congerian beds.

M. Andrae, describing the portion of this bay west of the parallel
of Gratz. mentions the occurrence of sandstones, shales, and clays,
partially charged with seams of brown-coal and impressions of leaves
(and, on this account, probably of freshwater origin), but containing
no fossils characteristic of our Congerian strata. He mentions like-
wise, as occurring about Grafendorf, Gleisdorf, and EK. of Hartberg,
limestones with a Cerithian fauna, analogous to the fauna of the
strata immediately beneath the Inzersdorf Clays within the Vienna
basin; but he gives no indication of any connexion between these
limestones (erroneously called by him “ Leitha-limestones”) and the
strata with brown-coal.

The small freshwater basin of Rem, N.W. of Gratz, has been i in-
vestigated by Prof. Ungert and M. Morlot§, and lately by MM.
Peters and Gobanz ll. Of 20 Gasteropods (chiefly of the genera Heliz,
Planorbis, Limneus, &c.) determined by M. Gobanz, 16 likewise
occur in the freshwater deposits of N.W. Bohemia and in the fresh-
water limestones of Wirtemberg. None of the characteristic species
of our “ Inzersdorf Tegel” are among them; only the Planorbis
pseudo-ammoncus, Voltz, far spread through all freshwater lime-
stones, is common to both these deposits, although of extremely rare ~
occurrence in the “ Inzersdorf Tegel.”

South of Gratz, Dr. Rolle{ has found a not quite continuous bar of
ancient rocks (the Plawutsch and Sausal ranges) dividing the Ter-
tiary bay of Gratz into two sections, having very different facies.
The lignitiferous deposits of the Koflach and Voitsberg bay, and the
freshwater deposits with glance-coal of Eibiswald, Steiereg, Wies,

* Verhandl. Vereins Naturk. Presburg, iii. 2nd abstract of Meetings, p. 10.

+ Jahrbuch K. K. geolog. Reichsanstalt, v. p. 529.

{ “Gratz, ein naturhistorisches, &c. Gemalde diesers Stadt,” p. 79.

iS & Erliuterungen zur 8. Section d. General-Quartiermeisterstabs-Special-
karte v. Steiermark u. Ilyrien,” p. 35.

|| Sitzungsbericht. Akad. Wissensch. xiii. p. 180.

*| Jahrbuch geol. Reichsanst. vii. p. 535.

FR. VON HAUER—CONGERIAN STRATA. 25

&c., on the western side of this barrier, are paralleled by Dr. Rolle
with the basin of Rein; and so also may be the lignitiferous fresh-
water strata of Liescha, near Privali (Carinthia), containing, accord-
ing to M. Lipold*, the same Gasteropodous species. Congeric,
Melanopsides, and other characteristic Inzersdorf forms have not
been found to occur in any of the localities just mentioned ; and the
relations of these deposits with respect to the Cerithian strata, con-
spicuously developed on the eastern side of the above-mentioned bar,
on the left banks of the Mur, are still to be ascertained.

If the deposits just mentioned have nothing of the paleonto-
logical type of the Congerian strata, it must appear the more sur-
prising to meet this type in the secluded and far more elevated
lignitiferous basin of Fohnsdorf, the first exact description of which
is due to M. Kudernatschy. This geologist noticed the presence of
Congerta and Paludima among the innumerable shells filling a bed
immediately overlying the lignite; and Dr. Hérnes recognized one
of the species to be Congeria triangularis.

The eastern portion of the Styrian tertiary region (Firstenfeld,
Feldbach, Gleichenberg, Klévh, and the area comprised between
Radkersburg, Pettau, Marburg, and Mureck), as far as it has been
surveyed by Dr. Andrac#, is chiefly occupied by Cerithian strata, to
the exclusion of freshwater deposits of less ancient origin. Recent
observations from the immediately neighbouring portion of S.W.
Hungary have not come to my notice. On the banks of the Balaton
lake, near Tihany, our fauna appears again in full development. It
was the organic remains of this place (known under the vulgar name
of “‘ Goats’ hoofs’) that first induced the late M. Partsch to under-
take a scientific review of the genus Congeria. Prof. Zepharovich §,
who gave a detailed description of the peninsula of Tihany, found
there Congeria triangularis associated with Cardium plicatum,
Eichw., Melanopsis Dafourt, Fér., and Paludina Sadleriana, Partsch ;
and above them a bed with Melanopsis Bouet, WM. pygmca, Partsch
(M. buccinoidea, Auct.), Planorbis, &e.

Further southward the presence of the Inzersdorf strata is at
least indicated by the presence of Melanopsis Martiniana in the
Draun Valley (according to M. Sinnetinger ||), and by the Congerice
and Melanopsides (although rather incongruously associated with
genuine marine forms) enumerated in M. de Vukotinovic’s “ Cata-
logue of the organic remains from the mountains near Agram in
Croatia.” He also describes a limestone with Melanie and other
freshwater shells as occurring in the Mostavina Mountains ** (Croatia),
leaving it in doubt, however, whether this is of merely local oceur-
rence, or really belonging to the great freshwater lake of the Con-
gerian Period.

In the south portion of the Hungarian basin, the environs of

* Jahrbuch geol. Reichsanst. vii. p. 176. + Haidinger’s Berichte, i. p. 83.
{ Jahrb. geol. Reichs. vi. p.265. § Sitzungsb. Akad. Wissensch. xix. p. 339.
|| Achter Bericht des geognost.-montan. Vereines fiir Steiermark, p. 18.

. “| Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. xxxviil. p. 343.
** Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst. i. p. 92.

26 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Finfkirchen deserve special notice. From Arpad, ‘south of this
place, and from Hidas, on the N.K., Prof. M. Majer has sent to the
Imp. Museum of Vienna very remarkable Congeriw, of rhomboidal
shape (Congeria rhomboidea, Hornes), and large Cardia, with wide
gaping shells. The geological survey of this district may probably
lead to the discovery of the Congerian strata at other localities,
especially as M. Vicquesnel* has noticed the occurrence of Congerie,
together with Planorbes and Paludine, in the region of the upper
sources of the River Morava in the basin of Pristina at the northern
foot of the Schardagh (Turkish Servia). This basin, however, was
as little connected immediately with the Congerian sea of Hungary
as were those of Fohnsdorf and of Thurocz (the latter to be men-
tioned presently); but the range of its fauna (isolated in higher
horizons) nevertheless extended over these lakes.

Another occurrence of the Inzersdorf fauna on the eastern margin
of the Hungarian basin is authenticated beyond doubt. Dressena
Brandi, found by M. Kudernatsch+ near Kakowa, E. of Werschetz,
on the banks of the Karatsch, belongs probably to it. I myself +
found near Tataros, E. of Grosswardein, numerous individuals of
Melanopsis Martiniana, M. Bouei, and Cardium sp. Long pre-
viously Dr. Boué§ had observed fossil Paludine and other fresh-
water forms near Tirod, on the road from Grosswardein to Klausen-
burg, and had noticed farther eastward, near Korviczel, at the
western foot of the Kirdly-Hago, the presence of marls with Palu-
dina, Planorbis, Cyclas, Cyrena, &c., resting on marine strata con-
taining Pectunculus and Natica.

The most important discovery respecting the subject in question
has been brought to light by three borings (still in progress) on the
Hungarian plain in the environs of Arad, of which M. Fr. Rath,
superintending these operations, has addressed an account to Director
Haidinger ||. The easternmost boring, situated within the advanced
hills, 3000 feet west of the village of Zabales (in the Circle of Lugos),
has been sunk through the following strata :—1. Humus, 6 feet;
2. Yellow and micaceous clay, 9 ft.; 3. Soft, fine-grained, mica-
ceous sandstone, 23 ft.; 4. The same, somewhat solid, lft. ; 5. Sand-
stone, as under 3, 2ft.; 6. Sandstone, as under 4, 1 ft.; 7. Soft,
yellowish, micaceous sandstone, 30ift.; 8. A similar sandstone,
with Cardium sp. and Melanopsis pygmea, Partsch, 12 ft.; 9. Blue
clay, with Unio, Cardium, Congeria triangularis, Melanopsis Mar-
tiniana, M. pygmea, 32 ft.; 10. Greyish-blue clay, without discern-
ible organic remains, 32 ft. ; 11. Yellow argillaceous sand, 63 ft.; 12.
Yellowish-grey loose sand, 12 ft.; 13. Bluish-grey, argillaceous,
very fine sand (somewhat compact), 18 ft.; 14. Very fine, yellowish,
loose sand, 9 ft. ; .15. Sandy clay, not yet sunk through, 53 ft.—
Total .. 283 ft.

As far as may be judged from the specimens sent, the two other
borings, lying farther westward, and wholly in the plain, have not

* Mém. Soc. Géol. France, v. p. 35. + Haidinger’s Berichte, iv. p. 463.
{ Jahrb. geolog. Reichs. iii. p. 24. § Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 1. p. 303.
|| Jahrb. geolog. Reichs. x., Verhandlungen, p. 109.

FR. VON HAUER—CONGERIAN STRATA. 2b

yet made their way through the Diluvium ; at all events they have
not yet come down to the Congerian strata. To complete the ac-
count, and for comparison, I will give here the list of the strata
hitherto worked through by them :—

Allos, S.E. of Arad; the boring 12,000 ft. south of the place :—
1. Humus, 5ft.; 2. Clay, 7ft.; 3. Clay, yellow and sandy, 24 ft. ;
4. Clay, yellow and sandy, 63 ft. ; 5. Sand, rather coarse, somewhat
coherent, 52 ft.; 6. Clay, 80 ft.; 7. Sand, fine, somewhat coherent,
107 ft.; 8. Clay, 10 ft.; 9. Sandy clay, 12 ft.; 10. Sandy clay, 13 ft.;
11. Fine clay, 73 ft.; 12. Sand, 63 ft—Total . . 447 ft.

W. of Arad; 6000 ft. east of Pecsa:—1. Humus, 13 ft.; 2. Frag-
ments and sand (with remains of pottery), 14 ft.; 3. Loose sand,
with rolled pebbles, 72 ft.; 4. Clay, 63 ft.; 5. Like 3, 12 ft.;
6. Clay, with isolated rolled pebbles, 69 ft.—Total . . 219 ft.

The geological maps of older date have no indication of Miocene
deposits on the northern termination of the Hungarian plain, at the
foot of the Vihorlef and of the Epesies-Tokay mountain-group.
When, in the last year, Baron Richthofen and myself surveyed this
region, we found thick and extensive Miocene strata surrounding
the foot of the mountains; but among them no Inzersdorf strata
occurred. The marine strata found by us* either contain Ostree
(as near Tinta), or the characteristic Cerithian forms (Zsujta). The
freshwater deposits of small isolated basins have vegetable remains ;
but Congerie and Melanopsides were not found at any of these
localities.

Dr. Hochstettert found the “ Tegel” of Edelény, alternating with
lignitic beds (farther westward near Miskolez), to contain Helices
and vegetable remains, and to rest on solid grey “ Tegel”’ with Ce-
rithian fossils. The same able observer found at Haugacz (E. of
Edelény) strata with Paludina concinna, Sow., and P. Sadler,
Partsch. M. Jurenak has sent to the Imperial Geological Institute
specimens of Congeria triangularis, found at Melyarsk near Arenyos,
and at Nagy-Erenye near Didsgyér, in searching for brown-coal.

MM. Wolf and Stur’s explorations have shown that the marine
Tertiaries reach far down south-westward in the Western Comitates
(Neograd, Honth, Bars, Neutra, and Pressburg). Congerian strata
reoccur only near the Danube, towards the present line of lowest
level in the Hungarian basin. We must not, however, neglect to
mention, that Congerie, Paludine, and Melanie have been found by
MM. Foetterle and Stur in the isolated freshwater basins of Aroa
and Thurocz (N. Hungary).

Congerian strata occur more frequently in the middle than at the
margin of the Hungarian basin. In the best-known instances they
lie between the Lake Neusiedel and Pesth. They continue from
Eisenstadt and Oedenburg, on the west bank of- this lake, through
the localities noticed by MM. Romert and Wolf near Eszterhiz, at
the south-eastern end of the Lake Borezhaza (W. of Raab), Szend

* Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst. x. p. 454, Ke. } Ibid. vii. p.699.
t Verhandl. Verein. Naturk. Pressburg, ui., 2. Versammlungs-Bericht, p. 16.

/

28 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

and Gics (S.E. of Raab), to Kamorn; and they are known to exist on
the north-west of Buda, near Totis, Komlod, Al-Czuth, and Tinnye.

The localities on the left bank of the Danube are Téth-Gyork
(EK. of Waitzou), where Prof. Szabo* found a Congerian stratum
resting immediately on Cerithian limestone, and the places where
this geologist has marked the occurrence of Congerian “Tegel” on
his Geological Map of Pesth, Bude, and the environst. Such places
are—kK. of Csepel, on both sides of the left arm of the Dunube, here
and there near Sfarvas (S.E. of Pesth), in the brick-fields, and near
Czinkota (K. of Pesth).

Central Transylvania is known to be completely occupied with
Tertiaries immediately connected along the Szamos with those of the
Hungarian basin. It has not yet, however, been ascertained whether
this connexion existed when the Congerian “‘ Tegel” was deposited.
One place, in the main gallery of the Kapnik mines, whence Baron
Richthofent obtained specimens of Congeria triangularis, through
M. Szakmary, is hitherto the only known instance of this genus
occurring in North Transylvania.

The Congerian strata are far spread throughout the southern
portion of this province; and their frequent occurrence there prove
that a great portion of the Transylvanian Tertiaries were deposited
in an inland lake. I saw Congeriw and Cardia among the speci-
mens from Omlass, near Reismarkt, preserved in the museum of the
Transylvanian Society of Natural Sciences at Hermannstadt. Unio,
Cardium, Planorbis, Iymneus, &e. are mentioned in M. Ackner’s§
Catalogue of the Haunnersdorf fossils. Congeriw, Melanopsides, and
Paludine, resembling those of Arapatak, were found between Hettau
and Michelsberg, S. of Hermannstadt. M. Ackner also collected
Congeria spathulata, Melanopsis Martiniana, M. Dufourt (M. im-
pressa, Kraus, and M. Aquensis, Grat.), M. Bower, and several Palu-
dine near Girstau, Szakadat, and Thalheim, places known for their
rich Miocene flora. I myself obtained, through M. Nagy-Klausen-
thal|j, a specimen of Congeria triangularis from Galt (S.E. of Reps),
and some Cardia (probably from the same fauna) from Bodendorf
(N.W. of Reps). The isolated basin of the ‘‘ Barzeuland ” includes
a long-known locality from which M. Nagy-Klausenthal§] procured
for me Congeria triangularis, together with several probably coeval
forms of Cardium from Bodendorf, N.W. of Reps. This basin in-
cludes the well-known locality of Arapatak, N. of Kronstadt, where,
in the summer of 1859, I collected Congeria triangularis, Cardiwm,
and a great number of Paludine, stated by M. Frauenfeld to be
Paludina Sadleriana, Partsch, P. semicarinata, Brard, and P. Des-
hayesiana, Math.

* Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst. x. Verhandl. p. 190.

+ Amtl. Bericht der 2. Versammlung deutsch. Naturforscher u. Aerzte in
Wien, p. 122. §

{ Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst. x. p. 457.

§ Verhandl. Kais. Leop.-Carol. Akad. xxiv. 2. p. 914; and Verhandl. Sieben-
burg. Vereines fiir Naturwissensch. iii. p. 6.

|| Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst. x. Verhandl. p. 190.
§| Ibid. x. Verhandl. p. 190. ;

FR. VON HAUER—CONGERIAN STRATA, 29

M. Kerbich* discovered in a northern lateral bay of this basin,
near Baroth, Vargyas, and Bazon, a bed of trachytic tuff, including
Congerie, Neritine, Paludine, and Planorbes, with plenty of vege-
table remains.

The facts here quoted agree in proving the diffusion of a fauna
similar to the Aralo-Caspian through a series of strata, of a less
ancient date than the marine Miocenes in the Vienna basin, over a
great portion of this basin, and the whole Danubian depression of
Hungary, stretching northward into the Carpathian valleys, and
southward as far as the northern foot of the Balkan. The absence of
these deposits in the neighbouring regions is a fact no less striking.
The strata in question in the Danubian valley do not ascend farther
than Vienna; they are not known to exist in the upper Tertiary
basin of Austria, nor around St. Pilten; nor in the plain of Tulln:
they seem even, according to the facts at present known, to be
wanting within that portion of the Vienna basin which is N.W. of
a line running along the Bisamberg, the mountains of Nikolsburg,
and the Marsgebirgy. The Galician plain, north of the Carpathians,
the south-western slope of the Carnian, Julian, and Dinarian Alps,
and the plain of the Po have not hitherto afforded the least trace of
them. Consequently the western limit of this fauna may be con-
sidered as recognizable with a certain degree of certitude.

The localities in Bessarabia and in the Dobrudscha, mentioned by
Capt. Spratt, are indicative of an eastward connexion with the
Caspian Sea through the Crimea. The question—whether the more
southerly freshwater regions on the banks of the Sea of Marmora
and around the Aégean Sea, described by Capt. Spratt, were imme-
diately connected with those here described, or whether, on this side,
the mountain-chain of the Balkan and that of the Southern Crimea
(the continuity of which Capt. Spratt has ascertained by soundings in
the Black Seat) have acted as a separating barrier,—must remain
undecided until the organic remains collected by Capt. Spratt have
undergone a stricter determination and an exact comparison with
those of the eastern Steppe-limestone and of our northern “ Inzers-
dorf Tegel.”

Prof. Suess’s investigations have been important in confirming the
‘hitherto somewhat hypothetically asserted difference of age in the
Vienna tertiaries, and in proving the deposition of the most recent
among them (the Congerian or Inzersdorf Tegel) to have taken place
in a freshwater lake. The facts here collected may show (in my
opinion) that similar waters filled up the whole Danubian depres-
sion subsequently to the marine Miocene period, communicating
with coexistent lakes in the Dobrudscha, the Crimea, the borders of
the Caspian Sea and of the Aral Lake, and in Asia, as far as the

* Baron Hingenau’s ‘“ Oesterreichische Zeitschrift fiir Berg- u. Huttenwesen,”
1859, p. 155.

+ Suess, ‘“‘ Ueber die Wohnsitze der Brachiopoden,”’ in the Sitzungsber. Akad.
Wissensch. xxx. p. 161.

t Quart. Journ, Geol. Soe. xiii. p. 80.

30. GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Aralo-Caspian strata extend, so as to make possible the migration of
certain species from one of these regions to another, since throughout
this enormously extensive area the conditions of Molluscan existence
(similar to those at present obtaining in the Caspian Sea and the
Aral Lake) offered but insignificant differences.

The salt water of the Mediterranean, connected with all the just
mentioned depressions when the more ancient Miocene strata were
deposited, was perfectly secluded from them during the Congerian
period. Subsequently it again advanced to the Gulf of Odessa and
the Afourian Sea, when it once more found its way along the depres-
sions made by the sinkings of the Balkano-Caucasian chain. Many
deposits containing marine forms of the present age prove the conti-
nent to have been depressed beneath its present level during the
Diluvial or older Alluvial periods. Future investigations may assist
in stating, whether this depression was sufficient “to give-access to
sea-water as far inland as the Hungarian plain (the “loose sands of
which are considered by Baron Richthofen* to be of marine origin)
and the Vienna basin, in the erratic diluvium of which remains of
marine shells have been discovered by Prof. Suessy.

[Count M. |

Some Sections of the Conerrtan and CuRiTHIAN STRATA in HUNGARY
and Austria. By MM. Srur and H. Wotr.

[Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, April 17 & April 24, 1860.]

1. Between Modern and Bosing (Western Hungary, near the fron-
tier of Austria). [Stur.|—These strata, arenaceous, with minute
particles of mica, are particularly developed at the church-yard of
Terlink and near ‘the village of Zukersdorf. Dr. Kornhuber found
in them Cardium Wana asornanes. Lam., Donax Brocchii, Defr.,
Turritella bicarinata, Kichw., Lucina Columbella, Lam., L. divari-
cata, Lam., Arca Diluvia, Lei, and Ostrea lamellosa, Broce this
last perforated by parasitic shells. A section of these strata, taken
on the steep banks of a rivulet, shows in descending order :—1. Loam
or Loess; 2. Sand; 3. Sandstone (3-4 inches); 4. Sand, abounding
with Molluscan remains (2-3 feet); 5. Calcareous, soft, porous
sandstone, with Molluscan fragments like those of No. 4 (1 ft.);
6. Greenish ‘tegel,” or clay, imperfectly laid bare, with fragments
like those of No. 5.

Another section, 48-60 feet N.W. from the first one, and 3-4 feet
above it, showed in descending order :—1. Loess ; 2. Coarse felspathic
sands, alternating with greenish clay (both assuming brown tints
in contact with the air); 3. Clay (scarcely 2 inches), with Congeria
subglobosa, Partsch, and Melanopsis Martiniana, Fér.; 4. Sand
(4-5 inches); 5. Soma soft sandstone, like No. 5 of the first section,
but certainly higher in relative position; 6. Sands, like No. 4 of
the first see vara, with the same Mollusca. Nos. 4, 5, and 6 yielded

* Jahrb. geol. Reichsanst. x. p. 459. + Ibid. x. Verhandl. p. 100.

STUR AND WOLF—AUSTRIAN TERTIARIES. ol

Mactra Podolica, Kichw., Donax lucida, Kichw., Cardium Vindo-
bonense, Lam., and a single badly-preserved specimen of Cerithiwm
prctum, Bast.

It may be inferred from these sections, that in the locality in
question the yellow sands, sandstones, and calcareous porose sand-
stones, corresponding to the Cerithian strata of the Vienna basin,
are overlaid by strata of greenish clay and felspathic sandstones with
Congerie. The occurrences here described seem to be strictly local.
In the vicinity the yellow (probably Cerithian) sands are immediately
overlaid by diluvial detritus, so that the presence of Congeriw may

_be supposed to indicate the former existence of a local freshwater
current.

2. Near Sereth (Buktowima). [Stur.|—A hill of grey sandstone,
in nearly horizontal layers, with intercalated marls, opened by
quarries, gave the following organic remains (more frequent in the
marls than in the sandstone itself) :—Murew sublavatus, Bast. (?),
Cerithium mitrale, Kichw. var., Rissoa inflata, Andrz., R. angulata,
‘Kichw., Bulla, sp. (B. Pupa, Eichw.?), Vermetus intortus, Lam.,
and Hrvillia Podolica, Kichw., which, although but indifferently pre-
served, indicate a fauna corresponding to that of the Cerithian strata
in the Vienna basin.

3. Between Netzendorf and Speising (about three English miles
W.S.W. of Vienna). [H. Wolf. |—The Wiener Berg, running south of
Vienna in an K.-W. direction, shows exclusively Congerian strata in
its central portion near Inzersdorf. In its westerly continuation
(hills of Meidling and in or near Schonbrunn) Cerithian strata,
dipping, at low angles and with various undulations, eastward
beneath the Congerian strata, make their appearance. A railroad-
section has laid bare Congerian strata, only a few feet thick, while
about 4200 feet eastward their thickness exceeds 70 feet. These
strata, dipping slightly eastward, with various undulations, are, in
descending order, as follows :—

1. Rolled fragments of Vienna Sandstone (1-2 feet); 2. Undu-
lated seam of yellow sands (3 inches); 3. Blue plastic ‘ tegel”’
(2 feet); 4. Undulated yellow clay (4 inches); 5. Bluish-grey
sandy “‘tegel,” with Cardiwm conjungens in its upper part, and with
Congeria Partschi, Cz., and large nodules of calcareous marls in-
cluding plant-remains, in its lower portion (5-6 feet); 6. Sand of
minutely triturated Shells, with an intercalated band of small frag-
ments of Vienna Sandstone (16 inches) ; 7. Sandstone, with Congeria
spathulata, Partsch; 8. Grey sands (1 foot); 9. Yellow sands, with
triturated Shells (6 inches); 10, Grey sands (4 feet); 11. Gravel
of Vienna Sandstone, not yet sunk through. At two other places
this gravel is exposed to the thickness of above 6 feet, overlaid by
nearly 1 foot of sands, in an undulated layer, dipping eastward.

North of the west end of Hetzendorf, the railroad has cut
through 1 foot of soil, 1 inch of sandstone, and 18 feet of “ tegel,”
which has been penetrated by a pit as far as the Cerithian sandstone
immediately under it. The portion next to the sandstone was found
to contain Cardium Vindobonense, Partsch, Mytilus carimatus, Br.,

32 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

and Tapes gregaria, Partsch, a characteristic form of the Cerithian.
series. The stratum with Tapes gregaria (about 18 feet beneath
the surface) is undulated, and crops out at a distance of 450 to 600
feet westward. From this place the section increases in depth, and
the following strata are observed to come successively to day in a
distance of 1920 feet :—

feet. in. feet. ine
Sandel smasesscscochitasitesettsenues 1 0 | Coarse pebbles ..................
Gravel of Vienna Sandstone.. 0 6 | Cerithian sands.................. 1 3
Cerithian sandstone ............ 8 | Greenish “tegel,” with cal-
Gravel of Vienna Sandstone... O 2 careous concretions ......... 3. (0
Cerithian sands.................. 8 | Marly calcareous layers ...... BW
Sandy; clayjaseme sees e ee ascnee O 2 | Rust-coloured sands............ Qo
Cerithian sandstone ............ 0 6 | Conglomerates of pebbles of
Cerithian calcareous marl ... 1 2 Vienna Sandstone............ 3 O
Calcareous clay, with white [Here the strata crop out at

calcareous stripes ............ OU &) higher angles. |

Yellow sands with Cerithian Greyasandsis nese ee seers 5 0

JORMIGINES scocoapasedonsonaonosaa0 1 4 | Sandy clay, with rolled pebbles O 8
Gravel of Vienna Sandstone... QO 6 | Grey sands ...................-... wy O
Solid “tegel,” with calcareous Coarse gravel of Vienna Sand-

MOGULES Fee eee er 2,0 SLONEN de cecearsresnte soem eans I (
Cerithian calcareous marl...... QO 8 | Tough yellowish-brownclay... 2 0
Rolled pebbles of Vienna Sands with gravel, passing

Sandstone ..............20.000 0 8 downwards into sandstone 2 6
Sandy clay with isolated pebbles 3 0 | Tough calcareous clay, with
Pebbles of Vienna Sandstone, isolated calcareous stripes... 4 0

considerably rolled, with Conglomerates, with large

irregularly interspersed con- rolled fragments, some of

cretions of Cerithian sand- several cwts. ........-.2..0.-2- 6 O

StONEL essai ascosmacneasaee ees 2 0 | Green argillaceous sands, with
Loose Cerithian sands ......... 20 isolated patches of gravel... 1 8
Minute gravel of Vienna Sand- Tough yellow clay ............ 2 16

SURO) | snasqsapscoandeenoous0b3009 0 10
Greyisandaceee. eee ereee ene eeas 0 6 55 (OO

A bluish argillaceous sand terminates the section. About 240
feet from it, a well has been sunk through the “ tegel” to a depth of
18 feet, and about 12 feet beneath the yellow clay, concluding the
above-mentioned section. The “tegel” is interrupted by a single
narrow seam of sand, permeable to water. Operculina complanata,
some Bivalves (including a Modiola), and Turritella bicarimata have
occurred in this “‘tegel,” which is analogous, as it seems, to that of
Poetzleinsdorf, N.W. of Vienna. Wherever this “tegel” has been
sunk through to the depth of 30 to 42 feet, powerful springs of water,
issuing from the Cerithian sands immediately beneath it, have been
obtained. ‘The altitudes above the level of the Adriatic are :—

Congerian “‘tegel” at the end of the junction-rail- feet.
road near Hetzendork Ry Nb athe tees a OME REAL AL 666
if at the Gloriette of Sdhiahnamm 759
Cerithian sandstone< lower limit, at the railroad-
i SECOND ae Uscsninysucat ieee mete 703
Poetzleinsdorf sands near Speising ........... 678
(Count M.]

RICHTOFEN——ERUPTIVE ROCKS. 33

On the Tertrary Eruprive Rocks of Huneary and TRANSYLVANIA.
By Baron Ricuroren.

[Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, April 24, 1860.]

Tue eruptive region extending from Persia, over Asia Minor and
Hungary, to the Siebengebirge and the Kifel on the Rhine, is repre-
sented on the south slope of the Carpathians by seven distinct
groups, either concentrated into masses, or spreading in long ranges.
These groups are, Ist, the Schemnitz Mountains; 2ndly, those of
Visegrad, broken through by the Danube between Gran and Waitzen ;
ordly, the Matra; 4thly, the Tokay-Epesies group ; 5thly, the Hun--
garian ; 6thly, the Transylvanian Vihorlet-Gatin (the second known
under the special name of Hargitta); and, 7thly, the metalliferous
mountains of Transylvania. The materials of all these mountains,
which, from their prevailing constituents, may be comprised under
the general designation of trachytie rocks, exhibit, as does the great
EKuropean-Asiatic range, in its totality, three distinctly limited
groups:—l. the Rhyolitic; 2. the Trachytic; and 3. the Basaltic

group; the last of them being, as it seems, exclusively represented
_ by Basalts; the occurrence of Phonolites, Dolerites, and other ana-
logous rocks haying not yet been duly ascertained.

The second group is by far the most prevalent, being nearly
exclusively represented by amphibolous oligoclastic varieties, vitreous
felspar(sanidin& being only conspicuous in some subordinate eruptions
of more recent date. Silica is never abundant enough to appear in
independent secretions. There exists a double parallel series, of
greenstone-trachytes, on the one, and of grey trachytes on the other
side, both being compounds of amphibole and oligoclase, subordinately
including augite, whenever silica is diminishing. The greenstone-
trachytes are characterized by an abundance of metalliferous minerals,
by their easy decomposition, their peculiar outlines, and their geo-
logical age, being constantly of older age than the grey trachytes.
The same peculiarities have been observed in the trachytes of Asia
Minor and Mexico; their real cause, however, still remains unknown,

The designation of “rhyolitic group” is proposed for the totality
of the most eminently siliciferous among the eruptive rocks of com-
paratively less remote date, being equivalent to the quartziferous
and non-quartziferous eruptive porphyries among the older por-
phyritic rocks. The excess of silica, generally secreted in the shape
of quartz-crystals, gradually diminishes, and at last completely
disappears. Beyond this limit the rhyolitic group continues through
a series of sanidine rocks, with accessory presence of oligoclase.
Although chemically and mineralogically the transition of rhyolite
into trachyte may become so imperceptible, that, in some cases,
hand-specimens may leave some doubt concerning their real nature,
both these groups, in the Hungarian mountains, are so distinctly
characterized, that any geologist observing them in situ cannot be
perplexed about them. Beudant applied to certain varieties the
designations of ‘‘ trachytic porphyry,” “ perlite,” and “ millstone-
porphyry,” which Abich comprised under the general category of

34 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

‘“‘trachytic porphyry.” Certain accidental modifications of structure
received the denomination of perlite, pumice, obsidian, &c., together
with a special place in the system. The geological facts within the
Hungarian mountains and our present knowledge of the phenomena
of solidification dissipate any doubt concerning the narrow relation
between these varieties, as already supposed by Beudant. The
general denomination of ‘‘trachytie porphyry” would imply some-
thing quite different from its real signification and be a source
of many errors. Rhyolite, as the denomination of a whole group,
would at least draw attention to a common character of all its sub-
divisions, all bearing traces of igneous fusion, and resembling either
glass or China-ware, or real lava-currents.

The series in geological age, beginning with the most ancient
group, is—greenstone, trachyte, rhyolites, and basalts. The first
two are everywhere in essential mutual connexion. Basalt is inde-
pendent of both, and appears in isolated groups, rarely encroaching
on their dominions. Trachyte has exclusively broken out to day in
masses following extensive and precisely determined fissures, and
towering into large mountain-ranges. Rhyolite, as it were a para-
sitical formation, occupies the flanks or the basis of the trachytic
groups or ranges, appearing but rarely and very subordinately in
massive eruptions. It is essentially a result of genuine volcanic
activity, an ancient lava, having flowed out of craters, or through
fissures in the walls of volcanos or in the slopes of thachytic ranges.
The basalt is equally eruptive and volcanic. The eruption of green-
stone-trachyte is a continental one. Subsequently to them the level
of the land was lowered, so that the grey trachytes were enveloped _
at the very moment of their breaking out by layers of tuffs, partly
alternating with them.

These trachytic tuffs are of high importance in the tertiary erup-
tive formations of Hungary. The series of craters lying along the
foot of the trachytic mountains, which gave issue to the rhyolitic
current, began to be active only after the completion of the trachytic
eruption and the subsequent invasion of sea upon the dry land.
These eruptions bear over a large area well-defined marks of peri-
odical modifications in the nature and mode of formation of the
eruptive rocks, testifying to a gradual emergence of land and retreat
of sea during the rhyolitic period. It begins with submarine erup-
tions, and ends with a series of diminutive eruptions on dry land.
Another depression may have taken place previously to the eruption
of basalts, these being likewise. connected with considerable deposits
of tuff.

The three groups of Tertiary eruptive rocks, as proposed here, are
not confined to the South Carpathian slopes. We find them again in
Central Germany, where the first two of them are almost wanting ;
in Asia Minor and on the Armenian plateau ; in the Euganeans, where
the trachytic group, as the most ancient, is followed by the perlites
of the rhyolitic group, and this, apart from the rest, by the basalts
of the Vicentin ; in Iceland, where the basic compounds have taken
the place of the rhyolites; in New Zealand (according to Dr. Hoch-

H. VON MEYER—SAURIAN FROM ISTRIA. 35

stetter’s observations); in Mexico, where Von Humboldt has described
the phenomena just as they occur in Hungary; greenstone-trachytes
being the oldest rocks, followed by grey trachytes (andesite), and
then by rhyolites, with the usual circumstances of siliceous concre-
tions in shape of opals, &c. As with those of Hungary, the Mexican
greenstone-trachytes are the chief bearers of auriferous and argen-
tiferous ores.

{Counr M.]

On a New Foss Savrran from Comin, Istrra.
By Hermann von Meyer.

[Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, January 31, 1860.]

A stas of stone from Comén, in the district of Goritzia, containing
some finely preserved remains of a Saurian, and belonging to the
City Museum of Trieste, has been examined by H. von Meyer, who
pronounces the Saurian of Comén to be a Lacertian, with concayo-
convex vertebra, connected with Prof. Owen’s genera Dolichosaurus,
Coniosaurus, and Raphivsaurus of the English Cretaceous deposits.
All the Lacertians of earlier ‘periods, even those of the lithographic
stone, show no convexity on the posterior articular surface of their
vertebre ; so that, not considering the development of the rest of
their structure, they would seem to bear an embryonal character.

The Comén Saurian is but of half the size of the above-named Eng-
lish genera, standing next to Dolichosaurus longicollis, to which it is
connected by its lengthened, narrow, and cylindrical shape (thus
recalling to mind the recent serpentiform genera Pseudopus, Bipes,
and Ophiosaurus, with imperfectly developed extremities), and by
its probably long neck, consisting (as some circumstances seem to
indicate) of a great number of vertebree. This last character is too
important to be confined to a single genus; it may be supposed to
have been common to several other Cretaceous Lacertians with con-
cayo-convex vertebral articulations, although not yet made evident
by preserved remains.

Prof. Owen infers, from two specimens found in the same locality
and at the same time, that his Dolichosaurus longicollis possessed
40 vertebrae between the neck and the pelvic region. The uncom-
monly well-preserved individual of Comén has only 27 vertebra—a
circumstance warranting the establishment of a new genus, for
which H. von Meyer proposes the name of Acteosaurus (from xr),
strand, the specimen having been found in the Istrian shore, and
its original having probably lived along the sea-coast), with the sper
cific denomination of Act. Tommasinii, in honour of the Podesta of
Trieste, Cavaliere Tommasini, who gave it to the museum of that
city.

The anterior extremities of Acteosaurus, although fully developed,
are of a remarkably small size; the length of the radius is to that
of the humerus as 5 to 7, to the femur as 1 to 2. The proportion
of the tibia to the femur is 4 to 7. The carpal and tarsal bones are

36 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

completely ossitied; the rotula is perfectly recognizable under the
form of a smail wedge-like bone. Both pairs of extremities are
pentadactylous. The number of the anterior phalanges cannot be
exactly stated ; the number of the posterior phalanges (without the
metatarsal bones, but with the imperfectly developed ungular pha-
lanx) is represented by the following series: 2, 3, 4, 5, 3, beginning
with the hallux; so that the fifth finger has one phalanx less than
those of the recent Lacertians and the analogous forms from the
lithographic stone.

The bones of the Comen specimens are changed into a substance
of metalloid aspect, like steel or oxydated manganese; and the
matrix is uncommonly heavy: both deserve to be submitted to che-
mical analysis. The hollow stripes on the surface of the bones seem
to be indicative of the commencement of an imperfect crystallization.

[Counr M. |

On some Nuw Tertiary Fisoes. By M. Srerpacuer.
[ Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, March 22, 1860.]

M. Sremypacuer has determined seven new species of fishes be-
longing to the Tertiary period. Five’ of them (Gobius Viennensis,
G'. clotus, G'. oblongus, Clypea elongata, and Cl. meletteformis) have
been found in the “‘ Tegel” of Hernal (N.W. of Vienna); a sixth
(Phycis Suessi), of a genus of which hitherto no fossil representative
was known, comes from the ‘‘ Tegel” of Inzersdorf (8. of Vienna) ;
the seventh is a Syngnathus from Radoboj (Croatia), remarkable for
being the first known fossil representative of a still existing genus
of Lophobranchians, all the individuals of this family hitherto found
fossilized belonging, without exception, to genera now extinct.
[Count M.]

On some ErnurtivE PHENOMENA seen in the DacusteINn Mountains.
By Prof. E. Suxss.

[ Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, April 12, 1860.]

ErvptivE phenomena have been observed by Prof. Suess in the
Dachstein mountain-group (Upper Austria), which is composed of
a great calcareous ‘ massif,” with steep cliffs all around, intersected
by a great number of faults. In these faults and on the elevated
portions of the “ massif” are found agglomerations of rolled frag-
ments, originating from rocks of more ancient date, on which the
calcareous mass rests. Many of these fragments have a particularly
bright and polished surface ; some of them have penetrated into the
narrowest clefts of the limestone; others have been broken by violent
compression, or have, as it were, forced their way into the sur-
rounding limestone. The rolled frag ments of the tops belong exclu-
sively to the “ Werfen Slate” or to the Greywacke. Among those
in the Koppenbriller cave, at the foot of the mountain-group, crystal-
line rocks prevail. These last must have undergone a still more
considerable upheaval than those on the top, which may have been
upheaved to an elevation of nearly 10,000 feet. [Count M. |

TRANSLATIONS AND NOTICES
OF

GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On Mernorites. By Director W. Harrcer,
[Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, April 19, 1860.]

DrrEctor Harpryeur read a paper on the external form of meteoric
stones, prepared long ago for publication, and essentially connected
with a lecture on the same subject lately delivered by Prof. Kenngott
before the ‘ Scientific Society’ of Zurich (Oct. 31,1859). The paper
was illustrated by drawings of two meteoric stones; one from Stan-
nern (May 22, 1808), the other from Gross-Divina (July 24, 1837),
The shape of these two specimens and the nature of their crust are
such as to lead to inductions concerning the direction they may have
followed when rushing through the atmosphere. The bright crust
of the Stannern meteorite seems to show all over the effect of an
atmospheric current, which has formed along the whole outline of
the mass a roll-like pad, prominent backwards. The crust of the
Gross-Divina stone is rough on the hinder side, smooth on the front,
showing the well-known rounded impressions, which Dir. Haidinger
supposes to be the effects of fusion, undergone in a rare medium or
in a vacuum, protected from the influence of the atmosphere.

The author distinguished two well-defined and consecutive periods
between the formation of a meteorite and the moment at which it
touches the terrestrial surface. During the first, or cosmical, period,
the igneous globe is formed under the influence of resisting air, its
end being marked by an explosion, indicating a sudden intrusion of
atmospheric air into the imperfect vacuum existing within the slowly
moving igneous globe. During the second, or telluric, period, the
meteoric mass simply falls, exactly as any other body would, subject
to the law of gravitation.

Meteorites wholly covered with a crust must have reached the
circuit of terrestrial atmosphere as isolated individuals: they cannot
be supposed to be fragments of a mass whose explosion took place
at the moment when the igneous globe disappeared. The meteor of
Gross-Divina produced but one single mass; while that of Stannern
may be said to have been followed by a rain of meteorites.

VOL. XVI,—PART II, E

38 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

Baron Reichenbach, in some papers published in Poggendorff’s
‘ Annalen der Physik,’ has defended the opinion that meteorites owe
their origin to an aggregation of minute globules or crystals ana-
logous to those which he supposes to exist in the tails of comets.
Haidinger and Kenngott, on the contrary, think these problematic
masses to be simply compounds of various mineral substances bear-
ing an indubitable analogy with the rocks constituting the solid
crust of the terrestrial globe. Baron Reichenbach quotes, in fayour
of his theory, Mr. Brokedon’s experiment with pulverized graphite,
which, having been freed by exhaustion from the air that adheres
to the surface of any powder, and submitted to moderate compres-
sion, was converted to a compact mass lke native graphite; but he
omitted to say that, the air having been removed, the experimenter
made repeated use on his graphite-powder of a compressing appa-
ratus having a force that may be estimated as high as 20,000 ewt.
Prof. Schrétter’s ingenious experiments have proved that the action
of chemical affinity completely ceases under a temperature of 80°C.
below zero; so that even substances whose chemical union under
normal atmospheric temperature is attended with most violent ex-
plosions may be safely brought ito mutual contact. The tempera-
ture of the interplanetary space through which the igneous globes
make their way is probably not above —100°C. (even —140°C. ac-
cording to M. Pouillet); so that the fact stated by Schrotter is a
weighty objection against Baron Reichenbach’s theory, at the same
time that it confirms the views of Haidinger and Kenngott.
[Count M.] |

On the Rep Sanpstone and Creracrous Srrava of Centrat Bonen.
By M. Lirorp.

[Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, January 31, 1860.]

Tur Red Sandstone formation in the mountain-region of the Circle
of Prague is far less complicated than that of N.-E. Bohemia,
consisting only of sandstones and shales, the petrographic characters
of which, and especially their red tints, distinguish them from the
analogous strata of the Carboniferous formation which they overlie
everywhere in conformable stratification, The thickness of the red
sandstone is but insignificant in comparison with the Carboniferous
rocks. Its average dip is 10-20°N.

The only known organic remains from this sandstone are a few
Fish-remains, and from these Prof. Reuss has inferred that the coal-
strata of the localities where those remains have been found are
subordinate to the red sandstone.

The Cretaceous group is only represented by its lowermost mem-
bers,—the “ Quader-Sandstein ” (Lower Quader), overlain by the
« Pliner-Sandstein.”? The thickness of both does not exceed 60 feet.
The strata are horizontal, or with a slight northerly dip. Argillaceous
strata, 4 to 5 feet thick, with isolated seams of coal, are frequently

ROLLE—LIGNITE OF SCHONSTEIN, 39

intercalated between the Pliner and Quader, and also beneath the
second of these deposits.

The whole Cretaceous deposits are fossiliferous, though not richly
so. The only vegetable remains known to occur in them is Arau-
caria acutifolia, Corda, in one isolated Pliner locality. The animal
forms of the Quader are Prococardia Hillana, Sow., Pinna decussata,
Goldf., and Turrilites. Those of the Pliner are Inoceramus mytiloides,
Mantell, In. Crispii, Mant., Ammonites peramplus, Sow., Am. Rotho-
magensis, Defr., Pecten, and Cardium. The Pliner-Mergel on the
north-west slope of the basaltic hill of Slana offer quite a different
aspect, being characterized by the occurrence of teeth of Squalide,
Baculites, Ammonites (related to Am. varians and Am. inflatus, Sow.),
Nucula, Arca, Pecten, and Gasteropoda.

The highest horizon of the Cretaceous deposits N.W. of Prague is
1669 feet above the sea-level. These deposits may be supposed to
have originally occupied a continuous surface: at present they are
separated into long-extended ridges and isolated plateaux by valleys
of erosion and ravines, cutting through them and exposing to view
the underlying red sandstone and Carboniferous strata. [Counr M.]

On some LicnitE of Scuénster, Styrra. By Dr. Rote.
[Proceed. Imp. Acad. Vienna, February 3, 1860.]

Tar geological and paleontological characters of this small ligni-
tiferous basin are those of a secluded lacustrine deposit. The chief
materials which have undergone the process of lignitization are, ac-
cording to Prof. Unger’s determination, stem-fragments of Peuce
acerosa, frequent also in other lignitiferous beds of Styria. Two
others of the fossil species from Schénstein agree with those from the
Swiss Molasse ; whilst two others are undescribed, and not as yet
met with in any other locality.

The Molluscan remains seem to indicate a less remote geological
age than may be inferred from the consideration of the plant-remains
alone. Undescribed species of Bithynia, Hydrobia, and Valvata, not
known to occur in any other locality, are the prevailing forms. Some
few individuals of other species, still living and partly known in the
post-tertiary period, may be obtained by washing the fossiliferous
marls. None of the Schénstein species are found among the now
well-explored mollusean fauna of the Vienna Basin.

From all this Dr. Rolle infers that the lignitiferous beds of Schén-
stein correspond to a certain group of strata, palzeontologically ascer-
tainable only at very few localities, which have been considered
either uppermost tertiary or lowermost diluvial, and the most ancient
known type of which is represented by the ossiferous strata of the
Arno Valley in Tuscany. [Count M.]}

40 GEOLOGICAL MEMOIRS.

On the CoaL-PLants of Bonrmia. By M. Sror.
[ Proceed. Imp. Geol. Instit. Vienna, March 13, 1860.]

Tue fossil plants from the Coal-basin of Rakonitz (Bohemia) present
53 species, and may be subdivided into four distinct local flore.
These species are distributed among 21 genera of 10 families.

@alamnice (Calamites) 3.0.02. jo 6 ee eee 3
Asterophyllitece (Asterophyllum, Annularia, Sphenophyllum) 6
Neuropteridece (Neuropteris, Neeggerathia, Schizopteris, Dic-

EMOMLETIS) acile cos tela ara cpa atsrecsie giscale oaks ieee ee etn
Sphenoprcridew (SPHenOpLenis)) 1s ve vee eae aoe ie 5
Pecopteridee (Asplenites, Pecopteris, Alethopteris, Cya-

pHnTSIIRES) Vanier ren tec PUAN or icone nine oe oir ae niche eb do 13
STOO (SUERTETEEW RAGA Annan oOnn sone oder os as it
Sige laciew, (oieilarial er age seeing cake ena one 4
Lepidodendrec (Lepidodendron, Knorria, Lepidostrobus, Car-

GUOGATIVON 4 tte cee cites catered on clae ata Sune ee erusgemeinate 12
lnjeopodiaccee (Cordaites) shee lero 3 ikea ee 2
Palmaccee(@Mlabellaria) Myer cis) corer 1

The following species, Calamites communis, Annularia fertilis,
Neggerathia foliosa (particularly frequent around Rakonitz), Ale-
thopteris steroides, Cyatheites Milton, Stigmaria ficordes, Lepido-
dendron Haidingert, and L. aculeatum, as also the Sigillariew, occur
generally in considerable number as individuals.

_ Calamites commun, Annularia fertilis, Cyatheites oreopterides, C.
Miltoni, C. arborescens, Stigmaria ficoides, Cordaites borassifolius, and
Flabellaria Sternbergi occur both in the shales forming the roof of
the coal-bed and in those immediately beneath it, so that the flora of
both these shales may be considered as nearly identical; and the
existence of two distinct Flore within the basin of Rakonitz may
indubitably be admitted: the one of Asterophyllitew, Newropteridee,
Sphenopteridee, and other genera of Filices and Lycopodiacece, con-
taining but a small portion of carbonaceous substances; the other,
Sigillarie and Lepidodendra, which have chiefly contributed mate-
rials to the coal-bed. Two species (Knorria imbricata and Lepido-
dendron (Sagenaria) Veltheimianum), found in some few fragments
within the Rakonitz basin, are characteristic of the lowest strata of
the Carboniferous group.

The flora of this basin bears a striking general resemblance to that
of Radnitz (known long ago through Count C. Sternberg’s splendid
publications), and to the flora of the coal of Zwickau (Saxony), lately
described and figured by Prof. Geinitz. Some few species, however,
occurring in the basin of Rakonitz, are wanting in the coal-measures
of Radnitz; these are Sphenopteris rutefolia, Asplenites cristatus,
Alethopteris aqulina, Al. pteroides, Al. muricata, Cyatheites Miltona,
Cy. unitus, Cy. ges Sig GO NTN, S. oculata, S. elon-
gata. [Count M. }

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

TO THE

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

[The fossils referred to are described, and those of which the names are printed
in italics are also figured. ]

ABBEVILLE, fossil bones and flint im-
plements from, 472.

Aberdeenshire, crag strata beneath the
boulder-clay, 371.

, pleistocene deposits of, 347.

Aberfeldy, section at, 363.

Africa, reptilian remains from, 49.

Alabaster of Tuscany, 484.

Allport, S., Esq., on the discovery of
some fossil remains near Bahia in
South America, 263.

Alt Ellag, section east of, 225.

Amiens, flint-implement from the
gravel near, 190.

Ammonite-bed of Dundry Hill, 23.

Ammonites Humphriesianus, zone of,
on the Yorkshire coast, 17, 19;
Murchison, the zone of, in Glou-
cestershire, 5; in Yorkshire, 14;
oxynotus, 407 ; Parkinsoni, the zone
of, 37.

——, table of distribution of, by W.
Smith, xli.

Ammonite-zones of the Inferior Oolite,
Dr. Wright on the, 5; of the Lower
Lias, 389.

Anca, Baron de M., on Bone-caves in
Sicily, 106, 459.

Anderson, Rev. Dr. J., on the yellow
sandstone of Dura Den, and its fos-
sil fishes, 136.

Anniversary Address of the President,
xxvii-lv. See also Phillips, Prof. J.

Annual Report, i.

Anomalina elegans, 306.

Anomia Katerunsis, 178.

Arca striatula, 179.

Ardtallanaig, veins at, 423.

Argilline or phyllade, -464.

Arnoboll, section at, 235.

Arrow-heads found with Cervus me-
gaceros in a cavern in Languedoc,
491.

Asphalt of Trinidad, 467.

Asterolepis and Pterichthys, 121, 127.

Atkinson, T. W., Esq., on some bronze
relics found in an auriferous sand
in Siberia, 241.

Auchenaspis-beds at Ledbury, 196.

Auckland, New Zealand, Mr. C. Heaphy
on the volcanic country of, 242;
Mr. Weekes on coal-beds near, 197.

Auriferous sand in Siberia, bronze re-
lics found in an, 241.

ieee South, the geology of, 252,
253.

Avicula contorta zone, Dr. T. Wright
on the, 374.

Award of the balance of the Donation-
fund, xxvi; Wollaston medal, xxy.

Aymestry rock at Ledbury, 193.

Bacon Hole, 488.

Bahia, South America, Mr. S. Allport
on the discovery of some fossils re-
mains near, 263.

Baljik, fossil foraminifera from, 301.

Barrett, L., Esq., on some Cretaceous
rocks in the south-eastern portion of
Jamaica, 324.

Batrachian(?) tooth from the coal of
Nova Scotia, 277.

Bauerman, H., Esq., on the geology of
the south-eastern part of Vancou-
ver Island, 198.

Bell Sound, Spitzbergen, 435, 436.

Ben Arnoboll, section across, 254.

Ben More of Assynt, section of, 222.

Bernal, F., Esq., on the so-called mud-
volcanos of Turbaco, 197.

Bessarabia, freshwater deposits of, 281.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS,

Beverley Bay, Spitzbergen, 444.

Biloculina elongata, 507.

Birdlip Hill, Gloucestershire, section
ot the Inferior Oolite at, 43.

Birnam, section across the Valley ot
the Tay at, 5d1.

Black Point, Spitzbergen, 430, 436.

Blue Wick, Yorkshire, the Cephalo-
poda-bed at, 3.

Bone-cave at Brixham, 189;
guedoc, 491.

Bone-caves in Sicily, 99, 459; the ter-
tiary basalt of Victoria, 148; South
Australia, 257, 259 ; South Wales,
487.

Bones obtained by Mr. Lamont in
Spitzbergen, list of, 438.

Bosco’s Den, 488.

Boulder-clay of Vancouver Island, 202.

Boulders in Scotland, 369.

Breadalbane mines and minerals, Mr.
C. H. G. Thost on the, 421.

Brixham, Bone-cave at, 189.

Brodie, Rey. P. B., on the occurrence
of footsteps of Cheirotherium in the
Upper Keuper in Warwickshire,
278.

in Lan-

Bronze relics found in an auriferous
sand in Siberia, Mr. T. W. Atkin-
son on some, 241.

Bryozoa, fossil, from South Australia,
260

Bryozoan limestone of South Australia,
252), 255.

Buckman, Prof. J., on some fossil
reptilian eggs from the Great Oolite
of Cirencester, 107.

Bulgaria, geology of a part of, 281.

Bulimina aculeata, 303.

Bulimus Oldhamianus, 181.

Bunbury, C. J. F., Hsq., note on the
flora of the Oolite by, 115.

Bunter sandstone in the north-west
district of Cheshire, 67, 69.

Buprestide, fossil, from Nagpur, 183.

Burr, T., Esq., on the geology of a
part of South Australia between
Adelaide and the River Murray,
252.

Burton Bradstock, section near, 47.

Bury Cross, Hampshire, section of the
strata near, 448.

Busk, G., Hsq., on fossil Polyzoa from
near Mount Gambier, South Austra-
lia, 260.

Calcarina excentrica, 306.

Cambrian rocks of the north-west
coast of Scotland, 218.

Combes, Polyptychodon from near,

Coe candida, 267.

Carboniferous and Permian series, fos-
sils common to the, 415.

Carboniferous (Lower) flora, 280.

Carboniferous series, south-easterly at-
tenuation of the, 78; rocks of Les-
mahago, 316; of Nova Scotia, fos~
sils from the, 268.

Cardita? pusilla, 179.

— variabilis, 179.

Caribean formation, 462, 469.

Caves in South Austr alia, DITO

Cephalopoda-bed at Blue Wick, York-
shire, 3.

Cerithium Leithi, 177.

multiforme, 176.

—— subcylindraccum, 177.

-—— Stoddardi, 177.

Cervus megaceros coexistent with Man,
491.

Chalk of Kent, Mr. R. Godwin-Austen
on the occurrence of a mass of coal
in the, 326.

Cheirotherium in the Upper Keuper
in Warwickshire, 278.

Chellaston near Derby, Messrs. T.
R. Jones and W. K. Parker on
some fossil Foraminifera from, 452.

Cheltenham, sections of the Inferior
Oolite near, 6, 8, 18; the Bone-bed
near, 579; the Lias near, 408.

Chertine or phthanite, 464.

Cherwell, Prof. J. Phillips on the
Great Oolite in the Valley of the,
115.

Cheshire, the Bunter Sandstone in
North-western, 67; the Lower Keu-_
per sandstone and Red Mari in the
north-west district of, 67.

Chiracanthus grandissimus, 125.

lateralis, 123.

pulverulentus, 123.

Chirolepis curtus, 123.

macrocephatus, 123.

velox, 123.

Cirencester, some fossil reptilian eggs
from the Great Oolite of, 107.

Classification of the Inferior Oolite,
Dr. Wright on the, 4; of the Lias,
374.

Cleeve Hill, section at, 18.

Coal in the Cha'k of Kent, Mr. R.
Godwin-Austen on the occurrence
of a mass of, 326

Coal-measures, probable extension of
the, from Warwickshire to the
Thames Valley, 74; southerly at-
tenuation of the, 74; under Oxford-
shire and Northamptonshire, Mr.
E. Hull on the probable depth of
the, 64.

Coal of Nova Scotia, Dr. J. W. Daw-

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

son on some fossils from the, 268;
of New Zealand, 197; of Tuscany,
485; of Vancouver Island, 199.

Coccosteus, Hugh Miller on, 129, 136.

decipiens, 128.

—— microspondylus, 128.

——. Milleri, 132.

—— pusillus, 128, 131.

trigonaspis, 128.

Codrington, T., Esq., on the probably
glacial origin of some Norwegian
lakes, 345.

Colliery, Shireoak, near Worksop, 137.

Comparative sections of the Oolite,
Lias, and Trias, 81.

Conchodus, 126.

Copper-mines of Tuscany, 485.

Corbicula ingens, 179.

Corbis elliptica, 179.

Corbula Oldhami, 181.

suleifera, 181.

Cornbrash of the Yorkshire coast, 27.

Correbuiehill, mineral veins at, 42°.

Crag strata beneath the boulder-clay
in Aberdeenshire, Mr. T. F. Jamie-
son on, 371.

Cretaceous period, Mr. 8. V. Wood,
jun. on the probable events which
succeeded the close of the, 528.

Cretaceous rocks in Jamaica, 324; of
South America, 470; of Vancouver
Island, 199.

Crickley Hill, section of the Inferior
Oolite at, 8.

Cristellaria aculeata, 303.

Crocodile, fossil remains of, from
Bahia, 266, 268.

Culham, section of the strata at, 509.

Curculionide, fossil, from Nagpur,
184.

Cynochampsa laniarius, 61.

Cypridi, fossil, from Nagpur, 186;
from near Bahia, 266.

Cypris(?) Allportiana, 267.

conculcata, 266.

-— cylindrica, 186.

— Hislop, 187.

—— Hunteri, 187.

—— (?) Montserratensis, 267.

strangulata, 187.

subglobosa, 186.

Cytherea elliptica, 180.

— Hunteri, 180.

— Jerdoni, 18).

orbicularis, 180.

—— Rawesi, 180.

—— Wapsharei, 180.

-—— Walsoni, 180.

Dawson, Dr. J. W., on a terrestrial
mollusk, a chilognathous myriapod,
and some new species of reptiles

from the coal-formation of Nova
Scotia, 268.

Deeva Bay, Spitzbergen, glacier in,
431.

Delesse, M. A., on fossil incised bones,
470.

Dendrerpeton Acadianum, 273.

Deyonian fishes, Sir P. G. Egerton on
the nomenclature of the, 119.

flora, Prof. Goeppert on the,

219.

Dicynodon (Ptychognathus) declivis,
49.

Dicynodont reptiles, admeasurements
of skul’s of, 58.

Dinnet, section of the Moor of, 352.

Dinosaur, fossil vertebra of, from
Bahia, 266, 268.

Diorite of Tuscany, 481.

Diplacanthus gibbus, 123.

perarmatus, 123.

Dip!opterus gracilis, 123.

macrolepidotus, 124.

Dipterus brachypygopterus, 125.

macropygopterus, 125.

Valenciennesi, 125.

Distribution of Ammonites, by W.
Smith, xli; of Jand and sea at the
lower Permian period, 65; of ma-
rine Invertebrata in time, xlv.

Dogger at Blue Wick, 15.

Dolomites, Mr. T. 8. Hunt on the
formation of gypsums and, 152.

Donations to the Library, x, 82, 203,
390, 498 ; to the Museum, ix.

Dorking, Polyptychodon from the
lower chalk at, 262.

Dorsetshire, Inferior Oolite of, 36.

Downton sandstone at Ledbury, 195.

Drakenberg Mountain, South Africa,
reptilian remains from, 61.

Drift and rolled gravel of the north
of Scotland, T. F. Jamieson, Esq.,
on the, 547.

Drift-wood of Spitzbergen, 151, 452.

Dundry Hill, section of, 21.

Dura Den, the Rev. Dr. J. Anderson
on the Yellow Sandstone of, 136.

Durness, the tract of, 227.

Earthquakes in Venezuela, 469.

East Indies, tertiary deposits asso-
ciated with trap-rock in the, 154.
Egerton, Sir P. G., patichthyologic
note, No. 12, on the nomenclature

of the Devonian fishes, by, 119.

Elephant remains in England and
Wales, 491.

Elgin, Mr. C. Moore on the reptili-
ferous sandstones of, 445; Rev. W.
8S. Symonds on the reptiliferons
sandsiones near, 458.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Equisetites columnaris, A. de Zigno
on the, 113.

—— Keenigi, 113.

Hriboll and Hope, sections across
Lochs, 326.

Eriboll House, section of the quartz-
rock and gneissose beds above, 231.

Hruptive rocks of the north of Scot-
land, Sir R. I. Murchison on the,
215.

Estuarine deposits at Yarmouth, 450.

Etheridge, R., Esq., note on Dundry
Hill by, 21.

Euphotide of Tuscany, 481.

Falconer, Dr. H., on the ossiferous
Grotta di Maccagnone near Pa-
lermo, 99; further observations on
the ossiferous caves near Palermo,
189; on the ossiferous caves of the
Peninsula of Gower in Glamorgan-
shire, South Wales, 487.

Fimpbria-bed of Gloucestershire, 12.

Fishes, Sir P. G. Egerton on the no-
menclature of the Devonian, 119.

Fish-remains from Bahia, South Ame-
rica, Sir P. Egerton on some, 265.

Flint implements in bone-caves in Si-
cily, 104, 460; from the gravel near
Amiens, 190; of the Valley of the
Somme, lil.

Flora of the Oolite, Baron A. de Zigno
on the, 110.

Flora of the lower palozoic forma-
mations, Prof. H. R. Goeppert on
the, 279.

Flower, J. W., Esq., on a flint-imp!e-
ment recently discovered at St.
Acheul, near Amiens, 190.

Foraminifera, fossil, from New Zealand,
251; from South Australia, 261.

Foraminifera of the Mediterranean,
292.

Fossil and recent Foraminifera, 292.

Fossil Cypride from. Bahia, 266;
from Nagpur, 186.

Foraminifera from Chellaston
near Derby, 452.

—— fishes of the Yellow Sandstone of
Dura Den, 136.

insects from Nagpur, 182.

reptilian eggs from the Great

Oolite of Cirencester, Prof. J. Buck-

man on some, 109.

reptilian remains from South
Africa, Prof. Owen on some, 49.

Fossil shells from the bone-cave of
Maccagnone, 106; the freshwater
strata of Central India, description
of, by the Rev. Stephen Hislop, 166.

Fossil vertebrae from near Frome, So-
mersetshire, 492.

Fossils from Auckland, New Zealand,
251; near Bahia, in South America,
263; near Gosport, 448 ; Spitzber-
gen, 442; the coal of Nova Scotia,
268 ; the grey chalk near Guildford,
324.

Freshwater deposits of Bessarabia,
Moldavia, Wallachia, and Bulgaria,
Captain 'T. Spratt on the, 281.

Freshwater strata and fossils of Cen-
tral India, 154.

Frocester Hill, section of the Inferior
Oolite at, 9.

Frome, Somersetshire, Polyptychodon
from near, 263; small fossil ver-
tebree from, 492.

Fuller’s earth, limited extension of
the, 72.

Fusus pygmeus, 176.

Gabbro of Tuscany, 481.

Galesaurus planiceps, 58.

Ganlt at Culham, 309.

Geikie, A., Esq., on the Old Red
Sandstone of the South of Scotland,
312.

Geological time, 1.

Geology of South Australia, Mr. Sel-
wyn on the, 252, 253; of Spitz-
bergen, Mr. J. Lamont on the, 150;
Vancouver Island, M. H. Bauer-
man on the, 198.

Gisborne, bone-cave in the tertiary ba-
salt near, 148.

Glacial origin of some Norwegian lakes,
Mr. 'T. Codrington on the, 345.

Glacier in Deeva Bay, Spitzbergen, -
431; on the south-east coast of
Spitzbergen, 429.

Glastonbury Tor, section of, 34,

Glen Derry, 357.

Glenqueich, iron-ore at, 425.

Globigerina heiicina, 305.

Gloucestershire and Yorkshire, the In-
ferior Oolite of, 1.

Glyptolemus Kinnairdii, 137.

Glyptolepis, 125.

Gneiss, fundamental, of the north of
Scotland, 215.

Gneissose rocks of Sutherland and
Ross, 237.

Godwin- Austen,R.,Esq., on some fossils
from the grey chalk near Guildford,
324; on the occurrence of a mass of
coal in the chalk of Kent, 326.

Goeppert, Prof. H. R., on the flora of
the Silurian, Devonian, and Lower
Carboniferous formations, 279.

Gold-bearing quartz-veins of Victoria,
145; rocks of Venezuela, 463; sand
of Siberia, 241; veins at Loch Earn,
425.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Gold-drifts of Victoria, 150.

Gosport, Mr. J. Pilbrow on a well-sec-
tion near, 447.

Gower, in Glamorganshire, Dr. H.
Falconer on the ossiferous caves of
the Peninsula of, 487.

Grampians, Prof. R. Harkness on the
Old Red Sandstone and metamor-
phic rocks of the, 312.

Granitone of Tuscany, 481.

Gravel, rolled, of Aberdeenshire, 347.

Gravels from Spitzbergen, Mr. J.
Prestwich on the, 438.

Great Oolite in the Valley of the
Cherwell, Professor J. Phillips on
the, 115; Mr. EH. Hull on the zones
of the, 72; of Cirencester, Prof. J.
Buckman on fossil reptilian eggs
from the, 107.

Grey chalk near Guildford, 324.

Grey limestone of Yorkshire, fossils of
the, 29:

Gristhorpe Bay, Yorkshire, section
from the Cornbrash to the Mille-
pore-bed in, 25.

Gryphite-grit of Gloucestershire, 7,
39, 44.

Guildford, Mr. R. Godwin-Austen on
some fossils from the grey chalk
near, 324.

Gypsums and dolomites, Mr. T. 8.
Hunt on the formation of, 152.

Gyroptychius angustus, 126.

diplopteroides, 126.

Harkness, Prof. R., on the association
of the lower members of the Old
Red Sandstone and the metamorphic
rocks on the southern margin of the
Grampians, 512; sections by, in the
North-western Highlands, 221, 223,
230, 235.

Heaphy, C., Esq., on the volcanic
country of Auckland, New Zealand,
242.

Hecla Cove, Spitzbergen, 444.

Hemitoma? multiradiata, 178.

Hippurite-rock of Jamaica, 525,

Holoptychius Andersoni, 126, 136.

—— Flemingi, 126, 136.

-—— princeps, 126.

Sedgwicki, 126.

Hislop, Rev. 8., description of fossil
shells from the freshwater strata of
Nagpur and neighbouring parts of
Central India, by, 166; on the
tertiary deposits associated with
trap-rock in the East Indies, 15+.

Hislopite, 160.

Horner, L., Esq., note to M. Lartet's
paper on fossil incised bones, 475 ;
on the rock-specimens from Spitz-

bergen, collected by Capt. Parry
and Lieut. Foster, 442.

Hot springs of Venezuela, 453.

Hull, E., Esq., on the south-easterly
attenuation of the lower seeondary
formations of England, and the
probable depth of the coal-mea-
sures under Oxfordshire and North-
amptonshire, 63.

Hunt, T. 8., Hsq., on the formation
of gypsums and dolomites, 152.

Hunterite, 161.

Hydrobia Bradleyi, 178.

Carteri, 178.

Elliott, 178.

Hylonomus actedentatus, 275.

Lyellit, 274.

Wymani, 276.

Hyoid apparatus of Oudenodon, 56.

Ice Sound, Spitzbergen, 435, 456.

Igneous rocks of Sutherland, 252;

of Tyndrum, 423, 427; of Van-
couver Island, 198.

Incised bones, fossil, M. Lartet on,
471.

India, freshwater strata and fossils of
Central, 154.

Inferior Oolite in Gloucestershire, at-
tenuation of the, 71.

of Gloucestershire and York-
shire, Dr. T. Wright on the, 1.

Insects, fossil, from India, 182.

Tron-ore of Glenqueich, 425;
Shireoak Colliery, 140.

Italy, fossil foraminifera of, 297.

Jamaica, Mr. L. Barrett on some cre-
taceous rocks in the south-eastern
portion of, 324.

Jamieson, T. F., Hsq., on crag-strata
in Aberdeenshire, 492; on the drift
and rolied gravel of the North of
Scotland, 347; on the occurrence of
erag-strata beneath the boulder-clay
in Aberdeenshire, 371.

Jervis, W. P., Esq., on some mioceno
rocks and minerals of Tuscany,

Jones, T. Rupert, Esq., and W. K.
Parker, Esq., on some fossil fora-
minifera from Chellaston near
Derby, 452; on the foraminifera
from the Bryozoan limestone near
Mount Gambier, South Australia,
261; on the rhizopodal fauna of the
Mediterranean, compared with that
of the Italian and some other tertiary
deposits, 203.

Jones, T. Rupert, Esq., reply on re-
ceiving the balance of the proceeds
of the Wollaston-fund, xxvi; on
some fossil Entomostraca from Mont-

in the

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

serrate, South America, 266; on
fossil Cypridz from Nagpur, 186.

Jurassic flora, 110.

Jurensis-bed of the Upper Lias, 8, 10.

Kent, coal in the chalk of, 326.

Kkeuper and Bunter sandstones, un-
conformity of the, 77.

of Warwickshire, footsteps of
Cheirotherium in the, 278.

Killamarsh, section from the Shireoak
Colliery to, 142.

Kimmeridge Clay at Culham, 310.

Kirkby, J. W., Hsq., on the occurrence
of Lingula Credneri, Geinitz, im the
coal-measures of Durham, and on
the claim of the Permian rocks to
be entitled to be a system, 412.

Kirtlington, section of the strata at
the, 117.

Knorria, 281.

Kursk, Russia, Polyptychodon from,
262.

Lakes in Norway, Mr. Codrington on
some, 345.

Lammermuir Hills, Mr. Geikie on the,
320.

Lamont, James, Hsq., notes about
Spitzbergen in 1859 by, 428; ve-
marks on the geology of Spitzbergen
by, 150.

Lancaster, J., Hsq., and C. C. Wright,
Esq., on the sinking at Shireoak
Colliery, Worksop, to the ‘Top
Hard Coal” or ‘‘ Barnsley Coal,”
157.

Land and sea, distribution of, in the
secondary period, 65, 74.

Land-shell, fossil, from Nova Scotia,
270.

Languedoc, arrow-heads found with
Cervus megaceros in a cavern in,
491.

Lartet, Mons. E., on some arrow-
heads and other instruments found
with horns of Cervus megaceros in
a cavern in Languedoc, 491 ; on the
coexistence of man with certain
fossil bones, from various pleisto-
cene deposits, bearing incisions made
by sharp instruments, 471.

Leckhampton Hill, section of the In-
ferior Oolite at, 6, 39.

Ledbury, Rev. W.S. Symonds on the
section at, 193.

Lepidotus, fossil, from Bahia, 266, 268.

Lesmahago, Mr. A. Geikie on the
geology of, 313.

Lias and Oolite, junction of the, north
of Oxford, 115.

Lias in Gloucester, sections of, 8,
10, 21; Yorkshire, section of the

Upper, 33; Lower, of the South of
England, 374; south-easterly thin-
ning-out of the, 70.

Library Committee, report of the, iv.

Life, distribution of, xlv; succession
of, xlviii; zones of, xxxviil.

Lignite of New Zealand, 197; Tus-
cany, 485; Vancouver Island, 199.

Lima-beds of the Lower Lias, 598.

Limnea attenuata, 172.

oviforimis, 172.

spina, 172.

subulata, 172.

Telankhediensis, 172.

Lingula-bed at Blue Wick, 4.

Lingula Credneri in the coal-measures
of Durham, 412.

Linksfield, near Elgin, Mr. C. Moore
on the so-called Wealden-beds at,
445,

Lituola Soldanu, 307.

Llanos of Venezuela, 466; Loch Hri-
boll, section across, 229.

Loch More, section on the south bank
of, 226.

Lomatus Hislopi, 182.

London Clay at Great Yarmouth in
Norfolk, Mr. J. Prestwich on the
presence of the, 449.

Lower Keuper sandstone and red marl
in Cheshire, 67, 69; in Hast War-
wickshire, 69.

Lower Lias, attenuation of the, 70; of
the South of England, Dr. T. Wright
on the, 374, ue

Lower Old Red Sandstone, Mr. Geikie
on the, 314.

Lower paleozoic flora, 279.

Lower Permian beds of Central Eng-
land, 64.

period, distribution of land and
sea at the, 65.

Lower secondary rocks, Mr. HE. Hull
on the south-easterly attenuation of
the, 67.

Low Island, Spitzbergen, 443.

Lucina (Kellia?) nana, 179.

parva, 179.

Ludlow rock at Ledbury, 195.

Lycett, Dr. J., note on Trigonia com-
posita, 16; Trigonia formosa, 41 ;
note on Trigonia producta, 45.

Maccagnone near Palermo, Dr. H.-
Falconer on the ossiferous Grotto
di, 99.

Malaga, fossil foraminifera from, 299.

Malta, fossil foraminifera from, 296,
300.

Man, M. EH. Lartet on the coexistence
of, with certain extinct animals,
471, 491.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Mansfield, the Permian rocks and
Trias near, 75. :

Marble Point, Spitzbergen, 443.

Marginutina hirsuta, 302.

— Lituus, 303.

Marlstone of the Cotteswold Hills, 70.

Meal Uaine, drift on, 359; section
across the Tummel Valley at, 361 ;
section along the ridge of mica-slate
at, 364.

Mediterranean, Messrs. T. R. Jones
and W. K. Parker on the rhizopodal
fauna of the, 292.

Melania Hunteri, 166.

quadrilineata, 166.

terchriformis, 266.

Meristos Hunteri, 184.

Metamorphic rocks
Island, 198.

Mica-schists of Breadalbane, 421.

Miliola Seminulum, 307.

Millepore-bed, fossils of the, 52.

Miller, Hugh, extracts of Jetters re-
ceived by Sir P. G. Egerton from,
129-156.

Minchin Hole, 488.

Mineral veins of Breadalbane, 422;
of Venezuela, 463.

Miocene rocks and minerals of Tus-
cany, Mr. W. P. Jarvis on some, 480.

Moldavia, freshwater deposits of, 281.

Montserrate, South America, fossils
from, 265.

Moore, C., Hsq., on the so-called Weal-
den-beds at Linksfield near Elgin,
and the reptiliferous sandstones of
Elgin, 445.

Morris, Prof. J., list of fossils from
near Gosport by, 448 ; on some fossil
shells from Montserrate, 266.

Mosquito Plains, 255, 257. *

Mount Gambier, 252, 258; Schanck,
252, 258 ; Wellington, New Zealand,
249.

Mud-voleanos of Turbaco, near Car-
thagena, 197.

Murchison, Sir R. 1., supp'emental ob-
servations on the order of the ancient
stratified rocks of the north of Scot-
land, and their associated eruptive
rocks by, 215.

Murray, A., Esq., notes on some fossil
insects from Négpur by, 112.

Murray River, tertiary strata near the,
252, 253.

Muschelkalk, subaérial conditions du-
ring the formation of the, 76.

Museum Committee, report of the, 1i.

Myriapod fossil from Nova Scotia,
OT)

mln.

of Vancouver

Nagpur, Mr. A. Murray on some fossil

insects from, 182; Mr.8. Hislop on
the freshwater strata and fossils of,
154; Mr. T. Rupert Jones on fossil
Cypridz from, 186.

Nanaimo River, strata and fossils of,
199.

Narbadda, freshwater fossils from, 181.

Natica Stoddardi, \76.

New Zealand, coal in, 197; the vol-
canic phenomena of, 242.

Nodosaria hirsuta, 302.

longicauda, 302.

—— ovicula, 302.

— Pyrula, 502.

Nodosarina, 455,

Nomenclature of the Devonian fishes,
Sir P. Egerton on the, 119.

Nonionina Scapha, 306.

spheeroides, 506.

Norfolk, London Clay in, 449.

Northamptonshire, the probable depth
of the coal-measures under, 64.

North of Scotland, Sir R. I. Murchi-
son on the order of the ancient stra-
tified rocks of the, 215.

Norwegian lakes, Mr. T. Codrington
on the probably glacial origin of
some, 345.

Nova Scotia, Dr. J. W. Dawson on
some fossils from the coal of, 268.

Tubecularia lucifuga, 453, 455.

Tibia, 455.

Nucula pusilla, 179.

Nussdorf, fossil foraminifera from, 301.

Ofiocalce, 483.

Old Red Sandstone and the meta-
morphic rocks of the Grampians,
312.

O'd Red Sandstone, fishes of the, 119.

of the South of Scotland, Mx. A.
Geikie on the, 312.

Oolite, attenuation of the, 71; Baron
A. de Zigno on the flora of the, 110;
Great, near Oxford, 116; of Ciren-
cester, fossil eggs from the, 107.

Oolithes Bathonice, 108.

Ossiferous Grotta di Maccagnone, near
Palermo, the, 99.

Osteolepis arenatus, 124.

brevis, 124.

Ostrea Pangadiensis, 178.

Oudenodon, hyoid apparatus of, 56.

Oudenodon Bainii, 5d.

a Greyii, 5b.

—— prognathus, 59.

Owen, Prof. R., on some remains of
Po'yptychodon from Dorking, 262 ;
on some reptilian fossils from South
Africa, 49; on some smal! fossil ver-
tebree from near Frome, Somerset-
shire, 492.

INDEX?TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Oxford, probable section under, 80;
Prof. J. Phillips on some sections of
the strata near, 115, 307.

Oxfordshire and Northamptonshire,
Mr. E. Huil en the probable depth
of the coal-measures under, 64.

Paleozoic flora, 279 ; period, land and
sea in the later, 74.

Palermo, fossil foraminifera from, 300 ;
ossiferous cave near, 99.

Palichthyologic notes, No. 12, by Sir
P. G. Egerton, 119.

Paludina acicularis, 167.

—— conotdea, 169.

—— Deccanensis, 167.

-—— normalis, 166.

—— Pyramis, 167.

—— Rawesi, 169.

Sankeyt, 168.

soluta, 169.

subcylindracea, 168.

—- Takliensis, 169.

—— Virapai, 170.

Wapsharet, 167.

Parian formation, newer, 466, 469;
older, 463, 469.

Parker, W. K., Esq., and T. R. Jones,
Esq., award of the balance of the Do-
nation-fund to, xxvi; on fossil fora-
minifera from South Australia, 261 ;
on the rhizopodal fauna of the Me-
diterranean, 293.

Parry, Capt., and Lieut. Foster, rock-
specimens from Spitzbergen, brought
by, 442.

Passage-beds from the Silurian to the
Old Red Sandstone, 193.

Paviland Cave, 490.

Pea-grit of Gloucestershire, 7, 11.

Peak, Robinhood’s Bay, section at the,
14.

Pebbie-bed, formation of a, 349.

Pentiand and Lammermuir Hills, Mr.
A. Geikie on the, 520.

Permian sand-rock near Worksop, 142;
rocks and trias near Mansfield, 75;
Mr. Kirkby on the claim of the, to
be entitled a system, 412.

Perna-bed of the Cotteswolds, 42.

Perna meleagrinoides, 178.

Phaneropleuron Andersoni, 137.

Phillips, John, Esq. (President), Ad-
dress on presenting the Wollaston
Medal to Searles V. Wood, Hsq.,
xxv ; address to Mr. T. Rupert Jones
and Mr. W. Kitchen Parker on giving
them the residue of the Wollaston
Donation-fund, xxvi; Anniversary
Address, February 17, 1860, xxvii ;
Notices of deceased Fellows :—My.
William Anstice, xxvii; Mr. William

John Broderip, xxvii; Mr. John
Brown, xxvii; Mr. Joseph Carne,
xxvili; Harl Cathcart, xxviii; Dr.
J. G. Croker, xxviii; Sir I. L. Gold-
smid, Bart., F.R.S., xxviii; Mr.
William Kennett Loftus, xxviii ; Mr.
David Mushet, xxix; Sir G. 1.
Staunton, F.R.S., xxix; Mr. Samuel
Stuchbury, xxix; Prof. Cleveland,
xxix; Alexander von Humboldt, xxix;
Archduke John of Austria, xxx;
progress of geology and palzonto-
logy, xxxi; paleontological data,
XXXl1; provinces in space, XXxV;
provinces in time, xxxvi; zones of
life, xxxvili; the distribution of am-
monites, with a table of their dis-
tribution, drawn up by John Phil-
lips, under the direction of William
Smith, in 1817, xli; beds below the
Chalk, xlii ; palzeontological periods,
xiii; table of the distribution im
time of certain classes of marine in-
vertebrata, xlv; physiological rela-
tions, xlv; succession of life, xlvin;
geological time, 1; conversion of
geological into historical time, Ii;
the gravel of the Valley of the Somme
with worked flints, li; conclusion,
ly.

Phillips, Prof. J., on some sections of
the strata near Oxford, 115, 307. .

Physa Prinsepit, 178.

Physical geography of the Trias, 74.

Pilbrow, J., Esq., on a well-section
near Gosport, 447.

Pisidium Medlicottianum, 181.

Placodermata, 127.

Planwlaria pauperata, 454.

Platygnathus Jamesoni, 126.

Polyptychodon interruptus, from the
Lower Chalk at Dorking, Prof. Owen
on some remains of, 262.

Polyptychodon, remains of the, from
near Evrome, Somerset, 263; from
the Upper Greensand near Cam-
bridge, 262, 263; from the Green-
sand of Kursk, Russia, 262, 263.

Polystomella craticulata, 306.

crispa, 306.

Polytrema miniacea, 303.

Porcellanite or thermantide, 467.

Prestwich, J., Hsq., description of some
gravels from Spitzbergen, 438; on a
raised beach in Mewslade Bay, and
the occurrence of the boulder-clay
on Cefn-y-bryn, 487; on the bone-
cave at Brixham, 189; on the pre-
sence of the London Clay in Nor-
folk, as proved by a well-boring at
Yarmouth, 449. ;

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Provinces in space, xxxvy; in time,
XXXVI.

Psammobia Jonesi, 180,

Pseudoliva elegans, 176.

Pterichthys and Asterolepis, 121, 127.

Ptychognathus declivis, 51,

verticalis, 54.

latirostris, 51.

Pupa vetusta, 270.

Pylle Hill, section at, 445.

Quartz-reefs, gold-bearing, of Victoria,
146.

Quinqueloculina pulchella, 307.

Schreibersii, 307.

secans, 307.

vulgaris, 307.

Rajamandri, estuarine fossils from, 176.

Rangitote Island, New Zealand, 269.

Ravyen’s Cliff Cavern, 490.

Ravensgate Hill, section of the Inferior
Oolite at the, 39.

Recent and fossil Foraminifera, 292.

Recent shells from Spitzbergen, list of,
437.

Red Marl in Cheshire, 68, 69; in
East Warwickshire, 69.

Report, Annual ; of the Library and
Museum Committee, ii.

‘ Reptilian eggs, fossils from the Great
Oolite, 107; fossils from South
Africa, Prof. Owen on some, 49;
remains from Bahia, 268 ; from the
coal-measures of Nova Scotia, 273.

Reptiliferous sandstones near Elgin,
the Rev. W. 8. Symonds on the,
458; Mr. C. Moore on the, 445.

Rhinoceros remains in England and
Wales, 691.

Rhizopodal fama of the Mediterra-
nean, Messrs. T. R. Jones and W.
K. Parker, on the, 292.

Robin Hood’s Bay, section of the
Inferior Oolite near, 14.

Rock-specimens from Spitzbergen,
collected by Capt. Parry and Lieut.
Foster, 442.

Rodborough Hill, Gloucestershire,
section of the Inferior Oolite at, 44.

Ross and Sutherland, geology of, 215.

Rotalia ammoniformis, 305.

Becearii, 305.

— (Calearina) Spengleri, 306.

elegans, 305, 306, 452, 455.

excavata, 305.

— Patella, 306.

— (Planorbulina) farcta, 305.

repanda, 305.

Turbo, 306.

vermiculata, 305.

St. Acheul, flint implements from

the gravel at, 190.

Salter, J. W., Esq., on the fossils
brought from Spitzbergen by Mr.
Lamont, 439.

San Ciri, bone-cave of, 100.

Scotland, Old Red Sandstone of, 312 ;
Sir R. I. Murchison, of the geology
of north-western, 215; the drift of
northern, 347.

Section across the gneiss hills, north
of Bahia, 264; the Permian rocks
and Trias near Mansfield, 75; at
Aust Cliff, 380; Binton, Warwick-
shire, 594; Brockeridge and Def-
ford Commons, 393; Coombe Hill
near Cheltenham, 379; Culham,
South of Oxford, 302; Garden
Clif near Westbury-on-Severn, 378 ;
Linksfield, 446 ; Montserrate, South
America, 265; Penarth Cliff near
Cardiff, 58 ; Pylle Hill, 445 ; Shire-
oak Colliery, Worksop, 138, 143 ;
Street, Somerset, 390; Takli, 158 ;
the Plantain-garden River, Jamai-
ca, 325; Uphill, 445; Wainlode
Cuff on the Severn, 379; Wiim-
cote near Stratford-on-Avon, 386;
Yarmouth, 450; from Broad Ledge
to Cornstone Ledge near Char-
mouth, 405; the Cornbrash to the
Miilepore-bed in Gristhorpe Bay,
Yorkshire, 25; the Shireoak Co.-
liery to Kilamarsh, 142; near Bur-
ton, Bradstock, 47; near Bury
Cross, Hampshire, 448; Ciren-
cester, 197 ; Telankhedi, 156; Wes-
ton-super-Mare, 382 ; Dundry Hili,
21; of the Inferior Oolite near
Robin Hood’s Bay, Yorkshire, 14;
of the junction of the Lias and
Oolite, north of Oxford, 116; of
the Lias near Cheltenham, 408;
Lower Lias at Sa'tford, 399; the
Passage-beds at Ledbury, 194;
Steppe Deposits near Babel, Bessa-
rabia, 287; Steppe Deposits near
Inputsitza, Moldavia, 286; strata
at Kirtlington, north of Oxford,
117; on the south side of the Da-
nube near Tultcha, 288.

Sections at Lake Raselm, 291, 292;
at Lyme Regis, 400, 404; in Van-
couver Island, 200; near Nagpur,
156, 158; of Lesmahago and the
Pentland Hills, 822; the drift
and gravel of Aberdeenshire, 351,
352, 357, 359, 361; the gneiss
and overlying rocks of the North-
west of Scotland, 217, 226, 234;
Inferior Oolite in Gloucestershire,
6, 8, 9, 18, 40, 42, 43, 44; Somerset-
shire and Dorset, 34; Steppe De-

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS,

posits in Moldavia, 285, 286 ; strata
near Oxford, 507.

Selwyn, A. R. C., Esq., Notes on the
Geology of Victoria by, 145.

Serpentine of Corycharmaig, 425; of
Tuscany, 481.

Serpula-bed at Bluc Wick, 4.

Serrania of Venezuela, 463.

Shargan River, gold-mines near, 241.

Shireoak Colliery, Worksop, Messrs.
J. Lancaster and C. C. Wright on the
sinking for coal at, 137.

Siberia, T. W. Atkinson, Hsq., on some
bronze relics found in an auriferous
sand in, 241.

Sicily, bone-caves in, 99, 459.

Silurian flora, 279.

Silurian rocks of Lesmahago, 315;
South Australia, 149; the North-
west Highlands, 220.

Smith, W., a table of the distribution
of Ammonites by, xli.

Somme, gravel and flints of the Valley
of the, li, 190.

South Africa, Professor Owen on some
reptilian fossils from, 49.

South America, fossils from, 263.

South Australia, Mr. Burr on the
geology of, 252; the Rey. Julian
E. Woods on some Tertiary rocks
in the colony of, 253.

South-easterly attenuation of the Lower
Secondary rocks, 67..:

South of Scotland, the Old Red Sand-
stone of the, 314.

South Wales, bone-caves of, 487.

Spirillina vivipara, 503.

Spiroloculina imbata, 307.

Spitzbergen, Mr. J. Lamont on the
geology of, 150, 428.

Spratt, Captain T., on the freshwater
deposits of Bessarabia, Moldavia,
Wallachia, and Bulgaria, 281.

Stigmaria ficoides, 281.

Stonehouse, Gloucestershire, section of
the Inferior Oolite near, 9.

Stour Fiord in Spitzbergen, 151, 434.

Strata, causes of variations in the per-
sistency of, 78.

Striated rock-surfaces in Scotland, 363.

Succession of life, xlviii; of the rocks
in the North-west of Sutherland
and Ross, 217.

Suecinea Nagpurensis, 171.

Sutherland and Ross, geology of, 215.

Symonds, Rev. W. 8., on the passage-
beds from the Upper Silurian rocks
into the Lower Red Sandstone at
Ledbury, 193; on the physical xe-
lations of the reptiliferous sand-
stones near Hlgin, 458.

Table of recent and fossil Forami-
nifera from the Mediterranean and
Huxine areas, 302; of the fishes of
the bone-bed, 388; fossil forami-
nifera from Chellaston near Derby,
457; zone of Avicula contorta and
Lower Lias, 376; showing the zones
of the Lower Lias, 411.

Tabular synopsis of the Mediterranean
Rhizopoda, recent and fossil, 297;
view of the Inferior Oolite in the
south of England, 5,

Tay at Aberfeldy, section across the,
363.

Taymouth, mineral views of, 425.

Tellina Woodwardi, 180.

Tertiary beds of Vancouver Island,
199; with Trap-rock, in the Hast
Indies, Rev. 8. Hislop on the, 154;
of Victoria, 147; fossils of India,
154; rocks of South Australia, 252,
253:

Thames Valley, probable extension of
the Coal-measures from Warwick-
shire to the, 74. :

Thinning-out of the Secondary For-
mation of England, 63.

Thost, C. H. G., Hsq., on the rocks,
ores, and other minerals on the
property of the Marquess of Bread-
albane in the Highlands of Scotland,
421.

Thousand Islands near Spitzbergen,
152, 432.

Time, provinces in, xxxvi; geological, 1.

Tomnadashan Mines, 422.

Tordleadh, section at, 230.

Trap-rock in the East Indies, the Rev.
S. Hislop, on the Tertiary deposits
associated with, 154.

Trias, Mr. EH. Hull on the, 69; near
Mansfield, 75; physical geography
of the, 74.

Trigonia composita, 15.

formosa, 41.

—— producta, 45.

Trigonia-grit of Gloucestershire, 7, 40,
43, 45.

TriJoculina reticulata, 307.

Trinidad, Mr. G. P. Wall on the
Geology of, 460.

Trip!opterus Pollexfeni, 124.

Trochammina alternans, 304.

charoides, 304.

clavata, 30-4.

gordialis, 304.

incerta, 304.

inflata, 305.

irregularis, 304.

squamata, 305.

Tufa-craters in New Zealand, 246.

INDEX TO THE PROCEEDINGS.

Tummel Valley, section across the,

Tunnel, section of the, at Ledbury,
193.

Turbaco, salses of, 197.

Turin, fossil foraminifera from, 300.

Turritella prelonga, 177.

Tuscany, fossil foraminifera of, 295, 297,
456; Mr. W. P. Jervis, on some
Miocene rocks and minerals of,
480.

Tyndrum, mineral veins of, 425.

Unconformity of the Keuper and
Bunter Sandstones, 77.

Unio Carteri, 175.

Deccanensis, 174.

—— Hunteri, 174.

— imbricatus, \75.

— Malcolmsoni, 174.

mamiliatus, 175.

Uphill, near Weston-super-Mare, sec-
tion at, 445.

Upper Lias, attenuation of the, 71.

Uvigerina nodosa, 303.

Vaginulina striata, 302.

Falx, 302.

marginata, 302.

Valley of the Somme, gravel and fiints
of the, li.

Valvata decollata, 171.

minima, 170.

multicarinata, 170.

unicarinifera, 170.

Valvulina angularis, 305.

Vancouver Island, geology of, 198.

Venetian Alps, Jurassic fiora of the,
110.

Venezuela, Mr. G. P. Wall on the
geology of, 460.

Verneuilina communis, 303.

Vicarya fusiformis, 177.

Victoria, Mr. A. R.-C. Selwyn on
the geology of, 145.

Vienna Basin, the fossil foraminifera
of the, 296, 300.

Volcanic country of Auckland, New
Zealand, Mr. C. Heaphy on the,
242.

Walden Island, Spitzbergen, 443.

Wallachia, freshwater deposits of, 281.

Wall, G. P., Esq., on the geology of a
part of Venezuela and of Trinidad,
460.

Walrus in Spitzbergen, 433.

Warwickshire, cheirotherian footprints
in the Upper Keuper of, 278 ; Lower

Lias and Bone-bed in, 394; pro-
bable extension of the Coal-measures
from, to the Thames Valley, 74;
Red Marl in, 69.

Weekes, H., Esq., on the Coal forma-
tion at Auckland, New Zealand, 197.

Well-section at Yarmouth, 449; near
Gosport, 448.

Whales, bones of, high and dry in
Spitzbergen, 455.

Wood, Searles V., Esq., award of the
Wollaston Medal to, xxv; reply on
receiving the Wollaston Medal, xxv.

Wood, S. V., Esq., jun., on the pro-
bable events which succeeded the
close of the Cretaceous Period, 328.

Woods, the Rev. J. E., on some Ter-
tiary rocks in the colony of South
Australia, 253.

Woodward, 8. P., Esq., list of recent
shells from Bessarabia, 290; list
of recent shells from Spitzbergen,
457; list of the fossil shells from
the lower freshwater deposits of
Bessarabia, 286, 288.

Wotton-under-Edge, section of the
Inferior Oolite at, 9.

Worksop, sinking for coal near, 137.

Worton, section at, 116.

Wright, C. C., Esq., and J. Lancaster,
Esq., on the sinking for coal at
Shireoak Colliery at Worksop, 137.

Wright, Dr. T., on the subdivisions of
the Inferior Oolite in the South of
England compared with the equiva-
lent beds of the formation on the
Yorkshire coast, 1; on the zone of
Avicula contorta, and the Lower
Lias of the South of England, 374.

AXylobius Sigillarie, 272.

Yarmouth, section of a well-boring at,
450,

Yellow Sandstone of Dura Den, 136.

Yeovil, sections near, 35.

Yorkshire, the Inferior Oolite of, 1.

Zeolites of Tuscany, 482, 486.

Zigno, Baron A. de, some observations
on the Flora of the Oolite by, 110.
Zone of Ammonites Bucklandi, 398 ;
Am. Humphriesianus, 17, 19; Am.
Murchison, 5; Am. obtusus, 404;
Am. oxynotus, 407, 410; Am. pla-
norbis, 889; Am. raricostatus, 407 ;
Am. Turneri, 405 ; Avicula contorta,
Dr. T. Wright on the, 574.

Zones of life, xxviii.

a

oe

|
:
:

by
4

My

ET |